Professional Documents
Culture Documents
NEW TESTAMENT
MANUAL
GREEK LEXICON
OF THE
NEW TESTAMENT
BY
G.
ABBOTT-SMITH,
D.D., D.C.L.
PROFESSOR OF
NEW TESTAMENT LITERATURE IN THE MONTREAL DIOCESAN THEOLOGICAL COLLEGE AND ASSISTANT PROFESSOR IN THE ORIENTAL DEPARTMENT IN MCGILL UNIVERSITY
* .
A "32^
^^
TO MY WIFE
49Gl)t)3
PREFACE
The need
Testament
of
of
the
New
be questioned. Thayer's monumental work, deservedly the standard for more than thirty years past, and, supplemented by later literature, still likely to remain a standard of reference for some time to come, was rather too bulky to serve as a table companion to the New Testament for the average man. A smaller book, which would lend itself more readily to constant reference, has been a real and growing want for the student. This want has been enhanced by the progress of lexical study during the last quarter century. The study of vernacular texts, which in recent years received a new impetus through the discovery of vast numbers of non-literary papyri, chiefly in Egypt, has removed all doubt as to tbe category to which the language of the New Testament belongs. It is now abundantly clear that the diction of the apostolic writers is not a peculiar isolated idiom, characteristic of Jewish Hellenists, but simply the common speech of the Greek-speaking world at the time when the New Testament books were
will hardly
written.
While the statement just made has come to be a commonplace, it has not been so for long. There has arisen, therefore, the need not only of the collection and arrangement in convenient form (a need which is now being supplied for the advanced scholar in Moulton and Milligan's Vocabulary of the Greek Testament) of the results of pioneer
study in the papyri, but also of a systematic revision, in the light of recent research, of many of the views regarding the diction and vocabulary of the New Testament which were commonly accepted thirty or even twenty years ago. The considerations therefore so well set forth by Dr. Moulton in his Prolegomena \\ hich call for an entirely new grammar of the New Testament, apply also to the work of the Lexicographer. And the materials for his work still
vii
Vlll
PREFACE
accumulating
steadily
special studies of
have been liberally furnished by the Deissmann and Thumb in Germany and Moulton and Milligan in Great Britain and have also found their way into the more recent commentaries.
by the publication of the Oxford Concordance by Hatch and Eedpath, the Cambridge Manual Edition of the Septuagint and its accompanying Introduction by Dr. Swete, together with the Grammar of Mr. Thackeray, has also had its influence on New Testament studies. While Dr. Abbott's caution as
^
to the possibility of exaggerating the influence of the Septuagint still holds good, the evidence of the papyri has brought about a growing sense of its value to the student of the NewTestament. More reference therefore has been made, it is believed, in this Lexicon to the usage of the Septuagint than in any previous work of the same kind, so that even where there may not appear to be any special significance in the Old Testament usage with respect to a particular word, the
student will always have an idea of the extent and character of the use which was made of it in that version which was the most familiar form of the Old Testament to the writers of the New. The books mentioned in the Hst which follows are, out of a larger number to which I would register here a general acknowledgement of indebtedness, those which appeared to be, on the whole, the more accessible and useful to the average reader. Among the Lexicons, an almost equal debt The classificais owed to Liddell and Scott and to Thayer. tion of meanings in the latter, a characteristic excellence, often defies improvement, while Preuschen, though on the whole adding little to the work of his predecessors, is often Not a few suggestions of helpful in this same particular. fresh treatment have come from Fr. Zorell, S.J., whose scholarly work is quite modern and remarkably free from the ecclesiastical bias which one might have expected to find in it. Of the commentaries, besides those available to Thayer, the most helpful for lexical purposes have been those of Hort,
Swete and Mayor in Macmillan's Series, also the International Critical Commentaries, especially the more recent issues. Some of Bishop Lightfoot's best lexical work is to be found in his posthumous Notes on Epistles of St. Paul, while Dr. Field's Notes on the Translation of the New Testament, contain a wealth of learning and sound judgment
^Essays, 67
f.
PKBFAOB
IX
such as would be hard to parallel within the limits of a single volume. On points of grammar, references are mainly made to Dr. Moulton's Prolegomena and the English Translation of Blass, as the most recent and convenient of first-rate
authorities.
A brief treatment is given of the more important synonyms, in the belief that while classical distinctions cannot always be pressed in late and colloquial usage, it is an advantage to know something of the distinctive features of synonymous words as traceable in their etymology and
Testament the standard adopted that of Moulton and Geden's Concordance,'^ which, as the latest and best work of its kind, is likely to remain the recognised authority for many years to come. The Greek text followed therefore is that of Westcott and Hort, with which are compared the texts of the Eighth Edition of Tischendorf and of the English Revisers, the marginal readings of each From the Textus Beceptus as such, no being included. reading which modern editors have rejected is as a rule recorded, except in cases where a word would otherwise be dropped from the vocabulary of the New Testament. Sometimes, also, reference is made to a reading of the Beceptus to which some particular interest is attached. The asterisks and daggers in the margin follow, with the kind permission of the publishers and Mr. Geden, the notation There is, however, the one difference, of the Concordance. that whereas in Moulton and Geden the time limit marked by the dagger is the beginning of the Christian era, it seemed better for the purpose of the Lexicon to include in the category of " late Greek " all words found only in Greek writers after the time of Aristotle.^ It remains to express in general terms my grateful acknowledgement to colleagues and friends in McGill University with its affiliated Theological Colleges and in my own Alma Mater, the University of Bishop's College, Lennoxville, as well as to many English friends, in Cambridge and elsewhere, who have given me valued advice and encouragement. All these will pardon me if I single out for special mention the one name of Dr. J. H. Moulton, the genial master-craftsis
^
New
D.D and
'
Concordance to the Oreek Testament, by Rev. W. F. Moulton, M.A., Rev. A. S. Geden, M.A. Second Edition. T. & T. Clark, 1899. See below, p. rvi.
PREFACE
man
of that science to which I have sought in a humble way underto contribute what I could. At the beginning of
my
taking he took me in, a stranger, and gave me ungrudgingly of his counsel and direction, and also my first introduction to the publishers through whom the appearance of the work under the best possible auspices was assured. To the manifold assistance I have had from fellow- workers, both by word of mouth and through the printed page I would fain attribute most of the value which this modest effort may possess. For its deficiencies I am alone responsible, and I can only hope that in spite of them this book may sustain the note sounded in the last word in the alphabetical order ax^eXi/Ao? and may of the New Testament Vocabulary serve in a small way to the more faithful and intelligent study of the Book of the New Covenant of our Lord and Saviour in the language in which it was written.
foregoing paragraphs were written early in 1917, when, with the last sheets of the Lexicon, they were sent The manuscript has thus been inoverseas for publication. accessible for revision, whence the absence of any reference to much valuable material that has appeared, both in books and in periodicals, during the last four years, including the second volume of the Grammar of Dr. Moulton, whose tragic death as a victim of the ruthless warfare of the submarines was reported a few days after the earlier part of this Preface was written. The student is recommended to supplement the grammatical references in the body of the Lexicon by consulting the Index to Vol. II. of Dr. Moulton's Grammar. I take this opportunity of adding to the acknowledgements already made my thanks to Professors A. R. Gordon and S. B. Slack of McGill University and to the Rev. R. K. Naylor, sometime classical tutor at McGill, for their kindness in proof-reading, to the publishers for their generous enterprise at a time of unprecedented difficulty in the production of books, and to the compositors and readers of the Aberdeen University Press for their painstaking and accurate performance of a difficult task.
The
G.
MONTRHAT,,
September, 1921.
ABBOTT-SMITH.
LIST
OF ABBREVIATIONS
I.
GENEEAL.
impv.
in
1.
ad
fin.
adj.
adv.
al.
indie.
inf.
infr.
Ion.
I.e.
aor.
Apocr.
= = = =
;
aorist.
m.
metaph, meton.
App.
Aram.
Att.
bibl.
MGr.
n.
neg.
bis
c.
of.
nom. om.
opp.
optat. pass.
pers.
pf.
cl.
cogn.
compar.
contr. dat.
e.g.
= = = = = = = =
cognate.
comparative.
contracted.
dative.
plpf.
exempli
gratia
(for
in-
stance).
eccl.
ecclesiastical. especially.
example.
except. and following (verse).
s.v.
ff.
figurative.
(verses).
se.
fig-
freq.
fut.
frequent.
future. genitive.
gen.
Gk. Heb.
i.e.
:
Greek.
Hebrew.
id est.
Targ.
V.
Jb.
id;
impei's.
impf.
vb.
v.l.
v.s.
= imperative. = in loco. = indicative. = infinitive. = infra. = Ionic. = loco citato. = masculine, = metaphorically. = metonymj'. = Modern Greek. = note, neuter. = negative. = nominative. = omit, omits. = opposed to. = optative. = passive. = person. = perfect. = pluperfect. = preposition. = properly. = participle. = quod vide. = of the thing. = sub. = sub voce. = scilicet (that is). = sequente (followed subjunctive. = substantive. = superlative. = supra. = synonym. = Targum. = vide. = verb. = variant reading. = vide sub.
by),
Equivalent
to, equals,
zu
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
11.
BIBLICAL.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
III.
(i/, ill,
Xlll
ANCIENT WEITEES.
etc.
1st,
2nd century,
etc.)
Ael.
Msoh.
.ffischin.
Anth. Antonin.
Apoll.
Herm.
Has.
Hipp. Horn.
Inscr.
Luc.
Lys.
= = = = =
Apollonius Khodius,
ii/B.C. Aristotle, iv/B.C.
Rhod.
Arist.
Menand.
IT.
Aristoph.
Ath.
Pans. Phalar.
Philo.
GIG
Dio Cass.
Diod. Diog.
Laert.
= = = =
= = = = =
Corpus Inscriptionum Grsecarum. Dio Cassius, ii/A.D. Diodorus Siculus, i/B.C. Diogenes Laertius,
ii/A.D.
Pind.
Plat. Plut.
Polyb.
= Hippocrates, v/B.C. = Homer, ix/B.C. ? = Inscriptions. = Lucian, ii/A.D. = Lysias, v/B.C. = Menander, iv/B.G. = Papyri. = Pausanias, ii/A.D. = Phalaris, Spurius Epp. ? = Philo Judseus, i/A.D. = Pindar, v/B.C. = Plato, v-iv/B.C. = Plutarch, ii/A.D. = Polybius, ii/B.C.
Socrates, Hist. Eccl.,
SocT.,nE=
Halicar-
Dion. H.
Diosc.
Dionysius of
nassus, i/B.C. Dioscorides, i-ii/A.D. Euripides, v/B.C. Eustathius, xii/A.D. Flavius Josephus, i/A.D.
Soph.
Testimony
of
Zebedee,
Gregory of Nazianzus,
iv/A.D.
= =
Herodotus, v/B.C.
Heliodorus, iv/A.D.
= = = =
Thucydides, v/B.C.
Xenophon,
v-iv/B.G.
IV.
Abbott, Essays
Abbott, Abbott,
MODEEN WEITEES.
JO
JV
AB
Blass, Gosp.
Essays chiefly on the Original Texts of the Old and New Testaments, by T. K. Abbott. Longmans, 1891. = Johannine Grammar, by E. A. Abbott. London, 1906. = Johannine Vocabulary, by the same. London, 1905. = St. Paul's Epistle to the Ephesians, by J. Armitage Robinson. Second Edition. Macmillan, 1909. = A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, by Brown, Driver, and Briggs. Oxford, 1906. = Philology of the Gospels, by F. Blass. Macmillan,
1898.
Blass, Or,
= Grammar of =
Boisacq
N.T. Greek, by F. Blass, tr. by H. St. J. Thackeray.^ Macmillan, 1898. Dictionnaire Etymologique de la langue Grecque, par
Burton
CQT
Charles,
APOT
CR
Cremer
Emile Boisacq. Paris, 1907-1914. Testament Moods and Tenses, by E. de W. Burton. Third Edition. Univ. Chicago, 1898. = Cambridge Greek Testament for Schools and Colleges. = Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha of the Old Testament, by R. H. Charles. Oxford, 1913. = Classical Review. London, 1887 fi. = Biblico-Theological Lexicon of N.T. Greek, by H. Cremer. Third English Edition, with Supplement.
= New
T.
&
T. Clark, 1886.
Dalman, Gt.
Gramm&tiy
XIV
Dal man, Words
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
English Edition. of Jesus, by G. Dalman. T. Clark, 1902. Dictionary of the Apostolic Church, edited by J.
T.
The Words
&
DAG
DB
DB 1-vol. DCQ
Deiss.,
Hastings. Vol. I. Scribners, 1915. Dictionary of the Bible, edited by J, Hastings. 5 vols. (i-iv, e^:t. = extra vol.). Scribners, 1898-1904. Dictionary of the Bible (in one volume), by J. Hastings.
Poribiu'i-s,
1909.
BS
Dictionary of Christ and the Gospels, edited by J, Hastings. 2 vols. Scribnere, 1907-08. Bible Studies, by G. A. Deissmann. Second English Edition, including Bibelstudien and Neue Bibelstudien, tr. by A. Grieve. T. & T. Clark, 1909. Light from the Ancient East, by A. Deissmann, tr. by L. R. M. Strachau. Second Edition. Hodder, 1908. Encyclopaedia Biblica. 4 vols. London, 1899-1903. An English-Greek Lexicon, by G. M. Edwards.
Deiss.,
LAE
EB
Edwards, Lex.
Camb., 1912.
EOT
Ellic.
Enc. Brit.
Exp. Times
Field, Notes
Gifford, Inc.
Andover, 1860-65. Camb. Encyclopaedia Britannica. Eleventh Edition. Univ. Press, 1910. The Expository Times, edited by J. Hastings. T. & T. Clark, 1890 ff. Notes on the Translation of the N.T., by F. Field,
Camb., 1899.
The Incarnation, by E.
Grimm-Thayer
Hatch, Essays
Gifford. Hodder, 1897. Greek-English Lexicon of the N.T., being Grimm's Wilkes Clavis Novi Testamenti, tr. by J. H. Thayer. New York, 1897. Essays in Biblical Greek, by Edwin Hatch. Oxford.
1889.
Hort
Commentaries on the Greek Text of the Epistle of St. James (1^-4") The First Epistle of St. Peter (li-2''); and the Apocalypse of St. John (1-3), by F. J. A.
;
ICG
Interp.
Gomm.
Jannaris
Hort. Macmilian, 1898-1909. International Critical Commentary. Scribnei-s. Interpreter's Commentary. N.Y., Barnes & Co. A Historical Greek Grammar, by A. N. Jannaris.
JThS
Kennedy, Sources
Kiihner*
Macmilian, 1897. Journal of Theological Studies. London, 1899 ff. T. Sources of N.T. Greek, by H. A. A. Kennedy.
T. Clark, 1895. Ausfiihrliche Grammatik der griechischen Sprache,
&
by
Lft.
R. Kiihner. Third Edition, by F. Blass and B. Gerth, 4 vols., 1890-1904. Commentaries on St. Paul's Epistles to the Galatians (1892) Philippians (Third Edition, 1873) and Colossians and Philemon (1892), by J. B. Lightfoot. Macmilian. Also Apostolic Fathers, by the same.
;
Lft., Notes
LS
Mayor
Macmilian, 1890. 5 vols. Notes on Epistles of St. Paul, by J. B. Lightfoot. Macmilian, 1895. A Greek-English Lexicon, by H. G. Liddell and R. Scott. Seventh Edition. Harper, 1889. Commentaries on the Epistle of St. James (Third Edition, 1910), and the Epistle of St. Jude and tha Second Epistle of St. Peter. Macmilian, 1907.
LIST OF ABBEEVIATIONS
Mayser
M'Neile
XV
Meyer
Milligan, Selections
MM (xi-xxv)
MM
(s.v.)
M.Pr.
M, Th.
Moffatt
Mozley, Ps.
gr. Papyri aus der Ptolemaerzeit, by E. Mayser. Leipzig, 1906. The Gospel according to St. Matthew, by A. H. M'Neile. Macmillan, 1915. Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the N.T., by H. A. W. Meyer. Eng. tr., T. & T. Clark, 1883. Selections from the Greek Papyri, by G. Milligan. Cambridge, 1910. Lexical Notes from the Papyri, by J. H. Moulton and and G. Milligan. Expositor VII, vi, 567 fi. VIII, iv, 561 ff. The Vocabulary of the Greek Testament, by J. H. Moulton and G. Milligan. Part I (a) Part II (j8-5). Hodder, 1914-15 (remaining parts in preparation). A Grammar of N.T. Greek. Vol. I, Prolegomena, by J. H. Moulton. Third Edition. Scribners, 1908. St. Paul's Epistles to the Thessalonians, by G. Milligan. Macmillan, 1908. James Moffatt, An Introduction to the Literature of the N.T. Scribners, 1911. The Psalter of the Church, by P. W. Mozley, Cambridge,
;
Grammatik der
1905.
NTD
Page
Milligan.
The Acts
1903.
of the Apostles,
of
by T. E. Page.
by R.
B.
Macmillan,
Backham
Ramsay,
Kendall
Rutherford, NPhr.
St.
The
St.
Acts
the
Apostles,
Rackham.
Methuen, 1901.
Paul
:
Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen, by Hodder, 1895. The Epistle to the Hebrews, by F. Rendall. Mac-
W. M. Ramsay.
millan, 1911.
Mac-
Schmidt
Simcox
Soph., Lex.
W. H.
Swete
Thackeray, Or.
Thayer
Thumb, Handh.
Second Edition. Hodder, 1892. Greek Lexicon of the Roman and Byzantine Periods, by E. A. Sophocles. Scribners, 1900. = Commentaries on the Gospel according to St. Mark (Third Edition, 1909) and the Apocalypse of St. John, by H. B. Swete. Macmillan, 1906. A Grammar of the O.T. in Greek I, by H. St. J. Thackeray. Cambridge, 1909. Grimm-Thayer, q.v. Handbook of the Modern Greek Vernacular, by A. Thumb. Tr. from the Second German Edition by
=
:
Thumb,
Hellen.
=
T. & T. Clark, 1912. S. Angus. Die Griechische Sprache im Zeitalter des Hellenismus, von A. Thumb. Strassburg, 1901.
Tdf., Pr.
Tr Syn.
Vau.
Veitch
Graece, C. Tischendorf. Editio octava critica maior. Vol III, Prolegomena, by Leipzig, 1894. C. R. Gregory. Synonyms of the N. T. by R. C. Trench. Ninth Edition.
,
Novum Testamentum
Macmillan, 1880.
:
Paul's Epistle to the Romans, by C. F. Vaughan. Sixth Edition. Macmillan, 1885. Greek Verbs, Irregular and Defective, by W. Veitch, Oxford, 1887.
St.
XVI
Viteau
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
=
=
6tude sur
Verbe:
le
VD, MOr.
Westo,
WH
Vol. II., Sujet: Complement et Attribut, 1896. E. Vincent and T. G. Dickson, A Handbook to Modern Greek. Second Edition. Macmillan, 1904. Commentaries on the Gospel according to St. John, by B. F. Westcott, 2 Vols., Murray, 1908 the Epistle to the Ephesians, Macmiilan, 1906; the Epistles of St. John, Third Edition, Macmillan, 1892. The N.T. in the original Greek, by B. F. Westcott and F. J. A. Hort. Vol. II, Introduction and Appendix.
;
WM
ws
Zorell
= A Grammar of =
=
Macmillan, 1881. N.T. Greek, tr. from G. B. Winer's 7th Edition, with large additions, by W. P. Moulton. Third Edition. T. & T. Clark, 1882. Grammatik des neutestamentlichen Sprachidioms, von G. B. Winer, 8te Aufl. von P. W. Schmiedel.
Gottingen, 1894.
Paris, 1911.
single asterisk at the beginning of an article denotes (as in Moulton to which it is attached is not found or other Greek Versions of the O.T. and Apocrypha. in the ** A double asterisk similarly afifixed denotes that the word occurs either in the Apocrypha or in the later Greek Versions of the O.T., but not in the Version of the Hebrew Canonical books, and therefore either has, as a rule, no (known) Hebrew equivalent, or else was used in a translation not kiiown to the N.T. writers. The later Greek versions (Aq., etc.) are cited, as a rule, only when a word is not found in LXX. * A single asterisk placed after a list of passages from the signifies tnat the word occurs nowhere else in that Version. t A dagger at the beginning of an article denotes that the word is not found in Greek writers of the classical period. t A dagger at the close of an article signifies that all the instances of the
LXX
LXX
LXX
An
number
inferior numeral after a biblical book (e.g. of times a word occurs in that book.
alphabet.
to
have
at
the first letter of the Greek As a numeral, a = 1, a^ = 1000. As a prefix, it appears least two and perhaps three distinct senses 1. d- (before
:
a vowel, dv-) negative, as in a-yvwo-Tos, d-Sixos. 2. d-, d- copulative, indicating community and fellowship, as in d-TrAoCs, a-KoXovOeu), a-SiXcf)6s. 3. An intensive force (LS, s. a), as in a.-Tpit,o} is sometimes assumed (but v. Boisacq, s.v.). 'AapolK (Heb. ]niN), indecl. (in FIJ, -wvos), Aaron (Ex 4", al.)
Lk
15,
Ac
7*,
He
5* 7^1 9*.+
'APaSSwv
(Heb.
]niN
destruction
LXX,
:
dTrwXcia,
only
in
Wisdom
Pr
1511*), indecl.
2822 3112^ pg 8812, the place of the ruined dead Jb in NT, Abaddon, the angel of the Abyss Ee 9^\f ;8dpos), without weight; metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.) *dpapiis, -s
Lit., of
26'''
;
:
of n^t
(v.
= Heb.
father),
I.e.)
:
'A. 6 irarrjp,
Abba, Father
Swete on
Mk,
Mk
Eo
8^5,
Ga
d^.t
Tj
'APeiXtjn]
(T,
:
Eec.
'AySt-), -^s,
a district in
:
the Anti-Lebanon Lk 3^t "ApeX (WH, "A-), 6, indecl. (Heb. ^3^1), Abel (Ge
1224; af/.a-'A.,
42-10)
He
11*
Mt
of
(i
2335,
Lk
,
lisi.t
in;n>?), 6,
Abijah.
line of
1.
Son
Eleazar
Mt
1^.
2.
priest of the
'A(3id0ap, 6, indecl.
(i
Ki
:
21^)
Mk
226.t
'ApiouS,
6,
Abihud
Mt
l".t
MM,
VGT,
S.V.),
Abraham (Ge
17^
al.)
Mt
1
l^- 2 al.
*3
MANUAL
'i.REEK
=
,
^vdoi), 1. in
2.
cl.,
boundless, bottom(for
^sch.).
[In
,
LXX
Dinp
Ge
l^,
exc. Is 4427,
Jb 41^2
for
n^lS
nbisp
Jb 36i6 for
nm)
and] NT,
as subst.
;
s.v.), ^ a. (sc. x<^P). ^^^ a&^ss; (a) of the sea underworld, as the abode of the dead Eo 10'^ (Ge 1^) as the abode of demons, Lk 8*^, (a paraphrase of De 30^^ LXX) 9i 2, 11 117 178 201. 3 (Cremer, 2).t Re
(MM, VGT,
(b) of the
'AYapos, -ov, 6, Agabus : Ac ll^s *t dyaeoepY^w, -w, to do Qood, show kindness : 1 Ti 6^^ (Cremer, 8).t Nu 10^^, d,Ya0o-Troi^(i, -w ( = cl. ayadbv ttoulv, evepyeTetv) [in 171=^ A, Ze 112 (^j2i hi.), To 12iB, i Mac lp3, n Mac 1^*;] to do Jg Jo ^i (b) for another's benefit good ; (a) univ. i Pe 2i*' 20 36, 17^
,
21io.+
LXX
Mk
(Cremer, 8).+ *t dYaOoTToua, -as, 17 (< ayadoiroio?), well-doing : I Pe 4i9.t **t dYaOoTTOios, -01', = cl. ayaOovpyo^, [in LXX, of a woman who deals pleasantly in order to corrupt, Si 42^'^ * ;] doing well, acting rightly MM, VGT, s.v.).t I Pe 21* (Cremer, 8 (Plut.) chiefly for niia ;] in general, good, in dYaeos, ->?, -ov, [in physical and in moral sense, used of persons, things, acts, conditions, " perfect in its kind, so as to etc., applied to that which is regarded as that which, in itself good, is also produce pleasure and satisfaction, once for the good and the advantage of him who comes in contact at with it" (Cremer, 3): yi?, Lk 8^; 8ey8pov, Mt 7^^; /capSta, Lk 8^^; 117 ^pyor (freq. in PL), Phi 1^ ; eXms, 11 Th 2i Sdo-is, Ja ^^p^^^ Lk 10*2 as subst., t6 d., that fxvda, I Th 3 (cf. II Mac P^) er^<javp6<i, Mt 1235 which is morally good, beneficial, acceptable to God, Eo 122 ^py<{^o-. 8lwklv, I Th S^^; Oai TO a., Eo 210, Eph 428; Trpdaa-eiv, Eo 9^, II Co 5^^ KoWaa-Oai. T(Z d., Eo 12^ ipoirav Trepl tov a., Mt IQl^ III Jo ^ IXLfjLeia-OaL, TO d. crov, thy favour, benefit, Phm 1* Slolkovo's CIS TO a., Eo 13* pi., Ta a., of goods, possessions, Lk 12^^; of spiritual benefits, Eo IQi*, He 9" IQi. d. is opp. to n-ovr]p6s, Mt 5** 20^5 ; xa/cos, Eo 7^^ ; (f^aiXo?,
3* (T, S.ya06v
TTOL^o-ai),
Lk
69
(c)
ace. pers.,
Lk
6^3. 35
LXX
Eo
911, II
Co
:
510 (cf.
MM, VGT,
K.
s.v.).
properly refers to goodliness as manid. to inner excellence (cf. the cl. KaX6<s Kaya66<5 and fested in form In Eo 6^, where it is contrasted with 8., ev KapBta k. kol d., Lk 81^). d. implies a kindliness and attractiveness not necessarily possessed by the SiKaios, who merely measures up to a high standard of rectitude
Syn.
KttXo's,
:
8tKaios.
(cf.
dyadwcrvvr]).
*f 6.yaQoupyi<o, -5, Contracted form (rare, v. ayaOoep- (q.v.), to do good : Ac 14i''.t t ayaQiocTuvr] (on the termination, v.s. dytoTi;?,
WH,
and
App., 145) of
cf .
,
152
MM, VGT,
s.v.), -77s,
WH,
niM
,
App.,
dya^o's), [in
LXX for
nnil3
MM
only in Heb. bks. ;] goodness (representing " the kindlier, as St/<aiocrw7;, the sterner element in the ideal character," AE, Eph., 5^ on its relation to ^prjaroT-q^, v. Tr., Syn., lxiii) Eo 151*, q^ 522^ Th in.t
;
:
tdyaXXiaffis, -cws,
rj
{<^dyaXXia.ia), [in
in Pss.
and
3
exulta-
as
Ps 44
2^",
;]
Lk
1*^
Ac
He
1^ Ju
"*;
x^pa
xal a.,
Lk
1^*
form
of cl.
aydWw,
;
to glorify,
,
mid.
-o/tai,
(most freq. in Pss.) chiefly for b^3 ]:i pi. ;] to exult, rejoice greatly : seq. i-n-L, c. dat., Lk 1*' c. dat. mod., i Pe 1^, Ee 19". Mid., with same sense Mt 5^2, Lk lO-^, Ac 2^' 16^4, i Pe 4^3 seq. 'va, Jo 8^" e'v, Jo 5^^ (1 aor. pass. perh. as mid. but v. Mozley, Psalter, 5), i Pe 1 (Cremer, 590).t
exult in
;
[in
LXX
** a-yajios, -ov, [in IV Mac 16^ * ;] unmarried : i Co 7^' ^^ fem. (= cl. avaiSpos), ib. i^'^^.t ** dyai'aKTcw, -w (<] ayav, vmch, axpfxai, to grieve), [in Wi 5^2 1227, Da TH Bel ^s, iv Mac 4^1 * ;] to be indignant : Mt 2V^ 26^ 10^* 144 seq. TTcpi', Mt 2024, Mk lO^i seq. 6tl, Lk 13i4 (v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t ** dYakdKTTjo-is, -eojs, rj (<^ dyavaKTew), [in Es 18^ N^ * indig:
LXX
LXX
Mk
;]
LXX
nation
II
Co
711 (v.
MM, VGT,
s.v.).t
;]
to love, to feel
and exhibit
to Christ,
Of human Jo
525, II
t.
Lk
i
Eph
2.
Tim
He
men,
1^, i
Pe
:
2i' 310, 11
Pe 2l^
Of divine love;
Christ's love
172,
:
(a)
God's love
(&)
to
Mk
Jo
V.
Eph
:
24.
(jitXeo).
Syn.
also Boisacq)
d.
is
but
love
based on esteem (diligo), as distinct from that expressed by ^lAc'w (amo), spontaneous natural affection, emotional and unreasoning. If this distinction holds, d. is fitly used in NT of Christian love to God
and man, the spiritual affection which follows the direction of the and which, therefore, unlike that feeling which is instinctive and unreasoned, can be commanded as a duty. (Cf. dydin}, and v. Tr., Syn.,%^n Cremer, 9, 592 and esp. MM, "VGT, s.v.) + dydTrT), -775, t}, [in LXX for na,nN* which is also rendered by dya.Tnf]crL<; and ^tXta ;] love, goodwill, esteem. Outside of bibl. and eccl. books, there is no clear instance (with Deiss., LAE, 18^ 7O2, cf. the same writer in Constr. Quar., ii, 4; and with MM, VGT, s.v., cf. Dr. Moulton in Exp. Times, xxvi, 3, 139). In NT, like dyaTrdw, 1. Of men's love (a) to one another, Jo 13^5 (6) to God, i Jo 2^. 2. Of divine love; {a) God's love to men, Eo 5^; to Christ, Jo 172"; {b) Christ's love to men Eo S^^. 3. In pi., love feasts Ju 12 (2),
will,
;
iii,
157).
chooses
(v.s. dyairdix)) love which from LXX, where its connotation is more general, into NT, and there used exclusively to express that spiritual bond of love between God and man and between man and man, in Christ, which is characteristic of Christianity. It is thus
cfiiXia.
Syn.:
its
a.,
signifying properly
distinct
friendship (Ja 4^ only), a-ropyq, natural affection v.s. acrropyos) and epws, sexual love, which (in (Cf. iya-waui ; is not used in NT, its place being taken by eVi^v/xta. DB, vol. i., 555; Cremer, 13, 593; and V. Abbott, Essays, 70 f
NT
only in
compounds,
MM, VGT,
s.v.)
-rj,
dyairTiTos,
[in
TH^
TTI;]
of Christ, Mt 3^" of men, Ko 1^ (a) by God beloved (v. M, Pr., 221) 4^* freq. as form of address, i Co {h) by Christians, of one another ib. IQi* opp. to lx^p6';, Eo ll^s (v. AE, Eph., 229 ; Cremer, 17 MM,
:
VGT,
s.v.).
rj,
Heb.
"IJn),
Hagar
(Ge 16)
Ga
424. 25_t
;
niaX; on the
* dyYapeu'w (from the Persian cf. Vg. angiare, orthogr., v. Bl., 6, 1; M, Pr., 46),
impress into
public service, employ a courier; hence, to compel to perform a service (prob. common in the vernac. cf. Deiss., BS, 86 f., MM, Exp.,
;
iv
VGT,
s.v.)
Mt
:
5*^ 27^2,
dyYcioi',
(v.
-ov, TO
s.v.)
rj
MM, VGT,
I
dyYcXi'a, -as,
Mt
[in
Mk
152i.t
[in
ayyos),
LXX
LXX
;]
vessel
25*.t
ayycXos), [in
;]
a mes-
sage:
Jo 15 311 (Cremer, 18; MM, VGT, dyyeXXw (ayycXos), [in LXX for IM
to
announce, report
1<*
Jo
451
(WHR
omit), 2018
6,
(MM, VGT,
s.v.).t
;]
dyycXos, -ov,
:
LXX
messenger, one
sent Mt ll^*^, Ja 22^. 2. As in LXX, in the special sense of angel, a spiritual, heavenly being, attendant upon God and employed as his messenger to men, to make known his purposes, as Lk l^^, or to execute them, as Mt 4^. The a. in Ee l^" 2\ al., is variously understood as (1) a messenger or delegate, (2) a bishop or ruler, (3) a guardian angel, (4) the prevailing spirit of each church, i.e. the
Church
itself.
;
(Cf.
Swete,
s.v.)
A2).,
in
1.;
DB,
;]
iv,
991; Thayer,
:
s.v.;
Cremer, 18
MM, VGT,
vessel
Mt
13*^t
of ayw,
like
</)epe,
to
dye'XTi, -7?9,
aya>), [in
come ! used as adv. and addressed, Ja 41^ 5^.t LXX chiefly for -17?;] a herd: Mt S^o-^z,
:
Mk5ii.i3^ Lk832.33.t
*t dyck'caXoyrjTos, -ov {<C yeveoAoyco)), without genealogy,
i.e.
vathout
s.v.).
recorded pedigree
*dyet'Tis,
-e's
(cf.
Ne
1^^)
1.
He V
(Cremer, 152
(Plat.); 2. of
:
MM, VGT,
{^^y^vo-i),
unhorn
no family, ignoble,
base (opp. to dya^o's. Soph., Fr., 105) opp. to euyevijs, I Co 1^^ (for VGT, s.v.).t exx. from v., v. dyid^u), Hellenistic form of dyt^w (<^ dytos), to make holy, consechiefly for xoip pi., hi. ;] 1. to dedicate, separate^ crate, sanctify ; [in
MM,
LXX
apart for God ; of things Mt 23i'' ", ii Ti 22i of persons Christ, Jo 10^' 17^^ 2. to purify, make conformable in character to such dedication forensically, to free from guilt, i Co 6^^, Eph b^^, He 2^^ IQio, 14, 29 1312 internally, by actual sanctification of life, Jo 17^^' ", 2032 2618, Eo 15i, i Co I2 7^*, i Th 523, Ee 22ii; of a nonAc 3. In the believer influenced by marriage with a Christian, i Co 7^*. intermediate sense of ceremonial or levitical purification (a) of things, 4. to treat as holy : Mt 6^, Lk II2, II Ti 221 (6) of persons. He 9^3. 316 (Cremer, 53, 602; MM, VGT, s.v.).t I Pe t dyiaafi^s, -ov, 6 dyia^o)), [in Bz 45^ (W7i7P), Si 7",
;
:
:
LXX
as an active verbal noun in -fios, it signifies properly the process TO ayid^eiv, rather than the resultant state, dyiaxruvr/, hence, 1. consecration; 2. sanctification: so strictly in Eo 6^^' 22 (but v. Meyer),
etc.
;]
Co
130, I
;
Th
43.7, II
Th
2^3,
He
12^*,
Pe
1.
Elsewhere
it
perhaps
but v. Milligan, Th., 48) inclines to the resultant state I Th 4*, I Ti 215 (Cremer, 55, 602).t ayios, -a, -ov (<Cto ay&s, religious awe ; a^w, to venerate), [in chiefly for Vj^p ;] primarily, dedicated to the gods, sacred (Hdt. ; rare
(Ellic.
LXX
in Att., never in Hom., Hes. and Trag., who use dyvos), hence, holy, characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration. 1. Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty, and
glory
Lk
;
1*^,
Jo
I711,
Ee
4^.
Hence
(a) of
have a claim
He
91
to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple (b) of persons employed by him, as angels i
Mt Th
24i*,
S^^
;
prophets, Lk V^; apostles, Eph 3^. 2. Applied to persons as separated to God's service (a) of Christ, Mk 12^ Jo 69, Ac 430 ; (6) of Christians, Ac 9^3, Eo 1^, He 6^\ Ee 58. 3. In the moral sense of 620, Jo I711, Ac 31*, Ee 3^ sharing God's purity 4. Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings i Co 71*, Eph 1*. Stn. : dyvos, pure, both in ceremonial and spiritual sense i/)os (sacer), sacred, that which is inviolable because of its (external) relation to God; oo-ios {sanctus as opp. to nefas), that which is based on everlasting ordinances of right. (Cf Tr., Syn., Ixxxviii DB, ii,
:
Mk
399
f.
**t
dynJTTjs,
holiness,
cf. lift..
(v.
MM, VGT,
dyaew<rvvr]),
(ijr),
s.v.)
-rj^,
n Co
dYiuffu'Ktj
rj
1^2,
He
12io.t
aytos), [in
LXX
1*,
Ps 29 (30)*
96(97)12
(nrij?),
95(96)
144 (145)^
(Tin),
:
n Mac
Ro
312*;] holiness,
dyiaa-fio^, q.v.
n Co 7^, i Th 31^
,
ayKos,
bend), [in
p-'O;] the
bent
arm : Lk
hook
:
a bend),
[in
etc.;]
a fish-
Mt
17",t
Je 52^8*;] an anchor ayKo?, a bend), [in Sm, **aYKupa, -a?, rj * fig. (MM, VGT, s.v.), He G^^.t Ac 2V^' *t aYka<})OS, -01' (= dyi'aTrTOS, 'C^yvdirrw, late form of KvaTrrco, to card Mt 92, Mk 22i.t wool), uncarded, undressed, i.e. new (MM, VGT, s.v.) for nnnw TT3 "113 etc.;] purity : dyfcia (WH, dyvia), [in
:
=^<^'
LXX
For exx.
of
ceremonial use in
tt.,
v.
MM,
l&lp;]
a^vit^ui
ayvos), [in
(a) ceremonially to purify, cleanse from defile^nent ; 2124, 26 2418 4^, i Pe V-, i Jo S^.t Ja (b) morally
;
:
Jo
11^^,
Ac
SVN.
etc.
Ka6apit,w, q.v.
(and
v.s. dyvo's).
LXX Nu G^
:
(-173)
8^ IQi^ (riNian),
purification
in
(Lxx)_f
;]
ZZtlf
5'-^
;
DtZTX
etc.
1. to be
ignorant,
not
II
{i/i,as
to
Co
TTcpt,
ace, Ac Eo 10, 2* 6^ 7^, i Co 1438; ^^ ^,';^^ dyvoeti/, a Pauline phrase: c. ace, Eo 11^^; seq. vwep, 11 Co 18; I Co 121, J rpi^ 413 2ti, Eo 113, I Co IQi (for similar usage in tt.,
know
absol.,
II
Ti
l^^,
;
He
c.
IS^^ 1723,
211; ^v
ol?,
Pe
212
seq. on,
Eo
V.
MM, VGT,
:
S.V.).
Pass.:
Co
14^8, 11
Co 6\ Ga
:
1^2.
2.
not
to
understand
Jth
520, Si
c.
ace,
Mk
I
+ dyi-oTifia, -Tos, t6
9^2,
Lk
9*^.+
dyi'oea.), [in
LXX
Ge
4312 (n|r?rD),
tt.
;
To
33,
232 5119,
:
Mac
v.
MM,
;]
VGT,
s.v.)
He
9" .t
r)
dyk'oia, -a;,
{<^ayvoeoi), [in
LXX
n^Jt!;
;
ig-
norance
Ac
31" lY^o,
Eph
418 (with
cf.
MM,
VGT,
s.v.), I
Pe
li^.t
dyi'os,
->?,
-oV
11
LXX
;]
and Pr.
only), also
Mac
Mac
18'', al.
defilement, in a condition
usage, V.
As in II Co 711 I Pe 32.
3.
first
MM, VGT, s.v.). 2. holy, sacred, veiierable (11 Mac, I.e.). OT (cl.), pure, chaste, undefiled, guiltless; (a) of persons:
1112,
I
Ti
Jo 33;
(b) of
things: Phi
48,
Ja 31^
Syjv.
dXiKpivrj'i
{q.v.),jmre, primarily as
in
NT
ii,
and Ka^apds
v.
DCG,
7)
winnowed, purged, the equivalence of d. 459'\ though Westc. {Epp. Jo., 101)
(sificere).
On
II
Co
*dY'ws
dyvds),
f]
dy^waia, -a?,
III
ya'wcrKO)), [in
131,
Mac
1.
;
Co
153^,
Pe
21^ (v.
Hort
li^ 2'
in
MM, VGT,
ayyio<TTos,
**
-ov
yivo-K(o), [in
LXX Wi
:
1118 183,
Mac
1723
(cf.
MM, VGT,
s.v.).t
7
p-lltf;]
(<:^ dyeipo), to
Thuc,
LXX)
Mk
6^6 (cf
MM, VGT,
1619 17^7 (Cremer, 69; chiefly for "QtZT T\2p ;] 1. to frequent dyopd^u [ dyopa), [in the dyo/od (Hdt., al.). 2. to buy in the market, purchase (Xen., al.; in tt. very common in deeds of sale, v. VGT, s.v.) absol., 11^5; c. ace. rei, Mt 13*4- 4", al.; seq. irapa, c. gen. pers., Mt 21^2,
1143 2046,
Ac
MM,
237,
I.e.)
LXX
LXX
MM,
Mk
c.
gen. pret.,
Mk
6^7, al.
metaph.,
*dYopatos, -ov (<^dyopd), 1. frequenting the ayopd, a loxmger in the dyopd (Xen., al.) Ac 17^. 2. In late writers (Strab., al.), proper to the dyopd dyopaiot (sc. i^fiepai) ayovrat (cf. Lat. conventus agere), courtdays are kept, Ac 193^ (for exx. of both usages, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t ^dypa, -as, 17 (<]dyw), 1. the chase, a hunting or catching : Lk 5*.
:
2.
that which
is
dypd/jifiaTos,
TT.
(ypafj-fxara),
un-
lettered (in
freq. in
:
MM, VGT,
s.v.)
formula used by one who signs for an Ac 4^3 (but cf. Thayer, 8.v.).t
:
illiterate
avXrj),
Lk
[in
28.t
dypeu'o, (dypa),
LXX:
Jb
lO^*,
Pr
522 625,26^
Ho
52
tDniZT,
etc.)*;]
to
catch or
take
by hunting or
fishing;
Mk
12i3.t
wild olive
Eo
:
ll^^. 24
dypios, -a,
fields,
1. of the wild olive (Anth.). 2. As subst., the (^qGT, in 1. MM, VGT, s.v.).t -ov (<^uyp6s), [in for HT^ etc.;] 1. living in
;
LXX
wild
of a
fxiXi.
Mt
3^,
Mk
;
1".
2. savage, fierce
Ju ".
(Cf.
usage
in
TT.
malignant wound
MM, VGT,
6,
s.v.)t
Agrippa
(II):
Ac
25i3. 22,
23, 24, 2
(For Agrippa
6,
dypos, -oS,
2. the
[in
LXX
;
1.
afield:
:
Mt
628, al.
56^
country
Mk
=
I521, al.
CL
Mk
5^* 636>
Lk
83* 912.
3.
x'^P^oV'
piece of
ground
Mk
1029,
Ac
427, al.
(On
x^P'^f X'^P'^"' ^-
M^.
[in
VGT,
s.v.)
dypuircew, -w
(<^ dypu7ri/os,
;]
<^dypv(o,
vTrvo<;),
LXX
Lk
chiefly for
metaph.
2136,
ipw to be sleejjless, wakeful (Theogn., Xen., al.) Mk 1333, (LXX) = cl. iyprjyopa, to be watchful, vigilant 618, He 13i7.t Eph
:
;
SVN. : yp-qyopioi, q.v. vrj(f)<i>, associated with y. in i Pe 5^, expressing a wariness which results from self-control, a condition of moral, not merely mental alertness (v. M, Th., I, 5). ** dypuiri'ia, -as, r/ (v. supr.), [in LXX: Si 9, II Mac 22 *; ] sleeplessness, watching : u Co 6^ 1127. for exx. in tt., v. MM, (Plat., Hdt.
;
VGT,
s.v.)t
LXX
in
,
Mac
,
l^o 4^ *].
etc.
3n: ;] 1. to lead, bring, carry simple dat. metaph,, to lead, guide, c. ace, seq. tVi, ets, 2ws, xpos and 2. to spend or keep a day impel Jo 10^^ Eo 2*, He Q^o, ii Ti 3^, al. Lk 2P^, Ac 19^8 3. Intrans., to go : subjunc, ayoyfuv, Mt 26*, al.
; :
LXX
Upb
(Cramer, 61
III
MM, VGT,
^
dyajYVi, -^s,
* ;] 1. a carrying away. 2. a leading, guiding ; metaph., training ; hence, from the expression d. tov /3iov, absol., conduct, way 3io (Cremer, 61 MM, VGT, s.v.).t of life : II Ti 42 10^2, dyci.', -wos, 6 dya>), [in LXX: Is T^^ (nxb), Es 4^7, Wi 2. a place of II Macg, IV Mac 5*;] 1. a gathering, esp. for games. 3. a contest, striiggle, trial; metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.), assembly. Phi l^o, i Th 22, (a) of the Christian life as a contest and struggle (b) solicitude, anxiety : Col 2^.f I Ti 612^ II Ti 4^ He 12^ i 151^ ** dywKia, -as, rj dywv), [in II Mac 3^*' *;] 1. a contest,
s.v.).
dya,), [in
LXX
Es
220 103, II
Mac
4i6 B^ 112*,
Mac
4^**
LXX
2. Of the mind, great fear, agony, anguish wrestling (Eur., Xen.). Lk 22*^ (cf Field, Notes, 77 f Abbott, Essays, 101 f Arist.) (Dem.,
:
MM, VGT,
I,
8.v.).t
dycji/iSofiai
II,
dywv),
1.
[in
LXX: Da TH
i
6^*
(bs
92^,
DW),
2.
Si 428,
IV
Mac
612, II
6,
5*;]
to
Co
to fight,
striiggle,
I
strive:
Jo IS^"
Ti 410
2^3,
Ti 47;
c. inf.
Lk
338,
'A8d^,
I
Adam
'A., i
Ti
u^
ju
Christ 6 ^crxaros
-ov
(<^8a7rdvi7),
Lk Rq Co 15*5.t
:
514^ i
Co
1522.,
Co
*d8dTTa'os, 9i8.t
2vithout
expense,
free
of
charge:
6,
indecl.,
Addei
Lk
328.t
:
d8A</)os), [in
LXX for
ninx ;] a sister
Mt
192,
metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.), of a member of the Christian community Eo 16^, I Co 7l^ Ja 21^, al. d8e\46s, -ov, 6 (<!d- copul., SeXcfim, womb), i,n cl., a brother, born [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102 f.), for n^ ;] of the same parent or parents.
al.;
:
a brother (Ge 42, al.). 2. Of a neighbour (Le 191^). 3. Of a member of the same nation (Ex 2^*, De 15^). In NT in each of these 2. Mt 3. Eo 9^) and also, 4. of a fellowsenses (1. Mt I2, al. Christian: I Co 1\ Ac 930. This usage finds illustration in tt., where d. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 1* MM, VGT, S.V.). The d86\<^ol r. Kvptov (Mt 12*6-49 1355 2310, Mk 331-34,
1. lit. of
;
Jo 212 73' 5, 10 2017, Ac li*, 1 Co 9^) may have been sons of Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. vi ff. DB, i, 320 ff.) or of Joseph by a former marriage (Lft., Gal, 252 ff. DCG, i, 232 ff.), but the view of Jerome, which makes d. equivalent to dvei/^tds, is inconsistent with Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.)
Lk
819-21,
**t
d8eX<t.<5TTis, -r?Tos,
2. Concrete, the 1. abstract, brotherhood, brotherly affection (LXX). 21^ 5^ (MM, VGT, s.v.).t brotherhood, the Christian community i Pe
:
d8eX<^o's), [in
9
unseen,
S^Aos), [in
LXX
:
Ps 50
11**.
(51)6 (ninij^)
2.
;]
1.
I.e.)
Lk
,
uncertain, indistinct
Co
148.t
*t d8TiX(5nis, -r]Tos, rj {<^ a.8r]Xo<;) uncertainty : i Ti 6^''.t *d8ii\ws {<CaSriXos:), adv., uncertainly : of direction, i Co 9^^ _+ ** dSTjfioi/cw, -to (on the derivation, v. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in Aq. Jb 1820; Sm. Ps 60(61)3 1152(116^1), Ec l^-^m^ Bz S^^*;] to he
:
trotibled, distressed
(MM,
I.e.)
Mt
263",
-^j;^
,
niCi
etc.
;]
Horn., Hades (Pluto), the god of the underworld. 2. the abode in NT, the abode of departed spirits, ; Hades: iv t. a., Lk 1623; ^k a., Ac 22^.31; TrvXat dSov, Mt le^S; kXcU Tov a., Ee 118;' metaph., Iws a.', Mt 1123, Lk lO^^;' personified, Ee 6^
1. in
20i3.'i4
MM, VGT,
[in
8.v.).t
LXX:
I.e.,
1.,
but
MM, VGT,
s.v.):
Ja 3i^t
*t dSidXeiTTTos, -ov (<[ SiaXetTToj), unremitting, incessant: Eo 92, Ti 13. (For exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.)t **t dSiaXeiTTTus (v. supr.), adv., [in LXX: i Mac 12^1, 11 Mae 4, III Mac 633 * -J unremittingly, incessantly : Eo 1^, i Th 13 2^3 51^.+ dSiKe'w, -w (<^a6iKo?), [in for ptSV TWS etc.;] 1. intrans., to be iSiKos, do wrong, act wichedly or criminally : Ac 25^^, i Co 6^, 9i9. II Co 712, Col 325, Ee 2211 ^^ ^^ J^^^J.t, Ee 2. Trans, (a) to do some wrong : o rjSLKrjcrev, Col 3"-^ to lorong some one, Mt 20i3, Ac 72*''2'' 251**, is, 2i3 11 Pe II Co 72, Ga 412, Phm pass., Ac 72*, 11 Co 712 mid., to be ivronged ; I Co 6' {supr but v. Bl., 54, 5; 38, 3 and cf. dTToo-Tcpeo)) {b) to injiire, hurt: Lk 10l^ Ee 2ii 6 72' 3 9*' 10 ll^.t for pjT nj?g etc.;] a wrong, dSiKKifia, -Tos, TO (<^ dSi/ceoj), [in
II
LXX
WM,
LXX
injury, misdeed
dSiKia,
1. injustice
(MM, VGT,
T]
-as,
s.v.)
Ac
I81* 2420,
Ee
,
IS^.t
aSt/cos),
[in
LXX
for Jir
yip^
b}V
etc.
;]
18", Eo 91*. 2. unricihteousness, iniquity : Jo 7^^, : 823, Ro 118' 29 28 613, II Ti 210, I Jo 1^ 51^ opp. to aX^Seia, 1 Co 136, Ac to hiKaiocTvvr], Eo 3^ ; a-rraTTq Tri<; a., II Th 21* ; /itcr^os aSt/ci'as, II Th 212 Ac 118, II Pe 213.15; cpydrai t^s a., Lk 1327; ^^a/xovSs T^S d., Lk 16^;
; ;
Lk
Koo'/xos T^s d., Ja 36; oiKovdyLios T^s d., Lk 168. righteous act : ironically, a favour, 11 Co 12i3
3.
;
ahiK-qfjia,
pi.,
He
etc.
812
an un(Cremer,
unjust
;
261
LXX
for ipcr
b^y
;]
1.
Eo 35, He 610. 2. unrighteous, wicked: Lk opp. to StKaios, Mt 5*^ to I Co 61' 9, I Pe 318 irio-Tos, Lk 1610 (Cremer, 200).
;
I611
I811,
cuo-c/?;s, II
Ac 24i5, Pe 2^ to
dSiKtos,
LXX
etc.;] unjustly,
undeservedly
'ASjiei./
Pe
2i9.t
(WH,
mg.,
'A8d/x), 6, indecl.,
Admin.
Lk
3'3.+
10
LXX
Pr 25\
Is I22 (rp)*
;]
1.
of things (prop.
of metals
2.
c), not standing the test, rejected : yrj, He 6^. after testing, reprobate : Eo 1^^, i Co 9^'^, 11 Co 135-7, II Ti 3% Tit li (Cremer, 212). 2. Of liquids (^sch., *a-8oXos, -ov, 1. guileless (Find., Thuc). Eur., and late prose writers), genuine, jnire (in tt. and in MGr. of wine,
:
LXX,
11.
Of persons,
rejected
also of corn
I
Milligan,
NTD,
77)
of milk, metaph.,
Pe
22.t
/SJ'^V.
.
a/<aKOS, airXov's.
'A8pa/jiui/TT)f6s (T,
:
Rec.
272.t
'ABpa/xvTrrjvos),
-rj,
-ov,
of Adramyttium,
a seaport of Mysia Ac 'ASptas (T, Eec. 'ASpias), -ov, 6, the Adriatic sea, in later Greek usage extended to take in all the waters between Greece and Italy
Ac
272'.t
*d8p6TY]s, -TO?,
rj
:
1. thickness,
vigour.
11 Co S^^^.t 2. abundance, bounty d8umTe'w, -i d8i-m-ros), [in LXX: De 17^ Za 8^ (sbsni.), Jb 422 (-|2jri ni.), al. ;] to be miable (cl., Philo tt., v. MM, VGT, s.v.). and NT (Kennedy, Sources, 124; Hatch, Essays, 4; 2. In
;
LXX
Field, Notes, 46
f.),
to be
impossible
Mt 1V\ Lk
,
l^^.t
1.
LXX for
Rq
15^
1027,
'Jl'^^N'
bl
etc.
;]
of persons, unable,
2.
jmverless:
possible:
Ac
148;
fig_^
(MM, VGT,
s.v.).
Mt
192,
Mk
Lk
c.
He
deiSo)),
LXX
"VU
;]
to sing, (a)
intrans.,
dat.
(MM, VGT,
:
s.v.), of
Eph
ever
6^**,
519,
Col
316
;
(b) trans., c.
LXX
i
cogn. ace. w8^v, Re 5^ 14^ IS^.t Is 42^* (Qbisrn) 511^ (Tpn), Ps 94 (95)io, al.
7^-^,
;]
2 Co 1. of continuous time, unceasingly, perpetually : Ac Tit 1^2^ jje 310^ 2. Of successive occurrences, on every occasion
4^^
s.v.)
:
(MM, VGT,
12^*.
Pe
S^^,
n Pe
li2.t
;]
dcTos, -ov,
6, [in
LXX for
is
11273
an eagle
a.
is
Ee
Where
Pr
d^ufj,09,
carrion
:
referred
to,
probably a vulture
s.v.).t
d.
;
Jb
3930,
3017)
Mt
2428,
Lk
17^7
(MM, VGT,
for riS'Q
d.
LXX
twv
22^;
rd
=
Lk
DiSiQn;]
unleavened:
d.,
kopTr]
(ni-SDSn an),
(also called rd
Mk
12^
14^),
20*'.
Lk
r^fxipa
twv
d.,
Mt
Mk
14^2,
Fig-, of Christians, free from corr^iption : I Co 57 exhorted to keep festival, e'v d^u/xois (sc. apToi<;, XdyavoLs, or, indefinitely, "unleavened elements"), ib. 8 (Cremer, 724),
227
r;/x,e/3at,
Ac
'A^aip, 6, indecl.,
Azor
Mt
l^^.i^.t
"AI^cjTos, -ov,
-f)
Ac 8*^t
(niiz;)*;]
dT)8ia, -as,
1.
yj
LXX
:
Pr 2329
2. dislike (Plat.),
of things or persons, unpleasantru^ss, odiousncss (Hipp., Dem., al.); disagreement (MM, VGT, s.v.) Lk 23^2 D.+
11
d>s,
5,
[in
LXX:
9'-
ii
in Horn., Hes., the lower air the purer aWrjp of the higher regions
generally, air
(MM, VGT,
s.v.)
Ac 22^^
Eph
22
speaking
:
of the air as the realm of demons, d. Sepetv, of striving to no purpose, i Co Q^" ; cis d. XaXetr, of without effect, not being understood, i Co 14.
I
Th
4^^
Ee
IG^^
**d0acao-ia, -as,
r]
d-^avaT09,
undying;
;]
V.
MM, VGT,
:
S.V.), [in
immortality
Co
IS^^,
5*^
(cf. Cremer, 285f.).+ VGT, s.v.), -ov **d-0>iTos (late form of dOefjua-To?, LS, Mac 520*;] ^e>ts, custom, right), [in LXX: 11 Mac 6^ 7^ 10^4, (a) of persons, laxvless (iii Mac, I.e.) ih) of things, laivless, unlawful
MM,
Ac
1028,
d^o-/xos.
1.
;
*a-6eos, -ov,
in
cl. (a)
abandoned by the gods (Soph.) 2. In the NT (cf. Lft. on Ign. ad Trail, 3), of the heathen, without God, not knowing God (Cremer, 281) Eph 2^2_t **t a-0ecT/ios, -ov iii Mac 5^2 62^ * ;] ^o-/xos, lata, mstom), [in LXX lawless, esp. of those who violate the law of nature and conscience
s.v.)
{h) godless,
MM, VGT,
ungodly (Pind.)
(c)
(cf.
MM, VGT,
s.v.)
11
Pe
2" 3i7.t
Sl'N. : d^/i.tTos, avofxos, KaKos, irovr)p6<;, ^avA.os (v. Tr., Syn., lxxiv; DCG,u, 821b). for seventeen different words, td0Tcw, -tu {<^TL6r]fxL), [in etc., often meaning, as i Ki 13^ (Heb., al.), to rtZTD Tia 133 bra revolt; properly, to viaJce dOerov, or do away with wJmt has been laid down (v. DCG, i, 453 f.)]. 1. to set aside, disregard (in Gramm., to reject as spurious) hiaO-qKTqv, Ga 3^^; VtoA.7;v, Mk 7; vop-ov. He 102^; TTio-Tiv, I Ti 512. 2. to nullify, make void : Lk V^ (v. Field, Notes, 59),
LXX
Co
119,
Jo
12*8,
Ga 221. 3. I Th 48, Ju 8
i
to reject
Mk
tt.,
Lk
lO^^,
(for exx. in
yj
MM, VGT,
8.v.).t
t dQcTTjats, -w?,
rebellious action:
II
{<^ dOeTew), [in LXX, usually of unfaithful, Ki 24^2 (y^rg), Je 12^ (135), Da th 9" (bra),
a disannulling, setting asid^ : He 7^8 926^ (^qj. similar usage in tt., v. Deiss., BS, 228 f. MM, VGT, s.v.)t 'AflriKai, -wv, al (plural because consisting of several parts), Athens: Ac W^'^^ 18S i Th S\f 'ASrimios, -a, -ov, Athenian: Ac 172i'22,t * 6.6X4(1), -w (in cl. also dOXevw, <^d6Xo<;, a contest, in war or in sport), to contend in games, wrestle, combat : 11 Ti 2^.t *t aSXriais, -ws, 17 (<! d^Xeco), a contest, combat, esp. of athletes fig., a struggle : He 10^2 (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t
1428*
;]
;
Mac
7ioise,
dOpoi^w (<^ d6p6o<;, assembled in croivds, MM, VGT, s.v. ; <C dp6o<;, tumult), [in chiefly for V^p ;] to gather, assemble
LXX
Lk
2433.t
dGufieu, -w (d-^v/xos, witlvout heart), [in : Col 32i.t
LXX
for
mn
etc.
;]
to
&fi
disheartened
12
d6wos (Rec. wrongly, -wos LS, s.v. Mayser, 131), -ov (<^^cot^ penalty), [in chiefly for np2 ni., pi., "^j"?! ;] 1. unpunished (MM,
LXX
VGT,
j?oai
;
atycios
2. innocejit Mt 27^ (WH, R, mg., BCKmoiA (WH, -ytos), -a, -ov (<[ ai^, a goat), [in LXX He 11^7 (MM, VOT, 8.v.).+
S.V.).
:
27^\f
for 7?
;]
o/ a
LXX
;
Jg
i,
;J
(cf.
Field, Notes,
146
DCG,
175 f.; MM, VGT, s.v.) Mt 132. Jo 21*, Ac 2P 27^9. 40.t AiYUTTTios, -a, -ov, Egyptian: Ac 722.24,28 2138^ He il29,t
Aiyu^Tos, -ov,
T},
Egypt: Mt 2i3-i5. i9, Ac 2i" yi} A?., Ac 7* 131^ He 89, Ju ^ (cf. Ex 5^2, al.) of Jerusalem as hostile to God, Re 11^.
**dt8ios, -ov {<ai), [in (freq. in Inscr. VGT, s.v.)
;
7^-39,
;
He
S^e 1126,27.
rj
M.,
Ac
1^^;
fig.,
LXX: Wi
:
72^, iv
I20,
Mac
^.t
IQi^*;] everlasting
MM,
Ro
Ju
BS, 363 J. The etymological distinction between the meanings of the two words seems not to be retained in late Greek (v. Thayer, s.v,, aiwvios cf. Cremer,
:
STN.
79, 611).
** aiScSs
(-o'os), -ovs,
r),
[in
LXX
iii
Mac
1^9 4^
;]
a sense of shame,
f.;
modesty
Ti 29 (for exx., v.
ala-x^vt} (v.
I.e.).
MM, VGT,
hum,
wt/',
s.v.).t
Syn.:
Thayer, 14;
Tr., Syn.,
CGToniTi,
for iris
;]
Ai0io\|, -oTTos, 6
{<CaWi>i, to
:
face
swarthy), [in
LXX
Ethiopian
Ac
S'-^.t
LXX for Dl
:
;]
blood.
1.
Mk525, Lk
191^.
2.
8^3, 44 22*4,
Jo 19^^ Ac
(a) of (b)
I520.29 2125,
Ee
8^.8
ne
i63,4,6
(cl.)
In special senses
S.V.);
k. a.),
and created
(c)
spirits:
Mt
161^,
Co
15^0,
:
Ga
Ac
Eph
6^2,
He
2^^;
jje 6^2
s,
1418-20
(d)
1150,
al.
Vxtv (Deiss., LAE, 428; 9'^' 12, 13, 18-22, 25 iQi ]^228 of sacrificial blood, as an expiation 1311 of the blood of Christ, Mt 2628, I42*, Lk 222o, Jo 6^3, 54, 56^ 912. 1* 2028, Eo 325 59, I Co 1016 1125. 27^ Eph 1^ 21^, Col 120, Ac
(e)
:
Mt 233o. 35 274. 6. 24, 25^ l^ He 12*, Re 6io 17^ 182* I92 MM, VGT, s.v., at), Ro 3^5, Re 16^;
He
Mk
He
pe
-as,
12.19^
Jq
17 (cf. S^'
),
Re
15 59 71*
1211.
(Cremer, 69
f.,
612
f.)t
17
*t alfiarcKXUCTta,
Cremer, 71)
suffer from
He
922.t
pc'co),
alfioppoe'w, {<Cialfia,
LXX
:
Le
Mt
34 +
92o.t
13
^7
(< alveo)),
[in
LXX
and
,
chiefly for
rryiri
n^np ;]
s.v.)
praise (Eccl.)
aiK^u,
Ova-ta atveVcws
(Le
7^^,
n^lH n5|),
to
He
IS^^.t
-o)
late prose
;]
(MM, FGT,
:
for
praise
c.
ace,
t.
^ew,
for
Lk
!?
b^n
Eo IS^^ Ee IQ^.t
c. dat., t. ^e<3
(Je 20i3,
al.
DCG, 211). aii/iyfia, -T09, to (<^ alvLcra-ofjiaL, to speak ill riddles; <^ atvos = Seivos, dread, strange), [in LXX for nTn Nu 12^ and always exc. De 28^''
SYJV.
i^ofxoXoyeui, evXoyeo), ev^apicTTSw, /xaKapL^o) (v.
i,
,
in^W)
a
;]
Co
13^2
TJT
(cf_
^^^
l.c.).t
ati'os, -ov, 6,
;]
poet,
and
Ion., 1.
:
fiv6o<;,
Mt
21i'^^^',
Lk
1843.
3,
In
,r.,
a decree
(MM, VGT,
]^r, a
s.v.).t
AiciJi',
17,
indecl.
-cws,
17
Heb.
sjyring),
Aenon
Jo
S^^.t
,]
aipeais,
2. choosing,
{<^aipew,
-ofxai), [in
LXX for
3.
^/jai
H^IJ
1.
is
capture.
chosen,
choice
(v.
MM, FGT,
s.v.).
which
hence, opinio7i; esp. a peculiar opinion, heresy: i Co Ga S^", II Pe 2\ E, txt. 4. In late writers (MM, VGT), of a set of persons professing particular principles or opinions, a school, sect, party, faction: Ac 6^^ 15^ 245.i* 26^ 2822, i Co, Ga, 11 Pe, I.e., E, mg. (Cremer, 614). chiefly for in2 (v. Cremer, 615) ;] = alpeofxat aiperi^w, [in (Hipp., Inscr.), to choose : Mt 12^^ (LXX, a.vTi\r]fxtf/ofx,ai).f *alpeTiK6s, -ij, -ot/ (<^ alpeofiaL), 1. capable of choosing (Plat.). 2. causing division, heretical, factious (Cremer, 614) as subst., Tit 3^*'.t [in for HiDN hi., inn etc. ;] to take ; Mid., -ofxai (M, atpc'w, MM, VGT, s.v.), to choose : Phi I22, n Th 2^3^ He IP^. Pr., 158 f.
11^^,
LXX
LXX
(Cf. av-,
a.<f>-,
OL-, i^-,
aipw, [in
LXX chiefly
draw up
3. to
:
Jo
for NiZTJ also for npb etc. ;] 1. to raise, 8^9 11*\ Ac 27^'^, al. 2, to bear, carry
,
off,
remove
Mt
212\
sin
of the taking
away
Jo
3^.
l-n--,
For
v.
aiaOdi/ofjiai, [in
LXX
17
for j^n
TDPI
MM, VGT,
s.v.)
aio-0T|CTis, -ews,
s.v.),
Lk 9
alo-BdvofjLaL),
JTT ;] to perceive: c.acc. rei (Cremer, 619 f.).t chiefly for T)^ ;] per[in
,
LXX
ception
(MM, VGT,
:
Phi
VA
LXX
:
Syn.
IV
cTriyvcDo-ts,
q.v. (cf.
aio-6T)Tiqpio',
-ov,
to
Je 4^ ^P)'
8.v.).t
:
Mac
222 *
.-]
sense,
organ of perception
(<C aio-xpos,
He
5^*
(MM, VGT,
* aioxpoKcpSiis,
Tit l^.t
-es
Kp8o<;),
Ti
3',
14
*t alaxpoKepSws, adv., from eagerness for base gain : i Pe 5^ (here only).t * aiaxpoXoyia, -as, r/ (<^at(TXpos, Aeyw), ahusive language, abuse
(Lft.,
ICG,
in
1.
MM, VGT,
;]
s.v.)
Col S^.t
LXX
Eph
Ge 4P*
Tit
(yi
fease,
shameful
Co
:
ll^ Id^s^
5^2,
1"
(MM, VGT,
*
aio-xpoTTjs, -y^ros,
aio-x">''n
-'>/?.
I/
'^
(<[
ato-xpo's)
basetiess
Eph
Lk
5*.t
[in
LXX
ii
chiefly for
n^rn
;]
subjectively,
14^9^
Co
of,
4^
ob3^^
jectively,
Phi
;
3^^,
He
12'^
as something to be
^^.t
ashamed
Ee
shameful deeds, Ju
shame), [in
Sl^V.
aiook, q.V.
aio-xuco) (<^aTo-xos,
LXX
1.
to dis-
figure
3. to make ashamed (Horn.). dishonozor (Pr 29^^). 2. to (Si 13'^). Pass., to be put to shame, be ashamed: ii Co 10^; Phi l^**, 4l, I Jo 228; c inf (M, Pr., I Pe 205), Lk IS^ (cf. iir- {-ofMai), Kar.
ato^x wco) t
aiTEtj,
-u),
[in
c.
LXX
ia.
chiefly for
bnw
Lk
3^,
;]
to
ask, request
c.
absol.,
a-rro,
Mt Mt
7",
Ja
I
I*';
ace. pers.,
.
Mt
5^-,
6^'*;
2020,
622,
Jo
516
seq. irapd,
Ac
Ja
.
1^
c.
dupl. ace,
Mt
T^,
Jo Mid. (on the distinction bet. 62*, 15^, Jo 1626, j^ 43 ^ ^cc. rei, Mt 14^, Pr., 160) absol., al.; c. ace. pers., Mt 272^, Lk 232^; c. ace. rei, seq. Trapd, Ac 92; ^ i^f ^ Ac 7^^, Eph 3^3 (cf. d^r-, i$-, ctt-. Trap-, c. ace. et inf., Lk 2323
1622.
act., v.
:
Mk
mid. and
M,
Mk
Mk
Trpoa-aLTew)
Syjv.
epwraw,
q.V.,
TrvvOdvofiai.
between these words, v. Tr., Syn., % xl, however, al. and e. seem to have become practically synonymous (cf. Ac 32.3; V. Field, Notes, 101 f.; M, Tii., I, 4^ M, Pr., m^; MM,
;
On
VGT,
s.v.).
aiTT))xa, -To<;,
to (<
alreo)), [in
for,
petition,
;]
that which
Jq
5i5_f
Syn.
Wi,
II, III
v.s. 8e>?o-is.
LXX
Ge
413 (|iy),
Pr
28^' (ptzrV),
:
and
freq. in
Mac
;]
1.
2224 2820,
Lat. si ita II Ti y 19^0. 2. In forensic sense, res se habet, and v. MM. VGT, s.v.), Mt (b) cause for ptmishment, crime : Mt 273'', (a) accusation : Ac 25^^' 2''
1"' 12^
;
Mt
^c
102^
ia-riv
Mk
1526,
Jo 1838
:
19*'
6,
Ac
eXtyxos, a charge,
dt. is
which has
true.
amos,
-a, -ov
53, II
TH ib.
*2,
Su
Mac
airt'a), [in
4*'^
LXX
Mac
Ki
*
;]
13*, iv
1^^
LXX
15
as subst., 6
a?.,
tM
cause, author
He 5^
6
a*.,
blameworthy, culpable;
;
as
subst.,
to ai. (= atTia, 3), the crime, Lk 23^''^*''^'^.+ (Lat. reus) *+aiTiw|xa (Eec. oLTLa^a, the usual form; v. VGT, s.v.), -to?, TO (<| aiTtrio/x,ai, aiTLa), a charge, accusation : Ac 25'.
MM,
**
ai<t>v'i8ios
(in
Lk,
i
I.e., ^<^v:
LXX Wi IT^^^
Th
1?
WH
v.
M,
ii
Mac
14^^
[in
5^.t
"Ci?)
(-<^ ai;^;u.aAa)Tos),
:
LXX
chiefly for
"'lit??,
nbia
;]
Ee
IS^*'
pi., abstr.
for concr.,
at'x/Aa-
AcItoi,
Eph48(I'XX)_t
;]
a-'x^a-
Eph
48(LXX)_f
t aix|AoiXwTtl^a> (<^ atxAiciA.wTos), [in chiefly for nsiS';] in late writers = cl. at^ptAtoTov ttoiw (ayw), to take or Zeaf? caj)tive : seq. eis, Lk 2124 (cf. To li) metaph., Eo 723, n Co 10^, ii Ti 3^t
;
LXX
(<] alxp.^, a Spear, oAtV/co^ai, to be taken), [in chiefly for nnc;, nblS;] cajjtive : Lk 4i8(Lxx)_t
aixfAtxXojTos, -ov
alui', -coves", 6, [in
LXX
LXX chiefly
for
abw IV
,
;]
1.
in
cl.,
like Lat.
aevum (LS,
MM, VGT,
an
period of history,
:
s.v.), a space of time, as, a lifetime, generation, indefinitely long period in of an indefinitely
;
NT
long period, an age, eternity, usually c. prep. (MM, VGT) past Sltt' al (cf. Heb. 0^127^), Lk I'O; (b) of the future eh
;
:
(a) of
r.
the
Db)V^), forever,
Tov al Tou al,
Is 4517,
Mt
21^^;
id., c.
neg., never,
Jo
gl3
4^'*;
.
more
^^^^
strongly,
^j
He
18(LXX).
^[^
^^^^ ^^^
jyf^
^i^
^j^ ^j^j,
^gf_
ny
2.
^a!?iy-iy),
01 ai., tJie
Eo
16",
LT;
cf.
also
Ee
14^^.
time, including all that is manifested in them " He I2 ll^ (cf. i Ti 1^'^, where twv at. are prob. "the ages or world-periods which when summed up make eternity ". 3. tlie present age (Heb. niH D^iirn)
al ovtos, Mt 12^2 6 vvv aL, 1 Ti G^^ 6 V0-Ta)S al, Ga 1* similarly, of the time after Christ's second coming (N2n Dbiyn),6at.
6 al,
Mt
1322
aL /xe'XXw, Mt 12^2 6 al 6 ipxofJievo^, Mk lO^O. ordered tcniverse, the scheme of material things the inhabited earth ; in contrast with both of which at. is the olKovfxevT], world under aspects of time (cf Westc. on He I2 Tr., Syn., lix Thayer, s.v., at.; Cremer, 74, 620; MM, VGT). a\(!ivio<i, -ov (as usual in Attic), also -a, -ov. 11 Th 2^, He 9^2.
Kcrvos,
Lk
20^5
.-
STiV.
Ko'o-/Ao?, i/ie
(< atwi'),
is
[in
;]
which
which
is
without either beginning or end Eo 162^, He Eo 162^, 11 Ti 1^, Tit I2 is without beginning without end (MM, VGT, s.v.) o-K7?vat', Lk 169
;
:
9^*
(c)
(b)
of that
of that
^i^^^^
which Co 5^
BtaOyKT],
He
132**
evayye'Xtov,
Ee
14*'
7ra/oa*cXr;o-is, II
Th
2^
Xw/acoo-ts,
16
He
K\r)povofjiia,
ib. ^^;
KoXao-ts,
irdp,
Mt
;
25*;
freq. c.
Kpifj.a,
^0)77,
He
6^;
Kpurts,
Mk
^XiBpov,
:
II
Th
q.v.
rj
Mt
IS^
q.v.
Syn.
di'Stos,
dKaOapaia,
-as,
aKu^apros), [in
XD^
;
l]
uncleanmss, impurity,
(a)
physical
:
(MM, VGT,
moral
Bo
V^^ 6'^, 11
Co 122\ Ga
17,
5i9,
Eph
Ee
4^9 5^,
Col
3^,
t.
uncleanness
LXX
Mk
chiefly for
;
NQ^
;]
mw-
impure
(a)
1
physically (LS,
714, II
MM, VGT,
;
s.v.)
(&)
:
ceremonially
18^ Eph 5^ Re 17* (c) morally 123,26,27 311,30 52,8,13 10^ 12*^, as always in Gosp., c. TTv^ifxa, 67 725 925^ Lk 433,36 618 829 942 ii24_ Ac 516 8^ Re 16^3 (cf. Cremer, 320). *t dKaip'o(i,ai, -ovfj.ai (<^ aKatpo?, unseasonable), to have no oppor-
Ac
IQi'*' ^8
118,
Co
Co
617,
Re Mt
Phi A^'^.f tunity (opp. to evKaLpiOi) ** dKaipus, adv. (<;dKatpos, iiuseasouable) [in out of season, unseasonably : opp. to evKaLp(D<; (q.v.),
: ,
LXX
11
Si 35 (32)**;]
(cf.
Ti 42
Cremer,
740;
MM, VGT,
s.v.).t
LXX
for iJig
Dri
:
etc.
;]
(a)
as in
cl. (-S^sch.,
simple, guileless
(?
Ro
16^^,
He
72" (cf.
Cremer,
,
327)
(&) of
things,
r)
undamaged
(-<|d/c77,
MM, VGT,
[in
s.v.).t
aKttt'Ga, -T/s,
a point),
jtlc^nt,
LXX
Jo
TD
Mt
n^l27
etc.
;]
a prickly
thorn, brier
NT
Mk
4^' 18,
Lk
6** 8"' ^\
I92,
He
&
(v.
MM, VGT,
of thorns
9.v.).t
:
s.v.).t
dKd^'0i'os, -ov
Mk
151^ Jo 195.
LXX
Mk
;]
I.
MM, VGT,
15*, iv
LXX:
Mt
Je 26 (Dip^S),
4^9,
i
Wi
Mac
16'*;]
3^*,
unfruitful, barren
II
fig.,
I322,
Co
14^*,
Eph
5^\ Tit
Pe
18,
Ju
i2.t
,
**t d-KaTd-YkwoTTOs, -ov (<^ KarayiVwo-kw) [in II Mac 4*''*;] not open to just rebtike, irrejyrehensible : Tit 2* (v. Cremer, 676 and for other exx., MM, VGT, s.v.).t t d-KaTa-KdXuTTTOs, -ov (<^ KaTa/caAvrrTw), [in LXX: Le 13** A 11^' ^^.t lynp) *;] uncovered, unveiled: i Co
:
LXX
2225.
*t d-Kard-KpiTos, -ov (<| KaTaKpcvw), 1. imcondemned (EV) Ac 16*^ 2. = cl. aKpiTo<;, without trial, not yet tried (MM, VGT, s.v.)
:
[in
LXX:
IV
Mac
10^1*;]
iiidis-
He
l^^.f
*t dKaTdirao-Tos (v. Mayor, 11 Pe, cxcvii; App., 170; MM. S.V.), -ov, a form otherwise unknown, prob. colloq. for -irava-ros (q.v.) II Pe 2^*, L., Tr. mg., WH.t *t dKardTraoo-Tos, -ov (<^ /caraTrai'w) that cannot cease, not to be restrained : c. gen. rei, 11 Pe 2^*, T, Tr. txt.t
WH.
VGT,
17
(<^ d/caTacrTaTos)
s.v.)
[in
LXX
Pr
26^^ (nniQ),
To
I
4^^ *
;]
Co
1433,
Lk
21^,
V.
Cremer, 739).
d-KaT<i-(rraTos, -ov
Ka^t'cTTT/zAi),
[in
LXX:
Jb
settled, unstable
Ja
1^ 3^.t
LXX:
:
iiiMacGi^*;]
Ja
LXX
(cf.
Es
8^^ *
:
;]
unmixed,
10^",
jnire,
MM, VGT,
s.v.), guileless,
simple
Mt
Eo
1&^^,
SVN.
lvi).
Ellic.
on
Phi.,
I.e.
Tr., Syn.,
Kktvoy), [in LXX: iv Mac 6^ 173*;] wibending, metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.). He l(fi^A firm: ** dKfjid^u (< axixri), [in LXX IV Mac 2^ * ;] to be at the prime ; of produce of the ground, to be ripe (Thuc.) Ee 14^8 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t * dKfiriK, acc. of aKfxrj, a point, used as adv., at the present point of
**dKXi.'iis, -es
:
:
Mt
15^*.
dK:ovco), [in
LXX Ex
:
and
I
derivatives, exc.
De
ll^^ (^j^^T)
;]
1.
Co 12^^ II Pe 28; "Hebraic dative," 13i*, Ac 2826. V. M, Pr., 14, 75), Mt MM, VGT, s.v.) 11 Ti 4"(Arist., al.
'^
hearing, the sense of hearing : dxofi h.Kovuv (freq. in 2. organ of hearing, the ear
LXX;
pi.,
Mk V\ Lk
:
He
Eo
5^^
3.
a thing heard,
i.e.,
(a)
;
a message, teaching
dKoij^,
i
lOie.iULXx)^
Ga
c.
32.5 E,
mg.
Aoyos
4"'*
Th
2i3,
He
report,
rumour
gen, pers.,
Mt
14^ 24",
Mk
1-^ 13'^
(Cremer, 82,
623;
MM, FGT,
[in
s.v.).t
;
away),
accomjiany, follow : Mt 4^^, al. ;] 9^8, Jo 12^6, al. 9^, Absol. Mt 8^^ Metaph., of discipleship Mt more freq., c. dat. (cl.), Mt 8^, al. seq. fierd, c. gen, (cl. Eutherford, KPhr., 458 f.), Lk 9*^ ^ttiVw, c. gen. (Heb. i-iqK Tibn), Mt 10^8
chiefly for
:
LXX
"ijbn
to
Mk
;
crw-d/coXov^ew).
SVN.
(cl.) 7ro;Ltai,
not in
NT
(v.
;]
Cremer, 80;
to 1.
:
MM, VGT,
s.v.).
dKou'o), [in
LXX
chiefly for
yac;
c.
Mk
Ee2',
Mt
W\
423,
al.;
t.
wmv, Mt
IS^^CLxx);
cogn. dat.,
SlKOV^LV,
d/cof)
d.
(v.s.
dKor,),
Mk
(0^5)
d/COVO-dTO),
Mt
lll^
c. acc.
rei, of
c.
from whom heard (LS, (Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22^, al.; rei, Jo 74 (Abbott, JV, 116)
pers.,
;
Ac
1*;
acc. rei,
1
Mt
,
12^^,
c.
Jo 38
gen.
18^9),
v.
Co
11^8;
t. <^a)vijs (cf.
Ex
*,
Jo
52^' 28^
;
Ac
9^^
Pr., 66
d. <f>o)vqv, ib.
M,
of
God answering
18
prayer, Jo 9", i Jo 5^< i* c. ace. rei, seq. vapd, Jo 82. ^o^ Ac 10^2, n Ti 2- id. seq. airo, i Jo 1* c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14^^^ Lk 183, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., 36, 5 Cremer, 82.) ** dKpaaia, -as, 17 (<^ dxpaTT^s, q.v.), [in I Mac 6^" * ;] in Arist. and later writers = d/cparcia (Lft., Notes, 222 f.), want of power, hence want of self-control, incontinence : Mt 23^^, i Co 7*.+ dKpaTTJs, -e's (<C[ tpdros), [in LXX: Pr 27^"*;] (a) powerless, impotent; (b) in moral sense, lacking self-control, incontinent : ii Ti 3^.t Kepduvv/xi), [in Ps 74 (75)8 (-iQp,)^ je 321 fiKparos, -ov
; ; ;
LXX
(25^5) (nan),
m Mac
LXX
5^ *]
dKpipeia, -as, v
.j
unmixed, pure
[in
o'vos,
:
Ee
lA^^.f
^xp^/3v^),
LXX Da LXX
(n^yi.) 42^,
th
71 (n^^^.),
s.v.)
Wi
Ac
1221, Si 1625
MM, VGT,
Es
223.t
dKpiPiis, -s, [in
4^, Si 182
and persons
Ac 26^t
Is 30^ 49^'*;] to enquire with **dKpiP6a), -w (<^ oKptySi/s), [in Aq. exactness, learn carefully : Mt 2''' ^^ (for similar ex., v. VGT,
MM,
s.v.).t
Ez
Wi
rj,
[in
LXX
De
th 7"
Mt
2,
Lk
13,
Ac
1825,
(Milligan,
Eph 515, I Th 52 (M, Th., in 1.). Compar., d/cpiySco-Tcpov NTD, 111; MM, VGT, s.v.), Ac 1826 231^.20 2422.t
[in
1,
dKpi9, -iSos,
LXX
Ee
chiefly for
n3")fct
also for
230
etc.
;]
locust
Mt 3^ Mk
93. 7.t
Ac
*+ dKpoaTTJpioc, -ov, TO (<^ aLKpodo/xaL, to listen), a place of audience 2523 (Plut.).t Is 33 (Ufub), Si 329*;] a hearer dKpoa-rijs, ov, 6 (v. supr.), [in
LXX
Eo213, Ja
cf.
122,23,25,t
rj
t dKpoj3u(TTia, -as,
(perh.
an Alexandrian form of
for nb")y
;]
cl. aKpoTroa-OCa',
MM, VGT,
abstr.,
s.v.), [in
LXX
(LXX),
718, 19^
hence
Ga
5" 6^*,
uncircumcision : Ac 113, jjq 22^-27 330 4.10-12^ j Qq Col 2^3 311^ gy meton., the uncircumcised : Eo 49,
Ga
2^,
Eph2ii.t
Is 2816 (n|Q)*;]
t aKpo-ycoi'taios, -ata, -aiov (<[ axpos, ytavia, Attic ywvLalos (freq. in Inscr.
an
;
angle),
[in
LXX:
MM, VGT,
s.v. d.), at
dKpoOit'ioK, -ov,
pi.,
TO (<^ dxpos,
viii,
hence, in
1. first-fruits
(cf.
choicest spoils
Hdt.,
foundation stone, Eph 22'*, i Pe 26,t a heap), prop., the top of a heap, (Xen. MM, VGT, s.v.). 2. In war, the 121 f.) He 7*.t
^ts,
;
:
LXX for
extremity
nS(5
:
jni
etc.
;]
highest,
extreme
II21
;
as
toj9,
Mk
1327,
l^
1524^
He
pi. (cf.
MM, VGT,
S.V.),
Mt
2431.+
19
MM,
s.v.),
(Lat.),
6^^^
Aquila:
**tdKup6, -w
revoke, invalidate
(MM, VGT,
Kvpo<i,
authority), [in
s.v.)
:
LXX
15^,
:
Es
jy
MaCg*;]
Mt
:
Mk
1'^^,
Ga
S^^ (Plut.).t
[in
documents
MM,
-os, 6,
LXX LXX
Jb
iv
14^7, iv
-ot>,
Mac
dXdPaorpoK,
to (also
colloq.
and
koivij
for dXdySao-Tos),
[m
Ki
21^3
(nn^)* ;] a box
of alabaster
(dXa/3ao-TtTr;s) for
ointment Mt 26^ Mk 14^, Lk 7^7 {y.DCG, i, 41b; MM, VGT, s.v.).t ** dXaj^ofia (Eec. -ia, the earlier form), -as, rj (< dAa^wv), [in LXX Wi 5^ 17'', u, IV Mac 5 * ;] the character of an aXa^wv, boastfulness, vainglory, vaunting Ja 4^^ (Mayor, in 1.), i Jo 2i*'.t
:
dXaJcSi',
-wos,
6,
rj
(<;
dX?/,
wandering), [in
LXX
Jb 28^
(rDQ?),
Hb
2* (Tnj),
:
Pr
a boaster
Eo
:
l^o, 11
Ti 32.+
Tr., Syn.,
Lft., Notes, 256).
Syn.
dXaXd^w (onomat. from the battle-cry dXaXd), [in chiefly for 3n*l hi., bb'' ;] prop, to raise a war-cry, shout with triumph or joy ; rarely of grief, to wail : Mk 5^^ (cf. Je 4^) of a cymbal, dXaXd^oi' 13^ (cf. 6\o\vCw).f (EV. clanging), i Co
;
LXX
*t d-XdXT)Tos, -ov
a-XaXos, -ov
(< XaXiw), inexpressible, not to be uttered Eo 82.t (< XdXos, talkative), [in LXX Ps 30 (31)^8 (D^K ni.)
:
:
37
(38)13 (D^x) *
;]
dumb,
speechless
to, late
Mk
LXX
;]
salt,
(MM, FGT,
s.v.),
;
Mt
:
5^3 9^0,
Lk
143*
like
aXes, wit, of
Col 4".+
dXs,
dXccus (Eec. dXicus, the older form for Jl, a;i;] the sea), [in
WH,
Ajyp.,
LXX
151), -cw?, 6
a fisherman:
40i5,
Mt
4^8' is,
Mk
Ez
c.
li.i^
1310
ff-
Lk
52.+
XiVos, oil), [in
dXi<t)w (cf.
LXX
Ge 31", Ex
Ki
16^
;
Nu
33 (ni2?a)
(mM),
103
Eu
33, II
Ki
1220 142^ jy
42, 11
Ch
281^,
LXX TH
("JJID),
anoint, festally or in
Mi 6^5, Da homage
:
Mk
6^3,
Syn.
xP^<a, fivpi^o)
made
bet. d.
and
y.
MM, VGT,
:
s.v., d.).
*t dXKTopo<|>cj>'ia, -as, ^ (<^ dXexTwp, (ftwvrj), cock-crowing, i.e. the 1335.t third watch in the night dX^KTwp, -opos, 6 (poet, form of dkcKTpvwv v. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in Pr 24 (303i) (T7-|7 BDB, Lex., 267)* ;] a cock : Mt 263*' ^*' 7^,
Mk
;
LXX
Mk
1430,68,72^
Lk
2234.
0, 61^
'AXc^ai/Speus, -e'ws, 6,
Ac
6^ 182*.t
20
II, 296),
-rj,
-oV,
Alexan-
drian
Mk
Jew
15-1.
:
2.
A
ii
Ac
IQ^^.
on iTi,
al.
I.e.):
Alexander. 1. Son of Simon of Gyrene: kinsman of the High Priest Ac 4". 3. A certain 5. Perh. = 4 (v. Ellic. 1 Ti l^o. 4. A coppersmith 4i*.t Ti
-OV,
6,
:
:
LXX
for
riDj?.
Nu
5^^,
meal
Mt
1S^\
rj
Lk
IS'-'i.t
dXriOeia, -a?,
(< aXr]6^<s),
[in
LXX
DB,
chiefly for
iv,
nOS
1.
(on which,
V.
Cremer, 627
f.),
njlD^;] trnth
(v.
818
f.).
Objectively,
" the reality lying at the basis of an appearance the manifested, veritable essence of a matter" (Cremer, 86) Eo 9^, al. of religious truth, Ro 1^^, al. esp. of Christian doctrine, Ga 2'^, al. ; d. Oeov, Ro 15^. 2. Subjectively, truthfulness, truth, not merely verbal (cl.), but sincerity and integrity of character: Jo 8'**, iii Jo^. 3. In phrases (MM,
;
:
VGT, S.V.) ctt' dAT^^etas, Mk 121*, al. d. Xeyav (ctTTtu', XaXilv), Ro 9\ II Go 126, Eph 4-25^ ai_ ^_ ^oielv, Jo 3^1, i Jo 1 (cf. DB, iv, 818 b, ff.). Ge 20^6 {UD'^) 42i (n^), Pr 21^ dXriGeJa) d\7?^7?s), [in LXX
: ;
-es
31 (34)"*;]
:
to sjyeak the
Ga
41^,
Eph
4i5.t
(<C At/^w
=
:
Xavddvii),
manijest
[in
LXX
Mk
i'' <rwe, conforming to reality aX-q$iv6<i, q.v.) S^^* ^" Jo 4^^ 5^^' ^^ 6^^ ( 10*1 19^5 2124, Ac 129, Phi 48^ Tit l^^, i Pe 5^2, n Pe 2^2, i Jo 2^, iii Jo 12 12i*, Jo 3^3 7^8 8^6, {h) of persons, truthful : Mt 221^, Eo 3*,
II
Go
68.t
Syn. : aXrfOLvo^, real, genuine, ideal, as opp. to spurious or imperfect. aXr}$i]<;, true to fact, as opp. to false, lying, denotes the actuality of a thing dXrjdivo^, its relation to the corresponding conception. (Gf. Tr., Syn., viii Cremer, 84 f., 631 ; Abbott, JV, 234 f.
:
DB,
iv,
818
f.
MM, VGT,
-rj,
s.vv.)
[in
dXtjOiKos,
-6v (<^
:
a.Xr]6ri<;),
LXX for
JilpX
;]
true, in the
sense
Lk
I
16^1,
Jo
He
Jo
28 520,
Re
Re
199 215 226 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t SVmY. : aXrjer)';, q.V. + dXriflu (K01V17 form of the Attic dAew), [in
2441,
LXX for
7ni3
;]
to
grind
Mt
Lk
1735.t
LXX
(Je 35(28)6,
Ps 57
(58)^, al.)
trzily,
surely:
Mt
Mk
I
1470 1539,
213,
I
Lk
25.t
Jo
i48 442
qh
Ac U^\
Th
Jo
dAieus), [in
LXX
Je 16^6
pi)*
;]
to
fish
Jo 213 (^M,
VGT,
s.v.).t
21
:
6",
Mk
; aAs),
[in
LXX
TO,
for
nba
;]
to salt,
Mt
9.t
-Tos,
*t dXioYTj/xa,
(<^ late
dXto-yew,
to
pollution
Ac
152.t
dXXd (dXA.' usually bef. a and v, often bef. e and rj, rarely bef. o never bef. i; Tdf., Pr., 93 f. WH, ^j;)^., 146), adversative particle, stronger than 8e; prop, neuter pi. of aAAos, used adverbially, with changed accent hence prop, othenuise, on the other hand (cf. Eo 3^^); 1. opposing a previous negation, hiit : oi {/xr]) d., Mt 515, 17^ ]y[]j 539^ Jq 716^ q\ rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing vrhat precedes, ov d., not so much as, Mk Q^*", 11^-^ Ac 19^, 1020, Jo 1244^ al. Mt with ellipse of the negation, Mt I Co S" 6^^ 7'^, II Co 7^^, Ga 2^, al. in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, d. oi, Mt 24, i Co lO'^s oi fxovov d. Kai, Jo 51^, Eo 1^2,
and
to,
= el /Mrj a negation, d. Iva, Mk 14*^, Jo 1^ 9^, al. iii, 10), Mt 20^3, Mk 4^2. (Bl., 77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. 2. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, before commands or retransition, etc., but : Jo 16'^^ 122^^, Ga 2^* to introduce an accessory quests, Ac 102*^ 26^", Mt 9^*, Mk 922, al. idea, 11 Co 7^^ in the apodosis after a condition or concession with
al.
;
elliptically, after
WM,
;
Col 2^, al. giving emphasis to the following after fxiv, Ac Eo Co clause, d\X' epx^Tai wpa, yea, etc., Jo 162; so with neg., dXA' oiBe, nay, nor yet, Lk 23^^. 3. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers Simcox, LNT, 166), d. ye, yet at least, Lk 242^, d. fj.h ovv. Phi 3^ (on I Co 92 d. ^, save only, except, Lk 12^^ 11 Co 1^^
ei,
Mk
1429,
;
Co
92, 11
Co
4i,
14^^"
this usage, v.
MM, VGT,
s.v.).
dXXdaaw dXAo?),
change : Ac 6^*, Ga 42*^. exchange : c. ace, seq. eV
(Bl., 36, 8),
[in
2.
LXX chiefly
to
for p)bn
:
lia
hi., etc.
;]
1. to
(=
Co 15"-
Eo
V.
MM, VGT,
s.v.).t
:
dXXo9), [in LXX iv Mac 1^*;] = dXXo^cv (v. MM, VGT, s.y.), from another place Jo lO^.t *dXXaxou, adv. dXAos), = dXXoo-e (MM, VGT, S.V.), elsewhere:
**dXXaxo06', adv.
:
Mk
96
138.+
*t dXXTjyope'd),
ff.)
:
-Oi
(< dXXos,
Ga
424.t
;
Heb. iTlbbn
p>fO''^^^
^^
Lord), [in
LXX
in the titles of certain Pss (104 (105), al.), and at the end of Ps also To 131^, Mac 1^^;] fiallelujah, alleluia: Ee 19i. 3, 4, sf 150; dXXTJXcoi' (gen. pi.), dat. -015, -ais, ace. -ovs, -as, -a (no nom.), 4*^, recipr. pron. (< dXXos), of one another, mtctually : Mt 25^2,
Mk
Jo
1322, al.
t dXXoyenis,
- dXAo9,
(
yevos), [in
"IT,
133
;]
of
dXXo<^iiXos;
MM, VGT,
s.v.):
Lk
17i8.t
22
LXX
(cf.
water,
to
spring up, Jo
-t],
3^1
pi., etc.
;]
to leaj)
Ac
3^
W^
,
of
VGT,
8.v.).t
else), [in
aXXos,
-o,
LXX
Jo
for TTIl^
irn<,
20^, al. ; a. 84, i Co etc.;] other, another: absol., 2^2 421, al. 61* c. art., 6 a., attached to a noun,
;
Mt
3i 12; pi.,
tJie
Mk
S^a,
Mt
other,
i
Mt
1429
Jo
19^-^
(Bl.,
47, 8)
202*,
;
Trpos
SXKov
!<
TTpos dAXr/Xows
(BL,
(Bl,
I
77, 13),
Lk
12*1
geq. ^Xi?v,
a.
Mk
dW
;
Co
(i.e.
5^
rf
dXko)
7rap({ c.
ace,
Co
3".
denotes numerical, 1. qualitative difference (Cremer, 89). a. generally " denotes simply distinction of individuals, " (v. Lft., Meyer, I. involves the secondary idea of difference in kind
SVN.
erepos, q.v.
Ramsay, on Ga
1' ^
Tr., Syn.,
MM, VGT,
I
s.vv.).
v.
As
to
Co
12'
10,
ICC,
in L,
xcv BL, 51,6; M, Pr., 79 f., 246 whether the distinction can be maintained in and on He lP*f-, v. Westc, in 1.
;
,
-ov, 6,
Ofie
1.
;
Pe
4^* (v.
[in
ICC,
in
MM. VGT,
longing
to
s.v.).t
aAXos),
LXX
:
f or -||
:
another, not one's own (opp. to (Field, Notes, 165 f.), ii Co lO^*' i, i Ti 522, alien (opp. to oiKcro?; v. MM, VGT, s.v.)
iStos)
nnx Lk 16^2^ Eo
,
ip:
;]
1.
be152*>
14*
He
92*.
2.
foreign, strange,
Mt
1725.26^
Jq
iqs,
Ac
7,
He
119' 34
dXX6(|)uXos, -ov (aXAos, <^i;Aov,
tribe), [in
s.v.)
;
LXX
chiefly for
TW^^
;]
(MM, VGT,
crn
:i7,
otherwise : i Ti 52*.t and cf. MM, aXws, v.s. aXwv 9"^' i, i Ti 5^8. t to thresh : 1 Co
;
aXXos),
VGT,
s.v.),
[in
LXX
11^2,
bljr),
Nu
6^2 (ba:),
Jb
"Wi 111**!", IV Mac 3*;] 1. without reason, irrational: ^<2a, 11 Pe 2^2^ Ju^o. 2. contrary to reason: Ac 2527 (y, MM, VGT, s.v.).t t dXoTj, -7?s, [in Ca 4^* N (DibilN) * ;] the aloe, aloes (the
LXX
powder
mg.t
of a fragrant
o,
wood)
Jo 19^^
(q.v.)
:
aXs, dAos,
Mk
nb
,
9*9,
Eec.
WH,
salt
:
mg., E,
aXs), [in
LXX
for
n^-m ;]
228.t
Ja
3^2.+
Phi
**aXucns,
Lk
17^7*;] a clmin, bond: S^. *, 20i.+ 829, Ac 12' 7 2133 2820, ^ph 620, 11 Ti l^^, Re * d-XuCTiTtXris, -e's (cf. Xvo-ireXcw), improfitable : He 13^71 ''AX<|>a, rcJ, indecl. (v.s. A), AlpJm : Ee 1^ 21 22^3 (v. Swete, in 11.).+
-(1)5,
-Jy,
[in
LXX: Wi
Mk
'AX<|)aIos
(WH,
2.
'AX-), -ov, 6
(Aram.
:
""e^D), Aljihceus.
1.
Father of
Levi
Mk
aXwj',
21*.
Father
of
James
Mt
v.
-o),
23
threshing-floor
Mt
3^^^
l^
by meton.
-Kos,
i
Lk
T]
[in
LXX
for bv^\S;]
a fox:
Mt
S^o,
Lk
9^8;
metaph., of Herod,
aX(Tis, -cojs,
taking, capture
11
Pe
13^2 f
aAio-Ko/Aat), [in
LXX
24^6
22
;
Je 27 (50)4"
27*'',
(izrsn ni.)*
;]
2^^ f
:
Sjia, adv., at
Ac
Eo
i
3^^
(^^ ^^^
4^7 51"
c.
;
^^^
ITH^.
Ps
143),
Col
Ti
513,
Phm
geq.
o-i;V,
Th
;
as
prep.
c. dat.,
together with
-cs
Mt
1329 (v.
MM, VGT,
:
:
s.v.)
also,
adv.,
**d|jiaeT)s,
ignorant
s.v.).t
11
Pe
Ps 48 (49)^1 *;] fiav^avw), [in Sm. 3^* (on the rareness of this word, v.
Mt 20^t
unlearned,
MM, VGT,
;
*t dfAapdrriKos, -ov (<[ d/AapavTos), 0/ amaranth (Inscr.) hence unfading I Pe 5*.+ **t dfidpai'TOS, -ov (<^ /AapatVo/xat), [in LXX: Wi 6^2 (o-o^t'a)* ;] n7lfading (whence 6 d., the amaranth, an unfading flower) i Pe 1* (cf.
: :
MM, VGT,
8.v.).t
aor. afj.apTelv), [in for SlOU, miss the mark (Horn., -^sch., al.), ;] hence metaph. (Hom,, al.), to err, do wrong. 2. In and NT, to violate God's law, to sin (for non-Christian exx., v. MM, VGT,
dfiaprdfo) (pres.
,
^1
formed from
etc,
1.
LXX
to
LXX
Lk
9
173,
Jo
5'*
8""
92.3,
Eo
Eph
8'
426, I
Ti
c.
520,
Pe
2*, I
Jo
i
110 21 3
518
Pe
22*,
Ex
323o,
nXMO
Niarj),
I
Jo 5i;
seq.
cis,
Mt
Lk
15i8'2i
17*,
Ac 25^
(Kaiaapa),
Co
^dvarov
(cf.
Nu
dfAdpTrip,a, -tos,
LXX
WH,
for
DNlSn
]'\V
etc.;] act of disobedience to divine law (Lft., Notes, 273), a sinful 32^- 29, Eo 32^, i Co 6^, 11 Pe 1^, deed, a sin : mg. al^viov d, 329 (for exx. from tt., v. {DOG, i, 788), VGT, s.v.).t
an
Mk
Mk
MM,
;
SVN.
iv,
ayvorjfxa,
a/xapria,
dvofiia,
d(re/3iia,
TjTTrjfia,
irapd/Sacri^,
;
532
DCG,
I.e.
DB,
dfxapTia, -as,
^ (<C
[in
;]
LXX
yw^
etc.
s.v.)
mark;
to
CB
in
MM, VGT,
;
from ^Esch. down, a fault, failure. In NT (as LXX) always in ethical sense 1. as a principle and quality of action, = to d/xapTdveiv, a sinning, sin: Eo 5i2>'3, 20. {,^' dfiapnav cTvat,
(b)
more
freq.,
Eo
T^i'
39
Eo
;
6^
dTroOvrjCTKiiv,
d.,
77
d.
veKpov eivat t^ d., Eo 62 ^^ 6; dirdrq t^s d.. He 3^3 j Eo ftaa-iXemt, Kvpuvei, etc., Eo 521
24
612, 14 717, 20
7'-^^
v<5/aos t^9 d., Ro 82; Sv'mMis T^s a., i Co 2. As a generic term (cf. Ge i'^). (disting. fr. the specific terms d/xapTyfia, q.v., etc.) for concrete wrongdoing, violation of the divine law, sin : Jo 8*'', Ja 1^*, al. ; Troietv (tV) (., Jo 8^4, II Co 117, I Jo 38. ,-^,,^ ^.^ Jo 941 1522,24 1911^ I Jo 18;
8ov\veLv
rfi 5..,
Ro
6 15**
Th
1.)
ttokIv
Ja
5^*
TrXrjdo?
afxapTiwv,
iv
1'^^
;
Ja
5'-",
Pe
I
4^
n<fieai<;
ayxaprtwv,
Mt
26'^^
Mk
:
1*,
al.;
d/xapTlai^
etvai,
Co 151^
Jo
8^^. 5^^.
collectively,
3.
Jo
dfjidp-
Mt
12^\
A.c T*", i
Jo
SYN.
V.S. dfjidpT-q^a.
*dfidpTupos, -ov {<^fxdpTv<;), without witness : Ac 14^''. djxapTwXos, -dv (<[ afxapTavw), [in chiefly for yizri ;] sinful, a sinner : of all men, i Ti 1^*; of those especially wicked, i Ti 1^, i Pe 418 pi., Mt 91"' 11' 13 1119 26*5, al. (y. VGT, s.v. ; Cremer, 102,
LXX
MM,
634).
1. invincible (freq. in cl.). *a/xaxos, -ov (<^ />ia;(r)) from fighting, non-comhatant (Xen.). Metaph. (cf. not contentious : i Ti 3^, Tit 32.+
;
2.
abstaining
s.v.),
MM, VGT,
chiefly poet.), to reap: Ja 5*.+ (ace. to Plut., <[ d- fjieOvw, being regarded as an antidote against drunkenness), [in Ex 28i9 361^ (39i2) (n^bm),
*dfidw, -w (in
cl.
d)jie'0uoTos, -ov,
17
LXX
:
2813*;] amethyst, a purple quartz Ee 21-**.t Je 41^ (ma) 38 (31)^2 (byn), Wi dfxeX^w, -w fi^ei), [in 31", II Mac 41**;] (a) absol., to he careless, not to care : Mt 22*; (b) c. gen., to be careless of, to neglect : i Ti 4l^ He 2^ 8^ (v. MM, VGT,
Ez
LXX
8.V.).t
a-ficfATTTos, -OV
(<^
tt.
/u./A<^o/xat),
[in
LXX
;]
blameless,
;
free
from fault
s.v.)
:
(in
1^,
of a marriage-contract
21^*
M,
Th.,
I, 31^
cf.
MM,
VGT,
Lk
:
Phi
3*,
Th
31^
(WH,
mg., -ws)
:
He
87.t
SYN.
d-|jie|XTrTws,
adv. (<^
d/me/xTrTos:),
[in
:
LXX
i
WH, mg., 523.t ** d)ipi/xk'os, -ov {<^fiptp.va), [in LXX: Wi 61* 72^*;] free from anxiety or care : Mt 28l^ i Co 7^2 (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t **t d-|ieTcl0eTos, -ov {<^ ixeTariOrj/uLL), [in LXX: ill Mac 5i'i2*;] immutable: He &^; as subst., to d., ivimutability ib.i^ (v. MM, VGT,
(Lft., Notes, 28,
89
MM, VGT,
s.v. -os)
Th
21" 31^,
8.v.).t
*d-p,Ta-KiVif]Tos, -ov
/x.Ta/<tvto),
immovable, firm
Co
15*8
of,
unregretted
Eo
1129,
Co
7i".t
impenitent: Eo 2*. 2. fiiXrjTos (tt., Philo, al.; v. Deiss., BS, 257; MM, VGT, s.v.).t * otfxeTpos, -ov pirpov), without measure : adverbially,
*t
dficrai'OTjTos, -ov
(<] /xcTavoew),
1.
dfiera-
excessively,
t
dfiT]!/,
11
Co
IQi^'i^.t
eis
rd
d.,
indecl. (Heb.
i
]aK
verbal adj.
fr.
^QN
to
prop,
ni.,
iii
&e
fi'i'm),
[in
LXX
Ch
16^6,
Bs
9*6,
Ne
51^ 8,
To
8^ 14l^
Mac
723,
25
IV Mac 182* (elsewhere "N is rendered d\r;^ivos, Is 65^" a\r)6w<;, Je 35 (28) yeVoiro, Nu 5^2, De 27^5 i Ki 1^\ Ps 40 (41)i3 71 (72)i 105 (106)*8, Je 115)* ] 1, As adj. (cf. Is, I.e.), 6 d., Ee S^\ 2. As adv., (a) in solemn assent to the statements or prayers of another (Nu, Ne,
ff.^
;
TO d., I Co 14^" (b) similarly, at the end of one's own prayer or ascription of praise Eo 1^^ 15^^, Ga 1*, i Ti 1^'^ (c) in the Gospels, exclusively, introducing solemn statements of our Lord, trtily, S^s (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 4^*, al. verily : Mt 5^8.26^ d. d., always in 1*2 33 519^ al. ; TO vai, Kai ... to d., 11 Co l^'' (on usage in tt., Jo
etc.,
11.
c.)
Mk
v.
MM, VGT,
*djjii^Tup,
S.V.).
-0/30S,
6,
:
rj
{<CfiriTr]p),
a.,
airdTwp
s.v.).
of
He
73
(cf.
MM, VGT,
72 13*, i
:
[in
LXX Wi
313 42 820,
tt.,
Mac
1438
of alOrjp;
MM, VGT,
1*,
He
Pe
1*,
Ja l^\i
:
Syn.
a.fx<jiixo<i,
'AfitfaSdp, 6,
Mt
Lk
33'
(WH om.).t
a/ifios,
-ov,
17,
[in
LXX
Ee
Mt
72,
Eo
ii,
927,
He
11^2,
djiK^s, -ov,
b, [in
LXX
a lamb :
.
fig.,
;
of Christ
{DCG,
**
8.v.).t
620b),
Jo
rj
129, se^
Ac
Pe
;
l^e (cf
dpvi'ov
Cremer,
12^*, al.
;]
102, 635).t
d|xoiPii, -^s,
; dyutt'/^o/Aai,
:
to
repay)
[in Aq.,
Sm.
tt.,
Pr
requital, recompense
Ti 5* (for illustration
from
v.
MM, VGT,
Lk 22^8,
;]
vine
Mt 2629, Mk
142*,
Ja
v.
MM, VGT,
d|xirXo5i',
s.v.)
Ee
d/iircXoupYos, -ov, 6,
-wvos, 6
LXX for ma a vine dresser Lk IS'^.f a vineyard: {<C a/xir\o<;) [in LXX for D13
[in
;]
:
,
;]
Mt
V.
201
ff-
2128
ff-,
Lk
;
136 209
ff-,
Co
9^.
(^schin., 49, 13
]
Diod.,
al.
MM, VGT,
:
s.v.
LS,
s.v. aixir^XovpyEiov.)
;
'AfiirXiaTOS
(T, -taros
EeC.
:
'AfJiTrXia'S
V.
MM, VGT,
Mid.
S.V.), -ov, o,
Ampliatus
Is 591"
Eo l&^A
djxuVo), [in
LXX (mid.)
Wi
(118)i'-i2
(bin
to
hi.),
(rt:;^ hi.),
11^, al.
to
ward
off, etc.
(a)
defend
oneself against; (b) to requite; (c) = act., to defend, assist (Is, I.e.): c. ace. pers., Ac 72* (MM, VGT, s.v.).t v. M, Pr., 100), Hellenistic for dfji<|>idi^( (<[ d/A0i, on both sides :
&fx(f>ievvvfii (cf.
MM, VGT,
:
S.V.), [in
LXX
:
for
irrnb
etc.
;]
to clothe
Lk
LXX Hb 1^^ * =
;]
Trcpt/JdXXo), to
around, as a garment
absol.
(MM, VGT,
s.v.),
Mk
26
LXX chiefly
tor
D^n
;]
something throum around, as a garment spec, a casting-net : Mt Sy^. Blktvov, a-ayrjvi]. a. is a casting-net, o". a drag-net, the more general term a net of any kind (Tr., Syn., Ixiv).
:
4^*.+
8. is
d^<)>i6)^(u,
V.S. d/x^ta^w.
a\i^iivvy.i
(cf. dfji<f)Ld^(i))A
'Ap.<|>iTroXis,
{<^tvvvixi,
-ew?,
to
clothe),
to
clothe
Mt
G^o ll^,
Lk 7"
rj,
AmphipoUs,
:
in
Ac 17^t
[in
LXX
for ni:"lX
(Je
IV
Mk
114,
Ac
19-8,
dfi<|)6Tpot, -at,
in
Koivrj, v.
M,
:
Pr.,
57
used of
al.
ib.
80;
MM, VGT,
*d-ji(ij(XY)Tos,
-OV {<^fi<j)/xdo/jiaL),
of India
(EV,
;
spice)
Ee
18i3.t
a-fiw/jios,
-ov
(< /xw/ios,
LXX
of sacri-
ficial victims, without blemish: of Christ, unblemished, faultless: Eph 1* 5-^, Phi (Cremer, 425, 788 MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
;
He
2^^,
9^*, i
Pe
1^2,
1^^; ethically,
Col
Ju2*,
Ee
14^
Syn.
'Afiwi',
ajj.iavTO';, do-7rtA.os.
6,
Amon, King
;
,
of
Judah
Mt
,
l^"
(Eec.).t
'AftcSs, 6,
indecl. (Heb.
ijj
2118
ff.
^y
:
a^g
jy
g;i^
:
Amon
Mt
l^o.
2.
Amos
Lk
S^^.t
ac, conditional particle, which cannot usually be separately translated in English, its force depending on the constructions which
LS, s.v. WM, xlii M, Pr., 165 ff. MM, In apodosis, (i) c. indie, impf. or aor., expressing what would be or would have been if (el c. impf., aor. or plpf.) some conLk 7^9 17, Jo 5*\ Ga l^o, Mt 12' dition were or had been fulfilled 24*^, I Co 2^, Ac 18^*, I Jo 2^^, al. The protasis is sometimes undei'stood (as also in cl.) Mt 25^'', Lk 19^3. In hypothetical sentences,
contain
it
(see further,
1.
VGT,
s.v.).
expressing unreality, dv (as often in late writers, more rarely in cl.) is omitted Jo 8^9 15^^ 1911, Eo 7^ Ga 41^ (ii) c. opt., inf., ptcp. (cl. M, Int., 275 M, Pr., I674). 2. In combination with V. LS, s.v. conditional, relative, temporal, and final words (i) as in cl., c. subj., (b) in conditional, (a) in protasis with el, in Attic contr. idv, q.v. relative, and temporal clauses (coalescing with ore, liru, etc. v.s. orav,
:
eirdv,
etc.),
ever,
soever;
00-01
(a)
c.
pres.,
rfyUa
dv,
11
Co
3^*;
os dv,
Eo
dv,
.
Lk
1^5
ll^",
9^; i? dv,
s.v,
Eo
(/3) c.
Mt
521. 22, 31
i
until,
223.
Mt
2i3,
Co
Phi
Qn
Mk
e^o, al.
27
in late Gk.,
ottov av,
when some
6^* (M, Pr.,
actual fact
is
spoken
of, c. indie.
.
orav (q.v.)
Mk
tion,
Ac j,^ ^^^ j Co 122. 3, jn iterative construcimpf. and aor. indie. (M, Pr., 167) Ac 2*^ 435^ j Qq 122. Ac 8^^ 4. c. optat., giving a potential sense to a question or wish 2629. cJ firj n av (M, Pr., 169), i Co 7* 5. Elliptical constructions o)s av, c. inf., as it were (op. cit. 167), 11 Co 10^.
168)
;
KaOoTL av,
2^5 435
c.
contr. from eav, q.v. prep, (the rarest in NT; prop., upwards, up, always c. ace. 7", i between, c. gen., Mt 132^, for Ijins] d. /Ae'pos, in t^irn, i
Slv,
d'(i,
M,
1.
MM, VGT,
:
s.v.),
d. /xecrov,
among,
Mk
LXX
ib. 1*
Co Co
Ee
9^
7^^ [so in
cf.
MGr.
dvd/xcra).
2.
Distrib., apiece, by
3.
eis
:
Mt
Lk
(WH om.),
51,
cf.
(a)
Ee
;
2121.
(c)
Ag
:
prefix, d. signifies
]
avayyiXXuv
anew
avayewav
:
(d)
back
20,
avaKa/xTTTeiv. t
dKa-paOfids, -ov, 6
dva^ouvo)), [in
III
Ki
lO^^'
IV
Ki
913 209
ff,
II
;]
Ch
1.
918.19, Is 388,
Ez 406.;
an
iiY.
Pss 119
(120)-133 (134) *
goiyig up,
:
(LXX);
v.
-pi.,
flight of stairs
s.v.)t
2. a step ascent (Pss, 11. c. ?). Ac213^'**. (On the formation -Ofj-os,
MM, VGT,
:
dra-PaiVu, [in
persons
irrl
chiefly for nbv ]] to go up, ascend, (a) of 6^1 crvKO/jLwpeav, Lk 19^ ts 'lepocroXvfia, cts T. TrXotov,
;
LXX
c.
Mk
Mt 201^
CIS T.
[fpdv,
inf.
Lk
I810; with
mention of
place of departure, Mt 3"^^ {a-n-o), Ac 8^9 (^^^ (5^ of things, to rise, spring up, come uj) : a fish, Mt 17'"^ smoke, Ee 8* plants growing, Mt 13"; metaph., of things coming up in one's mind (as Heb. n^ rhv; IV Ki 12*, al.), Lk 2438, i Co 2^; of prayers, Ac 10*;
;
v.
MM, VGT,
s.v.).
LXX:
;]
(niar)
to
Ps 77 (78)2i 88(89)38 (-,3^)^ i Ki 28^*, mid., defer, put off (MM, VGT, s.v.)
:
2D1
13*8
hi., etc.
Mt
al.
;
to
LXX
hi.,
also
(rayrjviqv,
dm-pX^TTu, [in
seq. ek,
;
LXX
^1.
ri
Mt
14^^^
82*, chiefly for KCSr:;] 1. to look up: (Xen., Plat.). 2. to recover sight (Plat.,
s.v.)
:
Mk
Aristoph.
cf.
MM, VGT,
dvd-pXciJ/is, -cws,
v.
Mt
11^,
Jo 9'\
al.
:
Avafikeirw), [in
LXX
,
Is 61^ (nip-nj^Q)*
;]
4^8 (Lxx)_t
LXX
for
prx
pjH
Nip,
etc.;]
to
cry out:
Mt
Ac
27*f'
(WH,
i/36r]av;
-^?,
17
MM, VGT,
8.v.).+
,
dfapoXii],
25^'' (for
exx. of other
*di'dYaioi'
(<Cd aiaXXw), [in LXX for P]33 etc.;] delay: meanings, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t (Eec. dvwyeov; on the form, v, Bntherford, NPhr.,
28
357
f.
;
MM, VGT,
:
s.v.), -ov,
to
Lk
5^5
dva,
yrj),
an upper room
Mk
Id^*,
22i2.t
SYN.
VTTtpWOV.
&v-ayy{K\ii}, [in
LXX
:
;]
1.
to
Co V. (WH, cTttcv), Ac report (^sch., Thuc, al.) Jo 2. Later, = dn-ayyeAXw (MM, VGT, s.v.), to announce, declare (LXX; Cremer, 24) Mt 28ii (WH, dTr-), Jo 425 16i3-i5, Ac IQ^^ 2020. 27, Eo I521,
1427 154^
:
Pe
112, I
Jo
l*.t
LXX:
Si prol.i^
i
K* (ABN
1^' 2^ (cf.
Trapa-)*;]
to
;
beget
again
Pe
Cremer, 147
;]
MM,
know
read:
12io,
VGT,
1. to
certainly, Mt 2415,
know
again, recognize.
2.
Of written characters,
c.
to
Mk
Ac
13l^
Lk Lk
II
II
63,
Jo
;
1920,
2334,
II
Eph
l^^,
ace. rei,
;
Mt
223i,
Mk
;
Co
Ee
l^
c.
Trpo4>-qr7]v,
828.30;
seq. iv,
Mt
;
12^ 21*2,
rt
Mk
Mt
1026
seq. 5ti,
Mt
19* 21i
eVot7,o-,
Mk
Ac
22^
pass.
1521,
Co 32 of reading aloud (MM, VGT, s.v.), Lk Co 3l^ Col 4i, I Th 527 (M, Th., in l.).t
;
4^,
132^
Pr 67 (itatzr), i Es 32*, i Mac 225, dmyKdiu, dvd7K7?), [in al. ;] to necessitate, compel by force or persuasion, constrain : c. ace, 26ii (on the impf. II Co 1211 id. c. inf., Mt 1422, Mk 6**, Lk 1423, Ac here, v. Field, Notes, 141; M, Pr., 128 f., 247), Ga 2i* 6^2; pass., c.
: .
LXX
inf.,
Ac
2819,
Ga
23 (for exx., v.
-ala, -alov
** dmvKalos,
prol.22, II
II
Mac
423 921^ i^
Mac
MM, VGT,
[in
s.v.j.t
dvdyKT)),
1^*;]
;
1.
LXX
Phi 225, Tit 314, He 83 comp. -atdrepov, Phi 12*. 2. Of persons connected by bonds of nature or friendship, near, intimate (Field, Notes, 118 MM, VGT, s.v.) d. <t>iXoL, Ac 102''.t
Co
95,
e/covo-iws,
Pe
0.
52 (rare).t
di'dyKT],
-r]<;, r],
[in
LXX
1
"IS
;]
1. necessity
i
ex^tv
d.,
inf.,
to
He
Eo
I
727;
135,
;
^^
Co
97,
He
712,
Co 737, Phmi*;
j^z^
d.
fioL eViKciT-at,
71.
on me,
;
Co
91*
c. inf.
(^avayKOLov
:
Io-tl),
Mt
Co
:
18^,
72^,
He
V.
;
91"' 23.
TJi.,
2. force, violence,
hence pain,
;
LXX
Th
M,
41
MM, VGT,
;
s.v.
cf. ^A/i/^is)
Lk
2123,
3"
cV d., 11
;]
Co
6* 12io.t
dm-yfwpil^w, [in
LXX
^,
Ge
to
recognize
i
Ac
9*^,
7i3
(WH,
prol.
d'd-y^wais,
^ 13
-co)s,
[in
LXX: Ne
8^ (xnpp),
Es
Si
* ;] 1. recognition (Hdt.). of the public 2. reading (Plat., al.) reading of Scripture (Milligan, NTD, 173, 210 f.) Ac 131^, 11 Co 31*, MM, VGT, s.v.).t I Ti 413 (Cremer, 158 chiefly for nbjT hi.;] to lead or bring up: seq. cis, o. di'-dyw, [in
: :
LXX
ace. loc,
Mt
41,
Lk
222 45
(WH
Eo
om.
d<i,
k.t.X.),
Ac
the dead
(cl.),
tK veKplhv,
10'^,
He
I32'';
to
produce and
29
to
Aa(5,
Ac
12*
(MM, VGT,
7*^
8^2,
s.v.);
in sacrificial sense
(MM,
I.e.),
offer, Ova-lav,
to
Ac
al.),
put
to
sea:
Lk
Ac
13i3 IG^i
im
203.
i3
(cf. 7r-avayw).t
dm-SeiK^u^i, [in
I
II
Es g,
**t
II, III
Mac 9*
;]
1.
to lift
i" (n:a), 120 (xsa), up and show, show forth, declare (cf.
Mac
2^,
V.
MM, VGT,
:
s.v.)
Ac
I2*.
2.
to consecrate,
set
apart,
Lk lO^t Lk
^
:
draSet/cvv/xt), [in
l^*'.t
:
LXX
;]
:
Si
iS**
;]
a shewing
forth,
(in
2.
TT.
announcement
freq.
** dKa-Se'xofiai,
[in
LXX LXX
: :
ii
Mac
6^^ S^^ *
1. to
assume, undertake
as legal term
cl. vTToSixofjiaL, to
receive
al.).
iirayyeXia^,
1. to give
He
11^^.
**di'a-8i8(ufiii, [in
Si I22,
2.
Mac
IS^^ *
;]
forth, send
to
VGT,
s.v.)
Ac
2333.
**t &ya-ld(a, -w, [in Al. Ge 45^^ *'^ to live again, regain life (cf. cl. ava^Low; Cremer, 722; and tor other exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.): metaph. of moral revival, Lk IS^* (WH, mg., e^rjatv) of sin, Eo 7^.t Jb 3* (tzr-n), 10 (tsrpa pi.), 11 Mac I321 * ;] dm-T)Te'u, -S, [in
;
LXX
to look fur or seek careftilly (" specially of searching for human beings, with an imphcation of difficulty": MM, VGT, s.v.): Lk 2**.*^,
Ac
1125.t
t
fig., T.
diva-t,I>vyviii,
[in
LXX
Jg
oo-^uas
T.
Stavotas, I
Pe
IS^^, 1^3 f
Pr
;]
to
gird
to
up
** di'a-^uTTupY^w, -w (< ^coos, nip), [in afresh: metaph., 11 Ti 1^ (for vernac. exx., v. dm-0dXXu> edXX<o, to flourish), [in
LXX
Mac
:
13^ *
;]
kindle
Ez VGT,
Ho
MM, VGT,
8.v.).t
LXX
89,
Wi 4^
Si 5*;] to
t dvd9p.a, -Tos, TO
;
(< avaTi6r]fii),
1. prop. = t6 dvaTi^e/xtVov, tJiat whicJi is laid by to be kept, 27, 2) read where votive offering (as dvdOrjfxa in 11 Mac 2^3^ l^ 21^ a for Wyri ,] devoted, a thing 2. [As equiv. in -defia, V. M, Pr., 46).
LXX
LT
devoted to God (v. Driver, De., 98 f., and cf. Le 272^.29), hence; (a) of the sentence pronounced (De 13^5), a curse : Ac 23^* (b) of the object on which the curse is laid, accursed (De 72'') Eo 93, i Co 123 I622, Ga 18' 9 (v. ICG on Bo. ; Lft., Ga., 11. c. Cremer, 547 Tr., Syn., v
:
MM, VGT,
I
8.v.).t
t dm-eejittTiiw
Ki
153, al.),
14, 2i_
Mac
f.
;
avdOefxa), [in
;]
5^
to
chiefly for WTi hi. (Nu 212, devote to destruction, declare or invoke anato
LXX
thema: absol,
2312,
bind oneself under a curse: (Qf naTavadeixaTild), and on the occurrence of the word in
14''^;
Mk
92
kavTov,
Ac
tt.,
V. Deiss.,
LAE,
MM, VGT,
(cf.
s.v.).t
*t dca-Oewpe'w,
(Diod., al.).t
consider well
V.
Ac
1723,
He
13'
di/derjfia, -TOS, TO
AvdOefia,
and
MM, VGT,
S.V.), [in
LXX
30
often as
in
III
and
in
Nu 21',
Jg
1^''
for
Mac
3^^^,
a tenaple, a votive
cl.), -as,
Lk
aiSws), [in
LXX
tt.,
Si 25^^ *
.]
v.
MM, VGT,
Jg
:
dk-aipeais, -ws,
(riDl),
rj
Jth 15*,
II
Mac
dmipeco), [in
1.
LXX: Nu
;
ll^^ (jin),
15^7
5^^*;]
for
destroying, slaying,
murder
2.
to
(Field,
LXX
2in
HP hi.,
;
nD2
hi., etc.
;]
1.
to take
up
destroy (for late exx. of various senses, v. MM, VGT, s.v.) (a) of things (as freq. in cl. of laws, etc.) He 10^ (b) of persons, to kill : Mt 2i, Lk 22^ 23^2, 533,36 728 923, 24, -29 IQ39 l^'i 13'^8 1627 2220 2315,21,27 25' 26^^ Ac 2-3
:
mid.,
Ac 7-^
:
take away,
make an end
of,
II
Th
28,
WH,
txt.,
E, txt.t
LXX
De
9 (,-,3)^
Da
LXX
sit
TH Su2^ always
of aiyua
(cf.
MM, VGT,
;
guiltless,
innocent:
Mt
:
125. 7,t
* 6.va-KaQ-ilu)
(v.s. Ka6t^io)
1. trans., to
set
up.
2.
Intrans., to
:
iKaOicrev),
Ac
9'^^
(freq. in
medical writings
158,
MM,
to
dm-Kai^'iV /caivos),
[in
LXX:
(cf.
II
Ch
pg 102
i
(103)^ 103
La
5^1
{mm
-ui
pi., hith).,
Ps 38
Mac
to
6^*;]
renetv
He
6^ (Isocr., Plut.).t
*t
II
di'a-Kaii'oa),
avaKaivi^w
MM, VGT,
:
S.V.),
make new
(Cremer,
Co
;
416,
Col
310 (v.
Cremer, 323).+
r]
*+ dcaKaivwo-is, -ews,
Eo
12^, Tit 3*
324
MM, VGT,
Syn.
:
s.v.).+
iraXivyevcaia, in
NT, new
birth, of
which
d. is
man
as well as
;]
God
Syn.,
xviii).
dm-KaXuirra), [in
to
unveil
11
metaph.
3^*' ^^.f
of
1.
removing hindrance
dm-KdH-Trro), [in
Co
trans., to
He
1116
LXX: I Ch 19^, Je 3^, al. (mtT), Je 15^ (-no);] bend or turn back. 2. Intrans., to return : Mt 2^^, Ac IB'^^^, metaph. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.), Lk 10^.+
[in
**
d.v6.-Kei\>.ai,
LXX:
i
:
Es
4^0,
To
Mk
5*o Eec.
to
VGT,
Mk
Mt
26-o
;
part,
x323' 28.+
Syn. avaKXipw, avaTriTTTw, the latter denoting an act rather than a state and thus in Jo 13^* differing from dvaKeifiai (v.^*) by indicating a change Of position. ** d'a-K<t>a\ai<5a), G> (v.S. Kecj>aXaL6w), [in Th., Al. Ps 71 (72)20*;] to sum up, gather up, present as a whole mid., Eo 13^, Eph l^o (on wh, AE, in 1. Cremer, 354, 748),+ v. Lft., Notes, 321 f.
: : : ;
31
LXX
LXX
iii
Mac
;
5^^ *
;]
to
Lk
lie
{h) to
make
:
to recline
Mk
:
6^^,
WH,
hack, recline
Mt
to
S^i
U^\ Lk
IS^^.t
SYN.
Lk
TH
for
I
Sip
Ki
etc.
;]
Mk
^3, ib.
l^s 6^9,
LXX:
20^2 (npn),
.
Da
LXX
Su
LXX,
:
n^\ I Co
to examine, investigate, question (Lft., Notes, ;] 2^4. 15 43, 4 93 1025. 27 1424 in forensic sense
181
f.)
Ac
by torture;
v. Field,
Notes, 120
f.),
SyN.
V.S. iicrdCoi.
-eo)?,
17,
** dfd-Kpi<Tis,
[in
LXX
iii
Mac
252^
7* *
(v.
Ac
spec,
dm-Ku'iTTw [in
LXX
;
up ; (b) to roll back : Mk 16* (Eec, dn-o*c-).t Jb lO^^ (crxn s^2), Da LXX, Su 35* ;] to lift
Jo
8^7, 10]
.
^j^
mentally,
to be elated
MM,
chiefly for KOJZ also for T\pb etc. ;] 1. to dKa-XafAJBdew, [in 16"9i, Ac I2. 11. 22 iqi^, i Ti 3i. 2. to take up, take to take up, raise : 6i3. le, 11 Ti 411 (for late exx., v. oneself: Ac 7" 2013.1* 233i,
,
LXX
Mk
Eph
MM,
f.),
FGT,
*
s.v.).t
di'd-\T]|ji,\|/is,
:
-w?,
17,
{kolvti
form
of avd\r]il/Ls
V. Th., Gr,,
108
taking up
Lk
9^1
(MM, VGT,
s.v.).+
Rec. for avaXrjfMif/is, qv. chiefly dk'-aXiCTKw (on the etymology, v. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in etc. ;] 1. to expend. 2. to consume, destroy : Lk for b^a also for rh3 95*, Ga 515, II Th 28, Rec. WH, mg.t **dcaXoYia, -as, rj (<[ Aoyos), [in Al. Le 2718*;] proportion (MM, VGT, s.v.) Ro 12 (cf. Cremer, 397).t ** dm-XoYiiofiai, [in Wi 17i3 N, n Mac 12" A, iii Mac 7^ * ;] to consider : He 123 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t ** dmXos, -ov aXs), [in Aq. Ez 13i H' i^ 2228 * ;] saltless, insipid
di'd-X']|/is, -((OS, r),
LXX
LXX
Mk
95o.t
^d^d-Xuais, -cws, r) (<; dvaXvw), a loosing, e.g. of a vessel from its moorings, hence, departure : from life, 11 Ti 4^.t **dm-X.5w, [in LXX: i Es 33, To 29, Jth I31, Si 3i5, Wig, II, III Mac 10 * ;] 1. to unloose. 2. to unloose for departure, depart (MM,
VGT,
s.v.)
from
I,
life.
(SDS), II Mac without missing, unerring (Xen.). 2. In moral sense, MM, VGT, faultless (Plat.), without sin : Jo 8^7] (v. Cremer, 102, 634
di'afxdpTTiTos, -ov
Phi
123.
3^ ^q
return,
Lk
Dt
1236.t
29i<i8)
afxaprdv), [in
LXX
8* 12*2*;]
s.v.).t
await " one v^ho33 coming is expected, perhaps with the added idea of patience and confidence " c. ace, I Th 110 (v. M, Th., in 1. MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
&va-\Liv(a, [in
LXX
for
mp
pi.
;]
to
32
[in
LXX
i
;]
to
remind,
1*.
call
to
one's
remembrance
ber, call to
c.
:
ace. rei,
Co
c. inf., ii
Ti
Pass., to
remem-
mind
Mk
r]
ll^^ 14^2,
n Co
7l^
He
1032.t
:
di'(ifii'T|ais, -ecus,
tit.
fi's
(nST
hi.),
Le 24^
{<C (ni^TX),
avanifj-vrja-Ku)), [in
LXX
Nu
W^
i
ii,
(fil?!),
Wi 16" *;]
T. ifx^v d.,
Lk
2219
(WH
ff.
;
om.),
Co
(v.
DCG,
1124,25. ^^ 74*).t
He
10^
SvN.
to
vTr6fjLvr](Tis (v.
&ya-y6i^,
-w
renew:
pass.,
Eph
I'c'os),
42^ (v.
to
LXX:
I,
IV
Mac 8*;]
of Jerusa-
s.v.).t
(cf. e/<v77<^(o).+
* &va-vr]^u,
'Ami-ias
to
return
soberness: metaph.,
Ti 2^^
(WH,
'Avav-), -a, 6
:
(Heb.
11^330),
Ananias;
1.
lem
Ac
Ac 51- 3. 5. 2. Of Damascus Ac Q^*' 12, 13, 17 2212. 3. High Priest 232 24i.t **t dc-arrt'-pTiTos (T, -pprjro^), -ov {<^p7)r6<;, spoken), [in Sm. Jb IP 3313 * ;] not to be contradicted, undeniable : Ac 19^6 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t
:
Si 258*;]
unworthy:
i
gen.,
Co
** dca^iu?
(v. supr.),
adv., [in
manner
Co
112''.t
rj
dcd-Trauo-is, -cws,
{avairavu))
[in
LXX
;]
and
its
derivatives,
n2tS and
its
ment: Mt 1129 1243^ Lk 1124, Ee 48 14ii.t Syn. : dvo-i5 (lit. the relaxation of the strings of a lyre), prop. signifies the rest or ease which comes from the relaxation of unfavourable conditions, as, e.g. affliction avdir., the rest which comes from the temporary cessation of labour (v. Tr., Syn., xl Cremer, 827
:
MM, VGT,
, ,
S.V.).
di'tt-irauw, [in
LXX
also
Yy\ ]512^ etc. ;] to give intermission from labour, to give rest, refresh Mt 1128, I Co 1618, Phm2o pass., Phm \ 11 Co V^. Mid., to take rest, enjoy rest Mt 2Q^\ Mk 6^1 14*i, Lk 12i9, Ee 611 14^3 as in Heb. of
;
^ijy Is 112
^[^2),
Pe
v.
41*.
(In
IT.
this
s.v.
;
word
and
to
is cf.
used as a technical agricultural term Le263*'-; Cremer, 826. )t dm-irciOo), [in LXX: Je 36 (29)^
suade, incite:
MM, VGT,
(NIZy3 hi.), i
Mac 1"*;]
per-
Ac
IS^^ (cf.
MM, VGT,
s.v.).t
* dk'direipos, V.S. avdTrr]po<;. * dca-TT^Ixiru, 1. to send up, (a) to a higher place (^sch., Plat., al.) (b) to a higher authority (Deiss., BS, 229; MM, VGT, s.v.; cf. also Field, Notes, 140) Lk 23^. i^ Ac 252i. 2. to send back (Pind.)
:
Lk
Es
2311,
Phm
ii.t
dm--irri8dw, -w
51,
To 4*;]
to
leap
up
TTTySdo), to leap),
:
[in
LXX:
Ki 20^4 (Dip)
25i,
Mk
33
(WH,
x
,
LXX
(32)2,
To
14^
ii
-ctpos; V. Field, Notes, 67), -ov (irr;pos, maimed), 14i3. 2i.t S^* * maimed, crippled :
d.'a-iriTrru, [in
LXX
*
;]
Mac Ge
:
;]
Lk
49^ (iHS)
To
2^ 78,
KXivofjiaL,
l. (d.) to fall back. 2. In late writers = avaa repast (MM, VGT, s.v.) at table, Lk 11^^ 1410 177 221*, Jo 1312 2120 on the ground, Mt IS^^, Mk 6* 8, Jo 6i
35
Da th Su
^7
to recline for
to
dva/cct//ai,
ad
fin.).t
SYN.
(Ge
chiefly for K^D dca-iTXT)pow, -u), [in 15i, III Ki 7*1, Is 6O20), etc. 1. to fill up, ;]
;
LXX
pleting contracts
take one's
and making up rent cf. place (cf. Heb. DipQ N^P), i Co 14}^;
2^^
;
Le 12^, al. also obizr make full (in tt. of comMM, VGT, s.v.) tottov,
,
dfiapria^,
complete the
number,
fulfilled,
Th Mt
t. vo/hov,
observe perfectly,
Ga
6^
I
131*.
2.
to
SWppZ^; to
,
va-reprjfia,
(Cremer, 838). t
*t dvairoXoyiiTos, -ov (<^ aTroXoyeo/xai) without excuse, inexcusable (in Polyb., al., as a forensic term v. Lft., Notes, 252) Eo l^o 2i.+ for t&IB etc. ;] to unroll : t. ^t(3\ioy, Lk 41^ dm-TTToaaw, [in
;
:
LXX
(WH,
E, ivoifas).t
d^-dTTTw, [in
LXX
:
Lk
12*^,
Ja 3*
(MM, VGT,
s.v.).t
.
[Jb 312s,al.], wmwieraJZe He lli^.t Ki 26io, Jb 23; Aq., Sm. Is 36i8*;] 1. to 2. In late writers s/jaA;e ow^, s/wiA;e 6acA;, move to and fro (Thuc, al.). v. MM, VGT, s.v.), to stir up; metaph., to excite : t. o^Xov, (Diod., al. Mk 1511 T. AaoV, Lk 23^t * dm-aKcodiu (<^o-kc{)os, a vessel), prop, to ^jac^ w^ baggage,
d'-api0p.ir)Tos, -ov, {<^api6/ji(x)),
I
hence,
to
metaph.,
nbjT hi.
to
unsettle,
subvert
(MM, FGT,
Ac
1110 (in
V'vxas,
Ac
152*.t
LXX
17
for
npb
;
;]
to
rfraw ?tp
Lk 14^
of pulling
-ews,
tit.,
6.vd-<rra<ji<i,
(nn^(7),
Ps 65
(66)
MM, VGT, s.v.).t LXX: Ze 3^ (Dip), La 3*^^ Da LXX II20, n Mac 71* 12*^*;] 1. a raisitig
up barley
{<!^ dvLo-Trjfu) , [in
MM,
up, awakening, rising (in Inscr. of the erection of a monument, v. 2. a rising from the dead (v. DCG, ii, VGT, s.v.) Lk 2=**.
:
605b)
(a) of
Christ
:
Ac
1.)
;
j^
13
55^
;
p^i
{b)
310^
Pe
:
321
v^Kpwv,
(e.g. Ill
Eo
Ki
1*
[ICC, in
U vcKpw,
^^ ^^
Pe
of persons in
OT hist.
;
17i''^)
He
Ac
1135
42 62
(g)
Mk
I
1218.
23,
Lk
2035,
2027.
33, 36^
;
Jo
Ac
vKpwv,
Lk
tSv vpwv,
;
Mt
Co
1512.
He
d.
T.
d.
d.
15 ^utTQv)
and
KpLcreoi^,
1.,
^, v. Swete, in Westc. on Jo 5, but v. also Thayer, s.v. by meton, of Christ as Author of d., Jo 1125 (y, DB, iv, 231 Cremer, 307).t
;
Lk
141*
KpcLTTOiv d.,
He
113*
on
17
d.
17
irpwrr],
;
Ee
205.
t dva-OTaT<5(i),
<C.avLaTrjfiL), [in
34
LXX: Da V^ {mn;* also in Aq., and in MM, VGT, 8.V.),] to stir up, excite, unsettle
sedition:
(v.
Deiss.,
;
LAE,
ace.
(a) to
Ac
f.).t
17*'
2P8.
;
(j)
by false teaching:
Ga
5^2
(v.
NTD,
73
* dm-oraupoo) 2. to raise on a cross, crucify 1. to impale (Hdt.). (Polyb., al.). 3. to crucify again: He 6 (v. Waste, in l.).t La 1* (mx ni.), Si 25^8 d?)^ Da th Su22, dm-aTvdta,, [in
LXX:
II
Mac
630 *
.]
tQ
sigh deeply
Mk
S^^.t
1. to overturn: Jo 2^^. turn hither and thither; 2. to turn back, return : Ac 3. metaph. pass., to t^irn oneself about, sojo^irn, divell : Mt 17^" Eec.
d'a-(rrpe(|)u, [in
LXX
Heb. "^ybn in Koivr] writers and in tt. v. Deiss., 88, 194 MM, VGT, s.v.), to conduct oneself, behave, Eph 2\ I Ti 3l^ He lO^^ 1318, i Pe l^", 11 Pe 2^\f SVN. TrepiTTaTtw (Hellenistic), TroAtTcJw.
(like
,
LAE,
live
:
315
ii
BS,
Co 1^^
** di'a-cnrpo(t>ri, -77s, r/ {<^ava(TTpi(f>ofjLai), [in LXX: To 4^*, II Mac 5^ 6-^* ;] 1. a turning doivn or back, a wheeling about (Soph., Thuc, al.). 2. In late writers (Polyb., al. v.s. dvaa-Tpeffxa, and cf. Hort on Ja 3^^ MM, VGT, 8.V.), manner of life, belmviour, conduct : Ga 1^^, Eph 4^^^ li^.is 212 31.2,16^ Pe 2^ 3ii.t I Ti 412, He 137, Ja 3^3, i Pe *t dca-rdaaofiai, [in only as v.l. (Aid.) in Ec 2'-'*' ;] to arrange in MM, order, bring together from memory (Blass., Phil. Gosp., 14 ff.
;
LXX
VGT,
to rise
s.v.)
Lk
5^^.
l^.t
di'a-Te'XXu, [in
:
LXX
for riDS
UIB
:
UH
etc.
;]
1. trans., to
;
cause
Mt
2.
Intrans., to rise
;
Mt
6
13,
Mk
4 162, Ja 111
v<^'X7;,
6 ^Xios,
Pe T^;
7^*
(cf.
with
ref.
to
metaph. of sun or
He
to
ava-TiQi]iLi, [in
;]
lay upon,
Mid.
-e/xat,
v.
also
MM, VGT,
,
declare
17
di/aroXii, -ijs,
Ac
25^*,
Ga
22,
dvaTeAAo)), [in
1'^.
d.
LXX
chiefly for
mip
D"""!!? ;]
1.
a rising
s.v.)
:
2427,
Mt Lk 1329.t
22.
of light, Lk 9, Ee 21^3
[in
2.
^XtW,
for
the sun-rising, the east (MM, VGT, Re 72 I612 (WH, pi.) ; pi., Mt 2^ S^^
di/a-xpcTTw,
LXX
:
nm
to
p)Tn
etc.
;]
to
overturn, destroy
s.v.): 11
Jo
215
WH,
txt.;
metaph.,
subvert
iv
(MM, VGT,
IO2 ll^s
Ti
2^8,
LXX Wi 7^ B,
up: Lk
4^^,
Mac
x*
;]
to
nurse up,
WH,
Lk
Tlhv
mg.,
;]
Ac
to
720' 21,
223.t
[in
LXX for
Kvirpov,
pT
i.e.
:
hi., "Ojh^
bring
:
to light,
make
to
appear
dva<^dvavTs
t.
having sighted C.
19^^.
hi.,
Ac 21^
WH
;]
pass., to appear, be
dm-<|>6'pw, [in
made
c.
;
manifest
hi., etc.
1.
Mt 17\ Mk
pass.,
Lk 24^^ (WH,
BS, 88
f.
d. t. d/xapTias iirl t.
ivXov
(v. Deiss.,
35
in 1. ; and NT, to bring VGT, s.v.) i Pe 22*. 2. In 7^7 IS^^, ^uo-ia?, etc., the altar, to offer (v. Hort on i Pe, I.e.) I Pe 2^ ; eVi T. Bva-iaa-TTjpiov, Ja 2^1 (v. Mayor, in 1.). 3. to bear, sustain 1433, Is 5312): 928. (cf.
:
MM,
LXX
He
Nu
He
dm-<|>wi''w,
-oi,
[in
"IDT hi.
;]
to
Lk
*t dcd-xuo-is, -0)5, 1? (<^dvaxto, to poiir 02it), a pouring out, overflowing, excess: metaph., i Pe 4* (MM, VGT, s.v.).t for n"12 , D13 etc. ;] 1. to go back. 2. to dca-x^pew, -w, [in 92* ; freq. in sense of avoiding danger (MM, VGT, s.v.), withdraw : Mt Mt 212 (but V. Thayer), i3, u, 22 412 1215 1413 1521 27*, 3^ Jo 6^5^ Ac 2319 263i.t
,
Mk
d>'<-<|/u^s,
-tm
rj
aVa./ri;xw),
[in
LXX: Ex
,
S^^^ii)
(nrj]"))*;]
a refreshing
Ac
;]
S^^.t
dca-tj/uxw, [in
LXX
to
refresh
for B7D3 ni., n^n etc. (freq. in sense of revive, : c. ace. pers., 11 Ti 1^* (MM, VGT, s.v.
a
:
slave,
captured in war), a
MM, VGT,
Mt
i i
8.v.).t
Lk
the Apostle
li3.t
41^ IO2,
Mk
to
li. 29 318
Ac
,
di'SptV, [in
LXX for pm
man
[in
(cf.
faX
(Jos
l^''-,
Ch
Co,
:
22^^, al; in 11
I.e.)
;]
Ps
of.
271* 312^,
combined with
flay the
KpaTLovaOai, as in
Mid.,
to
MM, VGT,
:
:
s.v.)
Co
16i3.t
'Ac8p6>'iKos, -ov, 6,
Andronicus
**
d'8po-<}>6.'os, -ov, 6,
LXX
:
11
;]
a man-slayer
III
Ti
I**
(cf. 0ovi;s,
and
v.
MM, VGT,
** dk-eYK\r]TOS, -ov
called to account,
s.v.).t
a-,
iyxakew), [in
i
LXX
Col
Mac 531 *
Ti
310,
;
.j
^^^
^q jg
unreprovabU
Co
1^,
I22, i
Tit
1' ^.t
Syn.
Syn.,
ciii
Cremer, 742;
11
MM, VGT,
*t
S.V.).
dj'-cKSiriYTjTos, -ov
Co
91*
(MM,
FGT,
VGT,
s.v.).t
*t dK-cK-XdXTjTos, -OV !-, c/cXaXew), unspeakable: i Pe 18.tj * di/c'KXenrros, -ov (< a-, eKXeiVw), unfailing : Lk 1233 (MM,
8.V.).t
compar.,
*dc-KT6s, -OV (also in late Gk. -^, -ov; -^aVexoAiai), tolerable: -drepos, Mt IQi^ II22, 24^ Lk IO12. i*.t for df-eXeii}i(DK, -ov (< a-, cXcij/xwv), [in ;] without mercy
LXX
;
ipx
Eo
Ja Ja
437,
li3.t
*t
MM, VGT,
8.V.),
merciUss
2i3.t
*t dfefii^w
l.t
wind
fii'e^os, -ov, 6,
39. 41
LXX
for
nn
;]
Mt
Ja
11^ I42*.
3*,
so, 32^
Mk
pi.,
648, 51^
Lk
Jq
518,
Ac
27^'
1*' 1*,
Ee
6i3 71
36
Ee 7^
hence
8.V.),
the four quarters of the heavens (v. Deiss., BS, 248 Mt 2431, Mjj 1327. metaph., of variable teaching, Bph 4i*.t SYN. : TTPevfjia, TTvor] (and cf. OviWa, XalXaij/).
MM, VGT,
*tdf-eV86KTos, -ov {<C.d- neg., evScKTos; <!^ivSxoiJ^a.t), impossible, inadmissible : Lk 17^t ** dce^cpauVtjTos (Eec. -cvvt/to?, as in Attic; M, Pr., 46), -ov (< Pr., 25^*;] unsearcJiable : Eo IP^.t ii-pvvd(o), [in Sm. {-ev-) *t di'^i-KaKos, -ov (^fut., aVc^o/Aat, KaK6<;), patiently forbearing (cf.
:
dve^tKa/cta,
Wi
2i
;
and
v.
MM, VGT,
s.v.)
11
Ti 224.t
t di'^iX>'iao-Tos, -ov
LXX
Eph
2i6.t
Jb
(<Ca- neg., ^t;i(via^w, to track out; <^ixvos), [in 59 910 3424 (ipxj ]">^)* ;] i/iai canwoi be traced out : Eo ll^a,
38
(MM,
F(9r,
s.v.).t
*+
di'-eir-aiaxui'Tos, -ov
(<^
7rato-;(wo/i,ai),
to
shame
II
Ti
(Eec. -Ar^Trros; Bl., 6,8), -ov (-^a-, iiriXa/JL^avw), without reproach : i Ti 32 5'^ S^^.t It is stronger than these, for it Syn. : a/xe/xTTTos, dveyKXrjTo^. implies not only that the man is of good report, but that he is deservedly so (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.j. iii Ki 13^2 (^bn)* ;] to go up : Jo 6^, Ga d./-6'pxofiai, [in
di'-eTTi-XT]fnrTos
LXX
117, 18 (gf
iTravipx-;
and on
its
use of "going
\}^
;]
;
up"
Es
to the capital,
422 (,t,2^)^
MM,
2316,
VGT,
I
s.v.).t
ct^cais, -0)9,
aviVO.
LXX:
Th
II
Ch
Es
42,
Wi
:
l^.t
SyN.
Jg
ctvaTravo-is (q.V.).
than
1029,
^
MM, VGT,
*t
27i2.t
x'^P'?. Q-v.
cf.
Ellic.
on
Eph
fit
:
2^2;
Mt
Pe
31 49
diz-eu'-ecTos,
MM, VGT,
S.V.),
Ac
** di'-upiaKw
search, discover
di'-e'xw, [in
LXX
IV Mac 3^* * ;] to find out by Field, Notes, 47 f.) Lk 2'^, Ac 214.t chiefly for pDN hithp. ;] to hold up ; in always
:
:
LXX
&ear ivith, e^id^ire : in cl. most freq. c. ace, but in c. gen. pers., Mt 171^ Mk 9^9, Lk 9*i, 11 Co ll^' ^\ Eph 42, Col 3^3 seq. p.LKp6v Tt, c. gen. pers. and c. gen. rei, 11 Co ll^ c. dat. rei, 11 Th 1* (v M, absol., i Co 4^2, n Co 11* Th., in 1.) seq. d rt?, 11 Co II20 to bear ivith = to listen to, c. gen. pers., Ac 18^* c. gen. rei, 11 Ti 4^, He I322
mid.,
to
;
NT NT
;
(cf. Trpoo-ave'xto
and
6
MM, VGT,
(cf.
s.v.).t
dv6v|i6s, -oC,
LXX Nu Se^i
:
(Tn
]5),
To
7=*
9"
(MM, VGT,
s.v.).t
37
anise
[in
Mt
2323.t
:
d^-ilKw
I,
(wa,
7^Ku>),
LXX
Ki
II
Mac 6 *
it is
;]
prop., to have
:
come up
in ethical sense
(a-,
rjixcpoi),
(MM, VGT,
Eph
5*,
Col S^^;
s.v.)
Phm
(MM, VGT,
lZ;^3^^
,
II
Ti 33.t
dfiip, aVSpo's, 0, [in
LXX chiefly
freq.
also n"lX
;
a man, Lat. vir. 1. As opp. to a woman, Ac 8^'\ i Ti 2^- as a husband, Mt l^^, Jo 4i, Eo 7^, Tit 1. 2. As opp. to a boy or infant, 3. In appos. with a noun or adj., as I Co 13^\ Eph 4}^, Ja 3^. a. d/i,apTwXos, Lk 6^; a. Trpocfyrj-nj^, 24^^; freq. in terms of address, as a. a'SeX^oi, Ac 1^" and esp. with gentilic names, as a. 'lovSatos, Ac 22^ a. 'E^eVtoi, 19^^. 4. In general, a man, a male person
etc.
;]
; ;
Tis,
Lk
8^1,
:
Ac 6^\
Syn.
MM, VGT,
s.v.).
,
13?^
etc.
;]
1. in pres.,
impf., fut. and 1 aor. act., causal, to set against. 2. In mid. and pass., also pf. and 2 aor. act., to withstand, resist, opjjose : c. dat., Mt 5^^ Lk 2115, Ac 610 138, j^q 919 132^ Ga 2ii, Eph 6^\ 11 Ti 3^ 4l^ Ja 47,
1
Pe
59.t
d'0-ofio\oYcop.ai,
(nT),
Da
LXX
{avri, ofioXoyeofj-ai), [in 8i, 6^3 *;] 434 (nnn?), i Si 202, III
-oi)/i,at
LXX
Ps 78
1. to
(79)
Es
Mac
make a
praises,
I.e.)
2.
to
(Diod., Polyb., cf. i Es, I.e.). 3. C. dat. pers., to declare speak fully in prayer or thanksgiving, give thanks to
ones
(cf.
Ps,
Lk
I
238
(Cremer, 771
-COS,
MM, VGT,
[in
s.v.).t
ac9os,
TO,
LXX
for
-p^
etc.
;]
a flower
Ja
li".
i\
Pe
1'^ (Lxx).t
**d..epaKi(l, -as,
^ {<:ivOpa^), [in
:
LXX:
for
Si 11^2, iv
Mac
920*;]
heap) of
burning coals
-a/cos,
Jo
[in
I8I8 21^.t
avQpai,
a. TTvpos,
6,
LXX
1220.t
chiefly
n^na;]
coal,
charcoal:
a burning
coal,
Eo
+ d>'0pwn--tipCTKos, -ov (dv^pwTTos, apea-Ko?, pleasing), [in 5 * 6^, Col 3^2 (Cremer, studying to please men : (53) ;] VGT, s.v.).t
LXX
;]
Ps 52
;
Eph
642
MM,
di-OpcJirivos, -17,
^2ij{
;
human,
belonging to
KTio-15,
I
man
x*^P^' -^^
1"^^*
;
cro(f)ia,
Co
2i3
^uVis,
to ^
Lft.,
w-
Notes, 198) Tretpacr/xos a., temptation such as man can bear (AV, S'Mc/i as is common 10i3 av^pwTrtvov Xcyw, I speak in to man, v. Field, Notes, 175), i Co human fashion, with words not properly weighed, Eo 61 (v. Field,
Notes, 156). t
38
*
;
-ov
(< ktciVo),
:
to
kill),
a murderer, manslayer
Ixxxiii).
,
(Eur. V. MM, VGT, s.v.) Jo 8", i Jo 3".t Stn. : <f>ovvs, dvSpo4>6vo<; (v. Tr., Syn.
acOpwiros, -ov,
etc.
6,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
DIX
IZTN
man : 1. generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. ;] homo): Jo IG^i; c. art., Mt 4^ 1235, Mk 2^', Jo 225, Rq 7\ al; from animals, etc., disting. from God, Mt 19", Jo 10=^^ Col 3^3, al. 4^^, Lk 5^", Ee 9*, al. human frailty and imperfection, implying Mt
;
Co
3*
cro0ia dvOpoiTTtDV,
I
Co
;
2^
avOpuiirtav eVi^D/xiai,
a.
Pe
4^
Kara
9^
avOpiDTTov -TrepiiraTeLv,
Co
(cf.
3^
I
Kara
Xeyeiv (XaXeiv),
Ro
3^, I
Co
Co
(e^o))
15^2,
a.,
Ga
1^^)
by meton., of man's
eo-w
Pe
3*)
6 -n-aXatos,
/caivo?,
Ro 7^\ Eph S^\ ii Co 4i (cf. veos a., Ro 6^, Eph 2^5 422. 24, Col 3^' 10 a. e/ATropos, a merclmnt, Mt 13*^ (WH,
13^2
;
om.
a.)
oi*co8eo-7roTr;s,
Mt
ftacTLXevs,
182^
^a'yos, 11^^
with
ov8ek
name
Ac
of 16^7;
nation,
pi.
ot
Kvprjvalo<;,
a.,
Mt
:
27^2;
'lovSalos,
Ac
82*,
21^9;
'Fw/xatos,
men,
jJeople
Mt
5">i,
a.
Mk
;
Jo
428;
2. Indef., dvOpdiTTOiv, Mk 112, I Ti 6^". Mt 18^2, Jo Mt 171*, Mk 12\ al.; rts a.,
= tis,
some
one,
a man:
Ro
Jo
6
II
328,
Ga
;
2l^
3^
al.
opp.
to
722, 23_
Definitely,
c. art.,
women, of some
5.
particular person;
Mk
a.
35, al.
T.
ovto?, cKeTvos,
(of
Mk
14^1,
Mt Mt
I
12^3^
12*^;
dvo^ta^,
II
Th
6
23
d.
t.
deov
Heb. Q-^nb^
tZPX),
Ti 6^\
Ti
Si'^,
Pe
:
121
vi6<s
tov
SVN.
dvrjp,
*t dkO-uiraTeu'u
(v.s. ai'^iJTraTos).'^"
VGT, 44
to
* dk'0-uiraTos, -ov, 6 (avn', vTraro?, alter n. for viripraToi), supreme, a consul, one acting in place of a consul, a proconsul, the administrator VGT, 44) Ac 13^' ^> ^^ of a senatorial province (cf. rj-ye/xiav, and v. 1812 1938.t
MM,
&v-ir\\i.i
produce,
(cf.
De
f.)
:
124
for HDI, XtZTS, etc. ;] 1. to send up, {dvd, Irjixi), [in send hack. 2. to let go, leave without support He 13^ 31" Horn., II., ii, 71). 3. to relax, loosen (v. Field, Notes, Ac 162" 27*0 hence, metaph., to give up, desist from : Eph 6^.f
to
: ;
LXX
unwashed
up: Ac
;
Mt
9*^
;
I520,
;]
Mk
1.
72(5Rec.) t
{dvd,
la-TTqfxi),
[in
causal, in fut.
63^,
and
Ac
232
raise
from death, Jo
Mt
222*,
Ac
3221 2.
mid. and 2 aor act. (a) to rise : from lying, Mk 135 from sitting, Lk 4^" to leave a place, Mt 9^ pleonastically, as Heb, before verbs of going, Mk 10^, al. (v. Dalman, Words, 23 Dip Pr., 14); of the dead, Mt 1723, Mk 83i; seq. M, vKpwv, Mt 179, Mk 9^ (h) to arise, appear : Ac 53", Ro 15^2 (cf. ctt-, ef- dvia-Trjfu, and
2. Intrans., in
;
; ,
V.
MM, VGT,
s.v.).
Syn.
iyetpo).
39
Lk
23.t
(Heb.
jari),
Lk
32,
Jo
1813. 2*,
Ac
4.t
LXX:
Pr
l?^^
(b^lj?),
Si 42^, al. ;] 1. not thought on, not understood (Horn., Plat.). understanding, foolish (Hdt., al., LXX) Lk 2425, jjo ju^ q^ S^' 6, Tit 33 (Gremer, 438, 790 MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
:
2.
3,
not
i
Ti
Syn.
Syn., Ixxv).
ai/ota, -as,
(<
LXX
Pr 14^
22^5 (n^-iN),
violent rage
1. trans.,
c.
Wi
15^8,
folly, foolishness
:
11
Ti 3^ ; expressed in
(cf. Plat.,
Tim., 86b)
Lk
S^^.t
oiyw/it), [in
nns
;
;]
to
open;
12^"
32";
]^g26,27.
pass., a door or gate, Ac 5^^ 12^*, Ee 4^ metaph. of opportunity or welcome, Ac 142'', Col 4^,
ace.
Ac Ee
pass., I
pers.,
Co
169, II
Co
212,
Ee
Lk
123,
Jo 103; metaph., Mt
43^^),
Lk
ll^. 10 1325,
^a'0os,
e-qcravpo^^
T.
(Si
.^pcap,
o-<^/DayZ8a,
T. (TT6fia,
Ee 92; of Ee 5^ 6^
2^1;
T.
fiv-nixCia,
27^2.
lO^i,
417,
Re 3^; Eo 313.
19^1;
20^2;
Mt 172^
id.
Hebraistically
52,
(Nu
2228,
jb
ig sqs^ al), of
beginning to speak,
Mt
Ac
832. 36
Ee
1"*
;
13"
^ irapa/SoXah
(78)2),
12^**
;
Mt
t. 6<fi6a\fjLov^,
Ac
98.
*<>
id. c.
gen.
metaph., Ac 26^8. hearing, Mk 735. 2. Intrans. in 2 pf., a/coa's, c. gen. pers., of restoring aVewya (M, Pr., 154) heaven, Jo 15^ t. a-TOfxa, seq. Trpos, of speaking
pers., of restoring sight,
Mt
93 2033,
Jq
910
ir.
2021 1137
freely,
n Co
and
v.
MM, VGT,
,
45).t
to build^-again,
diz-oiKo-Soii^u, -w,
"MSi
;]
rebuild
(MM, VGT,
iv a.,
8. v.)
Ac
17
15i.t
*ai'oi^is,
-cws,
as often as
di'0|jLia,
I
17
an opening
(in
MGr., springtime):
jTBTp
,
-as,
(< avoyxos),
:
[in
for jiy
niiyin
6^9,
yori
6^*,
etc.
II
;]
lawlessness, iniquity
23.
Mt
Ro
n Co
;
Th
32,
He 1^, i Jo 3* in pi. (as LXX, Ps 31\ al. v. Bl., 7, Tit 6; Swete, MJc., 153), of acts or manifestations of lawlessness:
21*,
avofio^.
ytp^
VXS^
etc.
;]
1.
wicked
6
21*)
;
:
Mk
I
1528,
l^
2237,
ib.
Ac
23),
28
a.vdp(j)7ro<i
T^s dvo/xtas,
921
2.
.'Vov,
Eo
Co
(MM, VGT,
11
:
s.v.).t
>SriV^.
V.S.
a.dia-p.o<i.
LXX:
without law
1.
lawlessly
(11
Mac,
I.e.).
df-opdou,
-to
40
713 hi.
to set
of persons,
;
Lk
13^^,
He
II
121-
of things,
Ac
15i
(MM,
diz-ddios,
LXX
;]
Mac
:
Mac
2- 5P, iv
Mac
12^^ *
464) **
1.
Ti
19, II
Ti 3^
y]
6.V0X-1],
-^?,
in
cl,,
(MM, VGT,
s.v.).t
LXX
Mac 12^5
s.v.).
(RV, respite)*
2.
;]
forbearance,
delay of punishment
Eo
2^ S^^.t
vTToixopT].
a.,
Syn.
jMiKpoOvixia,
yu..,
forbearance,
is
the result
and
expression of
of tolerance, long-suffering, as
v. expresses patience with respect to things, as /a. sinners, with persons; it is active as well as passive, denotes not merely endurance but p'erseverance (v. Tr., Syn., liii Lft., Notes, 259, 273 DB, ii, 47). IV Mac 17^**;] to struggle ** dcT-aywciioixai, depon., [in
;
God with
LXX:
;
against
He
12*.
,
di/T-dlXXaYfJia, -T05,
for TinOj]
article of
I.e.;
*^
chiefly to (dvTt, dWay/xa <^ aWaa-aoi) [in exchange, the price received as an equivalent for an
:
LXX
commerce
90).
Mt
162,
Mk
and
v.
Swete, Mk.,
:
Cremer,
1.
;
* dn--am-irXY]p6u, -w
(v. Lft., in
Up in turn
Col 1^*
MM, VGT,
s.v.j.t
miT
;
hi.,
back as an equivalent, recompense, requital (the avri ex;] pressing the idea of full, complete return v. Lft., Notes, 46) (a) in favourable sense: Lk 1^^\ Ro 11=^^^ i Th 39; {b) in unfavourable 11 Th 1^, He lO^o.t sense Ro chiefly for bllQil ;] t di'T-aTTO-Sop.a, -tos, to (<^ dvraTToScSw/Ai), [in
:
W\
LXX
requital; (a) in favourable sense: Lk 14^^; (6) in unfavourable sense Ro 11^.+ chiefly for bna3, Dll^tt;;] arr-airo-Soo-is, -ws, 17 (v. supr.), [in
(
cl.
-Soo-is, q.v.),
LXX
recompense
(nay)*
e.
;]
Col 3^*
(MM, VGT,
s.v.).t
t dn-aTTo-Kpi^ofiai
to
LXX
:^
Jg
c.
529,
Jb
169(8) 3212
seq. Trpds,
ace. rei,
pi.,
Lk
etc.
14*
dat. pers.,
Ro
92.t
LXX
aor.,
to
im
:
nay
21^^,
;]
Lk
Ac
2.
4^*.t
2. Intrans., to
MM, VGT,
52*,
withstand. Mid. 1. in el., to hold out against. s.v.), to hold firmly to, cleave to : e. gen. (v. Bl., 36,
I
2),
Mt
M, Th., in 1.), elided only in avff wv), prep. c. gen. (cf. MM, VGT, 2. instead 1. prop, in local sense, over against, opposite, hence 8 V.) Mt 5^8 172^, Lk lli\ i Co ll^*. in place of, for (Horn., etc.) of, He 12^; c. artic. inf. (cl.), Ja 4^^ of succession, Mt 2^2; -^^apiv d. Xvrpov d. of price in exchange. He 12^* vdptros, Jo 1^" (M, Pr., 100)
Lk
;
1613,
Th
t
514 (v.
Tit l^.t
6.vtI
(the
is
iroWCiv,
Mt
20"-,
Mk
of requital,
Ro
121^, 1
Th
5^*,
41
Pe
39
(cf.
Wi
for
1115)
-irh?
dvff
w,
because,
Lk
l^o 19**,
(cl.,
LXX
nnn);
id. therefore
(cl.,
(LXX
ctv^'-),
for ]3"^y),
Eph
;
5^^.
As a
prefix, dvrt-
over against, dvTLirepav; (b) co-operation, dvTijfidXXctv (d) opposition, dvTi'xpicrTo? (e) substitution, Compounds of d. usually govern dat. (Bl., 37, 7).t dv^uTTttTos. ** din-i-pdXXci), [in 11 Mac ll^^ * jj ^^ throw in ttirn, excJmnge :
(a)
(c)
denotes
requital,
avTi^ia-Oia
LXX
metaph., \6yovs
II
(cf
Lk 24i'^.t
*t di'Ti-8ia-Ti0T]p,i, in mid. to j^^^^ce oneself in opposition, oppose: Ti 225 (EV; but v. Field, Notes, 215 f.; cf. MM, VGT, s.v.). di-TiSiKos, -ov {<^ 8tKT]), [in for i^T ;] as subst., an opponent
LXX
Lk
in a lawsuit, adversary
Mt
b^^,
12^8 IS^,
Pe
5^ (Cremer,
696
MM, VGT,
*
1.
s.v.).t
17
dKTi-Oeo-is, -ews,
(<^
Ti^r;/i.i),
dt'Ti-Kae-icTTTi^i, [in
LXX: De
in pass,
causal in pres. impf. fut. and 1 aor. to replace, oppose. 2. Intrans. and 2 aor. act. (a) to supersede ; {b) to resist : He 12'*. *drTi-KaX'w, -w, to invite in turn : Lk li^^.t
;
di-Ti-Kcifiai, [in
to.
I
pjzr
etc.
;]
1.
to lie opjMsite
2.
to
Ti 110;
II
Th
2*,
oppose, withstand, resist: c. dat., Lk as participial subst. (6) di/rtKi>cvo?, i Ti 51* (Cremer, 746).t
13^''
21^5^
q^
517^ 128,
Co 16^ Phi
**d^TiKpus (Tr. -vs, Eec. ivTLKpv), adv. dvTt'), [in LXX: Ne 128 (^3^!?), III Mac 51"*;] in cl., oiitrirjht ; in kolvyj (= cl. KaTavTtKpv),over
against:
MM,
(v.
1
(v. Bl.,
5, 4; 40, 7;
f.;
drrt-XafiPdi'U), [freq. in
etc.
;]
to
take instead
of or in turn.
Mid.,
8.V.):
c.
MM, VGT,
Mac
1912,
Lk
gen., to take hold of ; (a) of persons, to help l^*, Ac 20^5; (b) of things, to partake of:
;
Ti 62 (v. Field, Notes, 210 Cremer, 386 and cf. avv-avTLXa/xjSdvJj.f Ho 4* (nn hi.), l8 505(aiD ni.) 2222 552^ gi 42*, dm-Xe'Y, [in
LXX
4^"
III
228, ly ]\ja,c
82 *
;]
106;
MM, VGT,
Ac
s.v.); absol.
contradict, oppose, resist (v. Field, Notes, Ac 28i, Eo IO21, Tit 1^ 2^; c. dat.,
:
Jo
T;
pass.,
Lk
,
23*,
MM, VGT
for
7 JT
,
s.v.;
-ew;,
rj
[in
tt.
LXX
;
y'tlj
etc.,
Pss
and
II, III
Mac.
freq. also in
in petitions to the Ptolemies in sense BS, 92, 223) ;J 1. cl. a laying hold 2. Hellenistic (LXX, tt.) help : pi. of ministrations 1228 (DB, ii, 347 f. ; Cremer, 386).t
LAE,
107
dmXoYia,
-as,
17
LXX
;]
gains.v.
saying, strife (the latter sense being found in He 6i 7' 123, Ju ^^.t cf. Field, Notes, 106)
:
v.
MM, VGT
42
* dm-XoiSopeo), -w, to revile in turn : i Pe 2^^.+ **t d'Ti-XuTpo^, -ov, TO, [in Al. Ps 48 (49)*;] a ransom: i Ti 2 and cf. XvTpov)A (v. CGT, in 1. *t dkTi-ficTpe'w, -5), to measure in return: Lk 6^^ (WH, mg.,
:
;
/ATpa)),+
*t
in
dk'T6fiia0ia, -as,
11
17
(<^
;
dvTLfjLL(TOo<;,
good sense,
Go
G^^
in
bad sense, Ro
:
(MM, VGT,
s.v.).+
27
Ac ll^^' 20. 22, 'AcTi^xeia, -as, ^, Antioch ; 1. in Syria c^ii 1522,23,30,36 1822^ ^ 2. In Pisidla Ac IS^* 1419.21,
26,
131 1426
6^,t
to
Q^
n
:
Ti S^^t
'AfTioxus, -0)s, 6,
citizen of Antioch,
an
*
;]
Antiocliian
to
Ae
**t
Lk
but
LXX Wi
:
16^**
pass by opposite
-a (in
some MSS.
bet.
it
V.
M,
Pr., 12
it is
-t'Sos,
'AvTiiraTpts,
Antipatris,
Ac
233i.t
*t
dt'Ti-ircpa
(MM, VGT,
Jb 23^3
*
(Rec. avTiirepav, LTr. avrnripa), adv., 49), on the opposite side : 0. gen., Lk S^'.t
[in
cl.
dvTiTrepas
dKri-iriTTTa),
LXX
1.
Ex
:
(nl^ur),
Nu 27i*
(nz^np),
2.
to
(2ni2r hi.)
;]
to fall
c. dat.,
Ac
7^^.t
:
make war
against
c. dat.,
hi.,
to
range
IS*'
in battle against
c. dat.,
mid.,
to set
Ro
132,
Ja 46
5^, i
Pe
absol.,
Ac
** dm-TUTTos, -ov (v.s. TUTTos), [in LXX: Bs 3^^ a*;] 1. act. striking back metaph., resisting, adverse. 2. Pass, struck back ; metaph., corresponding to (MM, VGT, s.v.) (a) as impression of a seal or copy of an archetype (rrVos) (RV, like in pattern). He 9^*; (&) as the reality (of which TUTTos is the copy or adumbration) (RV, after a true likeness), I Pe 321 (Cremer, 357) .t *t Qnnl-yupiaTo^, -ov, 6, Antichrist, " one who assuming the guise of Christ opposes Christ" (Westc, Epp. Jo., 70) i Jo 2^8.22 43^ n JqT;
;
pi. I
Jo
and
v.
MM, VGT,
s.v.).t
etc.
;]
;
41^
for aNB7, dcxXeu, -w (<^avTXos, bilge-water in a hold), [in 2. Generally, to draw water : absol., Jo 2^ 1. prop., to bale out. vSmp, Jo 2^ 4:"^ (on its use of the water made wine, v. DOG, ii,
LXX
815*
Field, Notes, 84 f.).t ai'TXT)fia, -Tos, TO (<[ avrXew), (a) prop., what is drawn (Diosc.) (b) a vessel to draw with, a bucket (Plut. ; v. Abbott, Essays, 88)
;
MM, VGT,
s.v.
*+
Jo 4}Kf
**f
I.e.,
dn-o<t)0aX,jie',
-w
LXX Wi
:
12^* *
;]
to look
in
Metaph.,
s.v.)
to face, to
withstand (Wi,
beat
Polyb.)
c. dat., d. t. dvefjuo,
as nautical term,
:
up
agai^ist
the
wind
(v.
DB,
ext.,
366
f.;
MM, VGT,
v8wp), [in
Ac
27^5.+
,
a^uSpos, -ov
d- neg.,
LXX
for TVpl
^to^ar"! (yJj
a.),
43
Mt
Trrjycu,
11
Pe
:
2^^; ve^e'Aai,
Ju
12
(MM, FGT,
:
s.v.).t
**
dj'-uiroKpiTos, -ov
unfeigned
380
Pe
Ki
I22
(Cremer,
Sm,
LXX, A.ot/Aos, birbn ^32)* ;] of things, not subject to rule : He 2^ of persons, unruly : i Ti 1^, Tit l^^o (MM, VGT, s.v.).t avu, adv. (< dva), (a) up, upwards : Jo 11*\ He 12^^ (j) afto-ye Ac 219 with art. ^, Ga 426, p^i 314 ^^^ Jq 82s, (opp. to Kdrw) Col 3I' 2 Icos ^. (wp to the brim), Jo 2^ (Cremer, 106 MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
. :
dno &., Mt 27", Mk 15^8; from heaven Jo 3^1 Ja l^' S^^.H; ^K Twv a., whence (c) anew, (&) from the first, from the beginning : Lk 1^, Ac 26^ (so most, but v. Meyer, in 1. ; cf. Field, Notes, 86 f.) again : Jo 33
&vuQet',
adv.
5va)), (a)
from above
Jo 1923; meaning,
'^,
W\
ird\Lv i.,
Ga
49
(MM, VGT,
--7,
8.v.).+
* dkuxepiKos,
di-tircpos,
w^er
(a) of
.'
Ac
I91.+
a, -ov, [in
LXX
He
Ne
32^ (p^^y),
Ez
41^ (bvQ),
:
To
8S*;]
141"
(cf. c^turtpos),
:
motion, higher
:
Lk
above, before
10^.+
LXX
Je 28
(b^jrin kb),
Pr
283,
:
subst., unprofitableness
dgi'n,
-'75,
Wi 111*. J He T^^.t
for
]).-ia
,
v> [in
LXX
11
:
Di-ip.
;]
aw
arre
Mt
3i,
Lk
(De
c.
39.t
3^,
LXX for p
;
25^),
ab^
cf.
njCJ'
freq. in
Wi,
^rpo's
Pr
:
Mac Eo 8I8
;]
(a)
(v.
gen.,
[b) befitting,
meet
absol., II Mt IQio,
:
Ac Pr., 216) Lk Co gen., Mt (v. Th 1^ (c) of persons, worthy ; (a) in good sense c. gen. rei, Lk 7* 10', Ac 13*, i Ti lis 49 518 61 c. aor. inf. (v. M, Pr., 15i9. 21, Ac 1325, j^ 411 52. ". 9. 12 seq. Iva Jo 127 ^9, Lk 7* 203) Lk what understood Mt lOH* i^ 228, Ee 3* c. gen. pers., absol., but of Mt 1037. 38^ He 1138 (^) in bad sense c. gen. rei, Lk 12*8 2315, Ac 2329 25ii'25 2631, Ro 132; absol., Ee 16 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t d^ios), [in LXX chiefly for K71 mp^ freq. in Wi, dCiow, -Ci c. ace. et inf. (v. MM, VGT, s.v., and (a) to deem worthy I, II Mac;] pass. c. gen. rei, i Ti id. et gen. rei, 11 Th 1" cf. Kar-afiow), Lk V
38 23",
16*
M,
:
33 1029; {b) to think fit : c. inf. (v. M, Pr., 205), Ac 1538 2822.+ 71^ I61, Si I411*;] worthily: Eo 162, **d|ia)s, adv., [in 127; c. gen. (freq. in Inscr. Deiss., BS, 248; VGT, Eph 41, Phi
517,
He
LXX: Wi
;
MM,
He
51), d.
T.
Kvpiov, Col
diSparos, -ov
II
li
T. e^ov, I
Th
212, III
:
Jo.t
(inh), Is 453
opdw), [in
:
LXX
Eo
Ge
Col
I2
pijga),
Mac
120,
li5'i, i
Ti
li7,
IP^.t
44
;]
of a
messenger, speaker,
or writer,
pers.,
to report,
;
c.
ace. rei,
;
Ac
.
4'^^,
al.; c. dat.
Mt 28, al. seq. on, Lk IS^^ ttws, Lk 8=^ Trcpi', Lk V^ 13\ Ac 28-1, I Th 19 Ae'yojv, Ac 22-" c. ace. et inf., Ac 12^4 g^q. eJs, Mk S^*, 83-^ (MM, VGT, Lk Cremer, 25). s.v.
; ;
otTT
dyxw (<C
to
LXX
to
ii
Ki
17-^ (p3n),
To
31***;]
:
strangle; mid.,
hang oneself
,
(or, to
choke; v. M, Pr.,
155)
Mt 27^t
diT-dY, [in
LXX
for
3113
;
;]
lead
away
Lk
13^*,
24" (E, mg.), i Co 12^ esp. of leading to trial (so as Ac in Attic), prison and death (MM, VGT, s.v.) Mt 26" 272. ^\ 1516, Lk 2112 226 23-6, Ac 12i9; of the direction of a way:
23^'''
:
law term
14**. 53
712. i4
Mk
Mt
(cf. OT;i/-a7r-ayw).t
d-iraiSeuTos, -ov
(< TratSevw),
:
[in
11
LXX
;]
for b'^D?
etc., chiefly
in
Wi.
lit. ;]
uninstructed, ignorant
91^,
Ti 2^3.1
to lift off,
dir-atpo), [in
hence,
20i5,
to
take
away ;
pass.
to
Lk b^K^ dTr-aiWa>, -Ji, [in LXX: De 152-3, al. (izr33), Si ask back, demand back Lk 6^0 I220 (MM, VGT,
:
Mt
Mk
Wi
15^, al.;]
s.v.).t
prop., to cease to feel pain for (Thuc, ii, 61). 2. In late Gk. (a) to desjjair (Polyb., i, 35, 5) (b) to become callous, reckless (Polyb., xvi, 12, 7 MM, VGT, s.v.) Eph 4i9.t dir-aXXdao-w, [in for TlD hi., etc. ;] to remove, release : He 2i* pass., to depart: Ac I912 in legal sense (MM, VGT, s.v.), seq. awo, c. gen. pers., to be quit of : Lk 12^^ (Cremer, 90, 632).+
-<o,
* diT-aXy^w,
1.
LXX
;
173
etc.
;]
to alieiiate,
estrange;
I328.+
2.
to
pass.:
Eph
2i-'
41^,
Col
l^i
(MM, VGT,
s.v.;
meet;
for
tender
Mt
to
;
24^2,
Mk
yjQ
;]
1.
go
to
meet.
Mk
(WH,
mg., iw-
vTT-,
q.v.).+
17
dirdn-Tjats, -ecus,
;]
usually
with
v.l., VTT-;
a meeting; ek
gen. or dat.,
meet:
1.
;
Mt
25^ 27^2
(WH,
txt.,
omits),
s.v.
;
Ac 28l^
Th
4i7 (v.
M,
;]
Th., in
M,
MM, VGT,
Siirai,
adv., [in
.
DVB
;
(a)
once:
11
Co 1125, He 926, 27
1226. 27 5, ^. iycavTod, 9^ hi a.. koI a. k. S15, twice : Phi 416, 11 Th 6* 928 192, i pg 318, j^ 3, 5 (mM, VGT, s.v.).+ 218; (6) once for all: *+ d-irapd-Paros, -ov (<^ 7rapa/?atvw), inviolable, and SO unchangeable 724 (v. Westc, in 1. Cremer, 653 VGT, s.v.).+
He
He
;
He
MM,
* d-Trapa-CTKCuaoTOS, -ov (<^ irapaa-Kevdlw), unprepared : II Co 9*.+ dir-api/eofiai {-ovfjuai), depon., [in LXX: Is 31''' (DND)*;] to deny, i.e. to refuse to recognize, to ignore c. ace, of oneself {DCG, ii, 598 f.), Mt 1624, Mk 834 (mM, VGT, s.v.), Lk 923 (WH, mg., txt., ipv-) of Peter's denials of Christ, Mt 2634. 35, 75^ y^^ 1430, 31, 72^ Lk 223*. i pass., Lk 12 (Cremer, 111).+
:
45
(WH,
(xtt'
apTL
cl., oLTTapTL, V.
MM, VGT,
;]
8.V.)
adv., [not in
LXX, where
*t
(cf.
nijiy is rendered
14i3.t
-ov, 6
by
from now,
henceforth
Jo 1319 14^ Ee
dirapTiCTfios,
(<^
d7ra/3Tt{o),
to finish),
completion
Lk
14^^
MM, VGT,
dir-apxii,
8.v.).t
{<^airdpxofJi.ai, to
->7s, 17
make a
,
LXX
:
chiefly for
:
n?pnp
2. first fruits
ToO 7rvv>aTos
i
Eo
823
(WH,
mg., E, mg.,
txt.,
of Christ:
Co
IS^o. 23
Eo 11^*'. Metaph,, 16l^ 11 Th 21^ i Co oltt' dpxns v. Lft., Notes, 119 f .), Ja V-\ Ee 14* (Cremer, 117; MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
tov
;
cf)vpdfjiaTo<s (cf.
:
Nu
15^**),
of Christians
;
Eo
IG^,
fiiras, -ao-a, -av (strengthened form of ira?, v.s. a-), all, the whole, IGC^^J; altogether: bef. subst. with art., as Lk 3^^ or after, as absol., in masc, as Lk 5'^ in neut., as Ac 2** d. ovtoi, Ac 2^ (LT) d. ifjiu^, Ga 328 (TTr.). Most freq. in Lk, Ac (v. VGT, s.v.). **t dTT-aCTird^ofjiai, depon., [in To 10^^ x * ;] to take leave of: c.
;
Mk
MM,
LXX
ace: Ac 2P.t
diraTdw, -w (<^ dTrar?;), [in
HtSZ
hi., etc.
;]
to deceive
c. ace, Ja 12"; c. ace. pers., dat. rei, Eph 5''; pass., i Ti 2^* (on its infrequency in late writers, v. MM, VGT, s.v.; cf. iiairaTd(o)A dirdTT], -r??, ri, [in Ec 9 N (no Heb. equiv.), Jth G^. 10. is 168, IV Mac 188 * ;] deceit, deceitfulness : Col 2^ tov itXovtov, Mt I322, Mk
LXX
419
(MM, VGT,
T^s
d.,
:
s.v.)
t^s dSiKias,
PI.,
11
Th
(v.
2i
;
i^iOvfjiiaL
I.e.)
II
Pe
2^3
dWrai
M,
;
al
MM,
*dTrdTup, -opo^, 6, rj (<C d- neg., Trarr^p) 1. fatherless. 2. witlwut fatlur (MM, FGT, s.v.), i.e., with no recorded genealogy He 73.t **t dTT-auyaCTfJia, -T09, to (<^ a^y'?, brightness, whence dTrairyd^w, to radiate or reflect), [in Wi 72" * ;] of light beaming from a luminous body, radiance, effulgence : He 13. diT-eiSok' (WH, d<^-, v. Bl., 4, 3), 2 aor. without present in use (cf. etSov), serving as aor. to d</)opdw, q.v.
:
LXX
**dTTe{06ia (WH, -Bia, exc. He, 11. c.), -as, ^ dneiO^^), [in LXX: Mae 89. is 12^ * disobedience (MM, FGT, s.v.) Eo IP". 32^ He 4*'' 11 IV viot T^s d. (gen. of definition, v. M, Pr., 73 f.), Eph 22 5, Col 3^ (T, WH,
;]
:
E, mg., omit).t
dirciOc'w,
-to
(<^
;
ttTrei^?;?),
[in
LXX
.
for
ma
:
IID
(MM, VGT,
31 417
s.v.)
to
disobey, be disobedient
I
absol,
336,
Ac
He
318 1131,
Pe
320
c, ^^t.,
Jo
,
Rq
,
(Cremer, 475).
dTrei0Ti9, -es
LXX for ma
Ac
:
^^D
^D
disobedient
absol.,
Lk
e. dat.,
26i9,
Eo
130 11 Ti 32.t
direiOia, -as,
direiXe'o),
V.S. direidcLa.
LXX Na
^c
MM,
s.v.,
cf.
46
-^9,
rj,
[in
LXX
[in
i,
for
H^yj
etc.;]
threatening, threat:
Ao
429
9\ Eph
53, II
69.t
(ci/At',
aiT-eifAi
I
swm),
11
LXX for
127,
:
ins
ni.,
ni2
ni.
;]
to be
absent:
Co
Co
IQi'
132.
Phi
Col 2^t
Ac
(iii
17^'*.+
IQN
1 aor.
etc.
;]
1. to
tell oitt.
forbid
Ki
ll^),
renounce
(WH, App., 164 MM, VGT, s.v.), 11 Co 42.t *+ aircipaoTos, -ov (<^ rreipd^uj for cl. aTrcipT/Tos, <^ irctpato), untempted, untried, without experience : Ja 1^^ (v. Hort, in 1. MM, VGT, s.v.).+
mid.
',
aircipos, -ov
(^b''1J<),
LXX Nu
:
142^,
rei,
Za
11^*
5^^
c.
gen.
He
(MM, VGT,
*+ dTT-cK-Scxofiai, depon.,
MM, VGT,
Ga
5
;
s.v.)
absol.,
Pe
c.
ace. rei,
Eo
Co
Col
1^,
c.
ace. pers..
s.v.).t
Phi
Tj
320,
He
928.t
*+
dir-^K-Suo-is, -cws,
(dTTCKSuw),
a putting or stripping
off:
2^^
(MM, VGT,
*t
to strip off clothes or arms; mid., to strip off from oneself: Col 3*; to strip, despoil (mid. for act., ICC, in 1.; but cf. Lft.,
dir-cK-Suo),
EUic), Col
2i5.t
[in
dir-cXaui'u),
LXX
for b'S2
ubtS]]
to
drive aiuay
Ac
18^'
(MM,
s.v.).t
*t dir-eXeyixos, -ov, b (<^ aTrcXeyxw, to convict, refute), refutation, disrepute: iXOeiv ts d., Ac 1927 (not elsewhere; v. MM, s.v.).t * dir-eXo06pos, -ov, 6, r), a freedmau : t. Kvplov (MM, s.v.), i Co 722.t
'AttcXXtjs, -ov, ace. -riv
tdTT-eXTritto, [in
II
LXX
Eo l&^^.f Es 41^, Si
;
22^1 2721,
9^8*;] 1. to give up in despair, despair of (Polyb., Diod., LXX). hope to receive from or in return (Field, Notes, 59 Cremer, 712 Soph., Lex., S.V.) c. ace. (M, Pr., 65 MM, s.v.), Lk e^^.t + dw-eVai'Ti, adv. c. gen. (Hellenistic, common in LXX); 1. over 2. before, in the against (MM, s.v.): Mt 27", Mk 12*i, WH, mg. presence of: Mt 272* (WH, mg.), Ac S^\ Eo 3^8. 3. against : Ac 177.t dire'pai'Tos, -ov (<[ TrcpatW, to complete, finish), [in LXX: Jb 362'
2. to
: ;
Mac
("jpO
]^|S), III
Mac
Ti l*.t
Wi
;]
16^^
without distraction
Co
7^5.1
TrepiTe/xvo}) , [in
uncir-
Ac 7^^. {aarjfjLos, cumcised; metaph. (t.) KapSiais (cf. Je 92", al.) found in tt., appears to have been the word used by Greek-speaking Egyptians v. Deiss., BS, 153 cf also Cremer, 885 MM, s.v.)t d-n-^PXOfiai, [in LXX chiefly for "^bn ;] 1. togo away, depart (also,
:
47
M,
Mt
13^^, al.
ptcp., dTreX^wv,
verbs as in Heb. (Dalman, Words, 21), IttI, cts, Mt 14^5 of place or person
:
Pr., Ill f., 247 MM, s.v.) used pleonastically with other Mt 13^*, al. (6) with mention
; ;
Lk
Lk
Mt
222.
2.
As
242*
(Heb.
nns
Re
"^bn),
to
go
after, follow:
Mk
l^o,
Jo 12^^; metaph.,
hold bach, keep
Mk
off ;
1*2^
211.
dir-exw, [in
LXX
chiefly for
pm
ir.,
;]
1. trans., {a) to
(b) to Imve in full, to have received (on the "punctiliar" force of the compound, v. M, Pr., 109, 247): c. ace, Mt 62.5,i6, Lk 62*,
Phi
4^^^,
Phm^^
(for illustr.
from
where
it
is
used in receipts,
s.v.); impers., a7rx (I'ield, V. Deiss., BS, 229; LAE, 110 f.; 14*\ 2. Intrans., to be away, distant Notes, 39), it is enough : Mid., to 76^ Lk 7 152 24^3. absol., Lk 1520 ; seq. d7r6, Mt I42* 158, 2ii ; seq. d7r6, Ac I520, i Th 4 abstain : c. gen., Ac 1529, i Ti 4^, i Pe
MM,
Mk
j^
622.t
aTrto-ros), [in **dmrr'a), -S 8^3 * ;] to disbelieve, be faithless : II I Pe 27 ; so prob. also Eo 3^, 11 Ti 2^^
Mac
LXX: Wi 12 10^ IQi^ IS^s, Si 1", Mk W^' i, Lk 24ii' *\ Ac 282*. MM, s.v.). {ICC, CGT, in
11.
;
dveiOew (Hdt. ; on this sense in Eo, 11 Ti, 11. c, v, Vaughan on Eo, I.e.; Lft., Notes, 265; Thayer, s.v.).t Wi 1425, IV Mac 12**;] ^ttio-tos), [in **dm<rTia, -as, -7 6 92* 16^*, Eo 3^ (but v.s. airKxriw) 1358, want of faith, unbelief: Mt 420 1120,23^ I T- 5^13^ He 312,19 ^i,cG, n, 775^ Cremer, 492).t Pr 17" 282^, Is n^<^ * ;] a-maros, -ov (< d- neg., ttio-tos), [in
2.
LXX:
Mk
LXX
:
Qj^ qI persons, xvithout faith or trust, 17l^ 9^^, Lk 9*^ 12*, Jo 202^, Tit l^*, Ee 218 unbeliemng : Mt 7^2-15 ^02'' 1422-24^ i Co 6" specif., of unbelievers as opp. to Christians 6i*i5, 1 Ti 58 (cf. Lft., Notes, 265; Cremer, 491).t II Co 4* 11 Ki 15^^ (on), i Ch 29^7 aTXoCs), [in dTrX(5TTis, -TTTos,
Ac 268
Mk
LXX
(an^ lOr
sincerity
:
d.
r^s KapSias,
cf.
Col
322,
where v.
Lft.),
Wi 1^ al.
;]
simplicity,
Eo 128, 11 Co 11^, Eph 6^, Col. 322 ; as manifested in unselfish giving, liberality, graciousness : 11 Co 82 Q^^' i' generous, (v. ICC, Bo., 128; Hort, Ja., 1*, and v.s. d7rA.is).t
dirXoos, V.S. dTrXovs.
Pr
Mt
dirXoOs, -Tj, -ovv (contr. fr. -6o<i <^ d- cop., ttXoos), [in 1125 *;] simple, single : in a moral sense {DCG, ii, 628 f.), 6^^aX/xos, 622, Lk ii34_ s.v.).t (In 7r. of a marriage dowry, v.
;
LXX
MM,
SVN.
639).
Cremer, 107,
dirXdis,
II
adv. d7rXoes),
;]
[in
LXX:
Pr 10^ (QPS),
Wi
1627,
(" Later writers simply, sincerely, graciously : Ja 1*. comprehend under the one word the whole magnanimous and honoursingleness of mind is the central able type of character in which Hort, Ja., l.c.)t feature " diro (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94,
Mac
6" *
48
WH,
Mt
gen.
(WM, 462
,
ff.;
;]
on
its
relation to Ik,
456
f.),
[in
LXX
;
for ]p
from
(i.e.
terior).
1. Of 52' 30 723^
(1) of
Lk
(2) in partitive
245;
MM,
s.v.; Bl.,
40,
;
2),
Mt
Qi"
2721,
Jo
Ac
52,
al.;
also
after verbs of eating, etc. (3) of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after such verbs as Xoi'w (Deiss., BS, 227), Xi'w, o-w^w, Trau'w, etc. avdO^ixa d., Ro 93 aTrodvrj(TKHV a., Col 22^; craAev^^vai, II Th 22, Ka6ap6<i, -i^eiv, d.
; ;
216), Ac 202", 11 Co 7\ He 91*; (4) of position, 24^^ al. after yaa/cpdv, Mt 8^** transposed before measures of distance, Jo lO^^ 21^, Ee I420 (Abbott, JG, 227) (5) of time, d7r6 t.
(Deiss., Mt 23^*
(Spas,
BS, 196,
;
^/Acpas, etc.,
;
Mt
;
922,
Jo
1927,
Ac
20^^,
Phi
dTro
1^,
al.
dn
alSyvo^,
Lk
17, al.
^s, since,
dw dpx^?, etc., Mt 19^ Eo 12"; Lk 7*^ al. dTro r. vw, Lk 1*^ al.
11
dTro ^pe^ovs, 11
;
nripvai,
a year ago,
Co
2^^
;
8^" 2
aTro
dTro Trpwt,
Ac
1^'^
;
rank,
dTro SieroOs,
Mt
'A/Spadp.,
Mt
(38opo<;
diro 'ASd/x,
dm, Mt 20**, of birth, extraction, and hence, 8^, Ac 8^^, al. 2. Of origin (1) in late writers, (a) of local extraction (cl. i$; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), Mt 2111, Mk 15*3, Jo 145^ Ac 103, al. ol dn6 'IraXias (WM, 66, 6 M, Pr., 237 Westc, Eendall, in 1.), He 1324 (5) of membership in a community'or society (BL, 40, 2), Ac 12^, al. (c) of material (= cl. (d) after verbs of asking, gen.; Bl. I.e.; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3* 2721
Ju Jo
1"*
;
Ac
;
8^",
He
8^^
dpxio-Oai
seeking,
etc.,
Lk
ll^o. ^\
Th
2"
(Milligan, in
iitto,
(2) of
Mt
71"
112^,
Lk 22*^
Ac Jo
3.
1214,
216,
Ac
2211);
^^v
Co
^_
1123,
Ga
:
32, al.;
dTro t.
oxXov,
(cf.
Lk
^^^^v,
c.
;
Mt
1426, al.
d-n-o
Mt
(fiofSuaOai
7rpoo-Xiv dTTo
11.
Milligan,
II
ngga),
Ee
2113
dTr.^
Trpoo-WTrov (35P),
oSv
NTD, Th 19
10,
(Bl.,
40, 9);
Pr., 9),
dTro
T.
Kap8iCyv (nba),
4.
Mt
1835; dTr^ 6
dTro
(WM,
2;
M,
Ee
1*.
In composition,
denotes
;
it
separation, departure, origin, etc. also has a perfective force (M, Pr.,
etc.
to step off, disembark ;] turn out (Field, Notes, 74)
:
LXX
for iTH
to issue,
Lk 5^, Lk 21i3,
LXX
Mk
Is
l^"
(bn:)
equiv.
;]
;
to throiv off:
go (Field, Notes,
231
f.
MM,
s.v.)
He
1035.t
,
etc. ;] to look atvay from all else at for n3B diro-pX^iro), [in one object; hence, to look steadfastly : He 112^ (cf. d<^opdw).t dTro/?dXXw), [in Aq. Le 7l^ al.; Sm. Ho 9^ ** diro-pXriTos, -ov (xaiD) ;] to be throivn atvay, rejected : i Ti 4* (Hom., Plut.).t 1. a throwing away, rejection: * diro-poXri, -rj^, rj (<^ dTro/3dXXw)
LXX
opp. to
irpocrXrj/juj/ii,
Eo
lli^.
2.
losing, loss
Ac
2722.t
49
away,
-ytyv-)
[in
LXX Da
:
th
2^ *
s.v.)
;]
:
1.
to
be
2.
i
to
Pe
t. d/xaprtais, i.e.
a.-no-ypa.^r\, -^s,
rj
[in
LXX
Da
LXX
:
10^^ (SDj),
Es
2.
830, AB, II Mac 2\ iii Mac 2^2 As law term, a deposition (Demos.).
enrolment, census
414 Q34, 38*.j
(MM,
s.v.
:
dTTo-Ypci<|)w, [in
LXX
* .j i_ ^ written copy. In late writers, a register, 3. Deiss., LAE, 160, 268 f.) Lk 2^, Ac b'^'.f Jg 8l^ Pr 222" (nns) i Es m, iii Mac 229
41^, i7 722
,
2. to
enrol; mid.,
^' ^
;
to
Lk
21
but. v.
ICG,
:
in
1.), ib.
pass.,
He
s.v. d.Troypa(f)i]).f
LXX
Es
;]
1. to
Co
4^.
declare,
show
Ac
2^2.
3.
to
:
prove
Ac
11
25^.
proclaim to an **
319^
office
seq. on,
Th
As
freq.
LXX
III
Mac
42", IV
Mac
1310*;]
a showing
*+ diro-ScKaTcuo)
pay a
Ge Lk
pay a tenth of: Mt 2323, 11*2. 2. C. ace. pers., to exact tithes from He 7^. 3. to decimate (Socr., HE, 573 A; v. Kennedy, Sources, 117).+
c.
LXX
tenth of:
Lk
18^^ f
(1)
for *li2?y,
in both senses
foil.,
e.g.
d7ro8e;i(o/Aai),
:
acceptable:
Ti 23 5*.+
LXX
:
Lk
;
8**^
13^3, i-iv
MaCjo*;]
to
c.
accept acc.
Ac
2*1 243
(mM,
s.v.
Cremer, 688).+
dTro-8T)|X(o, -u)
(<[
2)
:
d7ro8r;/i,o?),
LXX
Mk
hi.,
Ez
Mt
2133 25l^.l^
12^,
Mk
133*.+
dTro-8i8u|ii, [in
LXX
for IDIQ
mCT
]n:
D^tT
pi., etc.
;]
to give
Lk ggp of wages, render what is due, to 'pay (Deiss., LAE, 334 f.) absol., Mt 1825.28^ Lk 7*2; c. acc, Mt 52 1829-30,34 2O8 21*1 2221, Mk 12'", Lk 1035 1259 202^, Eo 13", He 12^, Ee 222; ^^^^^^^ Mt 533 (cf Nu 303, De 232i al.) of conjugal duty, t. oc^ciXt^v, i Co 73 d/u.oiy8ds, I Ti 5* /jLaprvpLov, to give (as in duty bound) testimony, Ac 433 Xoyov, to render account, Mt 123, Lk 162, Ac 19*o, He I31", I Pe 45 hence of requital, recompense, both in good and bad sense, Mt 6*- 6' 18 1627, Eo 26, II Ti 48-1*, Ee 18 2212 KaKov avrX kukov, Eo 121^^, I Th 515, I Pe 3^. Mid., to give up of one's own, hence to sell (fr. Hdt. on) c. acc. rei, Ac 5^, He 121^ c. acc. pers., Ac79 (cf. ovtup or
bach, restore, return:
27^^,
Mt
to
(MM,
s.v.),
a7ro8tSa)/Ai).+
diro-8i-opil^(i)
metaph.
to
make
ma/rk
off,
hence
50
[in
LXX:
;
Ps 117
(118)'''^ al.
(DXa)
;]
to
reject:
Mt Pe
21^-(i-^H
2*' 7 (LXX)
Mk
-r/s,
8^1
1210 (Lxx)^
Lk
9^^
1725
20^7 (Lxx)^
He
12^^
(Cremer, 701
17
MM,
s.v.).+
*diTo-8oxT),
(<^
17
d7roSxo/.(at),
Notes, 203)
II
MM,
s.v.).t
i
* dir6-0eais,
(<^
d7roTi^?//At),
a putting away:
Pe
,
3^^,
Pe
li*.t
diro-eiiKT], -7]^,
ri
Mt
aTTOTiO-qixi), [in
LXX
;]
for ly'iK
N3S)
etc.
;]
storehouse, granary:
I
Lk
S^' 12i'24.t
to
LXX
Si 3* *
away
8.t
22^5 *
TVID
',]
;]
press hard
:
Lu
to die
of natural death,
Mk
ref.,
I
5^^, al.
of violent
10'-^,
death (pass, of
;
Mt 26^*,
;
Jo 12^^
He
62' 10
al.
Ko
I
U'',
1137,
Ga
Co
15-2,
He
Ee U^^;
^Wp,
Trepi',
;
Eo Mt Jo ll^o- "
6^0,
iy,
8^3, al.
c.
dat.
8^2,
Jo
S'-^L
^\
18l^
;
Eo
;
S^-s
;
1415,
fig., I
i,
Co 153, II Co 515, I Th 5i, 1 Pe 318 dTrd, Col 220 cV, Ee 8" Co 1531 (cf. (Tvu-aTToevrjcrKio, and V. Milligan, NTD, 258 f. DCG,
; ;
791b; Cremer, 286; MM, s.v. on the perfective force of this verb, M, Pr., 112, 114 and on the distinction bet. pres. and aor,, ib. 113 f.). dTTO-KaG-ioTdcu, aTTOKaOia-rdo}, see next MTOrd.
dTro-KaO-iCTTTjfii (aTTOKa^to-Taw,
1**;
Mk
Ac
9^^^
Eec,
-lo-rdvo),
LTTr.
;
cf.
Ac
-KUTLcrTdvw,
WH),
:
former condition
jjolitical
chiefly for miZT;] 1. to restore, i.e. to a 3^ 82^, Lk B^o of health, Mt 121^, of social or
[in
LXX
Mk
1^.
affairs,
Mt
17^^,
Mk
9^2,
2. to give back,
bring back
He
1319 (so in
rr.,
MM,
Cremer, 312).t
:
chiefly for 11^3;] 1. in general sense (cl.), Mt 102^, Lk 2^^ 12^, i Co to reveal, uncover, disclose, (a) of things 173o 313 Antichrist, 11 Th 23. . 8. pass., Christ, Lk (b) of persons and NT, in special sense of divine revelation Mt 112* (on 2. In
d-iro-KaXuTTTw, [in
;
:
LXX
LXX
the tense, v.
I
M,
Lk
1021.22^
i
Jq
1238_
Ro
P^.
is^
8'^,
Co
21" 143",
Ga
32^
Eph 3^ Phi
3l^
Pe
l^- 12
51
(Westc, Eph.,
178
f.;
t diro-KdXuiJ/is,
342).
dTroKaXuVTw)
[in
LXX:
\ Ga
Ki
2030 (miy).
.j (-^^ imcovering, laying bare (Plut.). Metaph., a reveala disclosure of divine truth, or a manifestion from God
:
819 1625,
17. 13 413,
Co
146'
2,
n Co
12i'
I12. 22,
Eph
;
li7 3^,
Eeli.t
;
STN. : iTTicfxiveia, Tvanova-La, (f)avp(D<TL<; (v. Tr., Syn., xciv Lft., Westc, Eph., 178 f. M, Th., 145 ff. Cremer, 343). Notes, 102, 178 *t dTTO-KapaSoKi'a, -a?, -q (<[ aTro/capaSo/cew, used by Aq. in Ps 36 (37)" for bbinnn <^a7r6, Kdpa, the head, SoKew, in Ion., to watch), to tvatch with outstretched head, tvatch anxiously (Polyb., n. v. Deiss., LAE, 3745, 819, Phi 120 (Lft., in 1.; Cremer, 177).t 377 f.), Eo
;
51
*t airo-Kar-aXXdo-au (cf AcaraAAao-o-o) aTro here signifies completely, Ellic, Eph., I.e. but also May., Eph., I.e.), to reconcile completely : Eph 2i, Col P^' ^^.t * diro-icaT(-(rra<ns, -fcus, v (<^ aTroKadia-T-qfii), restoration : Ac 3^^ (in
V. Lft., Col., I.e.
; ;
TT.
of repairs
and restorations
of temples, v.
MM,
s.v.).t
diro-KaT-iordi'a), v. aTroKaOicrTrjfiL.
dTr(5-Kei|ioi, [in
LXX
Ge
IQ^o (nb''B7),
Jb 3823
:
(^j^n),
IQ^".
s.v.)
:
n Mac
12,
IV
48,
Mae
8^^ *
;]
to
away
v.
Lk
and
MM,
:
He
927.t
Mt
LXX
,
Ps 151^ *
to
behead
]^3io, 26^
Ac
LXX chiefly for -13D;] to shut fast: Lk IS^^.t [in LXX for y^p ms etc. to cut off: Mk 9*^' *^ Jo
,
;]
11^^.
Mid.,
;
to
Ga
512 (cf.
De
231
LXX
and
Cremer, 751
;
MM,
:
s.v.).t
*t diro-Kpifia, -To^, to (<[ aTro/cptVco) 1. prop., a judicial sentence: II Co 1^, E, mg. 2. an answer (v. Thayer, s.v.) 11 Co, I.e., E, txt. (In FIJ, Ant., xiv, 10, 6, of a rescript of the Senate in Inscr. of an official decision, Deiss., BS, 257 a reply to a deputation, MM, s.v. ef also 375). Cremer, diro-Kpii'u, [in chiefly for njJT;] in el., 1. to separate, dis14\ Lk 3i 23^, tinguish. 2. to choose. Mid., to answer : Mt 27^2, 51"' 1**, Ac 312. In late Gk. the pass, also is used in this sense, and Jo (M, Pr., 39, 161 MM, s.v.) (a) pass, forms are the more freq. in 12^* in general sense absol., c. ace. rei, Mt 22* c. dat. pers., Mt 12^8 seq. Trpos, Ac 251" (b) Hebraistically (i) like nay to begin Mt 112^^ to speak, take up the conversation (Kennedy, Sources, 124 f.)
;
;
:
LXX
Mk
NT
;
Mk
;
al., (ii)
JJPI
(Dalman, Words,
:
Pr., 14 Bl., 58, 4 Cremer, 374) 74, 2 3^3 ; in Jo most freq. (Ittck. 88 Xc'yti, >77, for HST dir<5-Kpioris, -ecDs, r] (<^ aTro/cptVo/Aat), [in answering, an answer : Lk 2*''' 20-', Jo I22 19^.t
24
f.,
38
M,
;
dTroKpieiis
1*.
cTttc,
Mt
4*
Mk
k. cTttc,
,
LXX
etc.;]
an
diro-KpoTTTu, [in
c. ace.,
^JiD
2>\
;]
to hide, conceal,
keep secret
Lk Lk
IO21; pass.,
Co
2^,
Eph
1.
;
Col
F (MM,
s.v.).t
dir6Kpu<|)os, -ov
LXX
Mk
422,
817,
Col 23
[in
216,
MM,
8.v.).t
Mk
TO
125,
iv (q.v.),
WH), Eph
forms -Kreww, Mt 1028, al., LTTr., -ktcvvvw, LXX for ain ma ;] to kill Mt 14^, al. seq. instr. Ee 223, ^1. Metaph.: Eo 711 t. Ix^pav, Eph 2i;
,
ypdfifjLa aTTOKTuvcL, II
Co
M,
Pr., 114).
-w (<[ aTro, Kveo) OV kvw, to be pregnant), [in IV Mae prop., " the medical word for birth as the close ;] In kolvtj, "an ordinary syn. of of pregnancy" (Hort, Ja., 26 f.). perfectivised (M, Pr., lllff. MM, s.v.) by the TiKTw, but definitely
airo-Kuiut (Eec. -kvw),
I5I''
**
LXX
'
'
52
oLTTo,
Ja
to
115, 18 t
LXX
242.t
away
Mt
28^,
Mk
IG^,
Lk
:
divo-Xafjipd^w, [in
Mac
4^
6^^ 8', IV Mac 18'^*;] 1. to receive from another; absol,, to receive as one's due : Lk 162^ IS^o (v.l. XdjSrj) 2S^\ Eo P^, Ga 4^ Col 3^^ II Jo^. 3. to take apart or aside 2. to receive back : Lk G^'* 15'^''. 7^^ (cf. use in tt. of the recluses of the Serapeum MM, 8.v.).t Mk ** d-n-oXauo-is, -ws, r} (<^ aTroXavo), to take of, enjoy a thing), [in
;
LXX
III
Mac 7^^ *
TT.
;]
enjoyment
Ti 6^^
,
He
ID"^
MM, s.v.).t
behind
*.t
airo-XeiTTw, [in
etc.
:
;]
1. to leave, leave
(in
MM,
s.v.)
ii
Ti
4^^'-*',
to be reserved,
remain
He
4^' ^ lO^".
2. to desert,
abandon
Eec.t
Ju
up
for
and
airoXXvw, [in
LXX
Lk laX
16^^,
,
destroy utterly, destroy, kill : ^l/vxyjv, to lose utterly: Mt 10''2, al.; metaph., of failing to 2. Mid., (1) to perish; (a) of things Mt 529, Jq 612, save, Jo 6^9 18. He 111 (LXX)^ al. (b) of persons Mt 82^, al. Metaph., of loss of eternal In ol d-n-oXXvlife, Jo 315. 16, 1028 1712, Eo 212, I Co 8^ 15^^ 11 Pe 39.
1. Act., (1)
to
;
Mk
Mt
1028, al.
(2)
with 01 o-w^o/xcvot, the "perfective" force of the verb, wh. "implies the completion of the process of destruction," is illustrated (v. M, Pr., 114 f. M, Th., ii, 1^^) Metaph., on the basis of the relation (2) to be lost : Lk 15* 21^8.
i
Co
1^8^ al.,
between shepherd and flock, of spiritual destitution and alienation from God Mt 10" 152", Lk 19i (MM, s.v. DCG, i, 191 f., ii, 76, 554 Cremer, 451).
:
Destroyer
'AttoXXuui', -ovtos, 6 (pres. ptcp. of aTroXXvw), Ee 9^^ (cf. 'Af3dS8u>v). (Cremer, 453 ;
:
DB,
:
'AiroXXwk'ia, -as,
'AttoXXoSs,
17,
-w,
Macedonia
Apollos
II
Ac
18'-'4
19^, 1
Co
Ac 17i.t Ac 182*
j)^^
diroXoycofjiai, -ovfJLaL
(<[
Xoyos), [in
LXX
Mac
1326*;]
1.
to
defend:
;
c.
ace,
Eo
.
2^^
2. to
absol.,
Lk
21i*,
Ac
26^
seq. on, Ac 258 ^;_ tg adduce something in Ac 262* (ravra) 24^^ {to. irepl i/xavTov) irfpi,
gen. pers.,
Ac
[in
11
262
^at. pers.,
6^'*
Ac
19^^,
Co
12i9.t
LXX Wi
:
*
',]
a speech in
i
Ti 4^6
;]
c.
dat. pers.,
Co
93,
Pe
315
seq.
Trpo's,
Ac
22i.t
:
diTo-Xouw, in
[LXX
ye
-ews,
Jb
9^''
(^m)
to
tuash
off,
wash away
mid., metaph.,
c.
ace. rei,
d/xapnas,
(cf.
Ac
221";
Cremer, 406),
t diro-XvTpwCTis,
17
(<C d.TroXvTp6w,
to
release
on payment of
53
* ;] release effected by payment of ransom, redemption, deliverance; metaph., He 11^*; of deliverance thr. Christ from evil and the consequences of sin Lk 2128, Ro 324 (Yau., in 1.) 8^\ i Co V\ Eph l^.i* 430^ Col l^^, He 9^\ (On the extent to w^h. the word retains the sense of ransom, v. ICC, Bo., 32*, Westc, He., 297 ff.; v. also ICC, Eph., 11; DCG, ii, 605; Cremer, 410; Deiss., LAE, 331; Lft., Notes, 271, 316; Tr., Syn.,
Xvrpov), [in
:
LXX Da (LXX)
4^*'*=
lxxvii,)t
a-TTo-Xu'w,
[in
etc., freq.
in i-iv
Mac;]
:
1. to set free,
release: ness, Lk
912,
Ac
a debtor, Mt 182^; metaph., of forgive6=^7, 2. to let go, dismiss (Field, Notes, 9 f.) Mt 1523, Lk 229 19*1, al.; of divorce, t. ywaiKa: Mt l^^ 531.32 193,8,9^ Mk
13^2,
Lk
lQ2,i,n^
T.
Lk
avSpa:
Mk
Mid.,
to
depart:
Att.
:
Ac
282^
to
(MM,
s.v.).
** dTro-fid<r<7w {<^
fxd(r(rw,
-ttw,
toucJi,
handle),
[in
LXX:
To
7^^*;] to wi])e
iivo-viiio}
off,
wipe
clea7i
mid.,
3^.
Lk
(In
lO^.t
:
(-<
ve/xo), to
distribute), [in
:
LXX
tt.
,
De
4^^ (pbu),
m Mac
mid.
27 316 *
.j
fQ
assign, aj)portion
Pe
of a Prefect
to
who renders
off:
to all their
dues
v.
MM,
s.v.)t
diro-i/iirTw,
[in
LXX
for niDtZT
Tm
,
nriD
;]
wash
(reflex.), t. xe^pas,
Mt
272^t
,
dTro-mTTTu, [in
,1123 ;] to cause to go astray ; metaph., of leading into error: Mk 1322; pass., to be led astray : i Ti e^o.t *dTro-Tr\e'a>, -w, to sail away: Ac 134 142(5 201^ 27^ (Burton, 159).t
LXX for b^Q bs3 etc.;] to fall off: LXX for m3 hi., hi., miz; pil.
LXX
:
Ac
9i8.t
diro-irXucoj,
[in
chiefly for
2^2
(i3)
DS3
pi.
;]
to
wash
off:
v.l.
for
ttXvvw,
Lk
52,
Eec.t
dTTo-wiYo,, [in
13''',
LXX Na
a.iropo<;,
(pjn
pi.),
To
38*;]
to
choke
Mt
62"
Lk
8'';
pass., of
drowning (=
KaTa-rrovrL^o/xaL) ,
Lk
833.t
oirope'w, -5)
{<^
a- neg., ir6po<i,
loss,
:
for
"lis,
{i-TToiei,
LXX
252**;
Mk
i,
absol.,
Co
Jo
seq.
Trept,
Lk
:
24^
iv,
Ga
420
Trepl
tu os
Ae'yei,
Ac
SVN.
DCG,
;]
491).
diropia, -as,
^ {-^
;
airopcui), [in
LXX
for nbn|l
etc.
perplexity
Lk
2125
(MM,
s.v.
on the construction,
-ppC-wTiD,
cl.), [in
diro-piTTTa)
(Eec.
:
LXX
for IJ^OT
hi., etc.
;]
to
throw
reflexively,
Ac
MM,
*
s.v.).t
Lft., Notes,
(<[ airo, 6p<^avos), to be bereaved (prop,, of a parent, metaph., i Th 21'' (where Field thinks it = vwpio-36) ^eWcs, Notes, 199).t diro-o-Keod^cj, [in Le 143^ (n32 pi.) * ;] to pack and carry off
dir-op4>ai'ii^w
;
LXX
mid., to pack and remove one's goods : Ac 2P^, Eec. (v. Vio--).t *t diro-orKiao-fia, -tos, to (<^ airoaKid^w, to cast a shadow ; V.S.
ctkio),
a shadow
Ja
1^^
(MM,
s.v.l.t
54
LXX
:
for pr\2
;
;]
to
draw
off or
away,
tear away (MM, s.v.) Ac 20^" ixaxaipav, draw a sword, Mt 26*^ pass., to be parted or withdraxvn (Field, Notes, 134; but v. Thayer, S.V.), Lk 22^', Ac 21i.t
t dTToarao-ia, -as,
v/
etc.
;]
defection,
;
apostasy, revolt
in late Gk.
29^9,
(MM, Exp.,
and
Lft., Notes,
111
Cremer,
(e.g.
308) for
cl. dTTo'crracris,
LXX
Je
38,
Jos
22^2^ II 21-1,
ij
Ch
Je
21^)
NT
[in
Ac
Tj^
2\f
l.
dTrotrrdaioK, -ov, to
in
icf>t(TTr),j.i),
LXX
19",
De
24i'
^,
Is 501
(nri'^n?
mrr'^S) *;]
cl.,
only in phrase
dTroo-Tao-tou BUrj,
an action
In
Trpoo-TaTT^s
(Dem.).
10*
;
2.
LXX,
bill
of divorce
Mt
Mk
v.
in
I.e.
same sense
;
alone
(MM,
s.v.),
Mt
5i (for
MM,
Kennedy,
f^
Sources, 121).
** airo-(neydloj
Mk
to
o-rey^;),
Sm.
Je 4910 (2911)*;]
unroof:
;]
2\f
dTTo-o-TcXXo), [in
prop.,
send with a commission, or (a) of persons on service Christ, Mt 10*" the apostles, IQi" Mk 12^; angels, 13'-^; {b) of things: o^o?, Mt 21^; to 8peservants, iravov, Mk 4^^ T. Xo'yov, Ac 10^^ t. cVayyeAtav (i.e. the promised Holy Spirit), Lk 24*9, Rec. seq. ds, Mt 20^, Lk 11*^, Jo 31^ ^ttio-o), Lk I91* tfiTTpoaOev, Jo 3'"^; TTpo TTpoaMTTov, Mt 111*^; TTpos, Mt 21^*; with ref. to sender or place of departure dTrd, Lk 1^^ (Eec. vTr6) Trapd, Jo 1*
to
1. to
; :
send away,
dispatch on service
K, ib. 119
ivro,
Ac
seq. inf.,
Mk
31*, al.
:
Iva,
Mk
12^,
al.
eh (of purpose),
He
li*;
Xc'ywv,
Jo 113
.iTToo-retAas, c.
:
without direct obj. seq. tt/do's, Jo 5^^; indic, Mt 21^ Ac 7^\ Ee 11. 2. to send
12^
(cf. i$-, crvv-aTroa-TiXXu)).
aivay, dismiss
Lk
41^,
Mk
51** 8'^^
SVN.: Tre'/ATTw, the general term. tative sending" (v. Thayer, s.v. Tre/xTrw
125
;
d.
;
Westc,
:
Jo.,
298; Ejyp.
Jo.,
Cremer, 529
dTro-arcpe'w, -w
31 (SAf^' *;] to defraud, dep-ive of, despoil (in cl. chiefly of the misappropriation of trust funds. Field, Notes, 33 absol., Mk lOi^, i Co G^ cf. MM, s.v.) c. ace. pers., i Co 7^ Mid., endure deprivation : i Co 6" (WM, 38, 3 but v. Bl., 54, 5 M, Pr., 162); pass., d-n-ea-Teprjfjievoi, bereft of: I Ti 6^.t
(piry),
'-^
'
Ma
MM,
s.v.).
3^
Si 41 29"'
d-rro-aToXi^, -^s,
r]
Ps77(78)*9, Je 39 (32)36,
Ec 88, Ba 225,
;
Ca
dTroo-TcAAo)), [in
LXX
its
1.
De
In
22^,
m Ki 4^*
i
9i,
4i3 (for
21^, 11
nbc? and
cognates),
cl.,
Es
951.5*,
Mac
Mac
3^ *.]
a sending away
(MM, s.v.), as, an expedition (Hdt.). 2. In (a) discJiarge, dismissal (Ec 88) (b) a gift (iii Ki 91^, i Mac 2^^). 3. In NT, the office of an Apostle of Christ, apostleship : Ac 1^5, Eo 15, i Co 9'-, Ga 2* (Cremer, 530). III Ki 14^ A (jyhv) * dirdo-ToXos, -ov, 6 (< dTroo-TcXXw), [in
LXX
LXX
',]
55
2. a messenger, one sent on a mission and tt. v. M, Pr., 37 f. MM, s.v. M, Th., i, T and refif.) Jo IS^^, ii Co 823, phi 225. 3_ j^ nt^ ^^ Apostle of Christ Mt 102, Mk 3l^ Lk 11*9, gph S^, (a) with special ref. to the Twelve Ee 182", al., equality with whom is claimed by St. Paul, Ga 1^' ^^^-j
(Hdt.,
LXX,
:
I.e.,
al. (&) in a wider sense of prominent Christian teachers, as Barnabas, Ac 14^*, apparently also Silvanus and Timothy, i Th 2^, and perhips Andronicus and Junias (Junia?), Eo 16'' (v. ICG, in 1.); of false teachers, claiming apostleship ii Co ll^'^^^ jje 22. (On the different uses of the term in NT, v. Lft., Gal., 92-101; Cremer, 530; DB, i, 126 DCG, i, 105 Enc. Br., ii, 196 ff.) * dTToaTOfjiaTt^w (<; o-ro/xa), 1. In cl., to speak from memory, to dictate to a pupil (Plat.). 2. In late Gk., to catechize, question: Lk 11^^
I
Ti
2^^,
(MM,
s.v.).t
a.Tto-(npi^fi), [in
LXX
112",
away, remove
Eo
allegiance, pervert : Lk Mt 26^2. Pass., reflex., to turn oneself away II Ti 115, Tit 11*, He 1225 go act., absol., Ac 32" Cremer, 880).
chiefly for HtZT;] trans., c. ace, [a) to turn ipj 44 j^ metaph., to turn away from 23^* ; {h) to turn hack, return : fidxaipav,
.
from
(cf.
c.
;
ace,
Mt
5*^^
Si 8^
Bl., 53, 1
* dTro-CTTuyew, -^ (<C a-rvyiw, to hate), to abhor : Eo 12^.+ *+ dTToaui/dYwyos, -ov {<Ci crvvayuiyrj) expelled from the congregation
,
(Field, Notes, 96), excommunicated : Jo 9^2 12*2 152 (Cremer, 64, 607).t dTTo-Tdaau, [in Ec 22o (^s'' pi.), i Es 62^, Je 202, i Mac 4 * ;]
LXX
Mid., in late Gk. (Bl., 37, 1 Swete, Mk., 136 f. MM, 8.V.), c. dat., (a) to take leave of: Mk 6*^ Lk 9^1, Ac 18^^'^\ 11 Co 2^3; (b) to forsake : Lk 1433. **d-iro-TXe'w, -w, [in i Es-5"3, 11 Mac 1539*;] to bring to an end, complete, accomplish (cf. MM, s.v.) Lk 1332, Ja l^^.t
to set apart.
; ;
LXX
diro-Ti6if)fxi,
in
[LXX
put
;]
to pu,t off or
:
aside
in
NT
7^^
always mid.,
t. IfxaTia, off from oneself as a garment in ethical sense, to ptit off, lay aside: Eo 13^2,
{a) to
Ac
Eph
422>25^
Pe
:
2^
(b) to
stoiu
away, put
ni.), i
cv t. <f>v\aKfj
(MM,
S.V.),
Mt
to
143.t
dTTo-Ttm<T(T(j, [in
LXX
Jg
9^,
162
(ly:
Ki IO2
;]
(2^123),
La
2^
("IN3 pi.)
;]
slmke off:
Lk
Ac
285.t
to
pay
off,
repay
Phm 19 (MM,
s.v.).t
* d-iro-ToXfxdcj, -w, to be quite bold, make a bold venture : Eo 102". **t diTOTOfiia, -a?, 17 (<^ d7roT/xvco, to ciit off), [in Sm. Je 51 (28)35, Na 31*;] steepness, sharpness ; metaph., severity (MM, s.v.): Eo 1122.t ** dTTOTofiws, adv., [in LXX: Wi 522*;] abruptly, curtly, hence
:
sharply, severely
11
Co
**
to
diro-Tp^Trw, [in
;
LXX
(MM,
Mac
^ac
l^^ I612
*
;]
turn away
mid., to turn oneself a^cay from : c. ace, 11 Ti 3^.+ *diTou<ria, -as, 17 (<[ an-ct/Ai) 1. absence (-^sch., Thuc.) Phi 2i2.
;
:
2. deficiency,
waste
s.v).t
56
[in
etc.
;]
c.
carry
off,
bear, or lead
Pass.,
Lk
I622,
218,20. c. gen.,
Pel*.t
t dTro-<J)0YYOfAai,
LXX
ace,
for
Nn3
etc.;]
to
to
unlade
-eo)s,
c.
t. yd/^ov,
Ac
7)
(MM,
s.v.).t
dTro-x<op'a>, -, [in
LXX
:
Je 26 (46) ^
:
{y[U), 11
seq. airo,
Mt
7"3,
LXX
:
Ez 432i
(ij^sa)*
;]
to separate, part
asunder
pass.,
Ee
;
6^'^;
Ac
15^^.t
iv Mac 15^^*;] 1. to breathe out life, expire dTro-|/oxw, [in (Thuc. LXX, I.e.). 2. to leave off breathing, faint (Horn., Od., xxiv, 348) seq. dTrd, Lk 2126.t "Ainrios, -ov, 6, Appius ; 'Attttiov ^opov, Appii Forum (Market of Appius), a town in Italy Ac 28i^.t *t d-irpoa-iTos, -ov (<[ Trpdcrei/Ai, to go to), imapproacliable : ^ws, i Ti
:
**
LXX
6i.t
**+
3^*;]
dTrp(5(TKOTros, -ov
(< Trpoo-KOTrro)),
to
[in
LXX
Si 35 (32)2i,
iii
Mac
1.
i
act., 7iot
causing
2.
into sin,
Co
1032.
stumble: metaph., of not leading others Pass., not stumbling, without offence, blameless
Ac
24i,
Phi
MM,
s.v.).t
Trpoa-ui-
*t
dirpoaa)TroXi](nrTa)S
TroXr]piTTrrj<;),
(Eec.
-At/tttws,
stumbling, sure-footed
III Mac 6^^*;] without Ju24.t aiTTw, [in chiefly for r33 ;] prop., to fasten to ; hence, of fire, Mid., c. gen., to fasten oneself to kindle, light : Lk S^^ 1133 15^, Ac 282. MM, s.v.) Mt 83- 1^ Jo 20^^ al. to, cling to, lay hold of (so in ir. of carnal intercourse, i Co 7^ with reference to levitical and ceremonial prohibitions, 11 Co 6i^, Col 22^ of hostile action, i Jo 5^^ (cf. dv, KaO-,
**
[in
LXX:
s.v.),
metaph. (MM,
LXX
TVpi- aiTTtai).
Syn.
Lft.,
diyyavia,
ij/.
tj/rjXaffidoi.
lighter term.
is to feel,
d. is the stronger, $., to touch, the as in search of something (Tr., Syn., xvii;
Col, 201
f.).
ri,
'AiT^ia, -a?,
Apphia
Phm 2 (MM,
for n3T
,
s.v.).t
LXX
DNQ
etc.
:
;]
to
thrust away.
Mid.,
s.v.),
thrust
727.39
Ac
etc.
reject
c.
ace. pers.
(MM,
,
dircSXcia, -as,
;]
aTroXXv/xi), [in
loss,
T^i
destruction, waste,
Mt
268,
Mk
144,
Ac
820,
perishing (in tt., of money, v. MM, s.v.) 922^ j Ti 6^, 11 Pe 2^ in special sense of
57
7^^,
Jo
iii,
1712,
Phi
128 319, II
Th
Mt
^^
(DB,
744).t
'Ap, indecl.,
Ee 16^", v.s., 'ApfiayeSwv. apa, illative particle, expressing a more subjective or informal inference than ovv, then : prop, (as in cl.), the second word in the sentence, Eo 7^^ 8\ Ga 3^; iml dpa, 1 Co 7^* (with another word between) 5^^; as the first word, Lk 11*8, Ac ll^^, Eo lO^^, i Co 15^\
so prop, in apodosis after protasis with el, Mt 1228^ He 128 {kv6v dpa), i Co 15^^ often in interrogations, direct and indirect, t/s (ti) apa, Mt IS^ 1925.27 24*^ 4", 1113, Ac 822 Lk 166 825 1242 2223, Ac 1218 d dpa, s.pa, I Co ^i^^p 1515 ; ovK dpa, Ac 21^8 ; ^-qri dpa, II Co 1^'^ ; in strengthened forms,
II
Co
5^^ 7^^,
He
49
Lk
1120,
Ga
221 329
6^\
Mk
Mk
dpa
ye, dpaye,
so then,
Eo
Mt
and more
i9,
(Epp. Paul.),
11
Ga
G^o,
Eph 2^9,
Th 56,
Th 21*
(Bl., 77,
s.v.).+ 78, 5 Spa, interrog. particle, implying anxiety or impatience, " quite
MM,
rare
2).
Paul, therefore a literary word" (Bl., 77, Lk 188; ^p^ y^^ ^.c 83*^. 2. {ergone) in apodosis, expecting an affirm, reply, Ga 2^'^ (Bl., I.e. Lft., Ga., in 1. MM, 8.v.).t
and only
1.
in
Luke and
{num
dpd, -Ss,
(as in
rj,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
:
nbn]
1.
a prayer (MM,
+
s.v.).
2.
Homer) a
curse, malediction
:
Eo
3^*
(i-^xx)
'Apap^a, -as, 7^. Arabia dpa^cuc, V.S. dppa/3wv. apaye, V.S. apa.
S,pdye, V.S. dpa.
'Apdfi, indie.
Ga
l^^ 425.t
(Heb. Dn)
(Eec.
Aram: Mt
<^
l^.*,
Lk
WH,
*ApveC).f
apa<|)os,
-ov
dppa<po<s,
pdiTTOi,
to
Jo
1923.t
"Apatl*, -aySos, o,
dpye'w,
-Qy
Mac
513,
:
an Arabian: Ac
2ii.t
II
d/Dyo's), [in
LXX
to
11
Es
42*,
Ec
12^ (bian)
. .
.
Es
23o,
(cf.
52^*;]
s.v.)
:
be idle; to Kpt>a
23.t
d.,
lingers
MM,
Pe
NT,
-7,
-ov;
<^d-
LXX:
Mt
203'
III
6,
Ki
I
67 (yoD?),
Ti
Tit
Wi 14^ 15^5, Si S7^^ 3828*;] inactive, idle: 1^2, n Pe is, Metaph., of things, inactive, inMt
1236
-ov?,
;
effective,
worthless
(v.
p^p.a,
Trto-rts,
Ja
229 (v.
Cremer, 259
[in
f.).t
Syn.:
/3pa8v?,
dpyupcos
MM,
192*
jripS;] of silver:
Ac
(WH,
br.), 11
Ti
LXX
for
LXX
Co
for p]p3
(Ge
La
(a)
41
(D)n3)
;]
prop.,
S*
7^6
a piece of
19^9
2033,
i
in
NT,
silver:
Ac
Pe
l^S;
(&)
money:
58
Mt25i8'27^
Mk
Mt
Ac
Je
2615 273.
19i9.t
5, 6.
Lk
(c)
that of a
shekel or
tetradrachm ; apyvpiov
(prob.
drachmas;
MM,
:
s.v.),
LXX
;]
Jg
17*,
62 (f]li2)*;]
tt.,
v.
MM,
5^,
s.v.).t
apyupos, -ov, o
relation to apy{,piov, v.
"Apcios
MM,
Mt
10^,
1729,
Ja
Re
18i2.t
Areopagus; Athens: Ac
Areopagus
(tTI)
:
us,
a judge of
the
Court of
:
Ac
173*.t
r]
LXX
(-eta)
Pr
31"*"
;]
Col
l^**.
In Gk. writers
(Arist.,
bad sense, but in tt., Inscr., and in Philo, as above (v. Deiss., BS, 224 MM, s.v. Cremer, 642).t dp^CTKw, [in LXX chiefly for SiM ;] 1. to please (Horn., Hdt., al.)
Polyb.),
most
freq. in
c. dat.
pers.,
II
Mt
14^,
Mk
Gal
110,
Ti 2*;
seq.
Co
732.33,3*^
7),
'jrs, Bl.,
37, 1; 40,
Ac
65.
2.
In
ICC,
I Co., 11.
late Gk., esp. in Inscr., to render service to (v. M, TJi., Cremer, 640 f.) Ro 15i'3, i Co lO^^, i Th 2\f
c;
-t;,
apeaKw), [in for ICT etc. ;] pleasing, dpeoTos, and later writers v. Cremer, 641 f. agreeable (Hdt., Xen., seq. iyw-n-iov, c. gen. (Bl., 37, 1 c. dat. pers., Jo 82^, Ac 12^ 40, s.v.)
-ov
,
LXX
;
MM,
;
7),
Jo
322; ip^^rov
icTTtv, c.
'Ape'ras
II
(WH,
'Ap.
acc. et inf (Bl, 69, 5; 72, 5), Ac 62.t Intr., 313), -a, 6, Aretas, an Arabian king:
f.,
thinks the proper spelling 'Ap^das was changed, as Schiirer suggests, " by desire to Hellenise a barbaric
Co
1132 (Deiss.,
BS, 183
name by
assimilation to dpTT;").t
r),
dpexT], -^s,
[in
LXX,
Es
in sing.
14i,
Hb
33,
Za
6i3
("tin)
in pi.
Wi
Mac 22*;]
prop.,
whatever procures pre-eminent estimation for a person or thing, in Hom. any kind of conspicuous advantage. Later confined by philos. writers to intrinsic eminence moral goodness, virtue ; (a) of God Phi 4^, 11 Pe 15 pi. (Is, Es, 11. c), excellencies II Pe 13 ih) of men I Pe 2^ (the usage appears to be a survival of an early comprehensive sense in which the original idea is blended with the impression which Deiss., v. Hort, / Pe., 129. it makes on others, i.e. praise, renown BS, 95 f., thinks it means manifestations of divine power, as in current Gk. speech cf also MM, s.v.)t v. MM, dpi^f, dpvos, 6 (nom. not in use, exc. in early times 103.t etc. ;] a lamb : Lk s.v.), [in LXX for xnp 12^33
; :
dpiOfAe'w,
-w,
[in
LXX
s.v.)
for
:
IDD
pi.,
IpD
12^,
pi.,
etc.;]
to
number
(esp. for
payment,
MM,
Mt
103o,
Lk
Re 7Kf
59
o,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
Lk
223,
Jo
610,
Ac
1B5P Eo 92", Ee
;]
number, a number
IS^^-is 152
9i b^^ 7*
v.
MM,
15,
s.v.).t
:
(WH,
:
'Ap.),
-as,
[in
LXX
Lk
i-*
'Apfj.a$difi, I
Ki
1^, al.
Arimathcsa
Mt
27",
Mk
2S^\ Jo
IQ^s.t
Ac
'Api'crrapxos, -ov, 6 (<^ apioTos, apxo*" 2*.+ 1929 20* 272, Col 410,
dpi<rr<a),
best-ruling) Aristarchus
,
-w
Phm
^pio-rov), [in
LXX
Ge
Ki
I42*
(lyo). To 21*;] 1. prop., to breakfast: Jo21i2.i5. 2. In late Gk., to take a meal, dine : Lk ll^'^.t
(anb),
III
Ki 137
dpi(rrcp6s, -a,
II
-oV,
[in
LXX
6^
;
for bxDij?
;]
left,
on
the
left
left
oirka,
s.v.)
Co
6^
d.
(sc.
Mk
x"p),
-ov,
:
Mt
6
ii dpto-repwv,
^ovXrj,
on
^/le
(MM,
1037,
Lk
2333.t
'ApioT^PouXos,
(<^ apLo-Tos,
161".
:
i.e.
best-counselling),
Aristobulus, a Christian
apiCTTOK, -ou, TO, [in
Ko
LXX
=
;
in Ki
31 (DH^),
To
;]
2i'
*,
al.
;]
1.
prop.,
breakfast.
2.
In late Gk.
-rj,
**t
I
dpKCTiSs,
-ov
cl. SerTrvov,
dinner
:
Mt
22*,
Lk
ll^s 14i2.t
:
dp<eo>), [in
Aq.
De
252 *
sufficient
Mt
G^*
Mt 10-^ Mt
Ti
c. inf.,
Pe
to
BS, 257;
,
MM,
;]
8.v.).t
to keej) off ;
c. dat., to assist.
etc.
11
1.
2.
suffice:
8.V.).
III
c.
dat. pers,,
6'',
:
Co
12^; impers.,
25^,
6^,
Jo 14^
13^
(MM,
seq.
Pass., to be satisfied
c.
dat. rei,
Lk
31*, i
He
7rt,
Jo
lo.t
for ni ;] -ov, 6, rj, a bear : Ee I32. dpKos (Eec. (cl.) apKTos), [in (This form is also found in late Inscr. MM, s.v.)+ for SDT;] a chariot: apfia, -Tos, TO (<[ dpapib-KO), to join), [in
;
LXX
LXX
Ac
Re
99.t
'App.aycSwi'
(WH,
:
"Ap MaycSwv
II
= in
1130), cf.
LXX,
(-<
MaycSwi/,
Ch
3522,
MaycSw, Jg
1.,
,
127;
Har-Magedon
8.v.).t
2.
(AV, Armageddon)
dpfiol^w
Ee
dp/uo's), [in
LXX for
(a) to
]DX
etc.
1.
to fit, join.
of
marriage,
(b) to give
to betroth.
Mid.,
:
join
to oneself,
But
V.
M,
11
Co
:
MM,
s.v.).t
**
He
LXX
Si 272, iv
Mac
Arnei:
:
depon., [in
.j
LXX
g^y
1227 1516
17^0^ IV
Mac 87
1015 *
I
Lk 8
c.
seq. oTi,
to
Jo
i 222
i^ g^^^y^
;
^^^^
absol.,
Mt 2670,
c. inf.,
He
ace. pers.,
deny,
refuse
to
112*.
60
'Ir^croOr,
Ti
2^2, i
Jo
222,
Ju
iavrov,
Lk
923, II
T- 213 (^prove
i
3. C. ace. rei (in cl. to refiise), to deny, abjure: false to). 212, II Ti 35 (cf 6.Trapvioti.ai). Tit
i.pv'\.ov,
Ti
5^,
-ov,
TO (dimin. of dpi/v
v.
MM,
s.v.),
[in
LXX
a
Ps 113
lamb,
(114)4-6
(pi.,
little
a lamb
(lljr)
;]
Jo
Re 27.+
5poTpov),
of ap6ui, to
[in
tdpoTpidco, -w
LXX: De
later
form
apoTpoK, -ov, TO
plough (MM,
Lk
dpoo), to
plough), [in
LXX
plough
etc.
Lk
g^^.t
r]
dpirayq, -^5,
;]
LXX
1.
Mt
;
232^,
Lk
11^9,
He
lO^^.t
prop., acc. to the rule of its dpir-ayfios, formation (Bl., 27, 2), actively, the act of seizing, robbery (Plut., de (Waterland, Works, II, 108 Cremer, Puer. Educ, p. 12a), Phi 2, s.v.). 649 f. Meyer, in 1. cf. also JThS, July, 1909, April, 1911
6
(<[ dpTra^to)
*t
AV
MM,
2.
Passively
=
;
dp;rayyu,a
(Ez
2225, Qf
a,
lion's prey,
hence, a prize : Phi, I.e., EV (Lft., Ellic, ICC, in 1,; Donaldson, NCrat., 450 ff. and esp. Gilford, The Incarnation, 59-71, and reff. in DB, The lexical data favour the active meaning, but as they ii, 835 b). also admit the possibility of the alternative, most modern expositors have accepted the latter as seeming to suit the logic of the passage The lexical difficulty, however, remains (MM, s.v., esp. the better. As to the usage of St. Paul, he seems inclined to adopt the last ref.). i Co -/Aa form where it is appropriate (e.g. Eo 11^, where cf. 139, II Co 1^), and there is certainly a presumption in favour of the active meaning here from the fact that he does not use the Suggestions looking to a fresh exegesis are given in JThS, apirayp.a.
LXX
LXX
11.
c.t
dpirdj^w, [in
LXX
:
chiefly for ^73 5)113 ;] to seize, catch up, snatch 28, 29 c. acc. rei, Mt 122^ 13^9, Jo 1012^_ j^aa-ikiCav
,
Mt
.
1112
^i^^
c.
acc. pers.,
Jo
;
Co
122
ib. 12", I
Th
41T
Ac 8^9 23io, Ju23 pass., seq. Icus, Trpo's, Ee 12^^ (cf 81-, aw-apiral^w, and
61^,
;
.
V.
MM,
s.v.).t
dpTrdCo;),
[in
LXX: Ge
an
6,
492^
(pilta)
;]
as subst., a swindler,
extortioner
(MM,
is,
II
Co,
11.
c), -wvos,
in
[in
LXX
Ge
381^.
20
;]
advance
stalment II Co 122 55^ gph 114. ^The word is found in cl. and was It is prob. brought to Greece by the Phoenicians (AE, Eph., I.e.). In MGr. found in tt. with both spellings (v. Milligan, NTD, 73).
:
appa(3u)va is
an engagement ring
v.
MM,
s.v.)+
61
appT)Tos, -ov
al.).
a- neg.,
Sm. Le
:
1823 *
;]
;
1.
unspoken
s.v.)
(Horn.,
2. U7ispeakable
(Hdt., al.;
freq. in Inscr.
MM,
Co
Co
12*.t
appw(rro9, -ov (< d- neg., pwwv/jLL), [in
LXX
iii
Ki 14*A,
j_
Ma
1*
*t
dpo-et-oKotTT]?, -ov, 6
Eo
Mt U^\ Mk
G^.i^ letis]^
ll^o.t
apa-qv, KoiTrj), a sodomite : I Co 6^, I Ti 1^''.+ 1^^ ; Rec. in Re 12^' ^^), -evo?, 6, 17, apa-ev, to
;
tt.
MM,
1^\
s.v.),
[in
;]
male
Mt
19*,
Mk
10^ Lk
2^3,
Ro
Ga
S^s,
Rel25.i3.t
Artemas
17,
from
the Gk. goddess of the same name Ac 1924127,28,34, 35 f *t dpTc'fAw*', -tovos (Rec. -ovos), 6 (<^ttpTaw, to fasten to), a fore-sail or top-sail: Ac 27*o (v. i)jB, ea;i., 366b, 399a. MM, s.v.).t
fipri,
adv., [in
al.
;]
adv., of coinci-
just, just
1333,
I
I
dence, denoting strictly present time, as contrasted w^ith past or future, now, this moment : Mt 31* 9^^ 26^\ Jo 13^, Ga 420, i Th 3 (v. Lft., Notes, 44; Milligan, in 1.), Re 12i; opp. to past time, Jo 9^^'^^
Pe Co
19. 10 Th 2^, I Co 16^ to future, Jo 133" 1512, 31^ j Co 13^2, 1>8; SixP^ T^s a. (Upas, I Co 4^^ 11^2, Jo 2^^ S^^ 162*, a., Mt 413 87 15 I Jo 29; Aw 3.., v.s. dTraprt (v. Rutherford, NPhr., 70 f;
Ga
Im
MM,
s.v.).t
;
Syn. : vvv, now, " the objective, immediate present rjhiq, now, already, " the subjective present, w^ith a suggested reference to some other time or to some expectation ". (Thayer, 75.) *t dpTi-YVt'T]Tos, -ov (<^ dprt, yevvdo)), new-born : i Pe 22 (Luc.).+
*apTios,
-a, -ov, fitted,
6,
complete
11
Ti 3^"
(MM,
s.v.).t
apTos, -ov,
[in
LXX
6^^
a loaf:
Mt
43*,
Mk
320, al.;
dproi t. Trpo^eVews,
shewbread.
Metaph., 6
a. t. Oeov,
bread of the setting forth, i.e. the 35 t. ^wiJs, ref to Christ, Jo 633.
.
in general, food:
8.V.),
Mt
:
al.;
d.
to eat
(MM,
Lu
14^, al.
** dpTow, [in Sm, Ca 82 * ;] 1. to arrange, make ready (Hom.). 2. Of food (as in comic writers), to season (MM, s.v.) Mk 9'**, Lk 143*, Qq\ ^.ef
:
'Ap<j)a|d8, 6
Lk
33.t
*t dpx-dyyeXos, -ov, 6 (-<[ dp;^i-, dyycXos), archangel, a chief angel: Th 4i, Ju9 (Cremer, 24; MM, s.v.).t
dpxaios, -ata, -alov
oLpxy), [in
LXX
;]
original,
2^,
Lk
9^>^^,
Ac
15^.21
Co
5^7,
n Pe
Syn.
TraXatd?, old,
d.
contained in
The
:
distinction
TraX.
antithesis to Kaivos
without the reference to beginning and origin is observed in tt. (MM, s.v.). d. is the to vcos (v. Westc, He., 223 Cremer, 116).
;
62
Archelaus, son of
:
Herod
,
the Great,
etc.
1.
King
of
Judaea, Samaria
and Idumaea
[iJ^
Mt
2^^.t
,
dpx^,
-rjs, r),
CTNl
IT'tZ^KI
;]
beginning,
origin; (a) absol., of the beginning of all things: of God as the Eternal, the First Cause, Ee 216 (gf. l^) similarly, of Christ, Ee 22^3; of Christ as the uncreated principle, the active cause of creation, Ee 3^*; in his relation to the Church, Col 1^^; iv d., Jo l^'^; dir' d. (and 10^ IS^^, Jo 8**, ii Th 2l^ ii Pe 3*, Air d. KTio-(os), Mt 194'8 24^1,
;
Mk
Jo
;
11 213.
1*
38
Kar dpxas,
.
He
Jo
li
;
(6)
t.
relatively
Mt
51-
248,
Mk
139
^, o-r?/itW,
211
wroo-rdo-cws,
He 7^ He 31*
d. <L8{vwv,
T.
A.oyiW,
6 T. apxq'i
T.
the
elementary vievs^ of Christ, He 6^ apxw Aa/xySdveiv, to begin, He 2^ i^ d., Jo 6"* 164; ^^' ^.^ Lk 12, Jo 1527, I Jo 27.24 311^ II Jo 5, 6. i^ s.., Ac 1115 26*, Phi 415 Trjv apxrjv, adverbially, at all (Hdt., al. v. MM, s.v.) Jo 825. 2. an extremity, a corner : Ac 10^ 11^. 3. sovereignty, Lk 12^ 202o, Eo m, i Co I52*, principality, rule (cf. DB, i, 616 f.) 210' 15, Tit 31, Ju (Cremer, 113).t Eph 121 310 612, Col 11"
; ;
: :
K^'CJZ
etc.
;]
beginning, originat;
ing
more
;
freq., as subst.
v. V.
1.
so some-
times in
(E, txt.
TT.,
MM,
s.v.
Milligan,
1.,
NTD,
:
75)
Ac
He 2i
2io (cf.
but
v.
in
MGr.,
Westc, Kennedy,
oipx"}),
in
I.e.).
leader (so
So^crces,
Ac
He
and
226
and
dignity,
*t dpx-iepariKos,
8.v).+
s.v.).
dpxiepti^'s),
high-priestly
Ac
'3
4*'
(MM,
highchief
bnan
"3
main
2.
;]
1.
priest
Mk
:
14*7, al.
He
In
;
pi.,
priests,
and members of high-priestly families Mt 2\ Mk 8^1, al. (Cremer, 294 DCG, i, 297 f. MM, s.v.). iv Ki 3**;] found on an Egyptian **tdpxi-n-oifjiT]>', -evo5, 6, [in Sm. mummy label (Deiss., LAE, 97 ff. cf. MM, s.v.) used by modern Greeks of tribal chiefs chief shepherd of Christ, i Pe 5*.t
including
ex-high-priests
;
:
"ApxiTTTTos, -ov, 6,
Archippus
6
Col
41^,
Phm 2.t
ruler of a synagogue, an
(nD.33n
IZTN*!)
:
*t apxiffumywYoSj
-ov,
(<^ crwaycoyi;),
administrative
officer,
Mk
Ac
131^ IS^'
1^
(Inscr., v.
MM,
DB,
II
ext.,
101).t
-ovo<:,
dpxt-TKTwv,
TeKTwv), [in
:
LXX
i
Is 3^ (mnn), Si 3827,
31" (in
tt.
Mac
2^^ *
;]
a master-builder, architect
s.v.).t
Co
of building
contractors,
MM,
*t dpxi-TeXwfTis, -ov, 6, a chief tax-collector, chief publican : Lk 192.t *t dpxt-TpiKXii'os, -ov, 6 (<^ Tpt-<cXii'os or -ov, a room with three couches) the superintendent of a banquet, whose duty it was to arrange tha tables and food {DB, ii, 253) Jo 2^. ^.t
:
63
bCHS
etc.
;]
1.
to begin.
2.
to
rule (v.
;
lO''^, Eo IS^^. Mid., to begin : seq. a-n-o, gen., 14^8 235 2427, i\ Jo 8\ Ac 122 8^5 lO^^, i Pe 4^7 c. 1** 223 517^ j^^ 38^ ^1. (v. M, Pr., 14 f pleonasm, .
c.
Mk
Mk
MM,
s.v.).
LXX
for Ni273
.,
BTX*!
etc.
;]
Ee
1*
rulers of nations,
;
Mt
202^,
Ac
magistrates, Ac 23^, Eo 13^ judges, Lk 12^8, Ac 72^' 35 1619 members of the Sanhedrin, Lk 14^ 23i3. 35 2420, Jo 3^ 726. ^^ 12*2, Ac 317 45' 8 132" 145 rulers of synagogues, Mt 9^^' 23, Lk 8*1 I8I8 oi of the devil a. twv Saifioviwv, Mt 93* 122*, d. T. aiwvos TcvTov, I Co 2^> 8 322, Lk 1115 6 Sl. toC K6cTfjiov, Jo 123i 143 I611 5. t. c^oWas t. depos, Eph 22 (MM, 8.V.; DB, iii, 838; Ext., 99 f; DCG, ii, 419;
42 735
;
Mk
DCB,
Jo
s.v.
Archon).t
LXX
for Digrs
;]
spice
Mk
I6I,
Lk
235 24i,
19*.t
'A<T(i,
v.S. Acrdcf).
-ov
(TaXivw),
[ixi
LXX
27*i
;
Ex
13i,
De
68
lli*
(niBMlM)*
;]
unmoved, immovable: Ac
metaph.,
He
1228.t
'Ao-d^, o, indecl.
texts,
WH,
,
E, mg.
Mt
l^' 8.t
a-apeoTos, -ov
(oLKavo-Tov,
<o-y3Wv/it), [in
LXX
for
nD3 sb
:
Jb 202^ ^3
312,
irvp,
Mt
Mk
9**,
Lk
3i7.t
da^Pcia,
godliness,
1 do-y8i?s),
Eo
lis
[in
LXX
Ti
for
VW^
JTBT), etc.;]
un-
impiety:
i^
;
1126,
2i,
Tit 2i2;
s.v.).t
Ipya
do-f/Jcia?,
cTri^v/xtai t.
da-ffttiwv, desires
[in for JTCTQ nzyi ;] to 6e ungodly, cogn. ace. (MM, s.v.), Jui^.t chiefly for JTt&l ;] wwdacPiis, -s (o-cySo), to rewrence), [in 4^ 5^ i Ti 1^, i Pe 418, 11 Pe 25. 3^, Ju''' i5.t godly, impious : Eo ** daeXyeia, -as, 17 do-cXyT/s, licentious ; V. MM, 8.V.), [in
-w
act profanely
11
Pe
iv,
MM,
,
do-cySj^s),
LXX
2*';
c.
LXX
Wi
Eo
142",
III
Mac
1221,
LXX
Mk
;
722,
1313, II
Co
:
Ga
51^ (Lft., in
1.),
Eph
41^,
Pe
43, 11
Pe
22.7,i8^
Ju*.t
Syn.
iii,
do-toTta,
DB,
42ii,
46).
a<7T],ios,
-ov
(< o-^/Aa,
s.v.).
a mark),
[in
LXX
Ge
30*2
(CjtDjr),
Jb
BS,
(in ir. of an uncircumcised boy: Deiss., Metaph. (MM, s.v.), unknown, obscure: 153; litotes, ovK d. (Eur., al.), ttoAis, Ac 2139.t *A<Tiip, 6, indecl. (Heb. -|;n), Asher : Lk 236, j^e 76.t
III
Mac P*;]
witJiout
mark
MM,
64
-a?,
:
17
{<C, aaOiv-qs)
[in
LXX
frailty, sickness
Lk
13"'
i'-^,
Jo ll^ Ac
;
28^,
Ga
pi.,
413
(MM, 9.V.), He 5^ 7^8 IP* iv d., Jo Mt 817, Lk 51s 82, II Co 125. 9, 10^ i Ti 523, He SVN. fxaXaKia, voaos (v. DB, iii, 323^).
:
for bt273 etc.;] weakness, Eo G^^ 8^6^ 11 Co Ipo 13*, 5^, i Co 2^ 15*3, Co 12^;
,
d^^.t
daGece'w,
feeble
Ac
same implied, Eo I42.21, i Co 8ii'i2^ 11 Co ll^^; eU, 527), Eo II Co 133. Specif., of bodily debility, to be sick : Mt 2536- 39, Lk 4*o, 4*<5 53. 7, 13 111-3. 6^ Ac 937, Phi 22". 27, Ti 42, Ja 514 ; ol do-^cvowres, Jo 6*6, Lk 92, Ac 19i2.t i/ie sick : Mt 10^ (MM, s.v.j,
;
Ro
83,
11
Co
[in chiefly for bu^3 ;] to &e weak, II21 12i 13*- c. dat., Trto-ret (Cremer,
;
LXX
Mk
*dCT0eVT]fia, -ros, to
a(TQevris, -S
(<^ aa-Oevy?),
an
infirmity
(MM,
s.v.)
Eo
,
15i.t
etc.
;]
LXX
for
""^y
m"^/io?ti strength,
I
weak, feeble
Co
12^
4}<>
W^\ u Co
lO^o,
Ga
49,
Ehetorically, t6 d. t. Oeoi, God's action of apparent weakness i Co 12*^ of bodily debility, sick, sickly : Mt 253^ (Eec.) *3,44^ Lk 92 (Eec.) 10^ Ac 4 515- 1. In moral and spiritual
51*,
718, 1
Th
He
Pe
3^.
sense
(MM,
s.v.
Cremer, 526),
Mt
26*S
Mk
:
1438,
Rq
50^
q7,
9,
10
922 113o.t
'Aaia, -as,
>;,
(M, Pr., 73), ib.27 20*'i>i8 2127 24i8 272, II Ti 115, I Pe 1\ Ee l*.t
^AiTiavos,
-7],
-6v,
'A.:
Ac
20*.t
*t 'Ao-idpxris, -ov, 6, an Asiarch, one of ten officers elected by the various cities in the province of Asia whose duty it was to celebrate Ac 193i (Strab., at their own charges the public games and festivals
:
Inscr.
DB,
s.v.).t
-as,
rj
*d dCTiTia,
from food
(cf.
Ac
2721.
ut infr.) Syn. : *aaiTos, -ov (<^ d- neg., ctlto';) fasting withoiit eating
vr](TT(La
, ,
(MM,
MM,
s.v.)
Ac
2733.t
**do-Kecj, -w, [in
LXX:
11
Mac
3.
15**;]
to
practise, exercise
(Hdt., Xen.).
[in
2. to
inf.,
Ac
24i.t daKos,
-ov, 6,
1N3
^33
;]
a leather
bottle, tuine-
skin
III
: Mt 9^^ Mk 222, Lk 53^. 38,t ** da^eVws, adv. 11 Mac 4^2 1033, riSofiai, to be glad), [in Mac 315 521*;] gladly : Ac 2V^A a-ao4)os, -ov, [in LXX: Pr 9^x2 A*;] unwise, foolish : Eph 5^\f
LXX
dcnrdtofjiai,
I
depon., [in
to
bsp), Es
5*'^,
52,
Mac
729, al.
,
;]
c.
i
ace. pers.,
Mt
Mk
9^^, 526,
Eo
16i,
iKKXrjcrlav
(Deiss.,
BS,
257),
for
conveying greetings at the end of a letter (MM, s.v.), used by an amanuensis (Milligan, NTD, 23), Eo I622 (on the aoristic pres., here
65
v.
M,
Pr., 119
Bl., 56, 4)
;
Ka-r^vrqa-av
dairaa-d-
M,
Ac
251^
(cf.
*
1621,
(<; do-Trd^o/iat)
greeting: oral,
Mt Th
23",
3i7.t
Mk
1^^
12^8,
Lk
Co
Pe
:
(LXX,
1'^^,
Kadapos)* ;]
ii
Pe
S^^^
(for
MM,
:
s.v.).t
dfjiiavTos, d/Mo>/tos.
rj,
SV-N.
d<nris, -i8os,
[in
etc.
;]
an asp
:
Eo
S^^.t
*aaTroi'8os, -ov (<[ o-TrovSiy, a libation); 1. without truce (Thuc). admitting of no truce, imjdacable (Dem., al.) ii Ti 3^.t *f dcradpiov, -ov, to (dim. of Lat. as), an assarion, a farthing, onetenth of a drachma Mt lO^^, Lk 12'' (MM, s.v. DB, iii, 428 DCG,
2.
:
200).t * daaov (Eec, after Vg., "Ao-o-ov), adv. (compar. of dy;^t, near), nearer : Ac 27^^ (EV, close in shore; v. Bl., 11, 3; 44, 3; poets. Ion. and late prose). "Ao-o-os, -ov (also 'Ao-o-o'?, -ov), rj, Assos, a city on the E. coast of
ii,
to be unsettled, be
:
58'' life
(LXX,
da-re-
(Cremer, 738
MM,
d.
s.v.)
Co
4ii.t
dcrrelos, -ov
dtrrv,
city), [in
LXX Ex
:
22 (nita),
Nu
2232 (^^^
1.
tST),
Jg
2.
31'
(Xnn), Jth
1123,
Da LXX,
Su^,
ii
Mac
623*;]
of the
town.
clothing,
MM,
(Like Lat. urbanus), (a) courteous, (b) elegant (in tt., of s.v.), comely, fair (as in Ex, l.c). He 1123, Ac 72o.t
6, [in
danip, ->os,
2429,
LXX
chiefly for
nSiS
;]
a star
Mt
22.
7, 9,
lo
1325, I Co 1541, Re qis 8i. 11.12 91 121,4; metaph., 6 d. 6 ^ TrXavrjrai, Ju 13 ; a. iirrd, symbolizing the angels TrpwiVds, Ee 22s 221*' ii, 674 f . of the seven churches, Ee li. 20 21 31 (cf darpov, and v.
. .
Mk
DCG,
MM,
*t
s.v.).t
d-(TTT)piKTos, -OV {<:^(TTr]pLi^(i)),
uustabU, unsettUd : 11 Pe 2i* 31^. *do-TopYos, -ov {<C(TTopyr), family affection, love of kindred, v.s. 13i, 11 Ti 3^ (MM, s.v.).+ dyd-Trri), ivithout natural affection : Eo **tdaToxw, -w (o-Toxos, a mark), [in LXX: Si 71^ 8^*;] to miss the mark, fail: c. gen., i Ti 1* (so in tt., MM, s.v.); seq, -n-epL, 1 Ti 621, II Ti 2i8.t for pia ;] lightning: Mt 242^283, Lk dcrrpaTTi^, -^s, V, [in
LXX
1018 172*;
pi.,
Ee
4* 8^
1119 1618;
of
Lk
Ips.t'
dorpdTTTw, [in
to lighten,
Lk
172" 24*
pi. (as
(MM,
s.v.).t
d<rrpo', -ov, to, [in
chiefly for
apiS
;]
mostly in
66
in
cl.),
Lk
2p5, Ac
:
2720,
He
al.),
Ac
7*^ (of.
and
V.
MM,
s.v.).t
**
;]
dissonant,
discordant
metaph., at variance
-ov [in
irpb^ aXX-^Xov<;,
Ac
28^5.
(bS3),
d-<ruVTos,
(b''p5),
LXX: De
1.),
32^1 (bns),
Jb I32
Ps 91
(92)
Ps
75(76)'',
Wig, Sig*;]
s.v.).t
Mt
I516,
Mk
3"'
718 (Swete, in
v.
Ro
l^L
3i
1019 (for
an
ex. of its
use in the
8.V.),
moral sense,
MM,
^^
:
d-auc-GeTOS, -ov
LXX
cruvri^yu,ai
;]
V.
M,
Pr.,
222;
MM,
16^*.+
etc.;]
5^.
[in
Je
^' ^'^
(133)*
false to
faithless
(MM,
s.v.)
Eo
l^i.t
-ov, 6,
'Ao-u'cKpiTos
(Eec. 'Aa-vyKp.),
17
dCT<|)dXia, -as,
Ro
,
dcre/jaXT^s), [in
LXX
:
for T1X2^
5^^, i
;
1.
firmit
ness.
2. certainty
Lu
1*.
3.
security
Ac
Th
(In
tt.
is
s.v. M, TJi., l.c.)+ proof, secicrity ; v. for ItZTNpu., a- neg., o-(/)aAA.w, to trif lip), [in da<(>aXTJs, -e's 6i9 (MM, s.v.).t certain, secure, safe : Ac 213* 22^0 25^6, Phi S\ etc. ;] + d(T4)aXii;w Ne 31* (pm hi.), Is 41io (TJDn), d(7<^aAr?s), [in 417 1012 1315*;] to make firm, secure: mid., Mt 27''5<'^ Ac 16^*;
used as a law-term,
MM,
LXX
He
LXX
Ge
;
Wi
pass.,
Mt
27*
(MM,
s.v.).t
d(7<|)aXa)s,
I
adv., [in
LXX
342^ (nt33),
To
6*,
Wi
IS^,
Ba 5\
Mac
6*0, III
Mac
-w
to
Mk
14**,
Ac
16^.
Ac
236.+
dcrxTifiot/eo),
aa-xw^v),
[in
LXX
Ez
3923
29 (n,-|y)
:
De
13*;
Co
;]
V^ (MM,
daxTjiiOCTuKT], -7s,
(<^dcrx^'yu,wv),
s.v.)
;
[in
LXX
for
un-
seemliness
Ro
127
(MM,
:
euphemism
ala-xyvy],
as freq. in
LXX,
(nviir),
shame, nakedness
doxTiixojv, -ov
Re
16i*.+
LXX
Ge
34^ (nbn?),
2,
De
24^
Wi
:
22",
i
Da th
1223.
Su^s,
h Mac
92*;]
1, shajyeless.
uncomely,
unseemly
Co
LXX
5^^,
Pr 28^
1", i
(b^T),
II
Mac 6**;]
Tit
Pe
4*
(MM, s.v.).+
SYN. Pr
711 *
;]
dcreAyeta, q.V.
for mo, adv. (<^ do-toTos, prodigal, toasteful), [in wastefully : Lk 15^3 (EV, in riotous living ; but not necessarily dissolute; cf. MM, ut supr. Milligan, NTD, 79).+ *dTaKTe'w, -w (<[ draKTos), primarily, of soldiers marching, to be out of order, to quit the ranks ; hence, metaph., to be remiss, fail in the performance of duty (in tt., of truancy on the part of an apprentice) II Th 37 (on d. and its cognates, v. M, Tli., 152 fif. MM, 8.vv.).+
*do-oSTa>s,
; ;
LXX
67
III Mac 1^^*;] out of order, **a-TaKTos, -ov (<< rao-crw), [in out of place (Lat. inordinattis), freq. of soldiers not keeping the ranks, or an army in disarray (cf iii Mac, I.e.) hence, metaph., irregular, disorderly (v. previous word) i Th 5^*.t
: .
LXX
**d-T<iKTus, adv.,
II
[in
Sm.
iv
Ki 9^*;]
disorderly, irregularly:
Th
36. ii.t
SreKvos, -ov
4921,
tc/cvov), [in
.-j
LXX: Ge
(MM,
152,
Le
2020.21 (iT-jy), Is
childless : Lk 2028. 29,t Si 163 * **dTei'i^a> (-^dTcvT/s, strained, intent; -^reiVw), [in
Je 1821
226 *
(ij-jjj;)^
LXX:
Es
628,
III
Mac
.-1
f^Q
IqqJ^
fixedly, gaze
Lk
420 225,
Ac
l^o
metaph., Ac
7"
c.
LXX:
c.
11
gen.,
[in
Mac 12^^*;] in cl. most freq. in poets; Lk 22^>^^ (for exx. from tt., v. MM, 8.v.).t
(<^
ari/xos),
LXX
for 71S
rop
etc.
;]
to dishono2ir,
insult
Mk
RO
WH, Lk
to
20^\ Jo 8,
Eo
c.
pass.
12*,
Ac
541,
*d-Ti/xda>,
dishonour, despise:
ace. pers.,
etc.
;
Mk
LTr., txt.
(cf. drifjid^w)
17
dri/iia, -as,
{a.TLfj.o'i),
[in
LXX
cis d.,
for Hisbj
]ib(?
;]
dishonour,
Co
11^*, 11
.
Co
Q^
Ro
921, 11
Ti 220
a., i
Co 15"
Jb
30*.
Co
1121
7rd^i7 aTL/xias,
base passions,
:
Eo
126.t
LXX
1223.t
Mt
13",
Mk
6*, I
Co
410
comp.,
Co
LXX
Mk
Jjy
,
dri/ia^w, to
12*,
Eec.t
,
[in
LXX
:
for
H^a^II
etc.
;]
vapour
Ja
4^*
d.
Kanvov,
Ac
2i9(i'^^).t
-01'
**a-TO|xos,
a-TOTTos,
(<
TtyMvo)), [in
of time, aTOfxov, a
-ov
1.
moment
iv
Td7ros),
[in
LXX:
;
Jb 48
ll^i,
2.
Pr
302o
(24"),
al.,
for I^X
(of
etc.
;]
befitting.
marvellous, strange
symptoms, Hipp.)
3.
sense,
V.
Ac 28^ hence, in late Greek, with ethical improper, imrighteous (so in LXX, and for exx. from tt.
I.e.
;
M,
Th.,
MM,
s.v.)
Lk
23*i,
rj,
Ac 25^
11
Th
32.t
'ArraXia
(Eee. -dAeta),
-as,
Attalia,
a city of Pamphylia
1456
{a)
Ac
1425.t
aoydSo)
avyr;),
[in
LXX: Le
MM,
s.v.)
;
1324-28.28,38
2. Intrans.
{b)
(n^n^) 1339
to see
(nn3)*;]
1.
Trans,
(cl.),
to irradiate.
;
(poet.),
to
as in
LXX,
shine forth
LXX
Is 59^ (nnj;),
11
Mac
12^*;]
1. brightness.
68
2.
MGr.
MM,
s.v.),
daylight,
dawn
;
Ac
20^^ (Cremer,
xlvi).
118).t
SVN.
(of.
<^yyos (V.
Thayer, s. 4>. DB, iii, 44* Tr., Syn., Augustus, the Roman Emperor:
;
Lk
2^
and
-ts
v.
MM,
8.v.).t
LXX
11
Ge
493'
^ (75^)^
Pr
2124
(TH;)*
;]
self-pleasing, arrogant
:
Tit
I'',
Pe
2^**
(Cremer, 654).+
Syn.
clwsen.
2.
Syn.,
:
xciii).
** aO0aipTOS,
*+ auOerre'w,
authority, in
freq.
I
-ov
(<avTos,
aipeofiai), [in
11
Sm.
Ex
35*22*.] l
ggij-.
Co
8^'
^'^.t
(<[
av9ivTrj<;, i.e.
in
lvTiq<i, one who acts On his OWn 12^; cf. -la, iii Mac 2'^^; -ikos is Wi to govern, exercise authority over
ahro-
Ti 212.+ iii Ki l^o*;] avXo'9), [in Al. **auXw, -w pipe: mid., Mt ll^^, Lk 7^2, i Co 14'.+
17,
to
play on a flute,
in
to
auXi],
-r}s,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
isn
;]
1.
Hom., an open
courtyard before a house, hence, an enclosure in the open, a sheepfold : Jo 10^'^^. 2. the court, courtyard, round which a house is built:
Mt
3.
Jo 1815 T. vaoC, Re II2. a dwelling, a palace (so, ace. to Grimm-Th., s.v.) Mt 26^' ^^, Mk 14^* 15i, Lk 1121, Jo 1815 (but V. MM, s.v. cf. also DB, ii, 25, 287).+ -ov, 6 ai;A.a)), a flute-player : Mt 92^, Re I822 (MM, *auXT)Wi9,
263.
58, 69^
Mk
145-1. 66
1516^
Lk
1121 2255,
s.v.).+
auXij^ofiai
auX77),
s.v.)
:
[in
LXX
2. to
(LXX; MM,
auXos, -ov, 6
Mt
LXX chiefly
Eph
22i,
for b'^bn
;]
a pipe:
s.v.),
Co
14'.+
av^u>,
Col 2i
MM,
i
LXX
91**.
chiefly for
ms
;]
1.
trans., to
make
;
to
grow
Co
3".
Co Co
In
Pass.,
to
;
10^5,
Col 1"
62,
grow, increase, become greater : TTj l-myviliCTiL T. 6ov, Col 11^ CIS
1227 131^
;
Mt
a-oiTTjpLav, I
Pe
22.
2.
later
plants,
Mt
;
Lk
of infants,
:
Ac V^
intrans., to groio, increase : of Lk l^o 24 of a multitude, 6 Xdyos rjviavi, Ac 6" 122* 192<'
;
:
ets
XpLarov,
Oeov,
Eph
415
els vaov,
Eph
r)
221
'^ xap^^t.
" P
^i^
;
T^v
av^rja-LV t.
Col 21^
**au^T]o-is,
-ews,
416,
(-< av^w),
[in
LXX:
Ac
^
II
Mac
51**;]
increase,
growth
Eph
Col 2i9.+
irveovar-i^
(sc. avpa),
27**'.+
:
LXX
Lk
for
inn
33^
;]
to-morrow
;
Mt
6^\
Lk
1228,
s.v.),
Ac
2320 2522,
Co
1532,
1332.
ja
413
a{5.
(sc. ^fx^pa,
MM,
69
ai.,
Ac
43;
Lk
1035,
Ac
i^;
rh
(WH
:
om.) t?
4i*.t
** auarrjpos, -a, -ov (< auw, to dry up), [in II Mac 143" ;] prop., stringent, harsh to the taste. Metaph., in Inscr., of a rough country; of disposition and manners, strict, severe (as in tt., of an
inspector;
LXX
MM,
:
s.v.)
Lk
192i.22_t
SYN.
*auTapKeia, -as, 17 {<^avTapKr)<;, q.V.), [o) sufficiency (Mil, S.V.) in subjective sense (v. Milligan, NTD, 57), 11 Co 9^; (6) contentment: I Ti 66.t
aOxcipKTjs, -s
9^*;] as in cl., in philosophical sense, selfsufficient, independent; subjectively, contented: Phi 4^^ (in non-lit. tt., the word means simply enough, sufficient; MM, s.v.).t *t auTo-Kard-KpiTos, -ov (<^ avTO's, /cara/cptvo)) self-condemned : Tit 3^^
,
Mac
and
a^Tos,
(ipKc'o.)),
[in
LXX
Pr
243i
(308) (p^)^ gj 51
(Eccl.,
Cremer, 377;
MM,
-rj,
s.v.).t
auTofiaros, -ov,
s.v.), [in
-ov
(etym. doubtful
v.
Boisacq, Prellwitz,
242*,
LXX, Le
255-
11,
iv
Ki
6^ Jb
Wi
17*;]
1. of
own will. 2. Of inanimate things and own accord : yrj, Mk 42^ (MM, s.v.)
:
* auToimrjs,
auTos,
-rj,
-ov, 6,
an
eye-witness
Lk
12.t
freq.
-6, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more than in cl. (WM, 178 f. Jannaris, HGG, 1399). 1. Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii) (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., av. iK)(y6-qa-Tai, Lk 5^'' av. ytv(uo-Kv, Jo 22^ av. vfJieL<;, Jo 32^ kol av. cyw, Eo 15^4; av. 'Irja-ovs, Jo 2^*; av. /cat ol /xer avTod, Mk 225; ^^^-^ au., Mk 631 ggp (as freq j^ ^^ ^^_ ^^ j^j. 34^ j^^ 61^, Jo 1627, I Th 311, al. in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ev airfj t. <5pa, in that hour, Lk IO21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt I21 12^0, Lk 63^, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 82*, Mk 43^, al. av., koL av. = oOtos, 6 Se
;
(BL,
(cl.),
48, 1),
Mt
142,
Mk
1415.44^
Lk
2.
In oblique cases
with
10^2 26**, al. for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9^8, 13^, al. (for irreg. constructions,
Mk
V. Bl., 74, 5)
(cf.
Heb.
ib
;
ni?N;
in constr.
423,
WM,
II
184 ff. Bl., 50, 4 MM, s.v.), Mk 72^, Ee 38 72, ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated,
;
al.
Co
213,
al.;
gen. airoi
:
;
3. 6,
Eo
al.;
Mt ^q 35^ = iKeivov, Eo lin, i Th 21^, Tit 35, He 2*. He I12 138 t6 av., Trotetv, Mt 5*^' *7, al. 4>povfiv,
;
;
t^
.
av.,
Ac
152^,
Eo
2i, al.
Karh rh (ra)
av.
(MM,
8.V.),
Ac
141,
Lk
623, al
I
iv K. TO av.,
Co
^Vi to ai., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 223*, Ac 1^\ 115 1211; c. dat. (cl.), i Co 115; ^itij ^ noun,
Xdyos,
Mk
1439; ^,Vpo9,
Phi
130; TrveO/xa,
Co
12*.
LXX
for
nb, HT^;]
70
Mk
633,
^h,
mg.,
Lk
9^7,
Ac
153*,
WH,
:
tag.,
E, mg.,
**
with
after
ref.
(ttl,
=eavTov (q.v.), Mt 634, Lk 12^7, al. (MM, S.V.). aiiTos, (f>wp, a thief), [in Sm. Jb 34^^*;] prop, to theft, then generally, in the very act : as freq., neut. dat. Jo 8* (Eec, 7ravTo0a)p(x)).t
-pos,
6,
17
*auT6-xip,
(-^auTo?,
x"p)'
^^^^
<^'^^'^
^^^ hand:
s.v.),
Ac
2719.+
* auxe'w, -w (< a^x^?, boasting), to boast : c. ace. av)(^el (Rec. yucyaXavx", q-V.), Ja 3^.+ * auxpipos, -a, -oi' (< aux/"o'?, drought) 1.
;
(MM,
drt/.
ficydXa
2. squalid,
dismal:
etc. (35
11
Pe
l^^
(MM,
all);]
s.v.).t
,
(Cremer, 615 f .) for 110 "QV DT) , take from, take aivay, take off: c. ace, to 14*- {fLrdpiov, WH), Lk 22^^^ (oSs) wctSos, Lk pS; wTiov, Mt 26^^!, pass., c. gen., Lk 10*'^ ; a. ajxapTLos, seq. ttTTo, Ee 22^^, Lk 163 (mid.) He 10*, Eo 1127 (mid.) (MM, s.v.j.t Ne 48<2), Jb 2420, Si 203o 41^*, H^vf]S, -65 <^ruVo)), [in 33* * ;] unseen, hidden : He 4^3 f II Mac
d<j)-aipew, -w, [in
, ,
LXX
to
ms
words in
Mk
LXX:
d4)ai'ii;a),
(< a^av);?),
:
[in
LXX
for
CDCr
;]
1.
to
make
Ja
2. Later (MM, s.v.), (a) to iinseen, hide from sight (Xen., al.). Pass., to vanish: destroy: Mt 6i9'20; [b) to disfigure: Mt 6^^.
41*
to
perish
Ac
6
d4)ai'io-jji6s, -ov,
13*^ (i'XX).t
dcftavL^w), [in
LXX
and
chiefly for
nJSffl',
nipptZT;]
vanishing
invisible,
He
8i3_t
-ov
:
*a<|)aia-os,
(<:^ <^at'vo/xat),
poet,
late
prose
(MM, (MM,
s.v.),
hidden
Lk
243i.t
(cf
.
*t
d4)c8poJ.',
-wvos,
ajyrwy, drain:
2.
Mt
15^',
Mk
s.v.),
rj
WH,
ctc^eiSrjs,
unsparing);
1.
extravagance.
Col
2'-3.t
Ac
*t d(})X6TT)9, 2.t
-t;tos,
17
cl.
dcjieXeia
(v.
MM,
,
S.V.),
simplicity:
d<j)(ns, -ecos,
17
d<^i-qfxi),
[in
lilT
BS, 98
of
1. dismissal, release Lk 41^. 2. Metaph., LXX), pardoji, remission of penalty dfiapnwv, Mt 2628, Mk 1*, Lk 1"' 33 24*' Ac 238 531 1043 1338 26I8, Col l^* TrapaTTTto/xarwv, Eph 1^ absol., Mk 329, He 922 1018 (cf. DB, ii, 56;
ff.
;
MM,
s.v.)
;]
sins
(never in
DCG,
i,
437,
:
ii,
605
(<^
:
Cremer, 297
(and
cf.
f.).t
Syn.
d<f>T),
Trapecris, q.v.
17
Tr., xxxiii).
fit), [in
-^s,
ttTrro), to
fasten,
freq. in
Le
;]
a joint (MM,
**t 1712 *
;]
s.v.)
Eph
r)
d<|.0apaia, -as,
4^6,
Col 2^^
(Lft., in l.).t
.Jc^^apTos), [in
:
LXX: Wi
Eo
AE,
i
incorruptibility, immortality
.
Co
Mac
54^
922
jj
fj
110; dyaTTiavTwv
iv a.,
Eph
62* (v.
in
l.).t
71
(< i>9e{pw),
:
[in
LXX Wi
:
immortal ;
(a) of
things
Co
l^^, i
9^^, i
Pe
1*'
men,
Co
15^2; of God,
Eo
Ti l^^
(MM,
s.v.).t
LXX: Hg
hi.,
2^8
<i7)
(|i,3^)*.-]
^,
corruptness
1.
to
Tit
1''
d|)-iVt.
[ill
LXX
Co
to
am,
let
]n:,
nbo
ni.,
STjr,
etc.;]
go
of divorce
t.
yvvalKa (Hdt.),
of death,
TrveS/xa
;
Mt
27*''
T.
(faaviqv,
utter a cry,
18^'^
;
Mk
15^'^
Mt 18^^ ggp_ of sins (Cremer 296 f.), T. dfiapTLa's, dfxapTrj/xaTa, dvoiJiLas, Mt 9^, Ro 4^(LXX)^ j Jo 19^ al. punctiliar and iterative pres. (M, Pr., 119), Mk 2*, Lk 11* Ion. pf., 2. to Zeave aZowe, leave, neglect d<t>(i)VTai (M, Pr., 38), Lk 5^^. Mt 4^^
(cl.),
Savuov,
Mt
T.
6(piXi]v,
52* 151*,
T.
Mk
120.31,
Jo
43,28^ al.; r.
^vtoX^
t.
t- &^oi,
Mk
Xpio-Tou Aoyoi',
He
3.
6^
t.
dydTrrjv
TrptaTrjv,
Re
pleonastic (as in
2222,
Aram.; M,
to Zei,
Pr., 14;
suffer,
Dalman,
TTords, 21
3^5; c.
f.),
Mk
;
813,
c.
al.
permit:
5*o
;
Mt
ace,
Mt Mt
;
IS^'
3^5,
19^*, al.
Mt
c. inf.
pres.,
Mt
23^*, al.
aor.,
Mk
53', al.;
in late
I.e.; Bl.,
Mt
-ovp.ai, [in
LXX for
Ni2
etc.
;]
to
to
to,
reach
:
metaph. (MM,
Eo
Gk.
*t
d-<t>tX-(lYa0os, -ov,
11
Ti 3* (not elsewhere in
lit.,
but
V.
MM,
8.v.).t
*t d-4)i\-dpYwpos, -oy, without love of money, not avaricious ; i Ti 3', He 135. (For other instances, v. MM, s.v.)t **a<|>-i|is, -cos, ^ tt^i/cveVa'). [i'^ LXX: III Mac 7^^*;] in cl. usually, arrival; rarely, departure: Ac 202^ (so in tt., cf. MM, s.v.;
M,
[in
b^D
;]
1.
trans,
to
move
Ac
5^".
Intrans. in
c.
2 aor.,
aSi/ct'as,
to
stand
off,
depart
gen.,
Lk
2^^
seq. diro,
Lk
Co
128; metaph.,
cItt^
away, apostatize), He 3^2^ Mid. (exc. 1 withdraw oneself from, absent oneself from away, apostatize : absol., Lk 8^^ q gen., i Ti
:
4^
(MM,
s.v.
Cremer,
308).
fi4)'w,
adv., [in
d4)6pais,
LXX:
16^0,
Pr ps
(TriBp),
Wi
17**;]
Co
Jui2.t
LXX Wi
:
I31*,
Ep. Je *.
(eis
63, 71
jj
to
make
like
He
73.t
LXX
iv
Mac
17^
6f6v)*
;]
(a) to look
away
72
from
Phi
(MM,
s.v.),
He
;
12^; {h)
s.v.),
simply,
2'-^
(v.s.
aTrctSoi',
and
Lft., Phi.,
in
1,
MM,
c.
Ellic, in
(a) to
l.).t
FJ13
d<j)-opiiw, [in
LXX
wn hi.,
Ac
19^,
etc.
;]
(Cremer, 805 .) for blS hi., "130 hi., mark off by boundaries from, separate from
hi.,
ace,
Ga
Mt
13^3 25^2
;
(MM,
s.v.);
of
excom-
munication, Lk 6^2. Pass., absol., ii Co 6^^ (b) to set apart, devote to Mid., Ac IS^, Eo 1^ c. ace, Ga 1^*. a special purpose (seq. eis)
:
{DB,
iii,
588).t
^,
d<|,-op,iVi, -^s,
[in
LXX: Ez
5'
(pn?), Pr 9^
iii
Mac
32*;]
prop., a starting-point; in war, a base of operations; metaph., an ^f^^ ii Go 11^2^ Qg, 513 occasion, incentive, opportunity (MM, s.v.) 7^' ^^ ; a>. 8i86vai, 11 Co 5^2, i Ti S^^.t mg., Eo Xafji^dveiv, Lk 1124,
wH,
rj
*A<j)pi!;w
*d<|)p(5s,
Mk
for
9^^'^^.f
d<})poau/T),
d^pwv),
[in
LXX
T\bpi,
nbnj.etc.;]
foolishness:
Mk
722, 11
Co
lli'i'.2i.t
a4>pwi', -ov,
b^3
etc.
;]
with-
out reason, senseless, foolish, expressing " want of mental sanity and sobriety, a reckless and inconsiderate habit of mind " (Hort cf MM, Lk 11*0 1220^ Eo 220, i Co 15^'', 11 Co ll^^ 126-", i Pe 2^5 opp. s.v.)
; . :
to <^povi/xos,
II
Co
11^^
to (TWievTes,
2.
Eph
2i^.t
:
**t
d4>-uiri'6w,
Ge
28^^*;]
1.
to
awake from
sleep (Anth.).
cl. KaOvirvoay
(MM,
s.v.), to
fall asleep:
Lk
823.t
LXX: Ne
2.
1.
I.e.
;
as in
v.
cl., to
Trans.,
s.v.).t
:
Mayor,
157
f.)
pass.,
Ja 5* (MM,
Wi 41^, 11 Mac 32*;] (MM, s.v.), i Co 122 Qf beasts, dumb, SO many kinds of voices and II Pe 2^^ Toa-avTa yhrj <^(dvcov koI ov8ev a. none voiceless, i.e. without signification, unintelligible 1 Co 14io_f Mt l^.t "Axai; (WH, "Axas), 5 (Heb. ms), Ahaz
a<j>a)^os,
LXX
of idols
-as,
rj
(Bl.,
46,
11),
Achaia, the
11
Eoman
92
llio,
province:
Ac
18^2.27
1921
Rq
:
152^,
Co 1&^\
Co
1^
iTh
17. 8.+
'AxatKos, -ov,
6,
Achaicus
Co
16^^.+
LXX: Wi
;
1629, Si 2917.25^
{h)
ungrateful,
IV thankless:
Lk
635,
Achim
;
Mt
l^^.t
*t
14'8,
s.v.).t
d-xcipo-iroiTjTos,
II
-ov
{<^xeipo7rQLr]Tos),
irtpLToixr]
not
Co
51
metaph.,
d.
(i.e.
spiritual),
73
indecl.
l^^.t
Rec.
'A/ceX8a/Aa,
WH,
:
'
AKeXSa/xax)
:
(Aram. NJ^l
Ac
dimness
Jei7;]
Ez 12^; Sm. Jb S^*;] **dxXu's, -ws, rj, [in Aq. of the eyes Ac 13^^ (v. Tr., Syn., c).t
:
a mist, esp. a
(^^CT),
d-xpcios,
-ov
; xpeios,
useful), [in
253o,
LXX
ii
Ki
6^2
Ep.
LXX
(-iow) for
n^N
-ov,
ni., etc.
;]
to
Lk IT^" (MM, s.v.).t LXX), -(0 (<[ a;(pcos = a;(pros), [in make useless, unprofitable pass., Eo
:
312 (LXX),t
a-XPTi<rTos,
useless, tmserviceable
Sxpi (and
Epic
{^W T^), Wi 2^1, Si 16\ al. opp. to evxprja-ros, Phm ^^t axpis, bef. vowel (v. MM, s.v.), Eo ll^s T, Ga 3^^
[in
:
LXX Ho
1.
8^
;]
T,
adv., utterly (Horn.). 2. Prep. c. gen., of time: Ac 321 222^, Eo l^^ 5^3, i Co 411, II Co 31*, Ga 42, Phi 16; d. Kaipov, Lk 413, Ac 13^^; ^s ^/xe'pa?, Mt 2438, Lk 120 1727, Ac 12 (t^s n- V^), ib.22; 5. tuutt/s t. ^/xe>as (t. ^. TavTT}^), Ac 229 231 2622; i. ijixip^v TrevTf, Ac 20"; a. av-py?, Ac 201^; o[.
S^^);
WH,
mg.,
He
as;
(a)
ToC vOv, Eo 822, Phi 15; L rikovi. He G^i, Ee 226; (b) of space Ac 11* 13 20* (E, txt., mg.) 28l^ 11 Co lO^^. i*. He 4^2, Ee I420 18^ a. davarov, Ac 22^, Ee 2^** 12^^ (c) of measure or degree 3. As conj., until; (a) axpi alone: c. subj. aor., Ga 3^^ ^5 ^j t, mg.) id. without 3iv (Bl., 65, 10), Ee 7^ IS^ 203. 5 c. indie, fut., Ee (b) a. ov (i.e. a. Tovrov to) c. indic. aor., Ac 7^^; impf., 27^3; c. subj. aor. (Bl., ut supr.), Lk 212*, Eo 1125, i Co 112^ I525, Ga 3^9, T,
:
WH,
WH,
W^
WH,
mg.
id.
with
av,
Ee
225; q
in(jic. pres.,
while.
;]
He
7^'^
3^3 (gf
fixpt)A
3^2,
LXX
chaff:
Mt
Lk
S^'^.f
**
d-i|/u8iis,
-9
Ki^evSo?),
LXX: Wi
*;] free
from
:
false-
dif/LvOia,
rj),
wormwood
as a
[in
LXX: Wi
13^7 1429*;]
inanimate,
B
/r
As a numeral,
lord),
2;
/?,
2000.
6,
17,
indecl.
(Heb.
byn,
Baal: Eo
where,
LXX,
following a similar
to
Hebrew
ala-^^yrq
appears
have been substituted in reading for the written BaaX (cf. iii Ki and to account for the freq. use of the fem. art. bef. B. The usage, however, is not general, and in the passage cited in Eo (iii Ki
18^9),
I918),
LXX
reads tw B.t
74
(^515,
Heb. form
of Assyr. Bab-ili,
Gate of
God), Babylon:
Mt
I".i2,i7^
Ac
7*3 (Lxx);
i
symbolically, of Borne:
S^^.t
to siep), [in
Ee
Pe
/3ao-/>tos
(< ^atVw,
:
LXX
I.e.,
Ki
55 (]ri5P), IV
;
Ki
20^.10.11
of
degrees of a dial)
Ti S^^.t
etc.;]
;
LXX
;
for "innn
i/ie
nbisp,
:
depth:
Mt
(3.
I
135,
Mk
.
;
45,
. .
Ro
83'\
Eph
Ro
[in
S^^
t6
to.
yS., /3.
ttXovtov
210
17
eov,
/3<j.0ov<;
11^3
t.
Co
Kara
to
Co
B^.t
M""" {<M^^),
30(49)30*;]
chiefly for
LXX
e-'s.t
;
for
pay: Ps 91
(92)*
Je 29 (49)8
deepen:
-cos,
;]
;
Lk
PaStis (gen.
early
vernac, Lk, I.e.; Bl., 8, 5), -tia, -v, [in LXX deep Jo 411 metapb., opOpov /SaOew; (v. supr.),
;
vttvos,
Ac
20^
ra
/?.
tou Sarava,
Ee
22*.
**tpatoi',
TO
(also
/?aioi',
another
form
of
fSaU,
from
tt.,
the
Mae
:
Jo indecl. (Heb.
22-24)
:
Egyptian
v.
MM,
6
as
in
LXX
.
(FIJ
has
BaXa/Aos)
Balaam (Nu
6,
Pe
2i5,
Ba\dK,
Ju (Nu
[in
n,
Ee 2^\f
-^q gi^.t
222)
PaXXd.'Tio*'
(Eec.
/3aXd-),
-ov,
TO,
LXX:
.
Jb
141^
("lilV),
Pr
11* (D^3),
To
^2*.^ ^
, ,
^^^^^^
,
l^
for bS3 etc. ;] prop., of a weapon or DltZ? missile then generally, of things and persons, lit. and metapb., to throw, cast, put, place : c. ace, seq. ek, Mt 41^, and freq. im, Mt 103*; koltu), 12**; SpeVavov, Ee 14i9; 4; l^w, Mt 513; v^^ Mt 5^9; Ik,
pdXXcj, [in
;
LXX
TT
Mt
Mk
fxdxaipav,
Mt
103*
^x^pov,
lie ill
:
pass., to be laid, to
Mt 2735 Mt 92
;
of fluids, to
pour
Mt
91^,
Jo 135
e(3\i]0r]
(timeless aor.,
M,
Pr., 134),
Jo 15; intrans., to rush (Bl., 53, 1): Ac 2?!*. Metaph., yS. ets t. also of KapUav, Jo 132 (cf. usage in ir., without idea of violence liquids MM, Exp., x v. also Cremer, 120, 657 cf. d^f^i-, dva-,
;
; ; ;
k-,
ifx-,
rrap-e/J.-,
iiri-,
irepi-,
Trpo-,
u7ro-/3aXXw)
Jth 12^, hnmerse, sink; 1. generally (in Polyb., iii, 72, of soldiers wading breast-deep; in i, 51, of tbe sinking of ships); metapb,, to overwhelm (Is, I.e. cf. MM, Exp., x) c. eogn. ace, Mid., 2. to perform ablutions, wash pdTTTKTtxa /?., Mk 1038.39, Lk 1250.
PaTTTi^o.
y8ci7rTO)), [in
to dip,
LXX:
;
iv
Ki
51*
(bnta). Is 21*,
Si 31 (34)30*;]
7* ; aor. pass, in same sense, oneself, bathe (Ki, Jth, Si, 11. c.) 1138. Lk 3. Of ablution, immersion, as a religious rite, to baptize; 1*. Jo 125,2^,28 322,23,26 42 io4o_ i Co li^; 6 /SatrriCwv (a) absol.;
:
Mk
Mk
(=
6 fia-n-TLarrj^,
M,
Pr., 127),
Mk
61*. 2*;
c.
acc, Jo
41,
Ac
83*,
Co
75
pass., 729
(cf.
is,
^2. 21
mid., 2216 (M, iv, of the element, Mt 3''' ^^ Pr., 163) (b) with prepositions 126,31,33 323^ Ac 1^ 238 1048 iii6_ i Co 102; cJs, of the 1*.5.8^ Lk 316, Jo 1^, Ac element, purpose or result (Lft., Notes, 155), Mt 3" 28i9,
:
Ac
2*1 812.
13, 36
Mk
3i,
Mk
816 193,
5^
Ro
;
63, I
Co
113. 15
1(^2
i2i3_
Qa
fulfil
32-
c.
dat.,
{ISan,
Lk
ii,
Ac I Co
1* 11^"
virip
cf.
DB,
i,
238
,
flf.;
DCG,
i,
169 ^
605 b;
*t
pdirriCTfjia,
-tos,
to
; ySaTrri^o))
from
;
fiaTTTL^eLv,
as
1.
distinct
^aTTTtcr/ios,
metaph., of affliction: Mk 103^.39, religious rite of baptism (a) of John's baptism baptism;
Lk Mt
125o.
2.
Of the
Ipo,
132*
q.v.),
3^ 212^,
1*,
Mk
Ac
Lk
19*;
I
729 20*,
(b) of
Ac
^
6*,
^eravot'as,
Mk
Lk
33,
Christian baptism;
Eo
Eph
4^,
Col 2i2
(Tr.,
-/x(3,
Pe
321 (cf.
Cremer, 130
;
Tr.,
Syn.
xcix).t
*t PaTmap.6s, -ov, 6 (<[ ySaTTTt'^w) prop., the act of which ^dirTicTfx.a is the result 1. a dipping, washing, lustration : Mk 7* of Jewish ceremonial. He 91''; in He 62, ySaTTTtcr/Awv 8i8ax??v (-^s), "the pi. and the peculiar form seem to be used to include Christian baptism with other lustral rites" (Westc, in 1.). 2. baptism: FIJ, Ant., 18, 5, 2 (of John's baptism), and some Fathers (v. Soph., s.v.). Not so in NT, unless iv T. /SaTTTLo-fiS, in the act of baptism, Col 2^2, be read with Tr. (Rec, WH, E, -/xart).t *f ^aTm<TTr\s, -ov, 6 (<< ^aTrrt'^w) a baptizer : of John the Baptist,
;
,
Mt
31 1111-12 142.8
I6U
1713^
Mk
625 828^
Lk
72.33 9i9,t
chiefly for bnifl ;] (a) to dip : Lk 162*, Jo 132 19i3 (Eec. (c'/xyS-, L) (b) to dip in dye, to dye : Ee pepavTLo-fievov, vepipepa/x/j-evov, T; pepap.p.ivov, Swete, in 1., q.v.).t
pdiTTw,
;
[in
LXX
:
WH;
Pdp (Aram.
Rec. (L, T,
13
son), indecl.
fi.
'Icjva,
son of Jonah,
Mt
161'^,
WH,
BapiwvS, q.v.).t
BapaPPas,
-a, 6
(Aram. X1N"13
lit.,
son of a father,
21, 26^
i.e.
ace. to
Jerome,
Lk
2318,
Barabbas
271^,
Mt
27i^'i^'2o.
M]j
B.
;
157,11,15^
v.
Mt
'Ir/o-oCv
WH,
App., 19f.)t
BapdK,
6,
He
1132.t
Bapaxias,
p(ip3apo9,
Mt
-ov 32* *
onomatop., descriptive
of
unintelligible
sounds), [in
425 10*, III
LXX:
:
Ps
;]
Ez
213i
(36)
(-,yri),
n Mac
22i
barbarous, barbarian, strange to Greek language and culture (and also, after the Persian war, with the added sense of brutal, rude) Ac 282. 4^ jj^ lu^ j Co I411, Col 311 (v. Lft., in 1., and
Notes, 249).
Mac
LXX: Ex
71*
(133),
76
Mac Lk
II
93'-!
to depress,
weigh down.
Ti 5i.t
:
Mt
26*^,
2134, 11
Co
3ap^a)9, adv.
/3.
dKoviv, Is
61*^
/3apvs), [in LXX /3. (^c'peiv, Ge Sl^^ (ijiyi nin) (123 hi.)*;] heavily, luith difficulty: Mt 13^*, Ac 28^7
;
5\
(LXX).t
BapGoXofxaios, -ov, 6
the Apostle
(v.s.
Na^avar^X)
Mt
103,
Mk
,
318,
Lk
61*,
Ac
l^^.t
:
Bap-iT]aous, -ov, 6
(Aram. jnUT?"!!
Ac
136
(v.s. 'EA,;>as).t
Bapiwk'as, -a, 6
(Aram. nJ^'lS
so7i
name
of Peter
Mt W'.f
-a,
Bap-fdPas,
(Aram. 12
son, as prefix to
terpreted in
Ac
perh. nX123
be rendered by
as in 11 Es 6^'*, LXX. Deiss., BS, 309 f., thinks B. may be a variant of the name Bapvefiovs, son of Nebo, found in a Syrian Inscr., altered with a view to disguising its origin v. also Dalman, Gr., 142), Barnabas: Ac 43 9^^ II22.30 Milligan, NTD, iii 12^5 13.15^ I Co 96, Ga 21.9' 13, Col 4io.t
;
;
(123), Jth 7*, Si I32, 11 Mac 910, burden, lit. and metaph. Mt 201^, (a) a III Mac b"^"' ;] loeight ; aXAryAwv to, /3., one another's fa^dts, Ga 6^; Aci 15-^, II Co 4I'', Ee 2-* {b) in late Gk. (Soph., v p., burdensome : 1 Th 2^, E, txt., but v. infr. v. Milligan, Lex., S.V.), dignity, authority : iv /3iipei, i Th 2^ (E, mg.
Pdpos,
-o?, TO, [in
:
LXX
;
Jg
IS'-^i
iveight,
ICG,
in l.).t
SVN.
oy/cos,
an encumbrance
t^opriov,
is
borne. BapcraPPds (Eec. -a/Ja?), -a (Aram., son of Sabba), Barsabbas: 1. the surname of one Joseph: Ac 1-3. 2. The surname of one Judas:
Ac
1522.t
Baprifiaios, -ov, o
{-pLolo';,
v.
DB,
iv,
p. 762),
Bartimmis
Mk
lO^'^.t
Paput'w, to iveigh
down =
Jo
53
^apetn (q.v.)
Lk
213^,
Eec.t
Papos,
-ela, v, [in
:
;]
heavy:
Mt 23*.
:
Metaph.,
burdensome
IQi^
;
IvToXrj, i
cTrio-ToXi;, 11
Co
weighty : ra ^apvrepa T. vofjbov, J cruel (EV, grievous) : Xv'kos, Ac 20''^'*. * PapuTifAos, -ov (-< ySapus, TLfxy), of great value, very costly
(T, TToXvTLpOv) .'\'
paaai'i^o,
Mt
23'^3
amw/xara,
Ac
25"
violent,
Mt
26^
Mac;] examine by
II,
^acravos), [in
LXX
Ki
53, Si
IV
1.
prop., to
rub
on the touchstone,
put
2. to
:
Q6,-iQ
1424^
Mk
torture, hence, generally, to torture, torment, distress 57 6*8, Lk 828, II Pe 2^, Ee 9^ llio 12'-^ 14i 20i".t
Mt
**pa(ra.'iafi6s, -ov, n {<^ fiaaavl^w), [in i"' ^Kf torture, torment : Ee 9^ 14^ 18^'
LXX:
IV
Mac
9^ 112*;]
77
(<^ fiaa-avL^w)
prop., a torturer;
used of a
,
Mt
18=**.t
fid<Tavo(i, -ov,
rn^bj
and
freq. in iv
2.
Mac
1.
metals.
1523, 28_t
examination by torture.
-as,
rj
PaCTiXeia,
(< /SaariXevw),
l^, i
LXX
chiefly
for
rWD^O
npbpo;]
2229,
1.
Lk
1^*
Jo
1836,
Ac
16,
;
He
|^v
Co
2.
^^ /8., ib.
Lk
1^^^^^\
/?.,
Ee
IT^^;
1628,
{els Trjv)
Mt
Lk
(a)
23*2
^
:
^ 0^^-^
Re
1210.
By
a kingdom, the
53, al.)
territory or people
meton., concrete (MM, Exp., x), over whom the king rules
(Es
Mt
4* 1225. 26 24^,
Mk
32* 623,
l^
4^,
He
1133, al.
(b) the
royal majesty
our phrase His Majesty), the king himself (t. a-rrip/xa IV Ki 111). T^s (3., 3. In LXX (Wi 6^ To 13^, al.), Targ. and NT, of the Messianic rule and kingdom, 17 ^. t. Oeov, t. ovpavCyv (Heb.
(cf.
D^.O^ma^O, Aram. N^OBTl KniD^O; Cremer, 132, 658), the kingdom of God
phrases, v.
oupavwv,
v.
Dalman,
218 f.);
Mt
,
Mt 32 41^ al. T. Xpto-ToG (xn'^tZTpl nobn Targ. Jon. on Is 5310), Eph 55; T. Kvpi'ov, II Pe 1", Ee lli*; t. AavctS, Mk ll^O; absol., The kingdom is regarded as present /3., Mt 423, Ja 2\ al. 1112, Lk 1721, Eo I41", al. Mt as that which is to be consummated in the future, Mt 610, Mk 91, Jo 3^, 11 Pe in, al. Noteworthy phrases KXr/povo/xelv, Mt 253* are ^-qrelv tyjv /3., Mt 633 Six^a-daL, Mk IQis StSovai, Lk 1232 avTS)V {toiovt<dv) icrrlv irapaXafx/Sdveiv, He 1228 (3., Mt 53.10 191*, Mk IQi*. Lk ISiS; Sih t^v /3., Mt 19i2; "ey^K^ t^s /?., Lk 1829; vayyAt^(T^ai, K-qpvcrauv, StayycUctv -n^v p., Lk 4*3 92,60. li* ^yyiKcv kXcZs t^s /3., Mt I6IO; kX^ulv t'tjv fi., /S., Mt 32, Mk Mt 231*; vloX T^s p., Mt 812 1338 (cf. Cremer, 132, 658).
Tj
;
: .
rj
rj
PttCTiXcioj', -ov,
TO
jSaaiKiios, q.v.),
[in
LXX
for bs"*:!
(Na
2*,
Da
2.
618*),
ns^pn
(ill
Ki
31 148, IV
:
Ki
Freq. in
310
a palace
-a,
Lk
;
725.t
<C. /SacriXevs),
PaaiXcios,
-ov
(also
2322,
-ov
[in
LXX; Ex
19",
De
I
(nabpn),
Ex
Wi
1815,
Mac
328,
jy
Mac
38*;] royal:
1 2i
Pe
[in
LXX
;]
a king
i
Mt
Mt
;
14^;
tov
of the
2i3. i^;
Eoman
of the
1532,
Emperor, as
;
LAE,
p. 367),
Pe
Christ, in the phrase 6 /8. t. 'lovSmW, Mt Jo 1*0 1213 of God, Mt 535, I Ti li", Ee 153
191
;
22, al.
.
'Io-pai7X,
Mk
^, ^ao-iXe'tov,
Ti 615 (on the associations of the Jewish Hellenists, v. CI. Bev., i, 7).t
)8. T.
/Sao-tXcuovTtov,
Ee I71* word to
78
(< ySao-tXcvs)
[in
LXX
for
1jb)D
its
parts
and
deri-
vatives, exc. IV Ki 15* (SUT) ;] to be king, to reign, rule : i Ti 6^* ; c. gen. (cl.), Mt 22^; seq. eVt', c. ace. (= Heb. bv TJ^D; Bl., 36, 8), Lk 133 1914,27^ Eo 514 of God, Ee lli*- ^^ 196; ^Vi T. y^?, on earth, Ee 5^0 of Christians, Ee 5^0 20* (conof Christ, Lk 1^3, i Co IS'-^*, Ee ll^* Metaph., Christians, Eo b^\ stative aor., M, Pr., 130), ib. 22*. Ingressive aor. I Co 4^; 6avaTo<;, Eo 5^*'^^; d/Aapria, Eo 5^'^ 6^2. (M, Pr., 109), to begin to reign: i Co 48, Ee ll^^ 19 (Cremer, 137).t
.
PaaiXiKos,
-rj,
-ov
/Sao-iXcv's) , [in
LXX
for IJ^p
>
and
its
;
cog-
nates
j3.,
royal, belonging to a king : x*^P-' ^^ -^2^*^ icrOrj^, sjqireme law, " a law which governs other laws
;]
specially regal character" (Hort), or p. 367 3), Ja 2^; ns, one in the service of
Jo
:
4*^1 *
(WH,
mg., ^acri\(0-KOs).t
LXX
basilisk
Ps 90
Jo
4*6,49^
WH,
mg.
(v.s. /3ao-iXiKos).t
PaaiXiaaa,
-77s, r)
:
LXX
chiefly fof
n3!?D
;]
a queen
Mt
17
12*2,
l^
ll^i,
[in
Ac
82^,
Ee
18".t
for
pdais,
-ccos,
(<;3atv(u),
LXX
;
chiefly
:
]1N;] 1.
sip
(iEsch.,
al.).
2.
Hence, a /oof
PaaKaiVo), [in
LXX: De
Wi
(Dem.).
2.
to
&%/ii by the
bewitch:
11
pa<rT<it(u, [in
LXX
Si 62*,
Jg 163o
(nw:),
^^
Eu
;]
2i,
and Jb 21^
to lift
:
(xiZTJ),
Da th
2.
Bel
1.
to
take
Xt'^ovs,
Jo lO^K
3^1 20^2,
to enrf;^re;
Mt
Mk
to bear, to carry, as a burden, and metaph., U^\ Lk 71* 10' 1127 1427 22io, Jo I612
2P5, Eo 1118 151, Ga S^o 62. . i7, Re 22. 3 177. 3. In late writers (MM, Exp., ii, iii, x), (a) to to^'e awajr ; Mt Q^'' (Is 53*, Heb.) {b) to carry off, steal : Jo 12** 20i5.t Ex 32"*, PttTos, -OV, 6, 17, [in LXX (always masc, as in Attic)
19l^
Ac
;
32 915 1510
De
cTTi
3316 (n?q),
6**,
Ac
730.35.
Tov (t^?)
y8.,
Mk
122^,
:
tpdros
-ov, 6
(Heb. na),
[in
LXX
=
Lk 2037. 11 Es 722*;]
/icrpT^TrJs
or about 8f gals.
(105)30
77 (78)** 104
*t paTTaXoyeu,
-w
(Eec.
s.v.
;
fiarTok-,
ii,
onomatop.
idly
:
v.
MM,
DCG,
D, pXarr499 b, 790^);
[in
:
=
to
/SaTTapL^w,
Mt
;]
6^ (Cremer, 765).
LXX
Lk
yp^
aw abomination, a
detestable thing
I61*,
Ee
17*.
''
2127
to
79
i,
LXX
DB,
:
i,
12
Mk
f.
DCG,
t p8e\uKT(5s, V, -oy
41*, II
ySStA-vVo-o)),
[in
LXX
Pr
IT^^ (nnrin), Si
Mac 127*;] abominable, detestable: Tit V^ (Cremer, 137).t pSeXuVau {<^/3Se(j), to stink), [in chiefly for mm, Vp^'] ^^ cl., mid. only (Attic, -TTOfxai); to mahe foul; pass., Ee 21^; mid., to turn away in disgust from to detest : Eo 2^^ (Cremer, 137).
LXX
III
**P'3aios, -ov (also -a, -ov; <i^a&w), [in Mac 5^1 T^, IV Mac 17* * ;] firm, secure : ayKvpa,
; .
sure (esp. "in the sense of legally guaranteed security," Deiss., BS, i-n-ayycKia, Eo 4^^ cXttis, ii Co 1 109 cf two foil, words) \dyos.
:
He
22
irapprja-La,
He
3"
He
3^*
hiadrfKT],
He
Pe
Q^^
;
KA^(ris K. eKkoyrj, II
Pcj3ai<5a.,
-w
(119)2^
(cl.)
I
:
(mp
pi.), Ill
Mac
V
Pe
1^*^
COmp.
l^^.t
/?e7^aio9),
[in
5*2*;]
LXX:
Ps 40
X6yov,
18, II
Co
term,
to
title; V.
IS^ of persons (DCG, ii, 605): Col 2^, He 2^ 13^ (as an Attic legal Co guarantee the validity of a purchase, establish or confirm a next word, Cremer, 139; cf. 8ta-^.).t
Mk
16 [20];
cVayyeXt'a?,
I
Eo
121.
Pass.,
Co
16,
pepaiuffis,
-0)5,
LXX
Le
2523 (nrT'ay),
Wi
61^*
;]
freq. in
tt.
confirmation : t. evayyeXtbv, Phi 1^; ets ft.. He 6i, a phrase of guarantee in a business transaction (Deiss., BS, 104 fif.
{<C ySatVw,
to
Cremer, 140).t
Pe'3T)Xos, -ov
whence
/3rj\6^,
threshold), [in
(v.
LXX chiefly
for
ii, 422^); hence, 2. (opp. to lepo's) unhallowed, profane : of things, I Ti 4J &^^, 12i (cf. II Ti 21"; of men, i Ti P, He Kotvos; Cremer, 140).t
;]
bh
1.
permitted
be trodden,
accessible
DCG,
t PePtjXow,
T. (rd/3(3aTov,
-to
Mt 12^
ySc'^T/Xos),
T.
[in
LXX
chiefly for
bbn ;]
io
profane
SVN.
b:?3
,
Koivow, q.v.
Be^cpou'X
lord,
(WH, App., 159, Eec, y3X^y8ov'X), 6, indecl. (Heb. and the Talmudic bl27 from ^3? dung (Dalman, O., 137n),
, , ,
or perh. by}
habitation, but, v.
DB,
iv,
409
f.
DCG,
1^,
i,
181).
,
The
lord
iv
Ki
3117 bv2.
(LXX,
Satan:
o,
Bct'aX
p,ma,
Sm.,
fieeXleftov/S),
Beelzebul, Beelzebub, a
name
of
Mt
102^ 122*.27^
Mk
322,
Lk
Ili5,i8,i9_t
BeXiaX,
Belial, a
DB,
i,
268),
name
6,
Satan
BeXiap,
indecl. (another
Syriac pronunciation,"
Beliar, a
See next word.t word, " due to harsh or else <C Heb. nr^ b^ lord of the forest),
11
Co
61^,
Eec.
form
of previous
name
of
Satan
r)
11
Co
61* (v.
1.
DB,
i,
269).
2.
*PcX6i'i(],
needle
Lk
80
| fidWo)),
[in
LXX
chiefly for
yu
>]
o,
missile,
a dart
Eph
G^^.t
-ov (gen. -ovos), comp. of aya^os, [in neut. as adv., better, very well : ii Ti 1^^ (also a"llD ;] elative use in these passages, v. M, Pr., 78, 236.
PcXticjc,
BeKta/ieii',
LXX
Ac
chiefly for
lO^^ D).
On
13^^,
(Rec.
-/xtv), 6,
Benjamin
Ac
Ro 11\ Phi
Ac
3*,
Re 7^t
(elsewhere BepevLKr), Macedonian form of ^epevLKt], cf. Veronica, Victoria), -r;?, 17, Bernice, Berenice, dau. of Herod Agrippa I
BepciKT)
2513. 23 263o.t
Be'poia, -as,
r],
Bero&a, a city of
Macedonia
20*.
Ac
17^' ^'.t
BeroRan
Ac
,
Beor, father of
Balaam
11
Pe
2*'
(Rec. Boo-op).+
BT]Oapap(i, -as (Rec. -pa, indecl.
;
Heb. TTay
Rec.
11!^^,
place of crossing;
-apa/Sa, R, mg.),
BriBavia,
Bethabara
house of
Jo
l^s,
(WH,
19^*^
R,
Br]6avLa.).f
Lk
and
in B*,
Mk
11^),
r],
(Heb.
dates,
tV2S[ JT'Sl
cf.
affliction, ace. to
Bethphage), Bethany; 1. a village fifteen furlongs from Jerusalem, the modern El Azertyeh : Mt 211^ 26^, Mk S^'^ (WH, 2. A place on E. mg.) IV' 11' 12 143^ Lk 1929 2450, Jo 111' 18 121. bank of Jordan Jo 1^^ (R, mg., BrjOafSapd, q.v.).t BTjOeaSd, rj, indecl. (deriv. uncertain, v. Westc. on Jo 5^, and DB, i, 279), Bethesda, a pool in Jerusalem Jo 5^, Rec. (BT^e^a^a, WH, B77^o-ai8a, WH, mg.).t
:
BT]0ta0(,
7},
indecl.
(perh.
Aram. SJV\
IT'S,
house of
olives)
Bethzatha
Jo
5^,
17,
WH (Rec.
:
Br/^eo-Sa, q.v.).t
,
BTjOXe^fi,
town 6 m.
(Syr.,
S. of
Jerusalem
(Rec.
Mt
2^'
^' s.
Lk
2*' ^^,
Jo
11.
7*2.t
BTj0(rai8(
-craiSa),
and
-Sdv
(Mt,
Mk,
c),
17,
indecl.
hoiise of fish), Bethsaida, a town on NE. shore of the Sea of Galilee Lk 9^*^. It is generally supposed that a second B. on the 6** 822, Lk lO^^, Jo 1*^ 1221 {DB, i, shore is referred to in Mt ll^i,
:
W.
Mk
282
f.
but
v.
Swete on
(L,
-yrj),
IVIk 6**).
rj,
2.
v.l.
Jo
52.t
BT]0<l>aYT]
indecl.
:
(Aram.
'^SSITI^^
Dalman,
Mt
.]
21^,
Mk
11^,
Lk
1929.t
pTJfia, -Tos,
I
TO y8atVa>), [in
LXX: De
i_
2^ (^nip),
Ne
:
8* (blJO),
7^.
Es
Mac
1326 *
^
;
^^^^^ g^^i^g^
p^ce
Ac
2.
raised place, a platform reached by steps, originally that in the Pnyx at Athens from which orations were made freq. of the tribune or tribunal of a Roman magistrate or ruler: Mt ^V^, Jo 19^3, Ac 122\ 18i2,i,i7 256,10, 17; y3. .rov Oeov, Ro 1410 r. XpLCTTov, II Co 5io.t
;
81
282,
t
DiTJiS')*
pi^poXXos, -ov,
;]
6,
^,
[in
LXX: To
:
13^^
(-vAXiov
in
Ex
beryl,
Be 2V^.f
:
fiia, -as,
[in
LXX
for
"SJISI
Ac
to
^idlu (<
ySia),
and depon.
-o/xai, [in
lYQ
etc.
;]
force, constrain, rare in act. (poet, and late prose), but pass., and so perh. /Jia^erat, siiffereth violence, Mt 11^^,
found
or
in
cl.
in
EV (but v. infr.),
{h)
whether
139 258
ff.
; ;
(a) in good sense, of disciples (Thayer, sense, of the enemies of the kingdom (Meyer, in 1.
al.),
;
in
bad
Dalman, Words,
force one's
/3id^oixaL
way
v.
-a,
Mid., advanceth violently, Mt, I.e. (Deiss., BS., in DCG, ii, 803 f .) seq. cis, to press violently, or into, Lk 16^^ (v. ICC, in 1., and in Mt, I.e. cf. irapaff.).
; ;
and
MM,
-ov
s.v.).t
pi'aios,
y3ta),
[in
LXX
for
Brj^,
7;?,
ly
etc.;]
violent
Ac
2^.f
2. violent (Philo)
*tpia<mfis, -ov, 6 {<C/3i(iCio), late form of /Staras; 1. strong, forceful. Mt II12 (see /3ia^a)).t *t PipXapiSiow, -ov, TO (dim. of fii^Xdpiov, dim. of /JiySXos), a little book: Ee lO^-s (WH, ySiySXiW, T2.7 /3tJ3Ai8a/>iov)9. 10. Not hitherto
:
found elsewhere.
^i^XiStipioi', -ov, TO, V.S. /SifiXapihiOV.
PipXi'of,
-or,
TO (dim. of
chiefly for
letter,
ySiySXos,
q.v.),
[in
LXX
also
in
the
alternat.
form
1.
ftv/^-,
freq. of the
cognate
forms;]
divorce,
a paper,
19^,
writteyi
dwoa-Taariov, bill of
Mt
Mk
17
Ga
Ee
10*. 2. a book, a roll : Lk 4I'. 20, Jo 20^0 2125, 9^9 10", Ee l^^ 5i- 6^* lO^ 20^2 227-i; p. t. ^u,^s.,
Pi'pXos,
-ov,
its
LXX for
Ac
ipQ
the form
/8v/8-
fii^Xiov,
being sometimes used;] a book, a roll, used much less freq. than and with a "connotation of sacredness and veneration"
(MM,
Phi
6i3.t
1\
Mk
and
122^,
Lk
3* 20*2
(;u>^s.
PiPpolaKu, poet,
late prose,
[in
LXX
for
bDH ;]
:
to eat
Jo
Lk
3i7.t
8^*, i
Ti
22, 11
Jo
2^^.
2.
living, livelihood,
means
(in
Pr
I
v.
DCG,
life
39^):
Mk
12**,
Lk
8*3
I512.30 2I*,
Jo
"vita qu, vivimus," the vital vivimus," (1) the period of Hence, in cl., ^., being life, (2) the means by which it is sustained. confined to the physical life common to men and animals, is the
SvN.
C'^-q,
is
intensive,
principle;
ySios, life
extensive, "vita
quam
82
inferior
ethical
word (cf. zoology, biography). In NT, ^wi^ is elevated into the and spiritual sphere (cf. Tr., Syn., xxvii). pi6cu, -w /86os), [in LXX: Pr 7^ 9^ (n^n), Jb 29^8, Wi 4* i<\ 1223, Si 40^8, IV Mac 5^2 n^*;] to spend life, to live : r. xpovov fiiwa-at (cl., more freq. 2 aor,, -vat), i Pe 4^ (cf. Jb, l.c.).t Syn. ^(iw (q.v.).
:
**tpiWis,
-6W9,
17
(<y8idco), [in
LXX:
Siprol}^*-^ manner of
life:
Ac 26^t
* PiwTiKos, -1], -o'v (< /3ios), pertaining to life, hence, worldly (Field, Notes, 171) Lk 2P^ i Co G^.^.t 3\ap6p6s, -a, -dv y8\a7rTO)), [in LXX: Pr 1026*;] hurtful: I Ti 69.t Pr 252o, To 122, wi lO^ IS^, 11 Mac I222, pXdTTTo,, [in 9^ * ;] to hurt, injure : c. ace, IG^^^]^ Lk 4^5. IV Mac
:
LXX
In
Mk
pXaordi/u,
[in
2.
LXX
for
HDS
etc.;]
1.
to
Mk
c.
42'',
He
9*.
make
to
ace, Ja
5i8_f
chamberlain of Agrippa
Ac
122<'.t
(HD"' hi.)
-w /SAao-<^r;/>ios), [in
LXX:
IV
Ki
19*
525
(|,j^3 hith.),
;]
Da
LXX
Mk
Ac
329<96) (-,brzr
nnx).
To
118,
Da TH
(in
cl.,
Bel
^, 11
Mac 2 *
:
opp. of
T.
vcf)7]ixioi),
speak blasphemously
II
or profanely of sacred things esp. to speak impiously of God, to blaspheme, absol., Mt 9^ 26^5, 2\ Jo lO^", Ac 26^\ 1 Ti I20,
1. to spteak lightly
Pe
212;
e6v,
Ac
210
;
1937,
Ee
Ee
4*
:
IS" 16^;
2.
c.
86^a^,
Ju
8,
II
Pe
ek t6 nvei/xa to
:
Mk
Ju^o.
329,
i
Lk
Pe
12i.
;
to
absol.,
Lk
Pe
22*^*,
13*^5
18^,
ace,
Mt
Mk
Lk
Ja
2^,
Pass.
Eo
22* 38
I416,
Co
(96)
1030,
Ti
61,
-7
Tit 2^,
22
(Cremer, 570).t
p\a(T4)Ti|xia, -a?,
{<C/3Xd(T(f>rj,jLo<;), [in
LXX: Ez
3512 (nsKj),
;]
Da
TH
329
(nbizr)
To
118, J
Mac
26, II
328 722,
Mac 8* 103^ 152* * (a) railing Eph 43i, Col 38, i Ti 6*, Ju9, Ee 29 God, blasphemy Mt 26^*, Mk 14^*
:
Lk Mt
ii,
521,
Jo
1033,
Trpds
Ee 13^
T.
6(01',
ovofxa y8Aaa</)7;^tas,
Ee
131 173;
c.
gen. obj.
1231;
Ee
13
(Cremer, 570;
of
:
DB,
i,
305;
v.
DCG
Thayer,
423).t
p\da<j>T)|jios,
-ov
Boisacq
II II
<^7//Ar?,
uncertain
Is 663
deriv.,
,
LXX
(|^j< '[12.'0)
Wi 1^, Si 3i
:
Mac
928 10*' 36 *
;]
(a) evil-speaking,
;
slanderous, blasphemous
Ac
611
(cf. Ju 9) {b) as subst. a blasphemer : i Ti li^ Ti 32, II Pe (Cremer, 570). * PXe'fjLp.a, -Tos, TO {<C /3Xe7r<ji) a look, a glance: /SXe/xfiarL koI aKofj, II Pe 28, sight and hearing, a sense not found for yS. in Gk. lit., but perh. recognized in the vernacular {ICC, in l.)t
211
pXe'tro),
[in
LXX
to see,
chiefly for
(b)
nXT
also
for
TOG,
ctvat)
etc.;]
:
1. of
Mt
:
1222,
Jo 9^ Ac
99,
Eo
absol.,
83
129;
8^**;
1;
c.
ace,
528
Mt
7^,
Mk
Ee
c.
5^\
53. *
;
Lk
6*1,
Jo
129,
^j
^^^^^^
d^s.
Ac
yvvalKa,
Mt
^^|3\{ov,
t. /Skewo/xeva, II
Co
2.
Metaph.,
mental vision;
discern: absol.,
;
Mt
13^^,
Lk
acc, He 2^ 1025; geq. 5^ He 3^^, Ja 222; (jj heed : absol., Mk 132^' ^3 c. acc, i Co l^^, al. seq. TTtus, c. indie, Lk S^^, i Co 3^^ Eph 5^^ ggq. ', c. indie, Mk 42* seq. tis TT/joo-wTTov, of partiality, Mt 22l^ Mk 121*. Colloq. (for ex. from TT., V. Deiss., LAE, 122; M, Pr., 107; MM, Exp., x; Milligan,
Bi i(r67rTpov, 1
Co
1312;
S^s 12*8; 13^; seq. Iva fi^, 11 Jo^; ft. AttS, indie, Col 2*, He 3^2- i,j_ q ^or. subj., 13*. Mt 24*, 3. Of situation and direction (Lat. specto), to look, face (towards), places, etc. (seq. Trpd?, Xen, Hell., vii, 1, 17; Ez 4023,24^. ggq na_Ta, C. aCC, Ac 27^2 (cf. dva-, ttTTO-, 8ta-, /*-, CTTt-, TTCp-,
NTD,
seq.
50),
ft.
yu.17
(cl.
Mk
c.
Mk
fut.
Mk
Trpo-ftKiww), V.
DCG,
-a, -ov
*tpXT]Teos,
i, 446; ii, 596. (gerundive of ySaAAw), (that which) one must put:
Lk
538.f
v.
Dalman,
Gr.,
3^7.+
144;
out
Mt
:
DCG,
ySoT;),
[in
LXX
Mk
Mk
;]
1. absol.,
123,
,
3^, 27*^,
1^ 15=^*,
Lk
3* 9^8 IS^s,
Jo
Ac
8^
17 252^
al.),
Ga
427.
2. C. dat., to call
on
by pyr
Ho
7^*,
Lk
187.t
Ka\i(i},
SVN.:
to call, invite,
summon;
Kpd^io, to cry,
harshly or
ftodta
inarticulately, as animals;
Bo^s,
6, v.s.
17,
ex-
[in
etc.
[in
;]
a cry
Ja
for
5*.t
poi^ecia,
-as,
(v.s. ftorjOeoy),
LXX
1}^
etc.;] help:
He
x;
41*
;
pi., helps,
DB,
ext.,
367): kcTI^''.^
PoTjO^w, -w {<^ftori
Bed),
to
run), [in
.
LXX
q ^^t.,
come
Ac
169, II
Co
62 (LXX),
He
Mt
152^,
Mk 922. 24
LXX
1.
(poet. -00s),
2. helping,
auxiliary
cl.),
as subst. (Hdt.),
(=
ftoOpos,
more
freq. in
[in
LXX
chiefly for
rne;] a pit:
DB, iii, 885; JDCG, ii, 367).t poXt^, -^s, ;8(Ua>), [in LXX: Ge 21^6 (nnto), 11 Mac 5^, 52 *;]a throw ; XWov Mac (Thue, v, 65, 2), a stone's throw Lk 22".t ft.
12^1 15^\
639 (cf.
17
Mt
Lk
to
{<CftaiXXw), [in
LXX
for yri
javelin
He
122,
Eee (LXX).t
84
and
Boe's
(RV, Bod^
S^^f
Rec
Boot,), o, indecl.
(Ru
222 +
21)
Mt
16,
Lk
P6pPopos,
-ov, 6, [in
LXX:
Je 45 (38)
(la-^M)*;]
mud, filth:
ii
Pe
[in
LXX
Re
for ]iB^;]
1.
the north:
Lk
IS^^,
21i3.t
^oaKw, [in
LXX
Mk
51*,
Lk
33* 15^5;
for nv^;] prop., of a herdsman, to feed: Mt 8^^, metaph., of Christian pastoral care, Jo 21^5, 17,
5^\ Lk B^'-^.t^ Pass., of cattle, to feed, graze : Mt B^o, SVN. : TToifiaiveiv, to tend, shepherd, a wider term, including oversight as well as feeding (v. Tr., Syn., xxv). Boaop, V. Bcwp.
Mk
Poxdi^,
grass, fodder.
-r;s,
7]
/?oVca)), [in
LXX
for
n^y,
Nizr^,
Txn;]
1.
2.
green herb:
He
6^.t
Syn.
LXX
of a
[in
for bstjr^
;]
a cluster of grapes
Re
14^'
LXX:
councillor, 235o.t
a senator ;
member
of
PouXcuw {<^PovXrj),
deliberate, resolve.
LXX
to
take counsel,
seq.
tl,
Lk
14^i.
II
273^
C.
ace,
In mid., 1. to take counsel with oneself, consider to determine with oneself, resolve : c. inf., Ac 5^" Co V' seq. cva, Jo IV^ 12^^ (cf. -rrapa-, <rv^-).f
2.
;
PouXii,
-rj^,
rj
(<^ y8ov\o/xai),
[in
:
LXX
freq.
for
nxy
t.
;]
counsel,
purpose
pi.,
I
(in
cl.,
;
Co
45
Ac
;
t.
^ovXrjv
OiXrjfj.aTO';
airov,
Eph
Mac
111
^,
o^oC,
Lk
T^o,
Ac Ac
LXX:
Ro
,
Pr
i
910 (nri), II
43.t
Mac
155, IV
818 *
;]
purpose, will
27*3^
d^^,
Pe
SVJV.:
BiX-qfia.
PouXo/iai, [in
niN
|^3r
etc.
;]
to will,
wish, desire,
purpose, be minded, implying more strongly than diXat (q.v.), the deliberate exercise of volition (v. Hort on Ja li^) c. inf. (M, Pr., 205 1515, Ac 528.33 12* 1537 1720 IB15.27 1930 2230 2328 27 Bl., 69, 4),
:
Mk
I
2818, II
c.
Co
115,
Ti
69,
I12,
He
i
61^,
11
Jo
12,
Jo
11
ace. et inf..
Phi
Ju
c.
choice between alternatives, Mt li9 1127, Lk IO22, Ac 2520, i Co 12ii, Ja 3* 4* d /SovXn (cl., a courteous phrase = 6iXei^, colloq. Bl., 21, 8; LS, S.V.), Lk 22*2 q gubjc, adding force to a question of deliberapovXiqOii'i, of set purpose (v. Hort, in 1.), tion (Bl., 64, 6), Jo 183'' 118 impf., efiovXofjirjv ( = cl. ^ovXc'/jL-qv av Bl., 63, 5 Lft., Phm. ^^), Ja
;
;
.
Ac
2522,
Phm 13
(v.
85
iv,
199), [in
nyaa;] a hill:
Pous,
146.
19^
Lk
35(lxx) 233o.t
-q,
(3o6<i, 6,
[in
;]
an ox, a cow
Lk 13"
Jo
;
214. IS, I
Co
99 (^^^\
Ti 5i8.t
* PpaPciok, -ov, TO (< /SpayScvs, an Umpire), a prize in the games Co 924 metaph., of the Christian's reward. Phi 3i*.t ** ppaPco'u (<;3pa/?ev?, aw Umpire), [in Wi 10^2 * ;] (a) prop.,
LXX
to
act as umpire;
Lft.,
hence,
{b)
Dem.;
in
1.),
Col., I.e.;
MM,
generally, to arbitrate, decide (Isocr., s.v.) Col 3^*; (c) in some late writers,
:
I.e.,
Kara-/3pa 13 evo)).f
;8pa8vs), [in LXX: Ge 43io (ma hith.), Is 46^3 (-inN pi.), Si 32 (35)i8*;] 1. trans., to retard (Soph.,
ppaSuVu
2.
De
T^",
Is, I.e.).
More
freq. intrans., to be slow, to tarry : i Ti 3", 11 Pe 3^.t *t ppaSuirXoc'u, -w {<C /3pa8v<:, ttAovs), to sail slowly : Ac 27''.t * ppaSus, -cia, -V, slow : is to Xakija-ai, Ja 1^^ metaph., of the
;
:
understanding
fipaxiiav,
t. ft.
KapSia, assoc.
rj,
with
11
ft.
dvoT/ro?,
Lk
24^*.
*Ppa8oTiis,
-}tos,
slowness
[in
Pe
3^.t
;]
-ovos,
ft.
6,
LXX,
the
1*^,
arm ;
Jo
as in OT,
power
;
Lk
1238 (LXX)^
Ac
13i7.t
[in
Ppaxus,
short, little:
-eta, -V,
LXX
;]
short
(a) of
time
He He
III
2'^. ^,
little,
ftpa-xy, Ac 5^*; /actci ft., Lk 22*; ft. n, a short time, EV, mg. (6) of distance Ac 27^ (c) of quantity or value, few: Jo 6^, He 2''^, EV, txt. pi., hia ftpaxeav, in few words.
;
:
1322.t
LXX:
Si
19ii,
i
:
born child,
infancy,
11
Mac
2.
6^0,
**.
a new-
6.-Kh ftpe<f>ov<;,
from
Ti 3".t
2. In chiefly for 1130;] 1. <o wet: Lk pp^X, [in late Gk. writers and vernac. = vctv, to send rain, to rain (Kennedy, Mt 5" trop., ft. Tzvp k. Bilov, Lk 17^^ ; impers., Sources, 39, 155) 5^"^ with vctos as subj., Ee ll^.t it rains : Ja ftp^X^i,
738.**.
:
LXX
PpofTT),
-^s, V,
"
[in
LXX
for
Dm;] thunder:
Mk
(68),
3^^ Jo 1229,
Ee
45 61 85 103.
tppoxVi,
(DTS^a)*;] 1.
-^s,
/8/),
2.
[in
LXX:
(in
tt.,
Ps 67
of
ftpoxiT6<i,
a wetting
in
irrigation
Deiss.,
rain:
As
[in
MGr. (Kennedy,
Pr
6*
Sources, 153),
721
wcto's,
pp<5xos,
III
6,
LXX:
slip-knot,
i
(Tj
:
(p^D) 2225
(tzrpto),
Mac
48 *
a halter
Co
l^^.f
86
KySpv'xo)), [in
:
LXX
so
:
Pr
biting, a
111
Lk 1328.t Jb le^ow, Ps 34 (35)'^ 36 (37)^2 Pp6x<o (Attic, /SpvKco), [in (112)1", La 2^6 (pin)*;] 1. to bite or eat greedily. 2. to gnash,
gnashing of teeth
8^^ 13*2.
Mt
LXX
Ac
7**.t
to be
full
to
bursting;
1.
of
Ja 3i^t
[in
TO
(cf. /Sifipwa-Kw),
Ro
I
1415.20,
43,
Co
88.13
103;
pi.,
Mt
[in
1415,
Ti
He
Jo
43*,
Co
32 (cf. /?pio-is).+
92^,
LXX: Le
[in
1923,
Ne
Ez
4712
Ppwais, -ews,
rj
(cf.
jSi^pwaKU)),
LXX
and
derivatives of
bax
;]
1.
eating
ji.
;
koI
ir6a-i<;,
Ro
:
Col
2^*^
(v. Lft.,
ICC, in 1.); c. gen. obj., i Co 8* metaph., corrosion, rust: Mt 61^.20. 2. As also in cl. (Horn., al.) = /3pQyfxa, food Jo 62^^, n Co 910, Col 31^ (EV, but V. supr.). He 12i^ metaph., of spiritual nourishment, Jo 432 62'1" 55.t
;
LXX:
oXedpov,
:
11 i
Mac
sink: metaph.,
-ov,
6,
cis
Lk
5'.t
M^s,
[in
LXX Ex
1125.t
/Svpara,
15^,
Ne 9"
(nbiSO),
2.
Ps 67
(68)22
1.
the bottom.
11
Co
*+
Pupo-eu's,
:
tanner
Ac
hide), late
form
for
ySvpo-oSei/^i^s,
a
;]
Puo-cricos,
yi3
etc.
made
of
/Jt'o-o-os,
fine linen
rj
Re
I812.
19*' 1*.+
Pu'acros,
-ov,
(cf.
Heb.
"J^Q),
[in
LXX
chiefly for
it
:
WW,
Lk
,
|^n;]
made from
16i^.t
/3aiVw),
1.
[in
LXX
place,
i,
in Proph.,
chiefly
for
(cf.
nps;]
any raised
a platform.
2.
an
altar:
Ac
1723
BvaLaarrjpiov
and
V.
DB,
75).
literation of
7),
TappaGd (Rec. -^5), rj, indecl., Gabbatha, the Greek transan uncertain Aramaic word {DB, s.v. Dalman, Words, used as the equivalent of XlOoo-tpihtov, stone pavement Jo 19i3.t
;
raPpn^X,
6,
Gabriel
Lk
li^. 26.t
87
to
r}<;,
rj,
a gangrene, an eating
sore,
which leads
:
ii
Ti 2^^.t
Gad (Ge
Ee
T^.t
TaSapd, Gadara, the capital of Peraea), Mk 5\ Eec. (Edd., Vepaa-qvwv), Lk 8^"' 3^, Rec. (Edd., Tpaa-rjvuiv)A rdla -rjs, 7} (Heb. njy), Gaza, in OT, one of the five chief cities of
raSaptji'os,
-6v
:
{<C.
Gadarene, of Gadara
Mt
the Philistines
+
720, 21^
Y<i|;a,
Ac
rj
826.+
-i;s,
(a
,
Persian word),
[in
;]
LXX
for j^T^a, ii
:
Es
5^"^
6^
Es
47
1:^73
II
Es
721
Is 39^ *
y^t^ct,
treasure
Ac
S^^.t
+ Ya^o-(J)uXdKioi',
-ov,
to (<[
<f)vXaKrj),
[in
LXX
;
chiefly
for
of a
n3?b
n3V2
(iv
Ki
2311, al.),
3^)
t6
y.,
ra
y.,
temple treasury, Ne 10^^, 11 Mac 3^, al. ;] treasury : also, apparently, the trumpet-shaped chests into which the peoples' temple-offerings were thrown {DB, iv, 96 DCG, ii, 748) Mk 12". *\ Lk 21i, Jo 820.+ 1. of faios, -ov, 6 (Faios, Rec), Gains, the name of a Christian Macedonia Ac 1929. 2. Of Derbe Ac 20*. 3. Of Corinth Ro 1623, in Jo ^+ I Co 1^*. 4. The one to whom in Ep. Jo is addressed ydXa, -aKTos, to, [in LXX for Q^n ;] milk: i Co 9". Metaph., of elementary Christian teaching i Co 32, He 5^2, 13 ^^ AoyiKoi/ ahoXov y., the rational (spiritual) genuine milk (v. Hort, in 1.), i Pe 22 (in support of AV, milk of the word, v. ICC, in 1.).+ ra\dTT)s, -ov, 6 (originally syn. with cl. KcAt?;?; cf. i Mac 82, and V. next word), a Galatian : Ga 3^.t TaXaTia, -as, 17, Golatia ; 1. a gentilic region in Asia Minor, settled by Gauls (iii/B.c). 2. A Roman Province which included this region {DB, ii, 85 ff.) i Co 16^, Ga I2, 11 Ti 410 (T, Tr., mg., VaXXiav),
;
:
Pe
11.+
ra\aTiK<5s,
-ri>
"o'v
(v.
Galatia
Ac
16 1823.+
-rjs,
17,
*ya\-l^vr\,
TaXiXaia, -as,
a calm rj (Heb.
Mt
826,
,
Mk
439,
Lk
82*.+
b''!?an
times of the northern region of Palestine in 415 (LXX). O^Xaaaa t^s T., Mt 1529 (cf. Jo 6^).
raXiXatos, -am, -alov, Galilcean 236, Jo 4, Ac 111 27 537.+
raXXi'a, -as,
rj,
NT
F.
Mt
2669,
Mk
:
14"o,
Lk
W^
2259,
mg., for TaAaTta, II Ti 410.+ Ac I812. 1*. i7 f TaXXiwi', -tovos, 6, Gallic, proconsul of Achaia rafittXiiiX, o (Heb. ^^^b03), Gamaliel the elder, a Pharisee and
:
Gaul
T., Tr.,
Doctor of the
*Ya|Jiea),
Law Ac
:
-w,
[in
LXX: Es
to
Mac
to
35^ I
1425, jy
Mac
:
169*;]
absol.,
:
^q
marry
199,
1.
30
of
the man,
marry, take
1727, 2034.
2.
wife (ducere)
;
Mt
1910 2225,
2438,
Mk
Lk
1225,
Lk
Mk
617 IQii,
1420 1618.
88
writers, pass.), to give oneself in marriage, marry {nuhere) : i Co 7'; (b) in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 159), act. (as of the man), to marry : absol., lO^^. ace, 1 Co 728.84, J Tj 511,14. c (3) Of both sexes: absol.,
Mk
iTi43, iCo79'iO'38.t
*t yafii^o) (<^
ya/Aos), to give
12''*,
Mt
2230 2438,
Mk
=
10.
Lk
17^7 20^^
yafXL^u)) .f
*YOfiiaKw,
yafi'i^uy,
q.v.
Lk
Ee
203*.
;]
35,
WH,
pi.
13''
mg.
(Arist.).+
1.
feast:
Mt
228.
".12^
19^.9;
:
Notes, 16),
Mt
(Cremer, 666).t co-ordinating particle, contr. of ye apa, verily then, hence, in ydp, truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, 1. explifor, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.
2.
222-*. 2510,
Lk
1236 148.
marriage
He
cative
I
and epexegetic
2.
Mt
Th
4^8 1912,
Mk
83i
3.
Lk
113o,
Ko
Co
71,
Co
16*, al.
Mt
Phi
9* 2723,
Lk
Lk
Jo
225,
930, 220,
Ac
al.
163^ 193*,
Ko
15^6,
I21
910,
Mk
Col
Causal:
19. 11,
I
Mt
Co
22.5.6,
323^
Jo
Ac
225,
Ro
115,
Re
13, al.
command
or prohibition,
Mt
22'^ 3^,
Eo
13",
Th 43, al. where the cause is contained in an interrog. Kal ydp, for also, Mk 10**^ statement, Lk 222^, Eo 33 43, i Co 102^ = etenim, where the koi loses its 632, I Qq 57^ al i(j as in cl. Lk connective force (Bl., 78, 6; Kuhner3, ii, 854 f.), Mk U^\ Lk lc
;
.
2237, II
Co
13*.
Co
119.
it
The proper place of ydp is after the first word in a it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after
is
which
stands
(v.
,
Thayer,
y.
;^tv
s.v.).
yao-Ti^p,
-Tpo9,
[in
LXX
for
]y5
iv
for i^in
iv y.
Xafiftdveiv for
mn
Ee
;]
1.
the belly
womb:
2123,
I
iv y.
Hx^iv, to be
: metaph., a glutton, Tit I12. 2. the with child, Mt 118,23(lxx) 2419, Mk 13i7, Lk
Th
53,
122
^v y. (7wX\a/x/3., to conceive,
Lk
isi.t
postpositive particle, rarer in kolvt) than in cl., giving to the word to which it is attached, distinguishing it as the least or the most important (Thayer, s.v.), indeed, at least, even Lk 118 185 1. used alone (but not always translatable into English) 242i, i Co 92 Eo 832. 2. More freq. with other particles aXkd yc, Lk Sipa y, Mt 720 1726, Ac 1727; S.pd y, Ac 830; ,;; y^ (Rec. ct'yc), II Co 53, Ga 3*, Eph 32 421, Col 123 (y. Meyer, Ellic, on Ga, Eph, 11. c. Lft., on Ga, Col, 11. c.) d 8e fx-qyi, following an affirmation, Mt 61, Lk 10' 139; a negation, Mt 91^, Lk 536.37 14^2^ Co III6; Kat' ye (Eec. Kai'y,
ye, enclitic
special
prominence
cl.
KoX
/cai
ye),
Lk
19*2
(WH
om.),
Ac
;
(L
KaiToi ye,
Tr.
I
Toi yc),
Jo 42; /xevowye
indecl. in
(v. S.V.)
V.S. /jh^tl;
o<^eXdv ye,
Co
48.t
rcSecik',
6,
LXX
and NT,
:
in FIJ, Ant., v. 6, 3
and
He
1132.t
89
Mk
Ne
9*^,
Eec),
;
->;s, 17
""^
,
(perh. through
'3
ll^o
DTT]^
Jo IS^^
the nearest valley of {the son, sons of) lamentation) ; [in y. is yatcvva, Jos 18^^ (Fat 'Owofx, A), elsewhere <f>a.pay$ 9*^;] Gehenna, a valley W. and S. 'Ovofx (Jos 15^, al.), V. Swete on of Jerusalem, which as the site of fire-worship from the time of Ahaz, was desecrated by Josiah and became a dumping-place for the offal of the city. Later, the name was used as a symbol of the place of future 9*3. , 47^ Lk 12^, Ja 3^ Mt 529- 3o 1028, punishment, as in
LXX
approach to
Mk
NT
Mk
y. T. -TTvpos,
Mt
with
-vet)
ref. to
fires of
Moloch {DB,
,
ii,
119 b)
vl6s y^vr}^,
Mt
rcOoTjtiacei (Eec.
-vrj,
LTr.
indecl. (Heb.
"^Zl^tp T)5
oil-'press),
Gethsemane
called in
6,
Jo 18^ a
ktjttos,
but
named only
for
in
Mt
26^^,
Mk
1432.t
yiiruv, -ovos,
17
(-<y^), [in
LXX chiefly
pWS
,
po?;] a neighbour:
to latigh
Lkl4i2
156.9,
Jo
98.t
LXX
[in
chiefly for
ib. 21 (cf.
pum
;]
;]
Lk
62^
KaTa-y\a<j).t
yikus, -wTos,
Y6fiilt
laughter
iii
:
Ja
5*^,
49.t
ye/t(o),
1.
[in
45^7 (|yD),
Mac
iv
Mao
ace,
31**;] to fill;
seq. gen.,
iK,
properly, of a ship
(pass.).
c.
Lk
15i,
Eec.
WH,
,
mg.
for N^Q (used only in pres. and impf.), [in HiffZ',] to 2. Generally (Plat., al.), (a) c. properly, of a ship (Xen.). hef^dl 173<-i 2P; gen. rei: Mt 232^, Lk 1V^\ Eo 3i*(lxx)^ Ee 4''.8 58 15' Mt 232^ (c) c. ace. rei (called a solecism in {b) seq. iK 251 Bl., 36, 4), as in later Gk. from Byz. to Mod. times (Jannaris,
yifiui
;
LXX
1.
WM,
Gr,, 1319)
Ee
IT^.t
17
ycced, -as,
(<^ ytyKo/tcu)
[in
LXX
11 (Cremer,
generation;
(cf.
148);] 1. race, stock, family (in NT, yivviqfm, q.v.). pi., Mt {a) of the contemporary members of a family
:
Ge
31^,
IT^^,
m^ia)
bad sense, Mt
Mk
919, Lk 9" 168, Ac 2*^ (b) of all the people of a given period Mt 243^ Mk 1330, Lk 21^2, Phi 21*; pi., Lk 1*8; esp. of the Jewish 30-32. 50, 51 people, Mt 1116 1239. 4i, 42, 45 i^i 2336^ Mk 812. 38^ Lk V^ 1129.
^vtoS tis 8i>7y^o-Tat, Ac 833 (LXX); (c) the period covered by the life-time of a generation, used loosely in Ac 14^6 I521, Eph 3*, Col 126; cJ? ytj/cas koX y, pi. of successive ages Is 341'^, al.), Lk l^*'; ets Trao-as ras y. tov aiwvos twv (= "lin "trh
1726,
Ac
1336,
He
3io(i^xx);
^^^
^.
mcivwv,
Eph
DCG,
;
i,
639f.).t
[in
Yct'caXoy^o),
-w
(<
ycvca, Acyw),
LXX:
:
Ch
5^ (izrn'')*;] to
pass., seq. Ik
He
76.t
90
(v.
previous word)
Tit
S"^
1.
the
1.,
2.
a genealogy
ii,
pi.,
Ti
1*,
(v.
CGT,
in
DB,
p. 141).t
-oiy,
to.,
neut. pi. of adj. -los, -ov, relating to birth 2. In late 1. in Attic Gk., a commemoration of the dead. {<C yeVto-is) Gk., a birthday feast (= cl. yevedXia; so in tt., v. MM, Exp., x; cf.
*yevdcna,
;
Mt
14,
Mk
B^i.t
;]
yCyvo/xai), [in
1. origin,
;
lineage:
ySt'ySXos
yeveVews (as in
Ge
Mt
l^.
2.
6jri/i
Mt
l^^,
face of his birth ("what God 1^3; 6 rpo^os t^s y., the wheel (course) of birth or creation ("the wheel of man's nature according to 'ts original Divine purpose," Hort), Ja 3^.t
Lk 1^* (Rec. yiuvrjo-L's) irpoawTTov t^s made him to be," Hort., in 1.), Ja
YeceTTJ,
-^s,
ycverj,
lon. for
yei/ea,
[in
LXX
Le
25*^
(lj:5.37
instzra),
Es
4}''*;]
birth:
y.,
Jo 9\t
t Ye>'r]fAa, -tos,
;]
a form
;
not found in
Pr., 45;
woduce
M, but used in LXX, NT and tt. (Bl., 3, 10 184), as distinct from yewrj/jia, q.v., of fruit, Mt 2629, Mk 142*, Lk 12^^ 22i8, ii Co Q^o (Rec. of the earth
cl.,
Deiss.,
BS,
yvrij/ta).t
chiefly for ib^ ;] 1. y^vv&m, -co (<^ yeWa, poet. for yevoii), [in of the father, to beget: c. ace, Mt l^-^^, Ac T^'^^; seq. , Mt l^.s.s. 2. Of the mother, to bring forth, bear : Lk l^^. 57 2329, Jo I621 ; cts Pass. (1) to be begotten: Mt l^O; (2) to be born: Mt SovXetav, Ga 424. 21, 4 1912 2624, 1421, Lij i35_ Jo 34^ Ac 720, Ro 9^\ He 1123 geq. ^j^,
LXX
Mk
Pe
;
Jo
1621 1837, II
212
iy,
Ac
28 223, (d^a/DTtais),
;
Jo
934
iTr6,
;
He
11^2
Ac
['Pw/xalos], c. adj., ti;<^A6s y., Jo mg., ^yv-) K, Jo ^^^ ^^p^^ ^_ TTvcr./Aa Ga 429. Metaph. /iax5. " Ti 223 V5s eyevv-qtra, I Co 4i\ (ov), Phm !<*; in quotation, Ps 2" (LXX), Ac 1333, He 1* 5^ Jo l^* of Christians as begotten of God, born again 33.5-8^ I Jo 229 39 47 51,4,18 (cf. dva-ycvmo)) (Cremer, 146).
(WH,
1^3 3^ 8*1
:
92
2228
yivvr\\La,
-tos,
to'
(< yevvaw),
:
[in
LXX
spring of
men
or animals
(Rec.
cxtSvwv,
Mt
where
rccTiaape'T
Tevvr}(rdp
Mk,
I.e.;
i
Targ.
-1P^3|),
[in
LXX:
j^^
(as in
Mac
;
11''*;]
rj
Gennesaret, a
fertile plain
on
W.
y^
T.,
Mt
1434,
6*3
-fj
Xi^vrj r.
;
[rnZZ D;
Nu
34^1,
elsewhere
i?
ddXaacra
t. TaA-iXatas,
Mk
li
LXX:
Ch
4^ (nnS^Tp),
Ec
1^
V
^
(ib^ ni.; yeVeo-ts, AX), Wi 313 Ni (yeVeo-ts, 2. birth : Mt l^^, Lk l^^, Rec.t begetting.
y^vvr^T6%,
ABn2), Si 223*;]
-i
-6v
yvvaa>),
[in
LXX:
91
born:
pi., y.
yvvaLKwv
728
[in
(cf.
H^X
UV
Mt
ll^^
Lk
(Cremer, 147).
(< yiyvofMCLi),
LXX
Mk
for
]^p
nj
etc.
;]
1.
family: wa^iow ;
4. yfcznd,
Ac
Mk
4^ 7^3 IS^s. 3. race, 2. offspring: Ac 1728.29^ Re 22^6^ 436 719 182. 24^ n Co 1126, 35^ q^ lu^ 1 Pe 2^ 728, Ac 92^, i Co 12io. 28, l4io.t sort, class : Mt 13*' I721, Eec,
py
Gerasene, of Gerasa, not the G. of Decapolis, the Lake, but a Gerasa or Gergesa (perh. the mod. 30 m. S.E. of Kersa) on E. shore; as subst., pi. ol P., Mk 5\ Lk 826i37 (Yepyea-qvwv,
TcpaoTjt'os, -v> "ov,
EV, mg. 1
E,
TaSaprjvwv,
EV, mg.
2,
2).t
rpY<ni>'6s,
txt., Tepacrrjvitiv
-i
',
-ov,
Gergesene:
yipoiv), [in
Lk
826.37^
tE, mg.
(LTr.,
WH,
;]
E, mg.
17
ra8ap77i/a)v).+
yepouo-ia, -a?,
LXX
(Hex. only in
OT)
for ]p\
i,
a
f.
in
NT,
of the
Sanhedrin
{CI. Bev.,
43
;]
an old
man
Jo
3*.t
chiefly for Dina ;] to make to taste. Mid., to taste yeo'w, [in eat: absol., Ac lO^o 20^\ Col 221 c. gen., Mt 273^ Lk I42*, Ac 23^* c. ace. (not cl., but v. Westc, Heb., I.e. M, Pr., 66, 245), Jo 2^. Metaph, He 6* p^/xa Oeoi, He 6^ (on case, v. supr., and cf. Milligan, NTD, 68) 9^, Lk 92^, Jo 8*2, He 29 Bavdrov (cf. Talmudic nn^Q DTia), Mt 1628,
;
LXX
Mk
seq.
oTi, I
Pe
2^ (Cremer, 148).
LXX
Ch
2726 (nTcrn
njx^o
niry),
Es
a
46, I
Mac
148 *
;]
to till
tyecipyioc, -ov, to
1.
the ground
pass..
He
6'.
yccupyos), [in
LXX,
ITW,
etc.;]
912,
Je
2. cultivation,
husbandry,
tillage
(Pr 6^
ycupyos,
1.
-ov, 6
(<Cy^, pyw
a husbandman
13')
:
Lk
Lk
Mt
y^s,
: 11 Ti 2*, 2133-35.38,40,41^
Ja
5''.
vine-dresser
a/i,7re\ovpyos,
Mk
12i'2,7,9_
yrj,
rf,
[in
LXX
ll^^,
(a)
for I'lN,
2135,
Ac
2.
18,
He
;
Ee
:
3i, al.
opp. to
:
1327, al.
land
Mt 13^, Mk 48, Mt 102^, Mk 8, Lk 24^ Jo 86, al. (d) a region, ground Lk 425, Eo 928, Ja 517 y^ 'lo-paT^A., Mt 220. 21 Xa\8atW, Ac 7*
(6) as subject to cultivation
:
,
Mt 5^8 11^5^ Mk Mk 4\ Lk 53, Jo 621, al. Lk 13", He 6' al. (c) the
oipavo's,
;
country
rj
'lovSata
y^,
Jo
322
c.
gen. pers.,
Ac
,
7^.
and
dat.
-, TO, [in
etc.
;]
old age
iv y^pet,
Lk
136.t
;]
old
<
y^Jpas), [in
LXX
to
grow
92
yi'yv"
(M.
1.
-P^-.
47; Bl.,
6,
Mayser, 166
occurrences, a I Co 15^'^
;
[in
LXX
of persons, things
come into being, be born, arise, come on : Jo 1^* 8*^ seq. e/< (of first appearance in pubHc, Mk 1*, Jo 1^, al. birth), Ko 13, Ga 4^ Std, Jo 1^; /Spovr^ Jo 12^9; o-cicr/xtJ?, Ee 6^2 rj/j-epa yoyyucr/xo's, Ac 6^ x"P"' ^^ ^*' ^^^ many other similar exx. 22<', al. vv^, Ac 27^7. ll^^ irpwia, Mt 27' 2. Of events ovj/i, Mk Lk 4^1 to come to jyass, take place, Imppen : Mt 5^^ Mk 5^*, Lk I20 2^5, Ac
to
;
;
II
Ti
2^8, al.
:
,x.r,
yevotro
[LXX
Go
for
61^
nb-bn Jo
,
2229, al.],
;
far be
it,
God
forbid
Sc ([in
Ro
3* {ICG, in
for ^n^T
;]
1.), i
and
freq. in PI.
f.
;
LXX
v.
Burton, 142
f.),
M,
Pr.,
16
f.
Dalman,
al.; al.;
:
Words, 32
f.;
c.
indie,
Mt
728,
c. seq. Kai et indie, Lk 8^ Ac 5^ al. <l)s 8c iylvero, seq. tov c. inf., Ac 10^^ inf., Ac 20^"; c. ace. et inf., Ac 22^; avToI (Field, Notes, 115), Ac 7*0 (lxx).
ace. et inf.,
c.
Mk
28.
:
2^^,
Lk is, Lk d^\
one
;
c. dat. pers.,
to befall
c.
adv.,
cis,
cv,
Eph
6^
3.
tl
iyevero
geq.
Ac
to be
made,
2^^
;
Mt
6^**
19^,
Mk
Ac
;
192, al.
i^^
I
Lk
423;
922
Co
6^, Ac 2 ; hr6, Lk 13^7 ek, seq. 8td c. gen., 9^5; SiTroypa(f>rj, Lk 22; di/a/cpiai?, Ac 2526; 5^^0-15,
;
Mk
He
Mt
vofio'i,
:
come
to be
1025,
Mk
Ga S^' to Trda-xa, Mt 262. 4 iQ become, be made, seq. cbs, wo-ci, pred., Mt 43, Lk 43, Jo 2^, i Co 13^^, al. 12io, al. 92; ek (M, Pr., 71 f.), c. gen.. Re ll^*; id.,
c.
;
Mk
([LXX for trrx"^ n^n Ru V\ al. v. iirdvo,, Lk Field, Notes, 156), Ro 73.*; seq. iv, Ac 22'7, Re l^o, al. 19i; fierd, c. gen., Mk 16[io^, Ac 9^^; seq. ek, cVt' (Field, Notes, 135), Kara (ib., 62), c. acc. of place, Ac 201^ 213^ 27^, al.; seq. , Mk 9^, Lk 322, II Th 2^ al. Aoristic pf. yeyom (M, Pr., 52, 145 f. Field, Notes, 1 f.), Mt 25, Lk 1036, al. Aor. iyev-jOrj (for eyeVero, M, Pr., 139 f.
of age,
Lk
2*2
c. dat., y.
dv8pi
;]
Mayser, 379),
yii'cjCTKa)
Inscr., V.
So also vulgar Attic, in V. previous word. chiefly for to be taking in 207), [in ;] knowledge, come to knoio, recognize, perceive, understand in past tenses 5*3, to knoiv, realize ; pass., to become knozvn : c. acc, Mt 22'^, seq. 5ti, Mt 21**, Jo 48, I Th 3*, al. Pass., Mt 102^, Phi 4^, al. Col 15**; 6, Ro 7^^; r. Xcydyueva, Lk 183*; t. 41, al.; Tt', Mt 63; d-^6, Q acc. pers., of recognition by T. KapS/as, Lk 161* 6eX.rjiJia, Lk 12*^
(
Mt =
1123, ^1.
yiyv-
Thumb, MGV,
LXX
TV
Mk
Mk
by Christ, neg., Mt 723; f^eq. of the knowledge of divine things, of God and Christ; t. 6e6v, Ro 12\ Ga 4^; t. iraTipa, Jo 8"; T. Kvpiov, He 8ii(lxx); voCv KvpCov, Ro 113*; Xpio-roV, Jo 173, TO TOV 7rvVfji.aT0S, I Co 2^* t. Trvev/ta, I Jo 4^ t. dXrjOeiav, Jo I Jo 36 832; of Christ's knowledge of the Father (cTriy.), Mt 1127 (Dalman, Words, 282 ff.). In Hellenistic writers [LXX for Heb. TV Ga 4\ al.],
God,
I
Co
83,
Ga
4^;
know carnally Mt 1^*, Lk 13* (Cremer, 153). Stn, y., to know by observation and experience is thus prop, disting. from olSa, to know by reflection (a mental process, based on
of sexual intercourse, to
:
:
93
of.
also
e<f)iaT7}iJ.i,
(rvvir}/j.i.
(Cf
dva-, Sia-,
yXeuKos
LXX
for
]^^.,
new wine
(Arist.)
Ac
-V,
2^^.t
[in
^*^.t
yXukus, -a,
iriKpov, aXvKov,
LXX
chiefly for
pinp
opp. to
Ee
10^
yXuaaa,
1411 (Lxx)^
-77s, 17,
[in
LXX
T^s.^s,
organ of speech:
I
Mk
Lk
Co
14,
Phi 2^\ Ja
l^^ 162*, Ac 226 (lxx)^ Rq 3^3 (LXX) 126 35, a, s^ j Pe 310 (lxx)^ i Jq 318, Re IG^o
2.
of a tongue-like object,
Ac
2^.
a tongue, language
Ac
2^^
; ;
with
Ee
joined XaAcrv
TepaL<i
y, Ac 2*;
y. XaXelv /caivals,
WH,
i
(EV,
11.
Co 123o 13^ 142. 4-6, 13, is, 23, 27. 39 yXtoo-aat (= Xdyot eV yXuxrcrrj, I Co 14'^), I Co 13^ 1422; y^^ yXwo-crwv, 12l<> 28 yXCJaa-av Ixeic, I Co 1426 Trpoo-cvxtcr^ai yXtucroT/, I Co 14^* I Co
16^7,
; ;
Mk Mk
1617;
ICC,
form
of
11
cl. y\a)oro-OKoyu.erov
(<^ yXaiao-a,
[in
LXX
for
]nN,
11
Ki 6^\
Ch
248.i0'ii*;] 1.
cl. -eZov
(v. supr.),
ments.
to
a case for holding the reeds or tongues of musical instruAs in LXX, tt. (MM, s.v.), a box, chest: Jo 12 1329.t Y>'a(t>eus, -ews, o, Ion. and Koivrj form of Att. Kva<^cvs (<C KvairTOJ, card wool), [in LXX for D5^, iv Ki IS^^, Is 7^ 362*;] ^ fuller,
2.
:
cloth-dresser
1. prop.,
Mk
-.
Q^.t
-o*'
y^^-'ios.
wife;
1*
;
Ky^'y^A^^O.
2. irwe,
[in
LXX:
sincere:
Si 7^8,
iii
Mac
3^9*;]
MM,
genuine,
as subst., to y. = ^ yvTjo-io'TT/s, sincerity, 11 Co 8^.t **Y'Tiaiws, adv., [in LXX: 11 Mac 14*, in Mac 32^*;] sincerely, honourably : Phi 22" (for a parallel in tr., v. MM, s.v.).t
yv&^o%, -ov, 6 (later
form
of Sv-), [in
^P"^?
etc.
;]
darkness, gloom
c)
:
(including
"an element
;
tempest,"
i,
Tr.,
Syn.,
He
12i8.t
:
Syn.
DB,
;]
457'^).
yviiiit],
yiyt/wo-zcw),
11
[in
LXX: Da TH
1.
2^5
(ni),
Ps 82
means of knoiving,
a token (Theogn.). 2. In Attic writers, the mind, its operations and results (v. Edwards, Lex., App., A); (a) mind, understanding; (6) purpose, intention : Ac 20^ (c) judgment, opinion : i Co V^, Ee 17^^
;
(d) counsel,
advice
i
Co
11
72^. *o,
:
n Co
17^'^
and
Es)
to
Ee
LXX
chiefly for
TT
:
hi.;] 1. as
most
E,
commonly
in
come
Phi
94
mg.).
Lk
Col
Jo
4".,
217.
Lk
make known: c. ace, Eo 922,23- q q^qq j.q[ ^q^^^^ pers., Ac 2'^Hhx\)^ I Co 151, 11 Co 8\ Ga V\ Eph F e^^-ai, 11"; c. dat., seq. on, i Co 12=^; seq. rt, Col 1^' II Pe rrepi, Pass., Ac 7^\ Ro 16^, Eph 3^- i", Phi 4 (Cremer, 677 cf.
to
151^ 17-^,
(ij'u-, 6tu-yi'a)^(.'^a)).t
yvuxTis,
-ews,
17
(<^ yiyj/wcrKw),
[in
LXX
1.
seeking to knotv, inquiry, investigation. 2. knowledge, in NT, specially of the kn. of spiritual truth absol., Lk ll^^^ Eo 22*^ ISi", i Co 1* (Lft., Notes, 147) 81. ".10' 11 13- U^, 11 Co 6 8" 11, Eph 3i9, Col 2^, i Pe 3", II Pe 1*.*^; c. gen. obj., o-wTT^pias, Lk l" t. Sofvys t. Oeov, ii Co 4"; t. 6oi}, II Co 214 105; Xpi(TToi) 'Iryo-oO, Phi 38 (v. Deiss., L^^, 3833), 11 Pe 31**; C. gen. subjc, deov, Eo IP^; Aoyos yvwo-ews, I Co 12^; t/^i;8ujvv/xou
: ;
yi/too-eo)?,
<f)p6vr](TL<;
(cf.
eTrt-yvwcris
and
V.
Lft.
on Col 2^
onewlio
knoios,
an expert
-v?,
Ac
-6v,
;J
26^.
yi/waros,
various parts of
later
form
:
LXX
Ac
for
is
kjiojvn
41*^
;
Ac
Jo
18i'5. i
''*'''=',
li^ 2i*
a notable (EV)
sign,
;
one that
matter of knowledge, Ac
^eov,
yvwo-rov iroulv,
Ac
151". i^
Eo
Lk
t yoyyuj^d), [in chiefly for ]ib ;] to mutter, murmur : i l IQlO; seq. Kard, Mt 2011 7rp6^, Lk 5^0 Trept', Jo 6*1. aAXT?\w, ; /xcT 7^- (cf. 8(.a-yoyyi;^w).t 6*^; c. ace, seq. irepc, Jo
; ;
LXX
Co
Jo
7-9,
t yoyyu(T^<5s, -o, o
yoyyt'^w), [in
LXX:
y-,
:
Is 58^ (px),
Ex
16
Nu
Jo
175.1" (njlbp),
71-,
Wi
y., I
110.11,
Si
pi.,
;
46-"*;]
a murmuriyig, muttering:
Ac
61
dvv
**t yoyyuaTi^s,
262*^
-ov, 6
:
;]
a murmurer
Ju
Pe 4^
i^.t
xV?
[in
1.
Phi
2i4.t
2622, jg 292*
;
yoyy.^C^)
Sm.
Pr
Th.
Pr
wail)
a%vailer.
;
2.
31^.
a wizard.
3.
an
impostor
Mac
mg.,
1224)
Ti
WH,
ToXyo^, Jo,
9^5)
;
I.e.,
Aram.
Nnbili'il
Heb. rhhb?,
LXX,
rj,
Kpavcov,
Jg 9", n Ki
:
indecl. (exc.
Mkl522,
Jo
igi^.t
-a.'),
Mt
27^3,
Mk I522,
and
-lov,
(Ge 19)
Mt
Eo
:
9'^n^^x)^
u Pe 2\
Ki
51^
Ju^.t
Y^^os, -ov, 6
sJiip s freight,
(<
:
y>w), [in
LXX Ex
18".
i2.t
235, jy
(N^D)
a
*;]
cargo
Ac
21^,
Ee
yoceu's, -(us, 6
(<^
ytyvo/i,at), [in
LXX
:
for
2X
DX
;]
begetter,
92.
. 20, 22,
a
n^
father
mostly in
pi., ol y.,
parents
Lk
2"'
Jo
95
Co 12l^ Eph
i,
61,
Col
320, 11
Ti 3^
Thackeray, Gr.,
148), yovcts,
Mt
lO^i,
Mk
13^2,
Lk
2^7 1829,
:
Jo
g^^.t
j
LXX
chiefly for
^^3 ;]
the knee
He
12^2
of
a suppliant,
Lk
TO. y., to
Lk
22*1,
bend *t YocoTTCTeoj,
Ifxirpoa-dev,
Mk
IS^^;
KdfjLTrTecv
kneel: rh v., to
Eph
Mk
-u) {'C^yovv, ttitttw) ; to fall 1. 272^. 2. to fall down before one 1*0, R, txt., 10i7.t
Mt
Ypajxfia, -Tos,
to
LXX
for "igD
etc.
;]
1.
that
2. that which is written; (!) a ivhich is traced or drawn, a picture. character, letter : Ga Q^^ (a) a (2) a tvriting, a written document Lk IG'''"; (6) a letter: Ac 282^; (c) Ta Upa y., the bill or account: 11 Ti 3^^ (so in Philo, Vit. Mos., iii, 39) sacred writings, i.e. the the written word as an external authority in con(d) TO y., the letter, trast with the direct influence of the Spirit as manifested in the new Covenant Ro 22"> 2^ 7^ 11 Co 3"' ^ (3) Ta y., letters, i.e. learning : Jo 7^^ ^in ^_ an iHiterate person is veiy frequently referred to as x\c 262*. ypd/j-ixaTa fX7] eiSoTos, and this " never means anything else than inability
; ;
OT
MM,
Exp., x
but
v.
DCG,
i,
202
ii,
Ypcififiareus, -ews
(acc. pi.,
LXX
scribe,
7<';
always
;
for liaiZT
secretary
y. t. TroAeois,
-cis, V. Bl., 8, 2), 6 (<^ ypd.fji.fia), [in Hex., elsewhere chiefly for IDD;] 1. a a state-clerk Ac 19^^. 2. In tt., of a military
in
officer (Deiss.,
BS, 110
f.).
So Jg
;
5^*,
iv
Ki
25i9
(-|DD),
al.
3.
in
Lk
biblical scholar, teacher of the law (so first in i Es 8^, 11 Es 5^', vo/zoSiSao-zcaAos 102^, vofx-LKos) 72^, in I22, and
y. koI dpx^LepeU,
freq. in
al.
;
Gosp.
Lk Mt 2*, et t. ovp., Mt
[in
Mt
Mk
al.
y. k. ^apia-aloi,
t^ov
(ro<f>6<i',
Mt
52", et
13*2
ttoS y., 1
Co
2.
120
(Cremer, 167;
DB,
iv,
420, 800).
ypd<fiw),
LXX
for
STI^p ;]
1.
painted.
written
Ro
2.
;
2i*.t
rj
Ypa<}>ii, -^s,
(<[
ypdffxj)), [in
LXX
;]
1.
a drawing,
:
painting.
II
(a)
writing
(6)
;
that which
Ti 31^
17
y. ayiai,
Ro
;
12
7rpo<f>r]TLKaL,
Ro
ai y., the sacred writings, the Scriptures (i.e. the OT; v. NTD, 205) in pi., when the sacred writings as a whole are Milligan, meant, e.g. Mt 21*2 26**, Jo 5^^, Ro 15* in sing., when a particular passage is referred to, as in Lk 421, Jo 192*, Ro 4^ Q^^ lO^^ II2, Ja 223 (Cremer, 165; DCG, ii, 584).
26^";
y.,
chiefly for 2113] ; 1. to scrape, graze (Horn.), and [in (Hdt.) to sketch, draw. 2. to write ; (a) of forming or tracing later Jo 8^"^ Ga 6^1, 11 Th 3^' {b) to express in letters on writing material writing, commit to writing, record: Lk 1^^, Jo 192i'22^ Re l^^'i^, al.; of scripture as a standing authority (Deiss., BS, 112 ff.), yiypanTai, it
YP^<1>,
:
LXX
96
4*,
c.
Mk
ace,
;
7,
Lk
2028
48,
Eo
l^^
Mk
1^,
Ac
l^o, al.
to
c.
write of: Jo
dat.
1*^,
id.
seq.
;
Mt
Jo
262*,
Mk
;
1421,
Jo
546^ al.
(WM,
;
31, 4),
Lk
IS^i
id.
207
f.),
Mk
2^"
;
12^^
Lk
Kara
t. yeypa/x/^teVov,
;
II
Co
yeypa/x/jiivov iari,
12^*'
II
fieva,
(c)
iypdijyr) 8t r]fi3.<;, Ro 42* iir aurw yeypafxof writing directions or information, c. dat. pers.
Jo
;
Ro
Ac
I
15^5,
Co
7^2^
al.
(d)
of that
2125,
message:
/3i/3\ioy,
2325; ivToXT]v,
^typawStjs,
-cs
an
old
woman,
old-womanish:
Ti 47.t
(later YPTjyope'oj, -w, = Attic eyprjyopa, pf. of iycLpw, q.v., [in bks. only) chiefly for HplZ?;] 1. to he awake ; metaph., of being alive, 13^* 143*.37^ Lk 1237,39; 2. to watch: Mt 24*^ 2638.40, I Th 510. 1335. 37 1438^ Ac 203i, i Co 1613, i Th 5, metaph., Mt 24*2 2513 26*\
LXX
Mk
Mk
Pe
58,
Re
32. 3
:
1615
geq.
^v,
Col
42.
(Cf. hia-ypTfyopiii>.)\
SYN.
**
V.S. aypvirviiii.
yxs^v&lia
{<iyvp-v6<i),
2.
II
[in
LXX:
yv/ivaC<),
11
Mac
[in
10^5 *;]
1.
properly, to
:
Generally,
2i*.t
-7
to exercise,
train the
body or mind
IV
Ti
He
Pe
**
exercise
:
y^lLvcxala,
i
-as,
Ti 48.t
(Rec.
411 (cf. cV i/'v'x"
'^-
LXX:
Mac
1120*;]
*t
clad
KoivTJ
:
yufii'iTeuo)
yvfivrjr-, V.
Tdf
.,
Co
yvtivoTrjTi,
writers, y. also
means
to
go light-armed. )f
;]
and sometimes
1112)
;
:
(as freq. in cl.) scantily or poorly clad (Is 202 ^^ To li^, 14*2, Jo 21^, Ac IQi^, Ja 2i5, Re 31^ Mt 253. ss. *3, 44^ II Mac 145i. Metaph., of things 171^ as subst., to y., the naked body, 1615, 4i3 exposed, of the soul without a body (Plat., Crat., c, 20, and cf. Deiss., LAE, 293), 11 Co 53; of seed, bare, 1 Co 1537 (Cremer, 168).+
Mk
He
tyup.t'OTTjs,
-7T0S,
835,
rj
LXX
little
for
DTy, De
28*8 *;]
nakedness:
Ro
n Co
:
Re
3i8.t
* yucaiKapioc,
-ov,
to (dim. of ywrj), a
11
woman ;
contemptuously,
silly
woman (EV)
Ti
3''.t
yi^i"?),
(<^
[in
LXX
chiefly for
n^K
;]
female
Pe
37.t
yuj'^, -aiKos,
7},
[in
LXX
al.
;
for niJ^N;] 1.
y.,
married:
Mt ll"
Co
1421,
vVavSpos
Ro
Jq
xw. Lk
used
2.
42"; in
freq. as
a
y.
term
of respect
and endearment, Mt
1528,
toife
Mt
in
120, I
ka^elu,
1.).
Mk
Mk
3.
Mk
:
6I8;
Lk
a deaconess,
Ti 3" {CGT,
TcSy, 6
(Heb.
aia), indecl.,
Magog
(q.v)
Re
20^.+
new testament
;]
97
a
(< yow),
t.
[in
LXX
an
12io,
angle,
corner:
Mt
I
yoivias (njp
reWapas
Ke
7^,
20^;
KC(f)a\r]
(118)22,
LXX), Mt
21*2,
Mk
Lk 20^
Ac 4",
Pe
27.t
A,
8,
8,
SAto,
to, indecl.,
As a numeral,
S*
4,
4000.
Aa^iS, V.S. AauctS.
;
:
** Saifioki^ofiai (in cl. also Sat/xovao) -^ Saifiwv), [in Aq. Ps 90 (91)"*;] to be under the power of a Sai/xwv (Sai/xoviov, q.v.), to be possessed : Mt 15-2 elsewhere always ptcp., -t^d/xevos, -icrdiU Mt 42* 816,28,33 932 1222^ Mk 132 515,1(5,18^ Lk S^^, Jo 10'-^ (Cremer, 171).t
:
Saip.oi'ioi', -ov,
LXX
as in
(so
cl.
also in
tt.
v.
MM,
Exp., x) for
"Ttp, b'biji.
(freq. in
;
To)
;]
1.
(b) an inferior divinity, (a) the Divine power, Deity (Hdt., Plat., al.) deity or demon (as in magical tt., Deiss., BS, 281 MM, Exp., x)
;
iiva
32^',
I
8.,
Ac
;
17^^.
2.
;
(a)
In OT, heathen
deities, false
gods
to.
8,,
(e.g.
De
92**
Ps 95
102^*
(96)^)
(b)
in
NT,
evil spirits,
I
demons
;
dvova-iv 8aifxovioi<i,
Co
8iSao-KaXi'ai
;
Bai/xovLwv,
Ti 4^
irpoa-KWfiv
Re
especially (syn. with Trvevfi-a aKadaprov) as apx'^v Twv 8., Mt 93* operating upon and "possessing" (cf. 8at/xovt^o/iat) men: Mt 11^^, et
Ix"". Lk 4^3 8. iKpdXXctv, Mt In the phrase 7rvv/x.a Sai/xoviov dKaOdprov, Lk 433, the wider cl. usage (1. b) is recognised, olk. being elsewhere in NT, the epithet of
al.
;
(laepx^creat 8. cts
.,
Lk
8^^
8.
722.
vrv.,
and
8.
7CC,
in 1;
Cremer, 168).
(TSo^),
[in
Sm.: Ps 90
8ai/i,ovta>,
(91)6*;]
[in
;
LXX for
AB)*;]
in
cl.
and
NT =
Sai/ioViov
Ukvu,, [in
Jite
;
LXX
for
metaph.,
Ga
^,
a demon:
Mt
83^.+
Ge
De
for
5^^.f
SciKpuoi' (poet,
form
LXX
n^l
;]
a tear
Mk
924
(WH,
txt.,
12",
Re
717 21*;
R, txt. omit), Ac Co 2*, 11 Ti 1*, He 5^ metaph., dat. pi., 8a^pvo-i (La 2^\ Thuc, vii, 75;
for
Bl., 9, 3),
Lk738.4^t
8aKpuu, [in
LXX
nps
etc.
;]
to to
Jo ll^^.t
to
Syn.
KXaita,
of audible
weeping,
cry
;
pressed verbally, to lament ; Op-qviin, dirge ; dXaXu^w, to tvail in Oriental fashion by inarticulate sounds, to groan.
SaKTuXios, -ov, o
of formal lamentation,
o-rcva^w, of grief
sing a
expressed
8aKTvXos),
[in
LXX
chiefly for
nySM;]
ring
Lk
1522.t
98
[in
LXX
ye, 8
chiefly for
yny^
;]
a finger
8.
Mk
Lk
7=^^
Lk
11*6 1624,
Jo
20^.27; metaph.,
deov (cf.
Mt 23*, Ex 8^%
112o.t
AaXfiai'ouOd,
rj,
:
Dalmanutha, an unidentified place near the Sea of Galilee Mk S^" (cf. Maya8dv)A AaXfxaTia (L, Af A-), -as, rj, Dalmatia, a part of Illyria on E. coast
indecl.,
of the Adriatic
Safidl^a),
ii
Ti 4io.t
[in
t.
LXX: Da
yXda-a-av,
r]
2*^^
{bwu)*;]
to
tame, s^ibdue:
Mk
5*,
Ja
3"
metaph,,
SdjiaXis, -eojs,
LXX
chiefly for
niQ
rhy?
;]
heifer.
17
He
Qi^.t
Adfjiapis, -i8os,
AajxaaKTjvos,
-rj,
-6v,
Damascus: Ac
92
ff-
22*ff- 26i2.20^
Co
1132,
Ga
11'.+
V. Sav/^o).
8ai'6i^(i),
Sdi'eioc, V. Saviov.
8at'io-Tr)s, V. 8avto-T7;s.
Saci^w (late
form
of cl.
-ci'^w,
Eec,
;]
Bl.,
Thackeray, Gr.y
interest
85
f .),
Lk
[in 634' 35
LXX
.
to
lend
money on
/SliV.
Aai'iriX,
6,
God
is
my
;
prophet
Mt
24^^+
TO (late
10
Sdi'ioi', -ov,
form
hi.),
of Sdveiov, Eec.
LXX
De
(tanr
iv
Mac
28*;] a Zoaw;
;
Mt
1827.+
form of -cio-tt^s, Eec. v.s, Savci'^w), [in LXX 292s*;] a money-lender IV Ki 4S Ps 108(109)11 (ntZTJ), Pr 291^ (rzr-j), Si
Sai'iaxris, -ov, 6 (late
Lk
c.
7",t ** Sairavdu,
528
-w, [in
;
LXX
to
11
spend, expend
Co
12i5.
2.
to
e,/
t,
rj8oval<;
iv, v.
Saird^,
expense, cost
:
-rys,
^, [in
LXX
6,
11
Es
S*. (n,"??3),
Da
LXX
Bel
21,
al.
;]
Lk
;
142^,+
King
of Israel
dpovo^ A., Lk 1^2 /cXcl? A., Ee 3^ a-Krjv^i A., Ac 1110; v':6s A., the Messiah (Ps. Sol., 55; fSaatXeia A., pit,a A., Ee 1723 for other reff. in Jewish lit., v. Dalman, Words, 317), Mt li 92^, ev A., i.e. the Psalter, He 4^ et al. on the general neglect of the elision in NT, 8^ (before vowels 8'
Mt
1^ 123, et al.
15i
Mk
V.
WH,
Ajyp.,
146
Tdf
,,
99
copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104) Mt 12 , II Co 615. IS, II Pe l*-7; in repetition for emphasis, Eo 321. 22 930, I Co 2, Ga 22, Phi 28 in transition to something new, Mt l^^ 2^^
;
Co 7^ S^, al. in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3^9, Eo b^, i Co 1^2, Eph 2* 5=^2^ al.; <I)s U, Jo 2^; koL Se, but also, Mt 10^8, Lk I'S, Jo 6", Eo 1123, al.; Kal iav 8i, yea . even if, Jo 8^^. 2. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing fiiv (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one
131,
Lk
.
Jo
71*,
Ac 6\ Eo
828, i
preceding
614,23^
(in
NT
most
freq.
without
6^,
yiteV;
al.;
4^0,
1,
Lk
Mk
for
Bl., 77, 12) eav 8c, 82^, al.; b 8c, auros 8e',
:
Mt
Mk
6^9. 20^
Rq
3*, i
,
Th
521, al.
S^Tjo-is, -cfc)s,
{<Chioixai), [in
LXX
2,
:
nsnp
1.
a wanting, need
(so
Ps 21
(22)2^).
aw
Lk l^^, n Co l^^. Phi l^^, n Ti ; in NT always addressed to God Ja 516, I Pe 312 (LXX); with vvyo-Tcrat, Lk 23^; Trpoo-cvx*?, -ai, Eph 6^8, Phi 4^, I Ti 2^ 5* LKerrjpiai, He 5^^ Trpo(TKapTipri<ri<i, Eph 618 cvTcvfcis, I Ti 21 8. TTotcro-^at (Deiss., 5S, 250), Lk 533, pj^i i* (pij^ j Ti 2^ seq. irrc'p, 11 Co Qi*, Phi 1* Trcpi', Eph 618 tt^os, Eo lOi.t Syn. : Trpoa-ivxv, used of prayer in general, while 8. gives prominence to the sense of need on the other hand, 8. is used as well of requests from man to man, while ir. is limited to prayer to God.
tion
13,
; ; ; ;
; ;
ci'Tcu^ts,
word
(Deiss.,
BS, 250;
cf.
ixv (Ja
8ei,
515), atrrjiia,
Cf. also the Pauline hTvyxdveiv, to entreat). iK^T-qpia (Tr., Syn., %\\; Cremer, 73, 174, 684).
(8ca)),
impersonal
is
[in
LXX
one
must,
inf.,
c. ace. et c. inf., Mt 26**, Mk 13'', Ac 52^, al. Mk 831, Jq 37^ Ac 25io, al. with ellipse of ace, Mt 2323; of ace. and inf., Mk I31*, Eo 12" S^*" oi (yu^) 8t {non licet), ought not, nnist
it
necessary
Mt
1621,
not
Ac
252*,
"pi
22*
impf.,
8ci,
Ac
2721,
Seov),
8cr), I
Ac
Ti
63, 4), Mt 1833, Lk 1532, Jo 4*, periphr., hiov ia-riv (as in Attic, XP^^^ ^^'^'- = XPVt v.s. 193"; id., with ellipse of icrrLV, 1 Pe 1^; to. p.ri Scovra (= a ou
(Bl.,
al.
;
513.
:
expressing moral obligation, as distinct from 8r, denoting logical necessity and XPV^ a need which results from the fitness 2i, i Jo 2<'; Hort on of things (v. Tr., Stju., cvii, 10; Westc. on He
Syn.
o^ciXct,
Ja
2.
310).
*8eiYfia, -TO?, TO (^Sct/cvv/xt); 1. (cl.) a thing shown, a specimen. Ju^.t cl. TrapdS- (cf. v7ro8-, II Pe 2^), an example (a warning)
Seiy/xaTiioj
*t
of, to
expose
SeiK^ufii, 8tKvvw
;]
Mk
I
(Eec. 7rapa8-, q.v.). Col 2i*.t chiefly Veitch, s.v.), [in (v. BL, 23, 1 (a) to show, exhibit dat. pers. to show, c. ace. rei (pers.), 1** 1415, Lk 4* 51* 202* 2212 24*o, Jo 2i8 520 1032 2020,
;
Mt V^
615,
Scty/xa),
a rare
word {ICG,
11.
c), to
make a show
LXX
Ti
Ee
He
85(i'XX);
(j) to
make
(c)
Ac
IO28,
Co
123i,
Ee
li 41, 22^;
to
100
SeiXo's),
[in
LXX
:
for np-ili,
n^np,
etc.;]
cowardice, timidity (never in good sense) ii Ti I'^.t Syn.: <f>6/3o'i, fear, in general, good or bad; evkdfSeia (q.v.), apprehension generally, but chiefly pious fear, " that careful and watchful reverence v^^hich pays regard to every circumstance in that with which it has to deal " (cf. Tr., Sy7i., x). for nnn ni. tSeiXidu, -w 8Aia), [in IHE, etc.;] = the more freq. dnoS-, to be cowardly, timid, fearful : Jo 142'.+
LXX
SetXos,
-rj,
6v (<[
8o<;), [in
etc.
;]
cowardly, fearful
Mt
826,
Mk
4*0,
Re
218.+
ace. -va), [in Aq. one,
lO^^,
:
**8ij'o, 6, f), TO (gen. -vos, dat. 212(3) (Sm. also), iv Ki 6*^*;] stich cannot or will not name Mt 26*^.+
SeiKois,
Eu
4}, i
Ki
one
an
:
a certain
one,
whom
adv.
Mt
86.
Da
Lk
vehemently : Lk 11*3. SeiTT^c'u), -w 8r7r^ov, q.v.), [in LXX: Pr 23^ {nub), To 7^ 8\ 1127*;] to take the chief meal of the day, to dine, to sup: 2220 (WH, br., E, mg. omits), i Co 1125; metaph., Ee 320.+ 178
2.
Sc'os), [in
LXX
Jb
Wi
l?^, al.
;]
1. terribly
LXX
SeiTTi'oi', -ov,
TO, [in
LXX
:
;]
Mt
Mk
12^9,
Lk
14^7. 24
20, Jo
dpviov,
132' *
Mk
Jo 122; ^yp^aKov
ydjxov
r.
(q.v.) 8.,
Co
1120;
fxeya
8. T.
S. r.
Ee
19^;
*+
Seio-iSaifiofia,
(b)
superstition.
2.
SeiCTi-Saip.wi', -Of
{<C, Sci'Sw, to
fear
Saifjuav, deity),
deity, religious;
compar.
-fMovearepovi (AV,
too superstitious,
somewhat
cf.
superstitious, a sense in wh. the word is sometimes used Field, Notes, 125), more religious. God-fearing, than others, quite religious (Abbott, Essays, 105 ff. Deiss., LAE, 285) Ac I722.+
;
:
Syn.:
142 a).
S^Ka,
eva-efirj'i
(Cremer, 681;
DB,
ext.,
01, ai,
TO,
ten
Mt
202*, q\
i.e.
of brief
duration
Ee
2io.
Ac
19^ 2411.+
Gr.,
+ 8cKa-^$,
Kcat8cKa,
sixteen (Jannaris,
645)
Ee
18^^,
L, mg. (for c^T^KovTa $; v. Swete, in 1.).+ fScKa-oKTci, T for ScKa 6/cTw, eighteen:
+ SeKa-TT^rre, [in
LXX: Ex
271*,
Lk Mac
13*.+
10*, al.;]
late
form
of
TrVTKa8eKa, fifteen : Jo IV^ Ac 27*, mg., ib.28, Ga AcKd-TToXis, -(os, n, Decafolis, a region east of the 520 7^1.+ taining ten cities Mt 42*,
:
WH,
V^f
Jordan con-
Mk
+ ScKareWapes, -wv,
to, [in
LXX
Ge
31*1,
T^
gig^ ^j
.j
=
in
cl. TecrcrapecTKai'ScKa,
MGr.
(for thirteen
later
universal, fourteen:
Mt
li'^,
u Co
122,
Ga
21 (cf. Teo-o-apo-Kat8KaTos).+
THP.
NEW
TB37AMB1IT
-rj,
101
prop. fern.
(sc. fx-ipoi)
;]
of ScVaTo?,
-ov,
:
[in
LXX
for TtJ^yo
(for a
Ge
li^o,
Ne
12",
et al.
a tenth part, a
tithe
He
T^.*.*.'
MM,
s.v.).t
tenth : Jo 1*^, Ac 19^ (WH, txt., tScKOT^U, -W, = Cl. -TCV'O ("IBTjr pi.)*;] io take tithe of: c. acc. pers.,
LXX for lt?r^ and cognate EV omit), Ee U^^ 212o.t 8KaT77), [iu LXX Nb
I
forms;]
He
7^;
[in
pass, to
He
79.t
tScKTiJs,
->7,
-OV,
]1S^: Pr 111,
al.;]
LXX
lO^s,
Ac
:
u Co
Phi
a
^^
6aii), to allure
;
by a bait
metaph.,
to allure,
pass.,
Ja
1^*.+
AcXfJiaria, V. AaX/xaria.
LXX
for ]^y
etc.
;]
tree
Mt
S^",
al.
iyaOov,
""t
Mt
1233,
Lk 6;
:
7ir,n.
aawpov,
Mt
717. 18
hand
the right
* SclioXd^os,
-ov, 6
(<;
Sc^ios, \afx/3dvo)),
:
spearman
IBi**, al.
Ac
2323.
]->p;
LXX
chiefly for
the right
i.e.
Mt
i-n-l
529,
ii
Jq
oTrXa
8.,
right hand,
for offence,
Co
8.,
67; ^
8. xctp,
Mt
Lk
68, al.;
8. (sc.
on E, mg.), Ee 5i SiSovai rrjv 8., in friendship (Deiss., BS, 251), Ga 2^ metaph. of power, rfj 8. airov, Ac 233 531 Ta 8., i/ie right side, Mk 16*; ck 8e$iwv, on the right hand, c. gen., Mt 2533' 34^ Mk 1527^ L]j 111^ al. of a place of honour in the Messianic Kingdom (cf. iii Ki 2^^, Ps 44 (45)io), Ka^tVat Se^iJiv, Mt 2021, Mk 1037; of the heavenly session of Christ, Mt 26*, Mk 1^\ He 1"
(E, txt.,
;
; ;
x, Mt
63, al.;
t^v
(Cremer, 172).
Seofiai
to
(mid. of Sew,
II,
q.v.,
as depon.), [in
LXX
;
for fin
c.
etc.
2.
;]
want for
(b)
gen.
to
beg, request, beseech, pray ; (i) in general: absol., Ac 263, c. gen. pers., Lk 5^2 828- 38 (iS.lro ; T, iSi.ro, cf Veitch, s.v. Sew) 938, Ac 83* 412 ; seq. Tva, Lk 9*o ; seq. to, c. inf., 11 Co IO2 ; c. 2139, II Co 520, gen. pers. et rei, 11 Co 8* (ii) of prayer to God absol., Ac 43i ; seq.
.
WH;
Ga
t TTws,
11"; .Va, Lk 213 2232; d<: r6, I Kvpiov, 07ra)9, Ac 82* c. gen., tov Kvpiov, OTTCDS,
Eo
Th Mt
310
938,
Lk
Ac
102
seq.
:
^pa,
Ac
and
11
;
822.t
cf. SerjaLi.
8e2,
SYN.
prol.^*,
422 (52)^
I
airidi,
hiov, -ovTos,
TO (neut. part, of
used as
subst.), [in
LXX
;
Si
Mac
12^,
Pr
2431 (308)
21io
;
33-715
102
II
new testament
:
Mac
that which
193,
is
8.
ia-riv
8., i
(periphr.
for
8(1, q.v.),
Ac
with ellipse of
Pe
ra
fj^rj
Ti 5^^A
**8^os, -0V9, to' St'8<o), [in LXX: fear, awe, reverence : /icra ciXa^ttas koL
SFi\^.
;
Mac
He
122^.t
SeiXi'a, </>d/3os.
of Derbe : Ac 20*.t Ac 14^' ^o 16^,t Aip^i], -17s, ^, Derbe, a city of Lycaonia for IliT;] i/^e sA;m, S^Pfia, -Tos, TO ;8e/3w), [in
AcpPaios,
-a, -ov,
:
LXX
/lide
of
beasts
cv aiytbts 8.,
-rj,
He
Ki
11^''',
ScpfKiTifos,
;]
0/ sA;m, leathern
26'"'-
Mt 3\ Mk
Za
1,;
1 (cf. IV
-7
S^ppis, -CO)?,
18).t
8e>os
:
SepyLta),
LXX: Ex
(nv^'T),
13*
(ri::ilK),
etc.
;]
a skin
cf-
Mk
Ch
I.e.
Swete, in
M^:,
1, 11
^a;^)., x).t
[in
LXX: Le
Co
293*
35^
(IDITS hi.)*;]
c.
;
1.
to
shin,
flay.
12=*.
*,
2.
(cf.
Eng.
Lk
20io> 11 22<'3,
Mk
Co
92; is Trpdo-wTTOi;
8., II
Pass.,
Mk
13^,
Lk
12*'' * {Saprjaerai
8o-/>ids),
[in
LXX for
:
al.),
D^K
pi.
(Ge
37^
al.), etc. ;]
:
1.
to
put in chains
23*.
8co-)u.ei;a),
17
Lk
:
Ac
22*.
2.
to hind, tie
together
^opTia,
Mt
SeCTfi^w, -w,
S^apLTj
Eec. for
(Eec.
Sea-p.^), -7?s,
q.v.
Lk
S^^.t
8a)), [in
;]
a hundle
Secrp.a'i
eis,
original reading,
8^cr|jiios,
8cr/xas Sia-p-as;
;
Mt
;]
IB^^A
1.
<^
hinding.
2.
hound, captive;
1625. 27 2318 251*'
8.,
as subst., a prisoner:
(''^'
27^^'^",
Mk
15'',
Ac
II
28i
1^
He
10^*
4i.t
13=*
6 8. rod Xpia-roi,
Eph 3^
Ti 1\ Phmi.9; 6
SeCTfAos, -ov,
6
;
metaph.,
TT.,
Lk
8. eV
Kvpiw,
[in
Eph
860)),
LXX
chiefly for
;]
a band, hond
expression in
13^**
6 8a-po^ t. yXwo-o-r/s,
Mk
II
8o-yLiot,
LAE,
;
306
ff.
8e(riJi<i
(as also in
of actual bonds, v. Euth., Gr., 9). PI., gen., dat., cl.), Lk 829, Ac 162" 202^
;
Ac
2329 2629.
8.
31,
Phi
1". 1*.
1^ Col
(Seo-ytAos,
4:^^,
Ti
29,
Phm
10,
He
1136,
Ju
:
iv Tots
ToC evayyeXiov,
-Kos,
Phm ^^A
6
*t
8c<Tp.o-<j>uXa5,
<^vXa|),
a prison-keeper, gaoler
JT'U (Ge),
Ac
:
Ge
3921).+
TD^
:
;]
a prison
Mt
112,
Ac
521.23 I626.t
LXX for 1DN 1300 a prisoner [in LXX chiefly for ]nN, "^pi^; in
;]
;
Ac
Jth
271- *2.t
91^, 8. t.
:
ovpavwv K. t. y^s] a master, lord, correlative of 8ov\os, otc'T;s i Ti 61. 2, II Ti 221, Tit 29, 1 Pe 21^ as title of God, voc, 8WoTa (so usually in
103
6^0; of
(cf.
Bl,
33, 4),
Ee
Kvptos (q.v.),
implying limitation of authority and a more which "denoted absolute ownership and unchiefly for
;
adv.,
[in
LXX
"Sj^,
np^;]
1.
of
place; (a)
hither,
as an imperat.,
Lk
I822,
:
Jo 11 Ac 7^ d-^x), 34 (lxx)^
l^^.t
Re
Of time,
hitherto,
now
Eo
LXX
come on
come here
c.
come
c.
Re
1917;
subjc,
Mt
Mt
1128; ds,
Mt
22*,
Mk
2138, 63i.t
Mk
imperat., Mt 25^* 28, Jo d^^ 21^2^ 1^7; Trpds, 127 geq. ottlo-w, Mt 4^9,
;
Mk
*8OT6paios, -a, -ov (<^ 8f urcpos), adj. with adverbial sense; second day : SevrtpaioL ^XOofiev, Ac 28^3 J
on
the
*t ScuTcpo-TTpajTos, -ov, second-first (in what sense, there is no satisfactory explanation. The reading is prob. not original, v. ICC, in 1. mg., R, mg.t DCG, i, 411 ; ii, 541, 724) Lk 6^, SeuTcpos, -a, -ov, second in order, with or without idea of time Mt 2226.39, al.; edvaro^, Re 2" 201* 218; ^^p,^^ n Co l^s. In neut. as Jo 3* 21^^, i Co 1228, adv., secondly, a second time ; opp. to Trpwrov
:
WH,
Re
193
TO
8., 11
Co
I32,
Ju
^
;
eV t.
8.,
Ac
928.
7^3
in
later
1.
c.
7
Jo Ac usage (as i Mac 9^), 8., Mk Se'xo/iai, depon. mid., [in LXX chiefly for Upb
14-2,
;
119,
;]
He
:
to receive,
accept
16"'
ace. rei, of taking or accepting what is offered id. in different sense, Ac 282^ ; iroTrjpiov, Lk 22^7
ypdfifjLara,
;
Lk
22^
\
TratSiw
(cis t.
dy/caAas),
Lk
228
Trept,Ke<f)aXatav, fxd-)^aipav,
Eph
S^^
iiriCTToXd^,
Ac
T. /Sao-tXctav T.
Xoyia ^wvra, Ac evayyeXiov, metaph., of mental acceptance, II Co 11*; T. x-P'-^ '" ov, II Co 6^ Mt 111*; ^^ x6yo,^, Lk 813, Ac 81* lli I711, i Th 1^ 2i3, Ja I21 ri t.
eoS,
lO^*,
Mk
Lk
18^7
;
738
TTvev/u-aTos,
II
Co
2.
21*
t. irapdKXrjcnv,
II
Co
Jo
81^
t.
dydTnjv
71^
t.
d\r}6eia<;,
Th
21**.
Mt
41*,
1014.
Col
Co
Ipe^
Ga
18^,
Mk
7^9
93^,
Lk
16*.
Se^at t. Trvevfxd
fjLov,
Ac
Lk
iiri-,
Cremer, 174).t
rei, seq. d<i 8o-/t(is,_
chiefly for IDH ;] to tie, bind, fasten ; (1) c. ace. 1330; of an ass, Mt 212, II2.*, Lk 193o. (2) ScSo/acvos t. c. ace. pers., of swathing a dead body, o^ovtots, Jo 19*^ Kiipiais (Bl., 34, 6 ; Kiihner3, iii, 125), Jo 11**; of binding TToSas . .
Sew
(I), [in
LXX
Mt
Mk
9i*
;
a demoniac,
TrcSais k. akvo-^cn,
Mk
5^. *
Ac Jq captives, Mt 2111.13 225.29 2427, Col 43, Re 202; dXiatm, Ac 12^ 2133. Metaph., o Xoyos T. Ocov, II Ti 29; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.v.), Lk I316; of constraint or obligation, Ac 2022; of the marriage bond,
1229 143 22^3 272,
1812,24^
Mk
92.14.21
104
I
Co
lang.
(cf.
want, miss ; mid., Se'o^uai, q.v. Si], consecutive co-ordinating particle with no exact equiv. in Eng., giving greater exactness and emphasis to the word or words to which it is attached; sometimes translatable as now therefore, then, imperat., Ac 6^ (WH, mg.) 13^, verily, certainly. 1. With verbs 620 ijort. subjc, Lk 2^^, Ac IS^e indie, St; vov (T, BrJTrov, q.v.). He I Co 2^*. o St?, now this is he who, Mt IS^^.t 2. With pronouns *t 8T,XaoY(is, adv. S^Aos, avyT^), clearly : Mk 8^\ T, WH, mg. (for
S^w
(II), Attic, to
:
.
T7]kavyu)^, q.V.).t
SfjXos,
-7],
:
-ov, [in
LXX for ns
;
etc.
;]
1. visible.
i
2. clear to
the
mind, evident
Mt 26"
S.
S. (sc.
o-TtV),
seq. on,
Co
1527,
Qa
311.
SvN.
<f)avep6<s,
;
with
ref. to
to concealed stood.
with
ref. to
LXX
He
1^^ to
;
ace,
seq.
Co
313,
Col
18,
rr
make 11 Pe
Trepi (pass.), i
Co
Pe l^^t
;
SVN.
iix(f>avLt,oi,
make
to render evident to the mind. AT)/xds, o (perh. contracted from Arj/xT^pio<:), ^\ 11 Ti i^^.f of St. Paul Col 4^*,
:
Demas, a companion
Phm
SrjfiTjyop^a),
LXX
Pr
24'' (30^^),
AT]|jir]Tpios,
-w {<^Brjfxo<;, ayoptvw, to speak in the assembly), [in iv Mac 5^'-'*;] to deliver an oration: Ac 122i.t ^s. 2, A -ov, 6, Demetrius; 1. a silversmith, Ac 19-*'
iii
Jo^'^f 6 S^;l.os, ipyov), [in LXX: II Mac 4^*;] 1. **8r]fiioupY<5s, one who works for the people. 2. Univ., an author, builder, maker the maker of the world (Xen., Mem., i, 4, 9, al.). He 11^**.+ Syn. : KTL(TTr]<;, creator, tcxviVj;?, craftsman, designer. In He, I.e., T. has reference to the plan, S. to its execution.
Christian disciple,
-oZ,
nnB^rp;]
1.
district,
country.
:
2. the
Ac
common people, the people generally; esp. the people assembled 1222 I7si93'33.t
SvN.
:
opp. to
in
of
NT
8., the people as a body politic unorganized multitude. eOvo's, in sing., means as in Gk. writers generally, a nation, but in pi. denotes the rest
Xao's,
S. is
oxXos, the
mankind apart from the Jews Gentiles. X. also, rare in cl. (Att. Xeo'is), is freq. in LXX and NT, and usually limited to the chosen
:
people, Israel
** 8T,fi6aios,
belonging
(cl.);
Bev.,
i,
42
:
f.
Cremer, 689).
S^/tos), [in
LXX
5^
;
11
Mac B^o,
iii
Mac 2^7 47 *
;]
to
Ac
dat. fem.
used adverbially
(b) publicly:
Ac
Roman
105
Mk
Lk
7*^ lO^*
8ii-iroT6, indef. adv. (also written hrj Trore), with generalizing force; 1. absol., sometime. 2. With adv. or relat., -soever : w 8., Jo 5C*]
(L, ouaSrjTTOTOvv) A
*8i]-irou (WH, 87; TTov), indef. adv., mostly in sense of surely, 2^^ T (WH, 877 Trov).f course, we know : of Aio, ace. of Zcvs, q.v. 8i( (before a vowel 8l, exc. Eo 8^^, 11 Co 5^, and in pr. names Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., ace, as in cl.; 1. c. gen., through; (i) of
He
Mt
2^2
12,
Mk
Co
2^3,
3^5, I
Lk
Pe
:
43,
Jo
4*, II
Co
8.
1133, al.
320;
^KfTreiv
iaoTTTpov,
I
;
Co
13^2
Eo
2* 57.
g^'
10
8. ypdfjLfjiaTos,
279),
:
i^o/xonjs,
Eo
825.
Of Time
(a)
during which
Mt
26\
Mk
Ac
ToC ^ijv, He 2^5 8. Travros (StaTravros in 55, Lk 24^3), always, continually, Mt IS^", Ac 225 (Lxx) iq2 2416, Eo 1110 (Lxx)^ 11 Th 316, He 9 13^5. (j) ^jthin which: Ac 13; 8. vukto's,
55
.
Mk 1458, Lk
S. TravTOS
/G, Of the Means or Instrument of God, (1) of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument) Eo 113", I Co 19, Ga 47, He 2io 721 of Christ, Eo 1^ SL ^\ i Co I521, I Pe 411, al. 8. t. vfiwv Sci/o-ews, Eo 1^2, n Co l^ Ga 42, al. (2) of the agent, instrument or means; (a) c. gen. pers., Mt II2, Lk V^, Jo 1^7^
;
(c)
after
which
255
Mk
2^,
Ac
24^7,
Ga 2\
(iii)
Ac
2^5,
li,
Eo
12
;
2i,
Co
121,
1^, al
iirb t. Kvpiov 8. r.
Lft., Bev.,
121
f.),
Mt
I22
Eo <I)s rnxwv (Field, iVotes, 202), 11 Th 22 ; 8. 2. 5^2- j-j^ ^ ggn. rei (where often the simple dat. is {NTD, 22), I Pe used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11*, Ac 5^2- ^ ^ Trto-rcws, Eo 33**; 8. Adyov Oeov, I Pe 123 g irapa^oXrjs, Lk 8* ; 8ov\Viv 8. r. ayatrq^, Ga
8. cTTto-ToX^s 8.
.
5^3
g.
cTrayycAias,
8.
Ga
3^^,
2.
C. acc.
(i)
rarely, as c. gen.,
(Horn),
581), pers.
p-ia-ov
2a/u,apias
Lk
Bl.,
of,
42, 1
through Eobertson, Gr
c.
Mk
1510
;
acc
8 ges
;
227,
Jo
6*7 11*2^
Eo
;
<l>e6vov,
Mt
2718,
Mk
^/^^s
8. cp6/3ov,
Jo
7^3 20i9
625,
Eph
2*
cause, therefore,
5^^ 10^7, al.;
5*,
Mt
^jj
Jo
8. ti,
8. TO, c. inf.,
;
Mk
Lk
97,
Ja
;
42.
1149^
Jq Jo
as in 8ia^aivo} (2) of separation, asunder, as in 8iao-7raa) (3) of distribution, abroad, as in StayyeAAo) (4) of transition, as 8taAAao-o-(o (5) of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as 8ia<f>vy(D, 8ta/ca^apt^w.
;
Sia-PaiVw, [in
LXX
;
make a
112^
;
stride.
2.
to
He
<25'
(6) intrans.
seq.
eis,
Ac
169
8io-pd\X, [in
LXX Da LXX
:
38,
th
38 62*
(pj^
bjjf), 11
Mac
3^^, IV Mac 4^ * ;] 1. to throw across. 2. To slander, defame, accuse falsely or maliciously : Lk 16^ (Cremer, 120).
106
to
affirm confidently
Tit 3^
to see
seq.
-n-tpt,
2.
clearly:
Mt
1),
6,
rj,
7^
Mk
Es
(a)
8'-^^
Lk
612 (of.
Sia'ygXei/^ts,
SidpoXos, -ov
exc.
8.
;
8ia^dXAw,
[in
Jb
7"*
As
subst.,
generally (cf. Es, 11. c), a slanderer, false accuser : i Ti 3^' ^ (CGT, in 1., but v. infr.) S^\ ii Ti S\ Tit 2^ (b) as chiefly in LXX, of Satan, the Accuser, the Devil : Mt 4^' ' . n 13^9 25^1, Lk 42. 3. e, i3 312, Jo 132, Ac 1038, Bph 427 611, I xj 30, 7 (but V. supr.), n Ti 226, He 21*, toS 8., Jo 8**, i Jo 38; Ja 47, I Pe 58, Ju9, Ke 21" 12^. 12 202.10; cTi/ai 31'' 131*^ metaph., of Judas, Jo 6"^^ (Cremer, TKva Tov 8., I Jo V109, Ac 121 DGG, ii, 605).t for HSD pi., etc. ;] to ptcblish abroad, proSi-ayyeWa), [in claim : c. ace, Lk 9^^, Ac 2126, Rq 9^U^^^).f
;
LXX
hid-ye
(WH,
** Sia-yiVofxai (Ion. and late Gk. for Staytyv-), [in 1126*;] I to go through, to pass, e.g. t. vvKra] absol.,
LXX,
to
;
11
Mac
2.
live.
Of
time, to intervene, elapse : ptcp., c. rj/xcpwv tivwv, Ac 25^3 iKavov xpovov, 16i.t ib. 279; t. o-a/J^arou, chiefly for JTT and cf. previous word), [in Sia-yikwaKu (v. 23^^. 91* ;] 1. to distinguish, ascertain exactly : Ac 2. As II Mac Athen. law-term, to determine : to. Kaff v/aS?, your case, Ac 2422 (Cremer, 673).t
Mk
LXX
*t
Sia-yi'wpij^a), to
publish abroad
r]
Lk
2^",
Eec.
[lyvtapia-iv,
Edd.).t
1.
**8i(l-yt'wais,
-ews,
(-<[ Stayiyfwo-Kw),
[in
LXX: Wi
as
318*;]
2. As law-term (Lat. cognitio), distinguishing, also as medical term. determination, decision : Ac 252i (Cremer, 674).
1 8ia-yoyyuw, [in
LXX
to
chiefly for
]'^'b
71b
Ex
162,
and
cf
:
Si
34
(31)2*
.]
Qf a
number,
murmur
prop., to
or mutter
among
themselves
Lk
-w, (a)
:
remain awake
;]
(E, mg.)
(b) to be
txt.)
Lk
;
932.t
1.
LXX
[in
to
carry over.
2.
Of time,
;]
to
pass
pCov,
Ti 22
%i.(x-%ix'^\iai,
LXX
for
tc
Ac
7**
LXX
Es
1"), etc.;] the band round the Tidpa of a Persian king; a diadem, the badge of royalty Re 123 131 191-2^ Syn. : o-Tc'^avos, the badge of "victory, of valour, of nuptial joy, of festal gladness" (but v. M, Th., i, 21^; cf. DB, i, 530, 604).
:
8ia-8i8(0)j,i,
[in
LXX
for
pbn
:
pi., etc.
;]
1.
Ee
1713,
Rec.
2.
to distribute
Lk
11^2 18^2,
hand Jo 611, Ac
tc
over, deliver
435.t
107
SiaSe'xo/xai), [in
11
LXX
Ch
IS^^ (t^^),
n Ch
:
Mac
429 1426*.]
s^iccessor
Ac
BS,
usage in
LXX and
ir.
115).t
Sia-Jwf kufAi, (also -wvo}), [in
Ez
23^^
A*
;]
to
:
gird
c.
ace,
for
{<C.8taTi0r]fji.(.),
[freq. in
n^l^l;] 1. as usually in
cl.,
Ga
315 (R,
Milligan,
infr.).
NTD,
As
mg., but v. Lft., in 1.), He 9^<^, " (R, txt. MM, Exp., xi, 75 Abbott, Essays, 107 Deiss., LAE, 341 but v.
;
; ;
2.
in
LXX
(for IT^IS)
cl. a-vvd^Kr],
a convention, arrange-
ment, covenant (exc. in the disputed cases mentioned above, always bet. God and man, " perhaps with the feeling that the 8ta- compound was more suitable than the o-vv- for a covenant with God crvv6. might suggest equal terms," MM, Exp., I.e.) Ga 3^^ (E, txt., but v. supr., and cf Thayer, s.v.). He 9^^' i' (R, mg., Westc, in 1. Hatch, Essays, 47; but V. supr.), Mt 2628, Mk U^\ Lk 1^2, Ac 32^ 78, Ro 1127(lxx)^
: . ;
II
Co Co
31*,
Ga
3I',
He 722
8, ib.
s.,
^'
10 (i^^^) 9* i^-n^
ib. 20
(lxx)
iqu
(lxx), 29
1224 1320,
I
1125,
Re 1119; ^^^^^ Co 3, He 88
difference.
Mt
2628, ^^^g^
.
^k
Lk
;]
222o,
(lxx) 915
pi_^
j^ 9^ Ga
Eph
i
2i2.t
1.
8i-atpeais, -cws,
v (<;
2.
Siat/ocw), [in
LXX
Ge
2.
distinction,
division,
distribution\:
15io),
Co
12**"
(cf.
Siaipew;
Cremer, 616).
(as
pbn
(as
:
Jos 18^),
c.
etc.
;]
1.
to
asunder.
to distribute
pers.,
Lk
I512,
Co
12ii.t
:
*t8ia-Kaeapitw
Lk
3^''.t
*+8ia-KaT-eXYxoH'ai, io confute completely : Ac 1828.t 1. generally, to minister, serve, wait *8iaKo'ea>, w (-<; Sia/covos)
;
do one a service, care for one's needs: 222i. ^\ Jo 122, i Pe 411 Saa ht-qKSvr^a^v, absol., Mt 2028, Mk 10**, Lk 10*" II Ti 118; c. dat. pers., Mt 411 81* 25** 27", Mk li^.ai I5*i, Lk 4^9 8^ 12" 178, Jo 1226, Ac 62 1922, Ro 1525, Phm i^. He 6i9. 2. to serve as deacon: i Ti 3i*''i^. 3. C. ace. rei, to minister, stipyply, stipply by ministo
;
tration:
8iaKo^ia, -as, ^
I
Sicikovos), [in
Es
68.
;
A
(a)
Mac
11*8 *
jj
ijig office
and work of a
:
Staxovos, service,
ministry
Lk (b) spec, of religious of domestic duties (Field, Notes, 63) ministration, and the exercise of ministerial functions in the Church Ac 117.25 61.* 1129 1225 2024 2119, Rq 1113 127 1531^ j Co 1615, II Co 41 6 8* 91. 13, Eph 412, Col 417, I Ti 112, II Ti 45. n, He li*, Re 2i9 ; 8. r.
10*
; :
108
davdrov,
Co
3'^
t. irvevfjt.aTO'i, ib.
T.
KaraKpiaew^, t.
8iKaLo<rvvr]<;, ib.
8., ib.
SidKoi-os, -ov, 6,
7j
(derivation
unknown),
[in
m^
Eo
pi-
Es
63.5,
j^B
110^
22,
Pr
;
10*, 4
Mac
Eo
Mk
9,
a servant, i Co 3^
Xpio-roC,
8. ^eoi),
13*,
ii
Co
Th
;
32
8.
Co
1123,
Col 1^
123
.
Ti 4;
cf. 6 8. 6 c/xos,
;
Jo 1226;
8. tc/dito/i^s,
15^;
8.
Kaiv^s
3',
8i.aOrJKr]s,
II
Co
8.
8(/caioo-uv;s, II
Co
11^^
8.
[cvayycXtov],
Eph
Col 125. 2. As technical term for Church officer (so in pre-Christian times, v. M, Th., 1, 32), a deacon Phi 1\ I Ti 38' 12 fern. (cf. Bccl. 8ia/covto-<Ta), Eo 16^ (cf. i Ti 3", and
Col
[e'KKA.77o-ttts],
CGT,
in
1.,
also
M,
Th., l.c.).t
Syjv. : 8ov\o<;, bondman ; Oepdirwv, servant acting voluntarily AH \nrr}pTr]s, servant, attendant, by etymol. suggesting subordination. these imply relation to a person, in distinction from which 8. repreCf. also Acirovpyds, a sents rather the servant in relation to his work. public servant, in which the idea of service to the community is prominent olKeTr)<;, a hotise servant.
;
two hundred
Mk
6^"^,
et al.
Si-aKodc, [in
LXX: De
l^^ (yaizr),
Jb
9^3
(t
Deiss.,
through, hear ftilly ; technically, to hear judicially (as De, BS, 230) Ac 2335.t
:
cf
8ia-KpiV(i), [in
LXX
4^^;
j_
for MDtZT,
:
y^,
etc.;]
1.
to separate,
hence,
8.
to
/xrjBkv 8.,
Ac
3i
11^2
142s.
oiSkv
/lera^,
Ac
1.
159
o-,
:
Co
163,
arbitrate
to get
Mt
Co
112^.
a
1.),
seq. Trpd?,
ICG, in
but not
Ju9;
1
;
absol.,
Ju
22(R.mg.)^
Mid. and pass. II2 c. dat. (but v. 2. Hellenistic (NT and Eccl.,
1.), ib.
Ac
LXX),
Ja
to be
to hesitate,
doubt
^^3^^
Mt
Ac
212^,
Eo
1423,
ev cavT(3, Ja 2*
420,
iv t. KapBla,
Mk
1123
g,^
IO20
8. T. dTTio-Tm,
Eo
Ju
v
22 (B.
txt.)
Sid-Kpicris,
-a>s,
t
[in
8tacptVa)),
LXX
i
for
irb^P
Jb 3718 * ;]
:
the act of judgment, discernment : Eo 14\ ** Sia-KwXcuo), [in LXX: Jth 4" 12''*;]
Co
12^*',
He
S^^.t
c.
to
hinder, prevent
1.
to talk
ace,
Trpds,
Mt Lk
[in
II
3i*.t
** Sia-XaXe'u,
611.
-w, [in
Sm.
Ps 50
(51)^^, et al.
;]
with
2.
to talk
over: pass.,
Lk
l5.t
8ia-X^YH-**'-
LXX Ex
:
i^^- of BiaXiyw, to pick out, distinguish, as depon.), 62-, Is 63^ (-Q1 pi.), Jg 8' (nn), i Es 8*^ Es 52, Si I420,
;
;
Mac
:
1120 *
argue
Trpds,
Ac
fQ converse with, discourse (v. CI. Bev., i, 45), discuss, jj 18* 19' ^ 20^ c. dat. pers., Ac IT^^ Igis 20^, He 12* seq.
Mk
934,
Ac
:
1717 2412;
TTcpt,
bfl"'
Ac
(as
2425,
i
juO- ^^^
10^), etc.
^. ypa4>C>y,
;]
Ac
I72.+
8ia-Xeiiru, [in
LXX for
7*5.t
Ki
to intermit, leave
off for
a time
Lk
109
^ (<^ SioXeyoynai),
[in
LXX Da LXX
:
1* (ftsn),
Es
926*;] 1. conversation, discourse, speech (Plat., Dem., al.). 2. As in Polyb. and later writers, the language or dialect of a particular country or district: Ac 1^^ 2'8 21*o 22^ 26i*.t
LXX: To
I
10^*];
to
intermit, cease:
i
Ac
8^*,
WH,
mg.t
Si-aXXdaau), [in
LXX:
to
Ki 29*
(nS"5 hithp.),
Es A^\
al.;]
1. to
change, exchange.
pass., c. dat. pers.,
2.
Mt
after
mutual
hostility,
change enmity for friendship, to reconcile "The word denotes mutual concession an idea absent from KaraW-," q.v. (Lft., Notes,
5^*.
288; cf. Deiss., LAE, ITS^g; Cremer, 91, 632).t chiefly for aOTI Sia-Xoyijonai, depon., [in freq. in Pss. ;] 1. to balance accounts (Dem.). 2. to consider, reason (Isocr.) Lk 1^^
LXX
Mk 26' Lk 5^2 Trcpt, Lk 315 iv iavT<5 {-oh), Mt 16^. Mk 28, Lk 1217; Trpos Mk 933 usi^ l^ 20^*; Trap L, Mt 2125 (,v L, T, WH, mg.) Trpos aXXrjkov^, Mk 8^^ on, Mk 8^^ Jo ll*o, Eec. {DB,
521
;
iv T. Kap8ia,
8,
8,
I.,
i,
611
Cremer, 400).t
8ia-XoYi7|i.6s,
-ov,
(<^ 8taXoyt^o/iai),
[in
LXX
:
chiefly
15^^,
for
n^ttrno
;]
Mt
Phi
Mk
72\
Lk
Eo
121
141,
Co
320 (lxx)^
21*; /cptralS.
irovrjptav,
gen. of qual.
like rr|)7p
1.; cf.
,
(cf.
Pr
perh.
(v.
S.,
in
Ps 138
for
2*; x'^P'^
o/ayij?
Hort, in
;
Cremer, 400).t
8ia-Xuu,
dissolve
[in
LXX
nnx
to
b^n
etc.
:
;]
to
part
asunder,
of an assembly, pass.,
disperse
Ac
536.t
depon., of Ionic origin, intensive of the simple Tir hi., usually c. dat. pers., De 428 8^9, I Ki 89, al. ;] solemnly to protest : Lk 1628, Ac 2*0 82* 10*2 IS^ 2021.23,24 2311 2823, i ^^^ 46^ He 2 in adjuration, seq. ivwmov t. Oeov, 521, II Ti 21* 41 (Cremer, 415).t I Ti
8ia-fi,apTupofxai,
for Dnb ni.. Da IO20 Si 8^' 3 3828 struggle against. 2. In argument, to contend: Ac 23^.+ to 5119*. for TOJT etc. ;] to remain, continue : Lk I22 8io-fx.^'a), [in
8ia-}i(lxofjiai, [in
J
;
LXX
LXX
LXX
2228,
Ga
25,
He
l^^ (^xx),
Pe
Lk
3*.t
8ia-|iepitu, [in
LXX
cts,
chiefly for
22^"^,
pbn
pi.
;]
1.
to distr^b^^te
c.
dat.
pers.,
Ac
2**;
seq.
:
pass.,
Ac
233*
;
23.
among
c.
themselves
(v_
Mt
,vi',
2735,
Mk
I52*,
2.
to
Lk
Jo 1924 (LXX)
ace,
M,
Pr., 157).
c. dat.,
Lk
1117.18.
8ia-fipi<7^os, -ov, 6
Lk
1252. ss.t
Siajxept^io), [in
LXX
Ez
4829 (n|T*3nS),
Mi
dpT^vrj,
LXX for
Lk
I22.+
^q distribute,
divide:
at,
[in
to
:
Ac LXX: Ps 34
(35)i9
(pp), Si 2722*;]
to
wink
nod
to,
beckon
110
n^ljl'na
etc.,
TO
LXX
for
a^^ ;] the understanding, mind Lk l^^, Eph 4:^% Col 1^\ i Pe V\ ii Pe S\ i Jo 520 pi., Eph 23 in quotations from LXX, Mt 22^\ Mk 123o, Lk 102^, He S^o lO^^
Sidfoia,
-a<;, ^,
[in
LXX chiefly
for
n^
(Ex, Nu),
;
up
completely, to open
vovv,
Lk
2^3 (lxx)
pass.,
Mk
etc.
7^^.
;]
to
open
of
Metaph.,
24^^
;
24**, T. KapSiav, Ac 16^*, pass., 01 o^OaXfioi, explaining, t. ypa^a?, Lk 24^2^ Ac 173.t 8ia-'UKTpuu (cf SL7]fji.pvw, to 2}ass the day), [in
8. T.
Lk
Lk
:
LXX
Jb
2^ *
;]
to
seq. iv t. Trpoo-evxfj,
Lk
6^2_t
1. to
accomjilish fully, finish, (Xen., al., Clem., I ad 2. In late writers comjylete : Ac ^V (EV). Cor., XXV, 3), to continue : Ac, I.e. (Field, Notes, 134 f.).t Sia-irai'TOs, V. 8id, c. gen.
[in
11
LXX:
Mac
12^^*;]
*+8ia-jrapa-Tpipii,
-rj^,
17
LXX
;
De
Mac ^ *
6*3
;]
to
pass
521,
Ac
212
^p^^
cVl t. y^v,
Mt
14^*,
Mk
^i^^
Mk
* 8ia-irX^<i),
-to,
to sail across
Ac
27*.
;
LXX
Ge
6*,
Ki 20^*;]
:
to
(nsr ni.), 11 Mac 228 in Aq. Pass., to be worn out, work out with labour.
:
Ec
lO^
sore troubled
Mk
14*
(WH,
mg.),
Ac
,
42
,
l&^M
etc.
;]
8ia-'iropua), [in
LXX
1322;
16*.t
[in
for
iny
:
Ijbn
to
carry over.
152*
.
Pass.,
9^2
to
absol.,
Lk
IS^^,
22^,
ir6\,Ls K.
Lk
g,^^
c.
gen.,
Mk
Eo Lk 61
geq. ^a.Ta
(cf.
Pr
0,
Wi
Ac
Sm.
Ps 76
Ac
(77)*, Da 2^ * ;] to be quite at a loss, 2^2; seq. 8ta to, c. inf., Lk 9'''; TrepC,
* Sia-irpayfiaTcuofiai, "perfective
compound "
(v.
M,
Pr., 118)
to
1. to
examine tJwroughly
trading
:
(Plat.).
2.
gain by
Pass.,
KapSiais
Lk
19i*.t
8ia-jrpiw, [in
LXX
Ch
;]
to
saw asunder.
5^3; seq.
to
t.
the heart:
Ac
,
Ac
7**.t
[in
Si-apirdio),
LXX
for 772
^73
DDtZ?
etc.
;]
plunder
Mt
Mk
327.t
(so WH, exc. Ac, I.e.), Sia-ppT^o-o-w (poetic and late form of Stapprjyvw/ii), [in LXX chiefly for yip ;] to break asunder, burst, rend : Sea-fj-d, Lk 32^ pass,, StK-rua, Lk 5^ tftarta, xtTwvas, in grief or
8La-priiTaw
;
anger
(as
Ge
372^, al.),
Mt
26*,
Ac
ll^*,
Mk
14<53.t
:
-w (< o-a^7?s, clear), LXX, 2 (mn aph.), i-iii Mac 9*;] c. ace. rei, dat pers., Mt 132 IB^i.t
8ia-aa<J)w,
[in
to
LXX De
make
clear,
1*
(isa
pi.),
Da
explain
telly
111
shake
[in
LXX:
to
Jb
4^*
:
(ins
hi.),
iii
Mac
7^^*;]
to
violently
metaph.,
of
intimidate
t|8ia-aKopm'!t<D,
[in
LXX
26^1
for
etc.;]
;
to scatter
abroad^
disperse
sheep,
Mt
= Mk
142'' (i-^^)
of
persons,
Lk
1",
Ac
opp. to auvdyw, Jo 11*^; of winnowing grain, metaph., of property, to squander, ivaste : Lk 15^^ 16^t
5^^,
Mt
to
252*' 2;
8ia-<nrciw,
-w,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
pn:
,
as Jg 16^
23^*^.
;]
break or
tear asunder
pass., aXvo-eis,
Mk
5*
for
naCAos,
Ac
;]
Sia-oTTcipw, [freq, in
LXX
riQ
[in
etc.
to scatter
abroad, dis-
perse: AcS^'^lli^.t
Sta-oTTopd, -a?,
rj
(<^
Siacnrctpco),
LXX
of Israelites dispersed
and
De
(m:
ni.),
Is 49 (1^3)
by meton., of the
dispersion:
8.
twv
exiles themselves (as Ps 146 (147)2, ii Mac 1^^) ;] a 'FikXrjvwv, Jo 7^^; metaph., of Christians {DB, iii,
1^ (v. Hort, in il.).t
782
f.),
Ja
11, I
Pe
8ia-<rrAXa), [in
-liTT
hi.
(Ez
1.
2. to
oommand,
c.
charge expressly : pass., to SiaorTeXXd/tevov, with same sense (so Ez, I.e.; et al. in
pers.,
He
12^^.
LXX; MM,
5*^ 7^6 g^.t
,
dat.
Mk
:
8^5,
Ac
15^*
seq.
Iva,
Mt
162o,
[in
Mk
8i(laTT]|ia, -Tos,
TO (<^
Bua-Trjfjii),
etc.
;]
an interval,
823 (iw
lO^*^
space
8ia-crroXVi,
2*),
Ac
5'^.t
SiacrTcAAo)),
LXX
for
nnp Ex
:
etc.;]
I
1.
separation.
[in
2.
a
for
distinction,
difference:
etc.;]
10
.
Eo
322
Co
147.t
8ia-o-Tp^<j)a>,
LXX
'^'ESn
tDpV
to
distort,
twist;
metaph.,
verse
:
to
distort,
Mt
:
17l^
Lk
238,
Sua-rpa/Mfievo^, per-
8ia-(Tut<>. [in
yOT
tt/dos,
etc.
;]
to
seq.
y?jv,
Ac
:
232*.
come
28*;
safe
Si'
Ac
27**;
k t. OaUa-ar]^,
Ac
Pe
32**;
of sickness, to recover
rj
tSia-TayTJ, -^s,
Mt
143*.
II
StaTao-o-w),
ff.)
[in
LXX:
Es
4^^ (]3Kr"l5)*;]
al.)
(a)
disposition
(cf.
Siara^ts for
N^y; Sm.,
IV
Ki
23*,
Je
82 19^3);
1.,
Ac
;
7**;
Eo
Ac 7", E,
txt.
(and
v.
mg.
Page
and
313,
EGT,
in
1.;
but also
1 8id-TaYfia, -tos, to
v. 8upr,).t
SiaTcio-o-w), [in
LXX
II
Es
711 (liniyj),
Es
Wi IV*;] an
** 8ta-Tap(l<rcra),
:
edict,
[in
to agitate
greatly (Lat.
perturbare)
Lk
129.t
112
LXX
for U^io
:
"TatZT
etc.
;]
to charge, give
I
orders
c. dat.,
to,
c. ace, i Co ll^* T^^, Ac 20^3 Lk Pass., to Siarcray/xeVov, Lk S^*, Tit 15; seq. inf., Ac 7" 2423. tA StaTaxOipTa, Lk 17^' ^^ Siarayd^, Ga S^^.t De 9^ (nM), Je 20'. ^^ (nbs), Sio-TcX^o,, -Q>, [in
; ;
c.
dat.,
Mt 11\
Co
9^* 16^
seq. inf.,
;
Ac
23^^;
S^^,
LXX:
to
Es
II
Mac
52^^*;]
prop, trans.,
intrans. (Bl., 81, 1), and joined to participles (in Ac, I.e., to adj. V. Bl., 73, 4) with adverbial sense {= continuously), to continue: Ac 2733.t
Sia-TTjp^u, -w, [in
1X3
;
etc.
Ps 11
(12)8
.]
to jceep
carefully
81a. rt,
Lk
2^1
seq.
, Ac
8ia-Tt, T,
Eec. for
[in
v.s. 8id.
,
8ia-Ti0T]jjii,
freq. 8. ZiaO^Krjv
(nnj m^) ;]
Mid. only in NT; 1. (a) in place separately, arrange, dispose. general, to dispose of; c. dat. pers., to assign to one, Lk 222^; (b) to dispose of by a will, make a testament (in cl., 8. haOrjKTqv also in this He 9^^' ^^ (but cf. E, mg., and v.s. hiaOrjKrj). 2. 8. hiaOrjKiqv, sense) c. dat. pers.. He S^^^^^^^); seq. Trpos, to make a covenant (Aristoph.)
to
:
:
c.
ace. pers.,
Ac
32*,
He
to
:
Sia-Tpi'Po), [in
LXX
Ac
Le
To
ll^- ^\
8.
Jth
102,
ij
Mac
1423*;]
rub
xp^yov,
^/x>a9, to
spend time
Intransitively with
Jo
Ac
I
12i9.t
**8ia-Tpo4)ii,
Mac
r) {<^ 8iaTpe4>w, to support, sustain), [in LXX: IJ?, food, nourishment : i Ti 6*.t ;] **t 81-auYil^w, [in Aq. Jb 25* * ;] to shine through, to daivn : 11 Pe V^
6*^*
(cf.
?ws ov
8LaTrvv(Tr]
rj
rjfj.epa,
Ca
[in
2^^).t
**8iaoYVis,
8ia<()ai'TJs,
- (<aib'^),
-s
Re
212i.t
[in
(<^
8La<j>aii'(o
LXX: Ex
(Eec.
;
303-^
(^J, Is
321(23) (j^^a),
Es
16*;] transparent:
Re
212i
v. 8iauy7;s).t
8ia-<|)'pu, [in
LXX
for SZlff
(Da 7 only)
8id,
Ki
17^9,
Es 3",
al.
;]
ll^*^; {b) to carry about, Intrans., (a) to differ : to. impers., Sia^epct, it Siat^epovra, Ro 2^^, Phi l^** (R, mg., but v. infr.) it matters : Ga 2" (b) to excel : c. gen. Mt 62" lO^^ makes a difference, 1212, Lk 127. 24^ I Co 15", Ga 4^ rk 8ia<^povTa, Eo 2i8, Phi V^ (R, txt. ; for discussion and retf. v. ICC on Eo, Phi, 11. c.).t
1. trans., (a) to
:
Mk
spread abroad
Ac
13*^
272''.
2.
8io-<t.eoY<^. [ill
I^XX
late
Jos
;]
to flee
Ac
in
27^2.+
writers
I'**,
only,
to
c.
spread abroad:
t.
Xoyov
(=
Mk
Mt
281^;
abroad
one's fame:
Mt
93i.t
113
;]
1.
:
to
destroy utterly:
Lk
2.
1233,
Re
11^8
Ee
;
8^,
ii
Co
4^.
In moral sense,
Ee
11^^
pass., 8u<f>6ap-
fiiVOl T. VOVV, I
Ti 6^.t
T]
8ia-4>0opd, -as,
(< 8ia<f>deipw),
[in
LXX
chiefly for
nnV
or
and
(physical
moral):
also as
S^
;]
[in
Biacfyipw), [in
al.,
12*',
to
8.,
ra
8.,
Si 27^
Mac
Eo
He
9^^.
2. excellent
compar.,
-dn-fpos,
He
1* 86.t
chiefly for IDW (as Ps 90 (91)") ;] to Pr., 116), defend: c. ace, Lk 4io(LXX)_t Mid. *8ia-xipi^u (<;X"P)> ^^ have in hand, conduct, manage. (a) = act.; (b) in late writers (Polyb., FIJ, al.), to lay hands on, kill : c. ace, Ac 5^^ 2621.+
8io-<|>uXoi<rau,
LXX
scoff,
mock
(a) c. ace.
(6)
Ac
2^3_f
[in
8ia-xpi|;,
to
LXX: Ge
Mid.,
-6v
to
1** (bl3
hi.), IS^''-
separate entirely.
933.t
-rj,
separate oneself,
(TID depart:
ni.), etc.;]
seq.
i
dTro,
Lk
II
*t 8i8aKTiKos, Ti 22*.t
8i8aKT6s,
(=
cl. SiSoo-KaAiKo's),
apt at teaching:
Is
Ti
i
3^,
-rj,
-6v
8t8a(rKw),
[in
LXX:
54"
(TlJa^),
Mac
4'^*;]
1.
(in
cl.,
that can be taught. 2. taught; c. gen., of source of teaching (a) of persons 8. Oeov, Jo 6**<i'XX); (fe) of things, poet, only)
; :
Aoyois
8. TTVfvfx.aTO'i, I
Co
8i8aaica\ia, -as, v
2^^.f
8i8<^<rKo,), [in
LXX
Pr
("Tab pu.), Si 2433 39^*;] teaching, instruction, in both active and objective senses, most freq. the latter: Eo 12^ 15*, Eph 4^*, i Ti 46, 13, 18 517 61, 310' ^, Tit 27. 10 ; iyiaLvoiaa 8., I Ti l^o, 11 Ti 43, 3^ n Ti Tit 1 21 pi, 8. T. avOpi^iroiv, Col 222 ; 8. 8ai/xovtW, I Ti 41 ; 8. 8i8ao-Kctv, 7^(1^^) (Cremer, 182).t Mt 159,
;
Mk
SyN.
8t8a;^7^.
LXX: Es
6\ iiMacpo*;]
pm
(NT,
a teacher: Jo 139 201"; ^f Jewish teachers, Lk 2*<5, Jo 310, cf. Eo 220,21. of John Baptist, Lk 3^2; of Jesus, Jo 32.10 8^^ II28 1313.1*, and often in Syn., most freq. in voc, as title of address, as Mt 81^, Mk 43^ of of Jesus by himself, Mt 238 of an apostle, 1 Ti T, 11 Ti 1" Christians, i Co 1228.29, Eph 4", Ac 13i, Ja 31 of false teachers, 11 Ti
43 (Cremer,
181
:
DB,
i,
609,
iii,
294,
iv,
691).
Syn.
etc.
;]
7rat8vn^s, q.v.
;in
8i8(iaKw
to
LXX
teach
(i.e.
hi., chiefly for pi., also for instruct) a person, teach a thing ; 1. trans.
mb
HT
:
hi.,
c. ace.
114
pers.,
11^;
Mk l^^ al. seq. Sn, Mk 8^'; ir^pC, Jo 2^7; Mk G^o 121"; ^ c^gn ace, Mt IS^d-xx). q^
;
c. inf.,
Lk
Mk
Jb
tfO
1^2^ 11 Th 2i* 42, Jo 142 pass., c. 212", Qut prob. a vernac. usage, v. Swete, in
;
Ga
:
Re
2^*.
2.
Absol.,
Mt
4'"^,
Mk
I'^i,
and often
;'
in Gosp.,
Eo
12^,
Co
417, I
Ti
:
2^2^ al.
Westc, Heh., 402 Cremer, 180). StSao-Kco), [in LXX Ps 59 (60) tit. {yb pi.) Sm. SiSaxV), -^s, (< 33^*;] 1. objectively, teaching, doctrine, that which is taught Mk De 127, Jo ?!, Ac 1719, Ro 67 1617, II Jo 10, Ee 22" c. gen. poss., Mt 728 1612 2233, Mk 122 1118, Lk 432, Jo 1819, Ac 528, Ee 2i'.i5; ^ 8., of Christ, Jo 717, Ac 1312, II Jo 9; cf. -njv 8., Tit 1^; c. gen. obj., ^a-npi., He 13^. TLcr/jiutv 8., He 62 2. Actively, teaching Ac 2*2^ n Ti 42 1/ T. 8., in the course of his teaching Mk 42 12^8 XaAeiv ev 8., i Co 14*' 485 Cremer, 181). xv 8., ib. 26 (DCG, SVN. 8i8acrKa\La. t Si'Spaxfios, -01' (<[ 8is, Spa^/ar;), worth two drachmae ; to 8. (sc.
Syn.
TratSeL-w (cf.
rj
:
i,
v6fj.i<rfjia,
coin), [in
LXX
of the
chiefly for
bpW (Ge
:
Ge
201^,
De
222^
;]
Jialf-
shekel, the
tivin),
amount
Temple
tax
Mt
I72*
{DB,
-r;,
:
iii,
428).t.
Trai?,
name from
8i8i>/aos,
-ov,
double, sc.
Didymus, surname
8i8wfxi, [in
of the apostle
Thomas
Jo lli^ 202*
212.
LXX
absol.,
e.
Ac
chiefly for ]n3 (53 words in all) ;] to give in bestow, grant, siipply, deliver, commit, 20^^ c. ace. rei et dat. pers., Mt 4^ 5^1, Jo I12, al.
;
mult.
Ik,
Mu
25^
id. c.
gen. part..
cf>LXr]fxa,
;
Re
21"
c.
ace.
Lk LAE,
c.
pers., 177
Ga
Lk
Ee
7**;
yvio-iv,
c inf_ fi^^
17*, al.;
e.
Mt
411,
27^^
11
Lk
ace. et inf.,
227,
3^; e. dupl.
;
ace.,
CIS
Mt
2028,
Mk
10^^
;
Eph
;
I22
Th
3^,
Ti
2, al.
iavroy
8.
al.),
Lva,
Ac 193i e. dat. pers., seq. Kara (MM, Exp., xi). Re Re 39 8e8wKa evwTrtdv aov Ovpav aveoyyfxivrjv, Re 3^.
Syn.
8(o/jeo/Aai.
Jth 1*, Es li, ii Mac 721 IS" iii Mac 5"*;] Lk 82* pass., to aroiise completely, arouse as from rest or sleep 6I8. 82* of the sea, Jo Metaph., of the mind iv mrop.Mk 439, Lk
**8i-6Yi>, [in
; :
LXX:
vrjo-i,
II
Pe
113 3i.t
-ov/xai,
*t
IQi^.t
Si-ci/Ou|uL^o|xai,
depon.,
to
consider, reflect
seq.
Trtpi,
Ac
and
8i-^|-o8os, -ov,
rj,
[in
LXX
as
Nu
34*
;
^-^
a way freq. in Jos ;] in tt. of the conclusion of a trial (MM, Exp., xi) out through, an outlet pi., 8, twi/ 68a)v, RV, the partings of the high;
ways
Mt
22^.+
as,
*t
8i-pfiT)>'cuTiis, -OV, 6
17,
*t8i-pjAr]j'ta,
an
1
interpreter
12i<',
Co
1428.
Co
L,
txt.
(not
else-
where), t
115
to
[in
LXX
ii
Mac
:
1^^*;]
intensive of
ep/xr]VV(o,
i
(a)
to explain,
expound
c.
ace,
Lk
24^'^
absol.,
Co
12^
Ac
93.+
LXX for
;
12H, ^^n,
N'I2, etc.;]
1.
to
go through,
pass through; (a) of things: Mt 19^*, Mk lO^s, Lk 2^5, al.; (b) of persons: Lk 19*; c. ace. loc, Lk 19^ He 4}\ Ac 12^*^; seq. 8ia, c. gen. loc, Mt 12", i Co 10^ seq. ds, Mk d^s i^^^ l^ 2^5. 2. to go about: Lk 9^, Ac 20^*; of a report, to spread, go abroad (Thuc),
.
Lk
515.
-w, to find by inquiry : c. ace, Ac lO^^.t ii Mac 10^*;] 1. lasting two **8ien7s, -s 8i5, Tos), [in years. 2. two years old: a-n-o 8. (sc. TratSoV, or neuter; cf. i Ch 27^',
* 8i-pwT(iw,
LXX:
diro ctKOcracToCs),
Mt
rj :
1 8iTia, -as,
Ac
2^^.f
Sterols), [in
LXX {Grac.
He
;
Ven.)
Ge
41' 45* *
;]
the
24'^^ 28^*^.t
Si-Tjye'ofiai, -ov/agi,
[in
:
LXX
Mk
chiefly for i3D pi. ;] to set out in 11^^ q q^qq j-ei, Ac 8^^ ; c. dat. a cTSov, 9^ ; oo-a cTrotr/o-c, -av,
Mk
:
Lk
8i-iiYTj<Tis,
-ews,
17
SiT^yeoyxaO. [^^
^XX
.^
Jg
7^5
(l^Qa),
Hb
28
(n-JTl),
Mac
232 qit
^ narrative: Lk
1^ (cf.
MUligan,
NTD,
130).t
**8i-T|i'6KTis, -is
88
(89)30
;]
unbroken, continuous
Sm.
8.,
exx., V. Deiss.,
BS,
He
73 IQi*
12,
;
u.f
divided into two seas (as the tottov S., a tongue of
1.
2. dividing the sea : Euxine, Strab., ii, 5^2). land, or reef, running out into the sea : Ac 27*i.t
8i-iKi'^o|iai (Rec. SiiK-), -oifiai, [in for through, penetrate : He 4^2. go Ez 5^ (pbn 8i.i(rn,^i (Rec. ht<T-), [in
LXX
ma
hi.,
Ex
2628*;]
to
LXX
Lk
etc.;]
to set apart,
:
separate
of
time (or
22*^
;
intervene
pf.
and
plpf.
act.,
to
part,
withdraw:
2. to
3),
Stio--),
depon.
;
1.
to
lean upon.
c. ptcp.,
Lk
22^9
c.
70,
judge:
-as,
;
Lk
rj,
63^ (Tr.,
mg.;
v.s. xaraS-;
Cremer, 199),t
*t 8iKoioKpiaio,
Kpto-cws, II
righteous
Th
1"
t\jv 8. K.,
Jo 72^
LXX
of
^j55
(Tl? in sense
,
of
correct, v. Deiss.,
115
f.)
sometimes
for
as
Pr
111,
a,l. ;]
in early
Gk. writers,
of persons, observant of
81K17,
116
;
men {b) of things, righteous, in accordance with right. In 1. righteous, chiefly in the broad sense, as above, of the person or thing corresponding to the Divine standard of right (a) of persons of God, Eo 326, I Jo 229 37 of Christ, Ac 3^* 7*2 22i*, i Pe 3^\ i Jo 2^ of men, Mt 119 (Abbott, Essays, 75 f .) 10" 13^7' . 49^ Lk 1. ^^ Eo 5^, i Ti 1^,
: ;
: ;
NT
Ja
56,
I
;
Pe
312,
Jo 3^ Ee 22",
23*0
;
al.
8.
Ka\ eiXafS^^,
Lk
;
22*
5yios,
opp. to d/xapTwXoi Kal dcTcyScIs, I Pe 4I8; ahiKoi, Mt 5*^ Ac 2415 8. Ik Trto-rew?, Ro l^^ Ga 311, He lO^s d-xx); g. ^^pa t. 6^(0, Eo 2i3; (6) of things: Ipya 8., opp. to TTovrjpd, I Jo 312 ^vtoXt;, Eo 7^2 metaph., alfia, Mt 23^* TO 8.,
620
Mk
dya^os,
Lk
<f>ol3ovfjivos
r. 6e6v,
Ac
;
IO22
Lk
12*7;
g. i^^,^^
Ac
;
419,
Eph 6\
;
Phi 1^;
6,
Mt
20*;
oo-a,
Phi
48.
2.
In narrower sense (a) of persons, as in later cl. writers, jiist, rendering to 8., (b) of things to each his due Tit 1"^, i Jo I'' 8. Kpirrj?, 11 Ti 4^ 41 68oi, Ee 153. II Th l" Kpcats 8., Jo 5^0 Col 8., sc. i<TTtv, SVN. : dya^o's (q.v.), KaXos, XRW"^"^ (Gremer, 183, 690).
:
SiKaioaui'T],
-17s,
17
(<8t/<aio?),
[in
IDTTi
,
LXX
Ge
:
chiefly for
pl^, and
cognates,
6 8tKaios
Ge
15^,
;
al.,
rarely for
19^^;]
the character of
broad sense, righteousness, conformity to the Divine will in purpose, thought and action Mt 5^, Jo 16^, Ac 13^0^
(q.v.)
1. in
Eo
BJ,
43
Aoyos
,8tKaiocrvV7;9,
teaching of
72
;
r.,
He
5^^
;
/Jao-tXeiJs 8. (cf.
;
FIJ,
SirXa 8., Eo 6^3 ; 6Sos 8., Mt 21^2 $^pa^ T^s 8., Eph 6^*; 8tdKo.'oi 8., 11 Co 11^*; 6o-toT7?s Kal 8., Lk 1^5, cf. 42* 8. k. aya6(i)(Tvvr) Kal 8., Eph 5^ ; 8. k. elprjvrj k. x^/^S -^O 14^^
vi, 10, y8. SiKatos),
He
Eph
dyiao-p-df, I
Co
l^"
Opp. to
229
ajxaprCa,
3^^
;
Eo
;
8^"
avofxia, II
Co
6^*
d8tKta,
Eo
3* id. as an inclusive term for the active TToietv T^v 8., I Jo duties of the religious life {ICG, in 1. Abbott, Essays, 73 -'), Mt 6^ TrXrjpoiv 7r5o-av 8., Mt 31* ipyd^a-eai 8., Ac lO^* StwKeiv 8., I Ti 611 8. ^eov, a righteousness divine in its character and ^7]v ry 8., I Pe 22* origin, Mt 6^^, Ja I'^o, Eo (where it also includes the idea of God's
;
personal
TTio-rtws,
r.; v.
ICC, on
;
li^)
1^
936
Eo
411
8.,
rj
tK
IT.
8.,
rj
Eo
1^
(caTct
tt.
71
:
is
r,
iK v6fiov
Eo
;
10*;
8. iy v.,
Phi 36;
iSia 8.,
Eo
103, cf.
Phi
S^.
2.
In narrower sense (cf. 8icatos), justice {DCG, ii, 529 ff. Cremer, 190, 690).
SiKaiow, -w
16*1,
Ac
17^1, 11
Pe
li,
Ee 19"
as
Is 508 .j i_ Jq cl., do one justice ; pass., ; 2. In NT, as in tiKaiovfrOai, to be treated rightly, opp. to d8itcr^ai. LXX, and as usual with verbs in -ow from adjectives of moral meaning; (1) to show to be righteous : Mt lli", Lk 73*, Eo S^d-xx), i Ti 316; 2i3 (2) to declare, 'pronounce righteous: Lk 72^ 1029 I61* I81*, Eo
je
311 (cf
NT
8tKaios), [in
piS
Ez
usage)
(2)
De
25i,
Ex 23^
deem
right
U
(v.
7ri'o-Tco9,
Eo
330 51^
221.24,26. i^ ^^ x6yiav,
Tit 37;
Ga Mt
seq. dTro, Mt lli^, Lk 73*, Ac 1339, Eo 6^; 2i6 38-2* 2i, Ja l^ lpyu>v, Eo 320 (LXX) 42^
;
Ga
ttiVtco,?,
i
Eo
330
c. dat.,
Eo
32*. 28^
Co
4* 6",
Ga2i7 3"
5*, i
Ti 3i
826
ff.).t
117
in Ez,
for
ph
ra
8.,
freq.
pression of righteousness, the expression and result of the act of SiKatwo-is, " a declaration that a thing is SUcuov, or that a person is
SiKaios," hence, (a) an ordinance : B. t. Oeov, 9^ ; aapKo^, vo/xov, Eo 2^^ 8* ; Aarpctas,
Eo
He
He
acquittal,
Eo
:
5^^
righteous act
Eo
ICC, in
Ee
(c)
MM,
;]
Exp.,
iii,
xi).t
SiKttius,
adv.
i
fj
8tKato9,
i
q.v.),
2io,
[in
LXX
2^2.
for
2.
pTlf
:
etc.
1.
righteously
I
Co lb^\
-(os,
Th
Tit
justly
Lk 23",
Le
24^2 *
;]
Pe
223.t
SiKaiuais,
(<[
Si/catow),
[in
LXX
for t25?!Ti
Eo
42^ 5^^
SiKoon^s, -ov, 6
727, 35
LXX
for taglB'
;]
a judge
Ac
(LXX) f
to the mental process the forensic term. In Attic law, the StKao-rcu were jurors, with a Kptri^s as presiding ofl&cer (LS, s.v. ; Enc. Brit. ^^, xii,
:
Syn.
KpLTri%
is
(Thayer).
8.
504
3.
f.).
SiKT], -T?s,
T],
[in
LXX
2, right.
LXX
chiefly for
n^
;]
general term
for
a net : Mt 420. 21^ Mk l^s- ^^, Lk 52. *-, Jo Syn. : d/Ji<f>i/3\r]aTpov (q.v.), a-ayrjvr].
*t8iXoYos, -oy
2.
216.
u.t
to repetition.
NT,
In
;
8ts, Ae'yw), 1.
prob.
(cf.
in sense of SiXoyciv, -la (Xen.), given SiyXcoo-o-os, Pr 11^^, Si 5*) double27^, : 422 1522,
tongued
77,
810,
81' o,
Mt
Lk
Ac
1519,
Eo
124, al.
29,
8. koC,
Lk
l^s,
Ac
1029 2426,
Eo
n Co
Phi
2.
He
: c. ace, along (Ba 42, i Mac 1232, 33) Lk S^.t Ac 173*.t Aioi'uaios, -ov, 6, Dionysius, an Athenian **8i6-ir6p, conjunct. (810, q.v., strengthened by Trep), [in LXX: Jth 8^'^, II Mac 5 * ;] for which very reason : i Co 8^3 lO^^.t *8ioir6Tils (written also 8a7r-), -e's ;8ros, ttlwto}, v. Page on Ac, I.e.; DB, i, 605, n., ext., 112*; Field, Notes, 130 f.), fallen from heaven (E, mg.) to 8. (sc. ayoA/ta, statue, image), Ac 1935,t
1 8i-o8eow, [in
LXX
1112 1312 (v. Ellic. on Ga 4^1). chiefly for nair ;] 1. to travel through
.
Ac 17^
to travel
*8i6p6w(Aa,
-Tos,
:
correction, reform
to {<^8iop06w, Ac 243.
to
make
straight,
set right),
118
(v. supr.), 1.
a making
straight.
:
2.
reforviation 807).t
(used
in
late
He
Q^**
a reforming^ (Cremer,
through
Lk
Jb 1A}\ Ez 125-7.12, (inn)*;] to dig [in LXX: ace, of hous ^-breaking (as in tt. MM, Exp., xi), Mt 24*^, 1239; absol., Mt6i3'2o.t
8i-opuWu),
:
c.
Ai^cr-Koupoi, -tov, ol (lon. and Koivrj form of Att., Aioo-zcopot; <; Aio's, gen. of Zer9 + Kopos, a son), the Dioscuri (Castor and Pollux), twin sons of Zeus and Leda (EV, The Twin Brothers) Ac 28i^t
:
Lk
Phi
conjunct., for Bta tovto, on (Lat. profterea qtiod), because 113 2^ 2128, Ac 1335 1810 2026 22^8, Eo l^^. ^1 320 8^.21, i Co 159,
8i-<5ti,
Notes, 37) 4^, He 11^. 23, Ja 43, i Pe l^^. 24 26. It is usually stronger than on, but sometimes, as in Lk li3, Eo 1^^ I Th 218, approximates to MGr. sense, /or; cf. Milligan, Th., l.e.t Ztvs + rp(f><a I AioTp'4)T)s (Eec. -Tpcf>7]<;), -S (<! Aios, gen. of cherished by Zeus), as pr. name, Diotre/phes : iii Jo ^.t
22, I
Th
28. 18 (Lft.,
8117X009 (poet.,
-ovv),
51",
[in
LXX
;
for
whence comp. -orepov), -or], -oov (-ous, -^, bD3 TOtJi^p and cognates ;] twofold, double i Ti
8t7rAo9,
, ,
Ee
*
K. S.,
in twofold meastire : Mt 23^^. -w {<^ SiTrXo'r.s), to double : 8. to. SiirXa, Ee 186.t 143o.'2; g, r. (rafifidrov, Lk 18^2. ^^^ 5^^^ 8is, adv., tivice: Phi 416, I Th 218 8. airoeavovTa, Ju ^2 (y. Mayor, ICC, in 1.)
18^
SiTrXo'repov,
8iTrX6<o,
Mk
;
S. iJi.vpid8e<;,
Ee
9^6.
old Acl4i2.i3.t
Ais,
nom.
for
Zev<s
(q.v.),
whence gen.
Aids,
ace.
Ai'a:
**t
Ee
Mac g * ;] twice ten thousand Eec.).t 143i 28i^t *8iaT(itw 8ts), to dow6^, hesitate: Mt SYN. : diropio), Sia-n-opew, BiaKpivofxai, fiTeo}pL^ofxat (v. DCG, i, 491).
:
11
/^i.,
8iVto^os, -OF
Sis,
ard/xa), [in
LXX
Jg
316,
Ps
4^2,
1496,
Pr
54 (ri,,^)^
Si 213*;]
2.
2_
Qf rivers
Of swords (Eur.
8i-uXiJ^w
LXX,
Ee
li 2i2.t
[in
2.
LXX: Am
Later, to
1.
:
to
fig.,
Mt
2324.t
:
** Sixdtw {8i'xa, apart), [in Aq. Le 1^^ De 14^ * ;] to ctd apart, divide in two ; metaph., to set at variance : Mt 103^.t ** 8ixoo-Taaia, -as, rj {<^8ixo(TTaTw, to stand apart), [in LXX:
I
Mac
329
;]
Eo
IG^^^,
Ga
Ki
52**.
SixoTOfx^u,
{nr\2
pi.)
;]
to
(<^ 8t;^OTd^os, <^ 8t;(a, rifivw), [in LXX: Ex 29^^ cut in two, cut asunder : perh. metaph. of severe
v.
scourging (but
Meyer on Mt,
I.e.,
and
cf.
1533,
n Ki
;]
123i,
He
113'),
Mt
2451,
84<io>,-w
absol.,
Lk
12*6.t
thirst),
Sill/a,
[in
LXX
1928^
chiefly for
NOS
i
to thirst
Mt
2535.37.42,44^
Jo
413,15
Ro
1220 (Lxx)^
Co
411
fig.,
119
(=
cl. c.
gen.), t. 8iKaL0(Tvvr)v,
Mt
5.t
Si+os, -cov (-ow), TO, (late
form
of
SitJ/a),
[in
K^
1^ 4^
and cognates;]
(Cremer, 588;
thirst:
ii
Co
ll^'.t
*t8i|uxos, -ov
(-<8i.s,
iv,
iffvxv),
DB,
528).
[in
Siwy^^s, -oO, 6
II
(< StwKco),
:
LXX
iS^\
Pr
ll^^
{^m pi.). La
Ac
3^^ (li-lij),
Mac
Co
*+
1223 *
.]
persecution
Mt
Mk
4^7 iqso^
8^ 13^0,
Eo
8^\
II
1210, II
Th 1\
a persecutor : i Ti 1^^ f chiefly for ^11;] 1. to^jwi to flight, drive away: SiwKu, [in Mt 233*. 2. to pursue; (a) of persons; c. ace, without hostility, to 12i3. Hence, follow after : Lk 17^3 with hostile purpose Ac 26^^, Ee 5^0-12, u 10-23^ Lk 11*^ 2112^ jo 51" I520, Ac 7*2 g*-* to persecute: Mt 224,7,8 26". 15, Eo 121*, I Co 4^2 159, 11 Co 4^, Ga li3'23 429 511 612, Phi S\ II Ti 312; (b) metaph., o. ace. rei, of seeking eagerly after:
StuKTTjs, -OV, 6
Stw/co)),
;
:
LXX
II
Ti
3ii.t
Ti
;
611,
II
T' 222.
1214,
I I
i,(;^o,,
8tKatoa-vvrj<i,
;
dp^vrju,
He
Pe
;
311
ra T^^
0t\o^itav,
t. aydirrjv,
TO ayaOoy,
Th
51*
on
(Msch.), Phl3i2.i*.f
Uy\t.a, -Tos, TO
8oKw),
[in
LXX
chiefly for
T)"^,
DyW
l]
1- '^^
2i,
opinion. 2. A public decree, ordinance : of Eoman rulers, Ac 17^ ; of the Jewish law, Bph 21*, Col 2i* ; of the Apostles, (Cremer, 205).
fhoyiuarlloi, [in
I
Lk Ac
16*
LXX
Es
39
(ana
411
ni.).
Da LXX, 2i3.i5
to decree.
{ani, ni),
to
Es
63*,
II
Mac
108 1536^
Mac
;]
Mid.,
subject
oneself to an ordinance : Col SoK^w, -u) (<[SoKos, opinion, <:^8eK0fxai, lon. form of Se^-), [in for mia, ai3, etc.;] 1. to be of ojnnion, suppose: Mt 24**, Lk 12*^, He 1029 c. inf., Mt 39, Lk 8I8 2437, Jo 539 162, Ac 129, 2713, i Co 3i
22o.t
LXX
Ga 63, Phi 3*, Ja 12 c. ace. et inf., i Co 1223, Co 6*9, Lk 12*i I32.* I911, Jo 5** lli3.3i lli; seq. 6ti, Mt 6^ 26*3, 20l^ I Co 49, II Co 1219, Ja 4*. 2. to seem, be reputed: Ac 252^; 1329 10*2, Lk 1036 222*, Ac 171^ 269, i Co llie 1222, n Co 109, c. inf., Ga 2^' 9, He 41 12ii 01 Sokowt*?, those of repute, Ga 22. Impers., it 22i7.*2 26, (a) to think: Mt 172^, I812 2128 seems, c. dat. pers. Jo 11*", He 1219 ; (&) to please, seem good to : e. inf., Lk 13, Ac
7*0 82 1012 1437,
;
Mk
Mk
2522,
25, 28,
34_f
: ,
and v. properly rjyiojxai^, vofx.i^u)'^ (SoKcii) 1.) olofjiai 17. express belief resting on external proof, 77. denoting the more careful judgment 8. and 01. imply a subjective judgment which in the case of 01. is based on feeling, in 8. on thought (v. Schmidt, c. 17). from the standpoint of the object, <)!>atvo/xai {^oKw 2.) </>., *' expresses how a matter phenomenally shows and presents itself " subjective 8., from the standpoint of the observer, expresses one's about a matter (v. Tr., Syn., Ixxx Cremer, 204). judgment Syn.
;
120
LXX
metals (Pr 17^ Si 2^ Wi 3"), to test, try, jyrove (in the hope and expectation that the test will prove successful, v. reff. s. Syn.) 14i, ii Co S^ Ga 6*, i Th 2* Xpvatoi', I Pe 17; other things, Lk 12^ 521 Ta 8ia<^po^Ta, Eo 2^, Phi l^" (R, mg., but v. infr.) irvevfjiara. seq. subst. 41 iavroy, i Co ll^s, 11 Co 13* of men, i Ti S^^ (pass.) I Jo 3^^, Eph 5^*^. 2. As the result of trial, to approve, clause, Ro 12% i Co think fit : Ro l^s I422, i Co IG^, 11 Co 822, i Th 2^ (88oKi/xao-//^a) Ta hia4>ipovTa, Eo 2^^ Phi l^o, R, txt. (but V. supr. cf. 8ia<^pw).t Syn. : ntipdCw (V. Tr., Syn., Ixxiv; Cremer, 494 ff., 699 ff.). ** 8oKifj.aaia, -as, rj [in LXX: Si 62^*;] a testing, 8o/ct/AaCa))
8^^
: ; ; ;
;
[in
Sm.
11 Co 82 9^^. of trial, proving, test approvedness, proof : Ro 5*, 11 Co 2 IS^, Phi 222 (Cremer, 212, 701).t Pr 17^ 2721 (qiyo) * ;] usually regarded SoKiViof, -ov, TO, [in
:
LXX
as a variant form of BoKifitlov, a test, and so perh. Ja 1^ in 1.), but see next word (cf. Cremer, 212, 702).t
+ 8oKifiios, -a, -ov
(<^8o/ct/A7j),
(v.
Mayor,
[in
LXX:
dpyvpiov
8.
(T?y),
i
Ps
29*
II (12)^ and as
(Bab);
ct 8.
v.l.
for
8o'Ki/ios
Ch
60-Tiv
(n,T),
Za
ll^^
s'^''^
Q *)*
^oKifios,
tested,
approved : to 8. v/awv t. Trto-Tcws, i/wi^ which is approved in your faith, I Pe l'^ (where Hort suggests the v.l. Soki/xos, found in some cursives), Ja 1^ (but v. Mayor, in 1. For full discussion of this word, not hitherto found in a Gk. Lexicon, and for exx. of its use in tt., v. Deiss. (to MM, Exp., xi; whom is due the credit of its discovery), BS, 259
fif. ;
cf.
also Milligan,
SoKifios,
NTD,
-ov
primarily of metals, tested, accepted, approved : of persons, Ro 14^*, 16^0, I Co 1119, II Co 10^8 137, II Ti 215, Ja 1^2 (Cremer, 212, 697).+
SoKos,
-ov,
7j
76).t
SeKOfiai
Sexo/xai), [in
LXX
nip,
etc.
;]
(Sixofiai),
[in
LXX
i,
for
etc.;]
a beam
of
timber
njpna
,
Mt V'^ Lk
-ov
etc.
;]
6".
:
"2
(DCG,
[in
86X10S, -a,
8d\os),
11
LXX chiefly
25i8,
176).+
in Pss, Pr, Si
for
deceitful
Co
111^.+
:
LXX Nu
Ps 104
[in
LXX
I
1.
in Horn.,
bait.
a snare.
1310,
3.
In the abstract,
Ac
1.
II
Ro
129, II
Co
As
12i,
722 14\ Jo I''', craft, deceit : Mt 26*, 2i'22 310 (lxx) (XaX^o-ai 8.).+ Th 2^, i Pe
:
Mk
LXX
Ps 14
(15)3
(i,^-,)^
ensnare.
42.+
2.
of wine,
to
adulterate, corrupt
Co
Syn.
.*
KaTrrjXevo), q.V.
121
:
TO
(-<
hiSiofxi),
[in
LXX
for
njn
etc.
;]
gift
Mt
7^\
Lk
1118,
:
Eph
17
48(Lxx)^
Phi
4i7.t
STN.
8<5Ca,
Soo-is, SCjpov,
Swped, Swp-qfia.
[in
-7]^,
SoKe'co),
LXX
all;]
25 words in
2.
in
expectation,
judgment,
opinion, estimation in which one is held, repute in NT, always good opinion, hence reputation, praise, honour, glory : Lk 1410, Jo 12^3^ He 33 opp. to aicTXVvn, Phi 319 to (XTi/xta, II Co G^ 8. K.
opinion (iv
Mac 5^^).
Tt/xrJ,
Eo
2^.10,
Xaixpavuv,
Pe V, II Pe Jo 5", II Pe 1^^ Ee
I
l^^; ^yjrf.v
5^2
;
8.,
Jo
Th
2;
jCl?
,
hihovai
8. t. ^<S (cf.
TQ3
Je I316,
37 157,
al.),
Lk
17^8,
;
Jo
3.
,
92*,
Ac
1223,
Rq
420^ jje
4^;
Eo
Phi
111, al.
in doxologies,
t. ^(3 (tS)
8.,
Lk
2i*,
Ga
15,
Eph
321, al.
;
cl.)
as in
LXX
Eo (=
;
ll^e 162^
Tin, Jb
3920, 1
Ch
2925
Tins
Jb
;
Es
5",
al.),
of heavenly bodies, i Co 15* ^ esp. that glory : of light, Ac wh. radiates from God's presence, as manifested in the pillar of cloud
22ii
of Holies 2^
;
(= Tins, Ex
and new
nz'^^'0
II
Mac
v.
DB,
iv,
489b),
1.); 2(5,12,17
Co
of the manifested glory 316. of the same as communicated to through Christ, 318 4' ; and of the glorious condition into which Christians shall
hence
man
enter hereafter,
Eo
Si^-^i 92^, 11
Ti
2io, al.
I
Syn.
etc.
;]
Hort on
Pe
1'').
8o|<|;o>
(<
8d^a), [in
LXX chiefly
Tns ni., pi., also for TXB an opinion (^sch., Plat., al.). 2. To
for
;
bestow 86$a (q.v.) on, to magnify, extol, praise (Thuc, iii, 45; Plut., 5i, Mk 212, Jo 8^*, Eo 15^, i Pe 2i2, al. id. seq. im, al.) c. ace, Mt
:
Lk
Eo
220
iv,
Ga
12*, i
Pe
4i.
(Ex
31, I
3. In 3429. 3o,
(37)2o, Is 4423,
Es
31, al.)
Co
Pe
310, II
Th
Pe
l^, al.
;
of Christ,
Jo
;
Johannine
1331.32^
I
use, v.
Cremer, 211
rj
Westc,
gazelle),
Jo., Intr.)
of the Father,
Jo
AopKds, -a8os,
q.v.
:
(8opKas,
a
[in
1.
Ac
93. 39.t
-co)5,
Soais,
(8t8a)/zi),
LXX
ph (Ge
4722),
]r)Q,
:
npo
41*.
Si.
;]
Phi
gift
Ja
li^.t
Syn.
II
v.s. Sof^a.
-01;,
tS^TTis,
8180/^1), [in
LXX:
Pr 22^*;]
to
Sor^p,
a giver:
Co
9'''<i'XX)
*i %o\}\aybiyi(a,
make a
slave,
bring into
bondage
Co
SooXcia (T, -Xta), -as, ^ 8ovXei;a,), [in LXX, as Ex 133, for 2i*.+ Tn:? and cognates ;] slavery, bondage : Eo 8^^' 21, Ga 42* 51, He
122
LXX
5]
for laJT^ as
Ge
14*, exc.
to,
Da th
serve:
714,27 (n^p)j Is
56^
(mC7
pi.)*
^0 be
slave,
be subject
426, i Ti 62; c. dat pers., Mt 62*, Lk 1529 iqu^ absol., Eo 7, Eo 912 (LXX); of nations, Jo S^a, Ac 7Ui^^^); Sew, t. Kvptw, Mt 62^ 6^, Col 32*, Lk 1613, Ac 20ie, Eo 12ii (R, mg., Katp^) 16i< 32*; vo>a, $eoi, Eo V^; r. ^cols, Col I Th 19; T. Xpi(TT,S, Ro
Ga
Eph
W^,
;
dAXr^Xots, Ga 5^^ 4^; t. Acatpw, Eo 12^^ (E, mg. for Kvptw) o-rv i/xot, Phi 222 ^_ afiapTia, Eo 6" vo/xw afjLapTia<;, Eo 72^ cVt^r/Atats c. i78ovats, Tit 33 fia/xoiva, Mt 62*, Lk 16^^ ; t. o-toix^lois t. T. koiXlo., Eo 16^^
Ga
Koa/iov,
Ga
49 (Cremer, 217).
17,
SouXt),
V.8. 8ouA,os.
-ov, [in
;]
SouXos,
-r],
LXX,
rj
6. S.
Tjy
17
8.
chiefly
subst.,
1.
in bondage
8.,
to,
Eo
6^^^
2.
As
8.,
a slave;
215):
(a) fern.,
a female
2^i^^^);
DB,
iii,
:
Lk
ps-^s,
;
Ac
man
1327.
S^ 1823, ^1. opp. to iXevdepos, i Co 722 12^3^ q^ 328^ 6^5 131 19^8; opp. to Kvptos, Sea-n-orrjs, oiKohiaTTOTri'i, Col S^S Ee
Mt
28^
Lk
II
12**5,
Jo 15",
;
Eph
I
65,
Col
722,
metaph.,
6,
8.
Tov Xp.,
IrjcToi
Xp.,
Eo 1\
8.
Co
Ga
l^o,
Eph
Phi
Ti
1^,
Col
4^2,
Ja 1\
I
Pe
216,
Pe 1\ Ju 1 Ee 73 153;
;
t.
^oS, t. Kuptov,
Ac
t.
16^7,
22*,
Tit 1^,
^ovr,p6^,
Axpelo^,
caKos,
;
Mt
1)5,
Lk
1710 1922
8. (iyaa/jTi'as,
Jo
83*,
Eo
617. 20
<^^op5s, 11
iii,
Pe
2i9.
iv,
SYN.
469;
377;
461,
DCG,
:
221
-co
ii,
SouXow,
bondage
715
T.
;
Ac
LXX
j
T.
^({5,
*co'cr;u.ou,
for TUT ;] to enslave, bring into metaph., i Co 9i9 pass., seq. h', ib. Eo 618 oim. Tit 23 vn-o to. aroixela
;
Soxn,
Se'xo^tat), [in
LXX
Ge
21^,
Es
1, al. (nj?5ro),
Da
LXX 51
monster
(DO^);]
a feast, banquet: Lk
o,
52^ 14i3.t
]^3C1
;]
%p&Kiav, -(WTos,
:
[in
a dragon, a mythical
fig.,
of Satan,
Ee
i6i3 202.+
8p(|xu, obsol., to
run,
8pdaoro|xai, [in
elsewhere ]^0p as Le 22 ;] lay hold of: metaph., c. ace. (M, Pr., 65),
;
,
8paxf''n)
"'J?)
LXX
ii,
in
Hex.
for yj^Sl
to the
>
^i?Jp
in
II
Es
for
fiSllX
]iQ511
:
;]
o,
Roman
pluck),
42*,
denarius
[in
(v.s.
^vdpiov)
Lk
158.
{pCG,
;]
200).t
Bpeirdvrj, <!^ SpcTrw, to
form of Attic
>
LXX
for
ni079
>
87010
etc.
sickle,
pruning-hooh
Mk
Re
14i*-i9.t
123
j]
Tpe)(u}), [in
LXX
ii
chiefly for
4''.t
nymp
:
a course
242*.t
13^^ 20^*,
rj,
Ti
Ao
Sui'a/Aai,
depon.,
^in
LXX
;]
have power,
c.
whether by personal
Pr., 205;
ability,
permission, or opportunity
i
;
inf.
(M,
Mt 62*, Mk 2\ Jo 32, inf. aor., Mt 3^, Mk 1**, Jo 3=5. *, Eo 8^^, al. c. ace, Mk 92", Lk 122<', n Co 13^; absol., to something:
44, 3) pres.,
:
WM,
Co
Co 102\
al.; c.
to
to be able
do
be able, capable,
powerful
32 lO^s.
17
SuVafxis, -cws,
,
1^
;
Swa/Atti), [in
LXX for
b^n (b^U)
NS^ nnn3
,
8., 11 Co S^; TrapV of pecuniary ability, 11 Co 8^, Ee 18^ Co absol., 8., ib. power, might : Lk 24*^, Ac 1* opp. to do-^eVcta, i Co 15*^ r) 8. t. of power in action, Ro 1^^' 20, i Co l^^, Phi 3^0, al. afiaprla's, I Co 15^6
;
etc.; 35 words in all;] power, might, strength; 7Jr power to perform: Mt 25^5, Ac 3^2, He ll^i; Kara
vTrlp 8., 11
relatively, ability,
ri
8. T. Oeov,
Mt
2229,
Mk
122*,
;
Rq
v
120^ ^i
8.,
opp
;
fi6p4>o,(Tt^, 11
in doxologies,
Re
Mk
9\ Lk
43,
Ro
1*, al.
Ti 3^; of the
performing miracles, Ac 6^ 11 Th 2^ pi., Mt 13^*, Mk 6^*, Ga 3^, al. of the force or meaning of a word (Plat., al.), i Co 14^^ By meton., of persons or things; (a) of God, Mt 26^*, Mi 14''2 (Dalman, Words, 200 ff.) (b) of angels, Ro 838, Eph I21, i Pe 322 (c) of armies,
power
of
pi.
[LXX
Mt
2429,
Mk 1325, Lk 212
Christ, i Co I2* ; t. eiayyikLov, (d) of that wh. manifests God's power 1^*; rj 8. T. Kvpiov, I Co 5*; (e) of mighty works (Tr., Syn., xci), Eo
8. TToicrv,
Mk
65 939;
pi.,
Mt
722,
Mk
62,
Lk
12^2
lO^^,
al.;
o-T^/xcra
k. 8...
Ac
8^^
8. K.
repara
i,
k. (rr]p.La,
Ac
222,
n Co
l<T)(vs, /cpa'ros (v. Tr., I.e.; Cremer, 616; iv, 29; DCG, i, 607; ii, 188). 218, 236; DB, t8ump6a,, -w 8wa/xts), [in LXX for 77^, Ps 51 (52)^ 67 (68)28;
Syn.:
"laapi., hi.,
Ec
10^^
Da th
92"*;] to
make
strong, strengthen:
Eph
,
6^''
(WH, mg.
a
I
v8w-,
WH,
6 (<
txt.,
RV), Col
V\ He
God
ll^^.t
,
Sut'doTtis, -ov,
8vvaii.aL), [in
:
LXX
of
for liaa
(Si
piy
^^,
n^a
etc.
;]
pritice,
ruler, potentate
Lk
1^2
465'
11
Mac
15^),
Ti 6^5; of a high
*t SumWw,
-a>
Ge
50*),
Ac
82''
(Cremer,
:
c. inf.,
Eo
14*, II
Co
98
Co
i
133.t
for 1123,
Suvaros,
-77,
[in
LXX
1*9,
TO)
etc.;]
1.
strong, mighty,
powerful:
.
absol.,
Lk
Co
I2*;
01 8.,
men, Ac 255;
Lk 2419, Ac Ac 111^ Ro
possible
:
strength,
II
Ro 15\ u Co
12^*'
421 1123, II
Ti
Mt
192,
Mk
Co 10*. 2. C. inf., able to do Lk 143^, Tit 19, He 11^9, Ja 32. 3. Neut., 8waTdv, 923 1027 143(5^ jj^ iqii^ Ac 22* 20i ; d 8. {icrrC),
112,
124
Mt 242* Eo 922.t
Mk
;
1322 1435,
Eo
1218,
Ga
4^5; t6
S.
{=
-fj
SoVaut?) airov,
Soco),
Ion.
and
trag.
of the
form of 8uw, [in LXX chiefly for Nia ;] to sun (sc. ttovtov), set Mk 1^2^ j^ 440 ^gf^ i^.^
:
8uo,
Mt
19,
Mk
Mt
8.,
two
twv,
noun,
2^5,
:
Mt
8.
ol,
To{;s 8.,
195 202*,
Mk
108,
Eph
as
al.;
dm, Kara
2,
I
Co
1427;
(,= ^y^
cf.
8,^
but
usage in
fivpia fxvpia, j^Esch., Pers., 981, and for 6^ cis 8. {two and two, Pr., 21, 97), 1538. 27", Xen., Cyr., 7, 5, 17), into two parts, Mt 8o(T-, inseparable prefix, opp. to v, like un-, mis- (in unrest,
tt.
and MGr.,
v.
M,
Mk
Mk
/8ao-TdCw),
[in
LXX
for b^.,
Pr 27^*;]
to be borne : Mt 23* (om. WH, txt., E, mg.), Lk ll*.t * Suo-errepia, -a9, rj, Eec. for Svo-evTcpiof (q.V.), Ac 28^.f *t Soo-ccWptoc, -ov, TO (evTepov, intestine), late form of (Eec, I.e.), dysentery : Ac 288.t
hard
8i>o-evTcpta
8vVa>),
[in
He
*;]
5ii.t
1.
sun (.^sch.)
Mk
16
^*"- ending).
2. the
sun(cf.
west (Thuc.).t
SJaKoXos, -ov
Sva-KoXia,
to satisfy 2.
LXX
for Tl!<
Je 29^ (498)
Jb
343'' VKoXos, II Ki 153) * ;] 1. properly, of persons, hard with food, hence, generally, hard to please (Eur., Plat.).
; :
Of
Mk
Mt
[in
102*.t
19^3,
Mk
for
1023,
Lk
,
182*.t
,
8t;o-i5,
<; 8wo)),
LXX
Ni2
nn^y
etc.
;]
mostly in pi., opp. to dvaroXat'; 1. a setting, as of the sun (ace. to Thayer, s.v., so perhaps in Lk 12^*). 2. the quarter of sunset, the 21^3.+ west : anarth., Mt S^i 2427, Lk 125* 1329^ * Soaj'OTiTos, -ov (<^vow), hard to understand : 11 Pe Z^^.\ ** 8ua(|)Tj/i(i), -w (<; 8vcr(f>r]fj.o<;, slanderous), [in i Mac 7*^ *
LXX
;]
use evil words (^sch.). 2. Trans., defame (Soph.) pass., i Co 4^3^ ** 8uo-4>T)(iia, -as, 17 8v(r<f>rjfji.os, slanderous), [in
1.
intrans.,
to
to
speak
:
ill
of,
III
Mac
22^ *
LXX
92*'
Mac
Co
68,
738,
;]
evil-speaking,
at,
defamation
opp. to
:
ev(f>r]/jiLa,
11
SciSeKa,
8.,
ol,
rd,
Mt
10\
al.
01
the apostles,
8w8e'KaTos,
Mt
-r;,
10*,
-ov,
Mk
410, al.
:
twelfth
Ee
*t
8(8EKd-<t>uXos,
8. (cf.
of twelve tribes
tribes,
neut., TO
Xaos 6
Sibyll.
Ac
as subst. 267.t
125
-Tos,
TO (<C^
Sefjiw,
to
build),
[in
LXX
for 3^
;]
chiefly in
poets and late (not Attic) prose; 1. a house, hall. 2. In (and Horn., Od., X, 554 cf MGr., terrace), house-top : eVl t. Sw^a, Lk 5^^, 13^5^ Lk 12^ IT^i.t Ac 109; ItvI t. 8(;iyMaT05, -aroiv, Mt 10^7 241^,
;
.
LXX
Mk
Swped,
2916;]
-as,
r]
(<^
SiScoynt),
[in
LXX
6*;
Ge
820;
517
gift:
Ac
4^
;
;
ll^^,
Eo
5",
He
Ac
gift
O^ov,
T.
Jo ^^\ Ac
T. X/310-T0V,
T.
^aptTos,
Eph Eph 37
T. 7rvv/AaT09,
2^^ 10*^
StKttiocrvvT;?,
Eo
dv/c8iT;y?^Tw 8., II
Co
:
Q^'.
Acc,
lO^,
Swpedv, adverbially
32*, ii
(as freq. in
38,
LXX),
:
(a) freely, as
Mt
Eo
Co 11^
ii
Th
Be 21
Jo 1525(lxx)^
Qa
22i.t
iSriv.
8a>p^,
-<^,
,
[in
I
LXX: Ge
Es
302o
(-qt),
;]
Es
to
S^,
Pr
42
(|n:),
Le
7^* <!*'
(]n-)(5)
17 81*' ", Si
72^ *
:
p-esent, bestow.
As
-iofxai, -ov/xai
Mk
15**, 11
Pe
l^* *.t
SvN.
BiSwfii, q.v.
8a>pa)), [in
LXX:
Si 31 (34)i8*;]
gift,
Eo
Syn.
Swpoi',
V.S. 80/Aa.
-ov,
TO
(<^
8t8<D/Ai),
:
[in
2ii,
LXX
Ee
711,
nnja,
God,
8.
etc.;]
gift,
present
Mt
lli*^;
of gifts
and
sacrifices to
155 2318.19,
Mk
Lk
21i.*,
He
5^ 83.* 9^ 11*;
s.v. 80/ta.
-as,
17,
* 8wpo(t>opio,
a bringing of presents
Eo
I531.+
E
E, e, t i^ik6v {ii(/lXov), to, indecl.,
numeral,
poet.),
c'
5,
ca, interj.,
epsilon, 6, the fifth letter. As a 5000. c^ expressing surprise, indignation, fear (in cl. chiefly in
ah! ha
Lk 43*.+
i&v, contr. fr. i av, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of ci c. ind. (Bl., 65, 4 cf. Jo 1317, 1 Co 73"), if haply, if; 1. c. subjc. (cl.) (a) pres. Mt 622, Lk 10, Jo 717, Eo 225.26, al.; {b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.) Mt 4^ 1626 (cf. ptcp.
;
in
Cl,
Lk
925
M,
Pr., 230),
Mk
92
;
32*,
c. opt.,
Jo
922 1157^
2.
Ac
as
cl.
228
C. indie, (as in late vnriters, fr. Arist. on; v. App., 171; VD, MGr.'^, App., 77; Deiss., BS, 201 f., LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl., 65, 4); (a) fut.: Mt 18i9 T, Lk 19*^
32,
He
37 (^xx)^
WH,
126
7" ; (b) pres. i Th S^ (v. Milligan, in 1.). 3. With other particles Kai (Bl., 65, 6), Ga 6' i. ftrj (M, Pr., 185, 187 ; Bl., I.e.), subjc. 1013, i Co 8^ Ja 2^\ i Jo S'^i; aor., pres., 6^^, 3^7, Jo 3^, Eo 10", Ga 18 216 (v. Lft., Ellic., in 11.) e. re i. , [in for
Ac
i.
Mt
.
Mt
.
Mk
LXX
51^,
DX
Bl.,
DX,
Es
19^3,
al.,]
Eo
f.
;
148.
4
;
^^
(^ ^j^
;
after
relat.
(Tdf., Pr.,
96
i.,
WH,
App., 173
ff.)
:
M,
i.,
Pr.,
42
f.
Mayser, 152
I
.,
Deiss.,
^ttov
BS, 202
Ss
Mt
Mk
c.,
Lk
;
173,
Co
II
618, al.;
Co
16
Ka66
Co
812
^o-ns
.,
Mt S^^; Ga 51".
6o-cik/s e.,
Ee
11; oC
lauTou, -^?, -ov, dat. -<p, etc., ace. -6v, etc., pi. -oiv, etc. (Att. contr. avTov, etc); reflex pron.; 1. prop, of 3rd person (Lat. sui, sibi, se), of himself, herself, itself, etc. Mt 27-^^ 15^\ Lk 23^5, al. ; added to a middle verb, Sie/^epto-ai/To eavrols, Jo 19-'* to an active verb, Ac 14i*
:
Mk
d./.'
lavroi,
.,
Lk
12^" 21^0,
50, al.;
Jo
i
5^^,
al.
(v.s.
a-n-6);
81'
Eo
Ja
141*; iv
21'^
;
Mt
Lk
39,
Mk
2.
ct? c.,
Lk 15";
16^
;
^aO' kavTOV,
c.,
Ac
87
3.
281^,
onm
As
liouse,
Co
xpos
;
himself,
f.),
Lk 18^
v.
T.
kavTOiv vKpoos,
cl.,
reflexive 1st
and 2nd
also freq. in
chiefly poetry),
Mt
23^1,
Mk
9^o,
Eo
823, ^ tj^
In
pi.,
-ois, -ors,
Mt
2138,
Mk
Eph
519, al.
inf., c.
for HD"! hi., etc. ;] 1. to let, permit : c. ace, c. ace. et inf. (M, Pr., 205) Mt 24*3, l^ 4*i 22^1, Ac U^<^ 16^ 193o 2332 2732 28*, I Co 1013. 2. to let alone, leave : ijKvpas, Ac 27*^ (cf
edo), -w, [in
:
LXX
7rpocr-eaw).t
Ac
ol,
al,
to.,
indecl.
(<^
eTrrd),
seventy:
Lk
101'
I'',
tlpSofiTjKocTciKis,
adv.,
[in
LXX
for Wif^tV
Ge
4^**;]
seventy
1.),
times: i. k-ma., seventy times seven, Mt 18^^ (E, seventy-seven times (E, mg. cf. M, Pr., 98;
;
txt.,
WM,
or
in
l.).t
ipSojjios,
-rj,
-ov {<C
14^
tTTTtt),
[in
LXX
seventh
Jo
452,
He
:
4MLXX)^ ju
Re
o,
Ge
IO2*),
Eber (OT,
Heher)
Lk
335.t
-V, -6v,
*t 'EppaiKcJs,
t 'EPpalos
Hebrew
Lk
2338,
Eec.t
subst., o 'E., [in
(WH,
(Aram, n^^), as
LXX
a Hebrew.
1.
those of another race (Ge 14", Ex V\ De I512, al.). 2. In NT as the correlative of 'EWt^vio-t^s, a Jew who had adopted, in greater or less degree, Greek culture and Greek language. The distinction was not merely linguistic (DB, ii, 325) as far as it was so, Suptori/s would be a more correct Greek term for the Jew of Semitic speech (v.s. 'Ey3pais,
;
and
cf.
Dalman, Words,
**t'EPpats
(WH,
Ac 61, 11 Co II22, Phi 3^.f 7) 'E^-), -tSos (Aram. ^HpJ), peculiar form of *E)8pai/cos,
:
127
^ *E. <i>oiv^, IV Mac 12^ IG^^*;] in NT, ^ "E. SL,iXeKTo<:, Hebrew, i.e. the Aramaic vernacular of Palestine Ac 21* 22^ 26^*.t *fEPpoi<n-i (WH, *Ey3-), adv., [in LXX: Si jaroZ. i3 * ;] in Hebrew: Be 9^ elsewhere, in Aramaic (v. supr.) Jo 5^ 19". i^, 20 20i, Ee 16i.+ for W23 ^ip etc. ;] 1. trans., to bring iyyilu (<C77i^s). [ii^ 48^, Is 5^. 2. Intrans., to come near : absol., Mt 26*^, near : Ge
LXX,
LXX
Lk 18*0 1941 2120, 28 2415, Ac 2133 2315 c. adv., Sttov, Lk 1233 seq. t. Otw, He 7^9, Ja 48 c. dat., Lk 712 151. 25 22*7, Ac 93 10^ 22 Trpo's, c' dat., Lk 193^ ^e'^pi cJs, Mt 21\ Mk 111, Lk 1835 1929 2428 OavoiTov, Phi 230; ^f time, wpa, Mt 26*5; ^^^pa^ Ro 1312^ He 10^^; ^po'vo?, Ac 717 irapova-ia, Ja 5^ ioprrj, Lk 22^ jcatpo's, Mt 213*, Llj 218 2120 2128 ^yyi,(y TeA.09, I Pe 47 iprj/xw(n<i, Lk airoXvTpwcns, Lk ^aa-ikua (for similar expressions in Targ., v. Dalman, 106), Mt 32 4^^ 10^ Mk 115, Lk 109 (^^' ^^S5) iQii (cf.Trpoo-cyyiCo), and v. Cremer, 224).
14*2,
; ;
; ; ;
.
Mk
-fj
**eYYuos,
-ov, 6,
rj,
[in
He
722 (exx.
from
tt.,
v.
LXX: Si 29^^' ^\ 11 Mac IO28*;] MM, Exp., xi; cf. Cremer, 222).t
chiefly for Si*1j^;]
a surety:
:
^yyus, adv.,
1920. *2;
[in
c.
LXX
near;
1.
of place
Jo
as prep.
c.
Ac
1^2;
dat.,
.,
Ac
gen. (M, Pr., 99), Lk I911, Jo 323 619,23 nis, 54^ 63e, 938 278; superl., lyyto-ra, mg.;
Mk
;
WH,
metaph.,
ol
ol p.aKpdv,
2.
Of time
;
Mk
Re
13 2210
gen.,
J Kvpio^
i.,
2433
(cf.
-09,
Karapa?,
He
He
8i3 (cf.
LXX
etc.
;]
used
in-
95, Mk 1. to awaken, arouse from sleep : Mk metaph., of spiritual awakening, Eo I311 (pass.), Eph 51* otto t. vttvov, Mt I2*. pass., to be aroused, wake up : Mt 25'', Mk 42^ vcKpov^, Jo 521, Ac 268, u Qq 2. Freq. in NT, to raise from the dead pass., rise from death Mt K vKpu)v, Jo 121, Ac 315, Eo Sn, al. l^
transitively,
438,
Mt
211, al.)
Ac
12'^
I42, al. 3. In late mid. and pass., to rise Mt 95.7, Mk 131 927 1049^ al.; redundant, like Heb. Dip, Mt 2i5 9i9, Ee 111 ^y. Dalman, 23 f.) (6) to raise up, cause to appear : Ac I322 (cf. Jg 218); TiKva, Mt 39; pass., to appear: Mt 11", Mk I322, al.
115,
722,
Lk
Jo
222,
Eo
69, al.
dTro t.
vKpS>v,
Mt
4.
138. 5. to rouse, stir up; pass., to rise against: Mt 24^, buildings, to raise : t. va6v, Jo 2i9. 20 (cf De I622, Si 49i3) ; (cf
.
Mk
Of
81-,
and
V.
Cremer, 224).
lycpffiS,
-a)?,
(Dip),
death,
Es Mt 2753.+
5^2 *-j
V eyt'pa), -OfJ^ai), [in LXX: Jg 719, Ps 138 (139)8 I d rousing (Plat.). 2. a rising (Ps, I.e.): from
128
etc.; o. dat.,
2.
Za
1* {bi^ N^f?),
Wi
bring a charge against, c. gen. pers., accuse: o. dat. pers. (as in cl.), Ac Eo 8^^. Pass., to be accused: c. gen. rei; a-Tda-ews, Ac IQ*''; wv (perh. by attraction = a), Ac 26^ ; seq. -n-epi, c. gen. rei, Ac 23^^ 26^ (Cremer, 743).t
Si 46^^;] 1. to call in,
to
demand.
SYN.
^filv
'.
LXX
153*
1.
to
leave behind:
:
Eo
abandon,
227 (lxx)
desert, forsake
c.
ace.
pers.,
Mt
27*MLXX)^
T.
cV/c-), II
Mk
(ib.),
Ac
(wH,
xl),
ivK-), ii
Ti
410. le,
He
231
135 (LXX);
(^H,
MM,
Exp.,
He
lO^^.
Pass.,
Ac
an
accusation, charge:
Ac
23^^
(<^ KOfxfto^, a knot, whence eyKO/xfSoifia, a garment tied on over others, used especially of a frock or apron worn by slaves), to put on oneself, as a garment, gird on: dXXr;Xois t. TaTrLvo<f>po(rvvrjv (as for service, KV, cf. Thayer, s.v., but cf also JCC,
*t
^y-KO|xP6o|j,ai,
-ovfiai
in
1.), I
Pe
5*.t
-as, ^ (-< cy/cpaTiys), [in LXX: Si IS^"^''", mastery, control. 2. (sc. iavrov) self-control : Ga 52, n Pe 1 (v. DB, iv, 558b 695^; Page on Ac, l.c.).t for pBN Ge 4331, j Ki ^yKpareu'ofiai, depon., [in N^*;] ^0 exercise self-control: i Co 7^; c. ace, Travra (v. 51
**^yKpdTcm,
;]
IV
Mac
Es
52* *
1. prop.,
Ac 24^^,
I312,
LXX
Bl., 91),
Co
925.t
820, Si 627 IS^ 26i5 273o, **4yKpaTVjs, -c's /cpdTos), [in al. ;] 1. strong, powerful. 2. C. gen. rei, master of, hence, 3. (sc. cauTov), self-controlled, exercising self-control : Tit l^.t
LXX: Wi
SYN.
LXX
for
TDM
etc.
;]
to conceal in
o.
ace, seq.
h,
Mt
I333.+
LXX:
To
to
rub
in,
(enclitic fiov,
is
1^,
nom.
usually emphatic,
31', al.
when
Mk
Lk
no apparent emphasis, as Mt
I
IQi^,
Jo IQi^;
iSov
exthere is
cf.
'>2Sr],
Ki
3),
Ac
910
(like
Heb.
^2^$),
I am, Jo
123(lxx)^
732 (lxx).
129
The
enclitic
forms
(v. is
adverbs,
Ao'you9,
where there
7^*
;
no emphasis
supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, iv t. TrarpC /xov, Jo lA^^ ; fiov t.
:
Mt
OTTia-w fiov,
Mt
3^^
l<T)(yp6Tp6<i /xov,
ib.
Xe'yti fxoL,
Re
9^^, al. The full forms {ifiov, etc.) as are used with the other prepositions, as 8t ifjbov, ev t/ioi', ei's e'/xe, etc., 14'', al. also for emphasis, as Lk 10^^, Jo 7^^, (c) The gen. fiov and rjfjiwv are often used for the poss. pronouns c/aos, i7UTepos t. XaoV
Trpo's,
Mk
Mk
fjiov,
Mt
2"
,
fiov
TTj
aTTLo-TLa,
Mk
9^*.
(d)
Tt'
ifiol
Kol
:
(Toi
= Heb.
"Sjbl
"h'TV^
Jg
828,
what have we in
common
Mt
8"^,
Mk
124 57,
Lk
Jo 2*;
ti
ydp
fioi, i
Co
52.
(e)
The interchange
of eyai
and 17/xets, common in tt., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86 f., M, Th., 131 f.). (/) Kdyoi (= Kol iyw), and I, even I, I also : Mt 2% Lk 2^8, Jo 6^^, Eo 3^ i Co 7*^ al. Kdyw Kai, both and, 728. Jo [in LXX chiefly for OTMI pu. ;] 1. to beat e8a<|>i|;u 8a(^o5) level like a threshing floor (Theophr.). 2. to dash to the ground (Field, Notes, 74) Lk 19** (cf. Ps 136 (137), Ho 14i).t
; .
.
cSacJios,
LXX
for nsjr
yplp
etc.
;]
bottom,
pavement, ground
**^8palos,
sitting, seated. 15*8^ Col 123.+
-ov
2.
Ac
22".
(33)i*,
:
al.;]
1.
fixity: i
Co
7^^
*t|8paiwfia, -Tos, TO
fermamentum)
'E^cKi'as
Ti 3^* (eccl.).t
-ov,
:
(Rec. *{-),
Mt
-ia),
l^- ^^.t
-as,
17,
worship:
Col 223
DB,
iv, 923=;
Cremer, 733).t
** ^e^^w
l^os), [in
LXX
Si 23^'
^^,
11
Mac
143o
;]
to
accustom
an
**f ievdpxt]^, -ov, 6 (<^vos, apxw), [in LXX: i 151.2*;] ethnarch, a provincial governor (cf. i Mac, 11. c. FIJ, Ant., xiii, Dalman,. 332) 11 Co 1132.t 6, 6 **te'0^iK6s, -i -ov l^'os), [in Al. Le 21^*;] 1. national (Polyb.). 2. foreign (gramm.); in NT, as subst., 6 e., the Gentile (the adj. "describes character rather than mere position"; cf. I^vos, and v. Cremer, 228) Mt 5*^ 6^ 1Q^\ in Jo^.t *\iQviKm, 9udiv., in Geyitile fashion: Ga 2^*.t
;
;
: :
c0>'os,
-ous, TO,
[in
LXX
a multitude, a
men (Hom.). 2. a nation, people 21*3 247, 138, Lk 2225, Ac lO^^, al. in sing., of the Jewish people, Lk 7* 282, Jq ii48, 50-53 jgas^ Ac IO22 243. 10 26* 28i9. 3. In pi.,
company, whether of beasts or
Mt
Mk
as in
OT, to
I.
(like
Heb.
Q";!!!!!!),
from
Israel,
130
Mt 4^5 632, Ac 261^, Eo S^^ ll^i 15io, Ga 2i2. i*, Eph S\ Christians, Eo ll^^ 1527 154^ Qa SVN. Aads (v. DCG, ii, 229; Cremer, 226).
Geyitiles
:
28, al.
of Gentile
**e9os, -os
I
i-ovs),
t6
Lk P 2*^ Ac Jo 19^, Ac 1621 2516, He almost in the narrower sense of law (Deiss., BS, 251 f.).t Nu 24^ (Dy53"D:?53), leu, pf. with pres. sense eiw^a, [in LXX
;
Mac
10^
II
Mac
11'"
H.
[ill
13^
iv Mac 10^5 in
18^
th BeU^,
;
Lk
2239,
Da
accustomed, wont : Mt 27i5, Mk IQi ptcp., TO 1(0009, custom : Kara to ct. (Nu, I.e.), Lk 4l^ Ac IV.f particle, used in conditions and in indirect 61, conjunctive questions. I. Conditional, if ; 1. c. indie, expressing a general assump-
LXX
;
Su 13,
Si 37i*, iv
Mac
I12
;]
to be
tion
(a) pres.
Mt
lli*,
Eo
8^^, al.
seq. imperat.,
Mk
seq. fut. indie, Lk 163i, Eo S", al.; seq. pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mt 122", j^q 414^ ^j^ similarly, seq. impf., Lk 17, Jo 839; geq. quaest., Mt 623, Jq 547 723 g^^ i Pe 220 (b)
423 922,
Jo
I518,
Co
79,
al.;
fut.
Mt
Jo
2633,
Pe
220
;
(c)
pf
Jo
2.
II12,
198,
1332, 1823,
iirec:
Mt
1228,
Ee 20l^ Jo 7* Eo
,
al.
517, al.
3.
Of an unfulfilled condition,
c.
imp. or aor. (v.s. av, I, i). 4. C. denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, indie, after verbs 3i3, al. 5. C. indie, coupled with an element of doubt Mk 15**, i Jo (Nu 143o, i Ki 14", al. = Heb. QX), in oaths, with the as in
:
LXX
formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 3ii(i'XX) 43(lxx). 6. Earely (cl.) e 627; Burton, 272) Mk 812, He merely possible condition Ac 24i 273^, i Co I41'' optat., to express a
: :
1537, iPe3i*>i7.
II. Interrogative,
if,
whether.
1.
As
;
in
cl.,
in indir. questions
:
after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc 1536, Ac I92, 11 Co 13^, al. 32, fut., Mt 26^3^
c.
indie
822, al.
2.
;
pres.,
aor.,
Mk
I
Mk
Ac
v.
Mk
15**,
Co
li,
al.
c.
subje
aor.
312.
LXX
22*9,
(=Heb. DN and
i,
interrog. q,
:
Ge
171^,
al.
WM,
txt.),
As 639
in
f.;
Viteau,
Ac
8e
8
Mk
823 (Tr.,
WH,
Lk
1323,
III.
2. 3.
1
Cl el
With
Kac,
/AT?,
other particles. 1. el apa, etyc, d 8e iJ.rjye, v.s. apa, ye. but if also : Lk III8; but even if, i Co 4^, 11 Co 43 11. but if not, but if otherwise: Mk 221.22^ Jo 142, Ee 2^ al.
if also,
al.
4.
II
Kai',
if even,
Co
41",
Phi
217,
5.
Mk
if,
1429,
l^ hs^
6.
el
i
/it;,
Co
721,
v.s.
KaL
unless, except, but only : Mt 2422, Ga 119 (cf. av pLTj, 216; v. Hort,, (Bl., 65, 6), I Co 145 152, I Ti 519.
in oaths, surely
Mk
Ja.,
7.
226 e^,
Jo
933, i
el
Co
prj,
xvi);
el ^-qv
cktos
pleonastic
cl.
(Ez
.
3327, al.)
.
He
v.
61*.
8.
el tto,?,
;
Eo
110.
9.
elre
ehe, whether
...
Tdf
.,
or
Eo
126-8, i
Co
i8^a (Eec.
iS-,
as in
cl.
131
ii
LXX
318 *
.J
(v.l.
IS-)
jQfni,
i8oi',
Ge
53
(n^t-lO),
Ep. Je ^\
Mac
V.8. opdw.
LXX
for
:
nSHO Lk 3^^
HNH
etc.
;]
1.
that ivhich
5'^
is
1.).
9^^,
Jo
5^'', 11
Co
{ICG
in
t elSeiXioi' (Eec.
(D''ni'fc^
-cro'), -ov,
i I
to
eiSwXov), [in
LXX Da LXX
:
1^
-lyiN rrt),
BeP,
Es
Ki
2^", i
Mac
1*^ 10^2*;]
an
idol's
temple:
3110; v. ICC, in i Co, l.c.).t iv Mac 52*;] sacri**ti8a>X60uTos, -ov (<i8a)Xov, 6vw), [in BL^'^.io iqi9^ Rq 2i4,2o.t ficed to idols: t6, t^ d., Ac IS^^ 212^, i Co *t eiSuXo-Xarpia (-ei'a, Eec), -as, r] (<C etSwAov, AaTpeta), idolatry I Co IQi*, Ga 5^^ Col 3^ pi. (Bl, 32, 6), i Pe 4^ (Cremer, 390).t
I
Co
LXX:
*t eiSuXoXdrpTjs,
I
-ov, 6
Co
in
5io> 11
69
10^
-ov,
Eph
TO
an
idolator
etc.;]
ciSuXoi',
1,
cl. (a)
eiSos),
LXX
for
nibx, CT^^b^,
an
a phantom, image, likeness; (b) an image in the mind, LXX and NT, (a) an image of a god, an idol Ac 7", i Co 12^, Ee 9^0; (h) the false god or image {ICC, on i Th, I.e.) Ac IS^o, Eo 2^2,
:
Co
84' 7
IQi^
II
Co
618,
Th P,
Jo
52i.t
eiKTj (-^,
Eec, as
: :
in
cl.),
adv., [in
LXX
Pr 28^* {tUfj* ;]
2.
1.
without
cause or reason
to
no purjjose
ciKoo-i
Mt 5^2 (E, mg.). Col 2^^ {ICC). Eo 13*, i Co I52, Ga 3* 411, Col
-iv
vainly, fruitlessly,
2i8.t
(never
in
11
WH,
Ta,
twenty
25
Lk U^\ Jo
tKw, [in
LXX
Ac Ki 12^
6^^
and
(.13^),
Wi
1825, iv
Mac
l" *
;]
to
yield
Ga
(cf. V7r-LKw).t
iiKuv,
-ovos
(cf.
eoiKo),
[in
LXX
Col
an image,
12i, Lk likeness: Mt 222o, 202S 11 152 162 1920 20* 149, opp. to (TKid,
;
Mk
Eo
He
10^
IV
d.
t.
vlov r.
r. Oco'v, 11
Co
4*,
Col
l^^.t
be merely accidental, ci. is a derived likeness and like the head on a coin or the parental likeness in a child, implies an archetype. Cf also cTSos, appearance, not necessarily based on reality aKid, a shadowed resemblance x^-paKT-qp, the impress of a stamp p.6p<f>T] (q.v.), the form as indicative of the inner being. ** elXiKpn'iis, -es, [in Wi 72^ kB * ;] unalloyed, pure (Lat. sincerus ; v. DCG, ii, 635*) {a) of unmixed substances {b) of abstract ideas; (c) of ethical purity Phi l^o, 11 Pe 3i.t Syn.: dyvos (q.v.), KaOapo^, cf. Tr., Syn., lxxxv; DB, iv, 176*;
Syn.
6/xoL(D/j.a,
may however
LXX
;
:
Cremer, 378
Westc. on
Jo
3*.
132
** eiXiKpiKia (Rec, cl., -Kptveia), -as, 17 (<^ eiAi/cptvjys), [in 725 A.*;] sincerity, purity : i Co 5^, 11 Co 1^^ 2^".+
elXiacrw, V.8. eAccrcrw.
ei|jLi,
LXX Wi
:
to be.
I.
with various uses and significations, like the English verb 1. Of persons and things, to be, As substantive verb.
Tjv
;
exist : Ac IT^s, Jo 1^ S^^ 175^ ^1; 6 tov /cat o 48 1117 165 (y s^ete, Ap., 5 M, Pr., 228)
;
Ee
1*>8
1^^.
2.
142 1542^
etc., to be,
5^^, al.
3.
ra (fih) ovra, Eo d^^, i Co happen, take place : Mt 24^, Mk to be present, be in a place, have
come: Mt 2i3,i^
;
l^^ 521 1540^ l^ iso 529^ Jq 730^ ^1.; seq. ci?, ll^o, Jo S^\ al. 4. Impers., lo-n, ^v, 21 ; seq. ck (c^), Mt l^o 2125, etc. Mt 1Q"\ Lk IG^^, Jo 3^ 52, Eo etc. (a) i/iere is (Fr. il y a), was, 310, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., 37, 3), Mt I622, Lk 1^, Jo IS^o,
Mk
Mk
Mk
Eo
c.
92, al.;
inf.,
Mt
1628 192^
i
Mk
Lk
91, al.;
(6)
^$ariv (q.v.),
it
is
possible
He
:
9^,
II. As copula uniting subject 1.). simply identity or equivalence Mt 5^^ pressing
ICC,
4}^,
in
(but v.
1.
Ex11
l^*, 19^
Jq
Ee
3^, al.
Mt
1319^-, I
Co
mult. 2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc. 92 10* 1125, Ga 42*, Ee IT^^, al.; roCr eVnv, Mt 27*,
; ;
Mk 72, Eo 7^^ al. 5 ia-Tcv, Mk 31^, Col 12*. He 72, al. akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 2626-28, Mk I422.24, Lk 22^^, i Co II2* (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, 11. c. DB, iii, 148 f.). 3. C. gen. qual., etc., Mk 5, Lk 323, I Co 1433, He 12i\ al. part., i Ti I20, n Ti l^^ poss., Mt 53. 10,
; : ; ;
of service or partisanship, Eo 8^, i Co 1^2, 11 Co 10^, Ac 1^ 9^\ Eo 4^2, i Co l^s 21*, Ee II Ti 219. 4. C. dat. (BL, 37, 3) 21'^, al. 5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., 62,
Mk
1,
12^ Lk
47
M, Pr., 225 ff.) (a) c. ptcp. pf. (b) c. ptcp. pr. I Qq 1519^ al; Aram. Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt
2;
;
(cl.)
Mt
103o,
Lk
932,
2135,
(esp. in
72^,
impf., as in
I22,
Mk
Mt
Lk
43i I41,
Ac
l^o,
al.
129.
mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180 f., 182 f.), vsdth ellipsis of t/i,t, Eo 10^ He 135, al. (c) c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23^. 6. Seq. a's (cf. Heb.
;
b
7.
ryn), a vernac.
195,
Mk
lO^,
He
8^^,
al.
C. adv.:
(Bl.,
Mt
cyoi
I920,
Mk
Mt Mt
42,
copula
30,
3):
predicate:
el/jn,
Lk I811, al. 8. Ellipses; (a) of the 829 2432, Jo 2122,23^ 6*, al.; (b) of the 142^, 6*0, al.; 3239; absol. (cf.
He
Mk
De
Kin
i:X),
Mk
IB^,
Jo
Iv, Trap-,
(Tu/i-Trap-, <rvV-t/).
cttw
(cf.
Veitch),
used as aor. of
Xt'yo),
q.v.
Cl-TTOJS, V.S. Cl.
cipTjkeoo)
(<
eip7?v77),
[in
LXX chiefly
6"").
(cf.
to peace, reconcile
950,
(so
1311,
i
I
Eo
1218, II
Co
Mac Th 513
2.
to
Si 289;
Mk
eipTjnf],
-7JS,
17,
[in
LXX
:
chiefly for
1432,
ubp;] peace;
122*'
1.
of public
peace, freedom
from war
Lk
Ac
242
of the church,
Ac
133
Of peace between persons, concord, agreement Mt 10^*, Lk 12", Eo I Co 715, Ga 5^^ Ja S^S; Cvr^lv d., i Pe 3^^; Sicokciv, ii Ti 2^2; ib. seq. fiera irdvT<Dv, He 12^*; by meton., of him who brings peace, Eph 2^*. 3. As in LXX (= Heb. Dibor Aram. Dbl|7), of a
2.
W,
state of security and safety Jo IG^^, Eo 2^, i Th 6^ ; 53*, Lk 750 (cf. I formulae, wayc (Tropevov) th el,
:
Mk
nbmb
cf.
I
^d^)
21. 26
^.irokviiv
iv d.,
ib.
Lk
4.
:
229,
Co
1611;
^ el
ipLwv,
Mt
1013
Lk
10";
vi6^
elp^vr]^,
Of
spiritual peace, the peace of Christ's kingdom {DCG, ii, 330 f .) Lk V^ 2l^ Jo 1633, Eo 210 51 8, al. o Kvpio^ t^s eu, 11 Th 3i; o Oeh^ t^s t., Eo 1533 1620, jj QiQ 1311^ al. in epistolary salutations, Eo 1^, i Co
; ;
13,
Ga
13, I
Th
11, I
-rj,
Pe
Ja
I2, 11
Jo
3,
Ee
[in
Cremer, 244).
ciprji'iicos,
LXX
for
uhw
Mt
and cognates;]
12.
peaceful
+
He
12ii,
eipT)i'o-iroie'u, -w,
LXX:
Pr 101*;]
to
*cipTji'oiroi6s, -6v,
peace-making, a peacemaker
S^.t
to,
Mk
Ac Ac
111 1316^
2315,
Lk
1410,
Jo 63
1132, al.
;
c.
Ep. and
Ion.),
Eo
rj
512 1619, II
Co
101*
(e)
elliptical
SiaKovia fiov fj eis 'I., Eo 1531 ; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards
92
;
i, 2. Of 1; ii, 1), ets t. ovofia, M, Pr., 200. 6*1, Lk 9i''<'2, after verbs of seeing: Mt 6'^^, Jo 1322, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 1126 122, al.; (6) after verbs 3. After verbs of rest; of speaking: Mt 13io 14^, i Th 29, al.
direction;
Mk
"pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., 39, 3; M, Pr., 234 f.) Mt 223 413^ ^ Th 2\ II Ti 111, ge 11^^ al. (b) by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., 11. c.) = v Lk 1** 423, Ac 20i 211^, Jo V^ (but v. Westc, II. Of time, /or, unto; 1. accentuating the duration exin 1.), al. ct? ycveas ^at y., Lk 1^ pressed by the ace. cis t. alZva, Mt 2119 2. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, ts T. 8tr;veKes, He 73, al. of entrance iintil : Mt 63*, Ac 43, 252i, py 110 216^ i Th 41^, 11 Ti I12
(a)
in
into a future period, eis to fieWov (v.s. fxeXXo}), next (year), Lk 13^ (but V. ICC, in 1.) cis t. fiera^ o-a/SySaroi/, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13*2 ^i^ ^^
;
.
Co
:
132.
III.
Of
crrpec^civ cis,
Ee
11
fMerao--,
;
Eo ly Qf
12*'
Mt
27^1, al.
Ac
22o,
in late Gk.,
134
Robertson has wholly displaced in MGr. Jannaris, Gr., 1541 T^o, Ro 4'^o 152.26, i Co 16\ Eph S^^ Lk Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117 f.)
:
al.
dyd-n-r]
II
ets,
Eo
5^,
al.
XP^o-Tos,
Eph
toDto,
4^2
. :
,^povtv
eis,
c(s,
Oappfiv,
o-d</>os,
Co 10^
1619;
u^tos
l^s,
;
Ro Lk
121* 143*
ets
Ro
c.
lo-x^civ,
Mt
5^3;
d'i
Mk
:
al.;
dc^opi'Cciv
Ro
ts
1^;
T(5,
Ro
111, J
eis tvSti^iv, Ro 32^indicating purpose, cts <f)6^ov, Ro 8^^ Bl., 71, 5; M, Pr., 218 ff.) Mt 20i inf. (= Tm or dlo-re; gi8^ a,l. VI. Adverbial phrases ts tc'Aos, eis to 7rdA.1v, etc Qq
:
opp. to
21'';
many
c.
h, gen. eids, fiia?, evo's, cardinal numeral, one; 1. one, aa Mt 25l^ Ro 512, i Co 10^, al. as subst., Ro 51^, Eph
: ;
id.
gen. partit.,
Mt
51^, al.;
I418, Jo 6\ al.; seq. fV (i^), lO^o I711, Ro 12*' 6, Phi 127; dTro
. . .
Mk
(Bl.,
44, 1).
Lk
than
oi'Sct?,
no one, none
;
Mt
51^ 1029,
Lk
emphatic
Emphati-
212*, jyu^ 3*4 cally, to the exclusion of others ; (a) a single {one) 27i*, Jo 1^, Ro 310, al. (b) one, alone : oiSk els, absol., I Co 92*, al. ; 27 10i, 1819; (c) one and the same: Ro 3^0, i Co 3^ 11^ 12ii,
Mt
Mt
Mk
I
Lk
Jo
5*.
3.
,
= ns
96
4.
or indef. art.
f.)
:
(cf.
Heb. in?<
Ge
;
22i3, al.
v. Bl.,
45, 2
M,
ll*^.
Pr.,
Mt
8i9, 19,
:
Re
813, al.
els rts
(Bl., I.e.),
Lk
22^0,
els
. .
Jo
.
Distributively
ets
exao-Tos (cl.),
Lk
. .
4**^,
Ac
2'"',
al.;
koX ets
...
ets hi),
Mt
al.)
;
17*,
Mk
.
9^ Jo
LXX
=
cl.
and use
(in
of
Heb. in^,
. .
.
Ex
I712,
o eis
o Tpo<; (dAXos)
o fxev (ercpos)
6 Be (erepos),
Mt
62*,
Lk
7*1,
Re
I710
KaO'
ets,
els k. ets
which
Ka6' is adverbial,
;
or the expression formed from the analogy of ev KaB' Iv M, Pr., 105), 141^, Ro 12*, al. ets tov cva = dXXT^Xovs (Bl., one by one, severally : 5. As ordinal = Trpwros (like Heb. i Th 511. M, Pr., 246), 45, 2
Mk
^^^^
Bl., 45, l
eiCT-dviD, [in
M,
Pr.,
95
f.),
first
Mt
;]
28i,
Mk
162, al.
Jo
1816,
Ac
7*5
Lk
22**,
Ac
ace,
Lk
;
227,
<SSe,
He
;]
1"
Lk
to,
142i.t
eia-aKou'o), [in
also for
.
niV
etc.
to listen
;
in
two senses
;
to
listen, assent to
pass., to
obey : be heard
i
Co
:
I421 (cf
De
1*^,
Si 3")
(b)
to
of
V.
Lk
li^,
Ac
;]
Mt
67,
He 57
31(34)29(26);
LXX for
LXX
|^np
admit, receive
11
Co
6i7 (lxx)
(Cremer, 687).t
for KIS ;] to go in, enter : seq. ets, Ac 3^ 212, He 9 xpos 'Uko^^ov, Ac 21i8.t chiefly for NiS ;] to go in or iyito, enter : Mt ei(T-e'pxofjiai, [in 2i, al. seq. 8td (7n;Ar;s, ^upas, etc.), 925, Lk 7*^ al. seq. ets, Mt IO12, 7l^ Jo 101, al. iirb t. (rriy-qv, Mt 8^ c. adv. oirov, I41*, He 620 Mt 2212 15*^, Lk 128, ^c pers., i^^^^ Mt 26*8; seq. ^rpos, c ace. JiSe, Mt 925, Lk 8*0 10^ 113 1640 172 288, Ue 320 of demons taking possession,
eia-ci|jii,
;
[in
LXX
Mk
Mk Mk Mk
135
15", Ac ll^. Metaph., of thoughts, Lk 9*; Mt 26*^ Lk 22*<''*<'; of hope as an anchor, He 6^^ ySoat', Ja 5* iryev/jia ^wijs, Re 11^^ eh t. Koa-fiov (cf. Wi 22'' 141*, Jo 1837), Ro 512, He lO^; in counterparts of Jewish Aram, phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116 ff.) cis t. ya/xovs, Mt 2510 is T, xapav t. Kvptov, Mt 2521.23. ^j^ ^^ ^^^^^^ ])^t JS^.^ 9*3.45; J.5 ^, ^ao-jX. T. ovpavSv (t. ^coG), Mt 520 721^ ^1. (v.s. 1917, Mk /3ao-tXcta) ts T. KaraTrauo-tv, He 3"> ^^ 4^ * ; cts r. So^av, Lk 242 eto". Kal
of food, 438; CIS
;
Jo 1327. KOTTov, Jo
Mt
TTetpacT/Aoi',
;
c^cpx-. ^0
go in
and out
12^;
(like
intercourse,
Ac
fig.,
of
crw-
* cia-KaXcu,
-a>,
to call
in: mid.,
:
ace. pers,,
chiefly for
1^^ (cf.
Ac
1023.
;]
LXX
11
;
NIS
1.
a means of
I.e.
;
He 10^^,
Pe
Westc, He.,
MM,
but v. infr,). 2. a going in, entrance : Ac 132*; ^ gen_ Iqc, He 10^^ (Thayer, s.v. but v. supr.) seq. eis, 11 Pe 1" (Mayor, in 1. Thayer; but v. supr.); Trp6%, 11 Th 1^ 2i.t 5^9 (XIS), Da th Su 26 * ;] to spring cia-injSdw, -w, [in 141* (Reo^ 162y (for exx. from tt., v. MM, Exp., xii).t in, rush in : Ac iCT-Tropeuo|jiai, [in chiefly for XiS ;] to go into, enter : Lk 8^*
Exp.,
xii;
;
LXX Am
:
LXX
;
cJs,
Mk
5*0
Lk
22io,
Ac
32;
(cf.
Trpo's, c.
Mk
Mt
Kara
t.
oIkovs,
is, 19.
things (food),
4}^,
15^^
Mk
:
7^5,
Metaph.
Mk
Lk
928.t
182*
eio-.
Ac
** 6icr-Tp^x"'
6io--<|>pu,
[^^
pers.,
Lk
LXX II Mae 52 * to run in Ac 12i*.t LXX chiefly for XlSl hi. to bring in, into
;]
;]
Mt
6^3^
Lk
11*;
eVt,
Lk
(k,
iTi67;
812,
pass.,
He
13ii.t
denoting sequence; 1. of time; then, next : Mk 82^, I Ti 310, Ja l^^; seq. gen. abs., Mk 4^7; in 15*' 7. 2*, i Ti 2^3. enumerations, i Co 2. In argument; (a) therefore, then; (b) furthermore : He 12^ (cf. eiTcj').t
etra, adv.,
Lk
etT, V.s. 1.
*elrv, Ion.
and Hellenistic for elra (q.v.), then: Mk 428.t ci(i>0a, V.s. Ww. iK {i$), prep. c. gen., from out of, from (see Addendum, p.
Iicacrros,
-r],
492).
-ov,
[in
LXX
:
chiefly for
Lk 6**, Jo 1923 seq. Kara, He 3^3, Re without a noun: Ac 435, Rq 2, al.; (c) 1.^ partit. gen., Ro 14^2, i Co 1^2, al. in sing, with pi. verb, Lk 23, Ac 1129, 3,1, in apposition with pi. noun or pron., Lk 23, Jo 1632, Ac 2^ 326, al. eh . (Lat. unusquisque), Ac 2^ 2126, Col 4^, al; I. t. dSeX^cp
quisque) 222; J5
;
(a)
with a noun
416;
(b)
Eph
(- Heb. vry^b nrsi, Ge 263i), Mt 1836 (cf. He 8"); (= =inn-b BTN, Jg 629, al.), Eph 425. * iKdaroT, adv., each time, always u Pe l^^.t
:
I.
136
Ta, indecl.,
cV L,
a hundred:
-e's
Mt
IS^.^s^
Lk
15*, al.;
Mk
ets,
Mk
4^. 20.
^KaTOkxae-nis
(Rec.
17^" *;]
-tTijs),
(<^ cKarov,
:
txT^s),
[in
LXX
for
nzm nSO
M,
73
Ge
-ou
Ro
7^,
4^'^.t
^KaTorrdpxTis
Pr., 48);
:
(-apxo?.
^^
8^.8
275*,
[in
Lk
eKaTov,
7<'
apx^,),
LXX
:
for
turion
Mt
8^\
Lk
23*^ Ac
">
^i' *3
(cf. /cevTvpicjv).t
cK-paiV, [in
^K-pdXXw,
;]
to
go out
He
ll^^ t
^bttir hi.,
:
for W'\Z
pi.,
also for
NS"' hi.,
BTT
al.
;
hi., etc.
;]
1.
c.
Ac 2V^;
Mt
;
Mt
Mk ll^s,
Satyadvia,
Mt
T.
Mk
2.
13*, al.
Mk
Adyu),
72^
Mk
63'';
322
id.
(^v)
c.
6vo>aTt,
Mt
In
722,
Mk
938
Mt
Mk
gen.,
Mk
'^^.
12^,
al.;
of expulsion
the Church, in Jo
p93n), to
LXX and NT
:
command or caiise to depart Mt 9^^, Mk 1^2 (y^ Swete, in 1.), ib. *2 5*^ Lk IO2, Ja 22^; t. KpCaiv ets vikos (to cause to proceed to its goal), Mt 1220 (LXX). 3 f^Q reject (cl.) r. ovo^a v/xCyv <Ls irovrjpov (cf. 622 De 251*), Lk 4. to take, draw or pluck iq ig^ve out, Re II2. out ; (a) with violence Mt 7^, Mk 9*^, Lk 6*2 (6) to bring forth or out of: Mt 1235, Lk lO^^.
:
**?K-Paais,
way
oiit
[in
2.
LXX: Wi
the issue
:
cK-poXVi, -^s
Ez
iK^aWoi), [in
478 (XS"')*;]
:
LXX Ex
1.
a throwing out.
(cf.
2.
jettison,
Ac
27^^
Jos,
I.e.
and
v. Field,
Notes,
*f iK-yaiiliw, Rec. for ya/xt'^co, q.v. Mt 223o 2438, Not elsewhere. *t eK-yafiiaKu, Rec. for yafiLo-Kw, q.v. Lk 20^*> 35.
: :
Lk
172^,
Co 7^^
Not elsewhere.t
[in
6,
CK-yovos,
(neut.),
-ov
(<[
e(cyiyj/o/xai,
to
be
bom
2.
of),
LXX
rj
for '^5
]5, etc.;]
1. c. gen.,
born
of.
As
subst.,
e.,
child,
son or daughter; in pi., descendajits : rc/cva rj 1., children or grandchildren, I Ti 5*.t *t eK-SairaKdo), -w, strengthened form of SaTravaw, to spend tvholly pass., with reflexive force, to spend oneself wholly : seq. i-n-ep, 11 Co
12i5.t
^K-8^X0H'<*^
\}^
LXX for
2.
miT
'pnp
etc.
;]
1.
to take or receive
al.).
(Rare in
cl.), to
expect,
i
await
Ac
:
17i,
Co Ipa
He
**Ik-8tiXos, -ov 8^\os), [in form of S^Xos, q.v., quite clear, evident
LXX
in
:
Mac
3i 6**;]
strengthened
11 Ti 3^.+
137
-w (-<
ii
IacSt^/xos,
/rom home;
oltto,
Mac
^
4^^)*; to be
(cf. Sltto-, ev-
Go
5"; seq.
jru, etc.;] 1. to surrender, give v/p, give out for hire (Hdt.) mid. (as freq. in tt. v. MM, Exp., xii) ; to let out to one's advantage, Mt 2133. 41^ i^j^ 121, Lk 20.t cK-8i-iiY^o|jiai, -ovfjiai, depon., [in chiefly for 1BD pi. ;] to tell in detail, relate, declare : Ac 13*^ (lxx) i53_f tcK8iK^, -oi Iac8icos), [in for IpB, Dp2, DBtZT, etc.;] 1. to vindicate: c. ace. pers., Lk 183>5. 2. to avenge: c. ace. pers., cavTous, Eo 12^9; c. ace. rei, irapaKo^v, II Co 10^; alfjia, Ee 6^^ 19^ (Cremer, 203; for exx. from tt. in both senses, v. MM, Exp., xii).t t |ic-8iKTjcris, -ews, 17 (-^ exSiKeoj), [in chiefly for Dp3;] vengeance, vindication: Lk 21^2, Eo 12^^ (v. MM, Exp., xii). He 1030 (Lxx)^ II Co 711 of the injured person, c. gen., Lk 18^' 8; c. dat., Ac 72*; of the offender, c. gen. obj., i Pe 2^*; c. dat., 11 Th 1^ (of. out.
;
LXX for
LXX
LXX
LXX
Si 12).t **Ik8ikos, -ov BLKrj), [in LXX: Wi 12^2, Si 30, iv Mac 1529*;] without law, unjust. 2. exacting penalty from,; as subst., an 1. 13*; seq. irepC, 1 Th 4" (in n., a legal representative; avenger: Eo Milhgan, Th., l.c.).t eK-8iuKw, [in LXX for hi., niOY PTl etc. ;] to chase away,
ma
drive out
Th
:
2^5 (cf.
De
%^\ Jl 220).t
[in
iKSiSuifjLi),
LXX Da
:
up,
Ac
1. in cl., (a) a receiving from, ^cK-SoxT -^s, 17 (<^ KS'xo/-iai) succession; (b) an interjyretation. 2. In NT, = Trpoa-SoKta, expectation: He 1027 (of. Field, Notes, 231; Cremer, 688).t
^K-8u'u, [in
Lk
103<>;
mid.,
put
lacTQ ;] to take off, strip off, strip : c. 27^8; c. ace. pers. et rei, Mt 273^, I520, fig., of the body, 11 Co 5*.t off:
Mk
LXX
Mt
. .
Mt
Bl.,
ol i.,
26'i
.
oC
e.
(=
DOT
50, 4). 2. As often in cl. (Hdt., Thuc, al.), with verbs of motion, for iKelae, thither : Mt 222 1720 2428 2636, Mk 633, Lk 12^8 1737
212,
Jo
IP
182.3,
Eo
152*.
CK61061',
adv., [in
2.
LXX chiefly
Mt
421,
Mk
6^, al.
-rj,
Of
iKtivo^,
-o (^e/cei), [in
forms;] demonstr. pron., that person or thing (ille), implying remoteness as compared with oiVos (hie) 1. absol., emphatic he, she, it opp. to 0VT09, Lk 18^*, Ja 415 rifiel^, He 1225 ^^^-^^ j^t 13^1, Mk 4^1 iWoi, Jo 99; iyw, Jo 330 to persons named, Mk 16tio. is. 20]^ Jq 221 of one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, 2385,
; ;
;
138
Jo 2 3^, al.; referring to resumption of a participial subject, a preceding noun, Mk Jo Jo 1^^ 92^ 10\ Eo 141*, al. (on its reference in Jo 19^^, v. Westc, in 1.; Moffatt, Intr., 568; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77 flf.). 2. As adj., joined, like outos, to a noun with the article Mt 7^*, Mk 3^*, Jo 18^*, al. esp. of time, past or future iv t. r}fjpaL<i i., Mt 3^ Mk 1*, Ac
16^^^\
7**
;
:
iv
;
i. r.
rnxipa,
Mt
7^2,
Lk
623,
n Th
21;
22*.+
etc.
;]
1",
Ti
112
adverbially,
19*.
cl.
that way,
Lk
e'Kclac,
adv.,
[in
LXX
xii
Jb 3929
(oifrp)*;]
thither:
i.
Ac Ac
,
constr. pregn.
(MM, Exp.,
ovra?,
,
LXX chiefly
Am
'*
for
mil
Cr^n
out or after, search for: c. ace. pers. (i 5*, al.), Ac IS^^, Kvpiov, e6v (cf. Ps 13(14)2,
to seek
evXoytav,
He
12^^^
i^fCvTV^^-^
:
^t')P<^^vr}(rav
(as in
4}^,
Mac,
I.e.),
sought
i
:
Pe
demand, require
*f
iK-lr\Tr\<ns,
:
Lk
r}
2. 11^^, 6i_f
l^o.
As
in 11
Ki
Ez
-cws,
{<CfK^r]Tew),
cK^.i/A^os),
dispute
Ti 1*.+
-w
2.
**+^K-0ajip^a.,
LXX:
Si
309*;]
1.
t^
jg
amazed.
Mk
Pass., to be
lO^^,
amazed, terrified:
7^ (dreadful,
**+lic-0a|ipos, -ov
^a/x^os),
;]
[in
LXX Wi
:
Da th
;]
terrible: ''3nO^}{) *
amazed
(cf.
Ac 3^^+
strengthened
Q^l;
TTOlCtV
**+ U-Qainxdlui,
[in
LXX
Si 2723 43^8, iv
:
Mac
W^ *
form
1.
of
6avfji-
to
wonder greatly
719.+
Mk
;]
12^'^.+
!
Ez
423*;]
(.g^gl
=
:
iKTiOivai,
Ac
^K-Ka0aipa), [in
removed, ^vfirjv, i Co 5^^.+ 2. to kindle. iK-Kaiu), [in LXX chiefly for 1373;] 1. to burn up. Pass., to burn : metaph., of the passions (cf Si 16^, Jb 3^^), Eo 12^.+
out
c. ace., livrov, ii
of the impurity
CKKaK^U,
(Arist.).
2. to
-to,
iK-KVT4(a,
-u),
LXX
pierce (Polyb.,
chiefly for Ipl;] 1. to prick out, put out c. ace. pers., Jo 1937 dxx)^ Re 1^.+
LXX)
LXX: Le
i,
l^*"
(VDW
Eo
Jb
11^7.
19.
20.t
iK-Kktiu,
3420,
[in
LXX:
*
rj
Kpta-Lv,
Ps 67
(68)30)
iKK\r\<Tia, -a?,
.]
iQ shut out
cK-zcaXew), [in
LXX chiefly
for bnf?
otherwise
one of its cogn. forms;] 1. prop., an assembly of citizens regularly convened (in Thuc, ii, 22, opp. to o-v'AXoyos, a concourse) Ac 1932. 39, 41^ 2. In LXX of the assembly, congregation, community of Israel (De 410 232, al.) Ac 738, He 2^2 (lxx). 3. : NT, esp. of an assembly or company of Christians, a (the) church ; (a) of gatherings for worship
for
:
139
;
Co
1118 1419'
34, 35
(5)
of local
IG^,
i
name
{DB,
added,
Ac 8\ Eo
16i
IS^''
;
XpKTTov, iKKXrjma,
i,
Eo Mt
'43la),
:
of Christians
{KvpLov, T, E,
Eo Mt
dytW, I Co 14^3 e'nr^v t. T. 'Ao-tas, I Co IG^^ (but V. Horfc, Ecclesia, 10) of a house-congregation (c) of the whole body 165, i Co IG^^, Col i^^ Phm 2
;
t.
16^8,
I
Co
159,
1228,
Eph
1",
Tr.,
i
1^2,
Phi
;
36, al,
t. 6ov,
Ac
2028
mg^,
Co
Ga
(v.
Ti 3^^
Syn.,
i.
tpotot6ku>v iiroyeypafx-
fievwv v ovpavots,
He
122^.
42G; Hort, Ecclesia, esp. 4 ff., 107 ff. Hamilton, People of God, ii, 37 ff. reff. and DCG; Cremer, 332). 8.VV. "Church," "Congregation," in etc ;] intrans., to turn aside, ^k-kXiVw, [in LXX for T^\ ITO
SVN.:
(Twaywyri,
q.v.
i;
DB,
i,
DB
,
turn
away
Eo
3^2 (LXX)
from
evil, absol., i
Pe
Eo
IG^'^.t
* ^K-KoXujxpdu, -w, to swim out of: Ac 27^2 f * eK-KOfii^w, to carry out : as freq., a corpse for burial, Lk 712.+ ** cK-Koirii, -^s, [in Aq. Is 51^ * ;] in T for ivKoinj (q.v.)
17,
:
Co
9i2.t
cK-KoiTTu, [in
LXX
for
ms
etc.
;]
53o 188
eV,
a tree,
II2*
for
;
Mt
cut
off,
cut
;
down
of a
191,
Lk
3^ 13^'
fig.,
Eo
metaph.,
,
A<f,opfi.-qv
(cf.
Jb
EK-Kpcfiai'KVfjii,
[in
:
LXX
19*8,
nwp
Ge
443" *
.j
iq
h^ng from or
;
read wpon ; mid., c/c/cpe/xa/iat fig., i^eKpifiaro avTov olkovidv (Eec. otherwise unknown cf. elc/cpe'/xfTo, which implies a pres. KKp/jiOfj.ai,
;
WH
Veitch, S.V.
KpefJuafxaL),
Lk
19*8
CK-KpEflO/Jiai,
Lk
(WH,
for
:
"
V.S. iKKp/XaVWfJLl).f
** eic-XaX^w,
-w,
[in
LXX:
Jth 11^*;]
hi., etc.;]
to
speak out,
forth
:
divulge:
13*3.
Ac
2322.t
^K-Xd/xTTOj, [in
LXX
Sm.
:
mx
to shine
to
Mt
** iK-\avQ6.vhi,
[in
Ps 12(13)2*;]
125.t
He
In NT K-XeYu, [in LXX chiefly for inS ;] to pick out, choose. always mid. (exc. Lk 93^, CKXeXey/xeVos, WH, dyaTrrjro?, E, mg.), to pick out for oneself, choose (cf. M, Pr., 157 f .) c. ace. rei, Lk 10*2 247
:
c.
ace. pers.,
Ac
G* I522.
of Christ's of Christ (v. supr.), Lk 935 6^3, Jo G'" 13i8 15i' i^, Ac I2 of the Divine of things, I320, Ac I2* 13^7 15^, Eph 1*, Ja 2^
25
;
.
Ik-Xcittw, [in
ni.,
Dan
etc.,
47 different words
leave otit, pass over. 2. Intrans., to leave off, cease, ;] (lxx). of the sun in fail : p.a,jiwvas, Lk 1G9; ttiWis, Lk 2232 |^^ He 1^2 an eclipse, Lk 23*5.t for ina (so prob. in Is ^K-XeKTos, -77, -ov KXyw), [in
in all
1. trans., to
.
LXX
16^3
28i,
Pr
173, for
MT
]n2l),
XnS,
:
etc.;]
1. choice,
(cf.
Thuc,
eminent
Eo
Ez
As
in
140
Insci'.
chosen oi
Lk
I
2335
Btoi,
Is 421)
187,
fig_^
Ti 5";
of Christians:
XlOc;, i Pe 2^2422.24^
(^x^)
(j)
of
holy angels
i
Mt
Mk
; ;
1320.22,27^
T.
II
Lk
;
Ro
833,
;
Col
312,
I
Jo
a8eX(f>i],
ib. 13
yeVos,
Yi 2", Mt 243i
.
Pe
1^;
K.
^^^^^ maroL,
opp. to /cAt^tos (not so in Epp. v. Lft. on Col 312), Mt 20i (T, WH, txt., R, omit) 22'^ (Cremer, 405, 775).t **iK\oy^, -^?, v (<eKA, [in Aq. Is 22^; Sm., Th. ib. 37^4*;] a choice, selection ; in NT, always of the Divine choice (EV, election) (T/ceuos iKXoyrj^, gen. qual., a chosen vessel; Kar i., Eo 9^ 115.28- q gen. pers., i Th 1*, 11 Pe l^" by meton., 17 c. = oi eVXe/cTot, Ro ll'^.t
Ke
1714
tK-Xu'w,
[in
LXX
Mk
83
[in
for
to
;
nsi
etc.
;]
1.
to loose, release.
2. to tin-
loose, as
a bow-string,
relax,
enfeeble;
pass., to
weary
**
Mt
1532,
of
iK-iLd<T<Ti^,
LXX:
[in
Lk
251
738.
t^K-fiUKTTipiiu,
LXX:
:
Ps
2* 21 (22)'
34
(35)i
:
(jsb),
Es
IG^*
6^*
A*
;]
to
at, scoff at
c.
ace,
Lk Mi
2335.t
iK-ye6w, [in
LXX
;
Jg
Ki
2. (a) to (J1D hi.), Ill Mac 322*;] 1. to bend the head aside (Xen.). shim, avoid (Diod.) (b) to withdraw : Jo 5^3. fiK-y^^w, [in LXX: Ge 92*, Hb 2^ (yp^), Jl 16, Hb 21^ {y^p hi.), I Ki 253'^ (KX^), Si 34 (31)2*;] ^^ become sober after drunkenness: metaph., of sobriety of mind, i Co 153*.
[ill
LXX
:
chiefly
for
H^^J, as
Nu
153
1.),
(xar
c.) ;]
Kara
c.,
Phmi*.t
4koo<tiws,
LXX
Ps 53
(54) (niT^S),
n Mac
143, ai.
;]
voluntarily, willingly : He 102", i Pe 52. *t 2ic-TraXai, adv. (of a class of compound adverbs common in late Gk. ; V. Mayor on 11 Pe, I.e.), for a long time, from of old : 11 Pe 23
35.t
t iK-rceipdlio, [in
LXX De 6i
:
82. is,
Ps 77
(78)i8
(no:
pi.)
*
:
;]
cl.
make
trial of,
tempt
Mt
Lk
Co
10^; of Christ,
to
Lk
497). t
iK-niiLTTut, [in
Mk
143i
(cf. virfpTrp-).f
chiefly for CTIB, as Is 652 (hithp.);] to spread out (as a sail), stretch forth : Eo IO21 (lxx) f De 3322 {p2^), etc.;] to spring forth: eh ^K-irrjSdo), -w, [in
LXX
LXX:
:
T. oxA-ov (cf.
Ju
1417), [in
Ac
ir.,
v.
MM,
Jb 142
out
Exp.,
(1,i,q
xii).t
^
c-K-iri'TTTw,
LXX
{b^z),
y,
Ry.
mg.),
Jb 1530
(-iiD),
Jb 1533
(rjbrir
hi.), etc.;]
to fall
of,
141
nPe3^^;
*
ahsol., fall
-S>,
iK-iAioj,
to sail
Ga
5*,
Ac 20^
seq.
xii
cis,
** iK-TT\r]p6io,
[in
LXX:
17,
Mac
S^o, iii
Mac
;
make up a number.
2. to fulfil
(MM,
Exp.,
:
[in
LXX
iv
ii
Mac
Ac
7^2,
1312),
[in
LXX:
Ec
17it^>
Wi 13*, n Mac
2.
Mac
Lk
away.
Mt
135* 1925^
122 1118^
:
Mk
to strike with panic or shock, to amaze, astonish 728 62 7^^ 10^*, 2*^; seq. em', c. dat. rei,
Mt
Mk
Lk
432 943^
Ac
13i2.t
Stn.
cf.
predominantly physical
also
<f>p'La-g-w,
<f>o^Lv, to
shudder, and v.s. SetXi'a. out; sc. ftiov, ifrvxvv (expressed in cl., cf LS, s.v.), to breathe one's last, expire : Mk 153'' 39, Lk .^Esch., al. 23*'. For force of aorist, v. Swete, Mk., l.c.t chiefly for NS^ ;] to make to go out ; pass, ^K-iropcuw, [in and mid., to go forth: Lk 3'^, Ac 25*; of demons leaving one possessed, Mt 172^ om.), Ac 19^2- of excrement, Mk 7^^; seq. 2029, Mk 10*8 dTTo, Mt i^^ Mk 131 (of the dead rising, Jo 529) cr^cv, Mk 611; 1^^^ Mk ll^^; c.'s, Mk lO^^, Jo 5^9; cVt', c. ace. pers., Ee 16^*; dcnrop- (q.v.) koL I., Ac 92^ metaph., TT/jo's, c. acc. pers., Mt 3^, Mk 1^ to come forth, proceed : of feelings, etc., Mk 723 ggq ^^^ Mt 15ii i*, Mk 715.20,21^ Lk 422, Bph 429; f>iffj,a, seq. Si(i, Mt 4*(i'XX); of lightning and flame, Ee 4^ 91^. is 115 a river, Ee 22^ a sword, Ee V-^ 191* a rumour, seq. eis, Lk 43^^ of the Holy Spirit, seq. irapa., Jo 152*.t t ^K-irop'cu, [in chiefly for rU7, freq. of spiritual unfaithfulness ;] strengthened form of Tropvcvco, implying excessive indulgence; mid. to give oneself up to fornication : Ju'^.t 2. to spit at in disgust, to abominate, *cK-nTo, 1. to spit out.
to
LXX
.
(WH
LXX
loathe (=3
Ga
Jg
4i*.t
LXX:
5^* {iS'p),
Je
l^" (trrn:),
4*,
Ze
acc.
2* (fflha
A,
-ipsr
BS),
Da TH
*
;]
78 (-ipy),
Da
LXX
[in
411.23,
Wi
Si 3^
:
49^
5^1, II
Mac
12''
to root out,
c.
Mac rei, Mt
i
1329 1513
Lkl7,Jui2.t
-ecos,
;
lic-oraais,
{i^icTTrjfii),
LXX Ga
:
2733, i
;]
Ki
1415,
Ez
2616,
al.
(n-JlD)
II
Ch
I41*
<i3'
1.
a displace-
ment
(Arist.).
2.
An abnormal
;
condition of the mind, in which the usual self-control (Hippocr.) in NT Ac IQio 11^ 221^; (6) {a) a trance:
;
amazement
Mk
5*2 168,
[in
iK-<TTpi^o,,
6i3'i2),
Ez
163*
(^Dn),
Za
142
ll^" (pne
Ez
;
13'-'o
(TIY pil.)*;]
to
1-
io korji
out of (Rom.).
2.
:
to
metaph.,
Tit
WH,
* K-(rwJw, to preserve from danger, bring safe mg., E, txt., v.s. ^o>6).t
IK-Tapdaao,, [in
Ac
27^ (e^wo-ai,
LXX
Ps 17
(18)^
(nvn
etc.
;]
pi.),
87 (88)i (nax),
Wi
Ac
16^^.
[in
LXX
Ac
for
rhw
8^
ni33
xpa
2253
(as often in
^5 i^^,^^
LXX), Mt
;
Mk
1 S^ Lk
5^^ &^\
Jo 21^^ Ac 26^;
Lk
II
seq. iirl, c. ace, pers., towards, Mt 12*^; 430 of anchors, to cast, Ac 273o.t
[in
against,
iK-Te\io>,
-w,
LXX: De
Mac
15^ *
;]
to
bring
7}
**t ^K-TeVcia,
III
-as,
to
an
tKrei/r;?),
S'*"',
1438,
Mac
26'.t
6*^*;]
zeal,
intentness,
earnestness
(cf.
Deiss.,
BS, 262):
Ac
LXX:
:
in
Mac
strained.
Pe
4^.t
LXX
12*,
Jh
i
m Mac 5^ *
(WH
:
;]
Ac
Pe
compar.,
;]
Lk
22^*
br.,
E,
[in
LXX
LXX
6^\
for
p3
ni., etc.
to set out,
c.
expose
Ac 7^^
Metaph.,
to set forth,
^K-TU'do-CTw, [in
Mt
IQi*;
xow,
iii).+
-7/,
Mk
MM,
Exp.,
Iktos, iKr6s,
-ov, </ie
sixth
Mt
Jg
20*, al.
82
20^5,
iii
;]
adv.,
[in
LXX:
Ca
41' 3
Ki 10",
1.
al.
(l3^n,
outside,
Deiss.,
15!?),
:
Jg
528 (lyj),
('^
ny^n),
al.
as
adv.,
beyond to i., c. poss. gen., the outside, Mt 232" j^ \^^q BS, 118), pleonastic, kt6s i fiy, 1 Co 14^ 152, i Ti 5^^.
.
q^
2.
^y_
of prep., c. gen.;
besides, except
:
(a)
outside of:
j
Co 6^^
5^ *
;]
11
Co
With
Ac
2622,
Qq
for
15^7 f
turn out of the course, Pass., with middle sense, intrans., to turn aside turn aside, c. ace. 12" (E, txt., for be ptd oiit of joint, E, mg., v. Thayer, s.v. Westc, He tVi, 11 Ti 4* ottio-w, i Ti 5^^ q ^gc^ ^^ in 1.) fig., seq. cis, i Ti 1" shun, avoid : i Ti 620. for bl2 etc. ;] 1. prop., of children, to nurture, iK-rpi^b), [in : Eph 6*. 2. to nourish : Eph 529.t bring tip *f cKTpofios, -ov, = evTpofjio^, exceedingly terrified : He 122^ (for exx. from TT., V. Deiss., BS, 290; LAE, 254).t
K-Tp^irw, [in
,
LXX
^Dn
Am
to
LXX
6ic-Tpw|j.a, -To^,
LXX:
;]
Jb
3^",
Ec
63 (bg)3
also in Aq.,
Ps 57
(58)^),
Nu
:
12^2
(ma) *
an
abortion,
an untimely
birth
(v.
Co
158.t
143
hi.
;]
c.
ace. rei,
Lk
I522,
Ti 6^
c.
ace. pers.,
^' ^^.
Mk
for burial
Ac
5*'
2.
to
carry out, bring out Ac 5^5 of the dead bring forth ; {a) of women
1.
to
823,
(Hipp., Arist.,
^K-<|>euY&),
{b)
of the
ground (Hdt.)
,
He
G^.t
:
for D13 etc. ;] to flee Ac 162^ I Th 53, He 2^ seq. , Ac IQ^* c. ace. pers., ace, rei, Lk 213", Eo 23; t. xi/>a5 avTov, 11 Co 1133.t
[in
;
LXX
[in
11
away, escape
absol.,
He
1225
iK-<^o^iia,
-Q),
LXX
Co
:
chiefly for
Tjn
hi,;]
to
frighten away,
terrify
c.
ace. pers.,
lO^.t
I,
LXX
Mk
De
(a1.)
9^^; also i
Mac
132
-j
9i,
He
Mt
122i.t
OT
(Sm.) Ps 103(104)1*;
:
Is 61"*;] to cause to
grow
out,
put forth
(leaves)
2432,
Mk 1328.t
:
and eK^vvvo) ^o- ^2, 17 (q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for ^DttT ;] to pour out : <t>id\rjv, Ee W'*' ^' al/xa, Mt 2335 (cf MM, Exp., xii), Lk 1150, Ac 2220, Kipfxara, Jo 2^5 315 (Lxx)^ Ee 16. Pass., alfx.a, Mt 26'^8, Mk I42*, Ac 2220; otvo?, Eo Mt 9^^ Lk 537 (TTrXdyxva, Ac 1^\ Metaph., t, Tr^eO^ua, Ac 2^7. 18 (LXX). 33
^K-xe'w,
ii
Ki
14^**),
10*5, Tit 3
iydTTT],
Eo
55
(of.
Si 33 (36)8, ^^.y^^)
pass., of
in)
:
Lat.
up
to
Mk
form
Ac
57,
Mt
2335 2628,
73
Eo
Am
LXX Nu
:
16*5 (1710)
92
(,-,
^ly jg
(-,53^)^
:
Mac
* ;]
to depart,
withdraw
* ;]
Lk
212i.t
^K-v|/u'xa,,
[in
LXX
:
Jg 421 A
{V\^y),
Ez
21^
(12)
(nn^
pi.)
to expire,
Ac
55>io 1223 ^qI iKwv^u); Cremer, 906).t 21i3, Jb 36i*;] willing, [in
LXX: Ex
9^7
-as,
.
17,
of one's
own free
11". 24,
will
Eo
T.
820, i
Co
(Cremer, 246).t
[in
^Xaia (Attic,
e'Aaa),
LXX
for rr\
;]
an
olive tree
Eo
(T,
Ee
11*;
opo9 tQ)v
(D^nin iri,
Za
14*), the
;
Mount
of Olives:
i.
Mt
111 133 1426^ Lk 1937 2230 to KoAov/tcKov 211 243 2630, Ja 3i2.t 2. an olive (Aristoph.) q.v.), Lk 1929 2137. eXaiw,
:
Mk
TO,
IXaioi',
-ov,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
lOtP;]
olive-oil:
Ee
Ja
for lamps, Mt 253. *.8; for healing, 51*; for anointing at feasts, Lk 7**, He 19(i'XX).+ Syn. : fivpov, ointment, v. Tr,, Syn., 135, 6 1813;
Mk
Gi^,
Lk 16*, Lk 103*.
LXX
for
it;!
;]
olive-grove, olive;
garden
(so in
FIJ and in
;
Deiss., BS, 209 ff, Exp., iii; tt, 192^ 2137 j^H, -wu; v. their App., 158;
;
MM,
Thayer, s.v.), Ac I12 (where Bl., 33, 1 c, proposes the conjectural emendation ikauov for -<iJvos).t (el.) (Eee. -a/iiTT/s), -ov, 6 (Heb. D^iy;) [in 'EXajieiTTis
;
;
LXX
144
'EAu/Aaios,
3, 7)
:
'E\-,
-a/iiTTjs
Bl.,
i\d<T(T(i}v
i\dxi(rTos,
fiiKpo^), [in
Ti
5*),
-ov
little,
etc.
;]
less,
in
Eo
9^2 (Lxx)^
fi\aTTovi(a,
-to
lAaTTov),
[in
:
LXX
Ti 5.t (with
-oto)
chiefly
for
;
^p^
;]
to be less
n Co
word
of.
MM,
IDn
,
Exp.,
xii).t
LXX
(where also
:
and very
AauVo),
freq. in Si
;]
to
make
less
He
2'^
(i-xx)
pass.,
Jo
3^,
He
29.t
[in
LXX
Pe
r],
(t3"er),
etc.
;]
to drive
of
the wind, Ja
3*, ii
2^^
Jo
6^^; of
demons, Lk
Mk
6*^
*t
e\a<|>pio, -as,
lightness, levity
ii
Co
l^^.t
,
bbp^
;]
light in
weight
4^^t
easy
to
bear
Mt
ll^o
6Xii/^is
as proper : eXdxioTos, -f}, -ov (v.s. superlat., i Co 15; elsewhere, as usually in late Gk., intensive (Bl., 19^7, i Co 4^ 62, Ja 3*; L Mt 2(LXX) 25*45^ Lk 122 11,
3)
;
u Co
W^
T.
(3a<T(Xtia T. ovpavwv,
cXaxioTorepos (for
Dalman, Words, 113). Compar., corresp. superl., v. LS; v. also Bl., 44, 3); lesi
5^ (v.
3^.t
6,
Mt
than the
least
Eph
indecl.,
Eleazar
Mt
as
l^^t
in
36
(37)2, al.
LXX
v.l.
To
132,
Ps
NT
6
teXcYF^os,
-oC,
Xyx<^),
al.;]
[in
LXX:
ii
Ps 37
(38)i*
38
(39)^1
reproof:
[in
Ti S^^.t
t^ey^s,
buke
:
-o>5,
Ayx),
[in
LXX:
Jb 21* 232
Pr,
(o^nr)*;] re-
II
Pe
2i.t
-ou,
;]
cXcyxos,
o (eXe'yx*"),
test
:
LXX:
11^.+
freq. in
Jb (nnsin),
Wi
Tit
5,
Si
3,
etc.
a proof,
convict
He
cX^YXw, [in
LXX chiefly
:
contempt.
2. to
P;
I
iseq. irepi,
Jo
8'"'
for PD^ hi.;] 1. in Horn., to treat with ace, Mt 18^^ (RV, show him his fault), 168, Ju^^; pass., Ja 2^. 3. to reprove, rec.
Ti 52c, II Ti 42, Tit 1^3 2^5, Re 3^9; pass., seq. Trcpt', Lk 3^^; iir6, He 125 (LXX). 4. to expose: Eph 5^^; pass., Jo 320, i Co 142* (RV reprove, mg. convict), Eph 5^^ (RV, as i Co, I.e., cf. AR on Eph 51^; MM, Exp., xii; cf. s^-, 8ta-KaT-Xyxo/Aai).t Syn. : i-mTifiw, expressing simply rebuke, which may be undeserved (Mt 1622) Qj. inefifectual (Lk 23**'), while eX. implies rebuke which brings conviction (v. Tr., Syn., iv).
buke:
145
-ov (<^IXos; in
:
Ee,
I.e.,
WH
Eo
form,
Ee
3^^
comparat.,
Co
IS^^.t
Eo
pn
31,
Ju22, -c^o), q.v.), -S IA09), [in also freq. in Proph. for etc.
LXX
;]
cm
Co
(Hex, to have
absol.,
*8,
Mk
519 10*"'
113o.
3i,
Lk
Co
;
ace,
39,
Mt 9^^ Eo 9^^' is
l^s. ^^,
py
2io.t
227,
:
Ju22^
obtain mercy)
I
Mt 5^ Eo
7^^
41,
Ti
;
Po
Syn.
249).
t
Syn., xlvii
cAw), [in
Thayer,
s.v.
cAccw
Cremer,
,
'XTi|xo<rufT|, -I??,
33
;
LXX
;
chiefly for
TpH
nj?^^
;]
1. mercy, pity. 2. almsgiving, alms (Uke the corruption of the Greek word c.) Mt 6* ttouZv
:
i.,
24^7;
aiTctv,
i.
StSdvat,
Lk
11*1
(cf.
Mt
233fi;
Ac
32
kaftelv,
Ac
Trpos (in
order to ask)
Ac
:
3^*^
;
pi.,
Ac
10*' 31
(Cremer, 711).t
cXcilfiui', -ov,
[in
LXX chiefly
l^^-.t
for
pan ;] merciful
iljap.,
Mt
5'',
He 2i7.t
WH,
yj^bs), Elizabeth: Lk
4i;
IXeos, -ovs, TO (cl. -ov, 6, and so Eec, Mt 9" 12^ 2323, Tit 3^, He on the Hellenistic form to l, v. WH, Ajyp., 158; M, Pr., 60; Mayser, 277 Kiihner, i, 515), [in LXX chiefly for ipn ;] mercy, pity,
;
compassion
c.
1. of
men Mt
:
ttouIv
I.
(and
gen.
cf.
:
Of God
13
;
Lk
Rq
159,
Ge 2123, al.), Lk 103^, Ja 2^3 3^^ 2. Eph 2*, ii Ti li. is, Tit 35, He 4i6, i Pe
12, ii
;
Ti
I.
12, ii
Jo
3,
Ju
ttouIv
(v. SUpr.),
Lk
o-kcv^ 1^2 j ^
ifiTpw
eXe'ci,
:
Eo
1131.
3_
Of Christ
Ju2i.t
192" (nCT^n),
Syn.
3034 (3325)^
religious
LXX
Mac
Co
327
Le
Es
4*9'
^\ Si 721
Mac
Co
212
142",
m
i,
life, i
102*, 11
;
31^,
T^s
i.,
Ja
125
T^5
86$r]^,
ff.
;
Eo
821
^^'
^_^
Ga
513
(on which
(a)
LAE,
[in
Cremer, 251).t
for
-a, -ov,
:
LXX chiefly
^wpn ;]
free
in civil
sense, not a slave Jo 833, i Co 721. 22 I2i3, Ga 328, Eph 68, Col 311, Ee gi5 1316 igis fem., Ga 422. 23, 3o (j^ as regards restraint and obligation Mt 172^, i Co 9i seq. U, i Co 91^ d^rd, Eo 73 c. inf., in general I Co 739; from the law, Ga 426, i Pe 21^; from sin, Jo 836; Sixaiotrvvj;, as regards righteousness, Eo 62" (Cremer, 249).+
. :
LXX
Pr
25io, 11
Mac
make free
10
146
from sin, Jo 832.36; ggq. ^tto, Eo 618'22 8-21; r. iXive^pla (dat. commodi), Ga 5^ (on the " punctiliar " force of this verb, v. M, Pr. 149 cf. also Cremer, 251).+ *+ JXeoais, -ew9, rj, a coming : Ac l^^.f iXe^dvTivos, -t], -ov {<^ iktcfia's, ivory), [in LXX for "0 ;] of ivory :
;
Re
1812.
'EXiaKcifi
(Heb.
to
D'^jT^'N),
Eliakim, an ancestor
of
Jesus
Mt
1^^,
Lk
330. +
i'Xiyfia,
fiLyfjLa,
-T0<;,
Rec.
WH,
eA.tWw),
roll
Jo
19^^,
WH,
txt,
(jxly/xa,
mg., E, txt.).+
o,
'EXie^ep
(Heb. liybN),
indecl., Eliezer,
an ancestor
of Jesus
Lk
329.+
'eXiouS, 6, indecl.,
Mt
l^^'^^.t
(Heb.
ycrbfef),
Elisha,
the prophet
to roll, roll
Lk
[in
:
42^".+
i\L<T(TUi,
LXX
He
up
Ps 101
9^-''\
;]
LXX Ex
2.
Jb
2''
(^''niS');]
1.
a icound (Horn.).
1.
sore,
iv Ki an ulcer (Thuc,
1318-27,
Le
20^,
al.)
Lkl62i, Ee
sores
.
162.11.+
to
wound.
(Eec.
2.
to
eiAicw/tcvos
17XK-),
c, Ac 16i^), [in c. ace. pers., seq. for ^CTD etc. ;] to draw : c. ace. rei, Jo ISi'' 21^ Ac 21^0; 19, Ac 161^ Ja 2^. Metaph., to draw, lead, impel: ^<i>, Jo 6**, 12^2. (For discussion of I. in Oxyrh. Log., v. Deiss., LAE,
form
eX/cvw in Jo,
LXX
437
ff.)+
'EXXds,
-aSos, V, [in
LXX:
Is 66i9,
Ez
271^ (yr),
;
Mac
li 8^*;]
(cf.
in
NT =
;
'A;^ai'a
LXX
:
Jl 3 (4)^,
Za
Mac
lio,
al.*;]
a Greek; opp.
to /Sdp^apo^,
Jo
V\ Ac
24
Eo
li 29.10 39 1012,
Co
[in
122.
li*; usually in of Greek II20 141 IGL ^ 18* I91O' i^ 2021 2128, 1032 1213^ Qa 23 328, Col 311 of
;
Eo
NT
proselytes, Jo I220,
eXXtji/ikcJs,
Ac
17*.+
-i
-oV,
LXX:
11
aliter
in Heb.),
(sc.
410- 1^
6^ 112* 132, iv
[in
Mac
68
88*;] Greek:
t.
'EXArjvtKy
**'E\\-^vis, -/80s,
rj,
LXX:
Mac
A*;] a Greek
(i.e.
Gentile)
woman
toms),
Mk
726,
Ac
I712.+
6 (<; 'EXXt/vi'^w,
:
*+'EXXTj'iaTris,
-ov,
Greek cus-
147
Greek: Jo 19^"; 'E. (so. AaAciv) yawo-Kets, Field, Notes, 135). *t AXoyaw, -w (a KOLVT] word, elsewhere usually -e'w; cf. Bl., 22, 2), ^^ (on parallels, cf. Deiss., to charge to one's account, impute : Exp., xii); of sin, LAE, 79 f., 335 f.; Milligan, NTD, 73; Eo 513 (Cremer, 400).t.
Ac
2137
{5
Phm
MM,
Eec.
-/AwSa/i), 6,
indecl.,
Elmadam, an
non,
;
ancestor
of Jesus
Lk
3^8.
cXm^w,
0. c.
I
[in
also for
bw
Co
c. ace. rei,
Eo
S'^'**^^, i
dat. rei
inf.,
(t.
rvxu,
III
Lk
634 23,
seq. Ka^ws,
11
Co
He
Ac
Co
Ti
31*, II
Jo 12,
I
Jo";
As
;
seq.
in
6ti, c.
pres.,
Lk
242i;
c. fut.,
24^6,
II
Co
Pe Co
1^3 130,
Phm 22.
Ti 410
LXX (WM,
xxxiii,
pf., Ellic.
I
;
BI., 59, 2), c. prep.; ek, Jo 5*5 (v. Ellic. I.e.), 15^2 (lxx)^ i Ti 410 G^^; ^, 35 seq. 5ti, ii Co l^O; ctti', c. dat., 15^9; c. ace, i Pe 1^3 (aor. imper. v. Bl., 58, 2) ; r. Oeov, 1 Ti 5^
on
Eo
Cremer, 255).
82,
Airi's,
{iK-,
Eo
its
WH,
V. Bl., 4, 3
M,
Pr., 44),
;]
-I'So?, ^,
[in
expectation
1.
hope
910
in general:
;
Co
1<*;
;
c.
gen.
obj.,
Ac
Ac
272*^,
:
Co
Trap' iXir'iSa,
tV
iX-rriSL,
Ac
.
22 26,
Eo 41^ eV cAtti'Si, I Co 9^^ 2. Of religious hope Eo 4^8 820, Tit 12; rfj i. iai^OrjfjLev, Eo 82*; ^ar'
;
iXiriha
^<arj<i
266'
2820
of the Messianic hope of Israel, Ac 23 of Christian hope, Eo 52. ". ^ 1212 154, 13^ i Co 13^3, n Th 2i,
alojviov,
Tit 3^
He
II
Tit 12;
58, g gen. obj., Eo 52, Col 127, j Th gen. of that on which the hope is based, Ac 26^ Eph V^ 4S
I
Pe
13, 21 315
Col 123;
Eo
I
1513; |;^v
(=
cl. cATTi'^eiP'),
Co
:
312 1015,
820,
Eph
212,
Th
413
seq. inl,
(a) of
c. dat.,
the author or ground of hope (cl.) I Th 21^ I Ti 11 c. gen. obj., Col 127 (^) of the thing hoped for: Ga 5^, Col 1^, Tit 2i3, He 6I8 (Cremer, 252, 712).t 'EXufjias, -a, 6 (<; Aram, or Arab., cf. DB, i, 246 b), Elymas
oTi,
Eo
Phi
120,21
Meton.,
;
Ac
138.t
i\wl
i-t
Eec.
iXwt
-ov,
153* (Lxx).t
efjiauToO,
-rjs,
dat. and ace. sing., of myself: Lk 77, al. 1018 1410 hr' i^avTov, Mt 89, Lk 78.
;
(Itt'
L,
^fi-paivw, [in
LXX
to
for n^JT
:
etc.
omit)
^10.13,
cJs TrXoIov,
embark
Mt
Ac
,
(WH, EV
41 518 6*^
Mk
Lk
53 822.37^
Jo
617.24 213,
216.t
;]
Ifi-PaXXo), [in
(cf.
LXX
93).+
for DltZT
r.
etc.
to cast into
seq.
cis,
Lk
12^
MM,
Exp.,
vii,
*ilfji-3(iirT(i),
to
dip in
xipa Iv
t. t^v/SAiw,
Mt
2623
mid., seq.
a'c,
Mk
I420.+
148
LXX
1431
;
c.
pi.)
seq.
ets,
Mac 12"
/x/?aiVo))
;
1320
1.
15<0;
metaph.,
11
Mac
23o*;]
{<: ifi^dTt]^
;
haunt, dwell in {M^ch., Eur.) metaph.. Col 2^^ {d^velling in, R, txt. taking, R, mg.) (b) to invade (i Mac, 11. c. metaph., Col, I.e.). 2. to enter LXX, Jos, 11. c.) on the on, come into possession of (Bur., Dem. difficulties of reading and interpretation in this passage, v. Lft, Col.,
<;
to step in or
on (Soph.), hence
;
(a) to freqrmnt,
194
f .,
for exx.
to set
1?,
252 ICC, 268 ff. Field, Notes, 197 MiUigan, NTD, 177 and from tt., MM, Exp., xii (cf. KV/^;8.).t iv Ki 92 (Ml hi.), Pr 4^ (^11 hi.)*;] 1. ^li-PiPct^o., [in LXX c. ace. pers., seq. in, jyut in. 2. to put on board ship, embark
; ; ;
Ac
27".+
c>-pX'Tra), [in
LXX
hi.),
for nsi (m Ki 8\ al.), n2D (Jb G^s A, al.) 8^^ Si 2^", etc. ;] to look at : c. ace. rei,
Mk
1021, 27 i4fi7^
dat. pers. (part., seq. Xeyct, fJirev, cf. Xen., Cyr., i, 3, 2), Mt Lk 201' 2261 (^e;8X./.cv), Jo 136. 43 absol., to look,
.
192*',
y[^
Ac 22^
metaph.,
bulk,
to consider
Mt
G^^.t
22, 1), -w/xai {<^ ^piixr], strength, snort with anger), depon., with aor. mid. (ipifxaofjiat, ll^o (also Aq., Ps (Hatch, Essays, 25) Da and pass., [in 7^2; Sm., Is 17^3)*;] to snort in (of horses, ^sch.), hence, to speak or act with deep feeling {DCG, i, 62')) (a) to be moved with anger
c|x-ppifi(Iop,ai
whence
LXX
La
LXX
(cf.
i,jL^ptfir]fjia,
2"):
:
c.
dat.,
Mk
Mt
14^ Jo
9^0,
11^3; iv iavr^o,
1*3.+
Jo ll^S;
(b) to
admonish
sternly
c. dat.,
:
Mk
;]
LXX
Is 19i* (N^p) *
to
:
vomit
fig.,
Re S^\f
*+
^fji-|iaivofAat,
c. dat.,
t'Efifiacou^X, 6
'EfAfxaou's,
r/,
Lk
2.
2413.+
ifHiivio, [in
LXX
MM,
chiefly for
mp
Ga
;]
1.
to
abide in
14^"^;
Ac
283o.
to
eV; r. ttCo-tu,
Ac
t.
SiaOrJKr],
He
cf.
89 (LXX)
Deiss.,
BS, 248;
legal formula;
'E|xficjp
(T, 'Efjifjiwp,
Rec.
-op,
Emmor
(Go
331^)
Ac
7i<'.+
-r/,
poss. pron. of first pers., representing the emmine, subjectively and objectively, i.e. belonging phasized 83^, Jo 3^^ (most Mt IS'^*^, to, proceeding from or related to me 25'\ Lk 153i, freq. in this gospel), al.; absol., to >oV, to. ifid, Mt Jo 10^* 1614-1* 1710 = gen. obj. (cl.), ds t. e^/v avap-v-qcnv, Lk 2219, 16^1, Col 418, I Co 1124,25. c. gen. expl., t. c'/xtJ x"/>' nav'Aov, i Co
^ficSs,
-oV,
gen. ipov,
Mk
W^
II
Th
*+
+
31".
^(iiraiYfiovri, -rjs,
17
cjA-iratYfios, -o?, 6
/A7rat'{w, q.v.),
mockery
11
Pe
33.+
LXX Ez
:
22* (n^^f?), Ps
149
1225, Si 2728, 11
Mac V,
iii
Mac
522*;]
[in
LXX
at,
for
2i,
b^T
=
3i,
Attic
irpoa--,
Karairai^w, to
mock
mock
Mt
Mk
Mk
>7rat^w,
V.S. ivn-.
q.v.), [in
LXX:
Is 3* {n^blbVT?)*;]
a mocker
11
Pe
3*,
Ju ^^.t
-<a,
ifi-n-LUiTr-,
^fi-TTcpi-iraTew,
ifi-mTrXT)|xi
(on
1417), [in
LXX
chiefly for
LS, S.V., Bl., 6, 8), and ifnmrXdd) (Ac sbQ miZT ;] to fill full, fill up, satisfy : c. Lk 1^^^ ^^ ^4^^ pass., Lk 62^, Jo 6^2 metaph.,
V.
,
fill
of:
Eo
15'-* (cf.
Da
LXX
/i7ri7rXr//At,
and
s.v.
22'^
;
[in
LXX LXX
chiefly for
P)li2?;]
to set
:
on fire:
28^ (T
Mt
become inflamed
Ac
iriixTrprjixi,
WH,
12",
[in
Lk
639
103";
:
veipaa-fiov, ib.
6^
chiefly for bD3 ;] to fall into : seq. ck, Mt metaph., ci9 Kpt>a, i Ti S"; 6viBLCTfi6y, ib. 3^; CIS xpas ^^oO (cf. II Ki 241*, I Ch 21^3, Si 2^8),
He
II
103i.t
c>-ir\^K, [in
LXX:
(<^
Pr
to
28i8
be
{bB2),
u Mac
15^7
;]
to
:
weave
11
in,
2*,
involved, entangled
in
Ti
Pe
*t
220.t
^fi-TrXoKi], -^s,
i\i-i:vi(ii,
-S),
17
ifXTrXeKOi),
a braiding
[in
rpix'^v, 1
Pe
33,+
V.S. evTT-.
^fi-TTopcu'ofiai,
depon. (<[
(b)
l/tt7ropos),
LXX
:
to travel, esp.
rei (a)
to
2.
to traffic, trade
Ja
4^3_
q^qq
traffic
to
4.
C.
ace. pers., to
make a gain
-as,
of:
:
Pe
23.+
efiiTopia,
commerce, business,
eiiTT^pioc,
for
iriD,
b^Ti
etc.;]
-ov,
TO
[in
LXX: De
33^^
(par),
Ez
:
273
oTkos
{byi}
c'vai,
Is
23^'^
(njT) *
;]
a trading-place, exchange
ifjLTTopiov,
Jo
2i.+
cji-TTopos,
byi;]
1.
-OV, 6 (<] TTo/sos, a joumey), [in LXX chiefly for "iriD a passenger on shipboard, one on a journey. 2. a merchant:
Mt 13*^Ee
183,11,
15,
23,t
c|x-irpoa6cc,
cl.
35b;]
1.
Lk
192^;
c^s
t6
ib. *;
opp. to
oirurdfv,
4"; opp. to ra ottlo-o), to. I., Phi 3^3 2. As prep., before; Mt 52* 62 7 ll^o 272^, Lk 51^ 72^ I42, Jo 328 jq*, Re 1910 228; (J) in ^he presence of: Mt 27", Ga 2i*, i Th 13 2i 39'i3.
(a) in front of
:
Ee
6p.o\oy~iv, 6.pvu(j6ai
Mt
1032.33 26^0,
11
forensic sense,
Mt
Lk
2136,
Ac 18",
Co
510, i
Lk 128; ju Th 2^9, i Jo
150
3^*^
;
211),
Mk
212
9^ Lk
;
1927,
Jo
123",
:
Ac
Jo
10*
(d) of
Plat., al.
LXX, Ge
[in
dS^O)
V^.'io^f
^p-irruw,
LXX:
seq. ?,
Nu
12^* A,
De
KaraTTTvw (Euth., NPhr., 66), to spit tcpon : c. Pass., Lk 18=^2_t seq. (k, Mt 26' 27^^ efi4)anis, -es [ ju.</)au/w, fo s/icw in, exhibit), [in
Is 22 (|13 ni.),
LXX
Mi
4^,
Wi
622 721
W^
i.
yCveaOai,
Ex
2i*
(yT
ni.),
Is 65^ (tzhl
ni.)*;]
manifest: Ac
[in
10*; metaph.,
142i.2.i
Eo
1020(LXX)
(y.g. ^7ri(^ai'i^9).+
fji4)a>'i!^w,
LXX
show
rei,
oneself,
Jo appear:
for JTT hi., etc.;] 1. to manifest, exhibit: {DCG, n, 112b). Pass, and mid., to
27^3,
Mt
declare,
seq. on,
^^^^^^
2.
to
^ ggn. pers.,
Ac
c ace. 25i5,t
8r]X6oi, q.v.
**
(of
>-<})opos, [in
LXX:
15i\
Si 192^
Godly
(cf.
|i-<j>ocrdw,
-w
into
Ge
2',
Wi
cfivo-ddi,
to blow), [in
etc.
;]
to
breathe
avrwv,
I21
(v.
al.),
breathe
tO
I.e.).
upon
Jo
2022.t
**
e(i,-<j)UTOS,
-ov {<^iiJ.(f>voi,
iviplant), [in
2. rooted,
LXX:
dat.
I.
17
Ka/c/a
Wi
12^'^*;]
1.
innate (Wi,
implanted: Ja
c,
(
Mayor,
in
l.).t
iv,
Heb. 3 Lat.
,
Of place,
;
c.
among
t.
Lk 7"
T.
Pe
1^8; T. ^poVo),
Ee
Mt
Mt
; ;
12""
6pu,
1^
Eo
iv vfxv, ev tois t.
Lk
of books, iv T. ySi^Xt'w,
/xou,
Ga
S^^
;
t.
vo/aw,
Mt
12^, al.
narpos
Father's house (EV cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2*^; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ev t. KapSta (-ats), Mt 52^, 11 Co 4", al. after verbs of motion, instead of cts (conT. oTJvei87;o-o-iv, II Co 5" structio pircegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits
in
my
observed in
cl.
ef.
Bl., 41,
(cf.
M,
Th.,
12),
ciTroo-reAAw
II.,
i,
iv,
Mt
Jo
101"
3^^
;
8g'S,^Ke^
^y r. xEipt
7^"^.
Tt6lVai ev xepai,
Hom.,
441,
al.),
9*; i$r}\6iv,
coming and going (not in cl.), tla-rjXOt, Lk Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ev 7retpao-/i,or?, I Pe I*' ev elpT^vrj, ev ^WTj, Eo 51** ev T. Oavarw, I Jo 3^* 525; ^'^ g^^^ Phi 4l9;'^v TrpavTTjTi, Ja 3^3; ^ fjLvarrjpioi, I Co 2^ Mk
id.
after verbs of
Lk
;
II.
e'v
T.
StSax^,
;
Mk
;
42
Jo 15*
Eo 12* of accompanying objects or persons with, iv ai/xart. He 92^; ev 6eVa ;(tAiao-tv, Lk 14*1 similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ev o-roXats, (cf. Ju 1*, Ac 71*) 12^8 ev pd/SSio, I Co ev fiaxaiprj, Lk 22*^ ev ia-OiJTL Xap-irpa, Ja 22 421 (cf. ev t6$oi<;, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2) manner (cl.), ev rdxei of (= raxews), Lk 18^ (cf. Bl., 41, 1) of spiritual influence, eV irvev/xarL, 123 q{ ti^g mystical relation of the Christian Eo 8 ev TT. cLKaOdpTu),
ev evi o-w/Aart,
cl.),
(simple dat. in
;
Mk
Mk
life
to
God and
Christ
(cf.
ICC,
Bo., 160
f.
151
Mayor on Ju^; M, Pr., 103) cV Xptorw ('It^o-ov), cv Kvpiw, Eo 3^* &^^, 2i7, Eph 6^1, Col 4^, i Th ^^\ 4i, II Co 122, Ga al. I Co 31 111. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ev of instr. v. LS,
'
s.v.
Ill
corresponding
(=
;
to similar use of
I
Heb.
6^
;
2),
by,
with
ev vfuv
KpivtToj. 6 KOVfiO'i
Co
ev t. ap^ovTL t. SaL/xovcwv,
;
Mt
Re Re
9**
cv atfJ-aTi,
ev
p..,
He
ev
vSan,
Mt
3^^, al.
the absol.
13^**
(cf.
6^).
Allied to this
. . .
which some would classify here), usage and distinctly Semitic are the
aov
cf.
(cf.
following:
59
;
r]y6pa(ja<:
ev T.
atp-aTL
BDB,
S.V.
5,
;
III,
3),
op.oXoydv ev
10=^",
(= Aram. 2
""TX
McNeile on Mt,
I.e.
M,
Pr.,
Lk 128; ^^^Vai Iv (= cl. ace, so Ja 5^), Mt 104), Mt 4* (WH; vv. 11., els, ev), Ac also at the rate of, amounting to, 7U(LXX)_ IV. Of time, (a) in or during a period: ev t. rjp-ipa {wktl),
5^4, al.
Mk
;
Jo
{h)
11^, al.
ev (Ta/3/3dTo),
Mt
:
12^, al.
ev
tw
/teTa^u,
meamvhile, Jo
;
4^^;
Mt
NT
at the time of an event ev t. dvao-Tao-ei, Iv t. irapovcria, i Co IS'^^ 22^8; (c) c. art. inf., (a) pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in 6*8, Ga 4}% al. = Iws; V. M, Pr., 215), whUe : Mt 13*, (/?) aor.,
Mk
V. In composition (i) meaning (a) with adjective s, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as evoAios, evSo^os (6) with verbs, continuance in (seq. cv) or motion into (seq. ets), as c/x/xeVw, ip.(3aiv(o. (ii) Assimilation ev becomes e/A- before y8, p., -ir, <f), ij/ But in the iy- before y, k, $, x', eX- before X. older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in evypac^w, evKaivi^w, etc.
7vhen, after
:
Lk
9^", al.
(d)
within
(cl.)
Mt
27*'^,
t iy-ayKa\iioiiai
to take into one's
arms
pi.,
Pr
:
G^O 24*8
'33)
.j
Mk
<C. a^5>
to. e.,
marine
c.
before
as prep.,
gen.
Lk
etc.
;
l^,
Ac
7^0
(WH,
ivavr^ov), 8'^Kf
LXX:
c^ evavnas, for
:
1J3
cvavTt'ov,
for "^59^
6*8,
etc.
;]
aivfjLoi,
Mt
;
142*,
Mk
Ac
c.
^.,
27*
44, 1
I
gen.,
Mk
Tit 28. Neut., -iov, adv., as prep. c. gen., 1 202 24i9, Ac 710 (eVavn, T), 832(Lxx)_t before, in the presence of: Lk chiefly for bbu hi. ;] to begin, make a iv-&p\o\i.ai, [in
21*,
Th
Ac 269
2817; 5 ii
LXX
l^'.t
beginning
Ga
3^,
Phi
of the ninth hour cKaTos, (Rec. evi"), -7?, -ov, ninth : Re 212o 27*5.*6^ 1533.34, Lk 23", Ac 3^ 103.3o.t (3 o'clock, p.m.), Mt 20^
;
Mk
e'77-),
[in
LXX
chiefly for
to enter
nnS;]
to inscribe,
write in
pass.,
Lk
2.
^kSctjs,
Dalman,
LXX
for
ngn
]1">3Jj{
etc.
;]
in
want, needy
Ac
i^*.f
152
* Ij'-Sciyfio, -Tos (^evStiKvu/Ai), a plain token, proof : ii Th 1' (cf. cvSti^is, which refers rather to the "act of proving"; I., with the passive formation, to the thing proved, v. Lft., Notes, 100; M, T7t.,
l.c.).+
SVN.
Mid.,
1.
TCKfl'^plOV.
iv-htiKfvp.1, [in
baa HNI
,
hi.
;]
to
to
c.
ace. rei,
9^7 (lxx)^
Eo
i
21^
9"^
;
He
611; ggq
^ ^^t. pers.,
Ro
Ti
:
V^
seq.
He
610 (c.
cogn. ace), 11 Co 8^*. 2. to manifest (by act) c. ace. rei et dat. pers., II Ti 41-* (cf. Ge 501^' ^', and v. MM, Exp., xiii).t *e'-8i^is, -ews, 7] {<^ivSLKiv/xi), a pointing out, showing forth, proof (v. s. IvSeiy^a) Ro 32^,26^ Co8'^^ Phi l^s.t ci'-ScKa, 01, at, rd, indecl., eleven : of the eleven apostles, ol I., Mt 28i, Mk 16 [1"!, Lk 24^33^ Ac 126 2H.t kv-%iKaTo%, -rj, -ov, eleventh : Mt 20"' , Re 212o.t ^f-Se'xojxai, [in LXX: Ps 118(119)122 (3-iy), Mac lli^*;] 1. to admit, approve. 2. to be possible; impers., ivbexerai, it is possible : 13^3 (Cremer, 687). c. ace. et inf., Lk *^c8T]fi^a), -w {<^evS7]fj.o<;, living in a place), to live in a place, be
:
at
home
iv
t.
a-wfian,
II
Co
5''' ^
+ cV8i8u'aKa), [in
to
LXX: n
.
Ki
12* 1318,
Pr
312i
(izrnb),
Jth 91 lO^,
Mid,,
Si 5011*;] iq p^^i Q^
put on
15i^ (cVSuovo-i, Ree.). Q (jupi, ace, 16i^ (cf. oneself, be clothed in : c. ace. rei, Lk
Mk
MM,
Exp.,
xii).+
Ro
3^,
He
2-
(Cremer, 204).t
2822, etc.; for lio.i2.t
-WS,
r),
V.S. v8w/a-.
ni.,
+ ^K-8o^(iia,,
[in
LXX forms
LXX
Ex
144.17,
is^Ez
py,
Ps 88(89)7;
i'8o|os,
:
-oc(<[3o^a), [in
1
of high repute
of clothing, t
i'8u|xa,
Si 336^ al.;] to glorify: pass., 11 Th for 123, etc. ;] 1, held in honour, 13i7 I., Lk Co 41**. 2. glorious, splendid : of deeds,
Lk
72^.
Metaph.,
TO
:
-Tos,
922
iKKX-qaia,
Eph
12
ecSu'w), [in
LXX
i
raiment,
clothing,
a garment
to
Mt
[in
t eV-8um|x(5(a, -S,
(7737)
LXX
;
Jg 6^\
:
Ch
;
12i8
Lk 1223.t A (crnb), Ps
Phi
11
;]
make
Pass.,
strofig,
strengthen
c. dat.,
c.
ace. pers..
seq. iv,
41^,
51 (52)7 Ti I12,
II
Ti
417.
Ac
Ro
420
Ti 2i
(iv Kvpiw),
Eph
610
(Cremer, 221).t
V.S. ivSvu).
e'-8uf(i>,
ey-%v<ns, -co?, ^
evSv'o;),
[in
LXX:
Jb 41*
<>
(tsqn^),
Es
51*;]
a putting on
fv-Zu(a
IfxaTLOiv, i
Pe
3^.f
Mt
chiefly for crnb ;] c ace, pers., (eVSww, II Ti 3^), [in mg., R, mg.) c. dupl. ace., Mt 273i, I520, Lk I522 6*, mid., to put on oneself, be clothed with : c. ace. rei, Mt 62^, 1^, 11 Co 53, Re li3 15" Lk 827 1222, Ac 1221; ptcp., Mt 22ii,
LXX
2728
(WH,
Mk
Mk
Mk
191*; of
armour
;
(fig.)
Ro
I312,
Eph
I
611.1*,
Th
^
Lk
24'*^
at^Oapa-Lav, dOavacriav,
Co
15^3, 54
Eph
153
Col
310
Eo
13^*,
Ga
327.
*+
ing in
21^8
^K-ScSiJiTjffis
:
(Rec.
-8o/i,i;o-is),
-ews,
rj
i. t.
Soifxdo}, to
build),
a buildit
(v.
MM,
;]
Ee
Exp.,
iv-ibpa, -as,
(mx )*
freq. in
c.
Swete, Ap.,
l.c.).+
LXX
Jos
S^-
9,
Ps
92^ (10^)
Ac
form
:
LXX),
253.t
[in
^i/cSpcuu
; ivlSpa),
ll^*,
;]
wait for
ace. pers.,
Lk
Ac
232i.t
iveSpa.
(ta^ij)*;]
to roll in,
wind in:
within (Jb 27^, al.) ptcp. pi., to. ivovra, Lk Exp., xii). 2. to be possible : Lk, I.e. (R, mg.).t ivKa (so Mt 195, Lk 622, Ac 1932 2621 elsewhere, prop, only before a vowel, evcKcv ctvcKcv, originally Ionic Lk 4^^ 182^, Ac 282, II Co 31), prep. c. gen., on accottnt of, because of : Mt S^^^'^i 162* 192,
1.
to be in,
11"
MM,
Mk
Ac
835,
Lk
622,
I.,
2621
Tivos
Ac Ac
2820,
Eo
;
83^^, 11
Co
rd,
3^0;
19^2
seq. toO,
ol,
c. inf., 11
ivevf\Ko\rTa.
(Eec. ivvev-),
al,
indecl.,
ninety:
Mt
18i2i3^
Lkl5*.7.t
ivi6s
e. TToictv,
(Rec.
1728 *
iw),
;]
-ov,
6,
[in
LXX:
:
Is 56io (d^n),
97.t
717.26
Ep. Je*i;
Pr
dumb,
J
speechless
[in
Ac
**ivipyia,
329,
III
28*. potential power), working: of God, 212; of Satan, 11 Th 29.ii (cf. M, Th., 261).t
iypyiu>, -5,
Mac
(< ^vcpyijs),
LXX: Wi
Eph
I.e.;
l^^ 3^ 4}^,
321,
fif.;
Col 12 Cremer,
[in
LXX Nu
:
82*
B
1.
Is 41*,
Pr
216
(ijyr))^
3112
v.
(i,Q2)^
Es
220,
If.)
;
Wi
:
16i7*;]
to
(for full
lexical
I42,
treatment,
action,
614,
intrans.,
e.
be at
28.
id.
work or in
to operate (opp. to
dpyew)
i
;
seq.
12ii,
dat. pers.,
Mt
2.
Mk
dat.
Eph
I
22
cis (Lft.,
in
1.),
Ga
;
Trans., to
ev,
work,
pers.,
effect,
do
c.
ace. rei,
3^,
Co
Eph in
seq.
c.
Pass, (taken I.e.; Milligan, Th., of some principle or power at work" (Meyer), to be actuated, set in operation: 11 Th 27; seq. eV, Ro 7*, 11 Co 1 412, Eph 320, Col 129, ^ Th 2i3 seq. 8ta, c. gen. ivepyov/xevr) (M, Pr., 156), Ja 51^ (Cremer, 262).+ rei, Ga 5 *t ec^pytjiia, -Tos, TO (<[ evepyioj), effect, operation (Polyb.) pi., i Co 12' 10 (Cremer, 262, 713).+ * cVcpYTJs, -s (late form of eVepyo's, on wh. cf AR, Eph., 241), at work, active, effective: 1 Co 16^, Phm, He 412 (Cremer, 261).+ + Ic-euXo-y^w, -Qt, [in chiefly for "-ni ;] to bless : pass., seq. 325 (LXX), Ga 38(i'XX) (Cremer, 770).+ iv, Ac
126,
li^- 20.
; ;
: .
Phi i. cVe'pyciav, Eph as mid. by Lft., Ga., 204 f.; but v. AR, Eph., 28 f.; Mayor, Ja., 177 ff.), in NT, " always used
Co
Ga
2i3
LXX
154
LXX: Ge
to
49^3 (Qiair),
eXLil/ta-iv, 11
Ez
c.
14*'
iii
Mac
G^o*;] 1. to
iii
be held, entangled:
xii)
;
Ga
51 (cf.
2.
MM,
Exp.,
Th
fig.,
^uyw 8ovXeta?,
do-c/Jeiats',
Mac,
I.e.).
I.e.;
for con-
Lk
Lk
on,
6^^, Lk ll^'.t I.e.) 11 Mac 1227, **iyBd-l, adv., [in Mac G^s*;] (a) here: 24", Ac 1018 1628 176 252*; (b) hither: Jo 4i5.i, Ac 25i^t
Mk
LXX:
li'eeK,
adv.,
[in
LXX
(<^
for
n^D, HBD,
[in
etc.;]
/imce;
Mt
;]
I720,
162.t
ivQufxiofiai, -ov/jiai
6vfj.6<;),
pi., etc.
to reflect
ponder
c.
ace. rei,
Mt
I20 9*.t
**^Keup.r]ais, -W9, v ivevfiiOfiai), [in Sm. Jb 2127, Ez 1121*;] consideration, pondering (EV, device) Ac 172^ ; pi., thoughts, feelings : Mt 9* 1225, He 4i2.t Syn. : Iwoia, the action of the reason ; while evO. is rather that of the affections (ef. Weste., Heb., i.e.). ** cKi, Ionic form of iv (en), with strengthened accent [in ; Si 372, IV Mac 422 * ;] = tv<ni, is in, has place, can be : 1 Co 6^, Ga
LXX
328 <^),
Col
311,
Ja
11.
c.).t
cycle of time. 2. Itos, a year: Jo 11*9.51 igis, Ac ipe isn, Ja 5i7, Ee 91*; pi., of sabbatical years, Ga 41*^ Trotciv e., to spend a year, Ja 41^ ; a7ra| tot) 6., 92^ IQl'^; e. Scktov, Lk 4l9(LXX).t 97; /car e..
ti'iauTos,
-ou,
[in
LXX
prop.,
He
Es
He
iv-lavt^y.,, [in
LXX
to
iv
Ki 13
A {mv),
m Ki
122*,
Es
;
5*7 9,
place in; in pf., plpf., 2 aor. and in mid., hand, impend, threaten : 11 Ti 31 (b) to be present : ii Th 22 (but v. Thayer, s.v.) pf, ptcp., present : i Co 72*', Ga 1*, He 9^; pi., Eo S^s, i Co 322 (Cremer, 309).t etc. ;] to strengthen : in spiritual ci'-K^xuci), [in LXX for p7n sense, Lk 22 1*^]; pass., Ac 91^ (Eec. ivicrxvaev, became strong, as in
313, i-iv
;
Macg*;]
intrans.
(a) to be at
LXX, Ge
>a^tVO'
ev,
\}^
:
LXX:
[in
Jb 319
{-^r^'H),
19^2*;] suborned
tei'Kaii'ia
II
to lie
as subst.,
Lk
202''.
xaivds),
LXX
Nu
for HSjrj
Es
616.17^
Ne
Da th
32
(and
cf. yKamo-/xo^9,
788)*;] dedication (anniversary of the cleansing of the from the defilements of Antiochus Epiphanes) Jo 1022.t
:
Nu
II
Temple
Ki
lli*,
v.s.
cv),
[in
LXX:
{to
renew)
Ch
158,
Ps 50(51)10 (Br-m
pi.);
{to
dedicate)
Is 1611 411 4516 (aliter in Heb.), Si 33 (36), i 229*;] 1. to innovate (Eust.). 2. to renew
initiate, inaugurate, dedicate
ib.
(LXX
:
ut supr.).
3.
;
to
(LXX
ut supr.)
iKK-;
SLadr^K-qv,
He
918
686v,
**f
heart
iy-KaK4u>,
-w
(LTr.,
[in
iyK-;
Eec.
27*^,
<KaKos, cowardly),
:
Sm.
Lk
I81, 11
Co
4I' i,
Ge Ga 6^,
:
Notes, 157 f.; Nu 21^, Pr Is 7i*;] to lose 31^ (Cremer, 330).+ Eph 31^, 11 Th
cf.
WH,
311,
155
eV,
ei/-KaToiKe'u,
-w
(Eec.
iyK-,
v.s.
e'v),
to
dwell
[in
among
:
seq.
Pe
28.t
t liz-KauKdofiai
iv),
-S/iai,
LXX
Ps 51
(52)^
96(97)7 {bbn hithp.); Ps 73(74)* (zsm); Ps 105(106)^7 (natzr)*;] to take pride in, glory in : seq. iv, ii Th I'^.t ** i'-ice>'Tpi^(i) (Eec. iyK; v.s. ev; /ccvrpt^co, to graft), [in LXX:
<
Wi
an
16^^*;] to ingraft, graft in: fig., c. ace. pers., Eo lli7, 19,23, 24_f *^ iv-KOTTf] (Eec. iyK-, v.s. iv; T, ekk-), -^s, 17 (<^ ey/coTTTw) 1. Metaph., an interruption, a 2. incision, a cutting, break.
;
hindrance
*
Co
9'2.t
cy/<-, v.s.
cf-KOTTTO)
(Eec.
cV;
and
in
2.
Pe,
I.e.,
up a road), hence,
to
hinder
15^2
.
c.
^^'^
ace,
Ga
5^
seq. toC,
c. inf.,
Eo
^-^
g j^f ^^
(Eec, iyK-, v.s. iv), to reckon among : cavrous, 11 **ei'Kuos (Eec. iyK; V.S. iv), -ov {<^kvw, to conceive), [in LXX: Si 42^'^ * ;] pregnant, big with child : Lk 2^.t ivvia, ol, al, rd, indecl., nine: Lk 17^7. iyo'-qKovTa i., Mt 18^2,13^
iv-Kpivii)
Ac 24*, i Pe 37 Co lO^^.t
Lkl5*.7.t
ivvivr\KoyTa, V.S. cvv-.
ccfc^s, V.S. ev09.
^.'-I'eiJu),
[in
:
LXX:
t)
Pr
6^3
lO^o
l''2.t
(pp).
Si 27^2
A*;]
to
nod
to,
make a
197 23*'
tion.
sign to
19
c. dat. pers.,
Lk
lK'oia, -as,
voSs),
,
[in
LXX:
Pr
247 (ni^fp
2. a Syn.
thifiking, considera41.
(Cremer, 439).
Si,
prol.12*;] 1. lawful, legal (MM, Ac ^a:;j9., xiii) 2. Of persons, (a) law-abiding; (b) under law i. Xpi.a-Tov, in relation to Christ, i Co 921 (Cremer. 435). *t eyvu-)(^a,, V.S. evi'w;(os.
y-yoi>.os,
:
**
[in
LXX:
19^^.
vv{)xo<i, -ov
{<C,vv$), [in
in late
LXX: iii Mac 5**;] (in cl. poet.; prose Neut., adverbially, evru^a (Eec. -x^v), by
:
night
Mk
l^^.t
-w, [in chiefly (2^35) for 2.12^;] to dwell in; mietaph., seq. ev, c. dat. pers 6 ^co's, 11 Co 61" t. TrveC/xa, Eo Bn, 3l; ttiVt-s, II Ti 1^; d/^apria, Eo 7i7.t II Ti 11*; 6 Xoyos, Col
i/-oiK'w,
;
LXX
:
LXX Ne
{-/tas t.
I32'*
{'SJIXO hi.)
i
*
:
;]
to
adjure
4^'i3.t
c.
dupl.
Kvptov,
Th
527.
(<^rs), unity,
unanimity
for for
Eph
iv-o%Kini,
-u)
LXX
nbu ;]
jTtiyi
to trouble
c.
ace,
He
121^
Lk
6i8.t
cfoxos,
= ivx6fjLevos),
(in
LXX
;
hi., etc.;] 1.
held in,
gen. (cl. c. dat.), SouXeias, He 2. a charge or action (cl. c. dat., of crime) c. dat., of the tribunal (MM, Exp., xiii), Mt 521. 22 geq. cis (Field, Notes, 4 f.), ib. 22 Oavirov, Mt 26, Mk 14*'>* (b) 0. gen., of the punishment (Ge 26ii) (c) c. gen. (cl. c. dat., rarely c. prep.; MM, Exp., xiii), of the crime
bound by:
c.
2i^.
In law-phrases
:
(a) Zia6Ze to
156
(ii
Mac
:
Mk
Wi
-!L
S^^
DB, ii, 268a).t in cl.) I Go 11^7, Ja 2^" (cf. Is 54^7 t ^t'-irepi-iraTew, -w (Eec i/jiir-, v.s. v), [in Le 26^2 Jb 17^ al. 19-^ ;] to walk about in or among : seq. iy., dat. pers., {"^bn hithp.), II Co 61" (Lxx).t
LXX
iv-^v4u>,
(Rec.
e/xTT-,
,
v.s.
e.-),
[in
LXX
;]
:
De
1.
20^6,
to
Jos
W^Ac
^2,
ll^i' ^*
2.
riDl^rj),
c.
Wi
15^^ *
breathe on.
to
(b)
tl^raXfia, -tos, to
gen. part.
9^.+
ivriXXw), [in
LXX
Jb
pi.,
23ii (-nCTX)
Ig 291'
(mya), 55^
Col
222.+
(aliter in
Heb.)*;] a precept:
Mt
IS^d^xx)^
Mk
7^
fiyra^idlu), [in
V. Deiss.,
5S, 120 f.
LXX: Ge 502 (cj3n; cf. cvra^iao-TTys, ib., for Xgh; MM, Exp., xiii)*;] a kolvyJ word (Deiss., L^^, 723),
:
to
prepare for burial : Mt 26^2^ Jq 19401 *t ei'Ta<^ia(Tfi6s, -ov {<^ivTa(f)id^w), preparation for burial
Mk
14^,
Jo 127.+
(and mostly in Hdt.), always mid., ei'-Te'Wu, [in LXX, as in chiefly for pi. ;] -o/Aai, to covimand, enjoin, instruct : seq. ircpi, He 1122; c inf^ Mt 197. c ^at. pers., Ac 12; ovtu><s, Ac IS''^; KaOm, seq. Xiywv, Mt 17^ ; c. inf., Jo 8 (^l Tva, Jo 14" (',.ToXV tStoKcv, 282o, 1334 c. acc rei, Mt 10^ Jo IS^*' ^^ ; seq. -n-epl, c. gen. pers., 410 (lxx). SiaO^Krjv i. Trpo's, c. acc. pers.. He 9201LXX) (cf. Mt 4" and Lk
NT
mS
WH)
Mk
Mk
Si 453).+
of verbal orders in general -n-apaythe transmitted orders of a military comyiXXio, to charge, esp. of mander; hriXXw points rather to the contents of the command (v. Thayer, s.v. KeAei'co).
Sl'jV.
:
KeXevto,
to
command,
ci/TeCGcc,
LXX
;
hence
Lk
2.
4^ IS^i,
Jo
on
this side
222.
Re
1.
i^ ^^i I. (for cl. hOev k. evOev), Jo 19^^; similarly, i. koI iKcWev, Causal; hence, therefore: Ja 4^+
**
ec-Tcu^is,
(< ei'Tu^x"''<">
tvith.
cf.
^I-V-)'
^^
LXX:
3.
f.,
II
Mac
4^*;]
(in
2.
conversation.
a petition
this sense
xiii):
common
:
in
tt.
Deiss.,
BS, 121
146;
MM,
Exp.,
for lin etc.;] honoured, prized, ei-Tiixos, -ov ;ti/at)), [in precious: of persons, Lk 72, Phi 22^; compar., Lk 14^; of things, metaph., At'^os, i Pe 2*'MLXX).t
,
LXX
ivToKr\, -^9,
rj
n]yQ
in pi.
freq. in
generally,
injxLuction,
order,
command:
;
Jq iq^^ 11" 12*9.50 1431^ Ac 171^, Col 410 . crapKivr], He 2. Esp. of religious precepts and commandments (a) of God's commandments in OT, Mt 15^ 223' ^s. i^, Mk
Lk
1529,
7^^' ^^.
157
esp. of the decalogue, Mt 5i IQi^ Lk 1820 235, Eo T^-^^ 139, gph 6^ of God's commandments in general, Lk 1, i Co 7^9, i Jo 23-8 322-24 421 52, 3^ Re 12^7 1412 collectively, rj i. (cf. t. Ipyov t. <?eoS, Jo 629), i Ti B^S 11 Pe 22^ 32; (b) of things commanded Christ by the Father Jo 12*9, so 1431 1510 (<,)
Eph
215,
He
919;
19l^
Mk
^..^X^ (as) 153 d^^^povv, Mt 15 Eec. 19^^ Jo ISi", TrapaySatVeiv, Mt TrjpeTv, Mt al. TTOulv, I Jo 52 S(SoVat, Jo 11^^ ^xetv, Xafifidveiv, Jo 10^8, II Jo * Jo 1421, He 75 e. KOL BiKano/xAXTa, Lk 1'' ivToXal avOpuiirtav (of Jewish tradition), Tit 1^*; L Kaiv-q, Jo 133", j Jq 2^, n Jo^.t * cVtottios, -ov {<C tottos), 0/ a place, resident : Ac 21^2. rr(5s ev), adv., [in LXX: Jb I820, Ps 38 (39)3 108 (109)22, 310 Ca 6, TO, rk ., Ps 102 (103)^, Is 1&^\ Da th lO^^, Si 192, i Mac 4*^*;] within: c. gen., c. vfiwv, within you (i.e. in your hearts, E, txt.), or among you (E, mg.), Lk I721 (cf. Field, Notes, 71 Thayer, 8.V.; ICC, Lk, I.e.; Dalman, Words, 145 ff.); rh i., Mt 232.t iy-TpiiTO), [in LXX for yjs ni., D^S ni., etc.;] to turn about; metaph., put to shame: c. ace, i Co 4^*; pass., 11 Th 3^*, Tit 2^;
:
Jo IS^*
15^2,
i
1415,21 1510,12^
Co
14^7.
3.
Jo
323
;
421^
Jq e
mid., to reverence: c. ace. pers. (cl. c. gen.), Mt 213'^, 12*, Lk 182.* 2013, He 129 (cf. Exp., iii, xiii).t * ^c-Tpe'<|>u, to train up, nurture; pass., metaph., tois Xoyots t.
Mk
MM,
TTio-Tetos, I
Ti
4''.t
17 (18)7 76
(Plut.)
:
LXX: Da wi
LXX:
al.).
th 10" (IV)
hi.);
e.
yiyveo-Oai,
Ps
He
cV-TpoTrVi,
-%,
tJ,
[in
Mac
(69)7.19
70
(71)13
c.
gen.
pers.,
:
respect,
i
Absol.,
shame (Hipp.)
Co
6*
[in
LXX
in
:
Hb
l^o
(chp
hith.),
IV
Mac
8^, etc.
;]
to revel
Pe
,
2^* (v.
Mayor,
in
l.).t
^'-TUYxacw, [in
225 436 612 1539^
LXX Da
Mac
th
Wi
820 1628,
Mac
ni
Mac
1. to fall in with. 3. to 2. to meet xoith in order to converse. petition, make petition : c. dat. pers., seq. virip c. gen. pers., Ac 25"-''* (cf. Field, Notes, 140), He 72^, Eo 827.34 (^^jj^ not expressed); seq. Kara, against : Eo II2 (cf. Ivrcu^t?, V7rp-tvri;yxava)).t
* Ik-TuXio-aw, to wrap up (LS), roll or coil about {DCG, ii, 227*, 507*) c. ace. et dat., Mt 27*9 {iv, Tr. [WH], cf. similar sentence in
:
TT.;
MM,
Exp.,
xiii),
Lk
iv-TUTr6o>, -S>
TvVos),
LXX
LXX,
Ac
for
11
niDS
Ex
3639 (3930)
A*;]
1029.t
to
Co
37.
to insult,
mock at: He
Ju 8,t
(<^
ivvirvLov), [in
:
as in
NT,
;
for
D^n ;]
to
dream
iwTrvLots
i.,
2i7 (l^^)
pres. ptcp.,
158
to
.,
vttvos), [in
LXX
;]
a dream
pi.,
Ac
2i'.t
-ov
;
tekwTTios,
wi/'),
[in
LXX
:
for nj^l
etc.;]
face
to face,
in
sight (Theocr.
aproi
c.
Ex
25'^)
neut.,
cviottiov,
,
in vernacular,
-
with
force of prep,
gen.
[in
LXX
for ^jpb
^^^^
etc.,
cf.
Dalman,
Words, 31 f., 209 f., and Deiss., BS., 213], in NT, most freq. in Lk, Ac, Ee, never in Mt, Mk, before, in the presence, of : Lk 1^^ 4", Ac A^^ 6^, Ee 1* 2^'*, al. esp. c. KvpCov (Oeov), in the sight of God, or with God as witness or as judge, Eo 14^2, i Co 1^9, i Ti 2\ Ja 4io, i Pe
;
S\
al.
6,
Enos (Ge
ace, Ac
426)
Lk
338.+
LXX chiefly
;
to
give ear
to,
hearken
to
c.
6,
2^*,+
5^^)
"E.'oJx
(Heb. ^i3q),
Enoch (Ge
Lk
S^^,
He
Pe
indecl., six: Mt 17^ Lk 13^*, al. chiefly for IDD pi. ;] to tell out, 2>foclaivi il-ayyiWo), [in 29 [Mk 16, " shorter conclusion "] (Cremer, 29).+
il, 01, at, rd,
LXX
+ ^l-ayopd^o), [in
LXX
LXX
4^.
TH
2.
2^*;]
to
1.
to
t.
Kaipov,
Col 4^
(Cremer, 60).+
LXX
XSJ
hi.
;]
to
lead out
cV,
c.
ace,
Mk
1520,
Jo
;
103^ ,
He
89
1637,39. ggq.
I^o),
Lk
24^0;
Ac
7*0 12i"
13^^ ace,
26^''
LXX
mid.
Mt
chiefly for bxj hi. ;] to take out : (a) to take out for oneself, choose :
;
c.
Ac
(Thayer,
710, 34
to
{b) to deliver : Ac Ac, I.e., but v. infr.) (EV, but V. supr.), Ga 1*.+ ni., IID ^^ai'pu), [in LXX for yD2 tZTT hi., 1^3 pi., etc.;] 5i3(Lxx)_-t1 Co lift up, lift off the earth, remove * c^-aiWo), -w, to ask from ; mid., to ask for oneself, demand s.v.
;
Page,
ms
c.
;
Lk
22*1 (v.
cf.
Cremer, 73).+
i^4>vr]<;,
^^at^k-T]?
(WH,
exc.
[in
Ac
226
M,
LXX
Mk
Lk
213 939,
Ac
-w,
93 226.+
[in
f H-aKo\ov6i^,
(nJES),
LXX: Am
Da
11
2*,
Je 22 (inx
"^bn). Is
56^^
tip
Jb
3P
(nns
ni.),
:
Si 52,
LXX
Pe
:
metaph.,
hundred
for
Ee
LXX
TOM, Le
14-*2,
159
1. to plaster, wash over (LXX). 2. to wipe off, wipe out : ;] SaKpvov, Ee 7^*^ 21*; metaph., y(:Lp6ypa(f>ov, Col 2^*; t. ovofia, seq. iK, Ee 35 (MM, Exp., xiii) pass., d/mprtou (^aXt</)6^. at, WH), Ac 3^^ (of. Ps 50(15)" 108(109)13, Is 4326, Si 462o (i^. ATrak-), in Mac 2i).t
;
^|-d\\ojxai, [in
(Hb
l^), etc.;]
to
leap
:
up
Ac
38.
* e^-ai'doraais,
-ews,
(<[
:
iiavLorTrjfii),
a rising again
K T. vinpuiv,
Phi
311
(Cremer, 308).t
(104)^4 131 (132)^7 146 (147)8 (112)* (n"l7) * ;] l. trans., to cause to spring up (LXX). 4^.+ 2. Intrans. (as drnTcAXw, Ge 3^8^^ to spring up : Mt 13^, chiefly for Dip ;] 1. trans., ^0 raise v/p: cnrepfxa cl-acttrTTjfjii, [in
^C-am-xe'XXa), [in
hi.)
;
LXX
Ge 2^, Ps 103
(nns
Ps 111
Mk
LXX
(cf.
Ge
I55.+
388),
Mk
12i9,
Lk
20^8.
2.
In 2
Ac
strengthened form of a-rraTdu), [in LXX Ex 8^^ '2*' (bbn hi.),. Da TH Su56*;] to deceive: c. ace, Eo 7^^ IG^s, i Co 3i8, II Co 113, n Th 23; pass., i Ti 2i*.t
|-airaT((i>, -w,
:
t i^diTiva
iiaiTLvr}^,
i$aL(f>vr]^
(<!.)
[in
LXX
Ps 87
:
for
DXriD
etc.
;]
suddenly:
Mk
98.t
-Q>,
+ ii-airopioj,
[in
LXX,
18.t
(88)1^ *
;]
so in
NT,
I.e.),
depon. pass.,
II
to be utterly at
(rjv, II
loss,
be in despair
Co
48; TOV
Co
^l-airo-oTcXXw, [in
LXX
freq.,
forth
c.
ace. pers.,
[t.
Ac V^ 12^^ Ga
4*
Ga
Ac
-s,
4^; 22^1
Ac
K-^pvy/xa, seq. cis, 16, "shorter conclusion," pass., 6 Xoyos, Ac 13^". 2. to send away : c. ace. pers., seq, ; 93"; seq. Ia;s, Ac 1122; q j^f,^ Ac 17^*; Kv6v, Lk 1" 20i>".t
Mk
WH;]
LXX: Ex
2.
28^ (innpu.)*;]
Ac
21*.
to furnish,
supply
1. to compass., 11 Ti 3^^
MM,
92^.
Exp.,
[in
xiii;
Cremer, 651).
33
til-atrrpdiTTw,
LXX: Nu
io
(p-Q),
Da LXX
I/i,aTio-/Ads,
10^ (^^P)*J]
flash like
Ez
1*
Lk
Mk
625,
c^ auTTjs t.
(Lpa's),
at oncc, forthwith:
LXX
to
223.t
hi., etc.
;]
to raise
up
Eo
9^'^ (cf.
ICG, in
1.)
l|-cifjii
Ac
27*3.t
Co
6i*.t
:
ttfjii),
go forth
Ac
13*2
n^^ 20^
seq. cm,
c.
ace,
IV
Mac
LXX
:
2* (nS-" hi.),
Wi 12^^,
WH,
q.v.).t
^|-e\K(i>, [in
LXX
TO
Ge
Ja
to
l.).t
metaph., imo
II
t. itnOvixias,
1^* (v.
Mayor, in
to
*t c^^pafia,
-Tos,
(<[ i^epdoi,
evacuute,
a vomit
,
Pe
222 (Lxx)^t
-w, [in
Trepi, i
LXX
Pe
for "ipn
1X3
etc.
;]
to
l^^.t
160
i^epawdw.
and very freq. for NS'', also for Nia, nby, etc.;] depon., to go, or come out of: Mt 10^\ Mk p5, Jo 13o, al. c. inf., Mt ll^, Mk 321, lA 726. 2e^ Ac 20\ Ee 20^; id. seq. pS; Tva, Ee 62; i. seq. (cl. c. gen. loc), cVi, Mt 26^5^ al.; tk, Mk
[in
LXX
chiefly
Mk
(l7r(^,
52,
Jo
430,
al.;
c^w, c. gen.,
Mt
2117,
Mk
I521,
148,
Ac
IG^a,
He
IS^^; of
^j
.
Mk
1112,
Lk 9^ Phi
41*; iKWv,
(aTrd), c.
Mt
demons
gen. pers.,
al.;
4.35^
Ac 16*^; ptcp., i$\6wv, c. indie, of verb 16\ of departure (cf. Dalman, Wards, 20 f.), Mt 8^2 1521 24^, Lk 2239, Ac 129>i^ al. Metaph., (a) of persons 11 Co S^^, i Jo 2^^; of 7^ (cf Ge S5^^) of escape from danger, birth or origin, Mt 2" (^^^), 10^9 of public appearance, i Jo 4^ (b) of things CK T. xttpos avTMv, Jo
Mk
He
Mt
24'-''
<f,^tJLrj,
Mt
esp. of utterances, reports, proclamations cfiwvi^, Ee IG^'^ 19*; 128; x6yos, Jo 2123; 86y^a, Lk 2^ (cf. 926, Lk 41*; dKOTj,
:
Mk
Si-t^epXo/JiaL)
2^*, ^-o-Ti elfjJ), impers. verb., it is permitted, lawful : 83" (B, mg.), I Co 1023; c. inf., 122.10,12 144 1526 193 2217 27, Ac 226, Lk 6* 20^2; c. dat. 34 1214, Lk 62' 9 143, Jo 510 seq. a4cc., 6I8 IO2, Jo 183i, Ac I621 2137 222^ (inf. underpers. et inf., Mt 201*,
Mk
Mt
Mk
Mk
[in
Mk
stood),
I
Co
612
Ac
229, II
Co
12*
i$ov
:
7,v,
Mt
to
12*.t
^|-Tci^a)
Gh
289
A
c.
to
examine),
LXX De
Si 321, al.
;]
13i*'i5' I918,
(irra),
Wi
63,
(c.
examine
closely,
inquire carefully
;
seq. irepC
aKpi^m),
Mt
Mt
1011
ace. pers.,
:
Jo 21i2.t
SYN.
DCG,
U, 594^).
^-r)Y^ofjiai,
-ovfjLaL,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
ISO
pi.
;]
to lead,
show
the
way; metaph.,
2119;
1512
59,
;
Ac Ac
I
c.
unfold, narrate, declare: c. ace. rei, Lk 243^, dat. pers., Ac 10^; Oeov (understood), Jo li^; seq. oo-a,
to
KaOm, Ac
15i*.t
ra, indecl., sixty:
ii^Kovra,
oi, al,
Mt
138.23,
Mk
48.20,
Lk
24i3,
Ti
;
Ee
Tw
^^s,
937
1'
adv. xa>), in order, successively, next: t^ . (sc. c. (sc. )(p6v<D), soon after, Lk 711
;
tt) e. rjfi^pa,
rjfx.epa),
Lk
21i
Ac
2517 27i8.t
t^|-r,x^o>, -w, [in
LXX:
Mac
32*;] to
sound forth
18.t
l^is,
(as a
I.e.): pass., i
Th
-0)9,
rj
(^exw),
[in
LXX,
cf.
perience
He
51*.
for 89), [in impf., fut., 1 aor., to put etc. (29 words in all);] 1. causal in pres., out of its place ; metaph., e. Tim (^tpivwv (Eur.), to drive one out of his senses, hence, absol., to confound, amaze : c. ace. pers., Lk 2422, Ac 89.11. 2. Intr. in pass, and mid., also in 2 aor., pf., plpf. act., seq. Ik
|-icrTTi|ULi
Ac
LXX
HU
or
c.
from,
retire
from;
esp.
t.
(fyptvwv, to
lose
161
32^,
(a) to be beside oneself, be : one's senses (Eur.), hence, absol. Co 5^2 (opp. to crw<f)povtv) (b) to be amazed, confounded : Mt 2^2 5*2 6", Lk 2*7 S^s, Ac 2^' ^2 S^s 921 10*5 12i (Cremer, 309).t 1223,
mad
Mk
Mk
**t i^-uTxua,
able
:
[in
LXX
S^^.t
Si 7" *
;]
to
to be quite
c. inf.,
Eph
c|-o8os, -ov, 6
68os),
[in
LXX
II22
ni.,
N^ID, also
9^^
11
^n,
a going out, departure : t ^o\eepu&) (so best MSS. freq. (rare in Gk. writers) for
etc.
;]
He
and
ms
=
WH
Lk
Pe
l^*.t
LXX
seq. K T. Xao?, Ac 323(i'XX).t t cl-ofioXoyeu, -w, and depon. mid., -co/xat, -ovfxai, [as always in chiefly for hi.;] 1. act. cl. 6/xoA.oyea), to profess or agree to do (Field, Notes, 75) Lk 22". 2. Mid., to acknowledge, confess (MM, Exp., xiv) T. dfjLapTta^, Mt 3", l^ Ja 5^"; t. 7rpd$ei<s, Ac 19^^; seq.
LXX
OTL,
nT
Mk
Phi
2^^
c.
dat. pers., to
make acknowledgment
to one's
honour,
:
LXX
Bo
Lk
H-OV, V.S.
^(JTl.
^^opKi^u (later form of iiopKow), [in Jg I72 (nbx), Ge 24^ III Ki 22^" (ntZT hi.) * ;] 1. to administer an oath to (Dem., Polyb., al.). 2. to adjure : c. ace. pers., seq. Kara, c. gen. (as freq. in magic tt. ; MM, Exp., xiv), Mt 263.t *t |-opKi<TTiis, -ov, 6 (<[ c^op/ci^w), 1. One who administers an oath.
:
LXX
2.
an
exorcist
1.
Ac
19^^ j-
'^opu'(raw, [in
LXX
-00)
(Ipj) *
(cf.
;]
to
c.
LXX,
11.
Herod.,
712,
.
viii,
;
116),
Ga
,
41*.+
t ^l-ooScviu (Rec.
-Oeveu),
-divotsi)
:
LXX
(with vv.
despise,
11.
-ow,
for
n73
DNQ
U[1,
etc.;]
to
set
at
nought
Mk
t^ou0e^''w,
al.,
-oi
ov^s,
:
q.V.), [in
LXX
(v.8. c^ovScvcw)
Ki
23",
and as
;
v.l.
for
to
utterly, treat
with contempt
ace. pers.,
;
Lk
16" I Co
IQlO
c.
ace. rei,
;
Ga
:
4^*, i
Th
Ac
520
pass., of
persons
Mk
;
6*
of things
XiOost
4^^
(LXX
DGG,
:
aTreSoKLfjiaa-av)
Xoyos,
11
Co
ra
i^ovOeprjfxiva, I
:
Co
for
128.t
i,
Syn.
453b).
+ iioy>ey6u>, -5,
^louaia, -as,
v.l.
-o>
(q.V.)
Mk
9^2
:
T.t
l^co-rt), [in
LXX
i
IV
Ki
20^3,
Ps 113
(114)2
135
(136)8.9, Is
,
392,
Je 28
Da
for
Aram.
to act,
ItJ^ljr
etc.,
Wi
10^*, Si 9^3^ ^j
prop., liberty or
power
freedom to exercise the inward force or faculty expressed by Swa/xis I Co 912; i. ^xtv, ii Th 3*; id. seq. inf., Jo 10^8, i Co 9*'*; c. (q.V.)
:
gen. obj.,
Eo
9^^
seq. eVt,
c.
ace,
Ee
22^*
Trcpi, i
Co
73'^.
2.
Later
11
162
(cf.
114;
MM,
ll^s,
Exj).,
20'-;
xiv),
of
authority:
Mt
;
2P^,
Mk
3.
Lk
of
Messianic authority,
; ;
Mt
9,
of the authority of of apostolic authority, ii Co 10^ 13^** Mt 8* 28^*, Ju''^^, Ee 12^", al. esp. of judicial authority, government:
2^", al.
Mk
Lk
Meton., (a) jurisdiction : Lk 23^ (cf. i Mac 6^\ Is 39-'); (b) a ruler or magistrate : Eo 13^-^; pi., Lk U^\ Eo 13^, Tit 3^ (c) of supramundane powers (syn. with apxy, Swa/xts, 6p6vos, 2i, i Pe 322, al. (Cremer. KvpL6Tr,s) 236). I Co 1524, Eph 121 310^ Col
2020,
Jo
191'^'
1^
Sl'N.
1.
V.S. 8wa/xis.
iioudidlu)
to
^owta),
authority
[in
LXX
:
(freq. in
lablT;]
exercise
c.
(Arist.).
2.
Trans.,
i
over:
gen. pers.,
Lk
222^;
under authority
iioxf], -^s,
1. 01
(v. Lft.,
Co
viro, i
Co
LXX
for ]B7,
Jb 3928*;]
a projection
Kar
(.,
2.
the chief
men, Ac
2523.t
t^^u^T.ltco,
[in
LXX:
Jg
16i4.2o^
ni.)*;] to
awaken
oiit
of sleep
(=
d<^u7ri/t^(o)
I
c.
ace. pers.,
Jo
11^^.
**t
LXX:
for
Es
Ac
162 ".t
elu),
LXX
1.), I
pn;]
outside, withotit
;
(a)
tvho
I
3^1 11\ Lk 820, Jo adverbially Mt 12^^^ c. art., b I, he is ivithout; metaph., in pi., oil., of those outside the Church,
Mk
18i, al.
Co
512, 13^
Col 45
.
(Lft., in
Th
:
4^2; 6
I.
S-vSpioiro^, 11
Co
4i
;
al
I.
TToAets,
Ac
2611
(^)
as prep.
;
After verbs
Mk
Mt
(in
1468, 2117,
Lk Ac gen. He 2. adverbially, forth, out : Mt b^^ 26'''^, 19*> i^ Ac 9*0, al. {h) as prep. c. gen., out of:
c.
13^3,
21^,
13^'
12.
(a)
Mk
1119 128,
Lk
42,
Ac
7^8^
He
13",
al.
elwGei/,
adv.
to
answer
(^e^w; opp. to (T<jiO(v), [in LXX for pn;] Mk the question. Whence ?), from without
:
1.
prop,
2.
718,
718.
More II Co
6
.
often (= 7^; TO .,
I
l|;
Mt
without:
Mt
232'. 411
c.
28,
Mk
Yi
3^,
Mk
1.
(WH,
:
mg.);
KoV/ios,
Pe
-w,
33
iKJ3dXXiv I,
Ee
II2.
As prep.
hi.
;]
:
gen.
Mk V\
Ee
Ac
112 1420
74^.
(cf.
c|-w3'w,
LXX
chiefly for
m3
;
2.
to
Ac
eK(Tajo"ai).T
opp. to
ia-taTepos), [in
LXX
1"' 23.t
;]
outer
o-kotos,
Mt
q. dat.,
:
Ja
keep festival
IITI^;]
Co
58.
a
ev
I,
feast, festival:
;
Lk Lk
242,
Jo
ri
51 64 737,
Col
L
,'^
rod Trdo-xa,
Lk
.
24i,
Jo 13i
T.
t. A^vfjooy,
221;
142,
a-K-qvoir-qyCa,
Jo
72 (Deiss.,
1.)^
LAE,
ib.
116);
,.5
c.,
Mt
265,
Mk
Jo
223
^.
(yoy
^/^g
f^^^^^
163
dva^atVetv, IpxeoOai ts t. ., Jo 4 T^' ! ll^e 1212; ^5 f 15, Lk 23^^ /-to-ovo-r??, Jo 71*; Kari e. (ai each feast), Mt 27", 18^^ Lk 2^2 t Kara TO (.6o<i T^s I., E, mg. T. e. TTOtciv, Ac
Mk
^TT-aYYcXia, -as,
etc.;]
1.
17
c'TrayyeXA-to),
[in
LXX
Ps 55(56)8 (niSD),
al.).
a summons
:
Dem.,
2.
a promise
(Dem.,
Arist., al.)
Ac
232^; esp. in
423,
Ro
414= i
9^ Ga
31"'
18' 21
Ac
2"^
2^9,
;
He8 Ro
of the divine promises, Ac 7^", liy-i", 11 Pe 3^; c. inf., 4^; 4^3, Ga 3i seq. Trpos, Ac 13^2 26''
NT
He
iirayyiktcrdai t^v
i., I
tj
Jo
yij
ei'ayyeAias, ^X^'*'
e..
He
7^, II
Co
7^
eivat iv
tA reKva t^s e., Ro 9^, Ga 428; ai Sm^j/Kai ti}s c., Eph 2^2 ; rj i. t. Oeov, T. TTvev/Att T^s . T. aytov, Eph 1^^ Ro 420 pi., II Co 12*>; ai i. t. TraTcpwv, Ro 15^; c. gen. obj., t. ^co^s (v. Dalman, Words, 103), i Ti 4^; t. Trapoucrtas airov, 11 Pe 3"*; ^ar 8t' 7rayyAias, Ga 3^^ crv/i/xtVoxa cVayyeAtav, Ac 13^^, Ga 3^^, II Ti 1^ By meton. (cf. cAtti's), of a Ao'yos cVayyeAias, Ro 9^. ttJs ., Eph 3^ promised blessing Lk 24*9, Ac l^^ Ga 3^2, He 612. i5, 17 iqsg his, 33, 39
eVayyeAta,
Eph
62;
tJJ<;
He 11^
c.
gen. epexeg.,
Ac
2=^^^
Ga
S^^,
:
He
9^^
(Cremer, 27).+
iTr-ayyK\<o, [in
LXX
;
Es
4^ (llON),
Pr
13^2,
Wi
2^3, al.
;]
1.
to
Mid., also announce, j^^oclaim. 2. (a) to inomise ; (b) to profess. q freq. in both these senses (c) to promise : c. dat. pers.. He 6^^ ace. rei, Ro 42\ Tit I2 c. dat pers. et ace. rei, Ja 1^2 2^, 11 Pe 21^
;
j
Jo
.
2^^
C. inf.,
Mk
1411,
Ac
75
I
seq. Aeywv,
;
He
Pe
to
1226
ptcp.,
Ga
Ti 210
p^gs.,
* eTT-dyyeXii.a,
iTT-dyij},
-to';,
to
[in
11
; eVayysAXw),
528.+
;
a promise
II
;]
I'*
3^3 f
bring
in
upon
c.
e.
dat. et ace,
Mayor,
1.), ib.
2i;
TO alfia
(cf.
Ge
20^),
Ac
*+
cir-aYwi'i^o/xai,
depon.
c.
1.
to
contend with
3.t
:
(P\ut.).
2.
to
contend
for
(C.I.,
2335, 19)
dat. rei,
Ju
*+ eir-a6poi^aj, to asseinble besides (Plut.) pass., Lk ll^^.t 'EiraivcTos (Rec. -to'?), -ov, 6, Epcenetus, a Christian of
Rome
c.
Ro 16^+
cir-aii'e'w,
-w,
.
[in
LXX
[in
1.
for
bbn
i
pi.,
nZVJ
;
,
pi.
;]
to
praise
i
ace,
Ro
I
1511. I
Co
Co
Ac
1122
-ov,
seq. 5,
6,
Lk
168,
Co
II2
Co
ll^' .+
ir-an'os,
LXX
12, 14,
for H^nri
etc.
I
praise
Ro
22^ 133,
Co
45, II
818,
Eph
Phi
,
111 48,
,
Pe
;]
1^ 2^*.+
to
lift
eiT-aipu,
[in
LXX
for
HiD2
27*"; x"pa?. Lk 620 1623 i8i3_ Jo 435 6^ 17^ 2222 ^ TTTipvav (fig.), Jo 13^8^ Pass., Ac 1^ with pride : 11 Co 10^ 112o.t
dpT>ova,
fiov^,
2450,
Dll i Ti 28;
;
etc.
up, raise
t.
Mt
178,
Lk
metaph.,
to be lifted
up
cTT-aitrxuVo^iai,
[in
LXX:
rei,
Jb 3419
Ti
(nct:),
Ps 118(119)6
Ti 1^2. q
q^qq
(tZTia),
Is 129
(nun)*;] to be
ashamed
{of): absol., 11
18. 16;
pers.,
621
Mk
838,
Lk
926;
;
c.
ace
Ro
l^^, 11
cm,
c. dat. rei,
Eo
c. inf..
He
2i-
c.
He
11^6,
164
LXX:
Ps 108(109)io
cf.
besides.
2.
to
MM,
(Cremer, 74).
^ir-aKoXooGe'w, -w, [in
LXX
MM,
for
to
(chiefly
"-[bn
etc.;]
le^^^J (illustrated by use to folloiv after ; in metaph.; absol. in verifying accounts; v. Exp., xiv; Milligan, NTD, 78); c. dat. pers., of sins, i Ti 52" (cf. Ellic. and CGT, in 1.); r. Ixvio-iu, i Pe 2^1;
NT
Mk
epyw dyo^oi,
Ti 5^^.f
[in
cir-aKoou,
LXX
-uyfiai,
lf}:it27,
HiV
etc.;]
:
1.
to listen to.
2.
to
hearken
in l.).t
to,
* cTr-aKpodofjiai,
teir-(i',
subjc. pres.,
is
conj. (<^e7ri, q.v., av), later form of eVi^v, after, when: c, Lk ll^^; c. subjc. aor., Mt 28, Lk ll^^.t * CTrai'dyKYjS, -es (<[ dvay/cr;) only in neut.; 1. eVavayKCS (sc. cctti), it
,
compulsory, necessary.
eTr-av-dya),
2.
:
As
i
[in
LXX
adv., of necessity
aCs)
to ptut
Ac IS^^f
Za
Mac
iii,
921
12* *
;]
to
bring
up
or back (sc.
63^)
Lk
5^'*; intrans., to
return:
Mt
21^8_f
c.
,
eTT-aca-fxifivriaKcj, to
remind again:
mid., for 013
ace. pers.,
Eo
15^^.
cir-afa-irauw, [in
LXX,
]VUf ni.
;]
to refresh,
cause
iiri,
to
c.
upon: metaph.,
for
c. dat,,
Eo
2^'^;
seq.
ace,
Lk
eir-ai'-^PXOjjiai,
LXX
LXX
:
miS^
etc.
;]
to
return
raise
Lk
10^^
igis.t
ciT-af-ioTT)ni,
[in
to
up against;
mid., to rise
up against
i
seq.
17
c.
ace. pers.,
Mt
102\
Mk
13i2_f
.
**
(cf.
eir-ai'-6p0wo-is, -ws,
222), [in
LXX:
Es
8^2^ j
MM,
Exp., xiv).t
adv.,
[in
cTT-dj'w,
LXX
:
nby
;
!?jr,
bjr
etc.;]
above;
adverbially; (a) of place Lk 11** {b) of number, more than : Mk 14^ I Co 15". 2. As prep. 0. gen. (a) of place Mt 2 51* 21^ 23i8, 20, 21; 2737 282, Lk 439 10^9, Ee G* 20^; (6) of pre-eminence: Lk IQi^.iy,
1.
;
:
Jo
38i.t
* eir-dpaTos, -ov (<^ 7rapao/tat, io imprecate), accursed : Jo 7*^ (for exx. from tt., v. MM, ^a;j!J., xiv; cf. Cremer, 108). i Mac 82 11^^*;] 1. to be strong enough **eTT-apK^w, -w, [in 2. to ward off. 3. to aid, relieve : c. dat. pers., i Ti S^"' i" for. mg.).t (mid., t^irapxeia (Eec. -x^a, V, Bl., 3, 5), -as, 7} {<C tirapxos, a prefect),
LXX
WH,
[in
LXX: Es
4^^
A*;]
rj i.
the jurisdiction of
prefect,
(sc. i$ov<Tia)
fVapveia, q.V.,
Ao
165
v avXi?), [in
:
LXX
for
lyn, n^M,
(I.e.), etc.;]
divelling, habitation
t eir-aupiof, adv.,
Ac
1^''
(LXX)^f
[in
LXX
for IHI^,
:
Ge
c.
30^^, elsewhere,
(sc.
Ex
9^,
al.,
for nirin
;]
on the morrow
10^
to
al.
in
NT, ^
w^pa),
Mt
21^^,
Mk
11^2
'
Jo
129
Ac
'ETra<t.pas,
-a (Bl.,* 7, 4), 6,
*+
Tr-a<j>pil^a),
foam up
*ETra<j)p68iTos, -ov, 6
eTr-eyeipw, [in
c.
LXX
2.
Epaphras : Col 1^ 412, Phm^s.t metaph., t. aior;^wa?, Ju^^.t (i.e. charming) Epaphroditus : Phi 2* 4^^.t for l^V hi., Dip hi., etc.;] to rouse up, excite
:
; ;
ace. rei, 8iwyfx6v, Ac 13^" i/^vx^s, ib, 142.t cTTci, conj. (eVt, i), lohen, since ; 1. of time,
when, after:
Lk
7^
(Eec.,
WH,
Lk
mg.).
134,
Of cause,
1931^
since, because:
Mt
Co
(cf.
Mk
II
15*2,
Jo 1329
Ac
;
1346 (Eec,
i.
WH,
mg.),
510
Co
I412,
Co
1118 133,
He
oZv,
He
21* 4.
With
iv
ellipsis,
otherwise,
424.26).+
else:
Eo
11'
22,
i
He
Co
ducing a question,
iTi-8ii,
Eo
;
3,
71*;
intro-
Mac
Lk
133 27, 19
txt.).
2.
txt.,
EV)
1. of time, when noto, after that seeing that, for asnnich as: Lk 11^, 1412 1524, I Co 121.22 1410 1521^ Phi 226.+
conj.
71
Of cause,
Ac
134"
(WH, (WH,
forasmuch as ("a stately compound," freq. in suitable for the formal introduction of Lk) Lk li.t [in chiefly for nXT ;] tTT-eiSoi', 2 aor. without pres. in use to regard with attention, look upon (in cl., of the gods) 1. with a 125 (cf. DB, 136i5). view to bless c. inf., Lk 2. To punish seq. l-n-i,
*cTr6i-8ii-iT6p, con].
,
cl.
and
LXX
Ac
429.t
?Tr-eifjii,
[in
LXX: Ex
2.
Si 42i9, etc.;]
1.
to
come
ptcp,,
upon, approach.
iTTLwv, -ovo-a, 6v,
Of time,
next, following
Ac
conj., since
rj,
He
-nr-ia-^PXOfxai,
indeed: a bringing in besides or in addition (Hipp., MM, Exp., xiv).t [in LXX I Mac I6I6 (c. dat.) * ;] to come in
:
as freq. in late Gk.), cl), Ac 726 ; wktl, Ac 23ii.t Eo 33" (Eec; eiTrcp, WH).t
upon:
seq. cVi,
Lk
2135. +
etrciTa, adv. of sequence, [in LXX: Nu 19i^A, Is 162, ly Mac 63*;] thereupon, thereafter, then: Lk 16", Ga I21, Ja 4i4; seq. /lera rovTO, Jo 11'; /xTa err; Tpla, Ga 11; Sta Se/carco-crapwv cVoiv, Ga 21 TrpwTov I., I Co 1546, I Th 41^ He 72 Trp6repov t, He 727
. . . ;
. .
dTrapxr;
I.,
Co
15^3;
^Ta
;
i.,
Co
I.
155.6
(WH,
1228.+
txt.)
I
al.
I, I
Co
155-7
(WH,
(=
mg.)
c.
rpirov
[in
...
(bis), i
Co
iiT-iKeiva,
adv.
eTr'
eVelva),
LXX: Le
stretch
2227,
Nu
c.
32i9,
(nii^n), etc.;]
beyond;
to
gen.,
Ac
7''3(l^^x).+
ir-eK-Tcii/w,
extend:
mid.,
to
forward:
dat.,
Phi
313.+
166
iirevSvui),
[in
LXX
for bijrp
Le
8''
(Aq.
i-n-eySvfjLa), I
Ki 18^ A, II Ki 1318*;] an otiter tunic (EV, coat) Jo 217.t *t ^iT-i'-8uw = -SwVo) (Hdt.), to put on over; pass. (Plut., al.), to have on over, he clothed upon : ii Co 5-*,t
:
^TT-^PXCfjiai, [in
LXX
c.
for NIZl, "ISJr etc.;] 1. to come to, arrive, gen. loc, Ac 14^^ (eTr^X^av; cf. M, Pr., 65;
,
tinae,
82-^
Eph
13*,
[in
2*".
2.
Ja
5^
:
LXX
;
come upon (as in Horn.) of an enemy, Lk 11^2 of the ytyvo/xat eVi', Jg 14^, i Ki 11, al.].+
to
:
of
also for
12^*,
cni
Mt
etc.
;
;]
to in-
c.
ace. pers.,
c.
Mk
Lk
2^", al.
c.
dupl.
al.
Aeyw,
12^8,
Mk 9^1
Mk
**
823,
Lk
236, al.;
^oV,
Ro
102Mlxx),
2.
demand
716).
of:
c.
Mt
16^
(cf.
LXX: Da th
Thuc).
;
4^* [ubii^), Si
2.
1. a ICC,
questio7i,
an inquiry
(Hdt.,
a demand
Pe
32^ (v.
in
l.).t
also Si 8^ 31 (34)2, ^ac 52^ 9^^, al.;] 1. to hold upon. 2. Like 7rape;^a) (as in Hom., al.), to hold out, 3. to hold or direct towards, sc. vovv offer : Xoyov C'^rjs, Phi 2^^. (a) absol., to intend, purpose ; (b) to observe, give attention to (v. MM, Exp., xiv) seq. 7ra>s, Lk 14'^ c. dat. pers., Ac 3^, i Ti 4^". 4. to stay, wait : Ac I922 (in legal phrase, MM, Exp., l.c.).t
lTr-'xa),
[in
etc.
Lk
*iTTripidl<a {<iiTrrjpeia, spiteful abusc), to revile: 628; c. ace. rei (but v. ICC, in 1.), i Pe S^^.f
c.
ace. pers.,
cTTi (before a smooth breathing iir, before a rough breathing icfi'), prep. e. gen., dat., ace. (ace. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. I. C. gen,, 1. of place, answering the question, where? (a) of the place on which, on, upon: i-n-l (t.) y^?,
Mt
6i*>' 19,
al.;
t.
Ke<^aA^?,
Co
lli
r. v<^eAwv,
:
Mt
motion
dXrjOeias
^dkXeiv,
Mk
He
Ac
6^,
al.
fig.,
i-rr
thought or speech,
T.
Ga
S^^
of
power
(MM,
20
;
yd^rj^,
82'
;
i^ova-La
t. oSoO,
im,
Ee
;
22^
(6)
daXdaar]?,
c.
Jo 6^
Mt 2V^
Tov fSdrov,
Mk
t.
1.)
gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28i'*, Ac 233^, i Co 6\ al. 2. Of time, (a) e. gen. pers., in the time of: iirl 'EAtcratou, Lk 42''; i-n-l KXav^Lov, Ac 1128; i-jrl 'Af^idOap dpxiepews, when A. was high priest, 226; (6) c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1", He I2, 11 Pe S^; iirl T. irpoo-evxwv fiov (rjfiwv), Eo l^^, Eph l^^, i Th 12, Phm *. IL C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? (a) lit., on, upon: Mt 9i'"',
Mk
148, al.
above,
on
1.)
;
after verbs of motion (v. supr., i, 1, (a)), Mt 9^6 Ac 8^6 2338 1329, Jo 52, Ac 5^, al. at, by, (b) metaph., upon, 44(i'XX)j ^^ the matter 6*2 (y_ Swete, in the ground of, Lk of,
;
Lk
Mk
Mk
upon,
of,
;
(Bl., 38, 2
concerning, Ac 5^^' *<* of the ground, reason or motive c0* c2,/or the reason that. 43, 3), Mt 18^ 199, Eo 12^2, al.
;
167
Eo
5^^^
u Co
;
5*
of
Mt
on
He
(cl.),
Eo
S^",
Co
9^**;
He
purpose or aim,
Eph
Mt 24*^ Lk 12**; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12^2! in addition to (cl.), 11 Co 7^^; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phi 1^ 2^^. III. C. ace, 1. of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? {a) lit., upon, over: Mt 1428.29^ Lk b'^^, al. mult.; in 42^ II2, also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Lk 225, Jq ]^32 i^i ^ ^^^^ A(j lib 21, al. of motion to a vicinity, to, " the ace. is more widely 162, Ac 8^, al. (6) metaph. (in wh. prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., 43, 1) of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. ace. pers., Mt 10^^ 122^, Ac 2^''', Jo 18*, Eph 5^, al. of addition (dat. in cl.), Xvirq hrl Xxnrqv, Phi 22"; eViKoXciv ovo/xa
over,
NT
Mk
Mk
i-n-i
(v.s.
liriKokioi),
Ac
15^''^,
Ja 2^; KoXfiv
cTTt,
to call after,
;
Lk
^<^'
1^^; of
ocrov (v.
number
infr.,
or degree: cttI rpts (cl. ek t.), thrice, Ac 10^^ 11^^ the more, further, Ac 4^^ ii Ti 2i 3^ (v. also infr., 2, (a))
;
hrl ttXciov,
ib.),
forasmuch
1^3,
as,
Mt
25*"'
*5,
Eo IP^;
;
control,
Lk
Ac
al.
;
and
feelings,
unto,
Eo ^y
II22,
Ga
Lk
49,
^^^^^ (j^gg
138,
9*,
(cl.
of hostility, against,
Mt
24^,
Mk
32*-26
IQH
Ac
75*, I
Co
9^2
7^, II
Co
123
J
152*,
txt.,
Jo I92*, Eo 49. 2. Of time, (a) during, omits kiri), Ac 1^^^ 16^8, He ll^o, al.; e>' So-ov
another sense,
:
9^^^ Eq 71^ a,l. (for o. in <J!)' supr., 1, (b)) e<^' t/cavdv (v.s. t.), Ac 20^^ v. iirl TrXeiov (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, ftirther, Ac 20^ 24* {b) on, about, toxvards Lk 10^5 Ac 3^ 4^. IV. In composition, cVt signifies up, (cl. cts)
;
Mk
liraipoi
Tetvw ;
upon, tTTiyetos, iTnSrjfieo), eTrtxa^i'^oj towards, eTri^AcTro), cttc/cover (of superintendence) eirLarTa.Tr]<; again, in addition, iiraiTew,
;
,
CTTKrwayo)
seq.
against,
[in
i-TnopKeu), iTTL/^ovXr].
itri-^aiyu,
eTTt',
;
LXX
chiefly for
;
MT;]
1.
^0 g'ei
w^
on,
mount:
Ac
to,
21^ (L^^) to embark in (a boat), go aboard : c. dat., 272 seq. cts, Ac 21^ (Eec.) absol., Ac 212. 2. to go up to, go on enter : seq. ek, Ac 20^8 21*; c. dat., Ac 25^t
c.
ace,
Mt
^m-pdXXw,
or put
[in
LXX for
t.
nblS', jyVff
etc.;]
1. trans.,
c.
to cast,
c.
lay
upon
c.
ace. et dat.,
;
Mk
^'^'
11'', i
Co
7^^
ace,
Ee
18^9,
WH,
Lk
eiri
mg.
x"pa
;
Mt
Ac
2650,
43
c. inf.,
;
(-"5) cVi (Bl., 37, 7), of seizing a prisoner, 7^0, Ac 5^8 2127 14*, c. dat. (Polyb.),
.
Mk
aporpov,
4^^^
Lk
9^2
to
i-^ri/^Xrj/xa
inl Ifxariov,
Lk
53"
:
t/iaTto),
Mt
9^*'.
2. Intrans., (a)
upon
T. Kvfxara cts t. ttXoIov, ; metaph., to put one's mind upon (but V. Field, Notes, 41 ff.), iinfiaXoiv l/cXatcv, when he thought thereon (se T. p-qixaTi), he wept (EV, txt. E, mg., he began to weep ; cf. M, Pr., 14^2 (y_ aisQ Swete, in 1.) {b) to fall to one's share : to 131) linPaXXov (se dat.; Hdt., al., a technical formula freq. in tt. ; Deiss., BS, 230, LAE, 152), Lk 15i2.t
;
:
Mk
Mk
168
*t Im-Pap^w,
II
to
put a burden
i
on, be
(cf.
Co
25
c.
ace. pers.,
Th
2^, ii
Th
S^
cTri-ptpdl^a), [in
LXX
LXX
pers.,
Lk
103* ig^^,
Ac
Ml
absol,,
c.
ace.
n3Q HNT etc. ;] to look upon. Ps 24 (25)i6, To 3^, al.), to look on In NT, as in LXX (i Ki l^^ with favour : seq. eVi, c. ace. pers., Lk 1*^ 9^^, Ja 2^.f 7ri-p\T]fjia, -T09, TO, [in LXX: Is 3^2*;] 1. that lohich is thrown 3. that which is put 2. a tapestry, hanging (Is, I.e.). over, a cover. on ; (a) embroidery ; {b) a patch : Mt 9^, Mk 2-1, Lk 536,t cm-podw, -w, to cry out : Ac 25'^* (Eec, for ySodoj, q.v.).+
ciri-pXe'irw, [in
^13
hi.,
9i,
^m-pouXi^,
-ijs,
V, [in
:
LXX
9^* 20^.
Es
i9
2^2, i
Es
5^3,
n Mac
Ge
388
5^,
al.
;]
Ac
233.t
[in
a connection by marriage),
LXX:
11.
Es
(q-j, pi,)^
dat.
(LXX,
c,
cf.
Phi
-ov (<[ in-i, y^), of the earth, earthly : 2i 319 (anarth.) ; o-wfiara, i Co 15*o ; oUm, 11 Co 5^
cTri-yeios,
e.,
o-o<^ia,
Jo 3^^^ Ja 3^5
to
(v.s.
:
yivofiai),
[in
LXX:
come on
[in
Ac
28i3_f
LXX
"directive" of
ytvwa-Ko>
chiefly for 133 hi., also for TTV etc.;] (AE, Eph., 249), as in el.; 1. to observe,
(a) absol.
:
Ac
e.
251*^,
Co
13^^
geq,
^ji^
Mk
1,
2^
I
(b)
ace. rei:
Lk
1* 522,
Ac
12i*
273^
I
Eo
132,
(c)
II e.
Co
113,
Col
Co
1437;
31,
aec. pers.:
1618, II
Mt
li*
i
5^^; seq. on, Ti 43; iy iavrCi, 633 (t^ ^^^^^'^^ but 112^ 1435 1712^
Mk
Mk
LTr.,
WH, E, omit
I
WH,
;
;
txt.,
read eyvwo-av),
ib. 5*,
;
Lk
oTi,
24i'
Co
Co
Mt
71"' 20
geq.
6^.
Ac
310 413, II
Co
.
135
pass.,
Co
I312
opp. to dyvoov>voi,
;
u Co
2. to discover, ascertain, determine : Ac 93** 1934 2229 2411 281 Q ace. rei, seq. quaest.,
Ac Ac
222*
Tj-apa,
c.
II
Trept,
c.
gen.
Ac
248
^g^^
^^
BiKatocrvvT}^,
Pe
ff.).+
17
t eiri-ykwais, -eus,
LXX
911 *
;]
III
Ki
71* (B.
Pr
25,
Ho
4i
6^ " (njri),
Jth
:
91*, 11
Mac
acquaintance,
discernment, recognition (Plut., al.) Phi 1^, Col 31''; e. gen. rei. Col 1^ 22, Phm t. iXrjdita^, 1 Ti 2*, 11 Ti 225 37^ Yit li. He IO26 t. d/xaprta^, Eo 320 c. gen. pers., of God: Eph li^. Col lio, 11 Pe V'*; of Christ: Eph 413, n Pe 18 220; of God and Christ: 11 Pe 12; Kar i., Eo 102; and for a somewhat difiierent Ixctv v ., Eo 1^8 (y, AE, Eph., 248 ff. view, Thayer, s.v. ; Lft. on Col, 1^; Tr., Syn., Ixxv; Cremer, 159 f.;
; ; ; ;
cf. ata-Orja-Li).^
169
12^'
al.;]
{<^7nypa.<f>u}),
an
inscription:
IT^i");
fig.,
Mt
22^0,
Mk
152,
Lk
202* 2338.t
^m-Ypti<^a), [in
LXX
for
ans,
IS^e,
Nu
Ac
Je 38(31)33,
to write
upon, inscribe:
Mk
:
1723,
Ee
21^2.
gg^
He
8^0 (^xx)
IQie
(ib.).t
im-UUyuixi, [in
LXX
Pr
Ep.
II Mac 1532, al. ;] 1. to show, exhibit, display : c. ace. et dat., 16^ 22^^ 24:\ Ilk 17^*. Mid., to display for oneself or as one's own 2. to show, point out, prove: c. ace, (but cf. Bl., 55, 1): Ac 93^, Exp., xiv).t He 617; c. ace. et inf., Ac 1828 (cf. ** ^m-Se'xofiai, [in Jth 13^3 b2, i Mac 10^ 1423, gi 5126^ al. ;]
Je
5^,
Mt
MM,
LXX
In late in cl., of things, to allow of, admit of (Dem., Arist., al.). writers, 2. to accept besides (Polyb.), to accept (in tt. of the terms of a ni Jo ^. lease 3. (a) to receive besides v. ICC, on iii Jo, I.e.) (Menand.) (b) to receive hospitably (i Mac, Si, 11. c.) iii Jo ^^.t * ^Tri-8r]|i^, -a | 8^/xos) 1. to be at home (Thuc., Plat., al.),
1.
; :
stay in a place, sojourn (Plat., Xen., al. and v. MM, Exp., xiv) Ac 2i 17^1 seq. iv, ib. 18^7 (WH, mg.).t *+ liTi-8io-Tdffao/iai, to add provisions to a document Ga 3^^ (cf inhvadrjK7}, a second will, FIJ, BJ, ii, 2, 3 the word is used of wills 87).t in TT., cf. Deiss., LAE,
2. to
:
^m-8i8w)jii, [in
LXX
for ]n3
etc.
;]
1.
to give over,
to
hand
c.
Lk
4^''.
2. to
*+
eiri-St-opOcSo),
^m-8.Joi, [in
LXX
Eph
*2^ Ac 1530; pass. c. dat. Mt V^'^\ Lk give in, give way : absol., Ac 27i^.t to set in order further : Tit 1^ (Inscr. ; Cremer, 808). De 24^5^ Jos 829, Je 15^ (xn) *;] to go down,
II11.12 2439.
sun)
42.t
imiKri%, -cs
ci/cos,
likehj), [in
LXX
Ps 85
(86)^ (n^D),
Es
8^3*;] 1. seemly, fitting (Horn.). 2. equitable, fair, moderate: i Ti 33, Tit 32, I Pe 218, Ja 3^7 ; t6 e. (Thuc., i. 76), Phi 4^ (cf. Mayor, Ja,
I.e.,
and
22',
V.S. 7rieiKia).+
-eiKLa), -as,
3'42)
^mciKia (Rec.
Ba
Da
:
LXX
24*
;
424^
^h
3'*2)^
Mae
{" siveet
^7rtKr?9), [in
LXX Wi
:
Mac
fairness,
moderation, gentleness
c. irpavrf]-:, 11
reasonableness,"
Matthew
Arnold)
Ac Syn.
:
Co
lO^.t
liri-tTiWu, -w,
[in
LXX
iv
Ho 3^; ipQ, 11 mpi, I Ki 20^, Ee (MM, Exp., xiv), to inquire for, seek after, wish for c. ace. of ^T^reoD rei, Mt 632 1239 154^ Lk 123o, Ac 1939, Rq ht^ p^i 417^ He 11^* 13i*; 12i9; c. inf., Ac IS^.t c. ace. pers., Lk 4*2, Ac ** emOai'dTios, -ov, [in LXX Da Bel 3i condemned to death
also for
72^
:
:
;]
Co
49.+
eiri-0eais, -cws,
rj
{<;^inTWr]iii), [in
LXX:
II
Ch
252^ {'^Wp)^
Ez
170
23^^ (n:?;?)
41*, II
Mac
4*1 5* 14^5*.]
^ laying on:
I.e.;
x^'P*"".
1
^o
S^^,
Ti
Ti
1,
He
62 (cf.
Westc, He.,
ll.c.).+
CGT on
desire,
Ti, I.e.).
2.
an
also
attack, assault
for
(11
Mae,
to
set
LXX
5^'^;
chiefly for
(cf.
mx
pi.,
hithp.
lan
etc.
42,
;]
absol.,
Ja
Eo
Ga
c.
after, covet 2); seq. Kara prop, (as in el.) c. gen., Ac 20^^,
lust
iv
Mac
ace.
Mt
;
Mi 2^, Wi 163, ^1.); c. inf., Mt IS^^, Lk 15i 1621 1722^ I pe ii2_ Re Qfas in Hebrew, e. ace. et inf., He 61^ 22l*.t iTTidvfjua liriOvixTrjaa, Lk Syn. 6piyw (cf. Field, Notes, 204), ^Aco {DCG. i, 453^). Nu ll^* (mx hithp.) iTnOvfiew), [in LXX cTTiGofjiTiTiis, -oS, 6 elvai. ., Pr 122 (^Q^) * ;] one longing for, lustful after kukwv, i Co
omits;
cf.
Ex
20l^
10.t
cTri0u(iia, -as,
r]
i-n-tOvfxeu)),
:
[in
niK also
;
for
2^",
Tian
etc.
;]
desire, longing
Lk
with
Phi
123, j
Th
52*,
Ee
18^*; pi.,
Mk
I
4^^; esp.
:
Eo
T^^, Ja
li*'i\
Pe
1*; pi.,
Ga
Ti
6, II Ti 222 43,
c.
3^;
gen.,
fjnaa-fj-ov, 11
Th
4^
i.
KUKJ, Col
I2*; t.
dTrarr;?,
t.
KapSiwv,
Eo
j
Koa-fiov
Jo
2^"^
;
t. crw/uaros,
11
Eo
6^2
Eph
5I6
;
422 (v.
T.
ICC,
in
1.)
t. crap/cc^s, i
Jo 2^\
Koa-fxtKaL,
Tttis .,
6ct>0a\pwv, I Jo o-ap/ct/cat e., I ; Tit 2^2; ei5 eVi^u/utas, Eo 13^*; ttoiciv ras Eo 6^2 ; SovXeveiv, ayeaOai, eTnBvfXLai^, Tit 3^,
216
Jo
8**; VTraKovtiv
;
II
Ti 3^
Tropevea-Oat
iv
e., I
Pe 43 Syn.
:
Kara,
Ju
! 18,
n Pe
33
avaaTpi^itaOai iv ral%
to sit
i.,
Eph
23.t
ijn-KaQ-ilu, [in
cTTi-KaX^w, -w,
;]
upon
1.
Mt
21^.+
name:
12i2>25,
c.
by
He .na S-^p^), Ac
;
;
Mt
6vofj.a,
102^;
pass.,
Hip Ac
;]
to call,
name, sur-
123
436
105,18,32
nis
Mid.
as Heb.
2.
CB
Am
el., LXX), to call upon, invoke, appeal to (Oeov, Scot's, (so also act. Hdt., Xen., al. ef. Deiss., LAE, 426) KaiVapa (Se^ao-roV, Ac 252^), Ac 2511-12.21 2632 2819; sc. t. Kvpiov 'Irjaodv, Ac 7^^; fj^dprvpa (cl.) t. ^arepa, I Pe 11^ r. Kvpcov, Eo 1012, II Ti 222 ^ ^^q^^ Otov, II Co 123
:
Kvpiov
N^i'^),
Ac
Eo
1013, u (Lxx)^
Co
II
12
ciri-KdXu/xfia,
[in
LXX
Ex
261*
3921(34)
(np5p),
Ki
1719 (^Da),
Jb 1929
(aliter in
Heb.)*;] a cover,
veil
metaph.,
t. KaKLa<s, i
Pe
2i6.t
^iri-KaXuTTTw, [in
LXX
for
nD3
etc.
;]
to
up
metaph.,
Eo
4^ (i'Xi).t
171
07l),
-ov
,
{<^TnKaTapdofjLaL,
to
imprecate
2^9;]
CUrses
LXX
13
for
inN
also
Wi
3^2
148^
jy
Mac
accursed:
Ga
310 (Lxx)
(Lxx
KtKarapaMyo,)
(Cremer, 109).
:
36*" {39^^) (p:), Jb IQ^ (lyi hi.) 212^ (Dan), I Mac 6", II Mac l^i, iii Mac 1^2*;] to be placed, lie on: Jo 21; seq. iwi, c. dat., ib. ll^S; fig., He Q^O; dmyKT?, i Co 9i ; x^'/^^". <o Lk 5^ 232^. threaten, come on : Ac 272** of persons, to press upon *^m-Ke\\w, of a ship, to run ashore : c. ace, Ac 27*^t * ^Tri-K(t)(iXaio>', -ov, to, a poll-tax : 12^* (WH, mg., for ktjvctov, lm-K6i>ai, [in
;
.
1
LXX Ex
Mk
as in D, Syrr. sin.v<^h.^ ^24, etc.).t ** ^iriKoupia, -as, rj {<C eTTLKovpeu) tO be an iiriKOvpo^, an clly), LXX: Wi I318*;] az(i, assistance: Ac 2622.+ t 'EiriKou'pio9 (Eec. -cios), -ov, 6, an Epicurean, a follower
[in
of
Epicurus
**
sentence
:
Ac
c.
17^**.+
Tri-KpiVw,
[in
LXX
11
Mac
4*^,
iii
Mac
,
42 *
;]
to decree, give
ace. et inf.,
Lk
em-XafiPciKw, [in
LXX
THK
etc.
c.
;]
always mid. in
LXX
Ac
and
NT
(v.
Cremer, 758),
.
c. ace. pers. (not cl.), 927 169 181' IOI5), Ac c gen. rei, pers. et rei, Lk 2020' 26 ; r. alwvLov (ovtcos) ^w^s, 2i (v. Westc, in 1.).+ (as in Si 4ii),
1719 2po.33;
Mk
gen. pers., Mt 143i, Lk 9*^ 14* 232^ (WH, but v. Bl., 823, Ac 23^9, He S^d-xx); c. gen.
hold of:
Ti
6^2, i9_
Metaph.
He
iri-Xai'0d'op,ai
(alternative mid.
form
[in
c.
LXX
12".+
chiefly for
SttoIos
UDW;]
to forget, neglect:
Mk
Phi
gen.. 313;
He
6^^ 132' i;
?,v,
MM, Exp., xiv), c. ace. (as occasionally in cl. 23i, Si 3^* 23i*, Wi 2*), Ja 12*; pass. ptcp. (cf. Is
;
Lk
2.
cm-Xeyci), [in
1.
Jo
52.
3.
to
[in
LXX
Ob
:
1* N^
R
Lk
(HNtz; hi.)
;]
to fail
c.
ace.
pers.,
He
1132.+
**+^m-Xr,a,ion^, -^?, ^ ness : aKpoaTrj<i i. (gen. of qual.), Ja 12^.+ cTTi-Xoiiros, -ov (<Aot7ros), [in
c.
ace,
162^
(cf.
MM,
^\
eVtXT^^a)), [in
LXX:
IV^"^
Exp., xiv).+ *
;\
forgetfulstill
left,
LXX
Aq.
:
remaining
**
release.
release.
xpovos,
Pe
irri-Xudi^
2.
-0)5,^
42.+
cTTtAvw), [in
Ge408; Sm.
I20.+
:
Ho
1.
3**;]
Pe
Th.
Ho
Pr
3**;]
i
to loose,
2.
to solve, settle,
-w, to
* ^TTi-ixapTupew,
ImjiAeia,
I
Pe
512,+
-as,
(< iTrLfikiofiat)
g,!. ;]
[in
LXX
:
3^ (^IpBT),
(v.
Wi
Es
1313,
Es
6i,
Mac
161*,
attention, care
Ac 27*
(Q,j,y
Field, Notes,
I
143).+
^m-(iXeo|Aai,
-ovtiai,
[in
LXX
Ge
4421
Q,j2;)^
62^,
.172
Pr
Mac
ll^'*;]
to
c.
gen.,
Lk
adv., [in
etc.
;]
carefully
Lk
15^.t
im-\j.ivu, [in Ex 12=*^ (.TIIQ hith.) * ;] to stay on, tarry or abide still: seq. iv, i Co 16^; airov, there, Ac 15^^ (WH, txt., EV, txt., omit) 21*; c. dat., t. aapKL, Phi 1^*; seq. -irapd, c. dat. pers., Ac 2814; Trpds, c. ace. pers., i Co 16^, Ga l^^; c. ace. temp., Ac lO^s, 21*- 1" 28^2,14^ J Qq i57_ Metaph., to continue in a pursuit or state: c. dat., avTois (v. T. afiapria, Eo 6^ t. ttio-tci, Col 1^^ t. aTncTTia, ib. ll^^ CGT, in 1.), I Ti 4i; t. xpV^roTrjTi, Eo ll-^; c. ptcp. (cf. Bl., 73, 4;
; ;
LXX
76, 2),
Jo
8('i,
Ac
12i''.t
c'm->'o'a>,
[in
jjj
LXX
rj
Pr 262*
1420 *
.J
^Q jj^Q^
command
Mac
Ac
914
1820.+
^TTiVoia, -a?,
Mac
II
LXX
Es
Je 20^\
Wi
6i
12*^ iv
[in
Mac
Ac
**imopK^a>, -S
cm-opKos,
falsely.
I
V6Vo?),
[in
LXX:
5^^.t
1*8,
Wi
1428*;]
^^
Mt
Za
LXX
5^ (yaOT ni.) *
a,s
2.
Of persons, ^er/'wred ;
7riyu.i.
suhsi.,
Ti lio.t
cTrioucra, V.S.
*t
^TTiouVios,
-oi'
(cf.
TTipiova-io's,
e.,
[in
LXX
for
n^3p,
De 7^
etc.]),
day
Mt
6^^
Lk
11^.
mg., /or f/ie coming (Several derivations find support, each pointing
EV, daily ; E,
1. <^ eViovo-a (sc. r^fj-ipa) (or, <[ IttI rryv lova-av to a different meaning. (sc. rjfjiipav), Zorell, S.V.), hence, /or the morroto or for the coming day 2. (a) <^ tVi + ova-La, hence, for subsistence, needful (Am. (E, mg.). E, mg.) {b) <C cti + cTvai in fem. ptcp. form, hence, pertaining to (the day).) For renderings of versions and views of various w^riters, v.
;
reff.
in
DB,
daily, is based
difficult
original
I.e.
;
36 f. DCG, ii, 58 f., 62* ICC on Lk, I.e. The EV, on the Vg. (Lk; OL, Mt, Lk, quotidianus). "It is not to think that t6v e. rests upon misunderstanding of an Aramaic phrase, or upon a Greek corruption " (ICC on Mt,
ext.,
;
;
cf.
c-iri-iri-n-Tw,
LXX
111
25)
(as
c.
Ge
Mk
S^^ (v.
chiefly for bB3 ;] to fall upon (Field, Notes, Swete, in 1.), Ac 20^"; seq. iirl t. rpaxr/Aov
5*^,
al.),
Mac
Lk
I520,
Ac
20=*".
Metaph.,
^o>s,
Spirit:
Lk
112,
Ac
1917,
e.
seq. eVi,
11^1; duiiSiafioi, Eo 153(lxx). of the Holy dat., Ac 8^; eVt, e. ace, Ac 10** 11^^; absol.,
Ee
Ac
I
237.t
1.
* cirt-irXriorau, Ti 5i.t
c. inf.,
to strike at,
to
punish.
,
2.
to rebuke,
reprove:
long for,
[txt.]);
LXX
11
for
52, i
nx^
ZIV P)D3
,
hi., etc.
;]
to
desire:
Eo V\
Co
Th
3^, 11
Ti
1*.
Phi
226
(WH,
173
mg.);
Co
9^*,
Phi
2-'5
(WH,
*t ^Tri-ir<50T,<ns,
23ii*;] longing: ii Co T''^\f *t ^m-iT66T)Tos, -ov, greatly desired, longed for : Phi 4^.t *t^-irnro0ia (WH, -Tro^eta), -as, 17 = iTTLTrodrja-is, longing: Eo IS^^.t
-cws,
rj,
[in
Aq.
Ez
t ^m-iropcu'ofiat,
[in
iii
LXX
Le
;]
263
(inN),
Ez
391*
to
:
(inr), Ep.
seq. Trpos,
c.
Je
^^,
acc.
Mac pers., Lk
II
2^8,
Mac
1* *
to
travel,
journey
seq.
iirl,
8*.t
to setv
upon:
:
c.
acc,
Mk
22^t
hi.
;]
(Rec.
2.
-ppLTTTO), SbS
lu cL), [in
5^(1^^^),+
[in
"jjbtZ?
1.
to cast at.
to cast
or ^^^ace upoii
acc. seq.
iiri,
c.
acc,
Lk
5*
19^5; metaph.,
8^3,
t. fiipipnav, i
Pe
cTTioiiixos, -ov
I
(<o-^/ia,
II
a mark),
15^^, iii
2.
LXX Ge
:
30*^ (yjjp),
of 1. hearing ;] Metaph., (a) in good sense, notable, Mt 27^^.t illustrious: Ro 16^; (6) in bad sense, woforiows 6 (<[ cTrio-irt^o/aat, to supply with provisions), [in cTTiaiTiafids, -ov,
Mac
11^~ 14*^,
Mac
Mac
6^ *
Es a mark ;
LXX: Ge
food
:
Jth
2^8 4^;]
1.
a foraging.
[in
2. provisions,
Lk
eTri-aKCTrrofiat (late
form
of
tVio-KOTrc'o), q.v.),
LXX
in
2.
(a)
to visit:
jg
in
151^
and
afflicted (as in
MGr. and
and
sometimes
(as
ipD
in
Mt 2536.43, Ja 1^^ (cf. Si T^^); {b) Ge 21\ Ex 43^, Ps 8^, al.), to visit with
cl.),
LXX
NT
pg
Lk
88
18'78 716^
Ac
151*,
(Je 925,
LXX
for
pin
pi.,
etc;] to equip,
make ready
:
mid., to make one's preparations : Ac 21^*. *t|m-aKT]K6w, -w, to tent upon, spread a tabernacle over
seq. eV*
ifjLe
metaph.,
(RV,
rest
upon, cover),
11
Co
<35)
12^.
^Tri-crKidiw, [in
LXX: Ex
I.e.,
4029
(pc;),
Ps 90
jj
(91)*
:
139 (140)"
c.
(IJSD),
Pr 18^^*;]
c.
to
dat.,
Ac
and
ef.
Ex
402^
35
^
Mk 9^
Holy
observe,
acc,
Mt
135.+
-co,
: :
17*,
[in
Lk
93*;
metaph.
(cf.
Spirit,
Lk
cm-aKOTTcw,
LXX
He
examine
for
seq.
1
/j.t],
for 12^*.
IpD
ni.,
etc;]
;
to
look upon,
to visit, care
Pe
17,
5^ (R, txt.;
[in
WH
NT,
iiiti.-crKOTrf\, -rjs,
Hpp, Hlpg;]
;
1.
visitiiig,
as in LXX tov TraiSos, Lueian, dial, deor., 20, 6) God's visitation in mercy, or in judgment (Le 192", jjj 1012, Je 6l^ Wi 220, al.) Lk 19**, i Pe 2^2 (v. Hort, in 1.). 2. office, charge, esp. office of an iTria-Ko-n-os (q.v.) Ac 12" (lxx), i Yi 3^ (Cremer, 527 f., 864 DCG, ii, 809b).t
visitation
(cis
e.
(after Heb.), of
174
-ov, 6
(<
o-KOTTos,
tt
wutcher), [in
LXX
i
for
IpD
its
parts
and
derivatives,
-22;
Nu
20''9;
d^" '31^\
iz?3i3,
Ne
119, u,
i,j<^
jb
Jg Q'-^^, iv Ki Is 60^^ Wi
;
llis.ie,
1^,
Ac 20^^, superintendent, guardian, overseer (cl. for exx. v. LS, s.v.) 2"'* (ICC, in I Pe as technical term for a religious office (Deiss., 1.) BS, 230 f.), in later Paul. epp. of the head of a church (Vg. episcopus), a bishop : Phi l^, i Ti 3^ Tit 1^ (v. relf. s.v. 7r7Ko;r7^).t eirt-CTiraw, -w, [in LXX: Is 5^^ ('^C7a), etc.;] to draw on: mid.,
;
xii, 5,
in peculiar sense of effacing signs of Judaism (cf. i Mac 1^^, FIJ, Ant., i v. Thayer, s.v.), to become as iincircumcised : i Co 7^^.t * cTTi-o-n-cipo), to soiv upon or besides : dva fiea-ov, Mt 132^.t
;
iriCTTa|xai
(prob.
an old mid. of
icf)LcrTr]ixi,
q.v.), [in
LXX
for JTT ;] to know, know of, U7iderstand : c. ace. pers., Ac U^% Ac 182^ i Ti &\ Ja 4:^\ Ju^"; seq. ptcp., ib. 2410; ^ ^cc. rei, 20i; ttoS, TT^pi, Ac 262; 6'n, ib. 15^ 19^5 2219 is, ib. lO^S; ttws, ib.
;
chiefly 19^^ c.
Mk
He
IP.t
SVN.
** iiri-aTaais, -ews, rj {<C.t4>:'crTi]fxi), [in LXX: II Mac 6^*;] 1. a stopping, halting (as of soldiers) oxXov, collecting a crowd (v. Eackham, Acts, I.e.) Ac 24^2 (WH, Eec. eVicrvcrTao-is). 2. supermtendence, 11 Co ll^s (WH, attention (but v. Thayer, s.v. ; Field, Notes, 185 f.)
:
:
Eec. ut supr.).t
^TTKTTdTTjs, -OV, b
l<i>lcTT-q ixi) ,
[iu
LXX
IV
;]
5225 (-pp^),
II
Ch
31^2 (Ta3),
II
Mac
5^2, etc.
master:
Lk
(of.
Dalman, Words,
iii Ki Ne G^^ (nbcr), Jth 15*, i Mac Im-are'XXco, [in 1025 12^ 1318 (in each case with v.l. dTroo-)*;] 1. to send to. 2. to send a message by letter, to write word (MM, Exp., xiv) c. dat. pers., Ac 2125, He 1322 geq. ^ov, c. inf., Ac 152'.t
LXX:
58'22),
iTTioTTjfiwf,
-OV,
Is 521
d^n
ni.), I
Es
De gen., -ovos {liricTTafjiai), [in 8**, Si 102^ 21^5, gtc. ;] knowing, skilled :
:
LXX
1^^
4",
Ja
3i3.t
:
iTvi-(TT-t]pil(a,
[in
LXX for
a
^GD,
etc.
;]
to
make
for
stronger, confirm
LXX
in
Mac;]
1.
I
a message.
letter,
an
II
pi.,
Ac
;
225,
Co
163, al.;
a-va-TaTiKal,
cf.
ff.)
epistle: Co 31
(cf.
Milligan,
7rto-ToXai,
;
Milligan,
Th.,
121
ff.;
NTD, NTD,
St.
Paul, 8
silence
Tit l^i.t
liri-CTTpe'<|>(o,
[very freq. in
,
LXX,
in its various
etc.
;]
1.
trans., to
hence metaph.,
li'i^ (cf.
Ma
324),
turn about, round or towards, return (to God, virtue, etc.) Lk Intrans., (a) to turn, turn oneself
:
around: Ac
16i^;
Ee
Ac
(cl.).
175
Notes,
Mk
216
I
530 8^3,
Jo 2120
;
metaph., of turning to
God
(v.
Field,
&.), iirl T. Kvpiov (^dv), Ac 935 1121 1415 1519 2620; Trpo? r. 6^6v, Th 19, Co 3i a^ro o-Kdroi;? cJs <^ws, Ac 2618; pass., i Pe 22^; {h) to
Lk
8^5,
Ac
15^6
seq.
ottio-w,
c.
inf.,
Mt
24^8
Mt
12**,
Mk
-^9,
13i,
Lk
239 IT^i;
eVi, 11
m,
Ac
Ga 49; Trpo'?, Lk 17*; of moral reform, Mt 319 2827; pass., Mt 10^3 (Cremer, 531, 881).t
4Tri-<rrpo(j>Vi,
7}
Pe
Mk
{i7n<rrpi^io), [in
;
492, etc.
;]
a ttirning about
[in
LXX Ez
,
Ac
153.t
* iiri-auv-dy(i>,
LXX
for
VpS
Mk gather together : Mt 1737. (cf. Ps 101 (102)23 105 (106)*^ II Mac against (Mi 411, Za 123, i Mac 3^8, al.).t **+ ivi-(TUV-ay<i}yr\, -^9, rj (<[ iTna-vvdyw),
233" 2431,
;
65);] 1. to
133,
Lk
*
12^
12-, al.).
2. to
gather together
[in
LXX
II
Mac
.
2"^
;]
iiri, 11
Th 2^
(cf
u Mac, l.c.).t
l.).t
Mk
[in
92* (v.
Swete, in
:
(<^
i-7n(rvvLarTrj/xi),
LXX Nu
:
16*9 (niv)
26 (nS3
hi.),
cViWao-c?, q.v.),
(cf. -0)9, ib.
riotous throng
[in
Eec. (for
9^*
**^Tri(7<faXTis,
(<o-^aXXa),
to
cause
to fall),
2.
LXX: Wi
stronger
al.)
Ac
2.
4*)*;] 279.t
to
1.
prone
:
to fall (Plat.).
**
I.e.).
^TT-ioxoo), [in
LXX
Si 29^,
Mac
6" *
;]
to
make
(Si,
grow stronger ; metsbiph., be more urgent : Lk 23^.t **t ^m-CTupcu'o), [in Sm. Jb 14^7, Ca 2* * ;] to heap together ; metaph.,
:
8tSao-K(iAov9, II
Ti 43.t
y)
t ^i-raYii, -^5,
118,
cVtrao-o-w), [in
LXX Da LXX 3i
:
(oanp),
Es
Wi
III
Mac
720*;]
li.
;
cl,
i-n-LTayfxa,
a command, Eo
Co commands,
162, I
Co
MM,
[in
fi-era
Tit 2i5.t
cm-Tdo-o-w,
c.
LXX
Mk
for ln^H
639,
ace. rei,
Lk
1422; g
627.t
^at. pers.,
rei,
c.
Phm 8;
SYN.
:
id. c. inf.,
ms etc. to command, cliarge Mk 127 92^, Lk 436 82^; id. c. ace. Lk 83i, Ac 232; ia. c. imperat., Mk 92^;
,
,
;]
ace. et inf.,
Mk
KeXevu).
-w,
etc. ;] to complete r\XDV 8^ 71 8*' n. Phi 1^, accomplish, execute : Eo Co 811 9"; art. inf., 11 Co of religious services (cf. Hdt., ii, 37, al.).
cTTi-TeXe'w,
[in
LXX
for
rh3
c. ace. rei,
15^*, 11
He
He
Meyer, in
ace.
(cf.
1.)
Ga
33
(6)
to
pay in
Xen., Mem.,
iv, 8, 8), i
make an end (E, mg. pass., E, txt full, pay the tax, be subject to Pe 59 (pass., EV, etc. cf. Thayer, s.v.
;
ICG,
in l).t
i Ch 282, ^mxViSeios, -a, -ov, [in 2. useful, necessary : to. suitable, convenient.
:
LXX
^i
i.,
45^ j
Mac
4*^, al.
;]
necessaries,
Ja
21".
176
[in
LXX
19-^
;
for
]T)3
Dltz?
etc.
;]
1.
upon: c. ace. rei, seq. im, c. ace. rei, Mt Ac 15^^ 28=5 eVt, c. gen. rei, Mt 27'^^; iv,
;
23*,
ib.
;
Lk
c. dat. pers.,
23'''
(TTi4>ai'ov,
Jo
om/ma,
Mk
3l' 17
nXrjyd^,
Lk
lO^o,
aravpov, Lk Ac 1623
fTTi, c.
ace. pers.,
Ee
Mt
Mk
1&^^\
Mk
(a)
Ac
on of hands, r. x"pa ("5). seq. IQi^. is^ S^^ g^^ c. dat. pers., 6 S^^ 9^2 13^ 19 28^, i Ti 522. Mid.,
Ac
Mt
to provide : Ac 2S^^ (EV, _?j?f i on board ; cf. Field, Notes, 149) (6) throw oneself upon, attack : c. dat. pers., Ac IS^**. 2. to add to Ee 22^^ (v. supr., and cf. Swete, in l.).t ^m-Ti/idw, -w, [in LXX for iva, Ge ^V\ Ps 9^, Za 3^(2); Si 11^, al. ;] 1. to honour. 2. to raise in price. 3. to mete out dtce measure
;
<o
(a)
to
award;
Ju9;
Xiyu,
(b)
dat.,
Mt
to censure, rebuke, admonish: absol., 11 Ti 42; c. 43.4i Qii 921,42,55 173 1315 43^ 822 IQi^,
Mk
Lk
1939,
X.iyiv,
seq. ha,
etc.,
Mt
1622,
Mk
l^
Lk
1839; seq.
Mt
17
Mk
125
Q^-i
925^
435 23*o.t
SYN.
franchise.
eAcyxti), q.v.
mTip.ia, -as,
2.
As
(<^ eTrtTi/Aaw), [in LXX: Wi 31"*;] 1. citizenship, in Inscr. (LS, s.v.), LXX, I.e. (= el. to eiriTtfitov),
:
ptmishment, j)enalty
ciri-Tp^irw, [in
11
Co
2^.t
v.l. Ittkttp-)
:
LXX
(usually with
2.
Ge
:
;]
1.
c.
to
turn
to,
commit, entrust.
to yield,
permit
Co
16",
He
6'
5^3, Jo 193S; id. e. inf. (cf. dat. pers., 832 959, 61^ Ac 213. *o 273, I Ti 212 Lk c. inf., inf., Ac 261 28I6, i Co 1434.t
;
Mk
M,
Mk
* ^TriTpoireuo) (<^ eTriTpoTros, a procurator), to govern: Lk 31 (WH, mg., for i7ye/xwvo'Tos, an obvious correction for precision). ** i-nL-rporrr], -}?, 17 (<^ CTrirpcTrco), [in II Mac 131**;] ^Qi^er to decide, authority : Ac 26i2.t ** 'mTpoTTos, -ov, 6 cVtrpeVco), [in II Mae lli I32 142*;] 1. an administrator, a stetvard : Mt 20^, Lk 83. % a guardian (e. gen.
LXX
LXX
pers.,
11
Mac,
11.
c.)
Ga
42.t
im-TUYx<i''w, [in
LXX: Ge
392
(^1,3^ ^i.),
Pr
1227 (:j-in)*;] 1. to
cl.).
light upon. 2. to obtain, attain to : Ja 42, c. gen. rei (as in 615 1133; c. ace. (late Gk.), Eo 11^ (Eec. rovTov).i
em-(}>aii'w,
He
2.
[in
LXX
17
for "iiN
hi.,
c.
etc.
;]
1.
to
show forth.
1^9;
(=pass.
Tit 3*
;
in cl.) to
appear: Ac 272";
(Cremer, 567).
dat. pers.,
Lk
metaph.,
e.
eTTi4>cIi'eia, -a?,
7rt(^ai/rys),
[in
LXX
II
Ki
723 (x-^ij),
Es
51,
Am
and
ance
522, II
Mac
m Mac 2^
(v.
5^. si *;]
(in late
Gk.
MM,
Exp.,
,
II
Th
Jl
28, I
Ti
61*, 11
Ti li"
41.
LXX
623,
Thayer,
etc.,
Jg
18,
211' 31,
al;
11
Mac
of
Mac
535,
^1.;]
renowned,
:
illustrious, notable:
Ac
22*' (i^^^)
(cf.
MM,
Exp., xiv).t
q.v.),
t m-<}>au<TKa> (variant
form
ctti^wo-zco),
[in
LXX
Jb 25*
177
5^*
(on
v.l. -if/avcrei, V.
^Tri-<|>ep&>,
ICC,
fig., c.
dat.,
Bph
[in
to
1.
to
Kpidiv,
Ju
^.
2.
Eo
3^.t
LXX
to call out,
Xe'yovres,
shout:
2321;
c.
ace. rei,
Mac
ib.
Ac 1222.f 419<i<> A (Bx, ^TTK^avW-) * ;] ^m-4>i5aK(a, [in LXX for bbn hi., Jb 1. to let shine. 2. to daivn (cf. MM,Exp., xiv): Lk 23^^; seq. cis, Mt 28i.t Es 925; ^aa, II Ch cmxcipe'u, -w xetp). [in LXX for norn 20^1, al. ;] 1. to put one's hand to. 2. to take in hand, attempt c. inf., Lk 11, Ac 929 1913 f Ge 28i^, al. ;] to pour upon cTTt-xc'w, [in LXX chiefly for ps^
oj-^t. rect.,
,
,
Lk
Lk
1034. t
Tri-xopT)Y^a), -5, [in LXX: Si 2522, ^ j^^c 4^ A*;] to supply, provide : c. ace. rei, 11 Pe 1^ id. c. dat. pers., 11 Co d^^, Ga 3^ pass., Col 219, II Pe 111 (cf_ ^oprjyew, and v. MM, Exp., xiv).t *+ cm-xopTjyia, -as, 17 (<[ cVt^^opr^yeoj) a supply : Eph 41", Phi 119. t ** cm-xpiw, [in Sm. Ez 131'^ 22^* * ;] to spread on, anoint : c. ace, 911 Jo id. seq. eTrt, c. ace, Jo 9" (cf. MM, Exp., xiv).t * eTT-oiKoSofi^w, -w, in NT, always metaph., of the spiritual life regarded as a building (Cremer, 449) 1. to build upon : i Co 3i'' i2 1* pass., Eph 220. 2. to build u,p : Col T, 1 Pe 2^ (T, otVoS- WH, Eec),
**
Ju2o.t
cir-okoiidl^u, [in
LXX
2i'^.t
:
;]
to
name,
to 2i2 32.
51,
call
by a tmme,
(in
surname
pass.,
Eo
[in
cf.
** iTT-oirr^iiu,,
as an overseer;
Sm.
Ps,
6,
Ps
32 (33)"*;]
:
watch
11
Horn.,
735^
11.
c), look
upon
(of
Pe
**
III
'TT<5TrrT)s,
-ov,
1.
[in
LXX
God):
11.
Es
Mac
3^9
Mac
221*;]
an
overseer
116 (of . as applied to God, the use of this term in the mysteries,
s.v.).t
ciros, -cos (-ovs),
etTretv (cL),
(LXX,
MM,
11
v.
Mayor on
7^,
Pe,
I.e.
Thayer,
:
TO,
:
[in
LXX
Za
Si
44-''
*;]
a word
ws
1.
SO to speak
He
79. t
;
I.,
Syn. : Xoyos, reasoned speech ; prjfxa, mere articulated utterance the articulated expression of a thought.
eiToupdi'ios, -ov
LXX
Ps 67
(68)i*
411
(^^),
Da th
423
(N^OBT),
II
Mac
Mac
628 76^ ly
Mae
AE,
113 j^*.j ^^
and
ol i., opp. to c7rtyot KaraxOovLoi, Phi 21'^; to xotVo's, I Co 15^8,49. o-^i^ara (v. Lft., Col., 4I8; Trarpis, 111" 'UpovaaXrjfi, 376), I Co 15*0; ^aatXeia, II Ti 1222; ^x^Jo-is (cf. Lft. on Phi 314), 31 t^l i., S^ 923; opp. to cTTiyetos, Jo 312; id., of the heavenly regions, Eph 13.20 26 310 6i2-
He
He
He
He
71
Scopea
ri
c.,
He
6* (Cremer, 468).
12
178
seven
Mt
12** 18^^
(cf. eySSo/ATjKOVTaxis),
Mk
85, al.
oI
.,
Ac
218.
^TTTdKis, adv.,
LXX
for U^TST^XO
Ps 78 (79)^^
txt.,
V.
WH,
(WH,
;
WH,
16-3.t
RV;
Erastus
2.
1.
and prob.
Ti
420.
The
treasurer of Corinth,
Ro
;
form
7*^
of ipevydu)
i
(Rec,
11.
c.
cf.
Bl., 6, 1;
pi.,
M,
LXX,
ipew- (exc.
Ch
ipn,
etc.;]
Jo
I
c.
ace. rei,
Jo
5^^,
Ro
bVB
8^^^, i
Co
2^",
Re
Pe
l^^.t
SYN.
V.S. i^erd^w.
LXX
for
i
iny
Co
HiZTr,
etc.;]
1.
Ac
4*'
^
183,
I
Co 9^
29, II
II
^^epas,
;
Th
2128,
Lt
4^2, i
I31*,
Jo
4^1
;
S^^
9*^
pay,
Mt
Th
at a trade or business, to trade : seq. eV (Dem.), Mt 25^". 2. Trans., (a) to worfc, work out, do, produce, perform : c. ace, II Co 710, Col 323, II Th 311, Ja 120, II Jo 8, seq. cis, iii Jo * ipyov, Ac 1341 (LXX). id. seq. 19, Mt 26i; iv, 14; Ipya, Jo 321 ; t^i L t. O^oi, ^v Jo 628 94 I ^p^'ov, I Co 1610 ; T. dya^d;/, Ro 2i, Eph 428 (v. AR, Eph.,
(&) to
work
Mk
190)
id.
ace. in
cl.),
seq. Trpo?, Ga 6^'^ kukov, seq. dat. pers. (more freq. dupl. 1133; avo/xtav, Mt 723; Ro I31O; SiKatoavyrjv, Ac 103^,
;
He
dfiapTiav,
Ja
2^
crrjiJ.c'LOV,
Jo
63**
T.
Upd,
it),
Co
18^''
913
;
T.
^dXao-crav
{wofk
the sea,
i.e.
make
:
Re
(6) to
;
work
for, earn
by tvorking (cl.) Jo 62" (of. /car-, Trcpi-, 7rpoo--epyd^o/xai on the force of the aorist of this verb, v. M, Pr., 116).
cpyaaia,
1.
-a?,
17
Cremer, 258;
Hlhir
etc.;]
epyov),
[in
LXX
for
n^N^O
work, business: Ac 16i^'i9 192*25; 86^ i, (Lat. da operam), Lk 2. working, p)erformance : Eph 4i^.t **pYdTT)s, -OV, 6 6pyd^o/xai, q.v.), [in LXX: Wi 17^^ Si 19^ 40^8^ I Mac 3* * ;] 1. -prop., a field labourer, hiisbandman: Mt 93"' 3^ 20^' 2> 8^ Lk 102, Ja 5* (cf. Wi, I.e.). 2. Generally, a workman, labourer Mt 1010, Lk 10", Ac 192" (opp. to Tcx.iVr;?), i Ti 518; of Christian teachers, 11 Co lli3, Phi 32, 11 Ti 2i*. 3. a tvorker, doer : t. dSiKLat,
12'8.
Lk
1327
(cf. I
Mac,
-ov,
l.c.).t
epyof,
TO
,
[very freq. in
,
LXX,
;
n^K^O
also for
niny
bys
etc.
;]
1.
work, task,
employment : Mk 133*, Jo 43* 17*, Ac I32, Phi I22 230, ^ tj^ 513^ al. of an enterprise or undertaking (De IS^o, "Wi 2^2), Ac 538. 2. a deed, action Tit ll^ Ja 125 listing, from Aoyos, Lk 241^, Ro IS^s, n Th 21^, I Jo 318; iy xdyots K. I., Ac 722 of acts of God, Jo 93, Ac 13*1(1'^^), He
:
.
410,
Re
;
152*
153; of Christ, Mt IP; esp. in Jo, e.g. 520.36 73 1038 I411.12 in ethical sense, of human actions (AR, Eph., 190), bad or good,
179
Lk
11*8,
Jo
l^^,
320,21^
ja
; ;
2i4ff-
3^^,
t.
.
Ee
Ja
1*, i
Pe
Ti
Ee
22i2
al.
t^
|.
6fjLov,
Th 1^, 11 Th lH; I TTOvqpd, Col 1^\ II Jo 11 (XKapTra, Eph SH . do-e/Sctas, ve/cpa, He 6^ 91* Ju 15 T. o-zcdrovs, Eo 1312, Eph 511 I ^^^o^^ Ro 320, 28_ Ga 2i 32. s. 10. 3i^"i*; i Co 3. that which is wrought or made, a work t. x'P<^' Ac
Th
217,
I
Tit li,
5i'25^
;
Mt
;
He
Mk
I
14
7*1
of the
works
1420.
[in
of
God,
He
lio
;
y^
k.
rk iv
airrj I, 11
Pe
i
3i**
;
to
I.
T. eeov,
Eo
cpcOi^ai,
II
LXX: Da LXX
llio=25
(ma
hithp.),
:
Mac
15*",
141^ etc;] 1. to stir up, provoke (as in cl.) Col 321. 2. In good sense (cf. ipeOLa-fj.6<i, excitement, in MGr.), to stir up, stimulate
II
Mac
Co
92.t
cpciSo) (chiefly in poets and late prose for ipvyydvw), [in for "^QH (Pr 4* 5^ lli", al.), etc. ;] to prop, fix firmly : act., as mid., cpcio-awa, of a ship driving ashore (EV, struck), Ac 27*i.t
epcuyoftcii, [in
,
LXX
lli^, 3*'8, al. chiefly for iSUf, also for V22 Ps 18 (19)2, etc. ;] 1. to spit or spue out. 2. Prop., of oxen (Horn.), to bellow, roar; whence, as in LXX, to speak aloud, utter: Mt 1335 (LXX) (Yqj. other examples of softened force of words in
;
LXX
Ho
Am
e>r;/xos), [in
LXX
Is 6020,
Ez 35* (mri
ny\n),
ib.
359 (nip5)),
ness
:
Wi
1717, Si 4717,
8*, 11
Ba
4^3, iv
Mt
1533,
^k
Co
112,
Mac He IV^f
-ov,
Iprifios
(in older
Gk.
iprjfio<i),
[in
LXX
al.),
chiefly for
H^ip;]
solitary, lonely, desolate, deserted : (a) of persons, yw-q, Ga (b) 13^ 632, ljj 442 912^ al.; as of places, Mt 14i3.i5 2338 (WH, om.),
42'' (i-^^);
Mk
32,
subst.,
17
Mk
13.*,
Jo
ill
Hdt.,
[in
ii,
the
desert,
Mt
3i'3,
I.,
desert places,
Lk
cpr]p,6a),
-w (<^
:
epr]p.o<;),
LXX
lli^,
DOST
ni., etc.
;]
to
Mt
17
122^,
Lk
;
Ee
1 4piii|iwais, -cws,
{<^ipr)/x6<jy), [in
LXX
Le
263*'
72(73)19,
Da
92^
lisi
:
12ii, al.
nain, Je
22^
al.;]
Ps a making
35,
Lk
212^; ySStAvy/xa
for
[in
iprjfjiwa-euis
(Da,
11.
c,
Mac
:
Mk
13i*"i''.t
(< Ipts),
[in
LXX
rj,
m)D
Sm.
:
etc.
;]
to wrangle, strive
Mt
1219
(LXX,
KKpciCeTai)A
-eia), -as,
Ez 23"*;]
;
history of the word, v. Hort, Ja., 81 ff. 262), ambition, self-seeking, rivalry : Ja
ot f
II
c.,
Ellic.
31*' i"
;
on Ga
Cremer,
Eo
28,
Phi 11^
520.+
6;
WM,
Co
1220,
Ga
LXX
for iJpX
Le 13*^
;]
wool
He
919,
Ee
li*.t
180
(on the declension, v. BL, 8, 3; App., 157), ^, [in LXX: Ps 138 (139)'''o, Si 28^ iO^'^*;] strife, wrangling, conte7ition: Ro l^^ IS^^, i Co 3^, ii Co 122o, Ga S^o, Phi 1^\ i Ti 6*, Tit 30; pi. (v.s. ipieta), Eo 13^3, mg.t mg., i Co 1^\ Ga, I.e., **t ipi^iov, -ov, TO (dim. of >(^os, q.v.), [in To 2^3 * ;] Mt 25^3,
acc,
epiv
WH,
WH,
WH,
LXX
Lk
IS-^o (></,ov,
?pi<t>os,
WH,
[in
txt.).+
-ov,
LXX
chiefly for
nj
;]
a kid
Mt
25^2,
Lk
15^9,
WH,
Ro
an
txt.t
'Epjxds, -a,
'Epfirj^:),
Hermas, a Christian
161*.+
ip\ij]Via, V.S. kpixrjVLa.
ipp.r\veKjT(]<i, -ov,
6 (<^ ipp^rivevw)
[in
LXX
for
yih
hi.,
Ge
42^3 *jj
interpreter
IpfiTjKeu'o),
explain.
2.
to
(WH, mg.).+ Co [in LXX: ii Es 4^ (Da-jl?), Es 10^ Jb interpret Lk 24^7 (WH, mg.), Jo V^^
i
14^8
42i8*;]
97^
1.
to
He
72.+
r)
(<^pfjir]vevw), [in
i Co Hermes;
:
:
LXX
(-eia). Si,
prol.
^*
471^
Da
LXX
:
51*;] interjrretation
12i
(a)
U^^A
the Greek god
:
'EpfiTis, -ov,
acc,
14^2
;
'Ep/x^u, 6,
(6)
(Lat.
Mercurius)
Ac
a Christian
Eo
IQ^'^A
11
'Epfioyenfjs, -ovs, o,
cpiTCToi', -ov,
Hermogenes, a Christian
Ti 1^^+
,
TO (<; Ipiroi, to crawl), [in creeping thing, reptile : Ac 10^2 \\^^ jjq l^^,
^pu0p6s,
-a, -ov, [in
1^X0
;]
3".+
LXX
for
DIN
Is 632
L edkaa-aa
7^^,
for ;)m"Q!
Ex
1019, al.
;]
red
i.
OdXaaaa, the
very freq. for
Bed
Sea,
,
Ac
He
1129.+
epXO)iai, [in
LXX
1.
NH
also for
^bn
ni.,
nHX
Eo
etc.,
34 words
seq.
8ta
dTTo',
in all
;]
to
come
:
(a)
S^,
Ik,
Mt
;
Mk
Lk
;
G^i,
Lk 7^ Jo
al.
;
42^,
eis,
Q^, al.
129, al.
(Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. ev), Eo 1529, i Co 421 Jo 1933, ^1. Kara, c. acc, Lk 1033 Ac 16^; Trapa, c gen., Lk 8*9; c. acc, Mt 1529, Mk 9^*, al. c dat. comm., 25.ie; with adverbs: tto'^cv, incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 21^ Ee Jo 38, al. dvwOiv, Jo 331 ^TTio-^cv, Mk 52^ S^^, Mt 829 i^f,^ Jq iqz with purpose expressed TTov, He 11^ seq. Iws, Lk 4*2 dxpi, Ac 11^ by inf., Mk 5^*, Lk 1^9, al. by fut. ptcp., Mt 27*9; Tva, Jo 129; ^i^ TovTo, ha, Ac 921 8ta, c acc, Jo 129; before verbs of action, epx^rat Kai, 7}X0 KaL, etc. Mk 2^^, Jo 6^\ al. epxov Kal Kt, Jo 1*^ 113* ^xOwv (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 2^ 8^ Mk 72*, Ac 1639, ^1,
;
Ittl,
535 71,
Jo
^v
32, al.
5i7,
Jo ^^\
Mk
11^3,
similarly ipxofJievo^, Lk 152^, al. of coming into public view esp. of the Messiah (6 ipxofxevo^, Mt 113, ^1. v. Cremer, 264), Lk S^^, Jo 425 hence, of Jesus, Mt 1V\ Lk 73*, Jo 5*3, al. of the second coming, Mt 1023, Ac 1^, i Co 4^ i Th 52, al. (b) of time ipxovrai Bl., ^ 56, 8), Lk 2329, He 8(^^^); fut., Mt 91^, riiJLipat (pres. for fut.
; : ;
Mk
220, al.
;
Jo
I
^X^cv, iXyXvOe
r,
wpa,
1632 171
17
Kvpiov,
Th
52;
xaipot,
Ac
Jo 131 and
181
KaraKXva/xo^,
(v.
Lk
1.).
17^^
Xi/u.os,
Ac
t.
Mk
to
421
17
Swete, in
Metaph.,
^
cVtoXt?,
7^^ 7 dyaed,
;
I310;
TTtoTts,
Ga
;
323.25;
t.
Eo
;
Th
t.
Eo 3^
e\ifw<!,
Ee
71''
ts
X^^P"*'.
^k
5^6
ets iretpaa-fiov,
ib.
14"^
al.
2.
go:
;
SirCaw,
c.
Mt
162^,
81-,
Mk
CIS,
8^\
Lk
923; ^^v,
nap-eta--,
crvv-
Jo 21^
686y,
i^-,
Lk
(Cf.
dv-,
eV-av-,
ttTT-,
in-eicr-,
(rvv-Lcr-,
Sl-$-,
Kar-, nap-,
avTi-Trap-,
nept-,
npo-, npoa-,
>xo/xai.)
Syn.
Thayer,
s.v. epxo/xai.).
[in
LXX
(c1.)
Lk 193i 228, Jo 81'^ c. ace. pers., Jo 921 le^^.so 1821; ggq. Xcyw, Mt 1613, Lk 233, Jo 119.21 512 919 165. c. dupl. ace. (WM, 32, c. ace. pers., seq. 4a), Mt 2124, Mk 410, Lk 203, Jo 1623 (M, Pr., 66) 9*5_ Jo 1819. Gk. (Milligan, NTD, 51; not, as 2. In late irepL, Lk Cremer, 716, Thayer, s.v., a "Hebraism"), = aheoj (q.v.), to ask, 14^^. i^, Phl 4^; request: c. ace. pers., Jo 14^^; seq. imperat., Lk Xeyov, Mt 1523, Jo 1221 seq. ?va (M, Pr., 208), Mk 726, Lk 736 1627, Jo 447 1715 1931,38^ I Th 41^ II Jo 5 OTTO)?, Lk 73 1137, Ac 2320 c. inf., Lk 53 837, Jo 440^ Ac 33 lO-'s 2318, I Th 512 c. ace. pers., seq. ntpi, Lk 438, Jo 179-20, I Jo 5I6; inep, II Th 2l2; TOi (WH, txt., om. ra) Trpos flprjVTfv, Lk 1432 (cf. 81-, iTT-epwTOiw).
absol.,
;
.
SVN.
[in
V.S. atTCw.
f)
**(j-6tjs, -^tos,
LXX:
Ac
:
Es
87i.73^
{<ivwp.i, to clothe; hence, ia-Orj^, Lk, 11. c, Elz.), n Mac 83^ lis*;] clothing, raiment: Lk 23ii
[in
244,
**la0Tiais,
LXX:
pi.,
11
Mae
333,
Mac
li*;]
clothing
to
pi.,
Ac
lio.t
ivQ'iu),
and
(poet,
and
LXX
al.
;
chiefly for
ev t.
^DX ;]
(on
Mk
<t>ayely
Co
3i,
II21; gtg^^^ai
<l>ayLv, c.
dat. pers.,
Mk
Lk Lk
5*3, al.
food and
530, al.
c.
opp. to fasting,
:
Mt
62^,
;
llis,
12*5
Mt
Mk
Jo
of revelling,
Mt
24*9
DO^ bSN), Mt
gen. pers.,
al
;
152,
Mk
320, al.
11
Th
3^; ra seq.
I i
11
Eo Th
Co
142,
312
;
al.
5.
Siprov
(Heb
I412
seq. nap6.,
^^ j^dcrxa,
Mt
;
26i7,
Mk
(
T.
KvptaKOv SeiTTvov,
part, gen.),
728;
Jo
626.5o,5i^
to
Co Co
^^ 0v(TLa<;, I
^-^^
lOi^
seq. Ik
cl
1128;
(cf.
Heb. jQ bsx), Mt
Ja
6,
1527,
Mk
metaph.,
devour, consume:
He
1027,
5^,
Ee
I71*
(cf. /car-,
(rvv-ecrdioi)
WH,
Notes, 155),
72, Si
Esli,
an ancestor
i
of
-ov, 6, [in
LXX: Wi
12ii*;] a mirror:
Co
eonr^pa, -as,
17
LXX
chiefly for
n^y ;]
182
(a)
(sc.
evening:
-'/,
Lk
2429,
Ac
west.i
^(nrepik(5s,
-ov
the
more
LXX for
Lk
46^2,
n")y, IV
1238
Ki
16^*,
Ps 140
Lk,
(141)2, al.
Rec.
'Eo-p-), 6
(Heb. lllin
Ge
Nu
2621,
I.e.
;
ch
Lk
25,
al.),
;]
[in
LXX
WH,
408)
Esrom
both forms, ut supr. (cf. ICC, on Mt, (AV), Hezron (RV), an ancestor of Jesus
Mt
13,
333.t
'Ecr/Dcoyu,.
eoxaTos,
-q,
;
-ov,
[in
LXX
:
ehiefly
for
rfinx
]iin8;] last,
of the lowest or least honoured place, gen. part., Ac 1^ 13^"; {b) of time: Mt Lk eo-xarov, 2012.14^ 12.22, opp. to TrpiLros, Mt 208, I Co 15*^ Re 2^^, al. ra t. of the Eternal, 6 Trpwros Ka) Kal T. Trpwra, Mt 12*^ Lk ll^", II Pe 22" jj^ phrases relating to the Messianic age and the 6 ., Re 1^^ 2^ 22^3 consummation of the Kingdom of God iir iaxdrov {-wv) t. rj/jifpwv, He 12, II Pe 33 t. xpo'^^v, i Pe 12" I. wpa, i Jo 2^^ iir i. XP^^^> Ju^s. ly I rip.ipai% Ac 2^'', Ja 53, II Ti 3^; neut., laxaTov, as adv., 935, i Co 4^. 1222, I Co 158 (c) of rank *eCTxaT(iis, adv., extremely, utterly ; i. exetv (= Lat. in extremis esse), only in late writers (cf. iv eVxarots uai, FIJ, Ant., ix, 8, 6), to be 523. at the jJoint of death :
utmost, extreme
liy-i";
T.
(a) of place
c.
Mk
Mk
Mk
Mk
CTu,
Ion.
of cto-w
etc.
;]
1.
c.
motion
freq. in
^i i
{to)
cl.
within, into
el.
Mt
Co
26^^,
Mk
h
|.
145*;
rest,
Mk
15^^.
2,
As
(=
IvSov), after
4^a)),
i
verbs of
5^2;
(opp, to
for
oi
S.vOp<oTro^,
Ro
1.
722, II
Co
4i,
Eph
[in
3i6.t
eaa)0K
(< ecro)),
adv.,
:
LXX
72I' 23,
I.,
n^33,
11".
id. c.
forms
;]
2325,27,28^ II
Mk
;
Lk
11*0;
wi^/im
Mt
7^*
51
to
Lk
gen., ib.39.t
eCTCJTcpos,
-ov
(compar. of
:
eo-w),
.j.^
[in
LXX
6i9.t
Ac
162*;
^^
gg
[in
LXX
chiefly for
JT")
also
a companion, comrade: Mt 11^^ (WH, cTepois) voc, as term of address, my friend : Mt 20^3 22^2 2650.t **+ ^Tp6-YXa)<Taos (Att. -TTos), -ov, [in Aq. Ps 113 (114)\ Is 331^*;] 142^ (aliter of alien speech, of another tongue (v. Cremer, 681) i Co
Si 11^
372'^-,
al.
in
63
LXX).t
*t cTepoSiSao-KaXeu, -w, to teach other or different doctrine Milligan, NTD, 102).t (cf. CGT, in 1.
;
Ti 13
LXX cf.
c.
irepoCvyo^,
11
Le
19^9 (d;'8^3)*;] to be
unequally yoked
metaph.,
dat. pers.,
Co
6i*.t
183
-ov,
[in
LXX
6),
13,
5; 51,
f.); 1. of number, other; the other; (a) of two, Lk 5^ Q^", al. ; opp. to 6 tt/owto?, Mt 2130; 6 cts, Mt 6", Lk 7*1, Ac 23, al. I. /xv the one the I. Se', other: i Co 15*"; the next: Lk 6^ 9^6 (sc. ^/^epa, Xen.), Ac 20^5 27^; 6 irXrjaLov, one's neighbour : Eo 2^ 13^, i Co 6^, al. (b) of more
; . .
. .
Mt
8^^ 11^,
Lk
84,
6 225,
Jo
oifih...
5AAot 8k
2*, I
... I
142i,
Mt
le^*;
Of kind or
Dem.,
al.)
Mk
ff.).
16C12],
Lk
929,
Ac
Co
Qq ^4^ q^
-8t8acr*ca\<o, -^vycw).
Syn.
aAAos, q.v. (v. reff. ut supr., also Eobertson, Gr., Phi S^^.t :
748
In, adv., ^e^, as ye^, still; 1. of time; (a) of the present (adhuc) Mk 535, j Co 3^ 15i7, Ga l^o, al. (b) of the past, mostly c. impf. Mt 12*, Lk 8*9 1520, Jq 20\ Ac 9^, Eo 5^.8, ii Th 2^, He 7i 98, al. (c) of the future Lk ll^ ii Co l^o (d) with a neg. Mt 5^3, Lk 162 203, He 102, Ee 3^2 203, al. 2. Of degree, even, yet, still, further : c. compar., Phi 1^, He 7^^; of what remains, Mk 12, Jo 43^ 733, al; of what is added, Mt 18i 26*, He 1132 1226,27. of continuance apart from the idea of time, Eo 3" 62 9^^^ Qa 5^^ en 8e, Ac
:
22 (LXX)^
He
1136
In
T Ka(,
Lk
1426,
Ac
2128.
chiefly for p3 hi. (Hatch, Essays, (<^ hoLfios), [in 51 fif.) ;] to prepare, make ready ; (a) absol., of hospitable preparation 1415, Lk 9^2 1247 229.12; c. inf., Mt 26i7; Tva, 14^2; (6) c. ace. 14i6, Lk I220 178 228. 13 2356 241, Jo I42. rei Mt 22* 26^\ 3, Phm 22,
cToijAdj^u
:
LXX
Mk
Ee
Mk
Mk
God's ordaining coming events (Dalman, Words, 128) of blessing, Mt 2023 253*, Mk 10*o, Lk 2^\ I Co 29, He lli, Ee 12 of judgment, Mt 25*i of preparation for the Messiah, t. 680^ KvpLov, Mt 33, Mk 13, Lk 1^6 3* d-^) (c) c. ace. pers.
9''
16^2
seq.
ci's,
11
;
Ti 22^
of
Lk V\ Ac
2323,
Ee
Ee
33,
8; ek,
11
Ti
221,
^Toinao-ia, -as,
LXX
wi
Es
(6)
28
Ps
Na
{a)
23(*>,
preparation (LXX e.g. 1. t. KapStas, Ps 938 (1017)) Eph &-\ EV. 2. fo^mdation, firm footing (Ps 88 (89)^*) Eph, I.e. (Hatch, Essays, 55 Exp. Times, ix, 38 but v. also Abbott, Essays, 95). cToinos, -ov, also (in cl. after Thuc.) -r} (11 Co 9^ i Pe 1^), -ov, [in
; ;
:
43ii,
Da th
117,2o,2i_
]'ID3
]i3!p (cf
8,
Hatch, Essays, 51
14^5, 11
ff.)
;]
prepared, ready ;
things
Mt
22*.
Mk
inf.
Co
9^ 1Q^\
Pe
1^
Ipxeade 5ti
TOifi<i
60-TIV
persons:
c.
inf.,
Mt Lk 2223;
c.
(Field, Notes, 67), Lk 14^7; 6 Kaipos, Jo 7^; (b) of 24** 25^\ Lk 12*o, Ac 232i geq. ^^^^ Tit 3^, i Pe 3i;
;
toC,
c.
(WM,
44.
Ac
2315; iv
Ixw
(MM, Exp.,
xiv), c. inf., 11
Co
10.+
184
adv., [in
to be
LXX LXX
;
ii
Es
7^^-,
Da
;
LXX
MM,
:
th
3i*;] readily
:
Pe 4^ Ac 2113,
al.
I
i.
i)^o^,
ready
(Deiss.,
BS, 252
Exp., xiv)
c. inf.,
ji
Co i2Uf
for n:tS^;]
a year
hrj 'xv, Jo 55 8" etvai, yCveadai, irwv, 5^ dat. pi. of space of time, Jo 22", Ac I32** Ti
;
ace. in ans. to
how
long
Mt 920, Mk 52^, Lk 2^6, Ac 7^ He 39, al. preceded by a prep. dTr6, Lk 8*3, Eo 1523; ^Ld, c. gen. (v.s. Sui), Ac 241% Ga 2^; cV, Ac 24i0; cts, Lk 12^9; cTTi, c. ace, Ac IQ^"; /xerd, c. ace, Ga 1^^ S^"^ irpo, c. gen., II Co 122 ^ar Itos, yearly, Lk 2*^
?
;
SVN.
u,
cKtauTos, q.v.
cf.
LS,
S.v. cvtauTo's.
adv. (prop, neuter of old Epic i5s, good, noble), [in LXX, (v yiyyiaOai, ev irouiv (itlj^) ;] well : (.v yiv., Eph 63 (LXX) ^j; Troicrv, C. dat. 14''' (cf. Si 12^' 2), to do good, (where Nestle suggests evTroiciv, q.v.) i! TrpacraeLv, to fare well, Ac 152^; in replies (= evye), good ! well done ! Mt 2521.23^ Lk 1917 (eJye, txt.).t
j
Mk
WH,
;
Eua
(WH,
njn
Ge
:
320),
(in
^
rj
(Heb.
113,
pi.,
rp-
qis f
;
cuayyeXiJu),
[in
;
LXX
of
for
"lizySl
hith.
for
general
Ki
31, al.
and
esp. of Messianic blessings. Is 40^ 60^, al. ;] to glad tidings ; 1. act. (only in late writers) c. ace. pers., Ee 30'''; seq. irt, c. ace. pers., Ee 14^; pass., of things, to be proclaimea as glad tidings: Lk 16^^, Ga l^^, i Pe 12^; impers., i Pe 4" of persons, to Jmve glad tidings proclaimed to one: Mt 11^, Lk 722, He 42>6. 2. Depon. mid. (cl.), to proclaim glad tidings, in NT esp. of the Christian
;
message
4i8(LXX)^
of salvation:
absol.,
Lk
9,
Eo
c.
152",
al.
c.
dat. pers.,
Lk
ace. pers. (not el.), Lk 3^^, 19, I Pe 1^2; c. ace. rei, dpr^vrjy, Ac 103, Eo IQi^d-xx); Ac 1610, T. /Saa-iXetav t. Oeo^, Lk 8^ c. dat. pers., Lk li^ 4*3, Eph 2^7 3^; avroi T. 'It^o-ow, Ac 835 1718. Q (Jupl. ace, Ac 1332; c. ace. pers. et inf., Ac
V-^,
al.
;
Eo Ga
in
same sense
;
1415
T. Kiafia<; (TroXeis),
Ac
to,
Trpo-cvayyeXt^oyuai).
cuayyAioj',
1822' 25*;]
II
-ov,
[in
LXX
for
nnitZT^
HTJ;?
II
Ki
410
in q\ ^ ^^^ ^ reward for good tidings (Horn.; pi., LXX, in pi., ev. Oveiv, to make a thank-offering for good tidings (Xen., al.). 2. Later (Luc, Plut., al.), good tidings, good news
1
Ki
410)
(b)
in
al.
NT
;
of the
good tidings
:
of the
Mk
Mt
li^,
of salvation
22, i
;
Th
t.
2*,
gen, obj.,
.
t. ySao-tXetas,
423
^ Xpia-Tov,
Eo
15i^, al.
KvpCov
TjfxMv 'ItjctoC, II
I
Th
1^
T. vlov T. $01),
Eo
;
1^
T.
15i, 3^5^^ ^ Xpta-Tov, II Co 4* of the author, t. Beov, Eo 2i, ii al. of the teacher, r)piC>v, Eo Co 43, i Th l^ ii Ti 28; of the taught, T. TrepiTOfXT]^, T. d/cpoySucTTias, Ga 2*^; rj dXr)6(ia tov cu., Ga 2^'!'*, 127 (y, Cremer, 31 ff.; and Col 1*; ^ cAttis (7rto-Ti9) TOV cv., Col 123,
Ti
;
111
^^
p^
on the
M,
Th., 143
(a)
f.).
*+ euayyeXianis,
an evangelist;
in
NT, a preacher
of
185
Ac
21^,
Eph
4^^, ii
Ti 4*
(b) later,
a writer of a gospel
hith.,
:
55
(56)13, al.,
".
Si 44i<'
-ov,
to be
well-pleasing
:
:
t.
11*'
c. dat.,
He
;
**t 6u-dpeoTos,
ceptable
:
LXX
Wi
Eo
4}^
IS^^.t 9^* * ;]
11
Ro
122;
dat. pers.,
12^
U^\
Co
5^,
Eph
Phi
418
ivuiTnov,
He
* u-apeaTws, adv., acceptably : r. OiS, He 1228.t Eu^ouXos, -ov, 6., Eubulus, a Christian 11 Ti 421.+ eu-yc, adv., in replies, well ! good ! tuell done ! : Lk
:
19^''
(WH for
Rec.
ev, q.v.).t
cfiyci^s, -es
{<A
:
ycvos), [in
LXX:
-eo-rcpos,
Jb
13 (biia), II
:
IV
Mac
2.
6* 913.23,27 103,15*;] 1,
^(^ell
12<5.
7ioble-minded
compar.,
:
Ac
IT^^.t
Mt
LXX
,
tu-8oK^&, -w (on the derivation, v. Bl., 28, 6), [in nSN yBU etc.;] 1. c. inf. (Polyb., al.),
,
LXX
to
chiefly
be well
pleased, to think it good, to give consent (so freq. in tt, in legal documents Milligan, Th., 22 f.) Lk 1232, Ro 152*5. 27, i Co I21, Ga l^*, Col l^^,
;
:
E, mg. {ICC, in
et inf. (Polyb.,
1.,
i,
but
v. infr.),
Th
2^ 31
txt.
^SAAov
(Lft., in
v., 11
1.).
Co
2.
5^
c.
ace.
8, 4),
Col,
I.e.,
E,
.
to be
well
pleased or take pleasure with or in a person or thing; (a) c. dat. i Mac 1*3, i Es 439) Th 2^2 (&) as freq. in LXX, (a) (Polyb., al.
;
;
c.
ace.
31'
Mt
175,
I
12i8,
He
111,
10'
(i-xx)
(^) geq. ly
(cf.
Mt
Mk
and
Lk
322
v.
M,
Pr.,
134
:
f.
DCG,
li^
i,
i,
308 b),
Co
105, II
v.
Co
1219,
He
1038 (lxx).
f.
;
(g) seq.
eh
f.
;
a-w-v8oKiD,
Cremer, 213
Field, Notes, 48
u Pe DCG,
(Cf.
355*.) +
+ u8oKia, -as,
17
cv8oKw,
q.v.), [in
LXX
1"
Ps
in Si; in Inscr. (I.G., 5960), LXX, and pleasure, good-will, satisfaction, approval : Eph 15.9, Phi 115 213; c. gen. obj., 11 Th
avOpwiroLs v8oKLa, Eec, E, mg., 21* txt. (v. -as, Lk, I.e., E, txt.,
;
NT =
tiSoKrja-i^
112<5,
(Diod.);] good
IO21,
Mt
Lk
Eo
IQi,
WH,
eicpyeaia, -as, ^
WH,
Milligan, in 1.); cV mg. (v. Field, Notes, 48 f.), Lk ICC, in 1. ; App., in l.).t
(v.
WH,
cvpyeV>/s), [in
LXX
Ps 77
(78)ii
(nb^by),
Wi
1611,24^ II Mac 613 926, IV Mac 8i^*;] a good deed, kindness, benefit: I Ti 62; c. gen. pers. (ei. -n-oXem, Plat., leg., 805b), Ac 4^.+
eiepyexe'w, -w
al.
;]
cicpyerr^s)
:
[in
LXX:
1038.t
8i3,
Ps 12
(13) (^DS),
Wi
S^,
to
**ipY^TTis, -ov,
319
LXX:
Lk
Ac Es
Wi
19i*, 11
Mac
42, iii v.
Mac
624*;] ^ 248).+
benefactor:
222*
[in
(for
contemp. usage,
Deiss.,
LAE,
eo-ecTos, -ov
Tt^i;yLii),
LXX:
Ps 31
(32) (XYD),
Da th
186
He
Words, 119
f.).t
cOe^ws, adv.
11^2^ al.
;]
-co,
ivev<i),
[in
LXX
and
Jb
:
5^
(dSTD),
Wi
5^2, i
Mac
Ga
Dalman, Words, 28
evBv'i, q.v.).
Ee
4^,
freq. in
*t
eoOuSpofi^o),
of ships, to
(Philo)
Ac
1611 21i.t
-i {<ieWvfi.o^), [in Sm.: Ps 31 (32)ii, Pr IS^^*;] 1. trans., to make cheerful (..Esch.). 2. Intrans. (Eur., Plut. ; so mid. in Xen., Plat.), to he of good cheer: Ac 27-2.25, Ja S^^.t 11 Mac ll^"*;] 1. kind (Horn.). 2. of **u-9u^os, -ov, [in good cheer (^sch., al.) Ac 272^.t
**i9o^i^w,
LXX:
:
*o0ufjL&>s,
ciOu.'a)
I
adv., cheerfully
[in
Ac
24i'^.t
i^^v?),
:
LXX: Nu
2223,
;]
Jq 24^3
(ni^j hi.),
3*.
Jg
14^,
2.
Ki
1820.26 (-ny,)_
Pr 202^
123
Si 22.6, al.
1.
to direct: Ja
to
make
Tpifioi,
fig.,
straight
euflo's,
Jo
(LXX,
erot/Aa(TaTe).t
-cia,
-V,
[in
LXX
:
chiefly for
e,'?
1^;]
1.
straight,
direct:
Mt
33,
Mk
Pe
adv.,
13,
Lk
3* (L^x);
Lk
3^
2.
Ac
ISi**, II
21^; as pr.
[in
name
(more
of a street,
Kup^ia,
Ac
821 (cf.
Ac 9". Ps T" 31
cv^ews)
d. 680s, In moral
;
(32)ii, al.).t
LXX
Ac
IQie
freq.
than
chiefly
for
Mt
(41)
Lk 6, Jo
cuOuTT)?,
times in Mk.t
chiefly for
LXX
^
n^
-|iur''P
He
l^<^^^).t
ii^<^
(=
cl.,
Eutuerford, NPhr., 205; MM, Exp., xiv), 63i c. inf., Mk seq. opportunity : 1 Co I612
;
v o-;(oX^? X"*'
/la-ye
to
leisure
to,
Ac
172i.t
r]
euKatpia, -as,
s.v.)
| tvKaipo-;),
Mt
261''
:
.
[in
LXX
i jj^f_^
Ps
922
(101)
:
Mac
opport2inity
l]^ 22^.
11
LXX
Ps 103
(104)27 (ny),
Mac
1429 1520,
:
21^
Mac
621
411
^Qj.
5** *
;]
Mk
He
1411
timely, seasonable, suitable (Cremer, 740) rj/Jiepa, MGr. ; v. Exp., xiv) ; fioydeLa,
MM,
4i6.t
**uKatpws, adv., [in LXX: Si 1822*;] seasonably, in season: opp. to Slk- (Kiihner3, iv, 346 d), 11 Ti 42.t **t eJ-KOTTos, -ov, [in LXX: Si 22l^ i Mac 3i8*;] with easy labour, 2^, Lk 523; q ace. et easy: compar., -utrepov ian, c. inf., Mt 9^, Mt 192*, Mk 1025, Lk 161^ 182^ (Polyb. ; the adv. -m occurs in inf., Aristoph., Fr., 615).t
.
Mk
Mk
187
281*,
ciAayST^s), [in
LXX
Jo 222*
(n^iil),
Pr
Wi
17^*;]
1.
(Diod., Plut.,
al.),
2. In later Gk. caution, discretion (Soph., Plat., al.). also reverence, godly fear : He 5^ 12^8.+
<i>6fto^ (cf.
Syn.:
SciXia (q.v.),
Cremer, 387
f.,
759;
LXX
;
Pr
2428 (395),
al,
Na
;]
all
<f>ojSr]eL^,
WH,
:
RV).
2.
He
117
(cf.
[in
LXX
Mi
V AB2
1.
(Tpn)
v. yrou2v,
15^1 (1T3 hi.), Si ll''' N^ * ;] 1. cautious, circumspect. gtVaios Kai cv., Lk 22^.t religious, reverent : Ac 2^ 8^ 22^^
j
Le
2.
devout,
of,
cuXoy^u,
-to),
[in
LXX
8^\
chiefly for
al.)
:
^la
pi.;]
to
speak well
praise
T,
(cl.
LXX De
;
t.
^eoV,
Lk V^
3"; absol., to give praise, Mt 14^9 2626 (y, 1422 (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 243o, i Co 14i.
(a) to bless,
c.
Swete on 2. As in
LXX
al.)
:
(=
"^13 pi.)
24*',
Nu
232,
He
Lk
Lk
Eo 12^^
(= ^n^;
V. Lft., Notes,
310;
DCG,
i,
13^5 19^8 (lxx)^ Jo 12^3; 8^, Lk 9^\ i Co (b) with God as subject (Ps 443, to bless, prosper, bestow blessings on: c. ace. pers., Ac 32", Ga
Mt
Mk
ll^.^o,
Mk
10i
39,
Eph
txt.,
E,
13 (Lft., Notes, 311), He 6^^ (v\oyr)fjiiyo^, Lk 128 (WH, txt., omit) ib.*2; iiXoyqp.ivoL T. Trarpos (cf. Is 619), Mt 253*; pagg^
v.s. alviw,
Ac
Syn.
(a) of
(Lft.,
al.)
:
and
cf.
DCG,
i,
189, 211
Cremer, 766.
"JJTIll;]
;
LXX
Eu
chiefly for
220, i
blessed;
men (Ge
Lk
18,
122 A,
f.),
De
7^*,
Jg I72 B,
Ki
15i3)
(b) of
God
13
Notes, 310
Eo
LXX
1.), 11
(Ge
92,
Ex
17^^ Ps 17 (18)*,
Co
13 113i,
Eph
v,
13, i
Pe
absol.,
6 v\oyrjT6'i
453),
Mk
U^^
(Cremer, 769).t
eoXoyia,
-as,
[in
LXX
[a)
chiefly for
n^^S ;]
1.
fair speaking,
fiaitering speech : xp^o-^oXoyias koI cu., in late Inscr. ; LS, s.v.) and Christ,
Eo Ee
16^^.
God
(as
LXX
and
NT
blessing, benediction
{b)
I
Co
Ja 3";
He 6^
Pe
39
Co
95. ,
*t eu-|ieTd-8oTos, -ov (<; ev, fx.TaSiSwfXL), ready to impart : assoc. with KotvwvtKos (for the distinction bet. the two, v. Field, Notes, 213 GOT, in 6i8.t 1.), I Ti Eui'iKt] (Eec. -veiKt]), -tjs, Eunice, Timothy's mother: ii Ti l^.t
;
i-voiut,
LXX
Mt
2*3,
III
woos, friendly), [in LXX: Es 8^3 Bx^ Da Mac 7" * ;] to be favourable, kindly disposed c. dat.,
-w
:
52^+
188
(<;ciVoos), [in
LXX
Es
2^^,
al.
;]
goodwill:
castrate:
Eph
pass.,
6^ (of slaves;
Mt
Exp., xiv).t *+eu'ooxtt (<;movxos), to make a eunuch 19^*; metaph., ci. kavrov, ib.+
cf,
MM,
of,
cucouxos, -ov, o
(i.e.
6 ry]v
iiv-qv
(bed)
x*^'')
\}^
LXX
for D^"1D
(perhaps not of necessity an actual eunuch; DB, s.v.), Ge 39\ al., 3^*, Si 20* 30^" ;] an emasculated man, a eunuch : Mt 19^2 one such holding, as was common, high office, as of chamberlain, at court, Ac 8^''' ^*' ^^' 3^' 39 metaph., of one naturally incapacitated for or voluntarily abstaining from wedlock, Mt 19^^ f EuoSi'a (Rec. -wSta), -as, r], Euodia (not as AV, Euodias), a Christian woman Phi 4^.+
Wi
eo-oSoo),
-w
68os), [in
'Pq^^'a.,
LXX
to
;
chiefly for
n^S
hi.
;]
to help
; 2,
on
1'",
fonesway (Soph.,
al.).
metaph.
(Hdt., al.), to prosper, he prospered, he successful: 1 Co 162 (on the tense, v. M, Pr., 54 ICG, in l.).t
Jo
Ro
9*),
*+ cu-irdp-cSpos, -ov {<C^v, TrapcSpos, sitting near; cf. stantly attendant or waiting on : t. Kvpim, i Co 7^* (Rec. ** eO-irci0i7s, c's c^, Trit6ofiat), [in IV Mac 12"
Wi
con-
e{i7rpoo--).+
LXX
AR *
;]
ready
to obey,
compliant
Ja
3^'^.t
*cu-iT-pi-o-TaTos,
He
and sense
-ov (<C^ TripdaTrjjjLi), of sins, readily besetting: of the word, v. Westc, in l.).t
iroieoi,
tv
to
do good (whence
v. Nestle, in
ev-rroua, q.V.)
evTToi^aai,
Mk
2.
14"
(also Is 4123
B,
al.;
Exp.
*tco-Troiia (Rec. -da), -as, r]', 1. beneficence, benefit (FIJ, Ant., ii, 11, 2, al.).t
cu-irope'w,
hi.), ib. 28 (v.l.),
eu-TT-opia,
doing good:
He
13^".
Zmn
-w (<| cwTropos, %uell provided for), [in Wi IQi"*;] to prosper, be well off:
rj
LXX: Le
252*5' *9
-as,
(< VTropo<:),
2.
rj
[in
LXX
:
for b^n, IV
in Aq.) *
;]
1. facility.
plenty, wealth
Ac
192^.t
cu-TrpeTreia,
-as,
{<^VTrp7rrj<;,
comely), [in
etc.;]
goodly appearance, comeliness : Ja l^^.t *t 6u-7rp6a-8eKTos, -ov (<^ tv, 7rpoo-8exo/i.at), more usual than ScKTOs,
q.V.,
accejHable:
Ro
15i6'3i,
n Co
62 312,
Pe 2\f
:
*t cu-irpoa-eSpos, -ov, Rec. for evirdpeSpo^, q.v. I Co T'^.t **t u-Trpoao>iTe(i>, -w (<[ tvTrpdo-wTros, /air 0/ face), [in Al.
(141)^,
IT.; v.l.
make a
fair show
V. Deiss.,
96), Ga 6i2.t t Eup-aKuXwi' (Rec. evpoK\v8(Dv, q.V.), -wvos (<^ Ewpos, the
LAE,
East
tcind,
(i.e.
and Ija^i. Aquilo ; Vg., Euroaguilo), the Euraquilo, a N.E. wind between Eurus and Aquilo) Ac 27^*.
:
eupiCTKw, [in
LXX
chiefly for
NSa
also for
;]
to find,
with or without previous search: absol., opp. to ^jjtc'w, Mt 7"'^, Lk IP' 10 c. ace, Mt 2^, Mk l^^, Ac I322, n Ti l^^, al. pass., o{>x i., of disappearance, He 11^, Re 162", al. yrj k. ra Iv airfi ipya evpeO-jaerai (for conjectures as to the meaning of this reading, v. Mayor, ICC, in 1.),
; ;
;
189
Pe
3^**,
WH,
E, mg.
;
Metaph.,
to find,
Lk 19*8, Ac 421 atrtW, Jo 18^8, Ac 13-^^ al.; pass., Mt V^ Lk I718, Eo 710, I Co 4^ Ga 2^^, i Pe V, Ee 5*, al. of attaining to the knowledge of God, d. ^edv, Ac 17^' pass., Eo lO'^o (LXX). Mid., to find
discover:
;
for oneself, gain, procure, obtain : c. ace. rei, Aurpwcrtv, He 9^^ act. in same sense (so cl. poets, but not in Attic prose), Mt 10^'-' ll^^, Lk l^*^, Ac 7*, II Ti 118, al. (cf. dv-vpt(TKw). t upo-KXuSa>f (G, evpvKX-), -wvos, 6 (<^ Evpos (v.l. <;^ evpv^, broad), k\v8wv), Euroclydon (prob. a sailor's corruption of Ev/aaKv'Awv, q.v.) Ac 171s Eec.t
j
x'^P^)' \y^
LX.X
;]
for
am
ni.,
and
:
al.),
exc.
11
Ch
18^ (pil
spacious, broad
Mt
Pr
7i3.t
0-ae'Peia, -a?,
eio-c/Si?'?,
q.v.), [in
LXX
i
Pr
123,
1^,
Is 33^ (nST),
10^2, Si 493,
(njT
T\i<T),
Es
^i
and very
others).
II
Mac
;]
piety towards
TO T^s
and
*> ^^,
;
StSaaKoXia, I Ti 63 pi. (v. Bl., 32, 17 aX-^Oeta rj Kar ev., Tit 1^ iJ.6p<j>(^(ris vo-ey3ct'as, II Ti 3^ 6; Mayor on Ja 2^), 11 Pe S^^ (on the use of ei. and cognates in Past. Epp., V. CGT, on i Ti 22; cf. also Cremer, 524).
13.
. 7 ;"
Pe
v. fJLvarrjpiov, I
;
Ti B^^
r)
Kar
cv.
iv
Mac
nE
11^'
8.
23
132 *
;]
to reverence, shotv
cis,
where more
freq. seq.
ttcoi,
Trpos)
oTkov, i
(Cremer, 525).t
c6(rpris, -s
^v,
ae(3op.m), [in
LXX
Pr
Mi
72
(Tpn), Is 328
(a-^-i:),
and
freq. in Si
and iv Mac
pious, godly,
devout
(v. Tr.,
Syn., xlviii;
DB,
ii,
221
f.;
[in
LXX:
+
iv
Mac V^*;]
a
sign), [in
piously, religiously:
-ov
{<^ev
(TTJua,
LXX
(cf.
for
I.e.).
n53,
2.
Ps
LXX
"Ov
2i)*;]
:
1.
i
conspicuous
14^.t
q.v.),
Ps,
clear
Co
Pr Ma^ {Camb. Mamial LXX, iii, 825) ;] 1. in Hippocr., as medical term (LS, s.v.). 2. Metaph. (cf. uo-7rAayx''a, Eurip., Bhes., 192), in NT, tenderhearted, compassionate : Eph 432, j pg 38 f
(cv,
a-n-Xdyxyov,
[in
euorxr]fio'us,
adv.
14*0; TTcpiTraTcIv,
Eo
13^3,
Th
i
V(rxvH-<^v),
decorously,
becomingly
Co
4l2.t
6uo-x>?/Awv), [in
LXX:
LXX:
ev.
to.
IV
Mac
62*;] seemliness,
1.
-ov
(ev,
(rxvM-o),
al.)
[in
:
Pr 112^*;]
to.
elegant,
rjixw (opp. to
aa-x-
W')i
190
I
Co
in
MM,
Exp.,
[in
xiv),
Co
7^^.
Mk
i,T6yiJs,
adv.
?,
LXX
vigorously, vehemently : Lk 23^**, Ac IS^^.t * UTpaire\ia, -as, 17 (<[ ev, Tpirru)), 1. versatility, wit, facetiousness 2. = /3w/AoAoyta, coarse jesting, ribaldry (Hippocr., Plat., al.). (Abbott, Essays, 93) Eph 5*.t Syn. : fjLUipoXoyia, V. Tr., Syn., xxxiv. Ac 20^.t EuTuxos, -ov, 6 (cw, Tvxv), Eutychus, a young man
:
** ei<^r]iiia,
u<|>r])ios,
-a<;,
i5<^7/xos),
[in
Sm.
:
Ps 41
(63)"
(42)5
46 (47)2 99
opp. to
Sva(j>r]uia, 11
Co 6^t
primarily, titter;] ing words or sotcnds of good omen, hence, 1. avoiding ill-omened 2. fair -sounding, auspicious words, religiously silent. (R, mg., 4^.t gracious) Phi *eu-(})ope<o, -w, to be fruitful : Lk 12i.t
[in
:
:
Sm.
Ps 62
chiefly for natz? qal, pi. ;] to cheer, gladden : eoijjpatcw, [in Pass., to be hajypy, rejoice, ace. pers., opp. to kvwdv, 11 Co 22. make merry: Lk 15^2, Ac 22(Lxx)^ Rq Ib^H^^^), Ga 427 (Lxx)^ Rq ll^o
,
LXX
c.
12^2
J
geq.
tV,
Ac
420
;
7*^;
cf.
eVt,
c.
dat..
Re
182"; of
;
Ki
24, 29
Eu<t>pdTT)s, -ov, 6,
cu<tpo(70kT],
-Tjs,
Re
{<^ev4>p<jiv,
:
nnpi??
;]
rejoicing, gladness
-w,
Ac
LXX
chiefly
for
**
ixapi<rri<^,
III
[in
LXX:
Jth 825
;
^j
132, 11
Mac V^
10^
12^^ R,
writers
:
and
Ro 121, 9) 8" 1423, Lk 2217,19, Jo 611.23, 2627, 17i, Ac 2735 2815, j^ 146 164^ i Co Lk
;
7^"*;] to be thankful, give thanks (chiefly in late Inscr. ; cf. Milligan, Th., 5 Ellic. on Col 1^2 Lf^^ Notes, of giving thanks before meat, Mt 15^6 I Co 1417, I Th 5^8
i
Mac
Mk
Co
112";
c.
dat. pers.,
t.
Oew,
'I.
;
XpLo-Tov,
Co
11*,
Th
I2, 11 Th 13 5tl, Ro 1^, 11 Th 2^3 seq. Trept, i^rc, c. dat. 1^; iirip, i Co 103o, Eph l^* 520 5rt, Lk 18^, Jo ll*i, i Co 213, Re 1117 pass. (Deiss., BS, 122 f.), 11 Co l^^.t
; ;
;
Ro i Th
;
18 725,
U^, Phi 1^, Col 13. 12, Phm * R, WH, mg.. Col 3^^; iv ovo/xan Xp.,
Syn.:
v.s. atve'w;
1628, Si Es 8^3, Vp^^-^os), [in **c<3xapi(rria, -as, ^ 227*;] 1. thankfulness, gratitude (Polyb. Es, Si, 11 Mac, 3711, II
Mac
Ac M,
and
cf.
Cremer, 903
f.
LXX:
Wi
11.
c.)
243.
2.
f.)
Inscr.
I
Th., 41
giving of thanks, thanksgiving (so in tt. and i Co 141", 11 Co 4^5, Eph 5*, Phi 4, Col 27 42,
:
Th
;
39, I
pi., II
Ti 43.4,
Re
49 712;
c. dat. pers., 11
Co 9^
(cf. t. ^coC,
Wi,
I.e.)
Co
912, I
Ti 2^
(Cremer, 904).t
xap'^Co/Acit)'
[^"^
uxipio-Tos,
1.
-ov
{<i(.v,
LXX
(Pr,
for ]n,
I.e.).
Pr 11^**;]
2. grateful,
v;^apts,
:
thankful
gracious,
agreeable
191
LXX
;]
1.
a prayer
Ja
518.
2.
a vow
:
Ac
IS^s 2123.t
chiefly for "113 also for injr hi., etc. ;] <o 13^; c. dat. pars., t. dew, Ac 26^9; seq. irpo? t.
,
Sriv^.
V.8. ScT^o-is.
euxofxai,
[in
LXX
Co
pray
c.
ace.
rei, 11
;
^eoV, II
qixofjLTjv
Co
iii
1.,
Jo
2;
seq.
i-n-ep,
Ja 5i;
9^
Lft.,
FhilemP), Eo
(Cremer, 718).
eJ-xptjoTos, -ov {el,
xpaof 0 [in
LXX
Pr
;
31^3 (^^n),
seq.
eis,
Wi
13^3 *
;]
II
2'^^
id.
c. dat.
rei,
Phm
*t
2i9.t
cu|/ux^oj, -o)
(<<
evif/vxps,
Phi
cuwSi'a,
-a9,
17
(<^
evu)8ri<;,
[in
LXX
for
nwi
freq.
cvwStas) ; Si 20^ 24^^, al. ;] fragrance : 2^* ; ocTfir] evwStas (a metaphor of sacrifice, XpicTTov cv., II Co 52, Phi 418.+ in Pent, and Ez.),
821,
3,1.
Ge
(oo-/x^
metaph.,
most
Eph
EiwSia, -as,
rj.
Phi
42,
LXX
Ki
good
;
name
or omen.
2.
Euphemistic
:
ciwvvVwi',
on
<;ie left
Mt
Ac
for apia-Tepo?, left : Ac 21^, Re IO2 2021-23 2533.41 2738, lO^o 152'.t
i(
Mk
^4)(iXXo,jiai, [in
LXX
for
n^y
;]
to
leap
upon
seq.
cTTt, c.
ace. pers.
IQi^.t
:
Eo
61",
He
'E<^e<Tlyos,
'E(|>^(7ios,
-rj,
-a,
"E(|>o-os,
-ov,
Ephesian Ee 2i, Eec. (ev "E^eVw, WH, EV).t -ov, Ephesian : Ac 182' 1928, 34, 35 2i29;f rj, Ephesus, a city in Asia Minor Ac 18i^' 2i 2*. 27
-ov,
:
:
191,17,26 (on the gen., v. M, Pr., 73) 20i'i7, I Ti 13, II Ti 118 412, Ee in 2i.t
Co
1532 16^,
Eph
li,
*
triver
c^-cupcTii]s,
:
-OV,
{<d
etpevpLCTKU),
to
Mac
<j>-T)/iepia,
{<Ci<f)r]fipo<;),
[in
LXX
chiefly for
mpi?7p,
2.
ripbno;]
1.
services
(Ne
temple
2.
(i
Ch
23',
Lk
*
:
l^-^ (cf.
t^T^/icptos, priest).f
rjfxepa),
i<^-r\fipos,
the
day
Ja
-ov 2i*.t
{iiri,
1.
lasting for
a day.
daily, for
C({>l8,
V.S. CTTCtSoi'.
LXX:
Co
Si
432".
30e
,
(^^j^.
etc.
ABn)*;]
1.
to
10i3;
[in
LXX
for
]r3
set
;]
causal
in
up,
etc. (-^sch.,
Hdt.,
192
2. Intrans. in mid. and in pf and 2 aor. act. (a) to stand upon ; (b) to be set over ; (c) to stand by, be present, be at hand, come lO^o 20i, Ac 6^2 12" 22i3.2o 23^^ ii Ti 42; c. dat. on or u2)on: Lk 2^ 24*, Ac 4^ 23ii pers., Lk c. dat. loc, Ac 17'^; seq. eVi, c. ace, Ac 282 qI gyjig impending, c. dat. pers., i Th 5^ lO^'^ 11^^ of rain, Ac seq. cTTi (Wi 6), Lk 2p4; of time, ii Ti 4 (cf. kclt-, (Tvv-e<l>i(TTr]fii).f
Arist., al).
2*"''^
i^vihios, V.S.
'E<|)paifA
{-ifjL,
aicjivi'Stos.
Tr,),
Jo 11^*.+
i,
DCG,
522),
ephphatha, be opened:
Mk
7^*.t
LXX
yesterday
f.).t
;]
Jo
Ac 1^, He
ex^pa, -as,
2312,
^x^po<;), [in
nsjOT
etc.
enmity
Lk
Eo
87,
Ga
1.
520,
Eph
2i5, is,
exOpos, -a,
-<^v
(<^
^x^o<s,
hatred), [in
LXX
also
112^.
foriy,
2.
(cl.),
etc.;]
opp. to
Ro
Actively, hating, hostile : Ro 5^**, i Co 152^, n Th 3^^ c. gen. pers. Ja 4^; T. SiavoM, Col 1^^; i. avOpoiTro's, Mt 132^; as subst., 6 c., an enemy, i Co 152 the devil, Mt IS^^, Lk lO^^; c. gen. pers., Mt 22"*, 12^6, Lk 20, Ac 2^5, i Co 152^, He l^^ 1013(lxx). Mt 5*3.44 iqz^
;
Mk
Ro
1220,
Ga
4i,
Re
**lxiSm,
xu, [in
-77s,
^,
ycwi^fjiwra ixiSvwv,
Mt
OT
te
CT
etc.,
59 words in
all;]
(on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, y. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), various senses and constructions. I. Trans.; 1, to have, hold, hold fast, etc. (a) to hold, as, in the hand Re 5^ 14,
to have, as in cl., in
;
:
al.
iv T.
<f>opw,
xP') to bear,
Re
wear
1^^
:
A,
I,
6; Bl.,
e.
g 74, 2),
Mk
IO2, al. ; (b) of arms and clothing, ^e'pw, Mt %^ 22^2^ q\ qq ixe(\. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., 11^3, Jo 18i. Re 91^, al.; (c) of a woman,
13^7^ Eo 91"; {d) to hold be ivith child: 16^ (cf. fast, keep: Lk 192"; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Jb 21, Is 138; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo I421, j^q 128^ 103^ (lxx)^ ja 14^ i Jq I Ti 3, II Ti 113, Re G^, al. {e) to involve : ; 41s Lat. habere (Bl., 34, 5 ; 73, 5), to hold, consider : c. ace. (/) et predic. ptcp., Lk 14^8; c. ace, seq. ws, Mt 14*; cts (Hebraism),
eV yaa-Tpl
(kolttjv e.), to
Mk
Mk
He
Mt 21; on
general,
of 812
c.
(Bl.,
:
70, 2),
I922,
wealth
;
lO^^, i Co II22, al. or poverty, absol., I^ftv (neg. ovk, ^rj), Mt 13^2 252^, 11 Co
ace. rei
Mt
have, possess;
(a) in
Jo
;
Ik t. I^civ, according to
:
association, etc.
Trartpa,
of relationship,
i
Co
72
<f)iXov,
Lk
(c)
Mt
;
93
c.
fitKrj,
Ro
193
fxvelav
ayaTTrjv,
Jo 13^^
yvwcrti', I
i,
Co
;
8^
{e)
TreiroLOrjcnv, II
etc.
(Thayer,
s.v.,
2,
f.,
g.)
7^7; vofiov,
if)
Phi
;
l^o
,,pl^a, I
Ti 5^2;
ll^S;
(cl.)
gen. pers.,
24^^, al.
Mt
5^3,
Mk
Ee
2*'
2*^;
c.
acc. seq.
:
Ac
14^ (sc. Trot^o-ai), Lk 12*, Mt 1825, to he able (Field, J^oies, 14) 41*, al; (/3) of necessity (BL, 69, 4): Lk 12^0, Ac 23i7-i9 281^. Ac II. Intrans. (BL, 53, 1), to he in a certain condition crot/xws e., c. 523 inf., Ac 2113, II Co 12^4; co-xaTw? (q.v.), ^^^^^^ to jg m^ Mt 424^ IB^^^J; KOfxif/oTcpov, Jo 4^2 al. ; KttAais, ^^^^ ^q 1536. impers., aWws
:
Mk
{g)
c. inf., (a)
Mk
j
Mk
eXt, *^ *s
otherwise,
Ti 52^
242^.
to
:
ovtws,
Ac
7^, al.
to
vw
ptcp.,
ix'^fievo';,
ixo/xivri (17/ixcpa,
gen., t. i)(6fjiva <T(OTr]pia<;, He 6^ (Kendall, l^s near, next : of place, of time, expressed or understood), Lk 13^3, Ac 20^^ 212^
Mk
(ra(3/3dTw,
Ac
13**.
(xtt-,
cus,
relative
particle
(cf.
(Lat.
donee,
flf.).
usque),
I.
:
expressing
;
the
till,
terminus ad
until
(b)
;
quem
Burton,
:
321
c.
(a) of
indie.
al.)
em
f.
; ;
Mt
2i3 51^,
Mk
6i, al.;
(M. Pr.,
168
al.
Lft.,
c.
I
Notes, 115),
indie,
413.
Mk
II.
Lk
12^9,
n Th
<2J,
(c)
pres.
2.
2122,23^
Ti
(Burton, 328; BL, 65, 10): Mk 6*^, Jo C. indie, as long as, while (Burton, 327): Jo
9* (Plat.,
1.
As an adverb
c. al.
;
99)
I
T. ^<xipa<;,
Mt
;
eSpas,
Mt
233)
27*^, al.
.
riXov^,
^^-^ ^^^ (pjeld, Notes, 49 f.), Lk 23^ t. eXdw, Ac 8*** ; before names and events, Mt 1^'^ 2^5, Lk 11^1, Ja 5'^, al. (6) seq. ov, 6tov, with the force of a conje. (Burton, 330 M, Pr., 91) ; (a) I. oC (Hdt., ii, 143 ; Plut., al.) c. br., o^ 1333, al. indie, Mt 125 c. subjc. aor., Mt I422, al. . oTov. c. subjc., Lk 138; c. indie, Mt 52^ {until), Jo 9^8; (c) c. (p) adv. {L 6ipi, Thuc, iii, 108) ^pn, Mt 11^2, Jo 2io, i Co 4^3, al. ttoVc 9^9, Jo IO2*, al. 2. Of place, as far as, (M, Pr., 107), Mt 17l^ even to, unto (Arist., al.); (a) as prep. c. gen. (v. supr.) Mt 1123, Lk 1015, al.; {h) c. adv. (BL, 40, 6): Sivio, Jo 2^; Icro,, 14^*; Kdruy, 1538; <!iS, Lk 23^; (c) e. prep.: i$w, Ac 21^; ,rp6s, Lk Mt 2751, 2450 (Field, Notes, 83). Mt I821, 3. Of quantity, measure, etc.
18, II
Co
Co
113
T.
vw,
Mt
;
2421,
Mk
1319
(I
Mac
(WH
Mk
Mk
:
Mk
Mk
623,
Lk
2251, ai^
Z,
l,
JriTa,
TO,
<r',
v.
Ge
78.
302^),
Zehulun, Jacob's
tenth son
Mt
4i3. i5,
Ee
13
194
cf.
Ne
7^*, i
Es 2^
LXX
ZaKxov),
indecl. (Heb.
of
Jesus
Mt
l^.t
(cf.
];a<})0avi
Heb.
;
^:i15!3?),
zapUhanei
Mt
;
27^
(WH,
mg., for
Eec. crejSaxOavci, q.v. "probably an attempt to reproduce the Heb. as disting from Aram, forms," WH, Notes, 21 cf. also Dalman, Words, 53 f.).t
Zaxapias,
-ov,
:
(Heb. HJIST
l^. 12, 13,
ITIST)
1.
Zacharias, father of
2.
Lk
67 32^
Ch
24^^^')
LXX
Co
121
;
inf.,
t,7]v,
for Tl)
;]
1-
usually of
7,
animal
2012,
life,
Arist.,
Eth. N,
12)
2'5
;
Ac
t^
S 8e
-5N
Eo
71-3,
739,
Cw
vvv
Xpto-rd?,
Phi
airQ lwfi.ev, Ac Sia 7ravT09 toC C^v (M, Pr., 215, 249),
I920, al.
;
Ee
iv
1728;
if,ol
He
^oi iv a-apKL,
Ga
2^*'
;
^^ eV
ifioX
X^tards,
Ga
22*^
;
(6)
^wv, of
;
God
(""n
1^,
Ho 2^ (l^"), Is He 312, Ee
I
live,
37*, al.
72, al.
;
;
v.
DCG,
ii,
39*),
in juristic phrase,
Eo 14^ t,^v in aprw, Mt 4^ al. 'k, I Co 914 of coming to life, Mk 16[ii], Eo G^o 14^, 11 Co 13* opp. to veKp6<i, Ee 118 28 metaph., Lk 15^2 ^~^ ^^ viKpwv, Eo 6^^ of the spiritual life of Christians, Lk 10-8, Jq 5.35^ j^q ^17 qu ^[^ ^ alwva, Jo 6"' 58; cTvy XptarQ, I Th 510; opofxa Xts on ^^s, Ee 31. 2. As sometimes in cl., =/3ida), to live, pass one's life: Lk 2^^, Ac 26^, Eo 7^ Col 220; ,v 7ri'o-T, Ga 22"; iv t. d/xap7i'a, Eo 62; eio-c/Sw?, 11 Ti 312; do-.oTws, Lk 1513 c. dat. (cl.), iavrCi (Field, Notes, 164), Eo 14^, 11 Co 515; T. ee^, Lk 2038, Ro 610' 11, Ga 21" t. Xpto-raJ, 11 Co 51^; t. StKoioo-vvT;, I Pe 22* TTvcv/iaTi, Ga 525 Kara crdpKa, Eo 812> l^. 3. Of
1421, ^1.), as
;
Nu
v8u>p ^wv (i.e. springing water, as opp. to in a spiritual sense, Jo 410.11 7^8 (DCG, ii, 39 f.): ikirU still water), IO20 (cf. dva-, o-w-^d<u; Cremer, 270, 721). iCicra, I Pe 13; 680s ^wcra, Notes, 148).t l^ivvM^i., for <7y8-, I Th 519 T (v.
:
He
WH,
LXX:
Za^Seid,
II
Es
88 1020;
Za^aSatas,
510,
Es
9^^
Za/3Satos, ib. 21), Zebedee, father of James and 421 I02 2020 267 27^\ 11^.20 317 iqss^ lJj
Mk
Le 621 'i*'; in Al. **fUcTT6s, -V, -oV (Coj), [in Aq. 3i5'i''.t hot (Strab., al.) metaph., Ee ^euyos, -cos (-ous), to {<^ ^evyn;/jii, to yoke), [in
:
ib.
712*;] boiling
chiefly for
LXX
2.
ip^
Jg
193, al.
;]
1.
a yoke
of beasts
Lk
141^.
a pair of any-
thing,
Lk
224 (LXX),t
195
t,VKTr)piov,
TO
t,vy6v,
As subst,, (a) -a -ov (<| ^evyvvfXL), fit for joining. ^cvyXr], the CTOSSd yoke ; (6) ^eVKTqpia, -a?, rj
(found nowhere else).t Zeus, gen., Aids, dat., Ad, ace, Ata (Ai'av, D, al.), Zeus (Lat. Jupiter): Ac 14^2, i3_f for nn, nm, metaph., iv Mac IS^";] to boil, be U<a, [in hot; metaph., of anger, love, zeal: -ptc]^., fervent : t. Trvevfian, Ac
Ac
27***
LXX
1825,
Eo
i2ii.t
*iT)Xu(i>, late
of ^rjXow, q.v.
1.
to
envy, be jealous.
9^,
2. to be zealous
Ee
3^^.t
S^Xos, -ov,
6,
,
and
to'
(ii
Co
Phi
3"), [in
LXX
3<5;
for nxj/?
Nu
Jo
:
2511, al.;]
zeal
ii
Co
Phi
in
c.
gen.
obj.,
2^7 (lxx)^
Rq
i
Oeov, II
l).
2.
Co
112; TTvpds,
He
102"
(cf.
Co
7^;
c.
gen. subj.,
5^8,
and
520
cf.
Westc,
txt,
jealousy
Eo
13i3,
Ja
Co Co Ac 5^7 13 pi.,
;
122o,
Ga
(WH,
EV),
Ga
520,
WH,
mg.t
-w, [in
j^TjXo'w,
pi.
;]
c.
ace. rei,
II2,
Co
12^i
141.39
(cf.
Si 5018,
ace. pers.,
[in
11
Co
Ga
4i7;
pass.,
Ga
4i8.t
jTiXwTiis, -oC, o
^T/A-dco),
(^tos C),
Ex
20^ 34i*,
ii
De
42
;
424 5 615;
Slip.,
an emulator, zealous admirer (Plat., al.). 2. eagerly desirous, zealous; (a) absol., as in OT, U, c. {b) c. gen. obj. (zealous to acquire or to defend),
Tov
^. $ivs,
IV
Na Mac
12 (^eds); pi,
Es
Mac
1312
(cf.
Nu
25ii) *
1.
in
cl.
Co
Pe
31^
t. vo/xoi; (11
Ga
Lk
Ac 22^
:
of the
Mac, I.e.), Ac 2120 ,rapaSdo-a>v, In FIJ, NT, a Zealot, member as surname of the Apostle Simon,
;
3.
Ac
li3.t
-as,
17,
JtifjfAia,
[in
LXX for
WZV
ni.
loss:
Ac
27iO'2i,
Phi
-w {<^^r)fxta), [in chiefly for V72V,] to damage. i^T|fii6tD, Pass., to suffer loss, forfeit, lose: absol., i Co 3i5; seq. eV, 11 Co 7*; S^e c. ace. rei (v. Bl., 34, 6), t. i/^vx^/v, Mt 162^, Jaurdv, Lk 925
LXX
Mk
T. iraVTa,
Phi
3^.+
from
;
ZrjvdSwpos),
pi.,
Zenas
Tit
B^'^.f
LXX
7^'
,
;
also for
oni,
etc.
;]
1.
to
seek, seek
al.
;
for
Mt
Ac
911
1", Lk 2, Jo 62*, ace. pers., c. ace. rei, Mt 13*5, Lk I910 seq. eV, Lk 13'
e.
;
'
Lk 11^ 10
Mk
ij/vxriv,
(Ex
2.
41^, al.),
Mt
220,
Eo
ll^d-xx).
Metaph.,
by thinking, search
after,
to
Lk Mt
1228,
Jq
]^gi9
0^^^^
Ac
172'^.
12*6,
Mk
1212,
ySao-iXetav t. ^oS,
t.
f.)
edvarov,
;
Ee
9^
t.
121
Ta
ava,,
Col 31
196
flprjyrii',
Pe
S^^i-^^).
122,
II
3.
to require,
.
demand
c.
ace. rei,
;
Mk
Co
ni.),
8^^,
Lk
3637
11'^^
Co
Co
133
geq. ^apd,
[in
Mk
:
8i\
al.
Iva, i
42 (cf.
ava-, fK-,
fTTi-,
truv-^T/Ttw).
-Tos,
iTJTT)fia,
A*
*
;]
aw inquiry,
-ews,
:
Ac
1.
LXX
Ez
l^TiTTjais,
r}
(< ^rjTw).
152.
7^
a seeking, search.
;
2.
Ac
Ti 223, Yit 3
seq.
irepC,
*li'(,dyioy, -ov,
to (in
Talmud
wheat:
yyil),
zizanium (EV,
a kind
s.v.
of
darnel, resembling
Zfxu'pm,
-r?s, rj,
Mt
1325-27,29,30,36,38,40
DB,
Ee
3,
9; Mayser,
204).t
ZopopcipeX
(FIJ,
Zopof3d/3r]Xo<:,
:
-ov),
6,
indecl.
(Heb.
bs^lj),
ZertiUabel
(i
Ch
^^\
al.)
Mt
I12. ^^,
Lk
327.t
(akin to yvo>os, q.v.), [in Sm. : Ex IO22, Jb 283, pg 10(11)2 90(91)6, ig 599*.] in Hom. the gloom of the under-world; hence, darkness, deep gloom (poet, and late prose writers) He 12^^, iiPe2*.i7, Ju^.is.t
**to<l>os, -ov, 6
:
luy6s (in
bif
,
cl.
more
l.
so,
LXX for
Ee
6^
(of.
niSJiin, etc.;]
:
a yoke; metaph.,
of
bondage or submission to
2.
authority
Mt
1129.
Ac
15io,
Ga
5^, i
Ti 6\
a balance
Is 4012, al.).t
l^u'iiT],
-7;s,
^, [in
LXX
Le
for ]^!0n
Ex
-ISBT,
T.
137,
2ii,
De
16**;] leaven:
Mt
1333,
Dq 163 l^ 1321.
:
i;u^6a),
-S
Ho
Lk I321, i Co 5^, Ga 5^.+ ^wos, alive, + aypevw), [in LXX chiefly for iTH hi. I<ayp4b), -w to catch alive, take captive: metaph., Lk 51"; pass., 11 Ti 22" (on the meaning and construction, v. Ellic, CGT, in 1.).+
7**;] to leaven
:
Metaph., of a moral influence or tendency, always, Leaven (Mt 1333, ljj 1321)^ fo^ evil i Co Mt 16"' n, Mk 81^, Lk 121 (Cremer, 723).+ ^aptaaCwv, Ex 123^.39, Le e^do) 23i7, t,vfxri), [in LXX for
^^
Mt
1333,
;]
^wT), -^9,
17
(Caw), [in
LXX
;]
life (in
Horn., Hdt.,
)8tos, q.v.
qud vivimus, as
1.
;
distinct
from
vita
quam vivimus ;
Co
15i,
opp. to
Ba.varo'i);
of natural life:
Lk
;
^ibs, 1625, Ac
833, I
Trvc^a ^oi^?, Ee lin i^vxh i<^v? I Ti 48, He 73, Ja 41* (Ge 130), lie 163; of the life of one risen from the dead, Eo 510, He 716. 2. Of the life of the kingdom of God, the present life of grace and the Westc, JEpp. life of glory which is to follow (Dalman, Words, 156 ff. 651.53, Eo 710 86.10, Phi 2i, Col 3*, Jo Jo., 214 ff.; Cremer, 272 ff.) 436 1250 173^ II Pe 13; alihyLos (reff. supr.; DCG, i, 538^ ii, 30 f.), Jo Jo 812 6 Adyos t. ^., I Jo 11 6 apros t. ^,, I Jo 12, al. T. <f)Q)<; rrjs 635. *8; giKtttWis 4<"^5, Eo 5I8; /xtTctvoia eis C-, Ac 111^; iv auToi ^. ^v, Jo
;
:
197
Jo 1*; Cv iv. X. 'I., II Ti 11 ra Trpos ^ui-qv, II Pe l^, al. (TTCi^avos TVS C, Ja V^ Ee 210; x^pts ^^5 (gen. expl.), i Pe 3^; ^. Kal lpr]vr], Eo 8; ^ Ktti d<t>dap(rLa, II Ti l^o di/ao-rao-ts ^w^s, Jo 529 ^[^Xos ^w^s, Phi 43,
;
Ee
has
t. irvevfia,
one
who
gives
life,
which Jo 11^^
14, I
Jo
12
r)
ivToXrj,
Jo
1260.
Stn.
(5nfj,
v.s. /3ios.
-lys,
17
{Cwwy/xi),
1^,
[in
LXX
for tSJXlK
;
nnijn
etc.
;]
belt,
girdle
Mt
3*,
Mk
Ac 2V^, Ee
l^^ 15^
as a receptacle for
money,
Mt
109,
Mk
68.t
chiefly for nan ;] ^0 gftrd ; c. ace. ^dvyufii and ^(ovvvw, [in Mid., to gird oneself : Ac 12^ (cf. dva-, 8ia-, Trept-, un-opers., Jo 2118.
^a)i'vv//,t).t
LXX
j^uoyoi'eu,
Jg
819,
Ki
1.
-w (<; ^wo's, a^ive, ycVco-^ai), [in 26 279. 11, III Ki 21 (20)31, jy xi 7* (rrn
cl.,
LXX Ex
:
pi., hi.),
life.
Le
11*^
(njn)*;]
in
to engender,
produce
alive,
endue with
;
2.
:
In
LXX
1733,
and NT,
Ac
719,
Cremer, 274) to preserve alive (DCG, ii, 606^ Ti 613 (EV, quickeneth; E, mg., preserveth).f
(u)ov, V.
Lk
for
iwoK (Eec.
LS,
S.V.), -ou,
LXX
a living creature,
an animal: Ee 4-9 5ff- 6i^- 7" 143 157 194. ^^^^ ^, ^-^^^ He 13"; 5\oya C', II Pe 212, Ju lo.t Sfn, 6-qpiov, in which the brutal, bestial element is emphasized, and which is never used of sacrificial animals. On the other hand, is the more comprehensive, as expressing the vital element common to the whole animal creation (v. Tr., Syn., Ixxxi; Cremer, 274). 21i*, iv Ki 5^ Ne 9, ^0)0-1701^0), w, [in LXX for n^n pi., hi., Jg Jb 36, Ps 7020, Ec 713(12)*;] 1. in cl. (= ^woyovtw), to produce alive. 2. In LXX and NT, to make alive, cause to live, quicken {DCG, ii,
:
t,.
Jo
521 6^3,
Eo
41^
SH,
Co
15*^, 11
Co
3,
Ga
321.
Co
1522. 36,
Pe
Bis.t
H
H,
,;'
tj,
r?,
TJTa,
TO,
seventh
letter.
As a numeral,
= 8000. disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., 36, 12; 77, 11); VI, 6^^, Lk 22*, Mt 5i^ 1. disjunctive, or ; (a) between single words 619, Eo 121, al. ; (b) before a sentence expressing a variation, denial Jo or refutation of a previous statement, freq. in interrog. form Mt 7*' 9, 121*, Lk 13*, Eo 329 63 921, i Co 69. i 9^, 11 Co 11^ ; ^ v, either 16i3, i Co 14 (c) in a disjunctive question (as or, Mt 62*, Lk
=
8
; :
Mk
.
Mk
. .
Lat.
fi-^,
an
I
after
utrum)
p.-f,TL,
Mt
9^,
Mk
29,
.
Lk
. .
7i9, al.
Co
98;
II
Co 1"; ^
^,
Mk
i
parative, than : after comparatives, Mt al.; after hepov, Ac 17^1; OeXw (KiihnerS, iv, 303),
IQi^,
Lk
9i3,
Jo
3i9,
Eo
I311,
Co
14i9;
V" i
198
Mk
Robertson, Gr.,
:
661),
;
Mt
li^O; after a positive adj. (Ge 49^^; 9.45,47. 3. with other IS^. ,
Mk
particles
71",
dX\'
^, v.s.
Lk
r\
1111.12,
{ixriv),
Ro
v.s.
. . .
yap
17
Kai,
or even, or also,
Mt
i Ro
6i (cf.
Wi
to
lli^).
V.S.
et, iii,
i^yeiiok'cuw
.
(<^
to
2.
lead in war,
.).
command (cf Ramsay, IFas Christ horn at Bethlehem ? ; 2'-^ 31. c. gen. loc, Lk 3. to be governor of a province
^ye^io.ia,
-as,
r/yc/xciv),
[in
LXX
Ge
36^0 {^^bii),
Nu
1*
2^^
(^3*;?),
Si 7* IQi, IV
-6vo%, 6
Mac
Lk
31.+
1.
r\yf.\i.uiv,
{rj-yioixai),
LXX
for pjll^K
112^,
etc.;]
Mk
2. a commarider. 3. a governor of a province (proMt IQi^, consul, propraetor, legate, or procurator; but cf. avOvTraros) 139, Lk 2112, I Pe 21^^; of the Procurator of Judaea, Mt
leader, guide.
'.
272,11,14,15,21,27 281*,
Lk
2020,
Ac
,
232*.
26, 33
:
241.10 2630.
4.
For Heb.
iB^S (LXX,
xtA-tai)
misread "^B^X
leaders
[in
Mt
''''.t
riyeoikai.,
-ov/xai,
depon. mid.,
1.
LXX
He
etc.;]
to
pres. ptcp.,
Lk
222,
Ac
2.
:
to suppose,
believe, consider, think (Hdt., Soph., al. ; cf. Lat. 10^9 II11.26, Ac 262, Phi 23.6 37^ I Ti 112 61,
duco)
c.
dupl. ace,
He
;
c. ace., 11
Th
31^
c.
ace. seq.
2i3 39;
1^
c.
SiKaiov, dvayKOLov, c. inf., II Co 9^, Phi 225 Phi 3^ (cf. 81-, iK-Si-, c^-, Trpo-rjyeofJiaL).^
Pe
Syn.
v.s. hoKw.
Pr 32* (my), etc. ;] gladly, ^Sc'ws, adv. ri8vs, sweet), [in 620 123", jj Qq lliS; superlat., rjhioTa, very gladly with pleasure :
:
LXX
Mk
;
adv.,
of time;
Lk
7^,
Jo
436, al.
^.,
Mt
rf.
3io,
Mk
437,
irore,
now
at
length,
e. fut.,
Ro
ri
rjSoixat, to
be glad), [in
LXX Nu
:
ll^ (nyjo),
;
Pr
81*,
171,
Wi
*
:
72 1620,
and
-ov
freq. in iv
Mac
;]
pleasure
11
Pe
2i
pi.,
Lk
Tit 33,
viint
524
I
Ja4i.3.+
{<C'r]8vs,
oa-fxr]),
iqSu-oCTfios,
sweet-smelUng ; as subst., to
Si, prol.27
^.,
Mt
2323,
Lk
1142,t
**^eos, -eos
LXX:
20^6
<25),
ly
Mac
129 27.21
pi.,
132V*
.J
^ haunt, abode.
2.
=
pf.
l6o<;,
custom,
manner:
Co
I533.+
^Kcj, [in
LXX
;
83 (late pf., impf. = plpf.), to have come, he -present : Mt 24*0, V. Swete, in 1. App., 169), Lk 12*6 x52' Jo 8*2, He 10^' 9- 3^,
;]
Mk
rjKa,
i
WH,
Jo
199
ll^*
Re
Jo
:
aeq. irrS, c. gen. loc, Mt 8^\ 4*^; /xaKpoOtv, 8^; eVi, c. ace,
.
Lk
Re
1329
3*.
cV,
Eo
Mk
6^"^
of time
and events
^^^1,
-^Xi',
c ace. pers.,
Mt
L, ^A/; Heb.
^b^C),
Eli,
my God: Mt
RV,
'HXi),
6,
indecl., Heli,
Joseph's father:
cf.
Lk
323.t
'HXci'as
(Eec. 'HAtas;
WH,
App.,
Lk
WH),
11^* 16^* 173,4,10-12 27*^*9^ (ill Ki 17, al.) G^' 828 94,5,11-13 19, 30, 33, 4^ 1538' 36, Lk 1^7 425.26 98, Jo 121,25^ ja 517; ly 'H., in the
Mt
Mk
portion concerning E., Ro 11^.+ iqXiKia, -as, rj (<[^Xt^, of the Same age, mature), [in
LXX:
of
Ez
I318 (npip),
Jb
2918,
Wi
Mac;] always
age or maturity; "a stage of growth whether measured by age or stature"; 1. (a) age: Mt 627, Lk 12^5 (R, mg.), He ll^i; (b) full age, maturity: Jo 921.23, Eph 4". 2. stature: Lk 193 (Mt B^^, Lk 1225, AV, R, txt. but the prevailing usage in and tt. favours the former meaning in these doubtful passages cf., Ellic, ICC, AR, on Eph, I.e.; Milligan, NTD, 74 f., and esp., MM, Exp., xv; e contra.
;
LXX
;
*^XiKos,
interrog.,
-77,
what
prop., as big as, as old as. 2. As indirect sized, what, how great, how small (the sense to be the context) Col 2^, Ja 35, Ga 6^^ (WH, mg. 7n;X-,
-ov,
1.
:
6,
[in
LXX
sun
with
art. (Bl.,
132 4 132" 162, Lk 4*0, Ac 220(i-xx) 5*5 13*3 172 2429, 111, Re li 612 812 92 IQi 12i 168 1917 2123 ; ^A^eiv 2613, Ja 7i without art., Mt Tov ^., Ac 1311 ; ovSe /XT) Trea-r) tV avrous o rj., Re 15*i, Re 72 I612 225.t 13, Lk 2125 23*5, Ac 2720, I'Co
46,
5),
Mt
Mk
Eph
426,
^Xos, -ov,
i^ficis,
r\\i.ipa,
6,
[in
LXX:
[in
Is 41^
(npOO),
etc.;]
a nail: Jo
2025.t
V.S. cyw.
-as,
17,
chiefly (very freq.) for DV;] day; 1. as gen. ^^lepas, by day (WM, 30, 11), Re 2125 distinct from night ^. k. ^^>as vvKTos (v. K. ^.), Ac 92*, I Th 29, II Th 38, Re 48 (BL, 36, 13) at mid-day, Ac 26i3; ace. durat., t. ^/xepas, Lk 213^; oXrjv ttjv
:
LXX
_;
fiea-rj^,
fj.,
Ro Lk 2"
1312, I
836
;
^v rifxepa,
Jo
fj.
ytWroi,
5*.
5> 8,
Lk
Pe
Ro
;
1313
^^ipa<; 6Sos,
912, al.
;
^XiVci,
Lk
Th
II
Of a
civil
Mt
Wr^
al.
;
63*,
Mk
Es
Twv
621,
Lk
Co Ae
1314^
al;
rpCrr}
f/.l
^.,
Mt
Lk
day
I621;
^/xpa
k.
^.
(cf.
D'I\
rj.
3*), II
4i; 5\r]v r.
Ro
83 IO21; pi.,
131*' 1^
:
Jo
71
212,
Ac
7}.,
91^,
a^vfioiv,
123
t. a-a^fiarov,
KvpiaKT}
r.
Re
li**.
3.
last
rj
rj.
{iKeLvrj,
Kvpiov,
200
etc.),
Pe S^", al; on that day, by meton., as compared with the avOfiuyTTivrj, of a human tribunal, I Co 4^ (EV, man's judgment). 1). M, Pr., 81), of time 4. As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl, 46, 9 in general Jo 8^^ 1420^ Qq Q-i^ ^ph Qn, Pe 318 pi.^ Ac 157, gph
Ro
13i^
Co
l^,
Th
52, ii
Th 2\
11
divine judgment
516,
He
10^-
7r5a-as ras
rj.
(cf.
U^pTl bs
Qi^,
De
4*, al.
220,
i
MM,
;
Exp., xv),
rj.,
2820; iKevaovrai ^. Srav (Sre), Mt gen. pers. (Ge 26i, al.), Mt 2\ Lk 1^,
Mt
Mk
Lk
Pe
5^' 17^2; ai
320
C.
Ac 7*^
dpxv
r]fjipwv,
He
(to
73.
%eTpos,
246 26^
vfj..,
T)
-a,
II
-ov
(ly/Acts),
our
3^*.t
Ac
2^^
Ro
fi-r]v,
15*,
Rec,
WH,
rj.
TO
^.,
Lk
16^2,
WH,
:
txt.,
R, mg.
-f).,
V.S.
*n f^^iiQaur^s,
half-dead
:
-s
{<wh
half
Oi^rjaKoj),
LXX
cl.,
IV
Mac
BL,
4ii*;]
Lk
for
-eos;
8,
4;
Mayser, 294),
n. pi., rj/iiaLa
(Rec, cl,
-cia), [in
LXX
for
^sq, n^sqo;]
half; 1. as adj., agreeing in gender and number with the substantive 2. As neut. subst., to y/XLO-v, following, Ttt ri/JLiO-ia T. v-n-ap)^6vTWV, Lk 19^. gen., ^. Kaipov, Re 12^*; Iw? rjfxLorov^ the half; rj. (anarth.), a half: c. 623 after a cardinal number, r)fipa<; Tpeis k. rjixurv, T. /SacriXetas /aou, lit Re 119'
Mk
*t
i^|jiiwpo'
(Rec.
-lov),
-ov,
TO
(i7/ti,
half
hour: Re
^k-iKa, rel.
when;
whensoever: iiCoS^^'^^.t
Tjircp, V.S.
-ov,
mild, gentle:
6,
Th
(WH,
R, mg.,
vi^ttio?);
seq.
indecl.
Lk
[in
LXX: Es
A*;]
quiet, tranquil
(Luc,
al.)
Ti 22.t
Syn.
^avxi-os, q.v.
'Hpa)8T)s
(Rec.
-w8r]s), -ov, 6,
Herod;
1.
Herod
14^)
:
the Great:
Mt
2,
Ac
815,
2335.
'
2.
Herod Antipas
9^
(6 Terpadpxv^,
Mt
3.
Mt
14i.
3.
Mk
Lk
15 31, 19 83 97,
1331 23,
Ac
427 131.
Herod Agrippa I: Ac
121.
6, 11, 19, 21
'HpwSiavoi (Eec 'Hpw-), -wv, ot, Herodians, partisans of Herod Mt 22i, (cf. Tovs Ttt 'UpwSov ^povovvra^, FIJ, Ant., xiv, 15, 10) 3 12i3.t
:
Mk
'HpwSids (Rec 'Hpw-), -aSos, 17, Herodias, granddaughter of the Great Mt 143.6, Mk 6i7'i9'22, Lk 3i9.t 'HpwSiuK (Eec 'Hpo)-), -wvos, 6, Herodion : Ro 16ii.t
:
Herod
201
33 41* 81- 1217 131*' 35 157, 7, Lk 3* 41^, Jo 123 1238, 39, 4i^ Ac S^s 927. 29 1016. 20 1512 2825, Ro iytyCvui<TKv T. Trpocf>y]Tr]v 'H., Ac 830 jV t.
.
Mk
H.,
Mk
P.t
o,
'Haau,
indecl.
(Heb.
it^rjr,
Ge
2525),
Esau: Eo
9^3 (Lxx)^
He
1120 i2i.t
TJco-dofiai, V.8. rjTTau).
ri(T(T<av
neut., TO
17.,
:
(Rec. i]TT-, the Attic literary form), ^a-a-ov, inferior, less adverbially, Zess ; 11 Co 12^^ ; ts to ^., /or </ie worse (opp.
I
to KpuTTov)
Co
;
ll^^.t
T^auxtiioj, [in
LXX
(b)
(a) to rest
from
:
labour
143,
Lk
23*^
to
Th
4}^
(c) to
be silent
Lk
(-<
LXX
:
for pXTVl
l^ffif
etc.
;]
1.
quietness
ii
Th
312.
2.
stillness, silence
Ac
:
222,
xi
2ii i2.t
(= the more
Wi
I81*, Si 25^0),
[in
LXX
Ti
22, i
Pe
3*.t
rj.,
Syn.
within
T]Toi,
^pc)u,os,
of tranquillity arising
i
from without;
from
(v. Ellic.
on
Ti,
I.e.
but also
:
v.
CGT,
ib.).t
Ro
Gi'^.t
i^TTdw, -w
Co
:
pass.,
1.
to
be inferior
c.
absol, iiPe220;
tr^TTtifia,
LXX
2.
for
nnn
etc.
;]
to
be overcome
-Tos,
[in
I.e.),
LXX
i
for
DO,
(cf.
Is 31^ '8)*;]
defect,
f.,
loss,
f.
Co
6^
171
f|x^w, -w
LXX
for
HDn
etc.
;]
to
sound
Co
13i
?ian
etc.
;]
1.
noise,
:
and MGr., -cos, to, Lk 212^), [in LXX for sound : Ac 22 rj. ^aXao-o-T/s, Lk 212^ o-aATrtyyos,
;
He
121^.
2.
a report
seq. nepl,
Lk
437.t
e,
and
^,
0^
Otjra,
to,
indecl.,
letter.
As a
numeral,
^=
9,
=
6
9000.
eoSSoios,
-ov,
(Aram.
ij{"l|1
""in),
Thaddaus
Mt
:
103,
Mk
31^
(WH,
1123,
[in
LXX
II12,
chiefly for
1,
d;; ;]
the sea
;
Mt
23i5,
Mk
6.
Lk
2125,
Eo
927,
He
;
Ja
Ju
17
i3,
Ee
k.
71, al.
(
t6 Trc'Aayos t^s
(v. Tr.,
ut infr.),
Mt
IS**
6 ovpavo? k.
y^
.,
of the
whole world,
202
Ac
(Hg
2^)
6.
iaXiv-q,
Re
4 IS^
d.,
10.32
17U.
of the
(as
Eed
Heb.
;
Sea, Ipvdpa
DJ), 6. r.
Ac
73, i
He
an inland lake
T.
VaXiXata^,
6^
;
Mt
4^8 1529,
Mk
1" 7";
rj
TiySepiaSos,
Jo 21^
T.
r.
T. T.,
Jo
of the
same, simply
6.,
Mt
416,
Mk
213, al.
SrN. : TTcXayos, "the vast expanse of open water"; 6., "the sea as contrasted with the land " (Tr., Syn., xiii). for pD etc. ;] to heat, warm ; metaph., (a) to 6aXir(i>, [in
LXX
inflame (Trag.)
Eph
,
52^, i
(Heb.
[in
IJpin
Ge
38),
Th 2\f Tamar Mt
:
l^.t
1.
(^aya/?os),
LXX
for
for
nra
ni.,
pi.,
etc.;]
:
to
be
12^
amazed.
2.
In late Gk.,
c.
Ki
22*)
pass.,
Mk
dat
rei,
Mk
102*.t
LXX
in
etc.
;]
amazement
Lk
4^^ 5^,
Ac
S^o.t
^oti'ttTos),
Jb
3323, IV
Mac
deadly
Mk
IGi^^lt
LXX: Nu
:
1822
38.t
,
(j^:;;;;^)^
Ja
ri'D
TID
sometimes
forn^l;] death;
violent:
II
e.,
1.
of the
227,
Jo 11", Phi
He
S^o,
Ro
838,
p^i
lao. of
Ro
Phi
He
Mt
2^;
2638,
Co
110,
He
Lk
57
Mk
143*
Phi
14*
28,
Re
22',
210;
ivXr^y^
Oai'drov,
a deadly wound.
Oavdrov,
ddvarov,
He
1526,
11*;
yvea-6ai
Mk
fied,
Oavdro) reXfVTav
(Ex
21*;
211^, rup-^
pi., of 7i,
Re
Ro
69, I
Co
:
Re
spiritual death
Jo
114
52" 8*1,
Ro
;
deadly Ja li*,
f.).
Co
Of
;
Jo
of
eternal death,
Ro
6 6. 6 SevVcpos,
i,
Re
Cremer,
,
283
to
ff.
DB,
iii,
DCG,
791
LXX
chiefly for
TOD
hi., ho.,
etc.
11
;]
put to death: c. ace, Mt IO21 26*9 Metaph. 69, I Pe 318; pass., Ro 83". to), Ro 7^t
edTTTw, 1412,
[in
271,
:
Mk
;
I312 14".
Lk
21i6,
Co
Ro 8i3
;]
LXX
Ac
chiefly for
pass.,
inp
to
bury
229. i
c.
ace,
15*.t
:
Mt
82I' 22
Lk
9*9. 60^
5'9'i<;
6,
Lk
I622,
Ac
Co
Pr I21, -w (later form of Bapa-ew), [in 13ii 17"*;] to be cheer or courage, to IV Mac Da of good be confident: 11 Co 5''8, He 13"; t. TrcTrot^r^o-et, 11 Co 102; seq. cis, ev, ib. 7i.t II Co 101 SVN. : ToXpdui. " 6. has reference more to the character, t. to manifestation " (Thayer, s.v. roA/iaw). its
:
LXX
LXX
6i<'(i7),
203
;]
LXX
28^^.
c.
neg.
to be
of good courage
imperat.,
ddptret,
-elre,
Mt
Jo
1633,
Ac
23ii.t
courage
Ac
LXX:
2.
Jb IT^
:
^tp
.-]
^^
a wonder
absol.,
n Co
11^*.
wonder
,
Ee
17^.t
Oaujidju, [in
Mt
1.,
ICG,
in
for HJffZ etc. ;] ^0 marvel, wonder, 8i.27 933 1531 2120 2222 271*, 520 155, Lk 3 825 24*1, Jo 520 Ac but v. infr.), ib.
LXX
^u
;
Mk
V\
4^3 13*1,
Ee
528,
Lk
7^;
c.
ace. rei,
Lk
24^2
(WH,
;
E, mg. om.), Jo
,
Ac
731
Baip.a fiiya,
^^
;
Ee
17^
irpoVwTTov
(LXX
De
10^^
al.),
Ju
312;
Mk
seq.
6^ Jo V^
iiri,
Lk
121 (?
E, mg., but
7re/)t,
supr.)
3^3.
c. dat.
5ri,
Lk
2026,
Ac
;
Lk
i
218; 6iTi<Tw,
Ee
133;
Lk
S^i)
1138,
:
Jo
3^ 427,
Ga
t,
Mk
15**,
Jo
wi
seq. h, c. dat.
pers., II
Th
;]
Oaufido-ios,
LXX
:
chiefly for
21i*.t
for K^gl
K^D
nisbp:)
wonderful
-'?,
n. pi.,
wonders
Mt
OaufAaoTcJs,
LXX
)^
j^^, ^i
(gx
Ps 64
(65)5,
Tl (Ps
1211
('*>),
81' 9
92
(93)*), etc.
;]
wonderful, marvellous
Mt
21*2 (lxx)^
Mk
II
Jo
930, I
ri
Pe
29,
Ee
:
15i.3.t
9<1, -as,
(fem. of
6e6<:,
q.v.),
11
a goddess
upon, contemplate, view (in early writers with a sense of wondering), in NT apparently always in literal, physical sense of " careful and deliberate vision which interprets ... its object": c. ace. rei, Mt 11^, Lk 72* 23^5, Jo li*.32
to behold, look
Mac
LXX
Ch
22^ (nsi),
15^,
Mac
43s 11*5,
Ac
229,
Jo
11
c.
ace. pers.,
138,
Mt
22ii,
Ac
2127,
Eo
I52*,
Mk
Lk 52^, Jo Mkl6fiiU
16^*1,
Ac 1";
seq. 5ri,
Jo
65, i
i Jo Jo 41*;
SyN.
(eccl.
;
v.s. Oeiopeo}.
*t6caTpiiw {<^diaTpov), to make a spectacle of, expose to contempt pass., He 1033.t iK6-, Polyb.) *6e'aTpo', -ou, TO (<^ ^cao/u-ai), 1. a theatre (used also as a place of assembly) Ac 1929> 3i. 2. Collective for 01 Biarai, the spectators. 3. = ^ca, Biapa, a spectacle, show : metaph., i Co 4^.1
: :
LXX
Ge
I92*,
De
2923(22),
;]
Jb
18i5,
:
Ps 10
Is 3033 349^
Ez
3822 (nnsia)
m Mae 25 *
:
(11)7,
brimstone
Lk
1729 d-^),
Ee
917. 18
^os), [in
Pr 2"
(^^,
"iJ^^N'
Q"''!^*?)'
Si 635,
divine:
204
Svvafxt^, II
tt.,
v.
MM,
6.^
of
r)
**t
0i<5tt]s, -rjTu^,
:
{<^
[in
v.
LXX Wi
:
18^ *
divine natiire,
Oei.
divinity
Ro
:
l^*'
(for ex.
from
tt.,
MM,
Exp., xv). t
Sfndiffering
OeoTTrj':,
divine
summary term
from
^cot?/? as
Re
9^'^.+
,
-Tos,
TO
(< OeXui),
I
[in
LXX
that
also for
etc.
;]
v^hich
Mt
IS^*
Lk
Mk
3^-,
6'^ ii Ti 2^^, He lO^", Re 4^ 0. t. OeoZ. 1^, Col 1 4^2, i Pe 4-'; t. Kvptov, Eph 51^; pi. WH, mg., Ac IS^^C^xx); ^o-rtv to 6., c. gen. pers.
Th
Jo
;
639. "o^ i
1612
c. inf., i
Pe
:
2^^
;
c.
ace. et inf.,
Th
4^
subjectively
Pe
43-1
121
TTotelv,
to ^e'Aeiv (cf. ^e'Xr/o-ts) Lk 2325, Jq 113^ i Pe 317 721 12^0 21^\ 3^^ (pi., Mt mg., v. supr.)
Mk
WH,
21^
;
Jo
Eph
211*
.
6,
He
lO^.
^>
36 1321^
Jq
y[ye<x6ai,
Mt
6i
26*2,
Beov,
Lk
Ro
Ac
6.,
Eph
i
l^-
cV
Ro
1532,
6. r. Otov,
Co V, Ga 1*. i Pe
I
II
Co
1^ 8^,
Eph
S^*;
l^,
4i9,
Jo
pL,
Eph
,
23
tee'Xriais, -cojs,
^ (OeXw), [in
11*5 (^ny)
LXX:
,
II
1823 (^gn)
Da
LXX
Attic;
To 1218,
22*;] in colloq. and MGr. = to deXeiv, will : He2*.t QiXta (the strengthened form iOeXw is found in Horn.,
the
for
more
freq.
in
;
v.
Rutherford,
pi.,
NPhr.,
415
f.),
[in
LXX
HUN
^'Sn
freq.
c. neg.,
]XD
etc.
;]
to will,
(more
than
:
fiovXofxai, q.v., in
MGr.
v. also
BL,
Ac
Ga
absol., Ro 9^\ i 24, s.v.) 1821; c. ace. rei, Mt 202i, 51^; c. inf., Mt 5*o, 10*3^
Co
Jo
4^9 1218,
Ja
4^5
Mk
1436,
Jq
157^
Rq
Co
Mk
621.67,
I
R0721,
Mk
al.
;
72*,
Lk
162,
Jo
2122,23,
2'8,
Ro
iQi9^
Co
i
145,
Ga
16^
;
Ga
4^;
id. c. inf.,
Mt
Mk
626,
Jo 5,
Co
seq. Iva,
625,
Jo 1724. opp.
to
Ro
715.19,
Deiss., LAE, I7924), i Co 14i9 ; eiXtov iv TaTrttvoseq. ^ {ICG, in 1. <^poarw{j {of his own mere will, by humility, R, mg), Col 2i8; in c. ace. rei, Mt 9i3 quotations, for Heb. c. ace. pers., Mt 27'*3
213
;
OT
ff.).
yBU
12^
He
105.8;
c. inf., i
Pe
310
for -iax
[in
c. inf.,
Ac 728
(v.
,
Cremer, 726
,
0jiAios, -ov
Tterifii),
LXX
for ]ia"lN
Tjia
etc.
;]
of or
llio.
6. (sc. Xt^os),
Lk
BS, 123);
He
Re
205
Ti
2^^,
metaph.,
Ko
I520,
Co
S^o-i^,
Eph
22*,
Ti
6^9, 11
He
to
6^t
defieXiou,
c.
chiefly for TD^ ;] to lay the foundation of, -a>, [in ace, t. yrjv, He 1^** (i-xx); pass., Mt 7^^, Lk 6*^; metaph., pass., Eph 3i, Col l^^.t I Pe 510 (R, mg., settle) *t eco-StSaKTos, -ov, taught of God (of. SiSaKTol O^ov, Jo 6*5) i Th 40.+ *6co-\6yos, -ov, 6, 1. one who treats 0^ the Divine nature (applied in cl. to the old poets and philosophers). 2. In eccl., a theologian, divine : Re, tit., Rec.t ** 6eofiax^w, -w II Mac 7^^ * ;] to fight against ^o/Aaxos), [in 239 (Rec.).t God : Ac *t0ojjidxos, -ov, [in Sm. Jb 26^, Pr 9^8 21i*;] fighting against
LXX
;
found:
LXX
God: Ac539.t
*t 6e6irKuoTos, -ov (< 6e6<;, Trve'w), inspired by God : 11 Ti 3^"^ ee6s, -o9, o, rj (Ac 1937 only v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc, Oti
;
(Mt 27*;
cf.
De
LXX
b^ and
other cognate forms, mn^ etc. ;] a god or deity, God. 1. In polytheistic sense, a god or deity : Ac 28", i Co 8*, 11 Th 2*, al. pi., Ac. 14" 1926, Ga 48, al. 2. Of the one true God; (a) anarthrous Mt 62*, Lk 2038, al. esp. c. prep. (Kiihner 3, iii, 605), aTro 6., Jo 32 cV, Ac 5^\
;
:
II
I also when in gen. dependent ^eov, Ro 82^, II Co on an anarth. noun (BL, 46, 6), Mt 27*3, Lk 32, Ro 1^^ i Th 2^^; as pred., Lk 20^8, Jo 1^, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, AcS^^, Ga26, al. (M, Th., 14); (b) more
;
Co 5\ Phi Pe 2* Kara
39;
VTTO,
Ro
131
Trapa ^eoC,
7^' ^^
;
Jo 1"
-n-apa OeQ, II
Th
16,
freq., c. art.
Mt
6.,
123,
Mk
2', al.
mult.
TT.
c.
prep.,
Sltto t. 0.,
Lk
126; iK,
Jo
Jo 8*";
tQ
e.,
Ro
^^^,iv,
Col 33;
Lk
Ac
1519;
ei? T. e.,
Ac
241^; ,rpos
al.
;
T. e.,
Jo
12; c. gen.
18,
Mk
1226-27^
13, Phi 42", al. 6 6. Kal irarrip k. t. \., Ro 15", c. gen. rei, Ro 155,13,33^ II Co 13, I Th 523; ^i ^. ^,ov, Mt 1623, 1217, I Co 211; ^^ 217 51 ; t. ^ei, as a superl. (LXX, Jos 33), Ac irpos Tov 6., Ro 1517,
;
6 6. /xov,
Ro
Phi
13,
Mk
He
720, II
Co
35^
eeoa^Pcia, -as,
deotre^i^s), [in
LXX
76.22
Ge 20"
1528
jj
(Q"'^b^?
H^T),
Jb
Ba
5*, iv
Mac
j<
1715*.] f^ar of
God, godliness
eeoaeprfs, -e9
al.
;]
Ti 2i9.t
^eos, cri/Sofiai), [in
LXX
for D^nhj?
NT Ex
,
1821,
God-fearing, godly
SyI^^.
:
Jo
93i.t
* SeooTOYVis,
to
ib.
God
*t
Ro
-es (<^ ^eos, o-Tvyew), 1. passive, as freq. in cl., hateful 13o (R, txt., cf. Lft., Notes, 256). 2. Active, hating God
(R, mg.,
cf.
ICC,
17,
in
l.).t
de6TT]s, -7;tos,
deity,
Godhead
Col 29t
:
Syn-
'
OtLOTT]^, q.v.
Lk
13,
Ac
l^.t
206
{depaTrtvui), [in
Ge
45i
(cf.
Es
5'),
etc.
(Field, Notes, 60), Re 222. 3^ Collective, household attendants, servants : Lk 12*^ (LXX, 11, c.).t Sepaireuw, [in for nOT etc. ;] 1. to do service, serve : c. ace. pers., pass., Ac 17^^. 2. As medical term, to treat (MM, Exp., xv),
;]
1.
service.
2.
heali7ig
Lk
,
LXX
cure, heal
al.
;
aeq.
6", al.
;
c.
ace. pers.,
e. vocrov {fxaXaKtav),
;
l"*,
Syn.
servant
idofjiai (v.
Field, Notes, 60
6,
MM,
Exp.,
I.e.).
OepdiTUk',
:
-ovTos,
[in
LXX
chiefly
for
Tjy;] an attendant,
He
:
3^ (i^xx) f
V.S. Sia/covos.
Sl'J^.
eepi'^w
Jo
Ee Re
(a)
LXX
Mt
t. a-apKiKd, 1
ixp ;]
to
reap
436-38,
14i.+
ecpio-ixos, -ov,
6 (-<
;
9fpit,ui),
[in
:
LXX
Mt
:
chiefly for
1330.39,
TXi?
429
;]
harvest
the crop
ib.s'*;]
the act
43^
(6)
the time
fig.,
Mk
(c)
tig.,
Mt
937. 38,
Lk
102,
Re U^^.i
LXX Da LXX
chiefly for
Bel 32, th
LXX
6",
:
mid., to
warm
Mk
Jq
6^',
I8I8.25,
e^Pfi^,
-?s,
^,
[in
LXX
Jb
Ac
283.t
LXX
:
summer:
11
Mt
l^t
2432,
Mk
1328,
Lk
213o.t
eeao-aXovtKcu's, -cws, o,
a Thessalonian
Ac
20* 272,
Th 1^
Th
Thessalonica, a city of Macedonia Ac -77s, 17, Phi 4l^ iiTi4i".+ ecoSas (perh. contr. from edSwpos, but v. MM, Exp., xv), -a, 6, Theudas Ac 5^^.f Qeupiw, -a (<[ ^cwpo's, a spectator, <^OedofxaL), [in LXX chiefly for nxi mn ;] (pres. and impf. only, exc. Jo 73 (fut.), Mt 28\ Lk 23*8, Jq 85\ Re 11^2 (aor.) BL, 24) 1. (el.), to look at, gaze, behold absol., Mt 275^ Mk 15*^ Lk 2335; geq. ttws, Mk 12*1; ttoS, Mk 15*7; ^ ^cc. pers., Jo 6*0' 62 12*5 igio-io, Ac 3i 2038 252*, Re II11.12. [^^ ^ pt^p Mk 515, Lk 1018, Jo 6i 1012 2012.1*, i Jo 3^^ c. ace. rei, Mt 28i, Lk 1429 216 23*8, Jo 223 62 73, Ac 4^3 8i3 id. c. ptcp., Jo 206, Ac 7^6 10^ 2. In popular lang. (Kennedy, Sources, 155; Bl., seq. oTi, Ac 192*.
eeaaaXoKiKT],
:
171,11,13^
and impf.
discern
Mk
16*,
Jo
419 1219,
Ac
1926 2710
TroVai,
Ac
2120
7rr?Ai/cos,
He
seq. 7*
1419,
538; id. e. ptcp., Ac 17^6 286; e. ace. pers., ace. rei, Ac 9' 1722; TTviZpxi, Lk 2437; ^^ ^.^ Jq 1417. geq. Stl,
Mk
Mk
Jo
t.
311,
Jo
98; c.
ptcp.,
Lk
(cf.
2439.
3.
Odvarov,
Jo 8"
Ps 88
(89)*9)
r. 80'^av,
Jo I72*
207
5^*
[in
LXX Da LXX
:
5^,
ii
Mac
Lk
a viewing.
cl.).t
2.
Oewprj/ia,
spectacle, sight:
Qi*
-7/5,
Tt^77/it),
[in
LXX: Ex
:
252<27)
(jtjj),
Is
(n5^),
Jo
ISii.t
Qr\\dlia
OrjX-^,
breast), [in
LXX
Jb
chiefly for
2123.
2.
pr
hi.
;]
1. of
the
to
13^"^,
Lk
Of the young,
:
(cf.
3^2,
Ca 8\
;]
al.).t
[in
:
LXX
Eo
chiefly for
6.,
HSpJ
female
as
subst,,
328.t
0.,
a female, a
Br\pa,
-a9,
woman
17,
12.27; ^^
Mt
,
19*,
Mk
.
10,
Ga
[in
LXX
for
T5f
pj^^p
TWl
a hunting, chase (Hdt., Xen., al,). 2. prey, game (cl.). Ps 34 (358) ^ J-,^r^ a net : Eo 11^ (but v. Thayer, s.vj.t
1.
,
As
in
Oripeuw
(< ^?7pa),
i
[in
LXX
for
TIJT
etc.
;]
to
hunt,
ensnare,
fjLd)^o/xai),
to fight
Co
1532.t
Oi^p), [in
^^
OrjpioK, -ov,
TO (dimin. of
LXX
1^2,
ftms^, 6eas<;
Mk V\
[in
c.
Antichrist,
riches,
Ee
Ac
Tit
He
to
Ja
3^,
Ee
&^; of
Tjoraupi^w,
LXX
for ]D2?
etc.
;]
lay up,
12^*;
c.
store
up
of
Ja 5^;
id.
dat, pers.,
Lk 122\
II
11
Co
ace. rei,
Co
162; Orjo-avpovi iavriij, Mt 6^*' 20; paS8., Eo 25 (cf. Pr 118, Pss. Sol 99).t
6T]<Taup<5s, -ov,
Pe
o (<^
TLOrjfxi),
[in
LXX
2^^
;
chiefly for
lylN ;]
.
1.
a place
(b) a treasury (i Mac 3^^ and of safe keeping ; (a) a casket : Mt freq. in cl.) (c) a storehouse (Ne 13^2, De 28^2, al.) Mt 13^2 metaph., of the soul, Mt 1235; t. Ka^Sms, Lk G**. 2. a treasure: Mt e^^-^ii 13", Lk 1233.34^ He 1126; e. iv oipayQ (v. Dalman, Words, 206 ff.), Mt I921,
;
:
Mk
221,
1021,
Lk
1822
of the
knowledge
,
of
God through
Christ,
11
Co
4^
T. (ropia<i K. yvoicrews,
Col
2.
23.
He
LXX
to
for V32
1128.t
Ex 19^2 * ;] 1. to touch, handle : Col injure (like Heb. yjj, and as in Eur., Iph.
c.
gen..
He
v.s. aTTTci).
eXipu, [in chiefly (6 dXi^wv) for lis ;] to press c. ace. pers., 3^ Metaph. 680s TeOXififievq, a narrow (compressed) way, Mt 71*. (as freq. in LXX), to oppress, afflict, distress : c. ace. pers., 11 Th 1^ pass. (Vg., tribulor, tribulationem patior), 11 Co 1' 4^ 7*, i Th 3*, 11 Th 1^, I Ti 510, He 1137 (cf. Sltto-, <rvv-e\iftw).f
:
LXX
Mk
eXii|ns
(LTr.,
eXIi/ris), -0)5,
(< 0\C(3io),
[in
LXX
for IT^y
etc.
;]
208
pressure (Arist.).
LXX
Mk
and
NT
metaph., tribulation,
distress: Mt 24^21,29^ ld^^'^\ Jo IS^i, 14.8 417 6* 7^ 82.13, Phi 41^ II Th 18, Ja 127,
Ac 7" Re 19
ll^^,
Eo
affliction, 12^2, Co
29' 22 714;
c.
ivdyKT}
(q.v.), I Th 3'^; arevoxt^pLa (which from the order of the words would appear to be the stronger term), Ro 2^ S^S; Stwyyuos, Mt I321, Mk 2io 417, II Th 1* e. cV, Jo 1633, I Co 728, Re ^px^aOai in{, Ac 7^^ eV
;
Okiyl^et, I
Th
:
pi.,
Ac
e.
T. Xpia-Toi,
Col
12*
T^s KapSca^,
10^3;
Srx.
lv;
Lft.,
dvdyKr), Siwy/xos,
4:5).
(rTvo\ii>pia
(v.
supr.,
and
cf.
Tr.,
Syn,
Notes,
[in
0^'1^(rKa),
LXX
Mk
-o'v
chiefly for
mO;]
be dead:
Mt
22o,
15*^
i
Lk
7^2
Ti 5^
eyyaKw), [in
91* 1517,
LXX
Pr
Jb
3023
Is 5112 (nna),
:
death, mortal
pass.,
317
*t6opupd^u
n Mac 9^2, m Mac 329*;] subject to Ro 612 gn, i Co 15^3, 54 Co 4^ 5^t {<C66pvfto<:), = Tvpfid^w (q.v.), to disturb, trouble:
Wi
Lk
lO^i.t
-Sy ^o>/?o?), [in LXX: Na 23(4) (bjn ho.), Da LXX Jg 326, Wi 1319, Si 40"*;] 1. to make a noise or uproar: mid., of loud and ostentatious lamentation, Mt 923, -^^ 539, ^c 201". 2. Trans., to trouble, throw into confusion : t. itoX-lv, Ac 17^. OopuPos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for ]ian etc. ;] a noise, uproar, tumult,
Oopupe'w,
ni.),
(nya
as of an excited
mob: Mt
26^ 272*,
Mk
14^,
Ac
_
of
mourners,
o;^Xos Oopvftovfjuvo^,
Mk
5^^.i
;]
0pauw, [in
pieces, shatter;
LXX
for I^SI
to
(De
;
break in
metaph.,
break down:
1.
Lk
4i8(Lxx\f
0p^fi/Aa,
-Tos,
TO (rpe^o))
:
Plat., al.j.
2. cattle
QpY]Via,
-w
Jo
4i2.t
Oprjvos), [in
LXX
:
etc.;] 1. intrans., to
to bewail:
c.
:
lament, wail
Mt
Lk
V^, Jo
162'^.
2.
Trans.,
ace. pers.,
Lk
2327.t
Syn.
Eec.t
Syn., Ixv).
:
LXX
chiefly for
nrp ;]
a lamentation
Mt
21^,
**tepTj(TKia (-Kta, T), -as, ^/a^cr/cos), [in ^ Si 22^ A, IV Mac 58. i3 * ;] religion in its external aspect
xv),
LXX: Wi
2i8.t
1418.27,
(MM,
Exp.,
worship
Sriv,
:
Ac
265,
j^
126, 27
^, ^-^^ dyye'Awv,
Col
v.s. 6pri<TKo%.
*0pT)aKos (-Kos,
WH),
-ov, o, religious,
careful of the
128.
outward forms
Ja
Syn,
i(rtl3r]<:,
6ocre(3r]<:,
OpCafxPos,
1. to 2i^,
1.
The
ace.
triumph (and
v.
infr.).
rarely,
to lead
c.
ace,
to
triumph
:
but
2.
in triumph
c.
209
make a
and
spectacle or
MM,
0pi|, TpLx6<;,
rj,
[in
Mt
(6)
3* 536 1030, of
Lk
:
Ac
Pe
33,
Ee
1^4;
animals
Opoe'w,
Mk
Ee
Qs.t
-w {<C6p6o<;, a noise, tumult), [in Ca 54 (nDn)*^ 2. to utter aloud. to cry aloud, make an outcry. 3. In 13^, (and LXX), pass., to he troubled, as by an alarm Mt 24", Lk 2437 (WH, mg.), II Th 22 (cf. Kennedy, Sources, 126).t *0p6fiPos, -ov, 6 (<^Tpe<^a), in primary sense to thicken), a lump, a clot of blood {DCG, ii, 685b) at^aros, Lk 22*4 (WH, E. mg. omit
in
cl., 1.
LXX:
:
NT
Mk
the passage, v.
WH,
App., 64
ff.).t
,
chair.
Later, a throne, chair of state, seat of authority of kings metaph., of God, Mt 534, Ac 7^H^^^), Ee 14, al.; by meton., for kingly power, sovereignty, Lk 132. 52^ Ac 23^ for an angelic hierarchy. Col 116; of Christ, Mt W-^ Ee 3^\ al.; of Satan, Ee 2^3; t. erjptov, ib. 1610 of the Apostles, Mt 1928, ljj 223o, cf. Ee 204 of Trpeo-ySvVcpot,
;
Ee
44 lli (on
e. -n}? xP'-ro5.
-tav, to. (-a?, 17,
:
He
Ee
4i,
v.
Westc,
in
1.
Deiss.,
BS, 135).
udreipa,
a city of Lydia
158), [in
Ac
16^4,
r)
Ee 1"
WH,
cf.
QvydTr]p, -Tp6<;,
(for
use of vocat.,
M,
WH,
App,
LXX for DS
Mt
(Ge
Jg
21^4 B,
Ch
21^7 (niJTN);]
a
4fl
daughter:
1253,
Ac He NT, as in OT, not in cl. (a) as form of friendly address (cf. Eu 22.22, ^1.) Mt 922, Mk 534, Lk848; a 6I8 (cf. Is sc. Kvptov, 11 Co (b) metaph. 43") (c) of posterity 6. 'Aap<Lv,
;
: :
Mk
Lk
236 842.
Lk
1*
:
(cf.
Is I62, iv
tion
e.
2i^v, 'UpovaaX^fi,
Mt
21MLXX),
9, al.).t
OuyciTpioi', -ov,
TO (dimin. of dvyaTrjp),
little
:
daughter, a term of
523 725^t
522
(i9>
endearment used
0o'eXXa,
-r)s,
in late
Gk.
(cf.
Bl., 27, 4)
Mk
^ {<6vo^), [in
cl.),
LXX. De 4"
(b^-T?),
Ex
1022*;] (poet, in
He
12i8.t
SYN.
aromatic
XatXai/r (q.v.).
Eec), -rj, -ov {<^6via, Ova, an African with ornamentally veined wood of varying colour,
Sm.
iii
^'Xov,
Ee
1812 (Diosc.).t
6u|iia|Aa, -To<i,
;]
fragrant
wpa tov
Lk
(Ex
Ee
58 83.4 I8i3.t
[in
TO {<i6vfj.idoi),
LXX:
Ch
26i9,
Ez 8"
14
210
(n-)t9(7P), IV
1.
as in
cl.
(Hdt.,
iv,
cf.
162; Thuc,
vi,
46)
2.
and
in
LXX,
I.e.
a censer
He
and
(<^
9* (but v. infr.,
cf.
and
Westc,
in
1.).
As
:
al.,
He,
;]
(but V. supr.
Qufxidta, -Q)
MM,
6vo)), [in
LXX
to
burn incense
Lk
l^.t
*t 0ufiop,axew, -w {6vfx6<;, /i,a;^o/xai), to fight desperately, have a hot quarrel : c. dat. pars., Ac 12^''.t
0ufi.6s,
-ov,
etc.,
Q_^
(<^^ua)),
[in
LXX
;]
most
freq.
for
nan
112'
\\in
30 words in
all
He
^py^ ^^i
Bv/xov,
Eo
4^^,
28, of.
Col 38;
Q^
Bph
431; 7rX7;o-%ai,
T.
Tr\7]prj<;
Lk
Ac
19^8.
Ee
12^2; otvos
^u/AOV t.
^cov, ib.
,ropvtas (cf.
Je 28
(51)7),
Re
14^ 18^
(cf.
17^); oTvo?
t. 6. t.
141";
pi.,
16^9
19^^
:
6 0. t. ^eoO, ib.
tpi<:,
Co
SYN.
opyrj, irapopyicrp.o^.
LXX
mn,
5]N
mn,
;]
very angry
Mt
Oiipa, -as,
rj,
[in
LXX
IQi''^;
also for
bl
D^l
25io,
etc.
;]
a door: KXeUtv (uttok-) t^ 0., Mt 6", Lk 13^5; pass., Mt Lk 11^, Jo 2019' 26, Ac 2130; ii,0LyeLv, Ac 519; pass., Ac 1626. 27. ^povW, Ac
121^;
SlSl
t^s
0.,
Jo
Trp^s
t^
^.,
Mk
1^3
H* (WH
om.
r^v),
32; TO. TT/aos Tr;v ^., the space by the door, 22; tt/sos rrj $., Jo 1816; im rr,6 kc 5^ Trpo t^s ^., Ac 126; ^,rl T^r e., Ac 523;'^ ^. T. 15*6 163^ Metaph., of Christ, r, 6. r. irpopaToiv, fjivr)p.Lov, Mt 2760,
, ;
Ac
Mk
Mk
Jo
0.
10^'
TTto-Tccos,
ave(jjy /xifrj
of the Kingdom of Heaven, Lk 132* ; of opportunities, Ac 1427; 6. fieydXr], I Co 169; ^ ^, Xoyov, Col 43; d. (rjveioy-), II Co 212, Re 3^ 41 ; of Christ, i<TTr]KO)<; 7rt t^v d. koI
;
Ee 320 of his second coming, cVt 6vpaL<i ehai, 1329; ^p^ Ovpwv k(TTT]Kivai, Ja 59.+
Kpoviiiv,
Mt
2433,
^i^
eupeos, -ov, 6
(< dvpa),
[in
LXX
for ]3p
n|S
;]
1. in
Hom., a
door-stone. 2. In late Gk. (Polyb., Plut.), the scutum, a large oblong shield: 0. t. Trto-Tccos, Eph 6I6 (cf. Wi 52**, where oo-iott;? is likened to the do-TTts, the clypeus or small round shield of the light-armed
soldier),
flopis, -tSos,
17
;]
a window
Ac
711
h,
209, II
Co
1133.+
6,
17
Oupupos, -ov,
(lyiiar),
(<^ ^vpa,
-f ovpo^,
Ez
4411 (ni|75),
;
n Ki
46, i
Mk
133^ Jo 103
6uaia, -as,
17
^,
Jo
1816. i7.+
(^vto), [in
LXX
n3J
;]
1.
actively,
211
sacrifice:
ivdyeiv,
2.
Mt
Mk 9" (WH,
He He
2^
pi. (as
usually in
e.)
cl.),
Mk
Ac 7";
dva<j>ipetv,
72^
(SSpa Tc Kal
avToC, 13^6
Lk
pass.,
lO^s.
He
;
He
;
.
92; i<T6Uiv
^.
. .
(Le
7i5^-). i
;
Co
Metaph., Phi
^.
He
irvfvixariKaL,
T. -n-t'o-Tctos,
Pe
^. ^wo-a,
Eo
12^
aivecrews,
He
1315;
^.
Phi
2l'.t
LXX
an
(where
altar
the word
first
appears) very
freq.,
(a) generally,
Ja
22^; pi.,
Eo
He
131" (v.
Westc,
esp. his add. note on the history of the word, 455 ff.); (b) of the altar of burnt-offering in the Temple, Mt 523. 24 2318-20, 35^ l^ in
1.,
and
11", I Co 913 10^8, He 713, Ee 11^; (c) of the altar of incense in the sanctuary (Ex 30^ al.), Lk 1^^ symbolically in Heaven, Ee 6* 83> ^ 913 1418 167 (Cremer, 292).t
;
0UU, [in
1.
LXX
:
etc.
;]
as in
cl.
a god.
q
2.
by slaying a victim,
d^t. pers., ib.^^ id. c. ace. rei, i Co 102*^. 3. to slay, kill: Jo lO^^, Ac 10^3 117; ^ ace. rei, Lk 1523.27,30. pagg., 14^2 Mt 22* TO TTcio-xa (Ex I221), pass., Lk 22^, i Co 5^.1
offer sacrifice
Ac
14^3
Mk
ew/ias,
-a,
(Heb. Dixri
S^\
[in
Cl
twin
of.
SlSv/jlos),
Thomas the
Ac VKf
Is 59^^
Apostle
Mt
103,
-a/co9,
Mk
6,
Lk
r.
dupa^,
LXX
6.
breastplate:
Ee
99-
^^
Eph
Wi
518<19'); e. TriVreo)?, I
Th
58.t
I,
I,
ninth
letter.
As a numeral,
:
10,
I,
10,000.
Mdcipos, -ov, 6
(Heb. Iin;
Nu
32*i),
Jairus
1.
Mk 522, Lk
8".t
I2
'laKwP,
811,
6,
Jacob;
(cf.
The patriarch: Mt
:
Jo
45.6,
Ac
his descendants,
father-in-law of Mary Mt l^^- ^^ (on the form as distinct from that of the next word, v. Deiss., BS, 316i). 'idKu^os, -ov, 6 (Heb., V. previous word), James; 1. Son of
Eo
as in 1126 d-^^).
Heb.
2.
Nu
The
Alphaus Mt James the little, son of Mary (v.s. Mapta, 3 KAwttSs), Mt 27^6, Mk 15*0 I61 (cf. Jo 19 "S). 3. The Lord's brother (v.s. (lSe\^o's) Mt 13^5, Mk 63, Ac 12i7, al, 29'i2, I Co 157 (probably), Ga li9 Ja li, Jui. 4. The father of the 6i, Ac li3. apostle, 'lovSas 'laKco/Sou Lk
Zebedee
103,
:
Mt
421,
;
Mk
l^^. 20,
Ac 1"
122, al.
2.
Son
of
Mk
21*, al.
'I.
//.iKpos,
lofia, -Tos,
TO
iao/Atti), [in
LXX
for
S^'p
(ii
Ch
36i,
Ec
10*,
212
Je 40
most
2.
freq. in
cl.,
(Thuc,
pi.,
Wi
11* lO*).
lacrts (q.v.),
iCol29.28,30,t
la^ppTJs, 6,
*\avyai,
Jambres
6,
(cf.
Ex
7^^' ^")
:
Ti
SM
6V
9^*
(Rec. -vd),
Jaunai
for
Lk
:
3''^*.t
'laci'Tis, 6,
Jannes
:
(cf. 'Iayu,/?/j%)
ii
Ti 3*.t
20^7, al.), exc. Is 302
9''<
LXX
NDI (Ge
6^^
(tzrnn)
;]
to
heal
c.
ace. pers.,
8*^ 171^, Jo 5^^; id. seq. d7r6, 1038 288; pass., Mt S^. " 1528, 5''^ Lk 617; tig., of spiritual healing, Mt 13^5, Jo 12", Ac 28^7 (lxx).
Lk 5^7 Lk 7^
n.
*2
144 22", Jo
4*',
Ac
Mk
pass.,
He
121^,
:
Ja 5^\
Pe
22*.t
SVN.
'l(pT
6epaTrevw, q.V.
,
Jared (Ge
S^^)
Lk
S^^f
lao-is,
-cw?,
;
^ (<;iao/Aat), [in
pi,^
LXX
chiefly for
cure
Lk
[in
1332.t
6epaTria,
V,
tafia, 2.
Xatrris, -iSos,
LXX
(1313),
Ez 28"
(ngiy;, V.
of that
Is 541'
not the
modern stone
Re
43 21ii'i8,i9.t
'idawK, -ovo<;, 6,
Jason
Ac
17^""';
LXX
WH, R, mg.), Col 41'' (on the status Exp., xv.).t v. iSc (Attic iSc'; the "later" accentuation is also found in Hom.; 2. As interjection, Veitch, 215), 1. prop., 2 aor. imperat. of opaw, q.v. apart from the construction of the sentence, and used where one or many are addressed, see ! behold ! lo ! : Mt 2520.22,26^ Mk 22* 33* II21
Mk
217 526,
Lk
of physicians,
MM,
Jo p9,
36, 48
Ga
52.t
i8ea, -a?,
1810s,
-a.,
r],
V.S. elSea,
usually
-os, -ov),
[in
LXX
own;
suff.,
is
also for
urh
etc.;
{to.
t) ilT'S;] 1. one's
which
private and personal (in cl. opp. to koiv6<;, 877/100-109 cf. infr. 3) in (6) of property, friends, home, country, etc. (in cl. opp. to dXAorptos late writers often, like iavTov, with weakened sense, v. M, Pr., 87 ff.
;
Deiss.,
6", Jo 1*2 5*3, Ac 2^ 2028, i Co II21, Ga 6^, Kara ras I. eVt^v/x/as, Trpdo-a-eiv ra I, I Th 411 II Ti 19, He 727, Ju^ al. II Ti 43; ol ?8tot, Jo 111 (M, Pr., 90 f.; FieU, Notes, 84) I31, Ac 423, I Ti 58; Ti rSia, one's home (Field, Notes, I.e.), Lk^l828, Jo 1^ 1632 1927. 2. peculiar, distinct, appropriate, proper : to l. crwfia, i Co 1538
BS, 123
f.)
Lk
iv T.
I.
Tay/AttTi, I
Co
1523;
^j^ ^
tottov t.
i.,
Ac
12^;
avrov
(v.
Deiss.,
ut. supr.),
Mt 22^ Jo
1*2 (cf.
Wi
lOi).
3.
Adverbially
(v. supr.,
1 (a)
213
WM,
7B%);
Co
Mt
14".
23 gO^^,
Mk 43*
Lk
1023,
Ac
2319, al.
Pr 6^ (no Heb.)*;] 1. a pril8ialTT,s, -ov, 5 ?8tos), [in vate person, as opp. to the State or an official (/JacriXcls k. iStwrai, Pr, I.e. and cf. MM, Exp., xv). 2. one without professional knowledge, un:
LXX
Co
skilled,
uneducated, unlearned
14^''
23. 24
dypdfXfiaTOL k. l,
180U, [in
Ac
4^3. q ^^t.
(=
cl. c.
gen.
rei),
Adyw,
11
Co
ll'^.t
LXX
NT
opdw, used as a demonstrative particle, with frequency much greater in and than in cl. (v. M, Pr., 11), lo, behold, see : Mt lO^e 118 133, 332, Lk 2^8, I Co 15", Ja 5^, 3n^\ Ee V, al.; after gen. absol., Mt 120 21' 13 1246, al. kuI JSov', Mt 2^ (and freq.), Lk I20 1025,
LXX
Mk
;
Ac
12'', al.
dicate (like
mn
in Heb.),
r)
Mt
3l^
Lk
[in
5^2 223i. ^\
Ac
Ki
3i
'iSoojiaia, -as,
(Heb. D^^?),
:
LXX:
:
11
8^*, al.;
elsewhere,
as
Ge
2530, 'E8w/x
i8p(is
;]
Idumaa
-(3tos,
:
Mk
[in
S^f
(Tr.
-ws),
o,
LXX
Ge
^,
{nvj), 11
Mac
22,
IV
Mac
78*;] sweat
Lk
22**
(WH,
omit).+
indecl. (Heb.
:
b^rX;
LXX as txt.
Ee
220 (v.
Ki
IG^i, al.)
symbolically,
Swete, in
'Upa IIoXi?), -cws, 17, HierapoUs Lycus valley in the Province of Asia Col 4}^.f
'lepdiroXis
:
(WH,
a city in the
Upaxeia
(WH,
exc.
-ta), -as,
-q
(<
Uparevo)),
[In
LXX for
]n3
pi.,
:
njri?
1,
(Ex 29^
al.),
Ho
Lk
He75.t
+ UpciTEUfia,
-Tos,
TO
19" (D"'3n3
5yiov,
nS^pO) Pe 2^ /Sao-.
(cl.
2322, II
ySao-tXciov i., Ex (<^ leparevw), [in 2^'^ * Mac ;] a priesthood, body of priests
:
LXX
I, ib. ^
(LXX, Ex,
[in
l.c.).t
tepuTcuu
Updofiai),
LXX
chiefly for
ps
pi.;]
;
<o 6e
v.
priest, officiate as a priest : Lk 1^ (the word is freq. in Inscr. S.V.; Deiss., BS, 215; LAE, 70; Cremer, 734).t 'lepcixw (T, 'Up-; Eec. 'lepix*^; cf. Bl., 3, 4, 4;
a LS,
WH,
App.,
lO^o
155),
ri,
indecl. (Heb.
inn^
IHT), Jericho
Mt
2029,
Mk
6
10,
Lk
1835 191^
He
1130.+
(T,
'kpc^ias
nrrpT.),
Eec. 'Up-;
:
v.
WH,
408),
-ov,
(Heb. njpT.,
Upcu's,
Mt
Za
;
lli3).t
I.
iepo's),
[in
LXX
^
for jns
;]
a ^ries^
t. Aio's,
Ac
1413
of
Jewish
priests,
Mt
8* 12*'
Mk
1** 22,
Lk
1^ 5^*,
Jo
l^o,
214
He 8\
of Christ,
;
He
d^^) lO^i
of Christians,
Re
f.
;
5^<>
20
(Cremer, 293
on the
Bl., 8, 2),
'kpiXw, V.S.
iBui\o6-)A
'lepiL^^il). i
Co
10^^ (Rec.
IV Mac 925 1120*;] UpoTTpeTTTis, -9 Icpos, TTpcVfi), [in suited to a sacred character, reverend (RV, reverent) Tit 2^ (cf. Tr., Syn., xcii).t tepos, -a, oV, [in Ez 28i8 (t2yi,7a) ; to I, i Ch 29* (ni3), Ez
! :
**
LXX
LXX
45^^ (niiy)
very freq. in
1.
in Horn., marvellous,
mighty, divine. 2. (Also in Horn, and later cl.) consecrated to the deity, sacred : pi., t. ypd/x/xaTa, ii Ti 3^^. 3. As subst., (a) (so in Horn.), TO. I,, sacrifices, sacred rites, sacred things: i Co 9^^; (b) later, to L, a consecrated or sacred place, a temple : t. 'ApTc/itSo?, Ac 19^'^ cf the temple at Jerusalem, i.e. the entire precincts or some part thereof (as distinct from 6 vads, q.v., the Sanctuary proper) I Co 9^^, and freq. in Gosp. and esp. in Ac, Mt 12^, Mk 13^, Ac 4^ al. (on the use of I. in Imperial Inscr., v. Deiss., LAE, 380 f.). 'lpoo-<5\u|Jia (WH, 'le/D-, V. Intr., 408), -wv, rd (on TrSo-a 'I., Mt 23, V. WM, 79^; M, Pr., 48, 244; Thayer, s.v.), and 'UpovaaXrjfi (WH, 'Up-), fj., indecl., as always in exc. some parts of Apocr. CHeb.
;
:
LXX
Q^bchT
27^''),
in FIJ,
Mk, Jo
*^-
and Mt
Jo
rj
(exc.
and most
St.
its
Mt 2\ Mk
3^,
77
l^^,
'I.,
al.
Symbolically,
dvu>
Ga
Si
42^,
vvv
'I.,
ib.
'''*;
'I.
eVovpavios,
He
-ov,
12^2;
[in
Kaivrj 'I.,
Re
(WH,
(V*
lep-
Rec.
185 *;]
-/xiTr]<;),
6,
LXX:
to
Mac
-/x-^tt;?)
an inhabitant of Jerusalem:
rob
Mk
15,
Jo
725.t
** Upo-CTuXc'w, -w (<^ lepdo-rXo?, q.v.), [in LXX: 11 Mac 92*;] a temple (commit sacrilege, R, mg.) Ro 222.t ** Upoo-uXos, -ov {<^Lep6v, (rvXaoi), [in LXX: II Mac 4*2 (cf.
:
-XrjfjLa,
136)*;] robbiiig temjdes : Ac 19".t **t lepoupyeu, -d {<^Upovpy6s, a sacrificing priest), [in LXX: iv Mac 7^ R (cf. -yta, lb. 3^'^ nR)*;] to perform sacred rites; c. ace, to minister in priestly service (minister in sacrifice, R, mg.), to euayib.39;
-Ata,
yikiov,
Ro
15l6.t
Upwadt/t],
-7?s,
upds),
[in
LXX:
,
Ch
2922 (pa),
Es
:
5^8, Si
452*,
Mac
Ac
Mac
535 76*.]
priesthood:
(Heb. iCP
Ru
4}\
al.),
Lk
332,
1322 (Lxx)^
Bo
1512 (Lxx).t
215
(FIJ,
-ed';, -oD),
He
:
1132.t
'kxo'ias, -ov, 6
*Itjo-ous,
(Heb.
I^Djirp
Jehoiakin), Jechoniah
Mt
1^^' ^^.t
-ov,
dat.,
voc.
-ov,
ace,
ib.
-ovv
3^3,
'I.,
(Heb. yilZTin^
al.
;
yiif?iiT,
nizr.),
1.
Jesus:
;
Mk Mk
Lk
^"7
,
V,
12*, 328.
al.
Xp.
2.
'I.,
*!.
Xpio-roV,
al.
;
ib.
1\
Kvpto^
Ac 283\
3.
'It^o-ov,
voc,
al.
4.
4^^.
iKakos,
etc.
;]
-6v
{<ClKisi,
iKcivoj,
to
reach, attain),
:
[in
LXX
Mt
;
for
1.
I
c. inf.,
3^^,
Mk
V, Lk
3i,
Co
159, II
2.
Co
35, II
Ti 22
seq.
7^^
Trpo's, 11
Co
2i
seq. Tva,
Mt
1421
8^,
Lk
I
7^.
size, sufficient,
enough, much,
1919,
many
;
absol., iKavo'i,
Lk
Co
203'
I.
1130;
v^xos
I,
Mk
10*^,
K\avefx6s,
<^ws,
I.
Ac
Sipyvpia,
Mt
2812;
XafJLTrdSe^,
Lk
239;
Ac
22;
co-Ttv (cf.
asb
m, LXX iKaiWo-^o,
.
j Xafi^dviLv (Lat. (Lat. satisfacere ; cf. Je 31 (48)3"), ]y[]j 1515 satis accipere ; v. M, Pr., 20 f.), Ac 17^; of time, rjfiepaiL, Ac 92343 1818 27^ I. xpovos, Lk 827, Ac 8^ 143 279; pi., Lk 20^; Ik xpoVwv [., Lk 23; dTT^ I h^v, Eo 1523 (WH) t>' iKavdv (cf. 11 Mac 82^), Ac 20ii.t
TToteiv
De ^^
32),
Lk
2238; to
*iKav<JTTjs, -T?T05,
tiKai/oa),
17
11
-w
(<^iKavds),
fit
:
[in
LXX
11
chiefly
for
c.
21;]
Co 3^.t to make
cis,
sufficient,
render
c.
dupl. ace,
Co
3"
ace.
pers. seq.
Col
112.t
iKCTiipios,
-a,
-ov (><iKT7/s,
suppUaut),
17 i.
[In
LXX
late
Jb
4022(27),
(sc. pd^Sos),
1. in cl.,
an
2.
In
Gk.
iKecri'a,
supplication
pi., SeT^o-eis
/c.
1.,
He
5^.
SyN.
iK^ds,
v.s. Serja-is.
-dSos,
17,
[in
LXX.
moisture
Lk
8.+
-ov,
to,
*Ik6'ioi',
Ac
13"
141.
19' 21
162,
iiTi3ii.t
LXX
Pr
Pr
Es
(Pr
51,
Jb
Mac
11
Co
9^
228(9) (i'^)).t
tlXap<5TTis, -vTos,
iA-apo's),
[in
LXX:
La
(=
fulness
Eo
,
128.t
Ps 24
LXX (cf.
3*2,
Westc, Epp.
Jo.,
8^
f.)
Da th
Ex
32i*,
Es
i^iXdaKo^iai,
f.),
Ge
322",
Pr
I61*,
Ma
19,
al.).
2.
In
LXX
Inscr. (Deiss.,
BS,
216
224
c.
f.),
merciful
3.
(c.
dat, rei,
Ps 78 (79)^
a/xapTLa-;,
al.)
5^% Lk
IS^^.
As
in Philo
(=
i^ikdaK-, in
t.
LXX
He
2^'^
Ez
(Cremer, 301
735).t
tlXo<r^(5s, -oC
iXacr/co/xai), [in
LXX: Le
S^* (npl?;?*),
259,
Nu
5^ (nncs),
i
Ps
129
(130)*,
28'^*',
Si
Da th 9^ 1820 A, II Mac
(nn^^p),
Am
Ez
44^^ (riN^pn),
2.
Ch
3^^*;]
1.
;
an appeasing
11. c.)
:
(Plut.).
i
appeasing, propitiation (Philo Nu, Ez, &\so forgiveness (Ps, Da th, ll.c.).t
t IXaoTiipios, -a, -ov
Jo
:
2^ 4^".
3.
a means of In LXX
;
iA.ao-/<o/Aat), [in
LXX
IV
Mac
7^9
17^2
neut.,
Ex
25i6(i')ff.
Le
IG^-i^ff.,
Nu
(n^QS),
Ez
4314,17,20 (n-jTjr),
Am
91
v. Deiss.,
BS, 127)*;]
:
propitiatory {fivrjfia, FIJ, Ant., xvi, 7, 1 6dvaTo<s, 11 Mac, I.e.) Eo 32^ as subst., to L (so. eirWefia, Ex 25^"' ^'^, where the
;
of Christ,
word
first
occurs in
LXX
and where
i.
;
l.
i.
P1J33
ff.
;
(q.v. in
BDB,
,
s.v.),
elsewhere
rendered simply to
cf.
Deiss., 124
LXX
Ki,
Lvai,
nbo, in Ki
8^2 (Je,
l.c.).t
8^*"^-,
I.e.
;
Je 38
(31)^*, al.
I.e.)
;
propitio7is, merciful:
(sc. co-tw 6 6^6%),
T. aSiK-'ais,
He
Ki,
cf. iii
?.
o-oi
Mt
1622
(cf. I
Sea
Ko
IS^^.t
6,
:
t|xcts, -(ivTos,
[in
LXX
Lk
Mac 911,
2225
;
al
;]
a thong, strap
(Ma,
Si,
11.
c),
Ac
for
fastening sandals,
TT.;
Mk
3i,
Jo
127.t
5^^ Lk 8^5 (elsewhere only in ttfiaxi^o) t/i,dTtov), to clothe : ^a;j)., xv; Deiss., L.4S, 78 f.).t cf. chiefly for l\i.6.Tiov, -ov, TO (dim. of ei/xa, a garment), [in
Mk
MM,
LXX
135
npbiZT
etc.
;]
an outer garment, a mantle, cloak (thrown over 9i'2o,2i^ Mk the xirwv; V. Eutherford, NPhr., 22; DCG, i, 499'*) Mt 28, 30^ 221 527, Jo 192^ Ac 128, al. opp. to x'Tciv, Mt b^\ Lk 629, Ac 9^9 27='i'35, pi., garments, clothes (i.e. the cloak and the tunic), Mt I72 2665 Mk 530 1520.24^ Jo 1923,24^ ja 52, al.
(exc. in pL, v. infr.) of
:
t l^aTi(7fi6s, -ov
al.
i/tart'^o)),
[in
LXX
%
Ge
;]
24^3,
n Ch
1829,
Ez
16^8,
(13s)
Ex
322 12^5,
Eu 3^ al.
v. Tr.,
(nbaur), etc.
I):
of
sumptuous
attire;
Syn.,
i
l^ V'
6/x-)
(2219),
LXX
t^i'po>,
for t2;n!p),
[in
Ac
:
2033,
321
Ti 29.t
;]
LXX
Jb
B^E (ABs,
Th
2^ (ReO^ ^.g,
o^eipo^at.
adverb (poet., Hom., al.), 1. of place, where, whither. 2. II. Conjunction, 1. prop., final, denoting of circumstance, when.
Xva, I.
217
in the
word
also)
Ga 2^", al.) (a) c. optat. (so in cl. after historic tenses) Eph 1^'^ (but WH, mg., subjc. v. Burton, 225, Eem., (b) c. subjc. after a pres., Mk 421, Lk &^\ Jo 3^5, Ac 225, Rq V\ 2) al. after a pf., Mt 1^2, Jo 52^, i Co 9^2, al. after an imperat. (pres. or aor.), Mt 71, Mk 1125, Jq iqss, j Co 7^, al. after a delib. subjc, Mk 138, al. after a fut., Lk 16*, Jo 14^, i Co 152^, al. after historic tenses
Eo
11^1
(?),
after a pres.,
;
(where optat. in cl. WM, 359 f. M, Pr., 196 f.), Mk 6*1 (impf.), Jo 48 (plpf.), Mk 31* (aor.), al. (c) in late writers (M, Pr., 35 Burton, 198, 199), c. indie, fut Lk 20^0, i Pe d\ al.; (d) as often in eccl. writers (Thayer, s.v.), c. indie, pres. i Co 4", Ga 4^^, al. (?; but V. Burton, 198, Eem.) (e) ek (Sta) toSto, iva Jo IS^^, i Ti l^^, elliptical constructions al. TovTov X'^P'-^> "^^^ 1^ omission of the (/) principal verb, Jo 1^, 11 Th 3^, i Jo 2^^, al. of the final verb, Eo 4^*', II Co 8^3, al. 2. In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 420 Bl,
;
'
Mt
69, 1), that ; (a) after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc. : ^e'Aw, 712, al. ; tvr^, I Co 42 I412 ; ^rjXow, I Co 141, al. ; (b) after verbs of
saying,
asking, exhorting:
eiTrelv,
Mt
etc.
;
4^,
(c)
al.
ipiorw,
Mk
Mt
72^,
al.
TrapaKaXu),
Mt
143^,
Co
l^**,
al.,
after
;
words expressing
8^,
expediency, etc.:
<Tvfx(f)ipi,
Mt
18",
Jo
ll^o, al.
J/cavo's,
Lk
7";
xpeiav 1x0), Jo 225, 3,1, etc. ; (d) after substantives, adding further definition: wpa, Jo 1223 13^; xpo^o?. ^^ 22i; (rvvrjOeia, Jo 183^; /xlo-Oo^, I Co 9^^. 3. In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, wcttc, tJiat,
so that
I
ff.
WM, 572
and also
Bl., 69, 3
;
Co
72'=',
Th
5*, al.
Mt
t},
(FIJ, id.,
'Iottt;),
-tjs,
9, 10,
ll.t
'lopSd^Tis, -ov, o
l(5s,
Mt
Mk
15, al.
-oO, 6,
[in
LXX: Ez
2.
(nX^O),
Ps 139,
(140)3 (njjn),
3.
al.
;]
1.
:
an arrow.
fig.,
rust (Ez,
Ja
53
(cf.
MM,
Exp., xv).
poison
Eo
3^3 (p^u.)^
ja
38.t
'louSaia, -as,
17,
V.S. 'louSaios.
t'looSattca
form
LXX: Es 8"
:
Ga
11
2^'*.t
tMouSaiKcJs,
-ov,
[in
LXX:
Mac 8"
:
V, I321*;]
Jewish:
Tit li*.t
Ga
2^*.t
avrjp,
;
-aiov
(<['Iou8as),
Jewish:
Ac
1028
223;
.
yvi/r;, 16^ 242* av^pwTTOS, Ac ; iJ/evSoirpocfyriTrjs, 15. Substantively, (a) 'louSaios, 6, a Jew : Jo 4^ yrj, Jo 322 ; x<^pa, 73, Jo 2, al. ; 'I. tc kuI Ac 182*, Ro 228; pi., Ee 2^ 3^; ol X, Mt 22,
2139
13"
ap)(iepv^, 19^*
Mk
al.
Mk
*EA.A7;v9,
ot
Ac 14^
tdvrj 1.,
k.
Trpoa-rjXvToi,
;
Kara ra
Ac
212^
of
Jewish
Ac
218
class
;;
Jo 3-^
-ov,
Mk
1^),
Mt 2\ Lk
I**,
Jo
IV
43, al.
t'ioo8ai(7|x(5s,
6 'IovSat^co),
LXX
;
Mac
;
4'-'^*;]
'lou'Sas,
indecl.
cf.
Judaism, the observance of Jeivish dat. -a, acc. -av (so in LXX, and also rarely, 'louSa, Thack., Chr., 163), (Heb. niniT^) 1.' Judah, son of Jacob
:
-a,
Mt
Lk
Jo
12.3,
Lk
3.
333; ^vkri
'I.,
'I.,
Re
2"
;
55
7^
by meton.,
of the tribe,
He
7^*;
:
Mt
ttoXis
'I.,
Lk
13^.
:
Judas
4.
Iscariot (v.s.
'lo-KapiairT??)
Judas, the Lord's brother (v.s. i8e\<j>6i) Mt IS^s, Mk 63 (prob.), Ju ^ 5. Judas the Apostle, son of James (v.s. aSSaios) Lk 6i, Jo 1422, Ac 113. 6. Judas, of Damascus Ac 9^1. 7. Judas, surnamed Bapaa/3/3as (q.v.) Ac 15' '-"' 32, 8. Judas the Galilean
671 132^ al.
: :
Ac
537.
'louXia, -as,
r),
'louXios, -ov, 6,
'loot'ias,
Julia : Julius
-a, 6
Eo
Ac
Col
167.t
'louoTos,
123.
2. -OV,
6,
Justus, the
:
surname
18^.
3.
Joseph Barsabbas
Titus, of Corinth
Ac
-ets,
Jesus, a Christian of
8,
Rome
4ii.t
iirireus,
v. Bl.,
r7r7ros), [in
LXX
a horseman: Ac
I
LXX:
;
Mac
1538, iii
Mac
l^*;]
as subst., to L
(sc. a-TpdreviJia),
Re
Ja
91* t
iiriT-os,
-ov, 6, [in
a horse
33,
LXX chiefly for DID sometimes for 9^ I420 18i3 1911 ^.t Re 62
,
W^B ^51
,
;]
LXX
3.
Ex
3024
{nip)*, (nw^?^
Ge
9^3,
Ez
128,
Iris,
the messenger of the gods. The plant Iris (cf. Ex., l.c.).t
-o-a/<;
2.
a rain-
MSS. sometimes
910, al.
lo-os,
cf.
Deiss.,
Gr., 100),
al.)
:
6,
-ov),
(Heb. pnsi)
Mt
12,
Ro
Lk 203''.t
-iw-njs
;
U^\ Lk
nvip
6^\ elsewhere
v.
and
:
'IcrKapiwTr]<s, -ov
(Heb. prob.
11.
Iscariot
surname
of Judas,
c.
supr., also
Mt
of
10* 261*,
his
Mk
14*3
(WH,
R,
Lk
223,
father
Simon,
,
lo-os,
80 sometimes Rec),
-ov,
[in
LXX
for '^
Jb
219
equal,
in^r
Ez
40^
ff.
11
Mac
9^^,
:
iv
;]
the
same
in size,
;
number,
c.
quality, etc.
Mk
ra
II
I.
1458. 59
TTotelv,
ace. et dat.,
<l7roXa/?erv,
Lk
Bwped, Ac 11^'' /xxtprvpiai, 20^2 iavroy T. OeQ, Jo 518 adverbially, Ee 211" t. ^e^, Phi 2.+
Mt
laoTT]?, -T^Tos,
17
LXX
:
Jb
36^^,
k.
Za
t^v
4J *
i,
;]
1.
equality
(for dis-
Co
*t
;
8^^' ^*.
2. equity,
8.
tinction bet. TO
laoTifios,
and
fairness
Col
4^
-ov,
11
(<[
lo-os,
Pe
1^ (E,
Tt/i.7;), equally privileged, held in equal mg., equally precious, but v Field, Notes,
l.).t
-ov
?o-o9,
il/vxv),
[in
LXX:
2.
Ps 54
(55)13
:
(la-jyg)*;]
1.
like-minded
Phi
,
2'^'^.f
(FIJ, 'lo-paT^Xos,
-ov),
6,
Ge
3228),
JsraeL-
o?/cos 'I.,
'I.,
;
Ac
'I.,
'!.,
7*2 (Lxx)^
al.;
Ac
410
vloc,
at <i>vXal Tov
Mt 1928, al.
Co
Eo
6
*I.
112, al.
6 Aao9
By meton., for the Israelites, Mt 2\ Lk l^*, 410 Ac y^ 'I., Mt 220,21 /ja^-iXc^s 'I., Mt 27*2, Ac 2820; 6 'I. tou deov (of Christians), Ga 6i;
;
10^8.
-XLTrjs), ov,
6,
'lapaT]XeiTTis
(Eec.
;
[in
LXX Nu
:
258
(i,j^^jjpj^
Ki 20
(21)1 (^^xy-ii-i
Luc.
'U^pa-qXiTT}?), etc.
;]
an
Israelite, the
11
name
II22;
Jo
1*8
d[v8pes
'I.,
Ac
Co
'laaaxtlp (Eec.
'Icraxa,ot?, 'lo-ao-x-)
i<rrT)|ii,
'Icra;^-,
'lo-acrx,
(Elz.), T, -o-xap),
SO^S),
6,
indecl.
(FU,
(Heb. IDt^n^P
Ge
Issachar
Ee V.f
;
and
Bl.,
23,
2;
M,
LXX
chiefly for
nay,
mp
also for
1 aor.
as^
hith., etc.].
fut.
and
1. to make to stand, to place, set, set tip, establish, 7^, Ac 12^ Q^^ if^i^ 10^ id. seq. eVi', c. ace. pers., 9^\ Jo 8[3]; cVwttiov, Ac ace. loc, Mt 45, Lk 4^; iv fieaw, Mt 182, 6*'; Trap" iavrQ, Lk 9*'^; Sefiwv, Mt 25^^; mid., to place oneself, to stand : Ee 18^^ so also pass., to be made to stand, to stand : Mt 2*,
appoint
c.
Mk
He
Mk
Lk
for
11^8 198,
II
Co
;
131, al.
:
2.
to set
in a balance, to weigh
(cl.
LXX
;
bpW
Mt
Is 46",
al.)
Mt
Ac
26^5,
H.
of pres.
and impf.
:
stand
ev,
still
Mt
;
Intrans., in pf., plpf. (vs^ith sense and 2 aor. act., to stand, stand by,
Mk
Lk
;
8", Jo 1^5
c.
32^,
Ac
169, al.
;
seq.
65, al.
cVwttiov,
lO^o, al.
tt/jos,
dat. loc.,
Jo 181"
-,
tVt, c.
gen. loc,
K Se^iGv,
115; s^^^
TToppco^cv,
I
Mk
Lk
91
oTTov,
Mk
13^*; l^w,
1712.
Metaph.,
611' 13,
Co
73^ 1012,
Eph
Jo
to stand ready, stand firm, be steadfast u^ Col 412 t. ttiotci, Eo II20 ev t. AXrjeua, 52; ev t. euayycAiw, I Co 151 (cf. dv-, 7r-av-,
;
i$-,
ctt-
(-/i.ai),
e^-,
Kar-ecft-,
(ruv-<f>-,
Ka$-,
220
**
133,
LXX
Ea
inquire into, learn by inquiry. 2. C. ace. pers., to inquire of or about. 3. to narrate, record. 4. In late writers, to visit, become acquainted toith : Ga 1^^ (v. Ellic, in 1., and
42*. J I
Q
cf.
MM,
;]
Exj)., xv).t
la-xvw), [in
;
LXX
for
bs
"liaa
msy
pjn
strong, mighty,
powerful
1121.22,
Mt
1229,
Mk
Ee
I
3-i',
Lk
Tro\fiio),
52 IQi 1821
IV Ki'2415), 151*;
Mk 1", Lk 1122,
e'TTio-ToXac
Co 127; 1 Co 125
;
TrapdKXr)(TL<;,
i<rx"'s,
He
persons, as to body or spirit I Co He ll^* (iv 1918. oJ ttAovo-ioi k. oi l, ib. 61^ Tct L = ol t. (cf. of God (cf. De IQi^), Ee IS^; compar., Mt S", Xi/.tds, Lk (^^ do-^V? T. Oiov) 1022 (6) of things k. i.), II Co lO^" KpauyT/, He S''; </>a>V7;, Ee 182;
(a) of
Ee
IS^**
-V09, ^, [in
LXX
chiefly for
nS
Tir
j,
nnnSJI,
SuVa/tis,
etc.
11
;]
Ee
5^2 7^2
k.
li^ 6i; rj 86ia t^s i, 11 Th l^; 211; ^ ^p^^os T^s I. (Is 402"), 123o. 33 (lxx), Lk 1027(Lxx),t ^ L, I Pe 411 ; 1/ oAt; t. t., Syn.: Swa/i,ts (q.v., and cf. ICC, Phi 4i3) ; Kparos (cf. M,
Pe
Eph
Mk
27i.,
I,
19).
i^Xu'w io-X^'s),
[in
912,
LXX
Mk
DSy,
etc.;]
1. to be
strong in body
prevail: Ac 192", Ee 12^; seq. Kara, he able (MM, Exp., xv) Mt 82^ 264^
: ;
to be p>owerful, have power, gen. pers., Ac 191^; c. inf., to 5* 91^ (inf. understood) 143", Lk 6-ts 8*3 1324 146.29,30 153 2026, Jo 216, Ac 610 1510 25^ 27i6 c. ace. Phi 413, Ja 516 of things, to avail, be serviceable (MM, Exp., I.e.)
:
Mt
21''.
c.
Mk
Mt
al.
513,
Ga
56,
He
91" (cf.
eV-,
ef
cV-, KaT-io-xv'w).t
LXX
Lk
'I.
for "b^H
20i3.t
(v.
"JJIS,
]7\,
Ge
Ac
322",
Je 5^
27i',
1.
Bl.,
46, 11),
o-Trelpa
'I.,
182
He
13i*.t
'iraXiKos, -^) -ov (<^'lTaA.i'a),
Italian:
Ac
101.
LXX
Ch
51^
(ntt?) *
;]
Iturcean (in
always
ff.).t
6t 'I.,
ii,
the IturcBans)
16,
20),
^copa
31
(cf.
(17
Strabo, xvi,
Lk
Exp.
a
(1894),
ix,
288
^ixOuSio^
-ov,
6,
TO (dimin. of
[in
Ix^'s),
little
fish:
IxOus, -V09,
1xvo<i,
-COS
LXX for yn, nai;] a y^s/i; etc. (-ous), TO, [in LXX for P]3
,
;]
metaph. (as
a-roix'^lv tois
I
?.,
Eo
412
irepnTaTdv
Co
Pe
6,
221 (cf.
MM,
Exp., xv).t
(WH,
-6ap),
indecl.
Judah
Mt
l^.t
221
(TE, -vva
V.
WH,
App., 159),
-17s, Tj
Lk
83 24io.t
'\(oavdv
(Eec. 'Iwavvas,
327.t
-a),
6,
indecl.
(Heb.
Joanan
(cf.
'Iwdvri?)
Lk
'\<.)dvr\s
WH,
Lk
al.
;
Gr., 142; Tdf., Pr., 79; App., 159; Bl., 3, 10; 10, 2), -ov, dat., -rj (but in Mt 11*.
(Eec.
-vvr;?,
q.v.
cf.
Dalman,
718.22,
Re
11, -),
ace,
-rjv,
(Heb. ]3ni\
LXX
'Iwavav,
11
Ch
23i,
-vvdv,
Je 47
1.
:
838(41)*)^ viz.,
son of Zebedee Mt 421, Mk l^^, Lk 510, Ac 1^3, al. 3. The father of 4. John surnamed Mark: Ac 12^2. 25 135,13 St. Peter: Jo 1" 2r5-i7. 15*''. 5. The writer of the Apocalypse, traditionally identified with 2: Eeli'4,9. Bl., 10, 2), 6, John V. MM, Exp., XV 'IwdkCTjs (D, 'Iwm^as
; ;
Ac
13^
*loSP,
Tr.,
WH,
Lk
Ee
228
(cf. 'lwdvr]<;).f
:
Ja 5^\f
I.e.
;
'iwp^S
(WH,
1^,
-/3^\,
Lk,
Eec, EV,
'fi/JiyS), 6,
indecl.,
Jobed
(Obed)
Mt
332.t
Jbda
Lk
32.t
:
Ac
2i.t
(Eec. -av),
-a,
Jonam
Lk
330.1
'Iwms,
(Heb.
nai""),
/owa/i,
the prophet:
Mt
:
1239- 16*,
Lk
112a.
30, 32
'Iwpdp,, o, indecl.
'la)pei|i, 6,
(Heb. WyiW)
Joram, Jehoram
329.t
Mt
l^.t
indecl.,
Jorim
Lk
'lwcra<t)(iT, 6,
Jehoshaphat
'Iwaeios (-o-tas,
Eec),
-ov, 6
(Heb.
inj'ttyx"'),
-^ (Eec.
6,
-17,
Lk
329;
^.V, Jose;
and
-^tos
(Mk,
11.
c),
Joses;
2.
1.
Son
of
Mary: Mt
27^ (-o-#,
6
Mt 13" (Eec,
1540.*7.
BapvdySas.t
indecl. (FIJ,
'IcicnyTros, -ov),
'lu)(ni<|>,
(Heb.
Joseph;
1.
the
Jacob: Jo 4^, Ac 79'i3,i4,i8^ He 1121.22^ Re 78. 2. In the genealogy of our Lord, (a) the son of Matthias Lk 32* (b) the son Joram ib. 30. 3. The husband of Mary, the Lord's mother Mt V^ -, Lk 127, Jo 1*^, al. 4. One of the brethren of our Lord (v.s. d8X(f>6<;) Mt 13". 5. Son of Mary Mt 27" {-a^s, WH, mg., EV). 6. Joseph 7. v.s. of Arimathsea: Mt 27^7' 5, Mk 15*3. ^^ Lk 23", Jo 1938.
Son
of
Bapvd/3as.
8. V.S.
Bapaa^ySa?.
222
Josech
Lk
3'^*.t
'lucriaS) V.S.
Icocretas.
(Heb.
"^
i.e.
Mt
5^^t
K
K, K, K<iinra, to, indecl.,
eral, K
kappa,
k,
the tenth
letter.
As a num-
=20;
20,000.
LXX
Ge
5), Is
12,
Wi
3i,
al.;]
;
(cf. Bl.,
78, 1
Mt
27^H^^^)^
Lk
Kae-aip6CTis, -ws,
Ka^aipo>),
[in
LXX: Ex
k.
232* (Din),
11
Mac
10*;
take
fig.,
oxvpwfidToyv,
etc.
Co
to
opp. to
KaG-aip^w, -w,
[in
LXX
down
c.
;]
1.
after crucifixion,
to
Mk
l^
;
23^3,
Ac
1329.
2.
put down by
force, pull down, destroy : a.Tro6rJKa^, Lk 12^^ (opp- to oixoSo/iAerv) pass., Ac 192'' {diminished, Field, Swao-ras, Lk V^ ; Wvt}, Ac 1319 fig., to refute : XoyL(Tfjiov<s, 11 Co lO^.t Notes, 129 f.)
;
KaOaipo)
/ca^apds),
;]
[in
:
LXX:
Is 2827
Je 28 {5iy^
K*
to cleanse
of
pruning, Jo 152
=
:
Ge
12*,
Ex
II
7, al.
;]
jiist as,
even as
Ro
12
Co
**
Th
:
211 3"'
Co
lO^o 12^2,
He
KaQ-dtTTOi, [in
Sm.
Ca
53,
1* *
;]
1.
(cf. Bl.,
3), to
to fasten on, put upon, c. ace. lay hold of, attack: c. gen., x"po5,
tKaSapil^w
(Hellenistic
FIJ,
Inscr.
on
the vulgar
-p-,
Mt
8^,
;]
Mk
2<5,
1*2, v. Bl.,
to cleanse,
make
In physical sense
ace. pers.,
iKaeeptaOr,
t. Kap8ia<s,
Mt
Ac
II
232^'
Mk
v.
.
l*"-*2,
Lk 11^9; of disease (leprosy), c. Lk 42" 512.13 722 1714,17. ^ xiirpa supr.), Mt 8^. 2. In ethical sense
:
159 (cf Si 381") ^_ ^upa%, Ja 4^ ; Xaov iavTw, Tit 21* Eph 526; c. ace. pers. (rei), seq. A-n-6 (Bl., 36,^9; Deiss.,
;
t. iKK\r,a-cav,
Co
71,
He
91*, I
Jo V'
9.
3.
In ceremonial sense
Mk
,
71^,
119,
He
922. 23
102
(cf. 8ia-/ca^apt^(o).t
LXX
Pe
for incj
TYir^
etc.
;]
cleansing, purification
c.
Jo
32*
c.
Jo 2"
Mk
1**,
He
13, 11
1^ (Cremer, 319).+
223
Phy-
LXX
;]
pure, clean.
1.
Mt
pruning),
He
Eg 1420,
3 Ethically (a) 6 K. Trj Kaphia {i<aOapos xapa^, Hdt., i, 35), Mt 5^; seq. (XTrd (cl. c. gen. simp.'; Bl, S 36, 11 Deiss., BS, 196 Exp., xv), Ac 2026 (b) of things KapSta, I Ti 1^, n Ti 222 ; truvctST/o-ts, I Ti 3^, 11 Ti 1^ $pr]a-Kia,
: ;
Tit 115.
MM,
Ja
127.t
STN.
724
.J
v.S. dyvo's.
-r?Tos,
rj
Ka0ap6TT)S,
Aca^a/)os), [in
c.
LXX: Bx
2410
(-,-,J3)^
wi
and
purity, cleanness
KaO-e'Spa, -as,
rj
gen.,
He
Q^^.t
(<^ Kara,
:
:
eSpa, 21^2,
seat), [in
LXX
for 30?iD
cogn. forms
;]
a chair, seat
[in
;
Mt
Le
Mk
ll^^
KaQ-ilofiai,
LXX
seq.
down,
cTTi, c.
sit
Jo 20^2
iv,
Mt 26", Lk
Jo
46
Jq
1120^
Ac
6^^
seq.
gen.,
Ac 20^
id. c. dat.,
CIS.
Lk
cl.
;
e^^s,
k.
i<f>e^<;),
adv.,
1.
successively,
in
order:
2. after-
twv
Ac
32*.
wards
iv
T(j)
K.
Ka0u8(i>,
Ge
28i3,
,
Ca
52,
Da
LXX th
122, al.
for niZT
Mt 8^* 924 1325 255 26*'*3.45^ Mk 427.38 Metaph., (a) of death (as Ps, Da, I Th 57. Mk 5^^, Lk 852, and v. Swete, Mk., I.e.); insensibility Mk 13^6, Eph 5^*, i Th 56.+
:
539 1437,40,41^ lj^ g^s 22*6, i Th 51" (cf. Mt 92*, 11. c.)
:
(b)
of
SYN.
*
KOip.au).
KaQriyr]Tr]s,
to
QO before, guide),
:
1.
prop.,
a guide.
2.
Mt
2.
231".+
Ka0-iiKw, [in
LXX
;]
impers.,
to
Le
510,
Ez
2127
to.
ra
k.,
Ex
1.
to befit,
proper
firj
impers.,
ace. et inf.,
Ac
2222
KaBrjKOVTa,
Eo
128.
Kd0-T))yiai, [in
LXX
chiefly for
nCT ;]
(prop, pf
and
Mk
;
26,
(on the vulgar imper. klL6ov, v. Kennedy, Sources, 162), Ee 4^, al. 10 ^rapd, Mt 13i, seq. prep. c. ace, iirC, Mt 9^ Mk 2i*, Jo 12i5 332.34. ^p^^^ Lk 2256; iTr6, Ja 2^; eis, Mk 13^; /xcra, c. gen ircpt', Mk pers., Mt 2658; iK Bi^Lwv, Mt 22**; i7rdvu>, c. gen., Mt 282; dTreVavn, c
Mk
2761; tVi, c. dat., Ac 310 id. c. gen., Ac 828; ^Vcl, Mt 1529 pleonastic (M, Pr., 230, 241 Dalman, Words, 22), Mt I32, Ac 23^ Ee 187; metaph., Mt 416, Lk 179 (Lxx); of one's domicile (Ne 11, Si 5026 ; Hdt., v, 63), Lk 21^5, Ac 22, Ee 146 (gf, ^^y.^^e-qy^ai).
gen.,
Mt
224
*+ Kaer)npiv6s,
(MGr.
set,
Ka6r}fxepv6<;)
-ov
Ac 6^t
i
Q^s,
LXX
KaG-i^w, [in
LXX
2^",
;]
causal, to
make
to sit
appoint
:
Ac
Co
6*,
seated, sit
Ac II2, Jo c. gen., Jo ace, seq. ^9, II 14^2; airoi, Mt 2636; iv Se^id, 1221; <L8, P; Ik Se$LQ>v, Mt 2021,23. ^^ jje 321. Ka^t'o-as pleonastic (M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words, 22), Mt 13^^ Lk 53 1431 16 ; of settling in a place {h x^P^ov, Thuc, iv,
2. Intrans., to sit
8^, al.
;
down, down, be
c. inf. tel., i
Mk
12i*; id.
W\
Co
10^
Mk
He
Lk
24*^
crw-Ka^t^w).
v.l., i
Kae-iT]fti, [in
LXX
Ex
and
Ch
2127,
Za
ll^^,
Je 39(32)1'**;] ^^ ^gj^^ or let down: seq. et's, Lk 5^^; Sid, c. gen., ib., Ac 925; ptcp^ seq. ^^^^ c. gen., Ac 10^ ck, Ac ll^.t Ka9-iaTT)|jii (and KaOia-TaLvw, Ac 1715), [in LXX for ipE, Dip mtZT, etc., 24 words in all*;] 1. (a) io set down; (b) to bringdown to a 28i5, i Ki 5^) Ac IT^s. 2. to set in 11 Ch place (Horn., Xen., al. order, appoint, make, constitute: Tit 1^, 11 Pe 1^; c. dupl. ace, Kpn-qv, Lk 1214; ^yov>vov, Ac 7^; Ipxovra, ib. 27, 35 (LXX). s.pxi^nd<;, He 728; seq. cTTi, c. gen., Mt 24*^ 2521.23, l^ 12*2^ Ac 6^; id. c. dat., Mt 24*^ Lk 12; id. c. ace. He 27(i'XX) (WH, E, mg. omit); pass. (v. Mayor, rk npos r. 6e6v, seq. cis c. inf., He 8^ Ja., 115 f.), Eo 519, Ja 3 4"
; ,
He
Ba
Jo,
(=
LXX
,
Le
:
95. is (-|^>^), i
Es
i
15o, Si I620,
1"
II
Mac
;]
as,
according as
Eo
82", 11
Co
812,
Ju
*Ka0o\iK6s, -ri, -6v {<C. xaOoXov) catholic, gejieral: tit. (Eec.) (v. Mayor, Ja., ccxc).t Ka66\ou (= Kaff oXov and SO in cl. bef. Arist.), adv., [in
'i',
LXX:
Ex
2211
Am
33.";
Ez
^_
^^
^Tb^^),
Da
LXX th
firj k.,
not at
all,
LXX
to
Je 26 (46)" (iysn),
:
pass.,
1.
Lk
112i.t
LXX Nu
Tt),
242
(-,n-|),
:
Jb 10*
1^'^.f
Mac
311 *;]
down.
2.
discern clearly
adv., [in
Eo
KaO^Ti
{= Kae
1,
LXX: Ex
I12.17 (i^h^?),
:
To
2.
I12,
Jth
late
213, al.
;]
Gk.
according as, just as (Ex, I.e.) Ac 2*5 Sidn (To, I.e.), because : Lk 1^ 19^, Ac 22* 173i.t
in
cl.,
435.
In
KaOoJS,
(i.e.
a6' ws),
KaOd-Trep,
KaOo,
Ka^dri (Mayser, 485; Eutherford, NPhr., 495; Bl., 78, 1), according as, even as, just as, as : Lk I2 (v.s. Ka^a), 24^9, Jo 522, Ac 7*^, i Co 82,
Ga 3^
with
al.
seq.
o{^tw<:,
Lk
ll^o,
i
Jo
31*, 11
;
Co
15,
.
Col
. .
3i3,
k.,
Jo
2, al.
;
seq. Ka[,
Jo
159, I
Co 15,
Jo
2i8, al.
o^rws
;
Lk
242*
id.
Mt
Mk
Ac
16^,
158,
KaOm
yeypa'^^'^^i
(Deiss.,
BS, 249), Mt
Mk
9i3,
(as in Heb.),
225
after
verbs of speaking,
12ii'i8, al.; of
irc/o),
Ac
15^*;
5,
Ka^cos),
of proportion
l^i),
degree,
Mk
i^s, i
Co
time (Ne
(v.s.
n Mac
adv.
(WH,
mg.),
KOI,
He
:
5*.t
conj.,
and.
2^^
I.
Copulative.
1.
Mk
8^^,
mult.
repeated
(b) connecting numerals (WM, 37, 4) terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole Mt 833 2659, Mk 161^ Ac 529, al. 2. Connecting clauses and sentences Mt 3^2^ Ac 521, al. mult. esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, 60, 3 M, Pr., 12 Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.) Mt I21 72^, Mk 9^, Jo 103, al. (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences Lk 3^*, Jo 4^^, in Jo ^^ (c)
: ;
:
consecutive,
4i,
and
al.
;
so
Mt
5^^, 2332,
gg
yet
:
319^ ^j
after imperatives,
Mt
18^
l;
Lk
77,
(d)
i
=
Co
/catVot,
and
;
Mt
3^* 626,
m^
12^2,
Lk
52, al.
(e)
so sometimes 8e in cl.), then: Lk 22^ 7^2, Ac 1^*'; beginning a question 102, Lk 102^, Jo 936. (WM, 53, 3 a) 3, Epexegetic, and, and namely (WM, 53, 3 c): Lk 3^, Jo li, Ac 236, Eo 1*, i Co 3*, indeed, 5^' 21, Jo l^^, al. Mt 423, al. 4. In transition so, Hebraistically,
:
Mk
:
Kal iyevTo
(^n"!l;
Mk Mk 1 (cf. Lk 5^
.
V.
Burton, 357-60;
. .
KOI, both 5. Koi and (for tc . Kai, v.s. connecting single words Mt 1028, Mk 4", Eo 1133, al. (b) clauses and sentences Mk 9^3^ Jq 728^ j Co I22, al. II. Adjunctive, still: Mt 539i40^ ;^j]j 228, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., also, even, Mt 20^ Jo 7^\ al; <Ls k., Ac IP^; KaBws k., Eo 15^ ovto^ k., Eo 6^^; 810 K., Lk 135; 5 ^. (Deiss., BS, 313 ff.), Ac 13^; pleonastically, ^erk k.
M,
re)
1422,
1529; iXKk k., (Bl., 77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,). Phi 43; ti k., 1 Jo 518, al.; KaLy (M, Pr., 230; Burton, 437), Ac 172^; KotVep,
58;
K. idv, v.s. idv.
Co
Lk
He
X,
Kaiti<}>os
185)
Mt
(T, Kat-), -a o, Gaiaphas (on the 263. sr, Lk 32, Jo 11*9, 18i3,i4,24,28^
6,
name,
v.
Exp. Times,
Ac
46.t
-los),
(Heb.
W;
Ge
4^),
Gain:
He
11*,
Jo
3^2,
Ju ^i.t
6,
:
Kai'(|ji
indecl. (Heb.
S^^.
I'i'^p),
Cainam,
Lk
ll^*,
2.
Son
of
Arphaxad
Koikis,
-77,
-ov,
[in
is
LXX
(Bz
al.)
for
ann
exc. Is
65"
9^^
(inj<)
;]
of that
which
form or
1352,
opp. to
iraXaios, dpxaios,
Mt
Mk
Lk
536.38,
;
n Co
b'^\
Eph
42*;
nXrjpwfia,
Mk
Lk
221
/ivrjfielov,
Mt
II
2760,
3,
Jo 19
8iady]Kr] (T,
;
WH,
E,
txt.,
omit),
2220,
Co 1125,
Co
He 88
d-xx), is 915
oipavoC, y^, 11
15
226
'UpovaaXrjfji,
3^2 21^
3.r0poiTro?,
Eph
21^ (cf.
Ez
1831)
Travra,
Ea
21*;
yii'i'rjfjia
Afxir^Xov,
Mt
26^9^
Mk
27'8, 11
Jo
ii
5;
5,'Ofjia,
Mk
^Vis,
Co 6^\ Ga
yXwo-o-at,
Mk
16^"^
SYN.
recent
in late
1.
;
:
.
vcos,
. .
" the
k.
the
new primarily in reference to time, the young, new primarily in reference to quality, the fresh,
unworn ".
Gk.
;
Cf. Tr., Syn., Ix (the distinction, however, is less marked 12^* with He, 11. c. supr., and v. cf. Exp., xv).
He
MM,
Kai.'OTris,
-7;tos,
v fcatvds), [in
LXX:
III
Ki
S*^^
Ez
47^2 *;]
(v. Lft.,
novelty (Thuc, Isocr., LS, s.v.). 2. freshness, newness : iv k. ^w^s Notes, 296), Eo 6''; iv k. TrvevVaros, Eo 7".+ KaiTrep, concessive particle, [in Pr 6^, Wi 11^, Jh l^^,
LXX
3*,
ii-iv
Mac
11*;]
although:
6, [in
c.
ptcp.,
Phi
He
,
5^ 7* 12^^,
u Pe
,
li2.t
etc.
;]
Koipo's,
1.
(cl.
-ov,
LXX
:
chiefly for
ny
also for
al.).
lyia
2.
due measure,
also)
fitness,
Of Time
Rq 1311^ Eph 6^8, I Pe Ee 1^, al. c. gen,, Triipaa-p-ov, Lk S^^; t. Kap-n-wv, He Mt 213* ^^^^^^ Mk 1113 pi^ Mt 21" xpovot ^ (Ka!) k., Ac 1^, i Th 5^ iOvwv, Lk 212*; of opportune or seasonable time, Ac 242^, Ga Gi**, Eph 516, Col 45; c. inf.. He ll^^; 6 k. oStos, Mk lO^o, Lk IS^"; 6 vw k. (Dalman, Words, 148), Eo 8^^; 6 k. 6 ifjL6<;, Jo 7; k. Scktio, ii Co 2 (LXX). SovXevcLV Tw K., Eo 1211, E, mg. t. o-r^yneta twv k., Mt 16^ adverbial usages: il k., Mt 24*5, iPe5 (cf. /caipaJ, Lk20i<*; to! k., Mt 122) a^pi Katpov, Lk 413 Trpos Kaipov, Lk 813, j Qq ys ^^.j-a Kaipov, Eo 5 irpo Kaipov, Mt 829.
l^^,
and
m^
;
Lk
218,
/SFiV^.
Kalaap, -apos, 6, G(zsar : Mt 2217, Lk 2i, Jo I912, Ac 258 ff-, al. Kaiaapia (Eec. -apeia), -as, t}, GcBsarea ; 1. GcBsarea Philippi, at 827. the foot of Lebanon Mt 16i3, 2. Ccesarea of Palestine, on the sea-coast: Ac 8* 93o 10i'24 lin 12i9 I822 218' le 2323.33 ^^\,i,^,M^\ **KaiToi (= KOI Toi, and SO also written in cl.), concessive particle, ivMac26*;] and yet, although: Ac 14i7; c. ptcp.. He 43.t [in
:
Mk
LXX:
* KaiToiyc, strengthened form of KatVot, q.v. (and Lk 32 (L). Kai<j>as, for Kata^as, q.v.
:
v.s. ye)
Jo
42.t
Kaiw,
c.
[in
LXX
Mt
;
for
im
Ip""
^jltZT
etc.
;]
1.
to kindle, light
ace, Xvxvov,
45 810 1920
to
Ee
2.
51*; pass., to be lighted, to burn: ptcp., Lk 123*, 12i8, Ee 8^ 218; metaph., Lk 2432, mjpi, Jq 535,
He
and
Mk
burn, destroy by fire : pass., Jo 15", i Co 133.t KdKci (by crasis for koX ckci, and so sometimes written, v. infr.), there, there also: Mt 523 (k. l, Tr., mg.) lO^i 28io {k. l, T), 135 (^_ ^^ L) 38 (^. i^^ 1415 (,c. l, WH), Jo 115*, Ac 14^
WH)
Ac
KdKi0c (by crasis for koL iKeiOev, and so sometimes written, v.s. 93", Lk 11*3, of place, and from thence, and thence : 7* 142 1612 20^5 211 274 28is.t
Mk
TETE
NEW TESTAMENT
227
Mk
Ac
KdKcTt'os, -uvrj, -tvo (by crasis for Kat e/ceivos, and so sometimes written, v.s. c/ccivos), and he, she or it ; he, she or it also : Mt 15^^ 232*,12^>5 16t">"), Lk ir.42 20" 22i2, Jo 6" 7^^ IQi'' U^^ l?^^ IQ^^,
53' 1511 1819,
Eo
rj
1123,
Co
10,
II
Ti
2^2,
He
42.t
KaKia, -as,
(<^
Ka^co's),
[in
LXX
431,
chiefly for
nJH ;]
1.
badnessin
quality (opp. to
dperi], excellence).
2. ivickedness,
Ac
3.
al.)
8-2,
Eo
129, I
Co
5s 142,
Eph
Col
S^,
In
:
Mt
(Am
MM,
Si'-iV.
irovYjpLa.
**KaKori0eia
III
Mac
322 73
(WH,
;]
Ka/co's, 17^05),
[in
LXX: Es
:
8^^,
malignity, malevolence
Eo
12^
(Cremer, 329) .t
KaKoXoye'w,
I
Ki
313,
Pr
Ex 21^*' 222^, (<^ /caKoAdyos, slanderous), [in 2020, Ez 22^ i^bp pi., hi.), n Mac 41*;] to speak ill of,
:
LXX
revile,
abuse
c.
ace. pers.,
Mt 15*, Mk
rj
q ^qq
^.^{^
Ac
iga.t
KaKoiraOeia
Ma
Ja
1^3
(nx^ri),
LXX
5i''.t
LXX
5i3.t
Jh
(bar) * ;]
to suffer evil,
to
endure
to
affliction
evil
11
Ti 29 4^,
Ja
LXX
chiefly for
ryi
hi.
;]
do harm,
do
Mk
3*,
Lk
69,
Pe 3^^
;
iii
Jo
11
(Cremer, 329).t
LXX:
:
,
Pr 12*
1
(tiria hi.)
24"
fyn
hi.) *;]
doing
-Tq,
evil
as susbt.,
an
evil-doer
Pe
1.
2^2,
415^
KaKo's,
-6v, [in
nVT ;]
in general, opp.
wicked
Ee
22;
;
8taXoyto-/Aot,
Mk
;
V^;
mean, base, worthless (cl.). 2. of persons, Mt 21*^ 24*^, Phi 3^, ofjuXiai, i Co 1533; iwievfiLa (Pr 12^2),
:
Col 35
I
Ipyov,
Eo
133
neut., Ka/cdv, to
51*, I
k.,
evil
1420 1619,
He
Pe
^j
3i0'ii, iii
(^^^
^^
^oulv
II
(7rpao-o-6iv),
Lk Eo
I
2322,
Jo
3.
1830,
Eo
38 719 13*,
Co
29; of
39. 38,
wrongs
inflicted,
Ac
9^3,
Eo
:
Mk
Pe
Ja
Ee
Lk
162^,
Ac
SYN.
(llNf
v.s. a^o-/AOS.
KaKoGpyos, -ov
(contr.
from epic
KaKoepyos), [in
LXX
Pr
:
21^^
byo).
Es
Lk
2332,33,39^
iiTi29.+
-S>
ticaKooxea),
hith.)*;] to ill-treat, hurt, torment: pass, ptcp., He hi., nzV pi.;] 1. to chiefly for KaKou, -w KaKos), [in ill-treat, afflict, distress : c. ace. pers., Ac 7^' i9 12i I810, i Pe 3i3. 2. (not in cl.), to embitter (Ps 105 (106)32) Ac I42.+
LXX:
III
Ki
LXX
jm
228
LXX Wi
:
IS^'',
iv
Mac
6^^
al.
k.
cJTT^rv,
ipelv
(TIN, bbp
pi.),
Ex
22^8(27).
Le ld^\
^
Is 82i; k.
t^v
(nbn),
Ez
34*, al.;] badly, ill; (a) in physical sense: k. Xftv, to be ill, Mt 132.34 217 Q55 L^ S^i T^ 424 QIC 912^ 1435 1715^ -Trda-xeiv, Mt 1715 mg.) SaLfjioviCicrdat, Mt 1522 KaKOvs k. diroXea-ei (as freq. in cl.,
Mk
(WH,
V.
LS,
s.v.
MM,
;
Mt
K.
Exp., xv), evil that they are, he will evilly, in moral sense, wrongly (i Mac 7''2, iv Mac, I.e.,
dirdv, C. acc. pers.,
17
etc., al.)
:
Ac 23^
aheiadat,
,
Ja
,
d^.t
:
-ci>s,
(jcaKotij),
[in
:
LXX
Ac
:
(for ''2V
ny"1
etc.)
Ex
3'^,
Je
228,
Wi
al.
;]
32, al.
;]
ill-treatment
17
7^4 (Lxx),t
KaXdjATj,
-7/s,
(cf.
KaAa/Aos),
[in
i
LXX
Co
chiefly for
IZ?(5,
Ex
5^',
Is 52*,
a stalk
of corn, stubble
6,
3i2^t
n?|"^
,
KdXajxos, -ou,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
Is 42^,
Ez
403'-, al.
;]
a reed: Mt 11'^ 1220 (Lxx)^ jj^ 724. hence, acc. to its various uses, (a) a reed-jyipe, flute; (b) a reed-staff, staff (cf. iv Ki 182\ paygSos Mt 272''' 30. 48^ Mk ISi". 36 (c) a measuring reed or rod KaXafXLVT)) (Ez, I.e.): Ee 11^ 21i^'i^; ((i) a xvriting reed, a pen: iii Jo ^^ (cf.
:
LXX
33i,
chiefly for
Nip
4i
;
;]
1.
to call,
e/c,
summon
Co
102^,
c.
acc.
Mt
Mt
208 2514^
2.
Mk
Lk
19l^ Ac
148.9,
seq.
:
Mt
2^5 (lxx);
i
metaph.,
Pe
T.
29.
Lk
14i,
Ee
19
ya/xov9,
Mt
223.9,
Lk
Jo
22; 6 KaAeVa?,
Lk
739; oi KKXr,-
fievoi,
kingdom
seq.
I
is, I
God (Dalman, Words, 118 f.) Eo 8^^ Co 19, I Th 2^2, i Ti 6i2; 6 KaXCy, (/caAeVas),
:
92^.25,
Co
7''- 18
of
3.
God,
Ga
1^ 58
115, II
Pe
is.
47
;
^i ^^^x-rjixiyoi,
^A^jo-tt,
He
.
91^; seq. iv
4*,
Th
Eph
41, 11
Ti
19.
by name: pass.,
6
K.
Mt
223,
(Deiss.,
59,
BS,
135,
210),
Lk
Kakov/meuo';,
to call,
Ac
lO^,
Ee
129, al.
c.
pred
(-/xai)
nom.,
iiTL-,
Mt
Lk
Rq
926^
J^
Jo
31.
da-
fXiTa-, vapa-, avv-Trapa-, irpo-, irpo<T-, avv-KaXew.) * KaXXieXaios, ov, rj, the garden olive (opp. to dypuX-) Eo 1124.t KaXXiuf, -ov, compar. of KaAos, v.s. KaAws. *t KaXo-8i8d(TKaXos, -ov, 6, a teacher of that which is good : Tit 23.t KaXol AifAcVcs, Fair Havens, a harbour in Crete Ac 278.t t KaXo-TToiew, -u), [in Le 5* F (KaAw? tt., B) * ;] to do well, act honourably : 11 Th 3^^ (cf. Ga 69 t6 koKov ir.).t
:
:
LXX
KaXo's,
1.
-17,
-ov, [in
nilita
.
.
also for n^
etc.
;]
dyaOo^ as the appearprimarily, of outward form ("related to beautiful : XiOol (BV, goodly), ance to the essence," Cremer, 339), fair, Lk 21*. 2, In reference to use, of that which is well adapted to its ends, good, excellent : of fish, t. KaAd (opp. to crairpd), Mt 13*8 a-Trep/xa,
j
Mt 310 71"-19 1233^ Lk 39 [WH] 6 8v8poy (opp. to aaTTpov), Mt 1233, Lk 6^3; yij, Mt 138.23, Mk 48.20, Lk 815; T. aAas, Mk 959, Lk 1434; ^^Vos, Eo V^ i Ti 18; MacTKaXCa, I Ti 4; Mt
1324.27,37,38.
^ap7r09,
;
<
229
Kol ayadrj,
Lk
Ti 313;
210;
^e/ie'Atos, I
TToi/AT/v,
Ti 619; to
IQii'i*;
Th
;
521
I
fiapyap^rai,
Jo
I
o-TpaTiwrr;?,
Ti
612. 13
Ti 4; ot/covd/xos, i Pe 4}; rp^ 2^ 11^ 47 ^fj^Xoyia, II Ti a-Tpareia, 1 Ti dywi/, I Ti 612, jj ipyov, Mt 2610, Mk 146, Jq iq^^, i Ti 31 pi., Jo 102 Ka\6v
SictKovo?,
;
Jo
eo-Tiv, c. inf.
et dat.,
Mt
933,
18^'
9,
Co
7i'26
91^
Mt
;
17*,
9*2 1421 139; geq. d, Mt 262*, idu, I Co 7^. 3. Ethically, good, in the sense of right, fair, noble, honourable Ga 418, He 51* ; epya, Mt 5^\ 1 Ti 5io> 25 6I8, Tit 2^' 1* 3^' 1* (Field, Notes, 223 f.), He IO2*, i Pe 212 ; <lmo-rpo<^7;, Ja 3i3, i Pe 212 o-iTi8>/o-ts, He 131^ seq. ivw-n-Lov, Eo 12i^, 11 Co 8-1, i Ti 2^ to k. ttoiciv
95.
Mk
45, 47^
Lk
He
Mk
n Co 13^ Ga
727,
6^,
Ja 41^ KaXov
4i8;
eo-Tiv, c. inf.,
Mk
I
Eo
1421,
;
Ga
p.aprvpCa, I
Ja
2''
Kavxqp.a,
V.S. dya^o's.
-Tos, to'
Co
5^ (neg.)
Oiov prjpa.
He
6'^.
k.
occur in Ee.t
SVA^.
:
KciXojifia,
(< koXutttw),
a covering,
[in
:
LXX
11
Nu325
pi.
48ff.
(np5a),
Ex
3433
ff.
(n^5^), etc.;]
[in
:
veil
Co
3i3-i6.t
;]
KaXu-irru,
LXX
in
cl.,
rare in
;
prose, to cover
c.
ace. pers.,
Lk
2330;
c.
Lk
81^
pass.,
metaph., to veil, conceal: pf. ptep. pass., Mt 102^, 11 Co 43; of the forgiveness of sins (cf. Ps 31 (32)^ 84 (85)2 j)^^ ij^ 55b) j Pe 48^
82*;
Mt
Ja
520
;
(v.l.
for Katopevr},
WH,
mg.,
i
Lk
2432).t
LXX
Co
Mt 15^ Mk
7^ 12-^
Lk
2825; as exclamation of approval, Co 737.38^ Ja 28.1'-'; c. dat. pers. (cl. ace; 32, lyS), Lk 62'; 73^; c. ptcp., Ac 1033 (M, Pr., 131), Phi 41*, 11 Pe li, c. ace. rei, III Jo 6; TrpoLcrrdvai {-aaOaL), I Ti 3*' 12 51^ SiaKovdv, I Ti 313; Siyarpe0o-^at, He I318; ironically, 79, 11 Co 11* (but v. CGT, in 1.); k. 16[i^l to be well : Compar., KaWiov (for superl,, Bl., 44, 3), XLv, very well : Ac 25io,t
I
Mk
of SM'';] 4i7 5', Ja 23; 626 2039, Jq 417 Qis 1313 1323^ Ac 1232, Rq 1120. ^ ^q^^-^^ -^^ 12i2,
141^,
for parts
and derivatives
Ga
AeW,
WM,
Mk
Mk
Mk
Kdjuie
iyw.
KafiTiXos, -ov, 6,
[in
LXX for
1025,
^02
;]
camel
Mt
3*,
Mk
1^
in
Mk
l^
v.l.
Kdp.ikos, v.
WH,
,
and
:
cf.
Thayer; LS,
19-^8,
s.v.
"VIS),
[in
LXX
;]
Ge
Da
LXX TH
Ka)x|j,ua
36
ff-
(pnx)
a furnace
(syncopated form of Karapvw, used by Ep. and koiv-q v^riters; Eutherford, NPhr., 426 f.), [in LXX: Is 6i (yytzr hi.) 29i9 3315 (DSr), La 3** AE*;] to shut the eyes: t. 6cj>ea\povs, Mt 131^,
Ac
2827 (is^
Kdfji.'a),
1,(5.).+
[in
LXX
Jb IQi {wp
ni.)
I72,
Wi
416 159, jy
Mac
3^
230
7^^*;]
to
effect of
continued work,
2.
to be
weary
He
ai
to be sick
V.8. iyu).
Ja
5^^.t
Kap,oi
=
.J
KoX
[in
f^Q
ifjioi,
KdjiTTTw,
LXX
^p,^,5
iv
Ki
to.
l^s,
n Ch
c. dat.
2929, ig
4524
(23)^
bend,
bow
BaaX,
ttSs,
y.
pers.,
ttj
by meton.,
kSc,
c.
by crasis
1.
for kol av
if:
{=
idv;
subjunc,
and
2.
Mk
16[i8],
Lk
WH,
Concessive, even if: Mt 212i 2635, Jo S^* lO^s 1125, He 1220. 3. As intensive of simple Kat (M, Pr., 167 730 Jannaris, Gr., 598), even, at least : Mk 528 6^^, Ac 5^^, 11 Co ll^^t Kavd (Eec. -v5), ^, indecl., Ca7ia, of Gahlee Jo 2i" 4^6 212.t
ellips.,
Lk
139.
WM,
Kacai'aros,
^TjXwTi^s)
:
-ou,
6 (late
Heb.
N3X3(?),
a Gananaan or Zealot
(cf.
Mt 10^ Mk
-77s, 17,
Kai'ai'iTTjs, V.S.
-vij-q<;)A
Kai'SdKt),
Candace
Ac
S^^.t
njf?
,
Kai'wi', -oVos,
6 (cf. KOLvva,
721
and Heb.
a reed),
[in
LXX
Mi
13, IV Mac (and in Aq., Ps 18 (19)^, Jb 38^)*;] 1. a rod or bar (Jth, I.e.). 2. a measuring rule; hence, metaph, 3. a rule or standard : Ga 6^^. 4. a limit (EV, province) 11 Co lO^^, 15, le (Pqj, the history of the word and esp. its later meanings, v. Westc, Canon, App. A ; cf. also MM, Exp., xv; Cremer, 744.)t
1\ Jth
a huckster, cf. Is 122 (LXX)^ Si 2629), to make a trade of (EV, mg., make merchandise of), or perhaps (cf. Is, I.e.) to corrupt (EV, txt.) 11 Co 2^'^.f
KaTTTjXeu'o)
KaTrrjXo?,
Kairi'(5s,
-oS,
6, [in
LXX
for ]I2ry;]
smoke: Ee 8*
923.i7.i8 1411
Ac 2^^(^^^\i
:
Pe
17,
Ac
2^,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
2^
as^ ;]
bodily organ which is regarded as the seat of life (11 Ki 18^*, iv Ki 92^, 2. In a psychological sense, the seat of man's collective energies, al.). the focus of personal life, the seat of the rational as well as the emotional and volitional elements in human life, hence that wherein lies the moral and religious condition of the man {DB, ii, 317 f. DGG, ii, 344a) (a) of the seat of physical life (Jg 19^, Ps 101 (102)^ 103 (104)15) Ac 141^, Ja 5^ (b) of the seat of spiritual life Mt 58,
; :
;
Mk
719,
Lk
151,
Ac
53,
Eo
lO^.
10,
pi.,
Pe
7^, 122-
Tas
K.,
Mt
22^''',
I
Mk 12^^ (LXX)
k.,
yt,v(^(TKtv
Ro
Th
Mt 9S Mk
2,
k.,
Lk
Mt
13^5,
Jo
12^0; eVaxw^T? V
231
3^2
Jo 12*0;
^.
^,ra,
Ac
7^,
821; ^o^p(,
;
He
a.^lTav6qTO<i, 92.
Eo
:
2^
elvai (ex^tv)
eV ttj k., II
Co
of 12* (Cremer, 343 ff.). wood, Arist.) t. y^s, Mt *t KapSio-yi'wcmis, -ov, 6 ; xapSt'a, yvwcmjs), 12* 158.t
3.
knower of hearts: Ao
KdpTTos, -ov, 6,
Carpus
11
Ti 4}^ A
;]
LXX
7
;
fruit
of trees,
Mt 12"
i
2119,
Mk
111*,
Lk
6** 13"'
of vines,
11
Mt
Lk
Jo
21^*,
Mk
12^,
Lk
Ja
20io,
Co
97
of fields,
Mk
(cf.
Heb.
138,
1-15
Lk n^y), Mt 310
429,
12i^
Ti
2,
Ja 5^;
3^
/SAoo-ravciv,
5i8; Troicrv
717-19 1326,
8 13^,
Ee
222; 8i8oVai,
i^o8t86vaL,
Lk (Ge 302, al.), Ac 2^\ Metaph., (a) of works, deeds Mt 38 71"' 20 21*3, Lk 38, Jo 158> 16 T. irvev/xaro';, Ga 522 ^ cfxDTO^, Eph 5^ t. SiKaioavvr}^, Phi 111; ^^payi^ecrOai tov k. (Deiss., 5S, 238 f.), Eo 15-8; ^, dya^oi', Ja 317; (6) of advantage, profit: Phi 122 41^; l^"", Eo li^ 621.22;
21*1, lie 222;
<
Mt Mt
Mk
47.8;
^e'peiv,
^_ ^_
Mt
7I8,
122*
152,4,5,8,16.
28*),
^^^Xi'as
(|W3
^5, De
.
1*2; t. ocrt^vos
a-vvdyuv,
Jo
43".
^_
^
-w,
SiKaLOcrvvr]^,
He
XAeW (Ho
He
13i5.t
KapTTo-<j>opea),
fruit: x">Tov,
Mk
Eo
LXX: Hb
3I'
(n-ID),
Wi
Je
10^*;]
to
bear
1323,
Mk
420,
Lk
815,
Wi, I.e.). Metaph., of conduct: 7*.^ Col 110; mid.. Col V.f
Mt
KapTro-<|>6pos, -ov
LXX
221 (vit),
Ps 106
Ac
14i7.t
hi.).
[in
LXX
Jb 29 (pm
patient
:
IV
Mac 7*;]
K(ip4)os,
to be steadfast,
He
:
[in
stalk,
a twig ; metaph., of a Kard (bef. a vowel /car, KaO' on the freq. neglect of elision, v. Tdf., Pr., 95 WH, App., 146*), prep. c. gen., ace, dow7i, dowmvards. 1. C. gen. rei, in local sense; I. C. gen. (WM, 47, k; Bl., 42, 2). 82, Mk 5i3, Lk 833, ^ Qo 11*; (b) through(a) down, down from : Mt Bl, I.e.) k. 5\r}^ k.t.X., Lk 41* 23^, Ac 93i 1037 (c) out (late usage in a peculiar adjectival phrase rj k. ftdOovs irrtDxeia, deep or extreme poverty, 11 Co 82. 2. C. gen. pers., usually in hostile sense; (a) against (in cl. only after verbs of speaking, witnessing, etc.) opp. to
;
;
LXX
9*0; fiTd, Mt 1230; after i7ri6vfi:v, Ga 5i7; \aXelv, Ac 6i3; wep, StSao-Kfiv, Ac 2128 after verbs of accusing, etc., Mt if/cvBeaOai, Ja 31* 523, Lk 231*, Eo 833, al. ; verbs of fighting, prevailing, etc., Mt 103^,
Mk
Ac
142,
Co
46, al.
(&)
of swearing, by
He
1. Of c. ace. (WM, 49d; BL, 42, 2). : Lk 839 ge iq*, Ac 8i. 36, motion or direction ; (a) through, throtighout 2io al. ; (b) to, towards, over against : Lk 1032 (Field, Notes, 62), Ac 157, Ga 211, Phi 31*, al.; (c) in adverbial phrases, at, in, by, of: kut
613.16,
cf.
Mt
2663.
II.
232
oiKov, at
Kar
1422,
ja
I8iav (v.s. i8ios) kuO" iavrov, Ac 28^", Eo Ac 1728 IS^s, Eo l^^, Eph l^^, al. 2. Of Ac 826 12^ 1923, Eo 9^ He l^", al. 3. Dis;
k.
tottod?,
Mt
24^^, al.
k.
;
ttoXlv,
iopTrjv,
Ac
1423
(^) ^f
:
time
k. eVos,
i
(c)
K.
of
numbers,
etc.
;
Kaff
iiipo<i,
;
ha
(a)
iravrts,
Lk Co
2^^
Lk S^'*, Mt 27^5,
ct?, v.s.
al.
al.;
eh)
Uarov,
I
Mk
126
6'*o
K.
He
Co
1018,
Phi
112; ^.
k.
wo/xa,
Jo
103.
Qf
Eo
He
2^7 41^;
Lk Eph according to, after, like : Mk jo 72s Eo Col 2^, Ja 2^, al. III. In composition, k. denotes, 1. doivn, dotvn (a) victory or rule over from {Kara^aivu), etc.), hence, metaph. {KaraBovkow, -Kvpuvw, etc.); {b) "perfective" action (M, Pr., Ill ff.). 2. tinder (KaTaKoXcTTTO), etc.). 3. in succession {KaOe$rj<i). 4. after, behind {KaTaXeiirw). 5. Hostility, against (KaraXaXccu). chiefly for IT ;] to go or come down, Kara-Paifw, [in descend. Mt 316 24i7, Lk 2" 6i7 103i 173i 195-6, 1. Of persons:
7^,
22^.29^
8* 14i5,
22,
LXX
Jo
410 seq. Atvo, 1030, Jo 638, Ac 25\ i Th 416 ; cV, 179; iK T. oipavod, 282, 9^, Jo 132 313 533, 4i, 42, 50, 51, ss^ ^q iqi 181 201 ; i's, 110, Lk 1030 181*, Jo 212, Ac 71^ 838 1425 168 I822 256, 49; cTTi, c. ace. loc, Jo 6I6 c. ace. pers., Lk 322, Jo 133. 52. Eo 10^
57^
;
447.*9.8i
Ac
42,
731 815
Eph
Mt Mt
81 1429 2749.
Mk
322 1530,
Lk
Mt
Mk
Mk
Eph
ace pars., Ac IO21 I411, Ee 12i2. 2. Of things: crK5o9, Ac 1011 115 ^po^^^ Mt 725.27 XalXai};, Lk 823 ggq. diTrd, Lk 95*, Ac 826, Ja 117; cVt T. yijy, Lk 22** (WH, E, mg., reject); c'k t. oipavov seq. dTTo, Ee 312 212. 10 j^ ggq ^.^^ jje 13i3; ^,ri, c. ace. pers., Ee I621.
iy,
Jo 5W;
Trpd?,
c.
.
Mt
1123,
Lk
10^5^
^H,
txt., Tr.,
mg.
{KaTafSifSaaerjcrr],
mg., EV), (cf. <xvv-Karal3aivw).f chiefly for ^33 hi. ;] 1. to cast down, Kaxa-pdXXw, [in prostrate : metaph., pass., 11 Co 4^. 2. to put doion, lay down 6i.t metaph., mid., c. ace, OefjiiXiov, He *t KaTa-Pape', -w, to weigh down : metaph., c. ace. pers., 11 Co 12i6.+ tKara-papuVo., [in LXX: II Ki 1325 1426 (^-^3), Ji 28, Si 815*;]
T,
WH,
LXX
=
to
/cara/Sapew
Kara-pipdio), [in
21^ Ez
1123
31i6, al.
;]
(WH, E, mg.), go down, cast down : pass., Iws ai8ov, Mt Lk 1015 (WH, mg.).t ** Kara-poXi^, -^s, KaraySciXXa)), [in LXX: II Mac 229*;] 1. a ^ laying doxon : cis k. <nripfxaTo<i, He 11" (EV, to conceive seed). 2. a foundation (of a house, 11 Mac, I.e.) metaph., dTrd k. Koa-fxov, Mt 1335 (LXX) (om. K6<TfjLov WH, E, mg.), ib. 253*, Lk 1150, He 43 926, Ee 138 178 ^p^ ^, KoV/xov, Jo 172^ Eph 1*, i Pe 12o.t * Kaxa-Ppapeuu {<^l3pafiv<i, an umpire, cf. ySpaySetov), to give judgment against, condemn (v. Field, Notes, 196 Abbott, Essays, 104 f.)
cause
to
Col
2i8.t
-c'to?,
:
6,
a proclaimer, herald
(in Inscr.,
k.
aywvojv,
c.
gen. obj.,
Ac n^\f
233
[in Pr IT^ A, ii Mac S^e 9^7*;] 1. to prodeclare: c. ace. rei, Ac 3^* 16^1 17^^; t. avda-raa-iv, Ac 4^; claim, ^^y a-uiTqpla^, Ac 16^7; </>ws, Ac 2623; T. Xoyov Tov ., T. K., Ac 18* 1536 T. fj.v(XTTjpiov TOV 0., I Co 2^ ; T. ciayycAiov, 9^* t. ^avarov tov K., ll'^ pass., 3<j!)C(ris, Ac 13^8; 6 Xoyo? tov 0., ib. IT^^j ^ ,rio-Tis v/iaiv, Eo 1^;
: .
LXX
c.
Ac
;
17^,
;
Col
(for
ib. ^^.
denounce (Xen.,
I
al.)
pass.,
dvay-,
(iTray-, V.
Westc. On
Jo 1^
and
:
cf. 7r/)o-KaTayycXA.w).t
,
LXX
Jb
52-,
Pr
29^, al.
;]
laugh scornfully at
gen. pers.,
LXX
condemn:
c.
Jo
32''2i;
;
[in
(RV, he stood condemned, v. Ellic, in 1. but 2^\f LXX for nnj pi., etc. ;] to break : c. ace. rei,
Ga
Mt
1220 (LiX),
Jo
:
193'-33.t
chiefly for UTIS;] to trace, draw in outline Kara-Ypd^xo, [in 8^^'i (eypac^cv, Eec.).t (= Att. avayp-) Jo chiefly for "TV hi. ;] to bring down : c. ace. Kar-dYw, [in pers., Ac 223o, Eo 10^; id. seq. ets, Ac g^" 23i5.2o,28. ^g nautical term,
LXX
LXX
to
1.
bring to land : t. TrXotov i-n-l t. yrjv, Lk 5^^ pass., seq. cis, Ac 27^ 28^2^t *t KaT-aYwcil^oiJiai, depon., "perfective" compound (M, Pr., 116); 2. to conquer, overcome : He IP^.t to struggle against.
;
(cf.
LXX LXX
:
for l27Zin
etc.
;]
to
bind up
t. Tpavfjiara
* Kard-STjXos,
Kara-SiKdiia,, [in
Ps 93
He
^^
7^^.+
336
(my
pi.),
Wi
Mt Lk
Ac
22<^,
al.
;
(ace. rei)
pass sentence upon, condemn; in el., c. gen. pers. in late writers (so LXX), c. ace. pers. {davaxw, Wi, I.e.)
;]
to
127,
637.t
ja 56; absol.
-7/s, 17,
Lk
637; pass.,
Mt
1237,
** KaTa-8iKT),
251s. t
LXX Wi
:
1227 *
;]
sentence,
condemnation
KaTa-SiwKO), [in
LXX
:
compound
(Thuc,
I
Ki
to pursue closely, folloiv up ; (a) with hostile intent 49, Ge 3136 al.); (b) with kindly intention (Ps 22 (23)6, 136.t 3022, cf. Si 27^7)
i,
Mk
Ga
LXX chiefly
for
T^y ;]
to enslave
11
Co
II20,
KaTa-Sucaoreuu, [in
LXX
for n3^,
pVffJI,
etc.
22,
;]
to exercise
2^*',
power
c.
over, oppress : e. ace. pers. (Xen. ; LXX, pers., Ja 26 {ip.a<i, T) ; pass., Ac 1038 (cf.
Mi
Wi
al.)
gen.
*t Kard-Ocfia,
-tos,
to,
:
MM,
avaOip.-).i
LXX
i
put
to
shame
c.
ace. rei,
chiefly for izri2;] to disgrace, dishonour, Co 11*' ^ ; e. ace. pers., i Co 127 2122 pass.,
.
234
to
be
Lk
13i7,
ii
Co
7^* 9^,
Pe
S^e
as in
LXX
Eo
(Ps 21
9^3 lO^,
(22)
I
(25)'^' 3, al.),
of unfulfilled
hopes:
Eo 5^
pass.,
Pe
Kara-Kaiw, [in
LXX
to
Ex
:
guished from
Kaid)
i
;]
ace. rei,
Mt
13^'',
Ac
1919
13^,
Lk
He
al.)
;
13^1,
ii
Pe
(De
S^",
Ee
8"
:
iv nvpC
9^1, al.)
Kara-KaXuTTTu, [in
to cover or veil oneself
LXX
i
chiefly for
nD3
pi.;] to
cover uj)
hith.),
mid.,
Co
11;
[in
1.
t KaTa-Kauxio|jiai,
(50)11
-w/Aat,
LXX: Za
lO^^
(rj^l
Je 27
Eo
3^^
(bbn)*;]
to boast against, exult over: c. gen., Ja 31* (T, om. Kara). 2, seq. Iv, to
Kard-Keifiai,
1.
[in
2.
LXX:
Lk
529
.
Pr 6^ 233"
(^3^2;^^^
jth 13i\
Wi
17"*;]
c.
to lie
down.
933
:
to lie
sick:
5^^
;
Mk
eV,
iy^
l^"
2\ Jo 5^ Ac 28^
53.
3.
seq. ivi,
gen.,
Ac
id. c.
ace,
Jo
191""
avdKecfjiaL)
Mk
:
143,
Lk
seq.
Mk
2l^
Lk
{'OfDZ
(jji,3)^
hoph.)*;]
break up,
LXX:
w,
Je 39 (32)3
c.
wi
I72.16,
Mac
Ac
I
[in
LXX De
:
138 211^
{-vo^iio,
Mac
33
XE
(-vo^e'w.
A)*;] Ac
131^,
Eec,
,
-vo/xe'w,
,
q.v.t
for bui 12?T etc. ;] 1. to distribute 14i, al.) Ac 131^. 2. to as an inheritance (Nu 341^, Jos (De 13^, al.).+ receive by inheritance Kara-KXi^w, [in LXX: Ex 2118 (bs:), Nu 24^, Jg 52^ (y-|3), I Ki 1611 (2.2,0), Jth 121^, III Mac 13*;] to lay doivn, make to lie down, Lk c. ace. pers., Lk 91*' 1^; mid., to recline at meals esp. for meals 73 2430 seq. c^'s, Lk 14^ (cf. Jth, l.c.).t
t KaTa-KXTipoi-oiJiew, -w, [in
LXX
by
lot or
KOTa-KXi5ia>, [in
LXX
3''.t
for
^:nw
Ps 77
(78)2o,
al.
;]
to
inundate,
deluge: pass.,
n Pe
Kaxa-KXuo-jjios, -ov, 6
617, al.
;
LXX
chiefly for
:
bllQ
Ge
^^,
also for
^m
23^^
Ps 31
[in
c.
a flood, deluge
i
Mt
2438-
Lk
1727, II
Pe
:
25.t
LXX
Je 17i (nyi),
,
Mac
623, al.
;]
to
Lk
dat. pers
Ac
16i7.t
KaTa-KiSirTw, [in
pieces
(cf.
Is 27^, Je
Kara-Kptiixt'ii^w
for n33 hi., DDS pi., etc. ;] to cut up, cut in 5^t Ch 34") kavrhv Xieoa, 21s 25i2 ('jjbtzr hi.), 11 Mae II Ch Kprjfivos), [in
11
:
LXX
Mk
LXX
2215 1443^ JY
Mac
down head;
KaTav/ni
2i
MM,
:
LXX
Es
(173 ni.),
Wi
41^,
Da
LXX
th
Su"
235
;
TH Su ^^' *^'
(cl.
^2
;]
to give
8Cio,
judgment
;
against,
fr.
ace. pers.,
Oavdrio
Mk U^\
Qo
1132,
Jo
u]
disting.
-ov Or -ov),
II
Mt
2".
2018,
Mk
Eo
Ki
1033;
83,
pass.,
Mt
273,
Mk 16M,
Co
3* 7'
Eo
14^3^ J
:
Pe
example
(of.
Mt
1241.42,
Lk
1131.32,
He
ll^.t
II
*t Kard-Kpiais,
Deiss.,
-ws, ^ (<[
Kara/cptVaj),
condemnation:
LAE,
91
f.).t
Kara-KUTTTw, [in
LXX
IV
9^2
{^p^
(orns),
hi.)*;]
to
bend down,
stoop
Jo
al.
Eec,
WH,
Mk
mg.).t
icaTa-Kupiu'w,
[in
LXX: Ge
:
l^s
Ps 109
;
(110)^
53.t
(rm),
Si 17*,
(b) c.
;]
to
(a) absol.
i
(Arist.)
gen. (Arist.,
Mt
202^,
10*2,
Ac
19i6,
Pe
SYN.
of, rail
KaTe$ova-Ld^(D (v.
Swete, Mk.,
I.e.).
LXX
:
in
NT,
chiefly for ')2,1 ni., pi. ;] to speak evil in LXX, (a) c. gen., (b) seq. Kara, c. gen.;
Ja ^n,
12^'*, i
Pe
2i2
;
pass.,
Pe
d^^.f
**t Kara-XaXid,
speaking, railing *t Kord-XaXos,
17
LXX: Wi
1^*;]
evil-
pL,
11
Co
Pe
2i.t
-ov, 6,
Syn.
\l/i6vpi(TTr)<i,
cvii,
15;
Lft.,
Notes, 256).
for 2tff2 hi., 13^, etc.;] 1. to lay hold of, appropriate : Mk 91^ c. ace. rei, i Co 9^*, Phi 3i^' i3. 2. to overtake: as correl. of StwKw (Field, Notes, 158 f.), Eo 93^; ri rj/xipa, I Th 54 of evils, Jo 1^ 123^ (cf. 6I'' T) hence, to surprise, discover Jo 813'*]. 3. Of mental action, to apprehend, comprehend ; so mid., in NT (M, Pr., 158): Eph 318; seq. 5ti, Ac 413 103*; c. ace. et inf., Ac 25'" (MM, Exp., xv).t Kara-X^Y*^, [in LXX: De 191" (.13^), II Mac 73" E*;] 1. to lay down; mid. (in Horn.), to lie down. 2. to narrate (LXX, 11. e.). 3. to choose out, hence, to enrol (as of soldiers, Hdt., Thuc, al., v. LS, s.v.) of widows, pass., i Ti 5^ (cf. Ellie.; CGT, in l.).t
Kara-XafiPticw, [in
seize,
; ; ;
:
LXX
t
1422),
KaTd-XeifJifia, -tos,
to (<^KaTaXt7rw), [in
:
LXX
for
IN^T
(Is
IC^^
nn^iUr
1.
etc.
;]
a remnant
Eo
c.
v-n-okeLfifxa, q.v.).t
KaTa-Xciiru, [in
etc.;]
to leave
ni., hi.,
also for
4i3,
nTr
.
IT)"*
behind, leave:
Mt
Mk
;
12i^2i
Lk
2031,
Ac
2427 2514,
of sailing
by a place, Ac 213
pt^p^
redundant (Dalman, Words, 21 f .), Mt 16* 211^ pass. Jo 8[9], I Th 31; metaph., eiOelav 686v, 11 Pe 2i5. 2. to forsake abandon: Mt 19^, Mk lO^d-^) 14^2, Lk 528 15*, Ac 6^, Eph 531 (lxx), ifiavrto c. ace. et inf., Lk 10***; 3. to leave remaining, reserve:
KaTaXtTTwv,
Eo
114(I'XX)j pass..
He
41 (cf. eV-KaTa-Xt7rw).t
;
*t KaTa-Xi0(ii;w ( = el. -66w cf. -do/SoXiw, Ex 17*, Nu I410), to cast stones at, to stone : Lk 20^.t Is 9^ <*', II Mac KaraXkaaao}), [in KOT-aXXay^, -77s, rj Sn ; k. Kwrfiov, Eo 11^* 52'> * 2. reconciliation : Eo 1. exchange. ,] hiaKOVta t^s k., II Co 51^; Xdyos t^s k., ib.i^.t
LXX
236
LXX
II
Mac
Notes, 288;
ICG
5^*^
;
.
Eo
5'", II
Co
from emnity to friendship, to reconcile (for exx. LS) of the reconciliation of man to God (Lft., on Ko, I.e.; DCG, ii, 474, 797), n Co Sis-iO; pass., of a woman returning to her husband, i Co 7^^ (cf.
:
aT:o-KaTaXXd(T(T(ji) t
Kard-Xonros,
-ov,
[in
LXX
Ac
for ISUT
(L^^).t
[in
Ti^yxtp
flT
etc.
;]
left re-
maining
922
oi K. T. dydpwTruii',
15^'^
+ Kaxd-Xujia, -To^, to
KaTa\vco),
Karaywytov
LXX: Ex
4^* (]ib9),
Kl
(p^tpb), etc.
;]
1.
=
I.e.,
cl.
(cf. TravSoxeiov),
an
(i
inn, lodging-
place:
1414,
Lk 2^ (so Lk 22ii.t
Ex,
and MGr.).
for ]ib
.
2.
a guest-room
;]
Ki,
I.e.)
Mk
Kara-Xua), [in
LXX
Lk
Ac
to
r\D.t2f
etc.
1. to
destroy, cast
Mt
24'^
Mk
Co
2'^-).
132,
51
;
216
^,
^^^^^
oiKiav, II
opp. to
:
oLKoSo/melv,
;
annul, abrogate
(ii
5^^' ^^
t.
Mt 26^1 27*^, Mk 14^8 1529^ Ga 2^^. Metaph., to overthrow, epyov t. 6iov, Ro 14"'* t. voixov, Mt 5^'^
;
down Ac 61*
Mac
:
travellers
al.)
(cf.
unloose, unyoke (e.g. horses), hence intrans., of KaraXvixa), to take %ip one's quarters, lodge (cl., Ge 19^,
2.
Lk
9^^ 19''.t
KaTa-^avUvi^, [in Ge 34^ (nKl), Jb 35^(5) (-ntrr), Si g^'S, al. ;] to learn thoroughly, observe well, consider carefully (on distinction
:
LXX
M,
bet.
K.
and
fiavOdvu), cf.
Pr., 117)
Mt
G^s.t
LXX
for
i
Jb 15^ Pr
;]
to
bear
witness againt
c.
Mt
26*"- 27^^,
al.),
Mk
14*'**.t
icaTa-fieVu,
[in
:
LXX
Ac 1^^
ntff^
(Nu 20\
permanently, abide
Co 16^
WH
etc.;]
to
remain
{-rrapa/jL-,
T, RV).t
KaTajiocas, Rec. for Kara /xdva?, V.S. fi6vo<;. t KaT-avd-0|Jia, Rec. for KardOefJia, q.v. t KaT-afa-06|jiaTil^w, Rec. for KaraOe/jiaTi^u), q.v. KaT-ak-aXioTKu, [in
2. to
LXX
ptcp..
consume
of
fire,
-oi
He
1.
to
* Kara-i'apKda),
sense, for y,T, 11^ *) Da
(<:^ vapKata,
grow numb, in
2.
LXX,
ib. 32(33)^
Ge
;
322^(26);
to
jb
3319,
LXX
1.
Intrans., to
to
grow
ii
numb ; hence
head
c. dat.
metaph.,
burdensome
c.
gen.,
Co
219 1213,14. pass., to be qitite numb (Hippocr.).t * Kara-i'cuw, 1. to nod assent. 2. to make a sign by nodding the
:
pers.,
Lk
5''.t
for 12113 hi., HNT, etc.;] to take note of, Kara-coea), -w, [in c. ace. rei, Mt 7^, Lk 6^^ perceive, consider carefully : Ac 1^^' ^2 1224,27 2023, Ac 11^ 2739, Ro 419; c. ace. pers.. He 3^ 10^*, Ja 123.24 (on
;
LXX
and voew simplex, v. M, Pr., 117).t t KaT-awTda), -i, [in LXX: II Ki 329 (bin), ii Mac 421.24,44 e^*;] come to, arrive at: seq. ets, c. ace. loc, Ac I61 18^^2* 21'^ 25i3 (v.
k.
237
Pr., 132) 27^2 28i3; seq. 6.vTiKpy, id, c. acc. pers., i Co 10^^ 14^6
;
c. c.
gen.,
Ac
20i.
Metaph., seq.
:
Ac
26'^,
Eph
413,
Phi
3ii.t
-cow,
17
t Kard-vuit,s,
Karavvaa-o), q.v.),
l-
LXX
Ps 59
(60)'
(nbjnp), Is 2910
(ni!pT)5)*;]
a prickinj.
(Perhaps through
resembl. of Karavucrcrw to vva-Ta^o)), torpor of mind, stupefaction: 118 (LXX) (y_ jcc, in I.; Field, Notes, 157).t
t
al.
icara-.'.JaCTo,,
Eo
[in
LXX
10
(am),
Da LXX th Su
2.
prick violently.
Ttjv Kaphiav,
to stun.
Le lO^, Ps 4* 29^2, 12i2 141, al. 1. to strike or (DTI ni.), Si ;] 3. Of strong emotion, pass., to be smitten
34^ (nsjr hith.),
11
Ge
Ac
2^^^ (v.S.
KaTavv|t9).+
:
**
to
LXX
Mac
for
I312,
m Mac
11
32'
;
4", iv
Mac
IS^ *
;]
c.
Th
,
1*
pass, seq.
etc.;]
inf.,
Lk
LXX
PjKttT
to tread
pass.,
Mt
5^3,
Lk
Q^.
Ps
to
94(95)11, Is 661, al
rest,
i^^^'pa
t^?
k., ii
Mac
15i;] 1. in
rest,
a putting
causing
to cease.
3. 5. 10,
2.
In
LXX
TT12
,
and NT,
repose
Ac
7*^<^^^\
He
31I' IS 41'
ii.t
KaTo-irouw, [in
to cease, restrain to rest
:
:
LXX
Ac
-to<;,
for
;
THO
etc.;]
1.
:
seq. Slwo,
He
He
Le
2, Intrans.,
t Kara-ir^Taafia,
to
(=
cl.
irapaTrcTao-yxa), [in
LXX
chiefly for
;
npi?
Holy
of Holies),
Ex
263i,
21^3, al.
also for
;]
^99
2751,
Ex
35i2,
Nu
;
32", al.
(elsewhere KdXvfXfia)
in
:
NT
Mt
Mk
:
1538,
Lk
Temple
;]
(or Tabernacle)
He
^ ahp^ airov,
1. to
He
IO20.+
icaTa-iri'w, [in
Mt
232*,
Ee
12i.
i
to
devour
Pe
5^.
consume
pass.,
Co
15^* (^^^\
11
Co
2^ 5*,
He
KOTa-iriTTTu, [in
LXX:
26i*
;
Ps 144(145)1*
c.
Ac 28
seq.
cts,
Ac
-w,
ctti,
acc,
Lk
down:
* KOTa-irX^w,
to sail
down,
:
sail to land,
(A), iii
put in
els t. i;(a)pav,
Lk
82.t
** KaTa-TTc^o),
., [in
LXX
:
11
Mac 82
Ac
Mac
2^.t
22- is
;]
to
wear
,
pass.,
72*, 11
Pe
LXX
to
Ex
15* A,
ybn
54 (55)^ 68
(69)2,
9,1. ;]
sea, sifik or
Mt
1430
pass., 186.t
17,
KttT-apo, -as,
[in
LXX
rhbp
;]
a curse
Ga
31*'' i3,
He
6^
II
Pe 2"
concrete, of Christ,
Ga
3i3
238
depon. (<; Karapa), [in LXX chiefly for \hp pi- ;] 12i*, Ja 3^; to curse: c. ace, Mk II21; opp. to evXoyew, Lk G^o, Eo Mt 25^i.t pass. pf. ptep., accursed, under a curse (v. M, Pr., 221)
:
4.21,23
II Es d-epyds), [in Kar-apY^o), -w (<1 /cara, causative, dpyds 56 58 (^^55)*;] to make idle or inactive (x^pas, Eur., Phoen.,
:
:
LXX
Metaph. (Inscr.), 753) of soil occupied by an unfruitful tree, Lk 13'^. to render inoperative or invalid, to abrogate, abolish : Eo 3^' ^^, i Co 128 513 1311 1524^ Ga 317, Eph 215, Th 2^, 11 Ti l^\ He 2^* pass.,
;
Eo
414 66,
Co
26 138'
10
15-6,
II
Co
37-
LXX
Ac
{mv^
hith.), al.
;]
to
number
and
or count
among
;]
seq. iv,
[in
li^.t
Kax-apTil^u,
II
LXX
He
chiefly
in
Pss
(8^
;
al.
]13
etc.)
Es
(b^3)
to
render
922,
a.pTio<;,
i.e. fit,
complete
(a) to
mend, repair
Mt
421,
Mk
;
1^^; (b) to
pass.,
11^; mid., Mt 21i6 (^xx)^ He 10^ (i-^x); (c) in ethical sense, to prepare, co77ij)lete, jyerfect : Ga 61 (BV, restore), I Pe 510 pass., i Co lio (Field, Notes, 167), 11 Co I311, He 13^1
Lk
6*0,
Eo
(cf. TTpo-KaTapTL^O)).'^
*t KOT-dpTiais, -ews, 17 (<C KarapTi^w), a strengthening, making fit in ethical sense, 11 Co 13^.t **t KaTapTiafios, -ov, 6, [in Sm. Is 381^ * ;] = KardpTio-ts (but v. ICC,
:
Eph.
I.e.)
Eph
4i2.t
T. xtpt,
**KaTa-aeiw, [in LXX: Da TH Bel 1* AE, i Mac e^s*;] 1. to shake down. 2. Of the hand, to shake or tvave as a signal t. yelpa, Ac 19^^ Ac I316 id. c. dat. pers., ib. 21*o seq. inf., ib. 12i7.t
:
Ko IV
KaTa-<TKdirTw, (LXX).!
[in
LXX
for
^nj
DIH
etc.
;]
to
dig
down
Mt
(K")S), etc.;]
to
prepare,
33.*;
k.,
make
7";
oTkov,
He
crKrjv-qv,,
He
92'
Kt/?<oTdv,
He
ev,
ll^
Pe
320
;
Lk
li^.t
LXX
1332,
jaite/i
one's tent,
Mt
Lk
wd,
c.
ace,
Mk
^
432; ^^'^XttiSi,
t Kara-cTK^Kcuais, ?, ^, [in
LXX
;]
Ch 282
cf.
(,,,35)
Ez
372^ (]3l?TQ),
To
1*,
Wi
9^,
II
Mac
143^ (E) *
1 prop.,
an encamping, taking up
11.
and
c.
LXX,
c).
2.
a lodging,
* Kaxa-CTKidtw, to overshadow
Kara-aKOTve'oi, -S, [in
ace,
103,
:
He
I
95.t
LXX
II
Ki
Ch
193
(1,3-1 pi.)^ I
Mac 538
c.
ace,
Ga
2*.t
LXX
II
LXX: Ex
:
;]
to
Ac
:
71^*
(LXX)_t
43i,
LXX
Mac
:
to
c.
to let
down,
239
A) *
;]
LXX
:
III
Mac 5*^
(-e/Aa,
demeanour
LXX:
Is
6P
(nKl3TO)*J]
letting
down, checking.
steadiness, quietness in
3.
LXX
:
and
NT
(cf.
Plut,,
ii,
65
-t^a>
vestire),
I921,
attire
Ti 2 (but
v. Ellic, in l.).t
KOTa-CTTpe^w, [in
LXX
as,
for "jjen
soil.
etc.,
Ge
Je
;]
1.
to
the
2. to
overturn, overthrow
:
Mt 21^^,
Pr
1^'^
Mk
1115
Ac
I516 (i'^).t
*t
KaTa-<rrpT]i'i((i), -w,
wax wanton
11
against
[in
c.
gen.,
Ti
5^^.
KaTa-<rrpo<|>i1,
-rj<i,
{<^KaTa(TTpi<f)<j)),
:
LXX:
2.
Jb
21^''^,
(T}<), al.
;]
1.
overthrow
[in
Pe
:
2*'
(WH,
13^")
:
om.).
11
Metaph., subver122^
sion, upsetting
II
I
(cf. KaOaipea-L^, II
Co
Ti
2^*.f
KaTa-arpojt'fUfii,
LXX Nu
14i
(tanor),
Jb
Za^/
(ntfltar),
Jth ^,
Mac ^*;]
Co
IQs.t
1.
to
2.
io
Zow, overthrow
Kora-aupo),
(5)MBy)
[in
LXX:
;]
1.
to
pull down.
KaTa-a<|>d|;u), [in
LXX
Za
11* (nn),
Ez
16*0
(prQ
pi.),
n Macg;]
c.
ace,
Lk
192^.t
Jb 9^ 37^ (ODn), KaTa-a4)paYit, [in secure with a seal : Ee S^.t t KaT(l-oxns, -ews, ^ (<C xc-Tex^)} [in
LXX:
2.
Wi
LXX
mnx
;]
1.
a holding back.
[in
Ac75.".t
21^7 (n,o^ hi.), Ps 40 (41)8 (pj^,)^ 15*^, T ; mid., to lay I Mac to lay dotvn, deposit, lay by : ;] up for oneself: xpt' (Hdt., al., v. LS, s.v.), c. dat. pers., Ac 24^^ 25^.t **t KaTa-Top.li, -rj'i, rj, [in Sm. Je 48 (31)^^ (/caTarc/Avw is used in of forbidden mutilations Le 21^, al.) ;] 1. incision. 2. excision, concision, mutilation : in sarcasm, by paranomasia, in contrast to (true) TrepLTOfi-q (v ^), of Judaizing Christians, Phi 3^ (v. Lft., in 1. Cremer, 883). KaTa-To^uci>, [in Ex 19^^ (HT), al. ;] to strike down with
KOTo-Tierjiii,
:
LXX
Ch
10^3, al.
Mk
LXX
LXX
He
an arrow,
seq.
cTTt, c.
shoot dead:
ace. pers.,
[in
KaTa-Tpe'xu), [in
LXX
Ac
:
WH,
down
**t KaT-auvd^o),
Tr., mg.), to shine
LXX Wi
:
17^,
4*.+
Mac
down
11
Co
Kara-^ipw, [in
Ac
25'''
;
\jrrj(f>ov,
to cast
to
bring
down
ainw/iaTa,
Ac
,
pass., to be
to flee
borne
:
down
seq.
cis,
Ac
20^.t
KaTa-<|)euY, [in
LXX
for D13
6^*.f
etc.
;]
for refuge
Ac
14*; metaph.,
c. inf.,
He
240
LXX
chiefly for nntZT hi., Ge 6^^ al. 1 to moral sense (as LXX), to dejyrave, corrupt
;
ii
Ti
3^.t
[in
LXX
Mk
chiefly for
pW2 ;]
"s 1520^
to
affectionately
Mt
26,
-0),
14*5^
Lk
V^^
,
Ac
;]
KaTa-<t)poi'^u,
[in
LXX
o,
for
IJH
16i,
712
etc.
i
to
despise
c.
gen.,
Mt
&'' IS^o,
Lk
Eo 2\
Co
II22,
of,
62,
He
122,
pe
2io.t
[in
t KaTa-<j)po./t]-nis, -oO,
LXX
,
for 1^2.,
Dnjil,
to
Hb
1^ 2^,
Ze
3**;] a despiser
c.
Ac 13*^t
KOTa-xco), [in
LXX
.
for ps^
ni33,
HtaJT hi.
;]
gen. (cl.), Mk 143 geq. cVt, c. gen., Mt 267.t * Kara-xOok'ios, -ov (<^ x^^"' ^^^ earth), subterranean, under the earth (in cl., of the infernal gods) of the departed in Hades, opp. to
:
CTOi'pavios, en-tyeios,
Phi
2^'^.t
make full
** KaTa-xpdofjiai, -/wit, [in LXX: Ep. Je28, iii Mac 4^ 522*;] to use of, use to the uttermost, use up : i Co 7^^ c. dat., ib. 9^^ (for other senses, v. LS, s,v.).t Ge 18^ {]vm ni.)*;] to cool: c. ace, KaTa-|/uxa), [in LXX:
;
Lk
1624.t
Ac
17^*.t
>
LXX
tj
^'Pr'
>
^*-
'1
^^^^
k. Kwfjir],
Lk
IQ^*^
as prep.,
WH,
Mk
11
II2 12^i
(drr-,
WH,
Eo
4i^
Co
2^7 12i9.t
t
al.
;]
KaTecoSirtoi',
over
*
adv. (=Hom., KarevcDTra), [in LXX: against, before: c. gen., t. So^t^s, Ju2'*;
V. Lft.,
Ps 43
(44)^^,
(cf.
metaph.
KarevavTL,
and
CoL,
l.c), t. deod,
Eph
1*,
:
Col
c.
122.t
KaT-iou(jidt,<i), to
gen. pers.,
Mt
202*,
Mk
10*2,t
Si'N.
(emphatic form of (pyd^ofiai), [in LXX for bjTQ, etc. (9 exx., each for a different Heb. word) ;] to effect by labour, achieve, ivork out, bring about : c. ace, Eo 4^^ 5^ 7*'' ^^' ^^' ^^' 2"^, 11 Co 7^", Eph 6^3, Ja 1^; pass., 11 Co 12^2 ^ ace ^ei et dat. pers., Eo 7^^,
KaT-cpYd^ofjiai
II
Co
**
4^'^
7^^
9^^;
id.
seq.
4^.1
8td,
c.
Phi
2^2
J
cis, 11
Co
Eo
127 29, I
Co 5^
Pe
KaT-c'pxoH^ai,
.]
[in
LXX
dTTo,
: seq. to come down, go 9", Ac 151 185 2110; s.7r6 et ik, Ac 1127 1219; of coming to port by ship, Ac I822 21=* 27*; seq. tt/jo's, c. ace. pers., Ac 9^2; metaph., of
1129 *
To down
:
I22
Lk
gifts
from God, Ja
KaT-eCT6t(D
3^^.+
eo-^tw,
("perfective" comp. of
q.v.,
and
cf.
M,
Pr.,
Ill), [in
LXX
4*,
Mt
13*,
Mk
Lk
chiefly for bss ;] to eat up, devour : c. ace, of seed, 8^; Wkvov, Ee 12*; ySiySXaptSiov, Ee lO^-^"; metaph.,
241
pers.,
Jo
Mt
Mk
Ga
:
b^\
IS^O;
to
;
c.
ace.
LXX
hi.,
i
etc.
;]
make
Tro'Sas
or keep
ci's
straight,
elprjyrj^,
direct,
l'^^
;
guide
metaph.,
oSoV,
Th
3^.+
;]
3^^
t.
68ov
Lk
t. /capSias ts t. dyaTTT^v, II
Th
Mk
**t Kax-cuXoYew, -w, [in IQi" (v. Swete, in l.).t *t KaT-c<|>-io-TTjfAi, to rise
KaT-e'xw,
LXX
lUS
7^0
,
To
:
11^ ^^ *
to
bless fervently
up against
Ac
18^^ f
1.
[in
LXX
272.,
for
perfective of c^'^
:
M,
Lk
8^5,
Jo
5[*],
Eo
Co
11^
ii
Co
6io, i
Th
521,
He
;
3' i* 102^
(b) to lay hold of, get possession of: Lk 14^. 2. to hold back, detain, restrain (M, Th., 156 f.) c. ace. seq. to5 fxrj c. inf., Lk 4*2 seq. Tr/ads, c. ace, Phm^^; absol., t6 Karc^ov (6 k.), ii Th 2"'^. 3. Intrans., as nautical term, to put in, make for (LS, s.v.) Ac 27*^.+ 6^ '^', I Mac Ka-njYop^w, -co (<^ Kara, ayopevoi), [in Da 76,25^ II Mac 4*7 10^3,21^ IV jviac 9^**;] to make accusation, accuse, (a) in general absol., Eo 2^* ; c. gen. pers. (el., 254), Jo 5*^ ; irreg. c. ace. pers., Ee 12^0 absol., Ac 242 i^ c. gen. pers., (j^ before a judge 1210, 6^ ll'* (WH, txt., E, om.), 232.10, Jo 8^^\ Ac 25^ 32, Lk Mt 2819; i^ (3 ace. rei (el., but v. 153.* ; c. gen. rei (Dem.), I.e.), Ac 24s 2511 ; seq. irepi, e. gen. rei (Thuc, viii, 85), Ac 241^; e. ace. rei, seq. Kara c. gen. pers. (WM, 28, 1), Lk 23i*. Pass. (Bl., 54, 3), seq. VTTo C. gen., Mt 2712, Ac 22^0; 5 KaTrjyopovfievo^, Ac 25i.t
: :
LXX
LXX
;
WM,
Mk
WM,
Mk
* KaTt]yopia,
pers.,
-as,
rj
{<C KaTrjyopo^)
e. id., i
an accusation, charge:
c.
c.
gen.
Ti 51^;
gen.
rei,
Tit l^.t
11
[in
LXX:
accuser
(WH,
Mac
but
45*;]
v.
an
*t Ka-riiYupi o
(Aram.
-as,
Iirtpf?;
Dalman,
:
Gr., 185;
Deiss.,
LAE,
*
90
f.),
Kar-qyopos,
7}
an accuser
KaTr}(f>r]<;,
Ee
12io.t
KaTTi<|>cia,
{<^
to
downcast,
Wi
17*
*),
dejection
Ja
49.t
*t
KaT-T)X'cj,
-w,
1.
resound. 2. to teach by word of mouth, Bl., Phil. Gosp., 20, 31) Ga 6^ c. ace. pers., ace. rei, Lk 1* (iCC, in 1.), Ac 1825 2124 (^f. Lk,
:
6^; seq. , e. gen. rei, Eo 21^; Trepi, e. gen. pers., Ac 212i.t. (intensive of tda>; <tds), [in Si 12"*;] to rust over ; pass., become rusted over : Ja 5^.t chiefly for pTri;] to overpower, prevail KaT-ioxoci), [in
I.e.),
Ga
**fKar-i6(j, -d
LXX:
c.
LXX
against, prevail
absol.,
Lk
gen.,
Kar-oiKcw, -w, [in very freq. and nearly always for aia^ ;] 1. trans., to inhabit, dwell in: e. ace., Lk 13*, Ac li^ 29'i* 41" 932,85 1910-17, Ee 172; of God, 2321. 2. Intrans., to settle, dwellAc 2212; seq. cV (el.), Ac 120(lxx) 2^ 72,4,48 922 1129 1327 1724^ 11^ 7*' Ee 1312; seq. cis (Bl., 39, 3; M, Pr., 62 f., 234 f.), Mt 223 413,
LXX
Mt
16i8,t
Mt
g^
Ac
cirl
T.
yri%
(Nu
13^3, al.),
Ee
310
138.1* I78;
eVl
TTuvras
16
242
TTpoo-wTTou T. y.,
11'"^.
Ee
;
demons),
Mt
;
12^^
Lk
Eph
3^'^
t.
irvev/jia,
^^cott^tos),
Col
l^^ 2^
Wi
!*), II
17
Pe
3^-^ (cf.
ei'-KaT0t^w).+
KaT-oiKTjais, -ttos,
(<^KaToiA(o), [in
LXX
18^.t
for SIZ^^
Ge
,
dwelling
Mk
lO^**, al. ;]
5^.+
-OV,
t KaT-OlKtJTTlpiOC,
TO
fiy^
'
^^'
'^
a habitation, dwelling-place
+ KaT-oiKia, -as, ^
al.
;]
Eph
2.
2^'^,
Ee
(<
Ac
/caTot/cew), [in
LXX chiefly
;]
I^IQ Ex
,
35^,
1.
a dwelling
TTvevfjia,
17-'^.
a settlement (Polyb.).t
etc.
KaToiKil^u, [in
C.
LXX for
212?"' hi.,
to
cause
to
dwell
metaph.,
Ja 4^ (Eec, E, mg., KaTWKrjaei^^A *t KaTOTrxptj^a) (<^ KaToirrpov, a mirror), to show as in a mirror. Mid., to see oneself mirrored (v. MM, Exp., xv) c. ace. rei (E, txt., but V. mg.), to reflect as a mirror : 11 Co 3^^ (cf. Abbott, Essays, 94).t
ace, TO
;
Ac
243.t
LXX
Mk
for ni3Q
rinrip
down, downwards
209.
2.
verbs of motion),
14^6,
t.
Mt
S^^.
4^,
Lk
4^,
Jo
St*^' ^J,
Ac
Mt
27^\
Mk
Ac
219(lxx);
Ch
27'"'2),
Mt
dvw), 2i.t
[in
Jo
KaTWTpo9,
TO.
-/3a,
-cpov
; /cttTto),
;
>
^rinp
;]
lower
K.
TTj? yrj<;
(v.
AE,
Ej}h., l.c
ICC,
Eph, I.e.), the lower parts of the earth (cf. Ps 138(139)1^; cf. also MGr., ri KciTov yTj, the underivorld. Thumb, MGV, 334) Eph 49.t
:
KaXUT^pW,
V.S. KOLTO).
rj,
KauSa (TE, mg., KAaCSa; Eec. K\av8r]), island near Crete Ac 27i^.t
:
Cauda, Clauda, an
,
LXX
for
dH Hin
,
etc.
;]
heat
Ee
Ee
*t KaofiaTtl^o) (<^ Kavfia), to burn or scorch up 4" seq. Kavf.a /iya, 168. Pass., Mt 13i*,
KauCTis,
c.
-ws,
17
Mk
Ee
pi.,
irvpC,
Katw), [in
LXX
for
lya
burning
He
68.+
*+Kaua6w, -co [ Kavcros, burning heat, fever), only in pass., 1. to 2. In NT, to burn toith great heat burn with fever (Galen., al.). II Pe 310- ^2 (v. Mayor, in 1.).+ *+ KauoTT)pi(il^(i> (Eec. KavTTjp-, and so usually in Gk. writers, v. Soph., Lex., S.V.), to mark by branding, brand (AV, scar, but v. CGT, in 1.)
metaph., pass.
pf. ptep.,
i
Ti 4^
(cf. Kavrripiov,
iv
Mac
15'^^*).+
[in
LXX: Ge
Je
1817,
(sn^), Jb
2721,
Ho
3'7),
ll.c.,
121
12)
1315^
jh
48^
Ez
19^2 [W^-py,
Je
Jth
8^, Si 18^6
:
Si I8I6)
Mt
31 (34)i 4322*;] 1. ^Mnim^ heat 20^2, Lk 12*^ (Ja 1", AV). 2. a hot
243
sirocco
v.
LXX,
ll.c),
the
modem
cf.
CGT
1^^
K, mg., the
(in
LXX,
ii,
LXX
l^)
:
for
bbn
hith., etc.
and
so in the
NT
DB,
1013,
790b;
Hort on Ja
17
Eph
Co
c.
to boast
seq. 0/
(LXX), Eo
Ja
cV
CIS,
19;
(t.)
de^,
Eo
3^;
X.
'Irjo-ov,
Phi
seq.
cVt, c. dat.,
11
101"(lxx).
11
ib. 1";
vTrep,
c.
gen. pers.,
to
Co
Co 10^; Co l^^
n^HIl
2,
Kauxt]|xa,
-Toq,
(<^ Kav^dofiai),
:
[in
LXX
chiefly
s.v.
;
for
e.
n")N5ri
;]
l.
boast (Find.)
11
Co
5^2 93
(Thayer,
contra,
Ellic, Lft., on
Ga
i
glorying:
Eo
4^,
6*; Lft., Notes, 204, 277). 2. ground or matter of Co 5 9^5' i, 11 Co 1^*, Ga 6*, Phi 126 2i, He 3
(cf. Kav;(7;crt5).t
t Kao'xr]<ns, -ws,
17
c.
Kavxao/im), [in
:
LXX
for n"|?^5ri
ll^"' ^^ cV
(l
Ch
41"
;
2913,
Ez
16^2, al)
a boasting, glorying
;
Eo
7^*
;
32^,
n Co
k.
Ja
seq.
inrep,
n Co
7* 82*
ctti,
gen.,
I.e.,
11
Co
al.), I
Th
a boast (= KavxvMo),
n Co
li2.t
Kacfjapj-aoofi {Kairep-,
Eec,
:
V.
WH,
4}^,
Nahum's
village),
Capernaum
[in
Mt
Mk
T^^
;]
12\ Jo
2^2, al.
LXX
Ki
chiefly for
Nu
24", al.
:
xi/^a/jpous
Twv Kc'Spwv,
(as in
II
II
Ki
1523, III
11.
1513 (rnii?)
Tr.,
<J
cedar
x^^/J^appo^
;
twv K.
Ki,
iii
Ki,
c),
Jo 18^ (Eec.
WH,
mg.,
V.S. Ke8pii>v,
andcf. Westc, in
o,
1.;
toC KeSpov, T,
89
f.;
Abbott,
JG, 513
ff.).t
Heb.
flTlp), [in
:
Ki 1523, IV Ki 23", al. ;] Cedron (OT, Kidron) x^^f^appos 181 (L, Tr., mg., E, txt. cf. BL, 10, 5 Lft., Essays, 172 ff.).t ToC K., Jo Je 24^ (liP hoph.), al. ;] used as passive of Kciiiai, [in
:
LXX
II
LXX
(LS, S.V.), to be laid, to lie ; (a) of persons an infant, Lk 2i2> is a dead body, Mt 28", Lk 235^, Jo 20^2; (b) of things, to lie, be laid or set, stand : Mt 5^*, Jo 2^ 1929 20^-7 21^, Ee 42 21i trop., ^eyne'Aios, 311 310, Lk 3^; ik, Lk 12^9; It^C, I Co seq. prep. c. ace, Trpos, Mt
Tidrjfii
:
trop., KdXvfjiixa, II
to be laid
c.
ace. (of
cTTt-,
Metaph., 6 koct/zos v t. irovrjpw K., I Jo 51^; down, appointed: of law, c. dat. pers., i Ti 1^; seq. eh purpose), Lk 2**, Phi l^", i Th 3^ (cf. dvd-, avv-avd-, dvrt-,
31^.
irepi-, 7rpd-*ci^ai).t
Co
dwo-,
Kara-, -rrapd-,
244
[in
LXX
:
Pr
7^" (D'lin"! *
I.e.).
;]
a vernacular word,
1.
(cf.
2.
In
pi.,
swathings
LXX
i
shear
a sheep, Ac
absol.,
S^"'^
cut short the hair, Mid., to have one's hair cut off, he
,
Is
53'', al.
;]
to
shorn
Co
11*'
6,
t.
K^^aXrjv,
Ac
18^*.+
indecl. (Heb.
tZT^f?),
Kish
Ac
IS^i.t
call,
to /ceAuco), [in
:
LXX:
Pr 2462 (302T)*;] a
Th 4^^ (v. M, Th., in 1.).+ 9^3, To 8^^ al., and freq. in i-iv Mac to urge on, bid by word of mouth, order, command (mostly of one in 4i5 53* authority) c. ace. et. inf.aor., Mt 1419.28 is'^s 27^4, Lk IB*", Ac 25.i^ with ellipse of ace., Mt 8^^ 149 2758^ Ac 12^^ 2P3; 83S 2230 2310
i
;]
c.
Ac Ac
STN. : v.S. evreXXw. *^ KCkcp-paTeuw (not elsew., but perh. = -c'w, Plut., al.), to tread on emptiness : Iwpa. (alwpa) k. (conjee, for a i6paKv ifj^/i., Lft., in 1.), Col 2^^
also ICC, in l.).t **t K^o8o|ia, -as, Tj Wi 14i*, 11 Kvo8o^os), [in 31**;] 1. foolish fancy, vain opinion, error (LXX, 11. c). glory, groundless conceit : Phi 23.t *t Kci'oSo^os, -ov Kevo's, ho^a), vain-glorious : Ga S^^.t chiefly for p^T and cognate forms Kccos, -v> -ov, [in
(cf.
LXX
Mac
2.
2i5
vain-
LXX
Co
;
;]
empty
aTrarr],
15^'^
(Ge
372*,
;
Jg
;
71").
Metaph.,
(a)
empty, vain:
;
Xdyot,
:
Eph
rj
5";
i
Col 2^
K^pvyfxa,
-fj
TTto-Tts, I
15i*
2^
;
(b)
vain, fruitless
xapts,
Co
Kivd, tio-oSos, I Th ch no purpose (Diod., LXX cl. 8ta ^cvf/s), 11 Co 6^, Ga 22, Phi 2i, i Th 3* 20i0' ^^ vain, Ja 220.t (c) of persons, empty-handed : Mk 123, l^ 1^3 Syn. : /xaraios, of the aim or effect of an action, k. of its quality (Lft. on Cl. Eom., / Co., 7; Tr., Syn., xlix).
KOTTos, ib. 58
Ac
42^ (LXX)
kp6v, in vain, to
*t
Kci/o(|>o>i'ia,
-as,
r]
:
(<^k6vos,
pi., i
(ftoyvio)),
[cf.
empty
talk,
KK6a>,
babbling
-
Ti
620, 11
Ti
21".+
Je 142 159 (ij^^j^ pu.)*;] to empty. Metaph., to empty, make empty, vahi or of no effect : Kovx-qp-a., ICC, in 1, and esp. Gifford, I Co 915 kavTov, of Christ, Phi 2' (v Lft. pass., Trto-Tts, Ro 4^* 6 o-ravpds, i Co 1^^ hicarn., 54 ff.) Kavxqp-a,
Kvds,
q.v.), [in
LXX:
II
Co
93.t
Kiv-rpov, -ov,
TO
; /ccvrew,
to jwick), [in
LXX
i
Pr 26^
(iv
(3^0).
Ho
2.
131*
(nipl?),
512,
Si 3825, IV
Mac
:
14i*;]
t.
1.
a sting
Mac,
I.e.):
Re
910.
:
Metaph.
goad
pl.,
Ac
(as 26i*.t
Ho
13i*)
Oavarov,
Co
1555
(iJtx), 66.
1530,44,45 *t Kci'Tupiwv, -(Jivo-i, 6 (Lat. centurio) ; a centurion: (Mt, Lk, use iKarovTapxo^ {'V^)) q-V)-"*" v. App., 150), -wv, ai, CenchrecB, a Kci-xpeai (Rec. Keyx* port of Corinth Ac I8I8, Ro 16i.t
;
Mk
WH,
245
:
LXX
Ja
45.t
* Kcpai'a (WH, Kepea, V. App., 151), -as, r) (<C Kepa<;), a little horn : of the point or extremity which distinguishes some Heb. letters from others (e.g. t from 1 DCG, ii, 733), Mt 5^^ Lk IG^^.t Kepa/icu's, -ws, 6 Kpavvv/i6), [in for IS"', Ps 2^, Je 18^ al. ;] a potter : Eo 9^1 6 dypos roi k., Mt 27^' ^o (lxx) t
;
LXX
(inS))*;]
Kcpa/xcot}^
(Plut.,
Acep i'/xios,
2.
In
[in
LXX
:
and NT,
cl.,
KcptijjiioK, -ou,
an earthen
vessel,
a jar or jug
Ktpajjios, -ov, 6
etc),
earthen
Ee
2^^.t
etc.
;]
KpafjLo<s),
:
LXX
Mk
:
Je 42 (35)^ {:p^),
vSaros,
14^^,
II
:
Lk Lk
22^**.t
;]
KepavvvfiL), [in
LXX
3.
Ki
^0
1,
potter's clay.
2.
an earthen
wine
vessel.
,
tile
;]
Kcpdfi'ufii, [in
Is
5^2, al.
of the diluting of
by oxymoron,
Ee
14io.t
implies " a mixing of two things, so that they are blended and form a compound, as in wine and water, whereas /*. " implies a mixing without such composition, as in two sorts of grain (LS, S.V. Kpaai^). Kt'pas, -aro? (pi. not irreg. as in Attic), to, [in chiefly for
Syn.
fxiyvvfju.
LXX
]1(7. ;]
a horn
Ee
5 12^ 13^'
^^
17^'
:
corners of the altar (Ex 29^^^ q}.) Ee 9^^. Metaph., as symbol of strength, k. awTrjpca^ (cf. Ps 17 (18)^, al.) Lk l9.t * Kepdrioy, -ov, to (dimin. of xe/sas), 1. a little horn (Arist.). 2. In pi. (the fruit of the Kfparea), carob-jwds : Lk 15^". *Kep8atVw, [in Sm. Jb 22^*;] to gain: c. ace, Mt 25i. i^. 20, 22
:
:
T.
Koa-fxov,
Mt
16'^^,
Mk
;
Ja
4}^.
Metaph.,
c.
Phi
8^^, Lk 9^^* absol., to make profit, get gain : ace. rei, to save oneself from, avoid : Ac 27^^ c. ace. pers., to gain, win : Mt 18^5, i Co 919-22^
;
d\f
Ez
27^*;
Sm.
Ps 29
(30)io, al.;]
gain
Phi pi
3^,
Tit
VKf
1,
Kip\ia, -Tos, TO
{<^ KiLpm),
slice,
hence,
2.
a small coin
pi.,
Jo
2i5.t
(*<p/i.aTi^aj,
:
to
[in
Jo
2^*.t
-ov
(<^ KCc^aXi^),
LXX
(-atov,
to)
for
tZTjil
Nu
of the head; metsb'ph., principal, chief; mostly as subst., Kc^dXaiov, to; 1. the chief point : He 8^. 2. the sum total, amount Ac 22^8 (other meaning, LS, s.v.).t
42, al.;]
KC^aXai<S(ti,
-ci>,
V.S. Kc^aXido).
246
nearly always for l^NT;] the head: Mt Mk 6 \ Re mult. fig., dydpaKt^ Im r^v k., Ro 12'^o(lxx). aloa, x\c 18^; metaph., of a husband, c. gen., I Co 11^, Eph 5^^; of Christ, I Co 118, Eph 415 5ii3^ Col l^^ 2^^>'^^; of things, k. yw.t'as,
[in
LXX
536,
Mt
ai-^-iLxx)
** Ke4>aXi6w (Rec. -aidw, [so in Si 35 (32)^ *]), -w (< Ke<^aXtov, dimin. of Kc^ttXr;, in late writers); 1. (-aiow) to stem up (Thuc, al.). 2. (In NT, only) to wound on the head : Mk 12'*.t
:
LXX
K64)aXis, -iSos,
1.
7]
(dimin. of
K<^aXr/), [in
11
etc.
;]
little
head.
2.
Ez 2^ Ps 39
*
(40)8, II
KTjfiow, -to
(<;
Krj/j.6^,
a muzzle),
ce7isus),
muzzle
:
Co
9^ (TTr.,
WH,
12^*
a poll-tax
tov
k.,
Mt
IT^^ 22^'
Mk
T. v6ixL(Tixa
<f>(jpo<;.
Mt
22^'' (v.
MM,
Exp., xv).t
4^2, al.;]
Syn.
a garden:
tAos
-OV, 6,
(q.v.),
KTJTTos,
[in
LXX
(<^
for ]a,
ma,
ovpo<;,
n33,
De
ll^o,
Ca
Lk
* Kt]7r-oup6s,
Krj7ro<;
a watcher), a
gardener
Jo
20is.t
KTjpi'oc,
-OV,
LXX
for Ilgli,
k.
f]12r
Ps 18
24^2
(19)i
117
(118)12,
txt.,
1624,
al.;]
honeycomb:
/xcXtWtov,
II
Lk
(Rec;
WH,
R,
txt.,
omit).t
Ki^puyfia,
-Tos,
TO
I
Jh
32
(nxnp), Pr 9^
LXX
Ch
30^
(^ip)
is
cried by a herald,
a proclamation. In NT (v. Lft., Notes, 161), of God's heralds, proclamation, message, preaching (i.e. the substance as distinct from the act which would be expressed by t/<7/pv^is): Mt 12*1, Lk 11^2^ I Co 121, II Ti 41^, Tit 1^; c. gen. subjc, to k. [xov, i Co 2*; rjpMv, ib. 151*; c. gen. obj., 'Ir;o-oC Xp., Ro 162^t
KTJpul
{k-,]p-,
T), -vkos,
6,
[in
LXX Da LXX
:
th
3* (7113)
Ge
41, Si 20l^ IV
Mac
6**;] a herald
Ti 1\
11
Ti
l^i, 11
Pe 2^t
KTjpuCTcrw, [in
Mk
92'^,
1*5 7^6,
Lk
;
chiefly for Nip ;] to be a herald, to proclaim : 4i8.i9(Lxx) (but V. Field, Notes, 174) 8^3, Ro 221, i Co
in
:
LXX
NT,
I
Ga
511, al.
2)roclaim, jireach
16C15],
iVa,
to ivayyiXtov,
123,
chiefly of the proclamation of the Gospel, to li* I31" 14''' Mt 42^ 9^5 241* 26^^
Mk
Ga
Co
22,
.
Col
Th 2^
221
;
seq. eh,
(^.f
Mk
2i.
l^^ 13l^
Lk
92^*
4**,
Th
i
2^;
12^
Mk
612
c. inf..
Ro
k.
XpicrT6v, 'Ii;o-ow,
Ac
85
19i3,
Co
1512, II
119 11*,
Phi
115, I
T- 316
Trpo-Kr)pv<T(Tw).
LXX
3),
Jh
(21),
Ge
I21
(|^3n), etc.
;]
Mt Ga
12*<'(LXX)_f
6
-a (v. Bl.,
10,
(Aram,
11,
ND""?),
Cephas,
i.e.
Feter
Jo
1*3, I
Co
118 29,
u.t
247
[in
LXX
;
Ge
Ex Lk
and
259
'10',
for
or chest
of
Noah's ark,
Mt
Ee
2438,
172^
He
11^
Pe
[in
320
He
9*,
ll^^.t
Kie<pa, -as,
freq. in
Pss (32
(33)2, al.)
in
Da
(3',
al.)
for
(cf.
itself
a transliteration of
;]
Ki^apis,
the
Homeric form
58 142l52.t
of
k.
CB, Dn.,
Iviii)
a
;]
lyre,
harp
Co
14^,
Ee
KiOapiJu, [in
LXX
to
harp
Co 14^ Ee
142.t
-ov, 6 {<^Ki6dpa, aoiSo's, a singer), one who plays and sings to the lyre, a harper : Ee 142 iQ-^^f KiXiKia, -as, fi, Cilicia, a province of Asia Minor Ac 6^ 1523 *> 2139 223 2334 27^ Ga 12i.t
:
* Ki0ap-a)86s,
to venture.
2.
LXX
:
for
823,
1ffp'>
ni., etc.
*^, i
;]
1.
to be
daring,
Lk
Ac
192"'
Co
153o.t
.j
LXX
Ps 114
(116)3
(-,yjjj)^
gj 326^ g^i
daiiger,
peril
Eo
835
pj^
[in
q^
i22.t
Kiviu,
-Q),
LXX
to set
in motion,
1529; pass,
move: Mt 23^; t. Ki<t>aXi^v (Ps 21 (22)^, (cf. Ge 721), Ac 1728. 2. to remove : Ee Ac 245 pass., 2130 (cf. fiera-, <Tvv-Kivu>).f
;
Mt
2739,
3.
Mk
2^ 6^*.
to excite, stir
up
;]
kiVtjctis,
-cws,
f3l.t
17
/ct'a)),
[in
LXX:
Jb
16'5)^
(t:),
al.
moving
and
cf.
Jo 5
Kivvd^Kji^Lov
(Eec.
Kivafx-), -ov,
:
Heb.
fiaip),
cinnamon
Ee
LS,
s.v.,
XPaw.
KXdSos, -ov, 6
KXau)),
[in
LXX
;
for
Tch^
p]3
:
etc.
;]
a young
40i*),
then, a branch
of
Mt
(cf.
Mk
432
1328,
Lk
13^9;
metaph.,
descendants
of
Si
Eo
1116-19, 21 f
KXat'o), [in
;]
of pain
538.39
or sorrow, esp. for the dead, to weep, lament ; (a) intrans. 1472 (M, Pr., 131) 16[io], Lk 7i3. 32, 38 352, Jo 113i, 33 1520 2011.
Mk
Lk
i3, is^
Ac
939
(WH, mg.) Trt^pSs, Mt 26^5, Lk 222; opp. to 19*i 2328, Rq 189; c. acc, Lk Xat'pca, Eo 1215; seq. Mt 2i8.t pers., to weep or lament\for, bewail
ctti',
:
2113, I Ac 82*
Co
730,
318,
Ja 49
51,
Ee
5^ 18i5.i9; ^roXv,
Ee
5*; TroXXd,
621.25;
yeXdw,
STN,
v.s. Sa/cpvw.
rj
*KX(l<ns, -ews,
KX(iCT|xa, -Tos,
(<KXao>), a breaking
Lk
2435,
,
Ac
612.
2*2.t
LXX
i9.
for Jl^
nbg);]
a broken piece,
".t
fragment
Mt
I420 153^,
Mk
6*3 88'
20,
Lk
9l^ Jo
248
ii
Ti
1.
i^'^.f
the
Emperor
Ac
"^32,
11^^ 18^.
2.
232".
;]
crying, weep-
203"
Mt
218 (LXX)
^ ^. ^^, ^ /3pvyfi6^,
Mt 8^2
13*2. bo
K\d(o, [in
W^f LXX Je
:
16''
bread,
I
Mt
14^^ IS^e
26'^
Mk
(DHD), al. ;] to break, break in pieces : of 8 I422, Lk 22i9 M^\ Ac 2*6 20^- 1^ 2735,
Co
[in
8^^ (cf. Ik-, /<aTa-cXaw).t 1016 ]^X24. ggq ^i^^ Q a,cc. pers., kXcis, -86s, Att. ace, KXetv, later -ctSa, pi., kXciScs, -as, contr.,
Mk
-cis,
^7,
Is 2222,
^1.
;]
key.
Mt
1619;
yvwo-0)s,
Lk
1152;
of
David
LXX,
^^
:
I.e.),
Ee 3^
t.
Oavdrov
k. r.
a8ov.
[in
Re
11^; t. a/Svaa-ov,
25i,
Re
;]
201;
^0
kXciw,
LXX
.
sMit
dvpav,
Mt
SlPwuov,
Re
.^
203
8f.(Tp.(jiTrjpiov,
Ac
8.
Jo
20i9>26,
6^ t. Ac 2130;
;
Re
T.
116;
o-;rXayx^'a,
Jo
31^; t. ySao-iXtiW,
Mt
dvpav, ib.
(Cf.
(XTTO-,
KX^^^ia, -Tos,
TO KXe7rra)),
[in
LXX: Ge
LXX).
:
3139,
2.
Ex
223.*
(2.
3)
(n3|, nnsa*;]
(Plato, al.)
:
l.
a thing stolen
(Arist.,
kXottt?,
theft
pi..
Re
rd,
92i.t
6,
Cleopas
Lk
24i8.t
[in
LXX:
Jb 2822
:
(jr^^^r)
30^ *
;]
1.
a rumour,
report.
2.
Pe
22o.t
kX^ttttis,
6,
[in
I
LXX
;
for n^a;]
a ^/w/:
Fig., is
;
Mt
k.
619- 20 24*3,
1
l^
52.*
1233.39^
Jo
101'
126,
Co
6i, I
Pe
41^.
eV wktC,
Th
(/cXeVras,
II
WH,
Re
:
;
Pe
310,
Syn.
R, mg. V. Lft., Notes, 73 but cf. also M, Th., I.e.), Metaph., of false teachers, Jo lO^.t Xrj(TTi]<i, a robber, a brigand who plunders, openly, with is a thief who steals in secret, by fraud and cunning (Tr.,
txt.,
33 1615.
Mt 619.20 1918^ Mk Lk 1820, Jo 1010, Ro 221 139, Eph 428; c. ace, Mt 27"* 28i3.t n^bl, Ez icXiJiJia, -TOS, TO KXaw), [in LXX chiefly for n'iim
KXe'iTTw,
[in
LXX
for 133;]
to steal:
absol.,
152 176,
7^
al.
;]
vine-tiuig,
vine-branch
:
Jo
I52. *"6.t
KXi^fiTjs, -cvTos, 6,
Clement
Phi
43.t
KXripok'op.^w,
-w {<C^KXrjpov6/j.o<;), [in
LXX
chiefly for
lah"'
also for
bn3
rei)
etc.
;]
1.
absol.,
Ga
2. to inherit (in cl., usually c. gen. to receive by lot. 430 (lxx)j jn general, to possess oneself of, receive as
.
q ace. rei (as one's own, obtain (as De i^, al., cf. Ps 24 (25)3, jg 6i7^ generally in late Gk., v. M, Pr., 65), of the Messianic Kingdom (cf. Ps 36 (37)11, gi 413 3726^ and v. Dalman, Words, 125 fif.) and its blessings and privileges, t. y^v, Mt 5^ (cf- lxx) ^^ ygao-iXetW, ^. deov, Mt 253*,
j
249
Co
(TU)Tr]pLav,
Ga
521
^^v
al^vcov,
Mt
6^2
j
1929,
Mk
lO^^,
Lk
1025 IS^*;
;
Heil*
He
He
;
a(f>Oap(TLav, I
Co
IS***
ovofia,
He
ravra,
Re 2V
(cf. Kara-KXrjpovofieoij.f
K\i]povoyiia, -as,
rj
(<^
KXr]pov6/xo<i), [in
n^nj
:
also
21^8,
7^,
for nijpn^
etc.
;]
prop.,
Mt
:
Mk 12'', Lk 12^^ 20^* in general, a possession, inheritance He 11^ of the Messianic Kingdom and its blessings, Ac 20^2^
;
Ac
(Ja 3^^,
Col 32^
Bph
Ki
He
6
115,
915, I
Pe
l^.t
vi/io/xai,
k\t]po- folios,
{<C
K\rjpo<s,
to posscss),
1.
[in
LXX
cl.)
Jg
187, II
147,
Mi
je
810
(mir), Si 2322*;]
(as in
an
12', Lk heir : Mt 21^8, Ga 41 ; of those who as sons of God inherit the privileges of the Messianic Kingdom ; of Christ himself, He 12 ; of Abraham, Eo 4i3, i* of Christians, Eo 81^, Ga 329, Tit 3^, Ja 25. 2. (As in Jg, Mi, Je, 11. c.) a possessor : He 61^ 11^
;
Mk
20i*,
LXX
(Cremer, 359
f.).t
LXX
:
chiefly for
rhui
blia
;]
which
is
;
Ac
12
Mk
Lk
Ac
23^*,
li' 821
Jo 192*
;
(lxx),
Ac
26i8,
Col 1^2;
pi. of
l.).t
-S,
[in
LXX
Ki
2. to Is 1711*;] 1. to cast lots. portion : pass., iv w <ai kKXiqpdiO-qixev, assign a interpretations, v. ICC ; AE; Ellic, in l.).t
14*i
Es 4" A (Kip
3.
to assign
by
lot,
Eph in
kX^is,
III
Mac
Ti
19,
Je 38 (31) (Nip), Jth 12io A, 51**;] a calling, call; in NT, always of the Divine call to
-ws,
17
{KaXioi), [in
LXX
salvation
II
Eo
112^,
Co
1^6
72,
Eph
lis
41.
\ Phi
,
31*,
11
Th
1",
He
31, II
Pe
li
(Cremer, 332).t
Kokioi), [in
called, invited (as to a banquet, ^sch., i Ki l*i, always of the Divine call ; {a) to some ofi&ce
:
to salvation Eo 82^, i Co I2*, Ju 1 k. koX iKkeKTol k. TTLO-TOL, Ee 171*; in gosp. (not in pi., v.s. KaXcw) disting. fr. ckXkto?, Mt 20i (WH, txt., E, omit), 22i*; k. 'Irja-oi Xp., Eo 1; k. ayioi,
I
Co
11
{b)
saints by calling,
for 1131?,
Eo
1^, i
Co
12.t
ii,
92), [in
LXX
Ge
151',
Ho
7*'^, al.;]
1.
in
cl.,
a clibanus, cribanus, an
earthen vessel for baking bread. 2. In (cf. MM, Exp., xv), an oven : Mt B^o, Lk 1228.t
KXi'fAa, -Tos,
LXX
TO
kXiVw),
:
[in
LXX
Jg 202
(n3B)*;] 1.
an
in-
from the equator to the pole (Arist). a region (Polyb., al.) pi., Eo 1523, n Co lli", Ga 12i.t * tCKivApiov, -ov, TO, dimin. of kXivt], a couch Ac 5i5 (cf. KXivtSiov).t
:
250
(<;
kXiVo)), [in
LXX
Mt
9-,
*
Mk
4-^1
74.30,
Lk
Re
222 (cf.
:
MM,
Exp., xv).t
(cf.
dimin. of
a couch
Lk S^^' 2*
KXtvaptov).t
chiefly for ni33 ;] 1. to make to bend, to bow T. Kcf)a\ijv (of one dying), Jo 19^*^; t. Trpoa-wirov (of terrified persons), Lk 24*. 2. ^0 maA;e to lean, to rest : r. KecftaXrjv (in sleep), Mt 82^,
KXikco,
[in
LXX
Lk
9*^.
3.
As
i^
in Horn., of soldiers, to
jg^te
turn
^0
(to flight),
:
TrapeixftoXds,
17
He
Lk
113*.
Q]j
(ag jjii^ in ci
)^
decline
intrans.,
rj/xipa,
912 2429.t
**
KXiai'a,
-as,
;
for reclining
2.
a company
kXott^,
722.t
G^i A*;] 1. a place ^ KXtVa)), [in LXX: III Mac hence, (a) a hut ; (b) an easy chair ; (c) a couch. reclining : pi., Lk 9^* (cf. Fl.T, Ant., xii, 2, 12).t
17
--^s,
(<cX7rTco), [in
o (kXv^w,
LXX
:
Mt
15^^,
Mk
Jh
kXuSwi',
1*- 12
-w: OS,
;]
of the sea,
wash
Ja
l.t
over),
[in
LXX
(-lyo), al.
;
a billow, surge
tuave.
Lk
:
82",
SFi\r.
KVfia,
+ KXuSwf i^ofiai
by waves
Is 572 {miS) * ;] to be tossed metaph., to be tossed like waves (cf. FIJ, Ant., ix, 11, 3):
kXvSwv), [in
LXX
Bph
*
itch
:
4i*.t
Glopas
on the
original,
v.
Lft.,
Gal.,
267
f.),
Kvf\Qu)
II
form
of Kvdu)), 1. to scratch.
2.
to
tickle; pass,, to
Ti 43.t
Kk-iSos, -ov, V,
Asia Minor
Ac
27".t
-ov, 6
*t KoSpdfTTjs,
quadrans (AV,
an
,
as),
KoiXta, -as,
Mk
LXX chiefly
3^
for ^l$2
D'^yO
nif?
De
1.
713,
II
Ki
712,
Ge
412i, al.
also (Jb
n"| ;]
the
belly
Mt
2.
12*0 1517^
(As often
k.
fjLrjrpo^
Mk
in
(cf.
719,
Lk
I516,
LXX)
the
Eo 1618, womb: Lk
Jb 121, Heb. ]03
,
Co
613,
py
221
319^
Re
lis,
10^'
10.
1*1.42, 44
1127 2329,
Jo 3*;
3.
Ps 21 Metaph.
738.t
(22)11,
al),
cf.
Mt
I912,
Lk
Ac
32 14^,
Ga
li^.
(as
Jb
1535,
Pr
Jo
coifidw,
-w,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
MOT;]
to
lull to sleeky,
;
put
to
Mt
pass., to fall asleep (M, Pr., 162 22, Jo 1112, Ac 12. Metaph., of death I Co 739 1130 156. 18, 20, 51^ j Th 413-15, II
12*5).t
KaOevSu).
rj,
and
M,
:
431^
**
II
Mac
:
SYN.
Jo
lli3.t
KoijiTjats, -ws,
[in
LXX:
:
Si 46i^ 48i3*;]
li* (in^t)
a reclining, resting:
(-,3,^)^
LXX
Pr
21^ 252*
^i
73^ ^1.;]
251
Tit 1*;
common
(general;
2.
al.)
Lat.
communis)
(ordinary;
Ac
2** 4^2.
^_ Trto-Tts,
o-wTTjpia,
(i
Ju^.
1*''',
common
Ro
vulgaris);
(cl.,
hence in
ySe^j/Xos,
LXX
q.v.)
Mac
72.5,
Mk
Ac
2.
101*' 28 118,
-w,
He
lO^^,
Koifow,
[in
LXX:
iv
Mac
:
7^
In LXX, I.e., and NT (as Mt 1511-18,20^ Mk 715.18,20,23^ unclean, to profane (= cl., /Sekr^Xoco) Ac 2. to count unclean (cf. 8icaiow) Ac 21^8 pass.. He Qi^.
common.
1015 119.t
Thayer (s.v. k.) mentions that Winer notes Syn. : ^e$r)X6(j}. the accuracy whereby the Jews are said to use k. in addressing Jews, Ac 2P8^ and /?. when speaking to Felix, 24^ (Cremer, 362). 11 Ch 20^5, Jb 348, Ec 9* ("Qn), Pr in, Koivwviio, -w, [in
LXX
:
Wi
;]
to
have a share
c.
go shares in (something) with gen. rei (as usually in cl., so Pr, I.e.),
of,
i
He
21*; c. dat. rei, Ro 121^ 15^7, i Ti 5^2, pers., seq. els, Pnl 41^; iv, Ga 6*' (cf. o-w-kou
Koivoivia, -as,
rj
Pe
4i3, 11
Jo";
(T
;
c. dat.
(oi/eoj).t
koivcu;/os), [in
1.
LXX: Le
Phi
6^ (521)
nOllZrri),
Wi
Phi
818, III
1-5;
Mac
;
4**;]
fellowship,
T. vlov, I
Co
1^;
T. ai/j.aTo<;,
avToi,
ib.
2 7.
Phi
2.
310
T. TTvevfxaTos, II
Co
:
131^,
Ga
Co
2^
T. TTto-Tcais crov,
Phm ^
Art.
-rj,
seq.
fxera.
t. TraTpo's, I
Jo
ff.
;
1^'
:
"^
rjfi^v, aXXrjkuiv,
15^*", 11
Ro
8*
913,
He
136
Communion, DB,
-6v
,
i,
460
MM,
2. {<^ Koivuivia) 1. sociable. municate or imjyart (R, mg., ready to sympathize, v. Field, Notes, 213 f.) I Ti 6i8.t
*ikoi'wi'ik6s,
:
KOLvos),
[m
LXX
Co
Pr 28^\ Is
2.
1^3 {-Qn),
6,
17
Ma
k.,
2i*
(rrinq),
Es
Si^,
al.
;]
l.
as adj.,
11
ev,
koivo's.
As
i''
;
subst.,
c.
(a)
partner, associate, companion : id. seq. c. gen. pers.. He 10^^ 10i8,2o^ h Co 1^, i gen. rei, i Co
KotTT), -i^s,
rj
8^^,
Phm
;
dat. pers.,
Lk
5i*>
Mt
23=*''
(b)
Pe
51, 11
Pe
1*
(in
Hom.,
koItos), [in
LXX
also
forniaiy,
;
etc.;]
d/xtavros,
He 13* k. exetv, of a woman conceiving, Ro 91" (cf. peculiar of illicit intercourse, pi, Ro 13i3.t in LXX, Le I518, al.) = Att., SoifxaTiov, V. Kennedy, KoiTwi', -wvos, 6 (<[ KOLTq n Ki 4^, Jl 2i, i Es 3^, al. 40), [in LXX chiefly for -|-|p
;
',
phrases
Sources,
;]
a bed-
chamber;
7ri
Tov
-rj,
K.,
a chamberlain
Ac
12^'*'.t
tKOKKii'os,
-ov (<[:o'k/cos,
i7ea;
coccifera, y.
DB,
iv,
416), [in
LXX
rbim,
^ZUf
Ex
25*,
Ge 3828, ig 118^ al. ;] scarlet : Mt 27^8, He substantive, of clothing. Re 17* I812, le.t
Re
17^
neut., without
252
LXX
Lk
La
4^
BKR
1224,
:
a grain
Mt
8^*,
2.
1331 1720^
KoXd^u
Wi
Mk
431,
1319 17,
Jo
K0X09, docked),
freq.), i
[in
T^,
LXX Da
al.;]
:
3'*
(and
Mac
Co
3. to chastise, correct, punish : pass., 11 Pe 2^ to check, restrain. mid., cause to be punished (in Mac 7^) Ac 42i.t ^KoXaKia (Rec. -fta), -as, rj (<^ KoXaKevw, to flatter), flattery: I Th 25 (v. Lft., Notes, 23).t
K<5Xaats, -ews,
v KoXa^o)), [in
K.
LXX
Wi
Ez
11^3
4311,
ii-iv
Xaix/3dvLv
Mac 5*;]
Syn.
:
194^ je 1320^ correction, penalty, punishment : Mt 25*^, i Jo 4^^.+ TL/jioipLa, requital. Arist. distinguishes between k. as that
T^v
(Dbs
ni.);
162. 24
which, being discipHnary, has reference to the sufferer, and t. as that which, being penal, has reference to the satisfaction of him who inflicts (v. Thayer, s.v. k., and cf. Tr., Syti., vii). But in late Gk. especially, the distinction is not always maintained (v. reff. in Thayer), KoXao-aaeus (Eec. KoAoo--), -ews, 6, a Golossian : pi., Col., tit. (and
subscr.,
Eec,
Tr.).t
V.S. KoXoo-o-at.
(<:^ KoA.a<^os
KoXaaaai,
*t
pass.,
KoXa<}>i^b)
Att.,
kovSvXol,
the
26^7,
fist), to
I
Mt
Mk
Co
411, I
Pe
22o.t
1.
to
glue
or cement together. 2. Generally, to unite, to join firmly. Pass., to cleave to, join (oneself to): c. dat. pers., Mt 195(lxx)^ l]j iq^^ IS^^, Ac 513 (but V. Field, Notes, 118) 926 IO28 (v. Field, I.e.) 173* t. Tropvr], c. dat. rei, ap/xan, Ac 829 t. Aya6w, Ro 12^ I Co 616 ^, Kvpiuy, ib. 17 of sins joining together, dxpt t. oipavov, Re 18^, of dust, Lk IQH (cf.
.
Trpotr-KoWano) .t
KoXXoupioi' (TTr., KoWv-, the more usual form), -ov, to (dimin. of KoXXvpa = k6XXi$, a coarse bread roll), [in LXX: in Ki 122* B*;] 1. a small bread roll (LXX, 11. c). 2. (Usually in pi., LS, s.v.) an eye salve shaped like a roll Re 31^. t *t KoXXoPiCTTiis, -ov, 6 {<^k6XXv(3o<;, a small coin, a rate of exchange),
a money-changer
KoXoj36u, -w
to
Mt
2I12,
Mk
lli-^,
Jo
KoXo/36';,
docked), [in
to
LXX
11
Ki
412
{ysp
pi.)
;]
cut
off,
curtail,
shorten:
Mt
2422,
Mk
132o.t
KoXocro-acus. V.S. KoXao-o-acvs.
KoXocro-ai (so in cl.
;
-ao-crat,
Rec, LTr.),
a city on
Col
12.t
LXX
pin
pU ;]
1.
prop., the
bosom
Lk
1622. 23
bosom
of close association, iv (cis tov) toTs k. 'A^padfi, 13i6) 6 Hov cis t6i/ k. t. Trarpos, Jo lis. (cf. IV Mac 2. The or fold of a loose garment falling over a girdle, used as a
;
Jo 1323
fig.,
253
pocket, hence fig., ek tov k. (Is 65, Je 39 (32)i8) Lk G^s. 3. A bosom27^^.t like hollow, as a hay or gulf : Ac ** Ko\up.p(iw, -w, [in Al. Is 25^^*;] to dive, plunge into the sea:
:
Ac
al.
27^^
(of. e/c-KoXv/x^aiu).t
tj
Ko\ufipri8pa, -a?,
;]
to
AoXv/>t/3a<o), [in
:
LXX
for nD"|5L
IV
Ki
18^7,
a stvimming-pool, pool
Jo
17
5^
W'
'^
9^.t
Ac
16^^
* KOjidw,
KdfiTj,
I
-to
-775,
(<;
rj,
KOfirj),
Co
11^*' ^^.t
[in
LXX: Nu
NtZTJ
,
Ez
1.
the hair:
Co
llis.t
KOfiij^a),
off safe.
Mid.,
I
to
to take care of. 2. carry off as booty. 4. to bear or carr;?/ ; hear for oneself, hence, (a) to receive : He 10^"
[in
etc.
;]
LXX for
;
to
carry
7^'^.
3.
to
Lk
11^^' ^^,
Pe
1^ 5*,
II
Pe
2^^
{h)
to receive
Co
510,
*K0)x\j/6s, -77, -6v {<^ KOfx.(i), to take care of), well-dressed, elegant, fine; compar. neut., Ko/xij/oTepov e^eiv (cf. ko^jj^ws fx""' Epict., and eolloq. Eng., "to he doing finely") Jo 4^2 f
:
Koi/Kia), -ui
Kovia, dust,
lime),
[in
LXX
over:
of
tombs,
De 272' * Mt 232^^;
(TBT),
fig.,
Pr
of a
LXX
for
pnx
:
etc.
;]
{<C KovLs ov Kovia, dust, opvvfjLi, to stir up), [in in cl., dust stirred up (Ex 9^, Is 52*) ; in NT,
simply
al.
d^ist
Mt
IQi*,
Lk
9^ IQi^,
Ac
to
135i 2223.t
KOTTd^o)
(<K07ro9), [in
111' 12
LXX: Ge
;]
:
(bxi),
I.e.),
Jh
(pniy), al.
Jh.,
to ahate, cease
raging
Mt
14^2,
Mk
4^9, G^i.t
;]
Ko-ircTiSs, -ov,
=
c.
cl.
KOfifios,
hreast,
seq.
i-n-i,
dat.
hi.,
pers.,
Ac
KoirVi,
KOTTTO)),
[in
LXX: Ge U^^
in
cl.,
nso),
De
2825
(p|33),
Jth
15'''*;]
1.
a
:
stroke,
a pounding
(as in
a mortar).
to
He 7^ (i'X^).t 2. In LXX, a smiting in battle Komdw, -u) (<K07ros), [in LXX chiefly for ya^;] 1. (as in cl.) grow weary : Mt 1128, Jq 46^ ^q 2^ (cf. Is 403i). 2. Hence, in
NT,
2035,
to
I
LXX and
Jo
438,
Ac
absol.,
Mt
411,
628,
Lk
2i,
5^ 1227,
Co
cis,
Eo
16,
Ga
Phi
Col
129,
Ti
4io.t
KOTTos,
-OV,
(kC^ko'tttw),
[in
LXX
chiefly
for
bt^
also for
254
J]X, etc.;] 1.
{in
Je 51^^ (45^)
i
/<o7reTos).
2.
labo1^
Jo
4^8,
Co
3^ 15^8,
Th
i
3^
k. t. iydTrrj^, i
Th
K. Kal /xox^os, II
Co
;
ll^^,
Th
29, II
Th
38
pi., iv k.,
Co
6^ 10^*
tt.
freq.
kottovs {-ov) Trapex^Lv (in cl. 2610, MJj i^e^ l]^ Trpdyfiara, ttovov), C. dat. pars.,
;
11^"*
K T.
K.,
Re
14^^
more
ig^,
Mt
^7
in
Ga
"tt.
6i7.t
Syn. : fioxOos, lahoiir ; ttovos (q.v.), ioz7, painful effort; gives prominence to the eifort (work as requiring I'orce), k.
p..
cl.,
to the
fatigue,
s.v. k.).
Koirpi'a, -as,
[in
LXX
1435.t
[in
a dung
hill (i
Ki
28,
Ps 112
(113)"
al.)
Lk
TO,
K6-apiov,
I
-ov,
LXX
:
(pi.):
Je 82 (25)33
(^^r^),
gi 222,
Mac
to
2^2*;]
Ko'-n-TO),
=
[in
c.
Kon-pos,
dung
pi.,
,
Lk
,
138
(WH,
Mt
mg., ko^ivov
Koirpi(x}v).f
LXX for
iiri,
2.
cut off:
n")3 IDD 1133 hi., etc. ;] 1. to strike, smite. ace. rei, seq. Atto, Mt 218; ^^^ ^\^ Mid., to beat
us
one's breast
with
seq.
grief, to
C.
mourn,
beivail
l*"
11^'' 243*^
c.
ace. pers.,
Lk
8^'^ 23^'^;
ace,
Re
18^
irpo-, 7rpocr-Kd7rTco).t
Syn.
Oprjveta, q.v.
-ttKos, o, [in
Kopal,
LXX
8^ for
for l"]j;
;]
a ra-uew
Lk
122*.t
(dimin. of
Koprj), [in
;]
LXX
chiefly for
n^ys
Ru
in Jl 3 (4)3,
Za
nTt^^l
in
MGr. (Kennedy,
5"'*^
622.28.t
Sources,
154),
maiden:
Mt
9-*'25
1411,
Mk
*tKopP(i'
(Rec, T,
:
-/3av),
(cf.
aw
offering,
gift
offered to
God
Mk
-5,
V^
Kop^av5s).t
^a"!)"?),
*tKoppavas,
(cf. Kopfidv).'^
6 (Heb.
the
Temple
treastiry
Mt
27"
Korah
Ju ^^.t
Ps 21 (22)^7, Al, 102 (</copos, mr/eii), [in Sm. Ac 2738; metaph., of spiritual (103)^*;] to satisfy: pass., Tpo(f>rj<;, things, I Co 48.t KopiVOios, -a, -ov, Corinthian ; as subst., 6 K., a Corhithian : Ac 188, 27 (WH, txt., R, omit), 11 Co 611 ; i Co, 11 Co, ^i^.t
Kopivvuiii
:
**
K6pi^0os, -ov, ^,
II
Corinth: Kq
18^' 27 191,
Co
I2,
11
Co
11.23^
Ti
42o.t
Cornelius
Ac
a
10^
^-.t
K6pos, -ov, 6
(Heb. 13),
[in
LXX
;]
Le
27^6,
Nu
1132,
Bz 4513 (xh)
more
freq., 11
:
Ch
cor,
measure)
Lk
16'^.t
Kocr\i.4u),
LXX
for
my,
Mt
25"
(cf.
255
ll^s
3*;
2.
to adorn,
furnish
oTkov,
pass.,
c.
Mt
12**,
Lk
fivtjfMia, Mt 2328; TO Upov, pass., pass., Ee 21^; lavras, seq. cv, i Ti c. ace. rei. Tit 2^\f
Lk
2^
21^;
OefifXioi,
Ee
21^^;
vnjfi<f>r}Vf
Metaph.,
ace. pers., i
Pe
*
2.
Ko<rfiiK6s,
-1?,
-ov (koo-^os), 1.
of this world,
Tit 2i2.t
earthly
He
9^
CTTi^u/xiai,
Ti 2^
(WH,
LXX
Ee
B^A
12^ (]pri)*
;]
mg.,
-iws, q.v.)
al.
* Kocr(ii9, adv (<; Koo-fio^), decently, fittingly : i Ti 2^ (WH, mg.).+ *t KoafjioKpdTup, -opos, o (<^ K6(Tfxo<;, Kparew), 1. in Orphic hymns, (v. AE, ^^/i.. I.e.), a ruler of the whole world (and so in Eabbinic
:
writings
Kpdrwp)
:
liaipiaTlp).
2.
a ruler of
:
this
world
K<5(rfios,
b [in
LXX
ruUrs of
2^,
Ge
De
Eph 6^^.+
(xnx),
Ex
and
335.
Je
232 430^
Ez
1.
Wi
22*
al.).
2.
ornament, adorn-
ment, esp. of
universe, as
women (Hom.,
43,
al.
Pe
3^.
:
3.
an ordered system
4.
(Plat., al.)
Ac
Eo
d^^,
Co
3^2,
In late writers only, the world, i.e. the earth with Lk 45) Mt 48, Mk 16^^^\ Col 220, i Ti 6^, hence by meton., (a) of the human inhabitants of the world Mt al. 51* 1338, Mk 149, Jo 110 4*2 12*7, Eo 3(5^ I Co 4^3, II Co 5^\ 11 Pe 25, al. Mt 162", j^k S^", Lk 92^, (6) of worldly affairs or possessions 2ie, al. I Co 731, 1 Jo (c) in ethical sense, of the ungodly Jo 7^ 141'","^ I Co 121, Ja 127, J Jo 4.4^ al. (d) metaph. 6 /c. r^s d8t/ctas, Ja 3*. SVN. : alwv, q.v. (cf also Dalman, Words, 162 ff. ; Tr., Syn., lix Westc., additional note on Jo l^O; DB, iv, 938 ff.). Kouapxos, -ov, 6 (Lat.), Quartus : Eo 1623.t Koo/i (Tr., txt., Kovfi, Eec. kov/xi) (Heb. imperat. masc, used as an interjection, Dip), koum (arise) Mk 5*i.t *t KouoTwSia, -as, 17, (Lat. custodia), a guard Mt 27^^> *' 28ii.t
Phi
2^*,
He
(=
o'lKovfiivri, cf.
Mt
48
Koo<t.ita)
LXX Ex I822, Jh
:
l^, al.
(bbp
hi.),
Es
51, al.
:
;]
1. intrans., fo
6e
ii^/i^
(poetic chiefly).
2.
to lighten,
make
light
c.
ace,
Ac
2738.t
LXX
Lk
Jg
6^^ (bo),
Ps 80
a basket,
Mt
1420 169,
Mk
Jo
[in
6*3 819,
9^7 138,
Jo 6"
6 (a
(cf. o-<^vpt's).t
ov,
Am
24.9,11.12 655^
Kpdioi,
58-11,
Ac
Macedonian word, = Lat. a camp bed, pallet: Mk Swete, Mk., 2*, and cf. KXLvr,).f
3^2*;]
,
LXX
for py7
pyS
Kip
:
etc.
;]
in
el.
chiefly poet.,
1. prop, onomatop., of the raven, to croak, hence generally, of inartic. Mk 5* 92" 1539 (Eec, E, mg.), cries, to scream, cry out (-^sch., al.) Lk 939, al. ; of crying for vengeance (cf. Ge i^), Ja 5*. 2. to cry, call
256
c.
ace. rei,
(cV)
<f>m"rj
fJnydXy,
Mk
orat. dir.,
;
Mk
.
10*^,
;
Lk
of
ktywv,
Mt
;
8^^ al.
public teaching, Jo 1^^, Eo 9^''', al. of importunate prayer (cf Jb 35^2^ Ps 3^ al), Eo 8l^ Ga 4^ pf. with pres. sense (vernac. M, Pr., 147),
; ;
Jo
v.
SYN.
:
V.S. /Soao).
(cf.
:
KpanraXdw for
21^*.+
;
IDtZ?
Is 24^0
Lk
SVN. /cw/Aos, revelling ; fxiOrj, driinlceness TTOTos, a drinking bout (v. Tr., Syn., Ixi).
Kpai'toi',
otvo^Xvyta, a
debauch ;
9^5
-ov,
LXX
Jg 9^^ iv Ki
Mt
in
27^3,
-ov,
1,
to,
cl.,
:
22^2,
Za
8^3 (fj33)*;]
an
edge, border.
2.
In
LXX
Pe
5^.1
(v.
supr.)
and
NT, a
tassel or corner
Mt
Mk
poet.
6^\ Lk form of
:
S^^.t
Kparepoi), [in
LXX
and cognates ;]
form
strong,
mighty
txpaTaiocj, -w (late
LXX
i
for pin;]
TTViVfiaTi,
to
strengthen;
1^^
;
pass., ^0
ivax strong:
Lk
3^^."!'
2*",
Co
chiefly 16^3
Lk
Bph
LXX
1^,
i
hi.,
also for
THN
<o be strong,
cl.
;
mighty, hence,
chiefly in
in
LXX: Es
Es
Wi
possession
Pr., 65), Mt 1211;
14i,44ff.^
of,
Ac
e
Ac
obtain, take hold of (Hdt., Thuc, al.) c. gen. rei (M, 13i 5" 9^7, Lk 8^^; c. ace. rei, 2713; t. x^vos, Mt 9^5, 321 61^ I212 ^cc. pers., Mt 143 1328 21 22^ 26*'''8ff-, 311 246, He 202 (cf. 11 Ki G^). hold, holdfast 3. to
:
Mk
Mk
Metaph. c. ace. ,., K<f)aX-jv (i.e. Christ), pers., pass., Ac 22*; c. ace. rei, Ee ; 73'''' 8 910, II Th 2l^ Col 219; t. TrapdSocnv (-cts), Xoyov, SiSaxjv, 6I8 ; of sins, to retain, Jo 2023 ; of re41* Ee 21*' 1^ ; c. gen. rei, straint, seq. iva fn;, Ee 71 ; pass., seq. tou fiy, Lk 24i6.t
(^sch., Polyb.,
al.)
:
c.
ace.
rei, iv t. Sc^ta,
Ee
2i.
2i3>25 311
Mk
He
KpdTioTos,
-r],
-ov,
(Horn.).
al.)
:
2. noblest, best
KpaTi(TT,
superl. of Kparvs (Hom.), 1. strongest, mightiest (cf. /cpctVo-wv), most excellent (Pind., Soph.,
title of
voc,
as
ii,
727'*),
Lk P, Ac
(90)11,
Kpdros, -os (-ous), TO, [in chiefly for TJT Jb 12i6, Ps 89 Q^i I strength, esp. as in Hom., of bodily strength. 2. power, .J 2i* ; to k. might : t^s io-xuos a^ToG, Eph li9 610 (Is 4026, Da th 42^) T. S6$rj<; avTov, Col ln Kara Kpdros, mightily, Ac 192** a mighty
,
LXX
He
deed, Ju25,
an
act of power,
5i3.t
Lk
l^i
in doxologies,
Ti
6I6, i
Pe
411 511,
Eel6
LXX:
II
Es
Kpd^w,
2.
Of men,
257
Mt 1219, Jo 1213 1915^ Ac 2223 geq. \iy^y^ Jo 18*o 19' 12 ^^l \iyu>v, Lk 4" (WH, Kpdi-) cf^wvfi fj^eydXr,, Jo 11*^ (cf. Abbott, JV, 269 f.).+
;
;
Kpauyii,
-j}s,
^, [in
:
njrnp
nrilSr
etc.
;]
crying,
214.t
outcry,
clamour
Mt
25^,
Ac
239,
Eph
^^\
He
5^ Ee
[in
LXX
meat:
Eo
1421, I
Co
8i3.t
Kpei(r<TO)v (Epic and old Att.) and KpciTTwv (later Att.), prop, comparat. of KpaTv<;, strong, but in sense often (as in cl., v. LS, s.v.) as comparat. of aya66<s, [in LXX chiefly for aitO ;] better ; (a) as to advantage or usefulness: i Co 11^^, He 11*'^ 12^*; 7roXX<3 fxaXXov k.,
Phi
{h)
123
Kpcro-o-ov TToulv, I
:
Co
738
^o-^,^^
as to excellence
He
1* B^ 7^'
i^. 22
inf., I
Pe
317.+
the pres.
is
not found in
(where also ^pc/aa^w, Jb 26^) chiefly for nbn ;] trans., to hang, suspend: c. ace. pers., seq. eVi $v\ov, Ac 53'' 1039; pass., Lk
NT),
[in
LXX
2339; geq, Trcpi, Mt 18^. Mid., Kpi/xafxai, intrans., to hang: 3^3 (Lxx); metaph., seq. kv, Mt 22*o.t Ac 284; ,vl ^kov, Ga
KpcTrdlXr], V.8.
seq. Ik,
KpanrdXr].
{<CKpixd.vvvfiC), [In
KpTjfivos, -ou, 6
LXX:
11
Ch
25^2 {vh'Q)*;]
steep
hank
Mt
832,
Mk
Crefe
5^3,
Lk
833.t
:
Kpris, 6, pi.,
Kp^rcs, a Cretan
;
Ac 2^,
Tit 1^2 .t
Crescens
11
Ti
4i.t
Kp^TT),
-77s,
Ac
27^>
Tit l^.t
:
Kpt0TJ, -^9,
17,
[in
barley
pi. (as
usually in
cl.),
Ee
Jo
6.t
KpiGivos,
69. 13.
-r),
-ov
LXX
for
TTpXffil
0/ barley:
chiefly
for
Kpifia
t35)l??li;]
(Bl.,
27,
2),
-Tos,
TO
/cp(:vw),
[in
LXX
1.
hence,
;
judgment, the
decision passed on the faults of others Mt 72 in forensic sense, c. 5i 113* {ICC, gen. pun., Lk 2420; esp. of the judgment of God, Eo 22 12*9, in 1.), II Pe 23, Ju^ k. Xa/x/Sdi a$ai, Mt 2313 (Eec, E, mg.),
Mk
Lk
I
20*",
Eo
38,
132,
Ja
31
Ix""'
Ti
;
512
fSaard^eiv,
Ga
519
ia-dUiv iavrw,
Co
1129;
ctvai iv
avTw
k.,
Lk
23*9;
c.
gen.
obj.,
Eo
62
;
Jo
939;
He
Ee
20*.
Ee I7I; of God's judgment through Christ, K. apxerai, I Pe 41'^; t. k. t. fxeXXov, Ac 242^; k. aliaviov. TO of the right of judgment, eKpivev 6 0os t. k. vfjLUiv, Ee 1829 i Co 6'^.t 2. a matter for judgment, a law-suit, a case
Ti 3^
;
Kpii'oi', -ov,
TO [in
LXX
n|l2?inr;]
lily
Mt 628,
;]
Lk
1227.t
Kplvm, [in
LXX
nn
etc.
1.
to
17
258
in
LXX
ii
Mac
13^^).
:
2.
to
approve,
esteem:
Eo
14^.
3.
to be
;
Lk
c.
7*^, i
Co
11^*;
14^^,
c. ace. et inf., Ac seq. TovTo oTL, II Co 51* 13'^^ 26^. 4. to decide, determine, decree : Ac
IS^^;
ace. et pred.,
ace, Ac 16*,
Eo
20i 2525, i Co 22 5^, I Co II Co 21; c. inf. (Field, Notes, 167), Ac 312 (cf. I Mae 11^3, Wi 8^, al.) 5. to Tit c. ace. et inf., Ac 2125 271. judge, adjtidge, pronounce judgment : absol., Jo 8^^' 2^ ; seq. Kara, c. ace, Jo 72* 815; ^p^Vi>' K., Jo 72*; T. hUaiov, Lk 1257 (Deiss., LAE,
V,
118)
Ac
11
23^, al.
pass.,
Eo 3Mlxx).
6.
of
God's
"s^
Ti
41,
Pe
45, al.
Kara/cptVo),
to
condemn
212,
I
(cl.)
V, Eo
I
Co
132^ of God's judgment, Jo 3^8 522 12*^. 1132, He 1030 (Lxx)^ ja 5^, Ee I92, al. 7. As in
: ;
:
Ac
Ac
LXX
223o,
(for rsDlZ?),
Co
(?3.
;
Mt
5*0
govern (iv Ki 155, Ps 2io, al.) mid., to go to 8. to bring to trial (cl.) pers. (of the opponent), seq. /xera, c. gen.
to rule,
;
Mt
laic
:
1928,
c.
Lk
dat. pers.,
eVi, c.
judge),
Co
:
OLTTO-,
aw-,
Syjv.
Kpioris,
-cws,
1.
:
T)
{<^Kpivw), [in
LXX
^"'l
etc.
;]
a separating,
Jo 8^^
i
selection
52*, 11
(Arist.,
2.
decision,
judgment
ment, Jo
(cl.)
Ti
Pe 2^\ Ju^;
;
KpiVciv,
Jo
72*; in
forensic sense,
8^^ (lxx) (y Page, in 1.) 31^ 524.27,29.30 1231 igs, ii_ Th 15,
Ac
He
Ja
213 512^
II
Pe
2\ Ee 1810; pi, Ee 16^ 192; of the last judgment, Mt 10" 1122,21 1236,41,42^ Lk 101* 1131,32^ 927, Pe 29 37, I Jo 417, Ju'15; ^ K.
T^s
yeevvr)<;,
Mt
2333.
He ^y meton.
.
(as in
LXX
for laDtJTD
:
Is 57,
al.
NTT, Da
710), of
(LXX,
Is 42*3) 2323^
Lk
11*2
Mt Mt
121^' 20
52i.22.t
Kpio-iros, -ov, 6,
Crispus
KpiT^pioi', -ov,
TO
Ac
21,
:
18*,
Co
I
l^*.t
III
KptTrjs), [lu
LXX
62' *,
Kl
1.
7^ (M^CTp),
Da LXX
TH
test,
710,
th26
(^iti),
Su*9,
Ex
Jg 510*;]
Ja
a means of judging,
criterion.
2.
a tribunal
Co
18
;
2''.t
LXX
;
a judge
18i5,
Mt
4ii
525,
Lk
121*' 58 182
r.
dStKtV,
,
Lk
gen. rei
(obj.),
Ac
Ja
of
Ja of God, He 1223, jg, 412; Christ, Ac 10*2, Ti whose conduct is made a standard for judging, Mt
2*
a Eoman procurator, Ac
4^,
241''
1227,
OT
sense (Jg
216,
r^
-ov
11^ al),
of a ruler in Israel,
Ac
Ja
Lk
SYN.
*
gen. obj..
8iKda-Tr]<i,
-17,
KpiTiK(5s,
He
q.v.
judge
c.
c.
412,
Kpou'u,
T.
[in
LXX
*.j
seq.
eVi,
^q strike,
Jg knock
I922,
:
Ca
5^
(psi)
;]
ace,
259
Lk
119.10 123,
Ac
12i,
Re
320
c.
ace,
t.
evpav,
Lk
W\
12i3.t
KpujSu, V.S. KpVTVTili.
*tKpuiTTr]
(WH, R;
-J/,
KpvTTTrj,
LT, Tr.;
-ov,
Rec),
,
-ns,
a crvp^,
;]
cellar
Lk
1133.t
-oV (/cpvn-To)), [in
KpuirT<5s,
LXX for
.
DUX
"iriDQ
etc.
hidden,
secret
Mt
K. T.
neut.,
pi.,
v Tc3 K.,
Ta
422, Lk 8^^ 122 6 x. ^^5 ^apStas cEv^pcoTro?, i Pe 3* 6*'; eV /c., Jo 7*'i 18'-0; 6 cv k. 'lovSalos, Ro 22^; Mt o-ko'tous, I Co 45 ; T. avdpoiTTOiv, Ro 2^ ; T. KapSias, I Co 1425
lO^e,
Mk
42.
r. aio-;;(w;s, II
Co
KpoTTTw, [in
LXX
13"^*
I
;
for
;
N2n
seq.
2^'
pt3
;
IflD
]DY
etc,
;]
to hide,
3=^)
;
con-
ceal
c.
ace,
Mt
25^^
Mt
13^*,
Col
pass.,
(on the tense and its formation, V. M, Pr., 161 Bl, 19, 3) k. c^A^ev, Jo 8^9 ; seq. ek, Lk I321, Re 6^^; a-nro (in cl. more freq. dupl. ace), Re 6^^; pass., Jo 12^^, (Bl., 34, 4). Metaph.: Mt 1125 1335^ l^ 1152^ mg., IS^* 19*2, 19^8 (of. OLTTO-, ev-, irpL-KpvTrT(D)A Jo *t KpuoraXXi^u [ Kpuo-raXXos), to shine like crystal, be crystal-clear Ee 2111 (5^_ xy.).f
51*,
Mt
He
1123,
T- 525^
Re
Kpvj3r}
WH,
KpuoraXXos,
-ov, 6
;]
Ez
122
(nif?), etc.
LXX
[in
Jb3829, Ps 147(")^
(<^
Kpvcfia
2324, al.
;]
Kpu(|)rj
= Kpv(firj), Mt 6i.t
is
LXX
for
HHQD
Je
due
to assimilation to
dat.
cf.
dKrj),
adv.,
[in
LXX
in secret:
Eph
5i2.t
nip ;] in pres., impf., fut. and aor., to procure for oneself, get, gain, acquire (the pf. and plpf., to have acquired, hence to possess, do not occur in NT) c. ace. rei,
KTdofiai,
-u)fiai,
[in
LXX
^ gen. pret., Ac lis; T. tjrvxo-'i v/Awv (MM, xvi), Lk 2119 iavToii cr/ccvos KTaaOai, I Th 4* t. (where if o-. = body, k. must = pf., KeKT-rj/xat; v. MM, xvi M, TJi., in 1. Field, Notes, 72 f. But or. is most freq. taken as = wife ; v. Thayer, 8.V. ; Lft., Notes, 53 ff. ICC, in l.).t
109,
1812,
Mt
Lk
Ac
Ac
2228;
,'^
KTrip-a, -Tos,
LXX for
also for
D^J
etc.
;]
possession,
property
Mt
I922,
-0U9,
Mk
,
IO22,
Ac 2 5\f
hence primarily a possession),
[in
K-n\voi,
TO
{<^KTa.op.ai,
npn^
;
Ge
12^, al.,
njpa
10^*
;
N^S
etc.
;]
a beast,
Ac 232*, Re I Co 1539.t
**t
fishes
and birds
(cf
Ge,
I.e.),
rap,
Ge
KTitw, 1419,
[in
LXX
Pr
chiefly for
822; -j^,^ jg
Sm, Jl in *;] a possessor Ac 43*. N-Q, Ps 50 (51)1", al; also for 22" 46ii; Wi 223, gi l^.s (and freq.),
:
260
I
Es
1.
in
cl.,
to
people or
to
2.
In
LXX
3,
I
and NT,
of
God,
found a region or city (i Bs, I.e.). Mk 13i, i Co ll^, Col li 3i, create
:
Ti 4^ Ee 4" 10; o KTiVas, Mt 19* (WH, E, mg.), Eo P^; of the divine operation on the soul, Eph 2^"> ^^ 4^* (cf, Ps., i.c.).t
Eph
KTiVts,
-(05,
i]
{<KTiCio),
[in
LXX:
Ps 103
22, al.
(104)'';''
(j;?!?)
Pr
V^ A
(]in)
To
85,
Wi
(cl.).
2,
Si IG^^,
2.
Mac
;]
1.
a founding,
of creating,
settling,
foundation
In
1.),
LXX and
131^,
NT,
Eo
I
l^o, ii
Pe
;
;
which
5"',
Eo
1^^ 8^^,
He
Pe
4^2
ii
Co
Ga G^* sum of
Trdarj dvdpwiru'r)
k.
Mk ISfi^], Col V^>^\ He 9^^, created things (Wi Ee 3^* of the irrational creation, Eo 8^^'^^A ** KTiafiia, -Tos, TO Wi 9^ 13^ I411, Si 362o d?), KTi^ui), [in 38^*, III Mac 5^^*;] 1. (cl.) a colony. 2. a created thing, creature: I Ti 4*, Ja 1^8, Ee 51^, Q^.f 11 Ki 22^2 (Heb., al.), Jth 912, KTiaTTis, -ov, 6 {<:ktl(u>), [in 2. a creator: of God, Si 24^, II, IV Mac 5*;] 1. (cl.) a founder.
;
2^^
collectively, of the
LXX
:
LXX
Pe
4i9.t
Ku|3ia, V.S. Kv^ia.
Ku^^pfTjais,
-ews,
17
(<^ Kv/iepvaw,
(nib3.ni?)*;]
:
LXX:
2.
Pr
1^
ll^*
24
steering,
pilotage
(Plat.).
Metaph., government
pi., i
Co
1228.t
LXX for
b^jh
27^^,
Ez278'27|28^
Pr 232^
IV
Mac
g^iide,
7^*;]
1.
a steersman, pilot: Ac
Ee
IS^^.
2.
governor (Eur., Plat.).t * Ku^ia (Att. -(a, and so Eec), -as, 17 (<; kv/3o?, a cube, a die), diceplaying ; metaph., trickery, sleight: Eph 4^*.+ KoicXciJo) kvkXos), [in LXX: iv Ki 32^ B (nSD)*;] 1. to make a circle, go round. 2. to encircle, surround: c. ace. pers., Jo IO2* c. ace. rei, Ee 209.t (Tr., WH, mg.)
Metaph., a
KUKX6961',
adv.,
Ku/<Xos),
:
[in
4^'
LXX
*>
from
all sides,
round about
6,
Ee
^.t
kokXos, -ov,
[in
LXX
a ring,
^e,
circle.
9^2^
Dat.,
1519
about, around
Mk
3^* 6"'
Lk
^q
chiefly for 23D ;] 1. to move in kukX6<d, -w (<^ kvkXos), [in 2. to surrottnd, encircle : c. ace. pers., Jo IO2*
LXX
(WH,
Ac
1420
pass.,
Lk
2120,
[in
He
ll^o
:
(cf. 7rpt-cvKAo(o).t
**tKuXiCTfAa,
2.
-TOS,
to'
{<^kvXlo)),
Sm.
Ez
=
**t
kdAio-/x,o's (q-v.),
a
:
rolling,
11
wallowing
[in
(or,
V. 3,
a rolling-place)
KuXiafios,
-ov,
:
Pe
222 (Eec.).t
6
11
(^KuXiw),
Th.
Pr
d^
kuXio-is,
rolling,
icoXiu,
LXX:
Jos
10^8, i
Ki
1433, ^1.
261
Pass., to be rolled; (bbz), IV Ki 933 (taaiaf), al.;] to roll, roll along. of persons (in Horn, as sign of grief), to roll or wallow : 92'^.t * KuX\6s, -r?, -ov, 1. crooked, crippled : Mt 153o ^i (WH, txt. om.)
Mk
2.
maimed
;]
Mt
:
188,
KOfia, -Tos,
TO
for bs
a wave
:
Kuw, ^0 Bc preguaut, to swell), [in 437 ^. ^oAio-oT/s, fig., pL, Mt 82* I42*,
Mk
9*3.t
LXX
Ju
chiefly
i^.t
Mk
Syn.
a cymbal
*
KkvSoiv, q.v.
Ku'/iPoXoK, -ov, TO
:
(< Kvfifty],
tt
cw^), [in
LXX
j]
Co 13^t
LXX:
Is 2825.27 (pg)*;]
cummin: Mt
a
little
2323.t
dog
Mt
1526'
Mk
727.28.t
Kuirrw, [in
LXX
Jo
of Cyprus, Cyprian : Ac 4^* II20 21^''.t Cyprus : Ac IV^ 13* 15^^ 21^ 27*.t chiefly for *np ;] to bow the head, stoop
8'^'^! (cf. dva-, irapa-, a-vv-KVTTTiJij.f
down
27^2,
Mk
1''^;
seq.
koltu),
Mk
-ov,
Gyrene, a Cyrencean
:
Mt
Cyrene, a city in Libya Ac 2^.t -Ivos L, -elvos, Tr., Kuprivtos (prop. -iVios, V. BL, 13 6, Quirinus, prop. Quirinius : Lk 22.
;
WH,
mg.),
Kupia (Kvpia, T,
WH,
mg.),
-as,
17,
[in
LXX
k.
chiefly for
ff.).+
ni^
;]
a lady
11
Jo ^>
(^vpiaK^ (f)., R), (LS, s.v.; Deiss., BS, 217 f.), 0/ A*;] 1. as freq. in Inscr. II Mac 2. of the Lord (i.e. Christ) Scl-n-vov, the lord or master, imperial. (Cf. Adym k., Papias, Bus., HE, iu, 39, 1; I Co 1120; ^^^pa^ Ee l^". ypa<f)cu K., Clem. Alex., etc; for eccl. usage, cf. Soph., Lex., s.v.)t
-?>
**t KupiaKos,
1536
[in
LXX
<l>(i)vrj
chiefly for bCTD;] to be lord or Kupieuu (<^cvptos), [in c. gen. obj., Lk 22^^, Eo 14^, 11 Co I2* to rule (over) of, absol., I Ti 6^^; metaph., 6 ddvaros, Ro 6^; 17 afiaprta, ib. ^*; 6 vo/xos,
LXX
master
LXX
(/cvpos)
rei,
also for
o
K.,
]nK b?3
,
etc.
;]
having power
:
or authority
as subst.,
Lk
etc.,
al.
;
c.
gen.
228,
Mt
65;
938 208,
c.
Mk
129 1335,
65.
,
Mk
;
Lk
Mt
102*,
of the
Lk 1421, Ac 16i, al. absol, opp. to ol Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 252"
Eph
q^q\ ,roAAot
/cat k.
Co 85 of a husband, i Pe 3 in voc, as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 132^ I622 273, Mk 728, Lk 5^2, Jo 411, Ac 95, al. 2. As a divine title (freq. in tt. Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.) b^\ Lk 1, Ac 733, He 82, Ja 4^5, in NT, (a) of God 6 k., Mt 533, 219, al.; anarth. (Bl., 46, 6), Mt I320, Lk ll^ He 721, i Pe 12*, t. Kvpuvovrtov, I Ti S^^ k. 6 ^cds, al. ; K. T. oupavou KOI T. y^s, Mt 1125
TToXKoi, I
;
Mk Mk
;
262
Mt
{b)
al.
id.
seq. 6 TravTOKparwp,
l^'*
Ee
;
4^;
k.
<Taf3a(^6,
Eo
4.^^,
9^9;
(6)
8'*
dyyeXos Kvpiov,
Mt
:
2^^
21^,
Lk
l^,
ll^,
al.
-TTviifia
Kvpiov,
;
Lk
Ac
Lk l*^ 20**, al. of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac lO^e, Eo 148, ^ Co V\ Eph 4^, al; 6 K. p.ov, Jo 20-8; 5 ^_ 'It/o-oSs, Ac I'^i, i Co ll^s, al.; id. seq.
of the Christ
Mt
Mk
Xp'o-Tos,
I
I.
Eph
1'-,
al.
k.
rj/xSyv,
Ti
2,
l^*.
He
'I.
7^*, al.
Th
Pe
311,
He
'I.)
132^
'I.
al.;
Xpio-ro's,
Eo
I6I8;
X.,
Co P,
;
Th P,
al.;
X. (X.
IQ^**
;
K. {vH.S>v),
Eo
1*,
;
Col
Eph
i
3^,
al.
6 k.
^cat
6 a-wr^p,
II
X., ib.
^^
anarth.,
criii/,
Co
722.25,
j^
Ee
prep.,
ciTro
(Kara, irpos,
etc.) K.,
Col
32*, al.
Sriv^.
v.s. Seo-ttotj^s.
-77T0S,
17
*t
II
i,
KupioTTis,
210,
f.).t
(<
Ku'pios),
(cf,
Pe
616
Ju8;
pi.,
Col 116
1.
l^i,
DB,
Kupow, -w (^Kupos,
<o confirm, ratify,
Ku'tov',
authority.
:
LXX
for Dip;]
make valid
17
11
Co
2^; pass.,
[in
Ga
KUfos, 6,
(in
NT
masc. only),
LXX for
2^3;] a dog
Lk Ee
1621,
n Pe
222;
Mt 7^ Phi
3^,
22i5.t
KuXoi',
-ov,
TO,
2630,
Nu
1429,32,33^
a limb, member of a body, [but in LXX (Le hence, carcase: j Ki 17*^ Is 6624*) for -i^g.]
[in
KwXuoj
(< KoXos),
LXX
c.
for
N^S
withhold:
ace. et
inf.,
He
III
723;
i^f.
10
J
om.,
Mk
i
etc. ;] to hinder, re jrjD 19i*, Lk232, Ac S^e 16 Q^s.^a iQi*, Lk 9*^.50 1152 igie
,
Mt
Ac Ac
111'^,
Eo
c.
113,
Jo
i
ace. om.,
Ti 4^;
;
c.
27*3
ace. rei,
Heb.
7],
p
[in
Co 1439, pe 216 id. seq. toC /at?, Ac 10*^ N^3 Ge 23^, al.), Lk 62^ (cf. Sia-KwXvi^).f
,
id,
-rj<;,
LXX
;
for
ns
lyn
TV
:
etc.
;]
a village or
country town, prop, as opp. to a walled city Mt 141^, Mk 6", al. 93s, al. with the name added, Br^dXdp., Jo 7*2; TToXcis cai K., Mt TffiiYi the name of the district, ras k. Kaicrapias, Mk Br]6avia, ib. Ill
.
827; :$afjiapuTwv,
Lk
9^2,
Ac
825.
13^ (v. Swete, in l.).t *t Kw^cJivoXis, -ews, 17, a country totvn : ** KwfAos, -ov, 6, [in Wi 1423, n ]y[ac 6* * ;] a revel, carousal
Mk
LXX
Eo
1313,
Ga
:
521, I
Pe
43.t
SVN.
v.s. KpaLirdXr].
-wTTos, 6,
* Kc5i'w|/,
a gnat
^,
Mt
232*.t
^gean
Sea
ace.
Kw, Ac
Cosam
218;]
Lk
328.t
LXX
l^
chiefly
(Ex
Q^X;
{a) of
for iar")n,
Hb
:
dull.
speech,
dumb
Mt
Hi*
(6) of
hearing, dea/;
Mt IP, Mk
732.3T 925^
Lk
722,t
263
lambda,
I,
numeral,
A'
30
14*7 (^^i,^ y, Th., Gr., 38), Wi 8^^, III Mac 6^*;] 1. to obtain by lot, to obtain (in cl., c. gen.) c. inf. art. (BL, 36, 3; 71, 3), Lk l^; c. ace. rei, Ac l^^, n Pe 1\ 2. to draw
\ayxdvu,, [in
:
\=
As a
30,000.
I
LXX
Ki
lots
seq.
irepi,
Jo
19^*.t
Ad^apos,
-ov, 6,
Lazarus ;
parable:
1.
of Bethany
162o.23-25_t
;
colloquial abbreviation of 'EXea^dp (-a^apos), q.v.), Jo 11^ ^- 12i' 2, 9, 10, 17^ 2. The beggar in the
:
Lk
XtiOpa (Att.
in Horn.,
-prQ,
Eec.
5^3
LXX
ll^s,
chiefly for
1637.t
-1^53;] secretly:
Mt
1^9
T,
Mk
:
(WH,
mg.), Jo
Ac
LXX
381,
Je 32 (25)32
(n^yp, lyo),
427,
Wi
a hurricane, whirlwind:
Mk
Lk
823,
Pe
:
2n.t
OvfXXa, q.v., and cf. avc/Aos. XaK^u, Dor. for XrjKio} = Xoo-kw, q.v. *XoKTi^a Xa|, with the foot), to kick: Ac 26i*.t XaXc'u, -w, [in chiefly for pi., also for "lax etc. ;] 1. to utter : of inanimate things, Ee 4^ 10* metaph.. He 11* 122*. 2. to 535, lj^ 8*9; seq. is, i Co talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 933 12*6, Ipa, 1311, Ee 1311 ; 15, 1 Co 14^; iK, Mt 123*; c. ace. rei, Mt lO^*,
Syn.
LXX
im
;
Mk
Mk
Jo
830, al.
c.
dat. pers.,
Mt
;
12*",
Lk
c.
pars.,
Mt
918,
Jo
10^, al.
e.
prep.,
233, al.;
eV, ^, dTTo',
Mt
133,
Jo 12*^
143i,
Mk
Lk
l^'
Mk
832, al.;
cl.),
Mk
He
5^ ll'^; Hebraistically
(Dalman,
Words, 25
f.),
:
cXaXr^o-e Xe'ycov,
Mt
1427,
Jq
312,
Ac
826, al.
SVN.
2.
V.S. Xcyco.
-a?,
r],
XaXia,
[in
LXX
:
chiefly for
1^1,
HllS'T;]
1.
loquacity.
Xafid
(Heb. nij^
TTr.,
v.l.
4*2 8*3.t
:
Mt
,
27*6
(WH,
Eec.).t
mg.,
Xc/ota
WH,
[in
txt., Xc/xd
Mk
153* q^^^^
,
lt^
Xaixp.a,
XajA^dvu,
etc.;] 1.
LXX
chiefly for
npb
ID^, 7nx,
Mt 2626, Mk 1422; c. ace. rei, Mt Mt 2135, m^ 123, ^1.; pleonastic Xa^civ (M, Pr., 230; Bl., 74, 2), Mt 133i 14i9, al.; so also indie, Mk 727, Jo 19i *o, Ee 8^, al. metaph., c. ace. rei, dcfiopfirjv, Eo 7^' 11 vTToSeiy/Aa, Ja 5^^ id. c. ace. pers., ^d/3o9, Lk 7^6 Trvevfia, Lk 939
to take, lay hold of: absol., 5*0 2652, al. mult.; c. ace. pers.,
; ;
;
iripao-/xds, I
Co 10"
238
BL,
;
59, 4),
Ee
Jo
5^
8^, al.
2. to receive
c.
absol.,
opp. to
atreiv,
Mt
7^, al.
StSdvai,
Mt
Ac
2035;
ace. rei,
Mt
276,
132,
Mk
Mk
10^, 621
1320 1927,
n
t.
Mk
T.
1465;
metaph.,
Mt
4^6; T. pxLpTvpiav,
Jo
S^^
prjixara,
264
Jo 12*8;
(Heb.
D"*:?)
Sr^y,
Dalman, Words,
124
f.),
30),
(cf.
Lk
202^,
olvtl-,
Ga
alwvtov
d-rro-,
(Dalman,
iiri.-,
oj). cit.,
Mk
52^)
lO^o
dm-,
(Tvv-avTi-
(-/xat),
Kara-,
jutcra-,
Trpocr-,
crvv-, avv-irepi-,
VTro-Xap.Pa.vui).
Adfxex,
6,
Lantech (Ge
Lk
;]
S^o.t
Xafiirds,
-d8os,
17
{<^Xdp.-iro)),
:
[in
LXX
for
TD^
a torch
(freq.
fed, like a
lamp, with oil) Mt 251^-, Jo IS^, Ac 208, Re 4^ g^^.t SvN. : kyxvos, lamp, q.v. ^aids, torch or lantern; cf. Eutherford's NPhr., 131 f.; Tr., Syn., xlvi; DCG, s.v. lamp; DB, iii, 43 f.
;
To 1S^\ Wi 612 1720^ Si **Xa^nrp6s, -a, -ov Ad/x7r(o), [in 2922 331^ (3025) 34 (31)23^ Ep. Jeo*;] bright, brilliant: Trora/zd?, Ee 22^ (EV, clear) da-Trjp, ib. ^^ of clothing, brilliant, splendid : Lk 23^^ Ac 1030, Ja 22. 3, Ee 15 18^* 198.t
LXX:
XafiirpoTT)?, -7]To<;,
rj,
[in
LXX
Ps 109
(110)^ (TTTl),
al.
;]
bright-
ness, brilliancy
t. tjXlov,
Ac
26^^ t
;
cf. splendidly : of sumptuous fare (as freq. iSecrpxiTa XapLirpd, Si 2922), ^jj IglQf 5i5.i6 172, Lk 172*, X(^nru, [in for nOJ etc.;] to shine : Mt
Xafiirpois,
adv.,
LXX
Ac
12^", II
Co
\av6dvb), [in
(from):
Mk
cl.
common
for obiT ni., etc.;] to escape notice, be hidden 72^ Lk S*^. g ace. pers., Ac 2626, n Pe S^'^; as in idiom, seq. ptcp., tXaOov ^evia-avre^, entertained unawares,
i7n-Xavedpio).f
-rj,
LXX
He
132
(cf. CK-,
tXalcuTos,
dv {<^ Xaievta
<^Xd^, a stone,
$eo),
to scrape),
[in
LXX: De
stone)
;
4*9 (n3ps);
in Aq.
Nu
2120;
Th.
Jg T^*;] hewn
(in
Lk
23^^ (elsewhere
kolvtj
Ki
12^2^ ^1.
cf. Xarop.iiii).'^
6,
a Laodicean
-a?,
t],
-ia),
Phrygia
Col To,
Re 1^
a
3i*.t
,
Xaos, -ov,
[in
Ge
14^6, al.
occasionally
;
for niib
(Ge
pi.
in Att. prose
:
1.
the
l^i
al.),
;
Mt
272^,
Lk
(Hom.,
:
al., rr.
MM,
xvi),
Ac
42'^.
:
2.
a people, those of
;
the
Ex
Lk
race and language (Pind., .^sch., al. in LXX, Ge 26ii, 9i, al.) joined with yXwaaa, 4>vXri, Wvo<;, Ee 5^ 7^ ll^, al. pi, 1511 231, jio egp as almost always in LXX, of Israel, Mt 423, j^j^
same
1\ Lk
2i,
Jo
1150,
He
2^,
21^, al.;
opp. to
t. lOv-q.
Mt
2123, LJj
(avTQv, T. deov),
Mt
Lk
(i
1^^
He
lio,
Es
Jth
8^, al.),
Mt
Lk
201*,
He
5^,
265
Ac
IS^*,
Eo
Q^s.ss^
He
Ps
4^;
Pe
2^(^^^).
Srif.
v.s. Svy/ios.
Upvyt
(]i1|)
;]
-yyos,
6,
[in
:
LXX
r),
chiefly for
!jri,
Jb
S^o,
al.;
metaph., of speech
(cf.
Si 6^),
Eo
313(Lxx) f
known
*Xd<rKw, 1. (in cl., poet.) to clang, crash, crack; in late prose, to crack or btirst noisily : Ac 1^^ {iXaK-rjcrev, perh., however, from XaKw, Bl., in 1.). q.v. 2. (in cl., prose) to scream, shout.\ .<;;Aas, tXoTOfjieu, -w (<;AaTd/Aos, a stonecutter, iv Ki 12^2^ ^j 2II8 T>a); cf. Aa|urds), [in i Ch 22^, al. (nsn); Ex 2133,
;
LXX:
jog
Nu
(ma)
;]
to
Mt
i
27^
Mk
[in
15*.t
Xarpcia,
(<^ Aarpero),
2227,
q.v.),
LXX
(always of divine
i
service):
III
Ex
Jo
1225.26 135^
1.
Ch
28^"-
(nih^),
Mac 1
2^^>^\
Mac
41**;]
:
divine service,
worship
162,
Rq
94 121,
He
Q^'^.t
a hired servant), [in LXX (always, as Xarpeta, of the service of God or of heathen divinities) chiefly for ^23f, Ex 3^2^
Xarpeuo* (<^AaTpis,
al.
;
in
;
Da LXX th
in
cl.,
(3^2^
^1.)
for
nbp ;]
1.
to
work for
hire.
2.
to
serve
NT:
Ee
/act'
c.
also of divine service, to serve, worship, and so always in 24^4 2723, He 91*, 6iS>, Mt 410, Lk 48 C^^), Ac
71* 223; of
evAayScias
26''
worship
/;iou,
(cf.
Ex 20^ Ez
;
2032),
Ac
7*2,
II
Eo Lk
;
125;
1^*
T. ^u> A. V T.
irvu/xaTi
k.
Eo
1^
id. V
KaOapS.
k.
cruj/ctST/aci,
Ti 13
absol.,
Scovs,
He
122^;
cv
octlottjtl
;
StKatocrvvT/,
(without
^<p) vr](TTtLaL^ K.
StTJa-eart.,
Lk
23^
tti
v/xaTi ^eov.
.
Phi
33
Ac
He
9 102
Qf ministerial service,
0. dat. rei,
He
:
SYN.
KcLTovpytw, q.v.
Xdxai'oi', -ou,
LXX
Ge
Ps 36
(37)2,
Pr
1517 (p-,^
p-y^)*;]
432,
a garden herb,
142.t
usually in
pi.,
:
Mt
1332,
Mk
Rq
SVN.
Mk.,
poTo-vT], q.v.
Mk
WH,
Mk
txt.,
EV,
cf.
WH,
-eciv),
App., 11,
-iovos,
rj,
Dalman, Words, 50 Swete, (WH, mg.; aSSalo^, q.v., Eec, In Lk 6", Ac 1^3, he is called 24.
;
^Lfxwv 6
ZrjXwTrj's.)'^
*tXeYiwt' (Eec.
58' 15,
(Lat.
legio),
a legion:
;
Mt
DX;
26^3,
Lk
83o.t
\4y<a,
[in
1. in
LXX
to
very
nax
Ac'yei
for
Ge
2. In to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. say, speak, affirm, declare : absol., Ac 13^5 241" 3ii, Jo 129, al. 321, Lk I2*, seq. 5ti recit., seq. orat. dir., Mt 93*, 61*, al.; ace. at. inf., Lk lli^, Jo 122^, al.; after another verb Jo
22^',
al.
;]
Horn.,
Hdt. and
Att.,
Mk
Mk
266
of
al.
II
speaking,
;
K.
Xeyeiv,
Mt
11^'^,
al.
oLTreKpiOrj
(eXdXr)(Tev)
Dalman, Words, 24
;
ff.),
unspokrn thought, X, iv iavrw, Phi 4^\ al. Xeya rj ypa(f>rj, Lk 8^ 9^3, Jo 5^*, al. a-u Aeyets (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27^\ Mk 15^, Lk 23^, Jo IS^^; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. id. seq. on, Mt 3^ al. c. prep., Trpos, dir., Mt 8-^ Mk 2^\ al. mult. fierd, Trepi. etc., Mk 4*1, Jo 1156, He 95. al.; to mean (cl.), Mk Jo 6"i, I Co 1029, al.; to call, name, Mk lO^S; pass., Mt 9^, Mk 15^ al (cf. dm-, 8;a- (-/xat), Trpo-, avX-Xeyw). Si'.v. A.aA.w, which refers to the utterance, as Xeyw to the meaning of what is said, its coiTespondence with thought (Tr., Syn.,
of
;
Co
8^,
Mt 259, Mk 3^3 T^s, Lk 24. \ Mt 3^, Lk 3^, al. of writing, Eo 4^, Ja 2^3, al. c. ace. rei,
;
W\
Ixxvi
Thayer,
XeifAfia
s.v. AoAe'to).
Xifx/Jia,
LXX:
IV
(WH, Ki 19* A
V. their
;]
.^^^^'-j
XetTito),
[in
(nn^s'Ur) *
[in
a remnant: Eo 11^+
:
Xelos, -eta,
-eZoi/,
LXX
Pr
Ge
2711,
Ki 17*o
(pbu
p^bn)
',
(nJTf^a);
22 12i3 2623*;]
Lk
35 (i'^x).t
Xeiirw, [in
LXX:
;
Jb
4^1,
Pr
19i(*)
(lis),
;]
1. trans., to leave,
leave behind; pass., to be left behind, to lack: seq. prep, (as more usual in cl.), cv, Ja 1* c. gen. rei, ib ^ 2^^. 2. Intrans., to be gone, to ,-0, XeiTrovra, Tit 1^ (cf diro-, be wanting : c. dat. pers., Lk I822, Tit 3^^
j
.
also for 12,V N;a]?, etc.;] 1. in cl., at Athens, to S2ip2}ly public offices at one's own cost, render public service to the State, hence, generally, 2. to serve the State, do a service, serve (of service to the Gods, Diod., of the official service of priests and Levites (Ex 293", ]^^ iqq^ i, 21) 41*, I Mac 10*2, al. cf. Deiss., BS, 140 f.), He lO^i of Christians Si 1527 (cf. Si 102^) 132.t t. Kvpi^, Ac c. dat. pers. seq. iv, Eo
XeiToupyco),
,
-ai
(<^XtTovpyds), [in
LXX
chiefly for
mCT
pi.,
(as someSyn. : XaTpivu) (q.v.), prop., to serve for hire, times in cl.), always of service to the deity on the part of both priests and people (Ex 43, De 10^2^ and similarly in NT). Xttrovpyew " is the fulfilment of an office it has a definite representative character, and corresponds with a function to be discharged ". It is therefore used of always of priests and serving in an office or ministry in Levites, in NT, with its cognates (Eo 13^ 152^, are not really exceptions), of services rendered either to God or man by apostles, prophets, teachers, and other officers of the church (cf. Tr., Syn., xxxv; ICG
: :
LXX
LXX
onEo P; Westc,
He., 232
rj
ff.).
XetTOupyta, -as,
(-^XeiTOD/ayew), [in
LXX
chiefly for
Hlhy,
Nu
42*, I Ch 9^3^ al. ;] 1. in cl. (chiefly of Athens), the discharge of a public office at one's oivn expense (v. LS, s.v.), hence, 2. a service, (though here also of ministry ; in ir. (Deiss., BS, 140 f .) and in and iii Ki 1*, al.), of religious service or ministration secular service,
LXX
267
of priestly ministrations, Lk 1^3^ He 8 Q^^ ; fig., dva-ia koL \. SO in rq% ma-Tw^ V^v, Phi 2^^ ; of Christian beneficence, ii Co 9^2, Phi 23o.t
:
NT
t XciToupYiK(5s,
(TToXai,
-rj,
-6v,
[in
LXX
Nu
He
for
nia^,
nittr; epya,
Nu
75
Ex
319(10) 3913(1);
:
o-KcvT^,
412.28,
n Ch
24i**;]
of or for
service, ministering
Trvevfiara,
li*.t
LXX
Jos
11 A, III Ki 105, Ps 102 (103)21, Si 7^\ al. ;] 1. in cl., one who discharges a public office at his own expense, then, generally, 2. a public servant, a minister, servant : t. dyiwv X., He 82 (cf. Ne 10^^, Si, I.e.) 'Irja-ov
;
Xpto-Tov,
Eo
:
151"
;
pi., T, deov,
Eo
13",
He
I^CLXX)
x..
ifiwv t. xpetas
fjLOv,
Phi
225.t
SYN.
TO (Lat. linteum),
17
-180s,
tcale
Ac
9i^.t
17
X^irpa, -a?,
Mkl*2, Lk5i2.i3.t
Xeirpos, -a, -oV
a linen
cloth, towel
Jo
13*' ^.t
LXX
for
chiefly for
T\\Slp!C0p. ;]
Xeirpos),
[in
LXX LXX
n?l^ ;]
,
leprosy
Mt
S^,
AeTrts),
[in
for
yn^ yjSO
;]
1-
(in cl.)
scaly, rough.
2.
115,
Mk
143.t
1*0,
Lk
-rf,
leprous; chiefly as subst., 6 X., a leper : Mt 82 10^ of Simon, formerly a leper, Mt 26,
Mk
2. fine, thin, small, -6v (XcTTw, to peel), 1. peeled. in late Gk., as subst. to X., a small coin (one-eighth of light ; hence, 12*2, -Lt 12^9 212.t an as, AV, mite) Aeui (indecl.) and Aevets (Eec. -vt, -vU), gen. Atvct, ace. -uv, 6
*XirTos,
Mk
]. 3.
(Heb.
il^),
:
Levi;
32*.
He
1^^'^,
Ee T.
2.
Son
of
Melchi
Lk
:
Son
of
Simeon
6,
Ma^^atos)
Mk
Ac
21*
(WH,
mg.,
of Alphaeus (cf.
[in
LXX
for ^)b
;]
a Levitt
Lk
Jo
119,
43.t
-TQ,
-OV, [lu
LXX:
He
to
7ii.t
LXX
Ps 50
whiten, make white : c. ace. rei, Mk *t XeuKo-Pu'ao-ii'os, -ov (cf XcvkoXivt;?, a robe of white flax, C.I., 155, 19i* (WH, mg.).t 17), white linen : Ee
.
(pb
hi.), etc.;]
XeuK<5s,
-q,
-ov, [in
LXX
;]
1.
bright, brilliant
7^' i3
of
clothing,
Mt
I72,
Mk
9^ 16^,
Lk
92^,
Ac
li,
Ee
Ee
Ee
fig.,
of garments,
318; of
ripened grain, Jo
268
[in
i
LXX
chiefly for
4^
Q^- ^^
i")}^
rT!"ll<
;
also for
ii
TB5
Ti
etc.
;J
a lion
X^Qx],
He
r)
ll^^,
Pe 5\ Ee
10^ 132
metaph.,
41^,
Ee
55.t
-r?s,
{<mei^ =
XavOdvi^y),
:
[in
LXX: Le
S^^ (byo),
v.
Wi
16^^ Si 14',
1.)
:
al.
;]
forgetfulness
AayLi<,
A..
XafSelv (on
27'"'.t
17
the phrase,
Mayor, in
II
Pe
l.t
Xtifid,
T, for
q.v., in
Mt
\T)p,<j/i,9
(Eec.
X^i/'is,
so in
cl.), -cws,
(<^
Xafji/Sdvut), [in
LXX (A^i/^-)
42^*;] re-
Pr
Pr
15^7 (n:no)
ceiviiig
Phi
4^5.t
Xti'<5s,
(in
some MSS.,
n|T,
Nu
1827,
Mm
n3 (Ne
a trough or
19^^; rr}v A.
^Ja^;
.
esp. for the treading of grapes: Tov fjieyav (a solecism perhaps inadvertent),
[in
(cf. VTToXrjvtov) .f
Lk
6,
LXX:
XrjLs
iv
Mac
5^"*;]
silly
nonsense:
etc.;]
(<;Ep.
a robber, brigand : Mt 21i3 (lxx) 26^5 2738. ", 1030, 36 1946 22^2^ Jo IQl, 8 IgiO^ Qo 112.t Syn. KAeTT-n/?, q.v.
:
Mk
14
15^^,
Lk
Xt](|/is,
V.S.
X7J/xvf/i<;.
LXX
9=*
chiefly for
ikp Ge
,
l^i 4^,
Je 243,
al.
To 9*,
G^i
Mac 11\
al.
;]
very, exceedingly
16^,
Mt n
Ti
Mk V^
(cf.
(Eec.
X. K Trepiacroi)
Lk
238,
Jo
*, iii
Jo
wep[in
Xi'av).t
17),
cf.
LXX
Mt
for
npb, Ex
2.
1. in cl., the
;
frankin-
cense-tree.
2^1,
(Occas. in
frankincense (so Le 2^
[in
cf.
Xi^avcords)
Ee
in
18i3.t
Xipai/uTds, -oS, 6
A.t^avos),
LXX:
52*;]
2.
1.
cl.
(and
xvi).t
-ov,
Late Gk.,
;
XiySavwrpis,
(the
in Inscr.
Xeyofievr}
MM,
AiPpTit'os,
AcySeprivcDv,
Ac
a freedman
the
a-vvaytDyq
-q
original
reading was
XiOdiw
1.
cf.
-r;s,
V,
Ai^os), [in
11
Ki
16>
^3
(i,pQ
pi.)
;]
stone:
1125,
c.
pass.,
Ac
526, II
Co
He
ments," and
KaTa-A6^a^o>).t
269
-ov (Xidos),
[in
LXX
for
p^
;]
of stone
Jo
2, ii
Co
Re
920.t
'S>
tXteo-poX^u,
A.t^os, /SaUo)),
[in
Q31
Ex
19i3,
Le 20^,
c.
al.
;]
to pelt
with
stones, to kill
by stoning,
T^s- 59
to stone (cf.
Xt^a^w)
for
ace. pers.,
Mt
2135 23^7,
Lk
IS^*,
Ac
pass.,
He 12^'0(Lxx).f
[in
17.),
LXX
x. rt/xios,
;
8i, al.;]
at the entrance of a tomb, Mt Jo 1138, 39,41 20^; X. /xvXikos, Lk 12io I31.2, 172, cf. Re 1821; of building stones, Mt 21^2 [4, 24''', 18 215. Lk 19** 20^7' metaph., of Christ, X. d/<poya)vaIo9, 6^ Ac 4", i Pe 2^ Trpoa-KOfi/jiaTos, ib. 8, Ro ckXcktos, tvTifio^, I Pe 2" (i-^^) X. ^wv, ib. * 933 of Christians, X. ^wvtcs, i Pe 25 of precious stones, X. ti/xlo<;. Re 174 1812,16 2111.19; tacTTTi?, Re 43; v8e8v/xeVoi X. KaOapov, Re 15 (\lvov,
pi.,
Mk
154 163.4,
Mt 3^ Lk
24^,
Mk
Rec, R, mg.,
v.
Swete, in
1.)
metaph.,
X. rifiLOL, i
Co
73,
312
of the
n Co
-ov
3^
of idols,
Ac
1729.
o-Tpwwu/ii),
[in
LXX:
II
Ch
31"
I.e.)
as subst., t6 X., a tessallated pavement : Jo 19i3 (cf. Tafifiadaj.f chiefly XiKfidu, -w (<^XiKfi6<i Xlkvov, a winnowing -fan), [in 14i5, Is 17i3, Je 38 (31)io, Da 2", al. for n-17 ni., pi., Ru 32, iii Ki ;] 2. In 1. in cl., to winnow (so Ru, I.e.). (11. c., exe. Ru), to Lk 201^ (RV, scatter as dust, Deiss., BS, scatter (as chaff or dust) which suggests the meaning ruin, destroy ; cf. 225 f., quotes ex. in tt. Vg. comminuet, AV, gririd to powder; cf. also Kennedy, Sources, 126), Mt 21** [WH], R, txt.t
LXX
LXX
Xijid,
'7,
Xi^riK,
I,
-evos,
;]
[in
LXX:
Ps 106
:
Es
555,
II,
IV
Mac 7 *
a harbour, haven
77,
Ac
KaXol
Ai/LiVs).t
\llivr],
-77s,
[in
LXX:
n Mac
Ps 106
(107)35 113
:
(114)8 (qjj^)^
Ca
51;
7*'5>
(npi3),
Mae
1135,
121^*;] a lake
of the
Sea of Galilee
(Mt,
Mk,
V.S.
X. T. TTvpo's,
Re
OdXafraa), Lk 52 822-23,33. X. Tevyr)(TapeT (q.v.), 1920 2010. 1*. 15 ; Kaiofievrj TTvpi, Re 218.t
Lk
in Att.
in Dor.
15i*,
:
17,
and so sometimes
cf.
in
LXX,
v.
NT: Lk
Ac IpS;
famine
Lk
425
Ee
n Co
1127; pi.,
:
Mt
24^,
Mk
13^,
al.;]
Lk
1.
21ii.t
LXX Ex 93i
11
(n^-i^TS),
flax:
Mt
1220 (LXX).
Aii'os
2.
linen
-ov
Re
6,
v.s. Xt^os).t
Linus:
fat),
Ti 42i.t
Xnrap<5s,
(< XtVos,
[in
LXX
Jg
329,
Ne
935,
jg
270
ra X. koX
Re
18^''.t
7]
*t\iTpa,
as.
2.
-as,
(cf.
In weight, a pound
Ai/?os, 6,
= Rom.
,
libra or
Xii|/,
[in
LXX
Ch
n;il?0
Kara
X.,
etc.,
Ge
1314,
Nu
2io, ii
1.
;
323o, al.
^/le
STF. wind
fikiirovTa
Ac
Deiss.,
V.
BS, 141).t
{<^\oyev(D, to collect, a
70, 103;
*tXoYia (prop.,
-ei'a,
word found
collection:
i
in
tt.,
v.
Deiss.,
MM,
xvi),
Co
IG^'^.t
Xoyi^ofiai (<;Xoyos), [in LXX chiefly for SCTn ;] 1. prop., of numerical calculation, to count, reckon: c. ace. seq. /xera, Mk 15^8 (LXX) (Rec, R, mg.), Lk 22^". 2. Metaph., without reference to numbers, by a reckoning of characteristics or reasons (a) to reckon, take into account : c. ace. rei, i Co 13* id. seq. dat. pars., Ro 4^ (lxx), 4, 6, 8 (lxx)^
;
;
II
Co 519,
II
Ti 4i
Heb. ^ nCTHJ
Bl,
33, 3),
Ac 19^^ Ro
;
Ga
;
3MLXX)^ ja
ace. rei.
Phi 4^
seq. otl,
Jo
11*",
He
2^3 (lxx). (J) iq consider, calctdate: 11^^ tovto, on, 11 Co 10^^ e. ace.
;
6^^
seq. ws,
5^^
j
Ro
8^^(^^^);
;
(c)
to suppose, judge,
;
deem
Pe
Co 12; 6ti, Ro 11*; ace. et inf., Ro 32^ 14^\ Phi S^^; c. ace. pers. seq. ws, u Co 10^; (d) to purpose, decide: c. inf. (Eur., Or., 555), 11 Co 10"' (ef. dva-, 8ta-,
*XoyiK<Ss,
-rj,
id. seq. c. ace. rei, 11 Co 3* qutws, i Co 4^ 8^^; roiro, on, Ro 2^ 11 Co 10'; c. inf., 11 Co
irapa-, cn;X-Xoyt^oyu.ai).t
rational: karpeia,
i
Ro
spiritual) yaXa (v. Hort, in 1. xvi), support of AV, milk of the word, v. ICC, in l.).t \6yiov, -OV, TO (dimin. of Xoyos, v. ICC, Bo., 70), [in
.
121
^^
(i
e.
MM,
Pe
2^ (in
LXX chiefly
Is 28^3,
forn-ipx,
al.;
(cf.
-Dps*,
Ps 17
(18)30
,
18
ini.
Xoyciov
(-lov),
for ]C7n
281*, al.) ;] an oracle : Ac 7^8, Ro 3^, He 512, i Pe 411 (on the eecl., Xoyia T. Kvptov, v. Lft., Essay on Sup. Bel., 172 ff.).t 2. In *X6yios, -OV Xdyos), 1. in el., learned (Ac, I.e., R, txt.). 1824 (v. Page, in 1. 129).t Field, Notes, late Gk., eloquent : Ac Ps 32 (33)10-11, p^ 1921^ Xoyia^ds, -OV, 6 Xoytto/tat), [in
Ex
LXX
;]
a reasoning, thought
Ro
2i*, 11
Co
10*.t
*t XoyoiJiax^w, -w (<iXdyos, jxaxoixai), to strive ivith words : II Ti 2i*.+ *t Xoyofiaxia, -as, 7; Aoyo,^aY'w), a strife of loords : pi., I Ti 6*.t
Xoyos,
'TpM'
.
-OV,
6
;]
(^Acyco),
I.
[in
LXX
chiefly
for
^^1,
also
is
for
n^p
etc.
ex-
pressed,
Lat.
oratio,
verbum.
1.
grammatical sense
of a
mere name
271
embodying a conception or idea Mt 8^, Lk V, i Co 14^' ^, He 12'", al. 2. a saying, statement, declaration: Mt 19^2 (T om.), Mk 5'* V\ Lk 129, Jo 222 660, Ac 729, al.; c. gen. attrib., Ac 1Z^\ Eo 99, He 72s, al. of the sayings, commands, promises, etc., of teachers, Mt 72*
;
101*.
Mk
838,
Lk
;
9**,
Jo
Eph
5; ^\r,eLvoi,
Ee
199;
TTia-TOL,
Ee
22"
and promises
A. T. 6(ov, the
11*, 3.
word of God
Mk
7^^,
Jo
lO^s,
Mt
I321.22,
Mk
16[20],
Eo 139, i Lk P, Ac 6*, He
speech, discourse: Ac 14^2, n Co lOi", Ja 32; opp. to iirKTrokr], II Th 215 listing, from <7o<f>La, i Co 2' avaa~rpo<f>-q, i Ti 412 ; 8wa/iis, I Co 419, I Th 1^; epyov, Eo IS'^; ouSevos A. Ti/iiov {not worthy of mention), Ac 202* ; of the faculty of speech, Lk 24^9, n Co 11" ; of the
.
style of speech,
pers.,
Mt
5^'', i
Co
Ja
1^
Jo
524 8*2,
Ac
Col
2*1,
1*,
i
al.;
aX-q6ua<;, II
I
Co
6'',
of instruction, Col 4^, i Pe 3' ; c. gen. A., o >os, Jo S^i; c. gen. obj. (t.) 1^^ ; T. KaraAAay^s, Co 5^9 t. aravpov,
;
Co
Co
4i9.2o^
:
subject-matter, hence, teaching, doctrine : Ac 181^, 11 Ti 2i^, al. ; esp. of Christian doctrine 4i*-2o 832, Lk 12, Ac 8*, Mt 1320-23, Ga 6, i Th 1, al. ; c. gen. pers., T. eeov, Lk 51, Jo 17, Ac 429, I Co 1436, i Jo lio, Ee 69, al. ; t. KvpCov, Ac 825, I Th 18, al. t. X/dio-toG, Col 3^6, Ee 38; c. gen. appos., Ac 15^; 5i3. c. gen. attrib., He 5. a story, tale, narrative : Mt 281^, Jo 2123, Ac 11 1122 seq. irepi, Lk 51^. 6. That which is spoken of (Plat., al.
4^
Jo
which
Mk
V.
Kennedy, Sources,
1129,
Lk
203,
Ac
(i
821
.
Ac
Mac
.
124), matter, affair, thing: Mt 212*, j^jj in Qf a matter in dispute, as a case or suit at law, 733, al), Lk 1*. II. Of the inward thought itself,
1.
Kara Xoyov,
Ac
;
reason, (a) of the mental faculty (Hdt., Plat., al.) 181* Q^^ ^ reason, caxise : rivi Ao'yw, Ac 10^9 ; Trapcxros
Xo'yov TTopvcta?,
Mt
(6)
532 jga,
WH,
:
mg., E, mg.
41^. i7
;
2.
Ac
seq.
202*,
;
Eec.
reckoning
Phi
2519
in forensic sense,
TTcpt,
Eo
I412,
i
He
31^.
13i^
3.
Mt Lk
1823
162
Mt
Jo
1236,
Ac
f.).
19*0,
III.
Pe
(Field, Notes,
T.
193
5 A.,
^w^s.
11; T. $ov,
in Artt., Logos,
X<5yxti,
Ee DB, DCG).
y,
19i3 (v.
in
11.;
refif.
-q's,
[in
LXX
for
nOT
etc.
;]
1.
a spear-head.
2.
lance, spear:
Mt
-u)
XoiSop^u,
revile
:
LXX
;
chiefly for
i
S"""!;]
to
abuse,
^^,^|^_
c.
ace. pers.,
Jo
928, j^q
23*
pass.,
Co
412, i
Pe
223 (^i
XotSopea)).t
XoiSopia, -as,
17
(<[XoiSopa)),
5'*, i
[in
LXX
n^"'ip;]
abuse, railing
Xo{8opos,
Ti
Pe
39.t
-ov,
;
[in
LXX:
X.,
Pr
252*
:
2621
i
,
27^^ (]^Tp), Si
511 Bio.t
,
238*;]
railing, abusive
as subst., o
[in
a railer
Y^b
,
Co
Xoi|i<Js, -ov, 6,
LXX for
r^iy
b^b^
etc.
;]
pestilence
272
pi.,
al.),
of persons,
metaph. a pest
-o'v
(as in cl.
:
LXX
Ps
l^,
Pr
212*,
i i
Ac 24^
Mac Mac
,
15^\
lO'i,
al.).t
Xoi-iros,
-i;,
(< XciVw),
[in
LXX
Mk
al.
chiefly for
:
inn
also for
^t<V
6tc.
;]
c.
subst.,
Mt
;
25ii,
A.,
Ac
237,
Ro
absol.,
i
Mt
Ac
289,
Th
4i3,
4i9,
ol
ot
s.v.,
ad.
Re
9^0; ra X.,
;
Mk
Re
;
3^,
2.
ref.),
14*i, i Co 7^' (a) for the future, henceforth : adverbially, to \. IQi^ anarth. (Deiss., LAE, 176i6, I885, 20), (Lft., Notes, 232 f.). He Ac 272^ II Ti 48 ToO A. (sc. xpovov LS, s.v. M, Pr., 73 Bl., 36, 13), Ga 61'^, Eph 61** (6) besides, moreover, for the rest : Phi 31 4^ Lft., Notes, 51). anarth., i Co li 42, i Th 41 (M, Th., in 1. (prob. an abbreviation of AovKavo's; v. Lft., Col., AouKas, -a, 6 240; ICC, Lk., xviii; Bl., 29; ace. to Ramsay, Exp., Dec, 1912, pp. 502 ff., a by-form of Aovkios, from Lat. Lucius), Luke : Lk, tit., C0I41*, iiTi4ii, Phm24.t 13i, Ro IG^i.t AouKios, -ov, 6 (Lat. Lucius), Lucius : Ac
;
Mk
XouTp6i',
-od,
t6 Xov'w),
:
[in
t.
LXX: Ca
Eph
(freq. of
42,
G^.W
;
{n^n%
Si
31 (34)25 *
vSaro?,
52^
t.
iroXiyycvco-tas,
LXX
;
.
chiefly for
to bathe,
]^m
ceremonial washing;
:
wash the body c. ace. pers., Ac 9^7 cf. Deiss., BS, 226 pass. ptcp. id. seq. dTro' (Deiss., BS, I.e.), Ac 16^3 (of a dead body) 1022 mid., to wash oneself (Mayor, in 1. M. Pr., pf., Jo I3K', He 155 f., 238 f.), II Pe 222 metaph.. Re l^ Rec, R, mg. (cf. d7ro-Xovw).t Syn. viTTTw, used of parts of the body hands, feet, face 15ii cf. Tr., Syn., xlv). ttXvvu), of things, as garments, etc. (v. Le 93^, -r?s Rec), 7; and Ai;'S8a, -wv, TO. (ib.^2,35. At588a, -as (Ac Ac, 11. e.t -av, Rec), (Heb. ib), Lydda (modern Ludd) woman of Thyatira Ac I61*' *^.f AuSia, -as, ?7, Lydia, a Lycaonia, a region in Asia Minor Ac 14 .t huKaovla, -as, Ac 14ii.t AuKaok'iCTTi, adv., in Lycaonian (speech) Ac 27^.t AuKia, -as, 77, Lycia, a region of Asia Minor
f .) ;]
;
7;,
Xu'kos,
-ov,
6,
[in
LXX
Ze
to 3^,
for
nXT
;]
a wolf:
Mt
Ac
10i,
Lk
ID',
Jo
1012;
fig.
(as
Ez
222^,
Je
5, al.),
Mt
71*,
2029.t
pi., hi.,
LXX
also for
D013,
etc.;]
1.
outrage, maltreat:
ace,
Ac
8'.
2.
to
corrupt, defile (Ez 1625, p^ 288, jy Mac IS^, al.).+ for mn, etc;] to distress, grieve, XuWd), -w {<:^XvTrr]), [in c ace pers., 11 Co 225 78; pass., Mt 14^ 17^^ ca^ise pain or grief:
LXX
.
Mk
1022 1419,
Jo 1620
2637
2117,
Ro
141^,
n Co
Co
2*,
;
Th
41^,
II
opp tQ Pe 1^ X. KoX a^rjfjLoveiv, Mt Co 79* ^1 T. TTveufJia T. ayiov, Eph 43" (cf. Syn. : v.s. 6pnr)vi(o.
;
^^aiptiv, II
61"
Kara ^eoV,
<TW-XviTi(i>).f
273
of
[in
LXX
Lk
;
for
:
ay^ and
16^, 11
11
;]
pain
body or mind,
grief,
sorrow
X.
Jo
;
He
q
22^5
iK X.,
ecrrtv,
T. Koa/JLOV X., II
Co
eirl
;
710
/-tot
Eo
X. Ix<^.
Jo
IG^l' 22
j^. seq.
aTTo, II
Co
23
X.
X. Ix<^,
pi. (cf.
Phi
2^7
S^e,
eV X. eX^elv, II
Ge
Pr
15^^, al.),
-ov, 6,
-7'
Lysanias : Lk S^.t o, Lysias {Claudius L., Ac 232), Ac 24f],22_-|Xvto), [in LXX Ec V^ (8I) (-|^rg), Da
:
LXX LXX
:
12^,
Wi
8^ *
;]
a loosing
of divorce,
Co
72^.t
** XuCTiTeX^cj, -w (<[ XucriTeXr^s, useful, prop., ra TeXrj Xvwv), [in To 3", Si 201*^-1* 2911*;] 1. prop., to indemnify, pay expenses. 2. to be usefid, to profit ; usually impers., Xuo-iTeXci, it profits : c. dat. pers.,
seq.
t
.
. .
-7,
Lk
-a?,
IT^.f
17,
Ao'o-Tpa,
and
(in
:
rd
(cf.
AvSSa),
LXX
;]
(Pent,
jg,
Pr
j,
Is
j)
for
life,
]rTB and
cogn. forms,
for slaves,
n^N5
I920
15)3
;
THO
a ransom
:
(as for
captives. Is 45i3) SlvtI ttoXXwv, 2028, 10*^ (v. Sv^ete, in 1., and for discussion of X. and its cognates, Westc, He., 295 f.; Deiss., LAE, 331 f.; cf. also dvTi-XvTpov).t
Le
for
Ex Mt
218o
Mk
XuTpou, -w {<C\vTpov, q.v.), [in chiefly for niB, bss;] to on receipt of ransom ; mid., to release by paying ransom, to redeem : in spiritual sense, Tit 2^* ; pass., i Pe l^^ ; in general sense, to deliver (cf. Ex 6, Ps 68 (69)i8, al.) Lk 242i.t
release
:
LXX
tXiJTpaxns, -m,
r}
Xvt/3o'o), [in
LXX
Le
2529.
*^,
Is 63* (D"'bw5,
n^N5),
Nu
18i.
(130)^ {n-^,
f^,
miQ),
:
Jg l^^*;] a ransoming, redemption the mediatorial work of Christ, He (cf. Ps 48, I.e.) Lk 18 238.+
:
XuTpu-nis, -ov, 6
Xvrpo'w), [in
:
LXX
Ac
of
(78)3^ (b^Ja) *
;]
a redeemer, deliverer
-q
7^*
Xuxfta, -as,
LXX
a lampstand
Mt
Mk
421,
Lk
8i 1133;
He
92; metaph.,
of the two witnesses, Ee 11* of the seven churches of Asia, Ee I12. '3, 20 2^ ; of the removal of a church from its position, Ktvctv t. Xv^vtav k.t.X.,
ib. 5.+
Xo'xi'os, -ov, 6, [in
LXX for 13
Xv^ita)
(Ex 253"
:
(37)^
al.)
;]
a lamp (portable,
.
and usually
421
;
set
on a stand,
X. S.7rTiv,
ib.
Lk
8i 1133 158.
17X10V,
225;
metaph., of the
Lk 113' ^p^fju 6 X., Mk ^-5 Xv'xvov, Ee 1823; id. opp. to <^. eye, Mt 622, Lk 113*; of John the
Mt
5^^,
18
274
Baptist, Jo 535 of the Lamb, Ee 2128 of prophecy, 11 Pe l^^ ; of spiritual readiness, pi., kvxyoi (as always in LXX; freq. in Att. \vxva), Lk 1235.t
SVN.
Xa/X7rd<;, q.V.
LXX
Ac
for
nriQ
;
Mk l^, Lk
22^*'
persons, Jo
tie, I
ll'*^,
;
103 hi,, etc. ;] 1. to loose, unbind, 3^\ al. of beasts, Mt 21^, Lk 13l^ al. of of Satan, Re 20^' metaph., of the marriage
,
""
one diseased, Lk 13^^ of release from sin, Ee 1^, WH, E, txt. (v.s. \ov<x)). 2. To resolve a whole into its parts, loosen, dissolve, break up, destroy Jo 2^^, Ac 27*\ Ee 5^ metaph., 11 Pe 3^^ of an
Co
T^'^
of
assembly,
(TTOi)^ia, II
to
dismiss
3^**
;
Ac
13^^
t,
;
[xeaoroixov
t. efyya t.
t.
cfypayfAov,
I
Eph
3^
;
2^*
t.
T.
davaTov,
Pe Ac
5^^
ovpavoi, ib.
^^
Sta^dAou,
Jo
T.
(iSivas
2^*
;
evToXrjv,
Mt
T.
of laws, etc., to break, annul, cancel (MM, xvi) vofjLoy, Jo 7^^ ; T. adfi^arov, Jo 5^^ ; t. ypa^-qv, Jo
(.ttl-,
10^*.
(Cf.
di'tt-,
Kara-, Trapa-Xvu}."^
:
Awis (Eec.
A(iT,
II
Lois
ii
Ti l^.t
1127,
al.)
:
(Heb.
indecl.,
Lot (Ge
Lk
1728.29.32,
Pe 2^t
M
M,
fi,
fji^
(iu,
TO,
indecl.,
letter.
As a numeral,
/=
40,
=
6,
40,000.
indecl.,
Made,
:
Maath
Lk
32.t
Magadan, an unidentified place on the coast of the Sea of Galilee Mt 15^9 (Eec. MaySaAd cf Mk 8^^, where for AaA/xavov^d, * has McA-cyaSa, D ^ MayaiSd, some cursives MayaSd, and Euseb. D
MayaSdi',
;
.
Onomast. McyatSdv; cf. DB, iii, s.v.).t MaySaXd (Aram. N^XO = Heb. bi^n, which in Jos IS^^B
rendered MayaSa), Magdala : Mt 15^9 (Eec. for MayaSdv, q.v.).t MaySaXifjcos, -d, 6v, Magdalene, of Magdala : Mapia (q.v.)
is
7;
M.,
Mt
27^''i 281,
Mk
15*0.47 I61
:
[9],
Lk
8^ 24io,
Jo
19^5 20i'i8.t
'ApfiayeSuiv, q,v.).t
MayeSwc,
Magedon
Ee
16^
(WH,
"Ap M. for
lore.
(<^/Adyos),
i/ie
Zore of the
Magians
(Plat.).
2.
magic:
ipl.,
magic
arts, sorceries
,
Ac S^^t
22. 10, al. (cf.
LXX
for fjlSTN
Da
LXX th
a^'m
1. one of the Mdyoi, a Median tribe (Hdt.). a Magian, one of a sacred caste, originally Median, who seem to have conformed to the Persian religion, while retaining some of Mt 21- 7. le. 3. a their old beliefs (v. DB, i vol., 665 f. DB, iii, 203 ff.)
wizard, sorcerer:
MayoJy,
o,
Ac
13".
^ (cf.
Wi
17'',
,
indecl.
(Heb.
20^
(v.
Z'lJQ
Ac Ge
89'^^).t
IO2,
l.).t
Ez
382,
^1.),
Magog,
associated with
Gog
Ee
Swete, in
275
indecl.
1.
son of
Abraham
3. yTj
(Ge
252).
2.
An
Ps 82
:
(83)9, al).
M.
2^5, al.)
Ac V^.f
breast
Ee
1^^
(L for
/xaa-ro^, q.v).t
intrans. (as prop. vb. in -cww, and so Plut., mor. 837 c. and elsew.), to he a discijjle : c. dat., Mt 27^*" (Rec, 2. Trans., to make a disciple : c. ace, Mt 28^9, Ac 14P^ mg.). t. ^ao-iAeta, Mt 1352.t pass., seq. dat., t. 'l-qaov, Mt 27" (WH, E) only as v.l. (A) in Je I321 20^^ -ov, 6 (fxavOdvo)), [in liaeTj-nis, 26 (46)9 *;] a disciple : opp. to SlUo-koXos, Mt lO^*, Lk 6*0 ; 'Iwavvov,
|ia6T)TeD'w
*t
{<C fJ^a-0-qTri<;),
1.
WH,
LXX
218, Lk 533 ^aptmjio^v, Mt 22^6, Mojvo-ccus, Jo 928; 'It/o-oC, Lk 617 711 193^ Jo 666 73 1938. esp. the twelve, Mt 10^ 71^ Lk 39, Jo 22, al. ; later, of Christians generally, Ac 6i2,7 111,
Mt
91*,
Lk
7I8,
Jo
325
T.
Mk
Mk
;
Qio, al.
T.
Kvpiov,
Ac
9^.
v'
*+ /iadi^Tpia,
disciple
:
-as,
fio-OriTpis,
fem. of
fiaOrj-n^s,
q.v.),
a female
Ac
9^" f
WH,
.4j9;).,
159; Bl.,
-ov,
3,
11; on the
:
Semitic form,
^ii.,
v.
99 103,
Mk
Gr., 142),
Aci^c^.t
o,
6,
Matthew
Mt
Matthan:
Mt
lis.t
V.S.
Ma^^aros),
6,
Matthat
Lk
32^ (cf.
MaT^aT).t
V.S.
Ma^^aio?),
-a,
Ac
123,26_t
Ma0ou<r(i\a
Ma'ivdv, V.S.
(WH,
-a\d), 6
Lk
S^^.t
Mcwd.
^aiVofiai,
[in
1.
LXX
Wi
14-8, al.
;]
to rage, be furious'.
mad
Jo
;]
lO^'',
Ac
1215 262*25^
Co
1423
(cf. ifi-fxaCyofiaL).f
fiaKapi'l^w
{<CixaKdpio<i),
[in
c.
LXX
for
ICTN
1*^,
pi.,
pu.
to
bless,
proTWunce blessed or
fiaKcipios,
-a,
happy
ace. pers.,
Lk
Ja
5ii.t
chiefly of
poet, p-dnap,
[in
in Horn.,
Hes.,
LXX
6i5; iXn^s, Tit 2i3; ^o's (8w<o-t7?s), i Ti in 177, 213) esp. in congratulations, usually with the omission of the copula (M, 620 ff-, Jo 20^9, Ee V, al.; Pr., 180; Bl., 30, 3), fi. 6, Mt 53 ff-, Lk seq. ptcp., Lk 145, al.. ^5^ Mt 11, Lk 723, Eo 4^^; Sn, Mt I316, al.; edv, Jo 131'^, I Co 7**'; compar., fi. . . . fxakkov, Ac 20'*; .(LTepo<i,
happy {DCG,
Co
7*0.
Syn.
''*'
cvXoyT/To's, q.v.
fiaKapiafios,
felicitation
Eo
-ov, 46, 9^
(fiaKapi^o))
declaration
of
blessedness,
Qa
276
Phi 4l^
(v.
Macedonia: Ac IG^.i^ i Co 16^, ii Co l^', M. Kal 'Axa(a, Ac 19-^i, Eo 15^\ i Th V' . al. MaKcSciK, -Ji'o?, 5, a Macedonian : Ac 169 1929 272, 11 Co 92. *.t i Co lO^' *t fidKcXXoi', -ov, TO (Lat. macellttm), a meat-market MM, xvi).t Deiss., LAE, 274
-as,
-q,
:
;
LXX
for
pm
S'"'",
hi., prir^
etc.
;]
Lk
IS'^",
Ac
22^1
ol
seq. airo,
/*.,
Mt
Lk 1\ Jo
;
218,
Ac
Mk
12^4;
d%
;
Ac
/a.,
239 (cf.
ib.
^'^.t
Is 22)
metaph.,
ol ttotI ovrts
(opp. to lyyv%),
(chiefly
Eph
[in
--^^
21^
oi
fiaKpoOei'
(^/xafcpds),
adv.
:
late),
.
LXX
^.
for piriT
pinno
II
etc.
;]
from
afar, afar
Lk
IS^^ 225"
Es
313, al),
IS' 17.+
Mt
26^8 27",
-w
Mk
Lk
v.s.
1623 23",
-la),
Ee
1810'
t |iaKpo0ufie'u,
{<^
fiaKpo-dvfj.o?,
(rj-^x
,
long-tcmjjered
[in
al.;]
LXX: Ec
1.
812
^2^
pr
1911
^K ^nNH), Jb
?!,
Si
2\
2. Passively, actively = Kaprtpio), to persevere (Plut., 2, 593 F). to be patient, long-suffering : absol., i Co 13*, He 61^, Ja 5^; seq. Iws,
c.
gen., ib.
cVt,
c.
dat., ib.
cis, 11
(Si 2*)
Trpo's,
c.
ace,
Th
51*
im,
c.
dat.,
Mt
1826.29,
:
Lk 18^
q.v.
7?
Pe
S^.f
SfN.
Je 1515
suffering
VTrofiV(j),
t ^aKpoOufiia, -as,
{rr^ti. "^j^N),
:
{<ip.aKp6-evfjio<;), [in
LXX
Pr 2515
;]
(n";5?< IJIN),
Is
57l^ Si 5i\
in
Mac
8* *
patience,
long-
Col
6,
experiencing troubles and difficulties. of God's forbearance, Eo 2* 922, 11 Co 522, Eph 42, Col 312, i Ti lie, 11 Ti 42, i Pe 320, 11 Pe 3i*.t Ga Syn. : v^o/xovy (cf. Lft., Col., 138 Tr., Syn., liii). *t fiaKpo9u)xu)s, adv., with forbearance, patiently : Ac 26^.+
of
men,
esp.
111, II
Ti
310,
He
plPIT
etc.;]
20*'^.
2.
space and time, long : yuaKpa Trpoa-evxto-Oai, Mk Of distance, far, far distant : x^P"^' ^^ ^^^^ 19i2,+
of
fiaKpo-xpo'ios,
Lk
-ov
;(po':os),
[in
LXX
p..
yLyveaOai, ttvat
{W'lyi '?l"'"ixn).
Ex
2012,
De
4**'
516
172*'*;]
of long
duration, long-
lived: Eph63(Lx^).+
,id\a,
adv.,
[in
LXX
in
for
9,1
.
b^S,
I.
m
17
Ki 1, Da
(^a),
LXX
lO^i, al.;
Nu
13^2(31)^
^axXov
place
Ge
Mac
;
8'',
IV
Mac
4^^
;
12^ 15*;]
much, exceedingly
taken by \iav, o-0o8pa, etc.). 1. Of increase, more; with qualifying words: II. Compar., jxaWoi'. 5i5' i^, Phi 212, al. ttoVo), Lk 122*, Eo 7roX\(2, Mk 10*8, Lk 18=59, Eo 102s. 1112, a,i oo-o), He 2. Of comparison, the more: Too-ovrw Lk 5l^ Jo 518, Ac 51*, I Th 41'!'', 11 Pe V^; hi ,1. Kal p.. Phi 19; c. compar., Mk 7^*, 11 Co 71^; iroWw fi. Kpelaa-ov, Phi 12^; ft, ha<f>ipiLV,
(cl.
LXX
.
ut supr.
NT
its
277
gen.,
Mt
6^^;
ft.
^,
Mt
9^5,
18^^;
c.
gen.,
8i
Co
compar., Ac 20^5,
3.
(EV, yea rather), Eo S^*. fi. Of preference, rather, the rather, sooner : with qualifying words,
i
Co
Ga 4^^
122^;
TToXAa),
Mt
Co
;
6^0,
al.
ttoXv,
He
iroa-w,
Mt
7^\
al.
in a question,
fx.,
;
ov
II
IX.I I
9^2. after
a neg..
;
Co
5^
^-qXu), I
Co
14^
c.
Mt
Co
14*,
/*.
84,
III. Super!., fjidXurro, most, most of all, Phi 422, I Ti 410 58. 17, II Ti 413, Tit 110,
above all
Phm i,
11
Ga 4. Ga 6^^, De
Ac
263.
(laXaKi'a
-a?,
17
/xaXaKos),
[in
LXX
7^*
28", Is 38^ 533, al. ;] 1. prop., softness, effeminacy (Hdt., Thuc, al.). 2, In NT, as in LXX, = aa-devtLa, weakness, sickness : voo-os nal fx.,
Mt
V.S. d<r6Via.
ftaXaic^s,
-i
-oV,
[in
LXX:
Pr
25^^^
.j
of clothing, pi., Mt 11^ soft; 1. prop., to the touch (opp. to a-KXrjpos) Lk 72*. 2. Of persons and their mode of living; (a) mild, gentle; (b) soft, effeminate : i Co 6^ (prob, in obscene sense, cf. Deiss.,
LAE,
150 4;
MM,
Lk
S^^.t
MdXxos,
-ov, 6
?7
(Hellenistic
form
of
Heb.
"Ij^p),
Malchus
Jo
IS^^.t
(onomatop.), [in LXX: iv Mac 16^*;] 1. in cl., a 2. In late Gk. (= cl., TrjBTJ), a grandmother child's name for mother. (LXX, I.e.), II Ti l^.t
**fi(ifi|jiT], -r/s,
tjittfiums (Rec.
riches
:
fiafjifx-),
-a (Bl., 7, 4), 6
(Aram. S3ina),
mammon,
Mt
62*,
Lk
-rj>
169. u, i3,t
:
tAayariv, 6
Mat'OCTOTis,
Ac
13i.t
1.
:
Manasseh ;
(a)
the first-born
7".
2.
son of Joseph
of
Judah
I
Mt
Phi
(6) l^^.t
name
Ee
King
ftavQdvQ>, [in
absol,
I
Co
1431,
Co
1435,
420
49, II
mb;]
inquiry
Eo
le^^,
indir.,
Mt
9^^; XptcrroV,
I328; diro, c. gen. gen. rei, Mt 2432, gen. pers., 11 Ti 31*; cv, c. dat. pers., pers., I Co 4''; "point" aorist (M, Pr., 117), to ascertain, seq. on, Ac 232^; 2. to learn by use and practice, acquire the c. ace. seq. (xtto, Ga 32, habit of, be accustomed to : e. inf. (Bl., 69, 4), i Ti 5*, Tit 3^*; id. c. nom. in pred. (Bl., 72, 1), Phi 4}^; c. ace. rei seq. ctTro', He 5^; dpyal fiav6dvov(Tiv (EV, they learn to be idle ; Bl., 73, 5 ; Field, Notes, 210),
Eph
Mk
V;
-n-apd, c.
Ti 5i3.t
278
/i,atVo/xai),
:
[in
LXX Ho
:
9^' n?^;?!^^).
Wi
5*,
al.
;]
frenzy, madness
T. /xavva,
;
Ac
26^*.t
ry),
indecl. [in
LXX
to
;]
fxav.
where
Nu
Ee
lisff-, al.
(]p,
Aram. N$0)
He
al.
9*
symb.,
2^7.+
^ain-euojuiai
;]
to
LXX
DDp
De
IS^**,
q.v., in distinction from which fx. is used in only of false prophets and those who practise the heathen arts of divination and soothsaying (cf. i Ki 28^, and v. Tr.,
7rpo(firjTev(D,
LXX
Syn. and
vi).
NT
Syn.,
fjiapai^oj, [in
LXX:
Jb
IS^o {a;y^
pi.), 242*,
wi
2^ I921*;] in cl,
1. prop., to quench fire; pass., of fire, to die atoay, go out. 2. In various relations, to quench, waste, wear out (cf. Wi 19^^) pass., to waste aivay; in later writers (Plut., Luc, al.), of the withering of flowers and herbage (act., Jb 15^0 pass., ib 24^*, Wi 2^) Ja 1^^
;
. :
(cf. a/i,apai'TOv).t
add (Kec. fiapavaQa. on the original form v. Aram. Gr., % 4:1,1; 74, 3; Words, 328). Maran atha, i.e. the Lord Cometh (but v. Dalman, 11. c. Field, Notes, 180 ICC, in 1.) i Co 1622.t *fiapYapiTT]s, -ov, 6, a pearl: Mt 13*^.46, i Ti 2^ Ee 17* IS^^.ie 2121 (.-^^_ proverbially, Mt 7.t
jiapdv
;
:
Dalman,
WH)
2),
7;
(Aram.
Urt-]^),
Martha: Lk
indecl.,
lO^s.
*o, 41^
Jo
lli.s.iaff. 122.+
Mapia,
-as
(Hellenized form),
Q^-ia),
and
Mapiafx,
1.
-q
(Aram.
Mary.
In
NT;
Mt
116
ff.
211
i355_
Mk
:
63,
Lk
P^ff. 25.16,19,34^
Ac
li*.
2.
ilf.
dalene (q.v.). 3. The wife of Clopas (Jo 19^5) and mother of the little, and Joses Mt 275'6i 28i, Mk 15*>*7 I61, Lk 24io.
sister of
ff.
:
Martha and Lazarus Lk 10^9. 42, Jo HL 2, 19 123. mother of John Mark Ac 12'2. 6. A Christian greeted by St. Paul Eo 16^ (on the signification of the name, v. Zorell, s.v. on the use of the alternative forms in NT, DB, iii, 278 b).+ MdpKos, -ov, 6, Mark Mk., tit., Ac 12i2.-^5 1537, 39^ Col 4i, 11 Ti 411, Phm24, I Pe 5'3 (v. Swete, Mk., Intr., xiiiff.; DB, iii, 245ff).t ** fidpfiapos, -ov, 6 {<^ij.apixatpui, to glisten), [in LXX: Ep. Je"2*;] 1. any crystalline stone (Hom., Eur., al.). 2. In later writers, marble :
: ;
Ee
18i2.t
p.dpTup, V.S. p-dpTVi.
fiapTupe'w, -w
{<^
p.dpTv<s) , [in
LXX
xvi),
(Ge
31*"*^, al.),
La
;
2^^),
njy (Nu
11
(a)
absol.
22,
(Pind.,
a Jo 15", Ac 26^;
prop., to be
MM,
Ac
incomm.;
Bl.,
37,
2),
He
279
Ac
lO*^;
i
c.
ace. rei
;
(cl.),
Jo 3", Ee
22^6.20;
14^, al.
id.
Jo
5^^,
c.
gen. (pers. et
rei),
Jo 5^<> Jo V'
al.;
Ac
al.
;
seq.
Jo
536
7^
5x1,
Jo P* 4"
5ti recit.,
Jo
439;
Co 151*; pass., He 78; ptcp., Eo 3^1; impers.. He 7^7; (b) in late Gk., to witness favourably, give a good report, approve (Bl., 54, 3 MM, xvi Deiss., BS, 265) c. dat. pers., Lk 4^2 seq. Ittl, e. dat. rei, He 11* pass., Ac 6^ ; seq. iv, i Ti 510, He IP 8id, c. gen. rei, He ll^^ vTTo, c. gen. pers., Ac IO22, al. impers., in Jo^ (cf. i-m-, o-w-ctti-,
;
:
Kara-, (rw-/xapTvp(i)).
fkaprvpia,
-a<s,
ij
(<^/xa/)ru/3a)),
[in
LXX
Ge
31*^
(Nlinnifr),
12i9,
Ex
34
20i,
De
Jo
520(17),
Pr
25i8,
Ps 18
(19)^
(ly,
nny),
Pr
Si
(31)23.24^
jv
Mac
Lk
53* 1935 212*, I Ti 37, Tit li3, Jo 12, Ee 117; q, gen. 1459, Jo 817 (i-xx auter)^ I jo 59. geq. ^a^a'^ c. gen. pers., subj., 14*^ ; esp. of witness concerning Christ and divine things, Jo 17 311,32,33 532,36^ Re 69; c. gen. subj., Jo li^ 53i 8i3.i*, Ac 22i8, i Jo 59-ii,
2271,
Mk
14**',
Mk
.
Mk
Ee
1211
c gen. obj.,
Ee P-
/x.
Ix"".
Re
LXX
chiefly for
nyiD
also for
rnv Uny and cogn. forms;] a testimony, witness, proof (Hdt., Thuc, al.): c. gen. subj., 11 Co I12, 11 Th li; c. gen. obj., Ac 433, I Co 1 21 (WH, txt., E, txt., ^.vcTTrjpiov) 11 Ti 1^; ek fi., Mt 8* lOis
;
241*,
Mk
Lk
;
51* 95 2113,
<rK7]v^
{GGT,
in I),
Ti 2
17
toC
p..
to ^. Katpok
iS'o s
iria
br}ii),
Ac
7**,
Ee
156.t
**fjiapTo'po/itu
{<CpdpTvp), [in LXX: Jth 728, i Mac 2^^ N)*;] to summon as witness (M, Th., 25 f Hort., / Pe., 53 f. Lft., Notes, 29 Ga 203), hence, (a) to protest, affirm solemnly : seq. on, Ac 202*, Ga 53; (b) to adjure, beseech: c. dat. pers., Ac 2622; q ^00. et inf.,
.
Eph
Th
Ti
(also
77),
[in
LXX
;
for IJT;]
witness
Ac
10*i,
612, 11
18i 26^5,
Mk
of
Lk 24*8, Ac Ee 113; ^ dat. pers., Lk 11*8, Ac 22i5; of Christ, Ee 1* God, Eo 1^, 11 Co 123, p^i is^ i tj^ 2*. i of those who have
;
in forensic 1.) 1463, Ac 1028; n Co 13i, i Ti 5^\ I22 232 315 532 iqsq 26I6, i Pe 51 ; c. gen. poss.,
6i3 7^,
Ti 22,
He
12i (Westc, in
He
(in later
Xn. and
lit.,
martyr
Swete,
Ac
2220,
Rg
2i3 176.t
p-acrcr-), -wyuai
p,aa(iofi,ai
(Eec.
(Aristoph.
LXX
chew
Ee
16io.t
hi.
;]
to
scourge
280
c.
acc,
1017 2019
233^
8^7).t
Mk
103*,
Lk
IS^s,
Jo 19i
metaph.,
:
He
12
22^*
(cf.
Pr
Je
53,
Jth
fiaaTiJu (Ep.
and
late prose
LXX Nu
acc, Ac 2225.t etc. ;] a whip, scourge : Ac for 13112? fido-Til, -tyos, 17, [in 22^*, He 11^* metaph., of disease or suffering as a divine chastisement (cf. Ps 88(89)33, Pr 312^ Mac 9'i), Mk 310 529.3*, Lk 7^\i
(na:
hi.),
Wi
511,
n Mac
LXX
LXX
;
Lk
ll^^^
2329,
Ee
WH,
App., 149
L,
fjiaCol^).f
*+ fiaxaioXoyia, -as, rj (<^ /xaraioAdyos), idle OX foolish talk : I Ti l^.t *t fiaraioXoyos, -ov (<^ /xaratos, Acyw), talking idly : Tit ll9.t jjidTaios, -ov (as in Att., but -aia, -aiov, I Co 151'^, I Pe 11^;
<^ixdTr)v), [in
K.
;
LXX
Ac
for N1C7
I
b^H 3T3
, ;
Co 151^^ Pe 11^; of
Oprja-KeM,
idols
IV
Ki 17l^ Syn.
al.)
:
14i5.
cevos,
q.v.
rj
t fiaTai<5TT|s,
-rjTO'i,
g,].,
LXX
in
:
for
;
b^H
Ps 30 Ps
2i^
(31)*
38 (39)* 61
P'f\
,
(62)9,
Ec
for K"!2r
Q^^, ii
25*, al.
;
etc.
4I''
;]
Eo
Pe
t. voos,
Eph
(elsewhere only in Pollux, 6, 134, and Eccl.).t t^axaiou), -w /AdTaios), [in IV Ki 17l^ Je 2^, etc. ;] to make vain, foolish : Eo l^i.t ]i.&Ti]v (prop. acc. of /AaV?;, a fault, folly), adv., [in
LXX:
al.
(bnn),
for
LXX
ban
NlCr
etc.
;]
in vain,
to
no purpose
Mt
159,
mjj 77 {LXX)_t
MaxOaios, -av,
MaredT
(v.s.
6,
Lk
3^* (T,
Maeede).f
:
MaxTaed,
indecl. (Heb.
-ov, 6,
nnpO), Mattatha
(cf.
: .
MaxxaOias,
fidxaipa,
Mattathias
;
-Tjs
;
(Att. -a?
V.
WH,
,
Lk 33i.+ Lk 3".26.t
7, 1), al.)
7;,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
niO
also for
n^SKO
etc.;] 1.
i'',
Horn.,
a large knife
Jg 19^9 A). 2. a short sword or dirk, for sacrificial purposes (Ge 22^' or dagger (as disting. from pofxcftaia, a large broad sword and ^i'</)os, a 1448,47,48^ Lk 2236 -, j^ straight sword for thrusting) Mt 26*7ff-, 18i' 11, Ac 1627, He 1137, Ee 6* 13io. 1* o-To>a fiaxaipr]<: (as in Heb.
:
Mk
nin
^B
Ge
sword
122
;
.
Lk
212*,
He
113*
^.
SLO-TOfxa,
He
Mt
dvaipeiv
p.a-)(aipr},
Ac
83^
Metaph.,
Ro
p..
jxdxt],
-r}<;, -q
{<^
fjLa.xop.at),
[in
LXX
1.
a fight.
2.
strife,
contention, qiiarrel : 11 Co 7^, 11 Ti 223, jg, 41 pj^ Tit 39.+ chiefly for 3^1 also for nSTS ni., etc. ;] 1. to fidxofiai, [in
LXX
281
Ac
7^^.
2.
to
quarrel, dispute
ii
Ti
2^*,
Ja
:
4^
Trpos
dXX^Xovs,
al.
Jo
fiCYaX-auxeu, -w
to boast
(=
LXX
:
Ez
IG^O (nns),
(bll|),
;]
great things
^J.ya\los,
Ja 3* (Eec. for fjnydXa aixet, WH).t -da, -tlov /tyas), [in LXX Ps 70(71)19
:
al.,
freq. in Si
;]
al.)
:
/jicYa^6i<5Tris, -qros,
;]
Ac
:
2ii.t
/xeyoXcros), [in
LXX
Je 40 (33)9 (ni^fpn),
Da
II
LXX
1^*5
727, I
Es
1* 4*o*
splendour, magnificence
title,
Lk
9*^
Ac
1927,
Pe
(freq. in
tt.
as a ceremonial
cs
MM,
xvi).t
fieyaXoTTpcinis,
II
{=
LXX: De
332" (nij^a),
Mac
8^*
:
15^3, III
Mac
1*^.
2^*;]
befitting
majestic
great
:
11
Pe
l^^ (cf.
MM,
2.
xvi).t
^i.ya\6v(,}
/x,yas), [in
to
make
1*",
Mt
23*,
Lk
Lk
Ac
Co
Phi
;]
12o.t
:
etc.
greatly
Phi
^^^.t
and COgn.
1^ 8^,
greatness, majesty
He
Ju 25
also for
DT],
n^^O
(incl. /Act^wv),
ST
:
(/i.yto-Tos)
;]
measure, extent
\i6os,
Mt
27*'*>;
Re 2. 433 (^o'ygos, Mk 4" Kpavy^, Ac 23^ <^ws, aya.7rq, Jo 15^^ ave/ios, ib. 6^8 242i. (a) of persons 3. Of rank Mt 416 TTvpcTo's, Lk 438 ^Xt./.is, Mt ^eo's (MM, xvi), Tit 2^3; "Apre^t^, Ac 1927; compar. (v. infr.), Mt 18^
Re
11^
fjLOLxaLpa,
6*, al.
Dalman, Words, 113 f.) neut. for masc. (Bl., of things dfiapTta, Jo 19^1 fxvanjpLov, Eph 532 and cf. Field, Notes, 16 f.), Mt 223 compar. for
(cf.
;
:
32, 1),
.
Mt
12
(b)
_
;
fi^y^a-j-rj
(v. infr.,
Co
1313.
4.
contr.
III
ixL^(i),
Jo
(a) 151
Mt
superl. (M, Pr., 78), ll^i 23^7, al. neut. pi., /^ei^ova,
fiei^orepo^
Jo*;
(b)
superl,
/ttyio-Tos (Deiss.,
BS,
365),
Pe
1*.
fi^yeOos, -ous, to
(</iyas), [in
LXX
chiefly for
npip
;]
greatness
Eph
al.;
ol
119 (cf,
MM,
t ficyiordc, -avos, 6
/Acyto-Tos), [in
LXX
al.)
Je 24^,
plST, Da
the chief
LXX th
PL.,
Mk
621,
Re
6i5 1823.t
**t(i60epji.Tii'euu, [in
123,
LXX
pi
Mk
5*1 1522.34,
-t;s,
:
Jo
[in
138,42^
to translate, interpret
ippir]VVw) .f
Mt
\iiQi\,
^,
LXX
.
"ipgr
drunkenness
Lk
213*
SYN.
V.S. Kuiyxos.
282
IID
(late form, i Co 13^) /jLeOia-Tavu}, [in for trans, in pres., impf., fut. and aor. 1, to change, remove c. ace. rei, oprj, i Co 13^ (cf. Is 54^^) c. ace. pers. seq. ets. Col 1^^ seq. CK, pass., Lk 16* of causing death (cf. similar intrans. sense,
hi., etc.
;
:
and
LXX
Eur., Ale, 21, al.), Ac 13'-^2_ Metaph. (cf. t. KapStW /x., Jos 148), c. ace. pers., to pervert : Ac 19-^.t *tjie0-o8ta (Eec. -ta; cf. Bl., 3, 5), -as, 17 t /At^oScvw, 1, to treat by rule. 2. to employ craft : iv Ki 19'^^ *), craft, deceit : Eph 4^* 6^^ (not found elsewhere v. AE, in l.).t Jos 19^^ liQ-6piov, -ov, TO (neut. of /xe^optos, -a, -ov), [in
LXX
boundary
Mk
7'^*.t
;]
[in
LXX
Ps 22
of fie&voi, to
Eph
518, I
causal
12**,
Lk
prop., only of
[in
writers
also
/xc^vo-Wko's,
of
2'
men),
LXX
1
(-1132?), Si
191 268, jv
Mac
*;]
drunken:
i
Co
5^^ 6io.t
be
drunken: Mt
LXX
Co Ipi,
Eel72.6.t
|i.ciYfia, -Tos,
and
cf. Bl., 3, 5.
and
cf. Bl., 3, 5.
v.s. /xeyas.
LXX
b^^;
Ca
1',
Za
6*
/x.,
Ee
6^. i2;
i^.t
opp. to
A-cwkos,
Mt
neut., to
II
Co
3^, 11
Jo
12,
m Jo
MeXcd (Eec.
Lk
S^i.t
-w (<^/xe\eT>/, care), [in chiefly for HTI;] 1. c. care for (Hes.). 2. C. ace, to attend to, practise : i Ti 4^* gen., to (EV, be diligent in; cf. Souter in Exp., viii, vi, 429, but v. infr.). 3. to study, ponder : Ac 42^ (lxx)^ i Ti 41* (AV, meditate on ; cf. CGT, cf. 7rpo-/AeXT(xa)).t in 1., but V. supr.
fjieXcTdw,
;
LXX
LXX
24*'-
freq.
(Ge
^y[;
for ng)i,
Pr
cf.
53;]
(q.v.),
Mt
Mk
l.t
<^ /xc'Xto-o-a,
*t
/xc'Xi),
-a,
-ov
:
(elsewhere t-aios,
-cios;
bee,
made by
MeXiTT],
bees
Lk
(Eec,
(Eec, E,
[in
txt.),
WH,
Ac
WH,
App.,
fut.,
28i.t
LXX
Jb
3*
(Tny)
(a) of
192*
{frm)
',
elsewhere for
;
and
62,
freq. in
4; 68,
to be
;
283
own
112
(b) of
free will
(j^ield,
c. inf.
praes.,
Mt
2^3,
Lk 10\ Ac
:
3^ 5^^,
He
8*,
n Pe
3^*
;
Lk
931,
Jo
Ro
;
al.;
c.
inf.
i
aor.,
Eo
322;
2. Ptcp., 6
fxk\mv: absol.,
c.
Eo 838, subst., Mt 3^
Co
ra
Col 2^^
ti's
to
fi.
1232
^Iwy 6
LXX
for ly),
Ac
He
25, al.
LXX
;
chiefly for
of the
body:
gph 41" (WH, mg.), Ja 3^; pi. (as always in cl.), rh Mt 529.30, Eo 613.19 75.23 124^ i Co 1212^-, Col 3^, Ja 3 41. Metaph., iropvrj^, i Co 6i5 of Christians, dXAi^Awv, Eo 12^, Eph 42^ Xpio-ToC, I Co 615 o-tii^aros Xpio-ToC, I Co 122^, Eph 53o.t McXxci (Eec. -xO, indecl., 6 (Heb. '3^), Melchi: Lk 324.28t
i
Go
:
12i*'i9.2e^
IX.
/*.
MeXxio-eStK, indscl., 6
520 71, 10
11, 15,
(Heb. pT5f
"^3^0),
Mekhizedek
12i3, i
He
14*2.
S^'i"
17_f
^ic'Xoi,
[in
LXX
Jb 223
(1^50),
To
105,
wi
Mac
;]
pers.
to be an object of care, be a care; commonly in third dat. pers., Ac ISi'^ ; very freq. impers., i Co 7*i ; seq. oti, 438, Lk 10*0; c. gen. rei (as freq. in Att.), i Co 99; seq. Trtpt, Mt 22i, 121*, Jo 1013 126^ i Pe 5^. 2. Trans., in act. and mid., to
1. intrans.,
:
c.
Mk
Mk
LXX or
-as,
17
**(i^^4)o^ai, [in
fault:
mg.
Si 11^ 41^, 11 Mac ace, avrovs (WH, txt. avrois, Eec, on rendering with avroh v. Westc, in 1.), He 88.t
absol.,
LXX:
11
Eo
9i9;
WH,
* jicji|/ifi,oipos,
one' s fate,
fi^c,
-ov (<[
:
/A6yu.<^o/xat,
complaining of
querulous
Jui^.t
conjunctive particle (originally a form of /at/v), usually related to a following Be or other adversative conjunction, and distinguishing the word or clause with which it stands from that which follows. It is generally untranslatable and is not nearly so frequent in NT as in cl. Like 8e, it never stands first in a clause. /xev 1. Answered by Se or some other particle Se, indeed with pronouns, os i^ev but, Mt 311, Lk 31", al. os Se, one . . pi., Phi li". i^ o 8c, S /xcv o 8c another, Mt 2135, al. tovto 8c, partly some some, Mt 138; toSto /xcv some KOL, Lk 85. circira, Jo 11*; fiev partly. He 1033; ^^ . irpwrov fxiv 2. /xev solitarium, answered by no other particle
:
(Bl., I.e.),
Eo
18 32, I
Co
summing up what
(Bl,, 78, 5), so then, rather, 93i, al. fih oZv yc (Phi 38, ;
WH)
V.S. /Acvowyc.
Mei''<,
(L,
Mcwas,
fjiev
-a.
Eec. MatVav)
6,
Menna
Lk
3'!.+
ficc-ouf
fLv-ovv-y
fjLfv
ovv fc,
nay rather
Eo
920 IOI8,
Phi
S^.t
284
=
[in
(i)
however
TiQjr
,
Jo
,
4^^, al.
;]
;
el /x.,
Ja 2^
LXX
for
:
mp
Lk
etc.
to
stay,
1.
Intrans.
<Tvv,
of place
kuO'
seq.
iv,
8^7, al.
Jo
1*,
kavrov, Ac 28i; c. adv., eKil, Mt lO^i; diSe, Mt 26=*8; metaph., i Jo 2i8; of the Holy Spirit, Jo l^^.^a 1417. of Christ, Jo 6^^ 15*, al. 6 ^os, i Jo 4^" conversely, of Christians, 6''" 15*, I Jo 415, al.; 6 Aoyos t. ^eoC, i Jo 2^*; rj a^deia, 11 Jo Jo 2, al.
al;
Lk
1''*';
seq. et? t. aiwva Jo 12^*, He 7^*, Jo 217; ^Xt'yov, Ee IT^O; ews Ipxof^ai, Jo 2122.23; (^^ of things, lasting or enduring: cities, Mt ll^^. He 13^*; Adyos deov, 1 Pe l^^; afiapTta, Jo 9*^ (iii) Of condition c. pred., ytidvo?, Jo 12^* ayaywos, i Co 7^^
(ii)
Of time
(a) of
persons
Phi
l^s
TTio-Tos, II
Ti
2^=^;
Upiv's,
He
7^;
c.
adv., owtws,
34,
;
Co
7***;
ws
<dyw, ib. ^i
:
seq.
ev,
2.
(cf.
pers.,
Ac
20^' ^^
Field, ^o^es, 132) c. ace. 1 dia-, 8ta-, iv, l-m-, Kara-, irapa-, avv-Trapa-, nepi-,
(Bl.,
Trans.
irpocr-, VTvo-p-ivui).
chiefly for pbu;] to divide; (a) to divide into parts: metaph., pass., i Co 73* (wh, b, mg.), 34 (Rec, r, txt.) (on
ficpij^o)
{<^ixipos),
[in
LXX
9), Ka6^ 32*-26 ^^' iavTov, ib. 26, (b) to distribute : c. ace. ; 6*^ rei et dat. pers., as in later usage (cf. Polyb., xi, 28, 9), to
reading and punctuation, v. IGG, in 1.) /xep-epia-TaL 6 Xpi(rT6<;, i as in late authors, of factional division (cf. Polyb., viii, 23,
;
Co
1^^
eavTov,
Mt
1225
Mk
Mk
bestow
Eo
(cf.
12^,
Co
-f,,
7^'',
11
Co
:
10^^,
He
72; mid.,
c.
Lk
al
c.
1213
8m-,
o-u/x-//cpt'^o)).t
liipuxva,
;]
-t;?,
[in
LXX
Ps 54
(55)22 (nr^),
:
Jb
pi.,
ll^s,
Si 302*,
81*,
gen. obj.,
to be
Mt
Lk
I322,
Mk
.
Pe
5'^
;
Lk
21^*
fiepip-^dw,
1.
-w /^>/Ava), [in
absol., Mt 1222 geq. ^^pi^
avpiov,
LXX:
Lk
628, to
Ps 37
(38)i8
anxious:
62^,
TT^v
122^;
p.rjhlv p..,
Phi 4";
;
rei,
Mt
Mt
2.
;
l^
10*i 1226
:
ttw?,
Mt
10^^
Mt
6^*,
care for
c.
ace,
to, t.
;
Kvpov,
TCI e.
Eec.
^^ ^_ K6(rp.ov, ib. 3* ra irepC vp.wv. Phi 220 seq. virep, gen. (a construction otherwise unknown), caur^s (WH; V. Bl., 35, 7), Mt 6^* (cf. n-po-p.epipiva.ui).^
rj,
(xcpts, -t'Sos,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
pbn
nf^l^n;]
1. 2.
:
(as in cl.)
part, 2)ortion:
(v.
Lk
MM,
xvi), as
In later
Gk
Ac
16i2.t
,
fiepior|ji6s,
-oD, 6
(< fiepi^oi),
[in
LXX for
n|?bqO
1.),
Hi^^no Jos
(i.e.
1123,
II
Es
618*";]
1.
a dividing, division:
;
if/vxrj^ k.
TrvvpaTo<;
them or
*+
of the things themselves, v. Westc, in tribution, bestowal (cf. p-epc^oi, 2) pi.. He 2*.t
ficpiorris, -ov, 6 (<^/x,pt^w),
He
412.
2.
between a dis-
a divider:
Lk
12i*.t
;]
\iipos, -ous,
TO (<^p.tipopai), [in
LXX
1.
a part,
lot,
share, portion: Jo 13^, Ac 192^ (Page, in 1.)^ Re 206 22i9; hence (cl.), destiny, Mt 24^1, Lk 12*6, Rg 21*. 2. a part as opp. to the whole 1136, Jo 1923, Ac 52 23, Eph 416, Ee 161^; c. gen. (of the whole), Lk
285
^apLo-aiw, Ac 239; pi,^ Jq 21; of the divisions of a province, Mt Ac 2^** 19^ 20^; of the regions belonging to a city, 81'' Mt 1521 16^3^ c. gen. appos., Eph 4^ ; in adverbial phrases, duo. (/cara) fxepos, I Co 142^, He 9^ /xepos ti, aTro fi., in part, Eo 112' 1515.24^ I Co IP^ II Co 11*25; iK fi., 1 Co 1227, 139,12. T^ ^^ ^.^ ib.io. iv fi., in 3. A class or category (in cl. usually iv fi. ridevai, XayScIv, etc.)
2^'\
Mk
2^^
iv r.
/*.
11
Co
S^^ 92.t
\Le(Tav6KT{.ov, V.S.
fieoTifijSpia,
fieaovvKTw;.
17
-as,
(/^ecros,
vfiepa),
8*9,
[in
LXX
1.
chiefly for
inX
Ge
3i,
al;
Da LXX
al.;]
noon: Ac 226.
2. the
South: Ac826.t
*fiaiTo' (<^ ^(rtTr;s), to interpose,
ii,
mediate: opKw,
He
6^'''
(MM,
iii).t
tfieaiTTj?, -ov, 6
/xo-os), [in
c.
LXX:
6 St
tt.,
/i.
Jb
9^3 (7^5)*;]
k.
an arbitrator,
i
mediator
gen.
in
1.
;
Ga
S^^
dvOpoiiroiv,
Ti 2^
c.
rei, SLaO-^K-qs,
He
Ga
and
word
ia
v.
MM,
6,
xvi).t
-ov
;
2),
{<C^fxf.(TO<i,
vv^), [in
LXX chiefly
fjL.,
for n^"^^!!
(Arist.
^Sn;] of or at midnight
:
as subst., neut., to
midnight
Karci T^
and late writers) gen., Lk 11^; ftc'^pt fi., Ac 20^; 1335.t 1625; ^cc. (Eec, gen. v. Bl, 34, 8), fi., (sc. x'^P"). Mesopotamia : Ac 2^ 72.t MeaoTTOTapia, -as, 17
Ac
Mk
jjieo-os,
-f],
-ov, [in
LXX
:
;]
midst; 1. prop., as an adj. Lk 23*^, Jo 19^^ Ac l^^; c. gen. pi., Lk 22^5, Jo 126; gen. temp, (BL, 36, 13), piearjs wktos, Mt 256; ^, rjp.ipa'i, Ac 26^^. 2, In adverbial phrases, neut., fxeaov, to /x., as
subst.
:
dftt
fiicrov,
c.
gen.,
between
6^
;
(cl.
in
LXX
Ge
1*,
al.),
cV p.., among, M, Pr., 99), i Co Jos 19^, Si 272), Mt 132^, of (Bl, 39, 2; 40, 8; cf. in Ee 717; hih. fjiiaov, c. gen., Lk 4^0; 8ta /icVov (Eec. -ov, v. Bl, 42, 1), 3^, Lk 4^5 51^ 6^ between, Lk 17^1 {ICC, in 1.) ek to fi. (v.s. ek), 1460 ^v T(S ya., Mt 146 2019.26 iv p.., Jos 813. 9J, Ac 47 ; c. Jo ,j5 ^., 6*7, Lk 2121 22",' Ac 17-2, He 2^2 (lxx)^ Ee 46 56 222; c. gen. loc, 1016 182.20, 9^6, Lk 2*6 qi iqs 2227 24^6, Ac li^ 22a gen. pi, Mt 2721, I Th 27, Ee 113 21 56 66 caTa piaov T. vvKTos, Ac 2727 (Bl, 47,
elliptically (but v.
in the
midst
LXX
;
Mk V\
Mk
Mk
Mk
pi.
Mk
6) iK Tov
;
iK ToD
p..,
(Lft., in
c.
gen.,
Mt
f.).
Col
2i*
;
iK
p.., 11
Th
27
Co
52, 11
Co
6i7.
3.
piaov, adverbially,
142* txt., c. gen., in the midst of, 21^ (8ta p^iaovY. supr. also Jo 8*9, E, mg.).t aliter). Phi *t p.eaoToixoi', -ov, to {<:^pi<xos, toixos), a partition ivall :
Mt
(WH,
Neut., E, mg.,
2i*
Eph
(not elsewhere, but v. LS, s.v. /to-oToixos).+ be in mid-heaven, of the *+ fiecroopdLi'Tjfia, -tos, to (<^ /txccrovpaveo), to mid-heaven : Ee 81^ 146 igivf sun at the meridian), the zenith,
fieaow,
-o) (<^/i,'cros),
[in
LXX:
p.crovar]<; t.
kvktos,
Ex
122^ (^3fO)
286
etc.
;]
middle
esp. of time
t.
koprrfi /aco-ovo-tjs,
in the
q.v.),
Meao-ias,
(Aram. Nn''B'p
==
Heb. ITB'p
Xpiorov,
Messiah
Jo
1*^
4".t
-6v, [in
Hie<TT6s,
-i
rei,
LXX: Na
;
1^',
Ez
37^ (N^!p),
Es 5\ Pr
G^**;]
/w/i
c.
gen.
Mt
c.
23-^s_
Ro
P^ 15l^
2^^.t
Jo 192^ 2V^, Ja 3^ metaph., of thoughts and II Pe 2'\ Ja d^^ (cf. Pr, l.c.).t
feelings, pass.,
**(ie(rroa),
-w yao-Tos), [in
LXX:
c.
III
Mac
5^'^**;] to fill
gen.
rei,
Ac
ficT<
(before
vowel
,
/act
b),
,
on the neglect of
cases, V.
WH,
nx
,
App., 146
prep.
LXX
with
for
I.
Dy
inx
etc.].
C. gen.,
1.
amo7ig,
amid
Mk
l^^,
Lk
22^7
(LXX,
cv) 24^,
Jo
Mk
10^".
Mt
5^^,
8^^
20^\
3^*,
Mt
7^,
Mk
al.
Ac
Phi
4^, al.
opp. to
(so
Mt
12^0^
Lk
Ki
1123
M,
Pr., 106,
246
for
f.),
TroXe/xeiv /xerd
,
cl.
c. dat.,
to
c.
wage war
against
LXX
Mk
Qy nnb?
;
1733),
al.
Ee
2i, al.
Mt
1320,
416, al.
opy^s,
1.
Mk
3^,
II. C.
ace,
He 93.
2.
Of tim^, after:
n\ Mk 141, Lk 14, Ac l^ Ga l^^, al.; /tcra toOto, Jo 2^2, al.; TaZra, Mk 16112], Lk 527, Jo 322, al; c. inf. artic. (BL, 71, 5; 72, 3), Mt 2632, Mk 114, al.
Mt
III.
In composition,
2.
fxerafiiXofjiai.
1.
of association or
:
community
/xcTaSt'Sw/i,!,
fiTxw, etc.
3.
Exchange or transference
fieTaWdaao),
/jiCTOLKL^a), etc.
after
**
ii^ra-^aivu,, [in
LXX Wi
:
:
72^ 19i9, 11
Mac
Mt I720, Lk IC to another point of departure only, to tvithdraw, depart : 73, Ac 18^ of removal from this life, ck t. koct/jlov Trpos t. Jlarepa, Jo 131 metaph., c*c t. Bavdrov tis t. ^wt/v, Jo 52*, i Jo 3i4.t chiefly for "SJBn;] to turn about, change. (lexa-PaWw, [in Pass, and mid., to turn oneself about ; metaph., to change one's mind
from one place
; ;
6i'9'24*.-| to
LXX
Ac
28.t
ill Ki 8*7. ^eT-dyo), [in 1*5 210 b^\ Bs 817, Si prol. i lO^,
637 (nnizr) 363 (-,,5 ^i.)^ 133*;] i_ i^ Xen., Plut., n Mac I Es and later writers, to transfer, transport (so LXX). 2. In sense otherwise unknown (v. Hort, in 1.), to turn about, direct : Ja 33 *.t Pr 1126 (-QlZr hi.), Wi 7", al. ;] to give a ficTa-S(8a,|ii, [in share of, impart : c. dat. pers. et ace. rei (in cl. more freq., c. gen. part., but ace. of that which is imparted, whether part or whole, so
LXX:
n Ch
LXX
here, v. Bl., 36, 1), Ro l", i Th 2, and (with ellipse of ace.) absol., o /xcraSiSous, Ro 12* + c. dat. pers., Eph 42^
;
Lk
311
287
ll^**;]
{<^/JLeTaTt6r]fj.L),
[in
LXX
II
Mac
change of position, removal : He 11^. 2. change, as of that which has been established He 7^^ 12^'^.t iv Ki IG^^ 25^\ Ps 79 (80)8, pj. 2228 (y^ hi., ftcT-aipu), [in 2. (not cl.) to n^a hi., etc.)*;] 1. trans., to remove (LXX, 11. c). depart : Mt IS^s I91 (cf. Aq. Ge 12).t
:
LXX
ficTa-KaX^u,
-5i,
[in
LXX: Ho
ll^'^
(j^-,p)^
:
gg
to
another.
c.
LXX: De
{opia,
hi.),
trans., io
remove
;]
oneself,
to
LXX
Es 5\ Wi 18^
gen.
rei, 11
ii-iv
Mac ^^ *
have
partake of:
xvi).t
Ac
2*
2733.34; c.
Ti 2", He 6^ 12^"; rpo<^ri<;, ace. rei (of the whole), to get: xaipoV, Ac 2426
c.
T)
MM,
:
fjicTd-Xt]fjn|is
taking, receiving
fJlCT(-Xlf]\J>lS,
(<^
fjiTaXafjL(3dvijj),
participation,
V.S. fJiTdkr]fnl/L<S.
jACT-aXXdcraw, [in
1.
LXX
.
Es
.
2^ (mD), ib.20,
ev t. if/evSei,
Es
13', 11
Mac 9*;]
to
to
exchange
t.
dK-qdeiav
to
36, 8),
Ro
P^.
2.
change
ficTa-p,Ao/iai,
[in
LXX
c. ace. seq. tis, Eo P^ (dAXao-o-w).t chiefly for Dn3 ni. ;] depon., pass.,
regret, repent
one
Mt
2130.32 273^
n Co
Syn.
8.V.
;
/AETavoecu, to
tion, difficult to
Ps 33 (34)^*;] to transform, transfi,eTa-fAop<})6(D, -w [in Sm. 9^ (cf. Lk 92^) figure : pass., of Christ's transfiguration, Mt IV, of Christians, Eo 122, 11 Co S^^.t Syn. : iJ.Ta<JxriixaTitfii, to change in fashion or appearance, v.s.
**t
Mk
fxopitrj,
and
cf. Lft.,
Phi, 125
[in
If.
for Dm ni., i Ki IS^^, Je 4^8, al.;] to change one's mind or purpose, hence, to repent ; in NT (exc. Lk 173 *), of repentance from sin, involving amendment seq. diro, Ac 8^2 1^,
ILiTa-voiui,
-w,
LXX
Ee Ee
221.22
920,21
1611
(cf.
IP may);
1132 133,
5
em',
11
Co
I221; absol.,
Mt
32 41"
1120 1241^
Mk 116 612^ Lk
inf^
:
Ac
25.16,21 33,19. c
Re
16^; Iv o-dKKO)
Syn.
1210,
19^
jXiTafxiXofxaL, q.v.
-otas,
.-]
Pr 1415, /ATavoea)), [in -thought, change of mind, repentance : after of repentance from sin, Mt 38>ii, Lk 3^ 15^ 24*^ Ac 262o, n 1*, Lk 33, Ac 132^ 19*; ^ fJs jSaTTTLo-fia (q.v.) /xcravotas,
ficTd^oio,
7)
LXX:
gj 44.1c *
Wi 1123 He 12i'^
Co
id.
7'i'';
fi.,
Mk
;
e^bv
Ac
2021
2*
;
fi.
diro
vtKpwv epycov.
He
/a.
61
ts /A.
KaXciv,
II
Lk
39
;
532
{x.
dyctv,
Eo
dva*cavt'^tv.
5^25.t
He
6"
cts
xuiprjaai,
Pe
hovvat,
527,
Ac
531 1118^ ij Yl
IL^raii
^eTd +
|vV
ctvv),
[in
LXX
Ge
31*o,
Jg
m Ki
288
158,32^
(a)
and time
'
(in
NT time only)
fx. (^) ^^ ^^* writers (FIJ, Plut., al.), like /actoi (adv.), after, afterwards : to /a. o-a/^ySarov, Ac 13^^ 2'. Prep. c. gen., between: of place, Mt2336, (cf. CI., i?o., / Co., 44, 2). 12'^; of persons, as to mutual relation, Mt IS^^, Lk 11" 1626, Ac
between
tw
(s.c.
XP^^^)^ Jo
^^^
Ac
II
159,
Ro
2i^t
[in
ftcTa-rr^^nro,,
LXX
Mac
15^\
III
Mac
5^^ j^^ ly
pass.,
Ac
102y^
Chiefly in
[in 22o (l^'^),
Ge 27*^ (npb), Nu 23^ (nn3 hi.), Mac 123. c * ^q gg^ ^j^igj. or /or 10522,29b mid., to send for, summon: Ac
(mid.)
:
.j
LXX
(cf.
chiefly for
4^
"JJDn;]
io
^zi-rw
about, turn,
;
(WH, txt., ixeraTpe-n-w, q.y.) in evil Ja primary sense reverse) Ga l^.t ** )jLTa-o-xTi|xaTitw, [in LXX IV Mac 92'^ * ;] to change in fashion or i*; appearance c. ace. rei, t. o-w^a, Phi 321 mid., seq. ck, 11 Co ll^^. seq. (1)5, ib. 1^ of a rhetorical device, to transfer by a fiction (Field,
change
pass. Ac : sense, to pervert, corrupt
, : :
Notes, in
1.),
:
seq. tU,
Co
46.t
q.v.
:
Syn.
II
fjiTafiop(f>6(i},
,jieTa-T{0T,fii, [in
LXX
Ge 52*
{npb),
De
Mac
72*, al;]
1. to
ace, pass..
He
1"
X15(LXX)j seq.
ei?, fig., i.e.
to
Ac 71. 2. to change: c. ace, pass.. He 7^2; seq. make one thing a pretext for another, xapiv els da-eXyeiav,
t^?,
Ju*.
(cf. II
Mid.,
to
change
oneself,
pass over:
seq.
airo
et
ets,
Ga
Mac,
l.c.).t
jxcTa-Tp^Tro), [in
LXX
IV
Mac
Jth
6^ 7^'
:
12
turn (Horn.,
al.,
cf. ucTa(rTpe^a)).t
LXX:
Pr
irr
95,
Es
i
Mac
32**;] after-
wards
He
12i7.t
^T-^X". [in
to
I
I
LXX
:
Es
i
;]
partake
of,
share in
tov ^erix'^iv,
Co
;
91"
c.
gen.
rei,
Co Co
912 102i3o,
IQi^
(cf.
a tribe.
He
;
7i3.t
fiieT-cwpi^w
(< /Lterewpos,
in
ir.
mid
air
v.
(b)
buoyed up
s.v.)
:
(c)
in
suspense
1*
Thuc.
opp. to
aiiipip.vos,
Zorell,
[in
LXX
;
ni.),
Ps 130
(I3i)i,
Ez
iQi^'i^.i^ (nn),
al.
c).
al.,
up
(Polyb.,
Ob, Metaph., (a) to buoy up ; pass., to be elated, puffed {b) to be anxious, in suspense Ps, ii, iii Mac, 11. c.)
to raise
;
BJ,
iv, 2, 5)
Lk
1229.t
;
{=
<^ /tcTOt/ce'w,
to
change one's
abode), [in
al.
;]
LXX
chiefly for
Ez
12ii,
Qb
fi.
1^\
of the
Babylonian
exile,
Ba^u-
ASvos, Mt'lii.i2.i^t
289
for
nba
hi.
;]
(-< /MToi/cos, flw emigrant), [in to remove to a new abode, cause to migrate
[in
LXX
:
chiefly
Ac
7<. ^8 (i'^^).t
LXX:
6^*.t
Pa
121
;]
(122)8
NE
2.
n Co
[in
LXX
:
1.
3^*.
sharing
in,
partaking of: c. gen. rei, He 3^ 6* 12^; t. Xpwrrov, He Lk 5'', He l^d-xx^ subst., o fi., a partner, associate Ex IS^s, Nu 355, r^ fieTp^u), -w /xeTpov), [in LXX
:
As
315^
jg 4912,
(TTQ),
Da TH
52*5
(n30),
Wi
48*;]
1.
fo
value, etc.: c. ace. rei, Ee 11^ 21i*'i7. q Metaph., iavrov iv eavrw, II Co 10^^. 2. measure : prov., cv S> //cVpo) k.t.X., Mt 7^,
cf. dvTi-fiTpe(j)).f
Ee
11^ 21i.
measure
4^*,
Mk
III
Lk
LXX
2.
Ki
18^2 (nxp).
n Ch
4^,
(TQ), etc.
;]
1.
a measurer
(Plat.).
d/ic^opcus,
:
an Attic measure,
1^
Eoman amphora
*t fieTpioiraO^w, -w (k^ fieTpioiraO-^, to hold one's passions or emotions in restraint; hence, to hear gently with, feel gently towards : He S^.t ** fierpius, adv. {fjuirpios, moderate), [in LXX: n Mac 15^^*;] moderately : litotes, oi fi., exceedingly, Ac 20^2.t
(i^Tpoi', -ov, TO,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
HTO
etc.
;]
1.
that which
2332,
fig.,
is
Lk
638;
rei,
Mt 72, Eo 12^,
:
used for measuring, a measure; (a) a vessel: fig., Mt Ee 21i5.i7; /i., hy measure, Jo 3^4; (&) a rod or rule Mk 424. 2. That which is measured, measure: c. gen.
'*c
:
11
Co
10^3,
Eph
4^.
i3,
i,t
(ieTWTToi', -ov,
TO (yucTa
wi/',
an Bye),
[in
;]
the fore-
head
Ee
consonants, exc. Lk 16^", p.i'xpi. 'Iwavov) and /acxP'^ v. BL, 5, 4), 1. as prep., c. (bef. vowels, Mk, Ga, 11. c. He 12* Eo 15^^ {h) of time Mt gen., as far as, even to, until ; (a) of place 16i, Ac 1030 20^ Eo 51*, i Ti 6^*, He 3^. i* 910 1123 1330 2815, Lk Phi 28> 30^ n Ti 2^, He 12* (/i. at/taTos, cf (c) of measure or degree 13^*). 2. As conjunct, {as long as), until: Eph 4^3 II Mac ^ q* Mk 1330, Ga 4i9 (Thuc, iii, 28, but more freq. /x. av, v. Bl., 65, 10), LS, s.v.,' and (/A. is prop, an adv., cf Lat. usque, seq. prep, or adv.
jjL^XPi'
;
:
cf. a^pi)."^
(iTJ, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from ov, which denies absolutely, fir} is used where one thinks a thing is As a general rule, ov not, as distinct from an absolute negation. [In LXX for negatives the indie, /at; the other moods, incl, ptcp.
19
290
318,
Mk
63^
135,
1
As a neg. adv., not; 1. with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo II Pe 19. 2. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185) 12^*, Eo 3^. 3. In conditional and final sentences, after el, idv,
I.
V\
av, Iva,
inf. (v.
cSttcus
M,
Mk Mk
4*'
;
9^ Jo G^^^ Eo 11", al. 4. C. Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), (a) after verbs of saying, etc. Mt 2^2 1218, Ac 15^8, Eo 2^1, al. {b) c. artic. inf. after a prep., Mt 45, Ac 719, I Co 10, al. without a prep., Eo 14i3, 11 Co 2i. i3,
:
Mt
1Q^\
Mk
611
l2l^
Lk
Th
(c)
I
Mt
8^^,
C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description Mt 10^8 1230, Lk 6*9, Jo 318, Eo 4^ i Co 7^8, i Jo 310, al. where the
320,
37, al.
Mk
Co V,
Co
5.
Co
1^8 4^'
18,
II
Co
if,
Mt
18^^,
Lk
2*^,
Jo
48,
7*9,
Ac
926,
Eo
21* 513,
II
Co
Ga
6^,
tiot:
He
M,
122''^,
al.
:
Ga
is
:
indep. sentences, (a) c. subjc. Jo 318; [b) c. imperat. praes., bidden to desist from what has already begun
Th
122
ff.) 5'-,
Mt
;
71,
Ee
al.
(c)
Mk
Lk
imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24i8, Mk 13i^, Lk 17^1, al. c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3^ 1026, Mk 5' Lk 629, Jo 3^, Eo 10^, al. {d) c. optat., in wishes: 11 Ti 4.^H^^^); ^^^ yeVoiro (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., 66, 1), Lk
;
,
20i,
Eo
II.
33, al.
ix^ rts,
Mk
:
13^
al.
As
perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.) c. subjc. praes., He 12i^ c. subjc. aor., Mt 24*, Mk 13^ Lk 218, Ac 13*0, Ga 51^, al. 5pa ^^ (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Ee I910 22^; c. indie, fut. (M, Pr., I.e.), Col 28. 2. in order
that not
:
c.
subjc. aor.,
is
Mk
133^,
n Co
Mt
820 12^.
a negative answer
I
expected
79. 10,
Mk
Jo
3*,
Eo
3^ IOI8.
i9,
Co
113, al.
fx.-q
;
Tts,
an
affirm, ans.
oi
fxrj,
lOi'', al.
in PI.), expecting
/xy as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff. Bl, not at all, by no means : c. indie, fut., Mt I622, Jo 6^^, He 64, 5), IQi^ al. ; c. subjc. aor., Mt 242, I32, Lk e^^, J 138, i Co 8i3, al.
IV. ov
Mk
fJiT]Safj,u9
(=
,
^
firjBafjirj,
-Safid,
adv.
fr.
firjSafio^
=
:
/iT^Scis),
[in
(sc.
LXX
tovto
.
chiefly for
nbbn
all
fi.,
Kvpu
y^oiTo),
Ac
IQi* 118.t
negative particle, related to oiSe as fx-q to oi, 1. as conjc, continuing a negation or prohibition, biit not, and not, nor : preceded
(jiT|8^,
by
M, Mt
firjSk
625 2229,
. . .
Mk
-Sev
122*,
Lk
. .
I412, al.
.
162;
Mt
:
Lk
As
Mk
Co
5ii, al.
(iTjScis, -Sc/ita,
(and
-dev,
Ac
2733, a Hellenistic
form
v. Bl.,
291
6, 7; Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to oiSct's a8 /at/ to ov, no, none, no one; neut., nothing: Mt 1&\ Mk 5 6^, Lk S^*, Ac &\ Eo 13, al.; c. gen., Ac 4^" 24^^; neut. ace, /xrjSev, adverbially, in no respect, Ac lO^**
5^*; as ace. obj. after verb, ^XaTrreiv, Lk 4^^; ux^eXdadai, in double negation, strengthening vj-Tipelv, II Co 11*; fjLtpLfivav, Phi 4" 11^*, Ac 4:^'^ the denial, /jltjkcti fj.., fjirjSiv {jx-qhiva, fxrjStfiiav), fir}
11^^;
Mk
Mk
Pe
II
Co
137, II
Th
23, I
3.
fiTjSeTTorc
(/^.T/Se,
Trore),
adv., never
:
II
Ti
3'',t
He
pi.,
ll".t
2^.t
MrjSos, -ov, 6,
a Mede, Median
Ac
fiTjKCTi
Mk
92*
ov
(<C/*^. Tt), adv., wo more, no longer: c. 2 aor, subjc, 141^ ; c. praes. imperat., Lk fi., Mt 21^^; c. praes. subjc, Eo
8", Jo 51*
8111],
Eph
428, I
Ti 523; Q optat.,
Mk
ll^*;
ha
,x.,
Eph
414; c. inf.,
Mk
1** 2^,
I
Ac
4^7 25^*,
Eo
6,
Eph
4^7, i
Co 5^\ Pe 42; c.
11
ptcp.,
Ac
133*,
Eo
1523,
Th
3I' 5.t
LXX
Eph
3^,
Ee
21i6.t
fiTiKoVw
/x^/cos), [in LXX: Is 441* (blZ pi.), Ez 1225.28 ("tTJD ni.)*;] ^0 lengthen, extend: of causing plants to grow, Is, I.e.;
pass, (mid., Swete, in
fjiT)XwTii,
1.),
to
grow
28'
Mk
42".t
-^s,
7]
{<^ixrjXov,
nilN
in
III
Ki
1913.
19,
IV
Ki
sheep
for
\ir\v,
LXX
and
a particle of assurance, verily, truly ; el (el) tt.), now verily, ftdl surely : He 6i4<i^^).t
gen.,
fx-qvos, o,
/a. (
cl.,
rj
fi.
y.y\v,
[in
LXX
Lk
very
freq. for
B7in
Ge
720
Tn,
al.
124,26,36,56 426^
Ac
g^.io.is II2 135 222; pj,^ of 4io.t moon (cf. Is 6623), 3^ 611 1437, 11 **,iY].'u(a, [in
ja
517^
Ee
new
q^
LXX
:
Mac
j
m Mac
Co
1028
iv
Mac
43*;] to
disclose, declare,
to
make knotun
Jo ll*^
III.
firj,
Lk
20^7,
c.
in forensic sense,
233*^.t
inform, report
fAT)
pass.,
dat. pers., in
1.
Ac
OUK, V.S.
^L^f]^ro^
{=
fi^q
ttotc,
and SO written
firj
WH, exc. Mt
As neg.
25^),
negative
:
to ov.
particle, never
He
mg., but V. infr. WH, txt., fn? roVe). 2. As conjc, lest ever, lest haply (the idea of chance rather than of time seems to prevail in NT) Mt 4(i'^) 525 78 l3iMLxx),29 1532 2764^ Mk 412(^x2:) 142^ Lk 411
:
2827; after verbs of fearing or taking heed, Lk 213*, with ellipse of the verb or ptcp., Lk 148, Ac 53^; in later writers (v. M, Pr., 192 i.), perhaps, Mt 25^. 3. As interrogative; (a) expecting a negative answer Jo 72", He in direct questions, like firj, 917 (E, txt., cf. Westc, in 1. but v. supr.) {b) in indirect questions, whether haply, if haply : Lk 3l^ 11 Ti 225.t fii^Trou (WH, ixrj irov), lest anywhere, lest haply : Ac 272.t
1258 1412,29^
Ac
;
He
21 312 41
292
TTw,
LTr., in Eo,
I.e.),
Ro
9^^;
c.
ace. et inf.,
/iTJTTws
:
He
9^.t
or ixq n-(M<i (so WH), negative particle, 1. as eonje., lest haply in final sentences, i Co 9^", ii Co 2^" 9* after verbs of fearing or taking heed, i Co S^, ii Co 11^ 12-o, Ga 4" with an ellipse of ptcp. (sc. <^o;8ov>vos cf. BL, 65, 3; Burton, 225), i Th 3^ (but v.
;
infr.).
2.
1.,
As
but
Th., in
Ga
2-,
Th
:
3^
(cf.
M,
LXX
.
.
;]
the thigh
Ee
Id^^.f
nor:
2720,
fx^re
negative particle, differing from ovtc as /at; from ou, neither, nor, Mt 11^^ Lk 7^3 9^, Ac 2312.21 fjuyn, neither
. .
. . .
He
22,
73
I
fi.^ (fjirjSk)
fiTJre
ix-qT,
Mt
534-a,
Mk 320 T,
:
Ac
23^,
n Th
Ti
17,
Ja
512,
Ee
rj,
7i> ^.t
fiilTT]p,
gen,,
fj.rjTpo'i,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
DN ;] mother
-fj
Mt
1^^
2^1, al.
12"
fjlJiHtv,
takes the place of a mother, iSov fi. fj,ov, Mt 1927, Eo 16i3, i Ti 52) of a city, ^ns ia-rlv fi. Ga 42^ symbolically of Babylon, rj /a. t. Tropvwv, Ee 17^. interrog. particle, expecting a negative answer p,T)-Ti, Mt 7^^
;
fig.,
of
one
who
Mk
335,
Jo
2622.26,
Mk
421 1419,
Lk
639,
Jo
822 1835,
/i,.
Ac
10*",
II
Co
1218,
Ja
311
in
hesitant questions
(v.
M,
Jo
429; ^^ ^p^^ II
fiTj-Ti-ye
Co
117;
(/Ai/Ti
:
ye,
oStos ianv, can Mt on el fiiJTL (Lk 9i3, cf. BL, 65, 6), v.s. d.f Eec, L; fjirj rt yc, Tr.), strengthened form
Pr., 170^),
this be,
;
1223,
of
fXT^Tt,
let
:
alone
i.e.
according to context
/xi^
(a)
much
cf.
less
{b)
much
>
more
Co
63.t
|i.il-Tis,
Eec. for
-as,
rj
ns
(v.s.
/x-^,
1,
iii,
and
Thayer,
s.v. /atttis).
fi-f]Tpa,
{<C^fxrirr]p), [in
LXX
womb:
Lk
223 (LXX)^
^Q
419,t
;
*jiT)TpoXwas (Eec. -aAwas, in el., -aXot'as, V. BL, 3, 3 6, 2), -ov, 6 dAotaw, to smite) (a) a matricide : i Ti 1^ (AV, E, txt., (<^ fi-JT-qp but V. infr.) ; (b) a smiter of his mother : 1 Ti 19 (E, mg., cf. Ex 211^, and V. Ellic, CGT, in l.).t
fir]Tp6-iroXis, -tos,
17,
[in
LXX
for
UN
etc.
;]
a metropolis, chief
city
luaiva, [in
LXX
chiefly for
NO^
;]
1.
to
dye or stain.
2.
to
moral sense: Tit li*. Jo 1828.t Syn. : fxoXvvo), to besmear, which also differs from /a. in that it is never used, as /a. in its primary meaning, in an honourable sense
stain, defile, soil; (a) in physical sense; (b) in 1215, Ju 8 (c) in ritual sense (cf. La 22^, al.)
He
(cf. Tr.,
fAiaafjia,
(<;]/AiatVa)),
chiefly in trag.
(32)3*
(|^ipt?),
:
and
[in
LXX:
I
Le
7^(^^) (b^-B),
Je 39
Ez
11
late 333i
22o.t
i
writers;
(yy^), Jth
4*3 *.j
92.* 13i,
Mac
pL,
Pe
**t
|iiaan<5s,
/AtaiVa)),
[in
LXX: Wi
1426^
Mac
293
2.
fxCaa-fia (q.v.)
ii
Pe
2^ (cf. Plut.,
Mor., 393c).t
(LT,
cl., fjuyixa;
LXX:
Si 388*;]
3,
5),
-tos,
to
(iXiy/ia,
WH,
v.
BL,
3, 5),
[in
;
LXX
c.
for
ny
hith., etc.
;]
mix, mingle
Ee 8^
seq.
:
/.ieT<,
Mt
-dv,
273*,
Lk
Ee
15^
SyN.
1.
KepdvvvfXL, q.v.
-a,
(xiKpos,
[in
LXX
tsrp
iii,
;]
small,
little
of persons; (a)
is
lit.,
that age
meant,
Mt
Ee
IB^'i'^'iS
Mk
:
xvi; on the view the little ones, 9*2; (b) hence metaph., of rank or influence (cf.
of stature
15**^
Mk
(MM,
19^
;
v. Deiss.,
BS,
144),
Lk
ol
/x.,
f.)
Mt
10*^,
Lk
17^,
Ac
S^"
2622,
He
:
S^i d-^x),
1118 1316 195.18 2012; compar., -oVcpos, Mt 11^, Lk 72^ 9*8. 2. Of 13^2, 4^1, Ja 3^; (b) of quantity things; (a) of size Mt Lk 12^2, 7^3 12^5, Ee Gn 20^. I Co 5, Ga 5, Ee 3^; (c) of time Jo 3. Neut.,
Mk
fiiKpov,
used adverbially;
:
(a)
quantity
11
Co
lli> i
(c)
of
time
Mk
:
14^^;
;
(6)
of
/x.,
He lO^^
/xcra
Mt
II
26^3^
Mk
i47o,f
-ov,
rj,
Ti
MiXrjTos, 42o.t
Ac
20i^'
i'^,
*t
jxtXtoi', -ov,
fxip,Ofjiai,
TO,
Boman
(<]
-ov/xaL
yu-i/xo?,
30
III
(31)6,
wi,42
159, IV
6
Mac
mile (1680 yds.) Mt 5*i.t a mimic, an actor), [in LXX: Ps 923 139 *.j ^^ imitate: 11 Th 3''9, He 13',
:
Jo
*
ii.t
fitfiTiTiis,
-ov,
(<^fxLfjieo/j.aL),
:
Co
in 4i lli,
NT
Eph
always
51,
(like
the verb) in
Th
1 21*,
He
612.+
chiefly for 13T;] to remind: mid. and pass. (a) reflexive, to remind oneself of, hence, to remember : c. gen. rei, Mt 26'^ Lk 1^*' ^2 24^, Ac lli^, 11 Pe 32, Ju i' c. neg., of 812 lOi'd'XX). q gen. pers., Lk 23*2; seq. oti, sins, to forgive. Mt 523 2763, Lk 1625, Jo 21^.22 1216; ^5^ Lk 246; pf.^ ^c>v77/ii, in pres.
-rj-,
3, 3), [in
LXX
He
(cl.), c. gen. pers. (rei), i Co II2, 11 Ti 1* pres., fiifiv^a-KOfxat (only in late writers), c. gen, pers., in sense of caring for, He 26 (i-xx) 133 (b) in passive sense, to be remembered, aor., i/jLv^aOrjv seq. iyminov, 103i, Ee 161^ (cf. dva-, ^7r-ava-, vttoc. gen. pers. (cf. Ez I822), Ac The tenses of this verb are from the older /ivaoyLiat).t IxifjLv^a-KOi.
sense
fiiCT^w,
-w,
[in
LXX
5!T^
;]
to
hate
c.
ace. pers.
Mt
Jo
5*3
241^
Lk
171 622,
19U_ Jo 77
1518,19,23-25
lyu^ Tit
33, I
c.
Jo
29.11
313,15 420^
320,
Re
I716; pass.,
Mt
IO22 24^,
Mk
13i3,
Lk
211^;
ace. rei,
Eo 715, Eph 5'-9, He 1^, Ju23, Re 26; pass., Ee 182. As the Heb. K3^ is sometimes found with the modified sense of indifference
one thing
in
Ge
29?",
31^
De
2I15.
le,
Ma
13)
so prob.
in the
foil.
Mt
62*,
Lk
1426 1613^
Jo 122\ Eo
9i3
(L-^x).t
294
*t p,ia6airo8oaia, -as, 17 (<^ /aict^os, uTroSiSw/xi cl. jJUfrOohoa-'ia) pdy10^^ 11^"; vient of wages, recomperise ; meton., (a) of reward: He
(b) of
punishment
:
He
2^.f
(v. supr.),
*t
fi,ia0-aTro-8<5TT]s, -ov, 6,
one
[in
rewarder
(TDt;r),
He
11*.
-a,
t^iOxetos,
-ov (also
-OS,
-ov),
LXX
Le IQ^^A
5
255o,
fi.,
Jb
7'
To
511, Si 710
a hired
hire:
servant:
Lk
fiiCT06s, -ou, o,
[in
LXX
Lk 107, Ro 4*, I Ti 518, Ja 5*, Ju 11 fx. dSiKi'as, Ac l^^, n Pe 2^3 (but V. Mayor and ICC, in 1.), ib. ^^. 2. Generally, reward Jo 4^^, I Co 918; esp. of divine rewards, Mt 5^2 6i'2.5,i6 I04i,42^ Mk 9*^, Lk 623.35^ I Co 38.1*, II Jo 8, Ee 1118 2212; -^,^^ ^_^ Mt 5*^, i Co Qi^.t
Mt
208,
-w ;/i,ia6'os), [in Mid., to hire : c. ace, otitfor hire. -Tos, to /Aio-^dto), fii(r0(u,ia,
|xiCT06a),
LXX
|"T3),
let
Mt
[in
LXX: De
23i8(i9),
I.
Mi
1',
Ez
(cl.,
(n-j3,
ib.32,
Pr 1913*;]
price, hire
and LXX).
2830.+
2.
Ac
LXX
for
TDK?, Ex 12,
al.;]
a hired servant, hireling : Mk P", Jo 1012. i3.t Strab., Plut. (late form of cl. MunA-), MiTuXTiKT), -T/s, 17 Mytilene, Mitylene, chief city of Lesbos Ac 20i*.+
hired; as subst., 6
/x.,
MixariX,
6,
who
like
God
?),
Michael, the
Archangel
[iva,
(cf.
Da
17
-as,
(a
Aram. X3p
a weight
and a sum of money = 100 shekels, cf. iii Ki IQi''), a mina (Lat.), mna, in Attic a weight and sum of money = 100 Spax/xat (q.v.) Lk
:
2913,
Mcdo-wf, -wvos,
ficcia, -as,
r}
6,
Mnason
Ac
21i.+
{<^ixifx.vri(TK(M), [in
its
parts
and deriva;
tives;]
pers.,
remembrance, mention (=
fLvrj^ri)
Phi
Eo
l^,
Eph V\ i Th 1^, Phm * (cf. Ps 110 (111)*) /x. ^x^tv, c. Th 3^ 11 Ti 13 (on the v.l. in Eo 12i3, v. ICG, in 1.; Field,
-TOS,
p,ffjfia,
TO
(<^
ju,vao/i.ai)
[in
LXX
Ac
for
ISp.
rrniSp
:
;]
1.
memorial.
1546 102
2.
a sepulchral monument, a
^vr^fxfiov),
septilchre,
229 7i,
(WH,
:
Lk
tomb Ee 1P.+
Mk
53> ^
SYN.
jxvrjfjiiLov.
fii'TjfjLetoi',
LXX
for l^p.
HlOp
Lk
;]
1.
;
(cl., cf.
Wi
10^).
2. (a) (cl.)
a monument
11*^
{b)
295
freq. in
Is 22i,
1329.
fivrjfjLa.
-17s,
al.)
Mt
2329,
Mk
[in
52,
Lk
11**,
Jo
528,
and
Gospels,
Ac SYN. :
(inijiT),
(-c^/xvaofiai),
/jl.
LXX
c.
memory,
11
remembrance, mention:
(but in
cl., IT., fx. TT.
1. ;
:
troi.La-dai,
gen., to
remember,
Pe
1^*
cf.
more freq.
for ex.
to
so perh. here,
Mayor, in
and
from
tt.,
SYN.
/Avcta, q.v.
fii'T))xoi'uw
(<^
/i.vi7/i.a)v,
mindful),
[in
LXX
for 1D7;]
1.
to call to
mind, remember:
I
absol.,
Mk
8^^;
;
gen. pers.,
Lk
22o
Th
Th
13,
He
^Q
t. Trre^x^",
Ga
1520 154,21^
28;
II
20^^;
c.
He
15T
of things, Mt 16^, i Th 29, 2"; iroOev, Ee 2^; Trws, ib. 1116 (but V. supr., and cf. M, Th.,
jxnfjixoorui'ov,
more freq. in cl.), Ee IS^; seq. ^rt, Ac 20^1, Eph 2>i, 3^. 2. to make mention of c. gen..
:
i,
l^)
seq. inpi.
[in
He
1122.t
freq.
-ov,
to
(<^ /xv^/acov,
mindful),
:
LXX
Mk
for
Mt
26^3,
14^,
Ac
10*
(where
2.
Le
29.16 512^
^u
to
fii'TjoTeuw, [in LXX for iyix pi., pu. ;] 1. to tvoo and win, espouse. promise in marriage, betroth; pass., of the woman, to be be:
trothed
c.
dat. pers.,
Mt
lis,
Lk
127 2*.t
t^oYi-X(Xos,
-ov
(<MoVs,
:
XaXos),
7^2
(Tr.,
[in
txt.,
LXX:
Is
35
(Q^N)*;]
Mk
/loyytXaXos, thick-voiced,
Wi Qi^nA
Lk
9^^
(/xo'Xi?,
/i.ot;(os),
(^xo'Xis,
B),
WH).t
tjAoixaXis,
(=
1822 2455(3020),
Ez
;
1638 23*5,
Ho
31,
Ma
3^
2i*.
(ng^Ji,
Pr ng)N3p)*;] an
[in
LXX:
adulteress
to
Eo 7^ meton., for ^loix'^La, 11 Pe Metaph., of infidelity Ez 1615 ', 23*=^ ^, al.), Ja 4* as an adj., Mt 12^9 16*, Mk 88.t jioixaw, -w (= cl. ixoLxivoi), [in LXX (mid., absol. and c. ace, with party of either sex as subj.) Je 38 5^ 79 92 d' 23i* 36 (29)23, Ez 16^2
:
God
(cf.
2337. 43 (qx3) *
;]
to
c.
ace. fem.
In
NT
always
E, mg.,
42
mid. in same sense; of the man absol., Mt om.); seq. ctt' auTJ?v, Mk lOH; of the woman
fioixcta,
(P1N3),
-as,
17
;iotxeiJw),
[in
Mk LXX: Ho
:
(WH, txt.,
(Q-'eiSXJ),
(v.
Je 1327
(D^SS*:),
Wi
WM,
220; Bl,
32, 6),
Mt
15i9,
commit adultery
139,
absol.,
Mk LXX: Ex 2018, Le 20io, al. (^jXa);] to Mt 527 1918, Mk 10i9, Lk I6I8 182", Eo 222
Mt
528.
Ja
ii.iT
211
c.
ace. fern.,
Pass., of the
woman, Mt
and
cf.
532 199
39, al.),
WH,
seq.
mg.), Jo
aur^s,
8t*^.
Metaph., of idolatry
222.+
(v.s. uoixaXi's,
Je
Ee
296
-ov, 6, [in
;]
an adulterer
Lk
18^^
Co 6^
He
13^t
fioXis,
adv. (<^/Ao\os,
LXX
Pr
ll^i,
Wi
9^\
al.
with
57^ I
(T, y^oyis),
Ac
148 27^8,16^
6,
Ro
Pe
,
418(LXX).t
"JJ^lp
,
MoXox,
prop.
iii,
read nCTS
the
ni.), I
v.
DB,
415
Ammonites
Ac
7'*^
:
(i^x) f
Co
)Lo\6vu>, [in Ge ^V^ (bnia), Is 593 f^^^ ni.)^ ^a 142 ^^^^XO Si 21^8, al.;] to stoiw, soil, defile; in always symb. and fig. 8^ Ee 3* 144.t
LXX
NT
SYN.
II
fxtaivoi,
q.v.
t^oXua^ios, -oS, 6
/ioXwa>),
:
[in
LXX:
Je 23i5 (nSjq),
Es
883,
Mac
*
:
527*;] defilement
^s,
17
(ioficj)!],
gen. obj., 11 Co 7^ (Plut., FlJ).t (<^yu./u,^o/Aai), poet, form of /Ae/xt/^is, blame, comc.
plaint
Col
3i3.t
-^s,
77
**|xo^i^,
/xevo)), [in
LXX:
;
Mac
I.e.).
738*;] i
2.
[^ cl, (a)
staying, abiding ; (b) continuance (LXX, station (Paus.) ; (b) an abode : Jo 14^' 2=^ xvi; so in MGr.).t
/io^oYe'iis,
(c)
-s
LXX:
Wi
722,
:
Jg
1134,
pg 21(22)2
To
begotten {DCG, ii, 281), of sons of Christ, Jo 316'18, l Jo 4^; fi. napa. Trarpos, Jo 11*;
p.dfOC, V.S. fJLOVO?.
jiocos,
-rj,
-ov, [in
LXX
1423,
forsaken
pron., Mt 18i5, 98, Lk 48, al.; pleonast., ovk . 92, al. ct /ai) /x., c. subst., Mt Lk 6\ al. attrib., only, (6) fx.. 6^6^, Jo 5*4 173, Eo 162^, i Ti li7, Ju 25. 2. As adv., (a) neut., (xovov, alone, only : referring to verb or 536, ja 122^ al. (v. Bl., 44, 2) predic, Mt 921, ov (fi^) /x., Ga 418,
:
c.
verb.,
Mt
547^
Lk
936^
^1.
c.
Mk
Mk
U\
122
;
Mk
.
Ja
ov
fi.
aWd
(Bl,
Mk
18^,
410,
Eo Lk 918.
53 910, II
Ac
;
192^,
(b)
Jo
5^, al.
id.
seq.
(Bl.,
Co
*
eye
:
|jiof-6<J)0a\fx.os,
Mt
Mk
fJ'Ovo'i),
Ge 49 ;] to leave alone, forsake |jio>'6u, -w (-< /xdvos), [in Aq. childless widow, pf. ptcp. pass., i Ti 5^.f of a
^op<t>Ti, -^s, ^,
**
[in
LXX:
Jg 8I8A
(ijcn),
Jb
416
(^,^)^
(n:nar)), Is
4413
I81,
{rr2^).
Da
LXX
:
319 (D^y),
Da TH
To
113,
Wi
IV Mac 15**;] form, shape, appearance (Horn., Eur., ^sch., al. ); in philos. lang. the specific character or essential /orm (Arist., v. Gifford,
Inc.,
26
if.)
Mk
16ti23,
Phi
26' ^.t
Sfn.
fx6p<f>(a(Ti<;,
the outline,
delineation,
semblance of the
297
a-xrjfjia., shape, fiop(f>i^, as distinct from the /u. itself (Lft., Notes, 262) fashion, disting. from fiopffnij as the outward and accidental from the inward and essential (cf. Tr., Syn., lxx; Lft., Phi., 125 ff.; Gifford.,
Inc., I.e.).
**t (iop|><5ti, -w
*+
2.
{<C.iJLop<fiTi),
[in
Aq.
Is 44^3 *;] to
form
fig.,
Ga
4^^
i
to
Eo
u
:
Syn.
*t
p.op<firj
(q.V.),
(TxrjfJLa.
(Aocrxo-Troi^w,
-w,
make a
Ac
,
7*^
(LXX,
,
fx(i(rxos, -ov, 6,
[in
11127
bjT
etc.
{b)
:
;]
1.
p..,
offspring; (a) of
men;
of
LXX), a
Lk
th
-w, [in
al.
;]
LXX
:
Ge SV\ Ez 26i3
(i^bt),
Da
LXX
LXX
Th
36
6
ff.
(i^pi),
p..,
Si 22",
music; as
subst.,
cl.
for
2^,
nxbpi
II
bnv
.'
etc.
;]
toil, laborer,
hardship, distress
11
Co
ll^^, i
Th
38.t
Syn.
^U6X(59,
[in
LXX: Ge
45i8 (n>n),
marrow
He
4^2 f
iii Mac 2^*'*;] -w (< uv(o, ^0 shut the mouth), [in LXX, I.e.) hence, to initiate into the mysteries (so chiefly in cl. to instruct : pass.. Phi 4^2 (RV, I have learned the secret).^ Wi 17^ A, Si 20^9 *;] 1. speech, con**|uioeos, -ov, 6, [in 2. (a) a story, narrative (Hom.) {b) later, opp. to Xoyos versation. narrative) = Lat. fabula, a myth, fable, fiction : i Ti 1* 4^^, {a true
**(iu^<i>,
LXX:
;
LXX:
II
Ti
pe
iie^t
Syn.
**
Xdyos, q.V.
-dp-ai,
p,uic(io(jiai,
in
cl.
Sm.
Jb
:
6^ *
;]
prop., of
oxen (onomatop.),
to low,
bellow
of a lion, to roar
Ee
Ki
lO^.t
I921,
;]
fAUKTT]pit {<^p.vKTrjp,
LXX:
i
iv
Jb
to
22^9,
Mac
7^*, al.
turn
pass.,
Ga
&^
(cf. iK-p.vKTrjpLCw).f
*tfiuXn/os,
-rj,
:
/tuXiKo's
-ov (<[ pivXr], a mill), of a mill : \l6o<; p.., Lk I72.+ -ov {<C.pvXo<;), 1. made of mill-stone {C.I. 3371). Ee IS^i (jivkov, T).t
ll^,
De
(v.
24", al.
2.
;]
1.
=
Mt
pLvXy,
a mill
(Anth.)
:
(Strab.,
Plut.,
;
Ee
I821 (T)
-tovos,
I822.
a mill-stone
l.).t
fiuXwj',
6,
LXX
24*^
(Eec.; fivXoi,
WH,
E).t
298
Mvppa (LT,
-aSos,
17
Tr.,
WH),
-wv, rd,
Myra, a
city of Lvcia:
Ac 27^+
fiupids,
/-iv/3tos),
[in
LXX
ten
thousand, a myriad: pi., Ac 19^^, Ee 5^^ 9^^; hyperb., of vast numbers, Lk 12\ Ac 21^^ He 12^2, Ju i^.t *iLvpit,(a {<^fx,vpov), Ionic and poet, (comic), to anoint : Mk 14^.t
Syy^.
2.
:
v.s.
dAci^w,
and
cf. fivpov.
:
Co
:
4^^
14^^
18'^*.+
As a
definite
numeral,
ten thousand
,
Mt
liu'po*',
al.;]
ointment:
SVJSr.
:
27,
Ps 132
Jo
(133)2,
23^6,
IP
123.
Ee
18i3.t
iXaiov, q.v.
Mu'ppa, V.s.
Muaia,
-as,
^ocrrViptov', -ov,
LXX Da LXX
(initiated), a
127'
1.
11,
jth
22,
Wi
is
Mac
I321*;]
secret
tliat
which
known
to
the
p.va-Tr]<;
mystery or
2. In later vrriters doctrine, mostly in pi., Ta p,. (^sch., Hdt., al.). Incert., 168), that which may not be revealed (not, however, (Menand., as in the modern sense, intrinsically difficult to understand), a secret 3. In NT, of the or mystery of any kind (To, Jth, 11 Mac, 11. c). counsels of God (cf. Th. Jb 15^ Ps 24 (25)1^ for TiD), once hidden but
:
revealed in the Gospel or some fact thereof (a) of the Christian revelation generally Eo 162^, i Co 2\ Col 126.27, Eph 33. 9 t. ^ao-tWas t. Xpiarod, t. 6., Xpia-Tod, Col 22 T. e^ov, I Co 21, Ee 10" T. Beov, Mk 411
now
Col
T.
43,
Eph
3*
t.
BcXripxiTos airoi,
Eph
t.
emyycXt'or,
Eph
61^
(b) of particular truths, or TTto-Tcws, I Ti 3^ ; T. cuo-e^eiaq, ; 532, Th Eo 1125, i Co 155i, details, of the Christian revelation Ee 120 175.7; pi., Ta /x., I Co 132 142; eeoi, I Co 41 ; r. Paatkua-i 2\
ib. 16
:
Eph
fif.;
T.
ovpav^v
;
(deoi),
Mt
13",
f.
;
Lk
S'^ (cf.
Westc,
Ej^h.,
;
180
iii,
AE, Eph.,
ff.
;
Lft., Col.,
ff.).t
165
Hatch, Essays, 57
f.
DB,
465
DOG,
wi/^),
(<^
:
/i.ucDi/',
closi7ig the
to be short-sighted
p,w\a)\|,
11 6,
:
Pe
-wTTos,
P (E, mg., closing his eyes v. ICC, [in LXX for rnmo, Ex 2125, q\.-j
Pe
2^*^^^^'> (Arist., Plut., al.).+
in
1.).+
q,
bruise,
wound from a
Pr
II
stripe
|iw(j.clo|jiai,
-u)p.aL
(<^/xwju,os),
Co
97 (maj, Si 31 82" pass., ib. 63.t fAu|ios, -OV, 6, [in LXX, of physical blemishes
;
;
Wi
IQi*,
poet. (34)i8*;]
and
LXX:
blame:
Le
21^7
ff-,
De
I521,
mental defect, Si 202*, ^1. ;] 1. in cl. poets and late (mD) 2. In LXX, perh. because of resemblance to prose, blame, disgrace. DID, a physical blemish (cf. a/Awptos, i Pe 1^^, and v. Hort., in 1.)
Ca
47, al.
of
11
Pe
2i3.t
'299
LXX
Is 19^\ Je
10" 28
(51)i7
(-lya ni.),
Ki 241^ Is 4425
2.
(^DD
;
fool.
less
LXX
:
and NT,
become foolish
:
Mt
513,
Ro 1^^ Lk 143*.t
rj
ni., pi.)*;] 1- cl., to be foolish, play the causal, to make foolish: i Co l^*'; pass., to of salt that has lost its flavour, become taste-
**fApia,
I
-as,
{<^ix(Dp6<s),
[in
LXX:
:
Si
5*.t
20^^*;] foolishness:
Co
* /icjpoXoyia,
|i,(i>p6s,
-as,
17,
foolish talking
Eph
etc.
;
-a,
-dv, [in
LXX
;
for ^23
freq. in Si.
;]
1.
prop., of
the nerves,
dull,
:
stupid, foolish
:
Mt S^^
sluggish (Hipp., Arist.). 2. Of the mind, dull, 23i7. i9 (T, txt., R, (v. Field, Notes, 3 ff.) V^ 318 410 7^^ (T, of things, TrapdSoai^, txt., E, Ti 22^, Tit 3 ; t6 /x. t. Oeov, i Co 1^^ ; ra fx. r. Koa-fiov,
Mk
WH, WH,
:
M<i)uo-r]s (Ma)i3o-^s,
T
;
Mwcr^s, Eec),
-c'ws,
dat.
-rj
(as
LXX Ex
S^'^,
al.),
and
.-
-el,
ace. -^v {r
*,
LXX) and
vd/xos
-ea
(Lk
ifoses
2427,
Mt
I
8* 173.
99,
al.
Moouo-cV,
Lk
155 28^3,
Co
He
1028;
by meton.,
of the
Ac
1521, II
Co 31^
N
N,
V,
V,
No,
Nu,
6,
As a numeral,
:
50,
50,000.
NaaaacSc,
indecl. (Heb. |ir2rn3),
Naasson
Mt
1*,
Lk
332.+
Nayyai,
6,
indecl.,
Naggai
;
Lk
32^.+
Naiapd (Mt 413 L, -a^Lk 4l), Na^ape'^ (Mt 21", Ac 1038), Na^apcT (so always Eec. WH, in foil, instances, where -id, T), >/,
indecl. (Semitic
24,39,51^
Mt
223,
Mk
1^,
Lk
1^^
Jq
145, 46 +
Na^aprji'ds, -ov, o, (on the Semitic form, v. 434 2419.+ 12* 10*^ 147 166, Nazarene :
Dalman,
Mk
l^
Lk
1837,
(= Ac
-prjv6<s,
q.v.),
41*^
a Nazarene:
]ri3),
Mt
:
222 3
o,
indecl. (Heb.
^Njrij),
Nathan
Lk
33i.+
(Heb.
:
fied
with Bartholomew
:
(q.v.)
Jo
l*^-*^ 212.+
mt, particle of affirmation, yea, verily, even so ; in answer to a question Mt 928 13^1 172^ 21i6, Jo IF^ 21i5, le, Ac 58 2227, Eo S^s seq. Aeyo) vfuv, Mt 11, Lk 72^ repeated for emphasis, vol vol (opp
;
to ov ov)
tva
^
.
.
Mt
.
537
rp-bi vfiiav
;
Mt Mt
Ee
TO vai vat, ib. ^7 ib. in assent to an assertion 728, Ee 14^3 157. jq confirmation of a previous assertion 112, Lk 1021 1151 125, Pill 43^ Phm20; in solemn asseveration 17 2220.+
''"*
;
to val to v.,
vol,
Ja
512
^^^^ q^
jj
]^18, 19
1527,
Mk
300
indecl. (Heb.
^V;),
Naaman
Lk
4".t
^,
indecl. (Heb.
I'^iii),
Lk
7".t
meJs,
-ov,
al.)
6,
(Att.
i/ws;
<^
vat'w,
to
LXX
;
(vtoi?,
u Mac
2.
62,
chiefly
for
^yn
;
;]
1.
al.).
(a)
pi.,
Ac
of a temple, the shrine (Hdt., Xen., al.) in NT, 17^^ of silver models of a heathen shrine,
Ac
19^^ (b) of the temple building proper, or sanctiiary, at Jerusalem, as distinct from t. lepov (q.v.), the whole temple enclosure Mt 2316,17,35 275, 4o_ 14^8 1529, Jo 21^,20^ Ee IP; {rov) 6eoi, Mt 26i
:
Mk
27^1,
Mk
1538,
Lk
Jo
19.21,22
23,
Co 3^\
ii
Co 6^\
ii
Th
Ee
2*,
^^
Ee
ll^;
of the temple in the Apocal. visions, Ee 312 71^ ll^^ U^^' 161,17 2122a Metaph., of Christians, i Co 31" Q^\ 11 Co 6^\
Eph
IS^. - s 2^1;
of Christ's body,
i^)
;
6 ^cos
v.
aur^? ^o-nv,
21^2^.+
Srjv.
Upov.
indecl. (Heb. Qin3),
17
Naou'/x, 6,
Nahum,
Lk
(a)
S^^.t
v.
KupSos, -ou,
S.V.), [in
(Heb.
1^2 413,
"TIJ
Boisacq,
LXX: Ca
;
(rng)*;]
nard;
Nardostachys nardus jatamansi, used for the preparation of a fragrant ointment (b) ointment of nard : Mk 14^, Jo 123.t NdpKtCTCTos, -ov, 6, Narcissus : Eo 16^^. *yauaye(a, -w {<:^vav<s, + ayvvfii, to break), to suffer shipwreck: II Co 112^ metaph., seq. irepl t. ttlo-tlv, i Ti l^^.t * mu'-KXifjpos, -ov, 6 (<^vai}s, KXrjpos), a shipowner, shipmaster:
;
Ac
27ii.t
Kaus, veto?, acc. vaDv,
7,
[in
LXX
;
for
"'Jh?
iV2ii
f.
;
;]
a ship
Ac
27*^
(elsewhere in
NT
o,
always
t. TrXorov
v.
:
M,
Pr., 25
Bl., Gosp.,
ib. 2^ *;]
** muTTjs,
sailor
:
-ou, 6
^o,
Ac
272"'
Aq.
Ez
27^
Sm.
Naxoip,
indecl.
Lk
S^^.t
,
I'cacias, -ou, 6
(<^ vedv
vc'os),
[in
LXX
for "lyj
^IPI^
;]
a yoking
man
for
Ac
keai'icTKos, -ov, 6
LXX
also
7'*,
mnn, etc
21-
;]
Mt
1920-22,
Mk
(cf.
14^^
16^ Lk
Ac Ac
(LXX) 2318,22^
Jo
213.14;
of
an attendant
Ge 142^
al.)
Sio.t
Ned-jToXis, -W9,
17, Eec. for Nc'a ndXts (WH), the more freq. form a maritime city of Macedonia Ac 16ii.t
:
(LS,
S.V.), Neajjolis,
NcEfJidf, V.S.
Nai/xav.
-ov,
KCKpos,
-a,
[in
LXX
I.
as adj., 1.
92,
prop.
Ac
510 209,
Ja
v.,
Mt
28*,
Mk
Ee
l^^;
301
:
which
is
subject to death,
Eo
S^*'.
2.
Metaph.,
(a) of
8^^,
persons
Lk
15^*'^^;
of those
immersed
in worldly cares,
Mt
Lk
;
9"; of
spiritual death,
2^' ^,
;
Jo
5^^,
Eo
6^^,
Eph
5^*,
Ee
3^;
t. jrapairTiofiaa-iv,
Eph
of
7^
al.),
Col 2^^ of the opposite condition, v. t^ dfiapTia, Eo 6^^ afxaprCa, things regarded as inoperative, devoid of power
:
(b)
Eo
TTto-Tis,
Ja
217.26; ipya.
{pi) v.,
He
6i Qi".
:
II.
As
chiefly in pi.
1227,
the
dead
Mt
Ac
11^,
Mk
;
(Hom.,
Co
IS^s, al.
22^2,
Mt
2231,
1732, al.
^Svtcs,
Mt
v.,
Mk
121,
Ac
10*2, al.
dir^ vKpwy,
Lk
IG^o
iK
v.,
Mk
to
6",
Lk
24*6,
Jq
Ac
133*,
Eo
Twv
Col
118;
^ojr]
ck
Eo
Eo
a
1115;
^0 be 41^.
constr. praegn., eV v. ^wvtcs, Eo 6'3. *t>'eKp6(D, w (<;vKpos), io wafee (iead, dead: hyperbolically, of impotent age, Trop., of carnal impulses, to. fii\rj, Col 3^.+
put
death; pass.,
aw/xa,
2.
He
lli^;
dmi/i, death
*t feKpoKTiSt -ews, r) (<^ i/eKpow), 1. a putting to death. : Eo 4l^ 11 Co 410 (v. Deiss., LAE, 94).
fcofiTjcia (Att. contr.,
vov/x-,
:
stofe 0/
Eec),
-as,
17
{<C^^os,
p-'rjv),
[in
LXX
;]
new moon
compar.
of the
Jewish
372,
festival,
Col
2i6.t
(Ge
Ex
,
33ii, al.),
Nu
-oirepos for
]b(?
TITS
etc.
1.
young,
:
youthful
Tit 2*.
2.
otvos
Mt
262*-'),
Mk
8.,
He
3.
91^),
He
222,
Lk 5^^-m
-a,
(fig.), I
Co 57;
Eph
222,
215),
Col
31*^.
Compar.,
-ov,
Jo 2118;
pi., ol v.,
NeapoUs :
Srw.
Katvds, q.v.
-ijTos,
17
(<^vos), [in
26*,
i
LXX
[In
*;]
youth:
Mk
1020,
Lk
1821,
Ac
Ti
4i2.t
v6(5-4.uTos,
-ov
v'os,
^vu>),
Is 57 (yius),
Ps 127
(128)3 (^^r\}S)
LXX:
as subst., o v.,a
viuu, [in
new
:
Ti 3.t
:
N^pwi', -wvo<;, 6,
LXX
I32*,
T)
c. dat.
pers. et inf.,
fctlt^XT),
Jo
Ac
24io
-T/s,
v'<^os), [in
LXX
forny,
etc.
;]
a cloud
(single
:
mass
2137,
of vapour)
Mt
(Ex
Ac
19, 1
Th 417,
specific as opp. to vee^os, a great indefinite 17^ 243" 26^*, Mk 97 I326 14^2, Lk 93*. as 1354 Ju 12, Ee 17 IQi II12 14i*-i6 of the pillar of cloud
;
and
in the wilderness
N4)0aXifi
14i'2o,
Pg
in
1043^, al.)
Co
10i'2.t
(-Xtp.,
WH
Ee
Ee,
I.e.),
6,
indecl.
(Heb.
'^briB3),
Naphtali:
Mt
4i3. i^ (LXi),
76.t
302
-OV9,
TO,
;
[in
LXX
for
ny
pOt?
15^
;]
o,
mass of clouds,
dense throng
7,
a cloud
(cf. v(f)\T])
metaph.
[in
He
12i.t
v^p6s, -oi,
6,
LXX
1",
al.
for
;]
n^^S
Ex
:
29^^^ al.
metaph., Ps
15(16)''
Wi
will
a kidney;
v.
pi,
and
affections
;
Ee
(v.
223.t
v(a-K6pos, -ov,
i,
a temple-keeper
ig^^.t
as honorary
given to a city
DB,
722
b)
Ac
**t 'cuTcpiKOS, -rj, -6v (<] vecorepos), [in III Mac 4^*;] 2^^ (Polyb.).t youthful, esp. of qualities: iiridvfMLaL, ii Ti
:
LXX
veaviKo's,
particle of affirmation
4215'
i
employed
ace,
i
in oaths,
153i.t
[in
LXX
;]
v.
t.
vyUiav,
Ge
Lk
(^n)*;] by:
for niip
,
c.
Co
v^Q<o, [in
LXX
"ITIZT
hoph.,
Ex
to
spin
Mt
I
628,
1227.t
vr]iri6.l(a
(< vi^ttios),
-a,
(Hippocr.,
vrjviaxevtiy,
Hom.),
to be
a babe:
etc.;]
(v.
l^ii',
Co
142o.t
I'^TTios,
-ov,
[in
LXX
''lys,
i Co 13^\ Ga 4^ infant; of children and minors: Mt Lft., in 1.). Metaph., childish, unskilled, simple (Ps 18 (19)^, Pr
al.)
Mt
;
ijiTLOt.)
Lk m^\ Eo 22o, Ga 4^, Eph 4:^\ i Th 2^ (WH, opp. to reXetos, He 5^^ V. iv XpicTTW, I Co 3^.t NTjpei (Eec. -pC), 6, indecl. (Heb. i13), Neri Lk 327.+ Ntjpeus, -e'cos, o, Nereus Eo 16^5.+
112 5,
;
for
*+
yy]<Tiov,
:
-ov,
to (dimin. of vrjaos),
27i*.t
vr/crts
(Hdt.,
Thuc,
al.),
a
'
Ac
-ov, 6, [in
LXX for ^K
;]
an island
Ac
13 2726 28^'
7'
^S
Ee
P 614
1620.+
-as,
17
i'T]crT6ia,
LXX
:
from food
om.),
Mk
(WH,
:
Lk
for n\'2 fasting a fast I721 (WH, E, txt., om.), 2^7, Ac 1423; of the Day of
'i\
,
Mt
Atonement, Ac 27^
{b) of
involuntary abstinence
11
Co
6^ 1127.+
Syn.
al.)
:
do-LTia, q.v.
Mt
LXX
for UI'S
^^
Lk
Aristoph.,
I'TJoTis, -los, 6,
17
(<[ vr]-,
neg. prefix,
[in
LXX: Da LXX
83.+
6i8<i'
Mt
15^2,
Mk
1.
al.),
*
in
i'r]<|>dXios
(-Xcos,
cl.,
of drink, not
In later writers
of
(Plut.,
Ti
32'
n, Tit 22.+
vi\^<ji,
to be sober,
abstain
moral
alert-
303
ness, to be sober, calm, circumspect : i Th 5^' s, u Ti 4* (v. Ellic, in xvii).t l), I Pe V^ 4^ 5* (cf. dva-, iK-urjcfxD, and v.
MM,
SyN'
vi'^di,
'
iypyrrveu), yp-qyopita,
Niger
:
Ac
13^.t
NiKcii'wp, -0/30S, 6,
Nicanor
Ac
6*.t
LXX: Ps 50 (51)* (nD7), Pr 625 (y^^y^ conquer, prevail: absol., of Christ, Ee 3^^ 6^; c. 27.ii.i7,26 35,12,21 217; inf., ib. 55; of Christians, Be ggq. ^^ (Ry, come Ee 15^; as law-term (cl.), Eo S^CL^X). q a,cc. pars., victorious from), Lk 1122, Re 117 137 ([WH], E, mg., om.); of Christ, Jo IG^s (t. koct^ov), Ee 17^* of Christians, i Jo 4* t. -n-oinqpov, i Jo 2^^' ^* ; avrov (ref to 6
wiKdo), -w
vi'k7?), [in
to
freq. in iv
Mac;]
Karriyoip, ib.
^<^),
Ee
17,
12^^;
c.
fxr]
Jo
16^^, i
Jo 5*'5;
TO KUKoy,
Eo
122^; pass.,
[in
KiKt], -7?,
LXX:
Ch 29"
Jo
5*.t
NiK68T)|ios, -ov, 6,
NiKoXaiTTis, -ov,
Niic<5\aos, -ov, 6,
Ac
6^.1
NiK<5Tro\is, -cws, ^,
name
in
Epirus
{CGT,
II
in
1.)
Tit S^^.t
t KKos,
form
of
v.
vikt],
[in
LXX
cts
La
3^^ (nV3). i
Es
3^,
Mac
36^,
1088, IV
Mac
87,
17^2; ci?
(instead of
520
tcAo?,
'3
Jb
I420),
n Ki
22,
Jb
Am
:
1"
Je
3^,
La
(nyj^, as
i
in Syr.,
victory)*;]
victory
Mt
lxX
dX^^cia),
Co
6,
13",
LXX
8i'/cr?),
ib. s^.t
Lk
L,
-tTiys),
-ov,
a Ninevite: Mt 12*\
Eec.t
Lk
11^2,
*t'nrT^p,
KiTTTW,
-rjpo<:,
a basin: Jo 135.t
[in
late
form
;
of
vt^co,
LXX
;
to
wash,
usually of a part of the body: c. ace. pers., Jo 13^; 136, 6. 8, 12, u I Ti 510 mid., reflexive, to wash oneself:
t.
iroSas,
Jo
Jo
97.11,15.
Xtpas.
Mt
:
152,
Mk
73;
T. TToSa?,
Jo 1310
;
t. TrpoauiTTOv,
Mt
Att. prose,
Syn.
voia,
cf. d7ro-vt7rT<u).t
LXX
:
to perceive with the mind, understand (for the phrase vowv k. 8^7 ; c. ace, Eph 3*, xvii) absol., Mt 16^, in wills, V. 4>povwv, Kap8ia, Jo 12*^ ; pass., Eo I20 seq. oTt, Mt 15^7 I Ti 17 c. dat. instr., t. 7^8; c. ace. et inf.. IP. 2. to think, consider : absol., 16", 131*, Eph 320 ; c. ace. rei, 11 Ti 27 (cf. ev-, Kara-, /xcTa-, Mt 24^5^
etc
;]
1.
MM,
Mk
Mk
He
Mk
TTOO-, viro-vo(o).f
LXX:
Si 21",
Ba
28, iii
Mac
S^^*;] a
304
ii
Co
:
2^^
4'^.
Meton., of the
i.e.
mind, **
ii
Co
^^^ 4*.t
-r],
v6Qo<i,
-Of, [in
LXX Wi
:
4^ *
born
of a slave or concubine
yo}i.r\,
He
to
12*^.
-rj^,
T)
(<^
ve/x,(o,
pasture), [in
:
LXX chiefly
fig.,
for ni3
etc.
;]
1.
a pasture, pasturage
Jo
10^.
a grazing,
feeding
(Polyb.).t metaph., of a spreading sore, ii Ti vo/ios), [in LXX: Wi 132 IT^, Si 29*, ii Mac 4, IV Mac 8*;] 1. to practise, hold by custom: Ac 16^^ (Eec, but v. 20io, Lk 2"* S^^, infr.). 2. to deem, consider, suppose: Mt S^^ lO^* 7" 8^0 1419 1613. 1729 2129^ I Co T^^.^e, i Ti G^.t Ac
;
2^'^
^^coixiiu)
--iT
SyN.
law :
fjLOixai,
r)yOfj.aL,
-rj,
q.V.
**'ofiiK6s,
Tit
Mt
2235,
Lk
:
LXX: iv Mac 5**;] 1. relating to learned in the law ; as subst., 6 v. (EV, lawyer) 10'-^ Tit 313; pi^ lj^ 730 1145,46,52 143 j^f mM, xvii).t
-6v (^vdyMos), [in
2.
3-'.
:
SyN.
ypa/iynaTev's, q.V.
** cofii'ii.ojs, adv. (<] vo/ii/Aos, conformable 618 * ;] rtghtly, lawfully : i Ti l^, 11 Ti 2^.f
v6}ii(Tiia,
to law), [in
LXX:
S^s
iv
Mac
-Tos,
I
TO
voju,itw),
[in
LXX:
is
:
11
Es
(nil),
Ne
a
7^1
(lilDSll),
2.
Mac
15^*;]
1.
that
which
established by usage,
custom.
I
of a state
Mt
22i9.t
:
*t i/ofio-SiSdo-KaXos,
Lk
51^,
Ac
5^*,
Ti
1'^
(NT and
:
eccl.
only
Plut.).t
Syn.
**
535 1716 *
]
ypafjLfxaTv<:, q.v.
i'Ofjio9ecTia,
-as,
7)
(< vo/aos,
Ti6r)fj.i),
:
[in
LXX:
2.
II
Mac
to
6^3,
iv
Mac
legislation,
-w,
lawgiving
Ro
9*.t
KOfioOcTe'cj,
[in
LXX
make laws;
with laws
He
711.
He
cop.o-9e'TT)s, -ov,
6 (<^vo/Aos,
Ti6r]iJLi),
[in
LXX:
Ps
Q^*^*;]
laiv-
giver
Ja
4i2.t
LXX
chiefly for
min
He
also for
npn
etc.
;]
custom, then law ; in NT (only in Mt, Jo, Ja, and the Lucan and Pauline bks.) 1. of law^ in general: Ro 3^" 513''; pj^ qI (jjvine laws.
;
Ga 6^ (t.) ikev6epia<i, Ja l^^ 212 /3ao-iXiKos LAE, 8673), Ja 2^. 2. Of a force or influence (Hort., in 1.; Deiss., 8^. 3. Of the Mosaic law Mt 5i8, impelling to action Ro 7-i' 23*. 2l^ i Co 9^, i Ti l^ He V\ al. v. Mojvo-ews, Lk 2^7, Jo 11^ Ac 613, Ro Ac 22i2, He 7^ Lk 222, Jo 723, Ac 15*, al.; Kvplov, Lk 239; ^^^^^ ^^^ 2i2.i3), 922. 3. Anarthrous (Bl, 46, 8; ICC on Ro y^fios, (a) of
;
8i 10i
v. t.
Xpio-rov,
-is
j,.^
Ro 2i2' i'"' 320- 21 41^, al. (b) of the Mosaic law in its quality as law Ro 21'"^ 520 10*, Ga 2l^ al. oi cV v., Ro 4" iiro vofiov, 4^ Of Christian I Co 920, Ga 45 v. Trpda-aav (7rA.7?pow), Ro 225 138, 32'^ 5. By meton., of the t. Xptarov, Ga B^. teaching v. ttiottcws, Ro
law
in general
:
305
Jo
1**,
(a)
of the
Pentateuch
;
Mt
12^,
V.
.
Kal ol
TTpoffirJTaL,
Mt
5^^,
Lk
16^, al.
v.
Lk
244*
(J) of the
I
OT
Jo lO^*
1234 1525,
Co
1421, al.
I'OOS, V.S.
vovs.
LXX
,
Trepi, i
TO (<^voo-oj), sicJcjiess
Jo 5W.t
disease, sickness
19i2.t
:
LXX
(<^
for "bri
etc,;]
Mt
423>24
Mk V\ Lk
17
Ac
SYN.
chiefly for
V.S. aaOevcLa.
-a5,
;]
I'oo-crid,
vocro-o?),
late
2.
1.
nes^ of birds.
[in
:
LXX
13^4.
Lk
voaviov,
(nne^Jt) *;]
-ov,
TO,
dimin. of
:
vocraos, q.v,,
LXX
Ps 83
(84)3
a young bird
(vcocrcros,
Mt
23^'^.
koo-cros
Eec, as
in
cl.
Att. -ttos;
LXX
chiefly for
Lk
224 (LXX),t
[in
LXX:
Mac
432*;] 1, in Horn., as depon., to ttirn axoay {from), abandon. 2. After Hom., in act., to set apart, remove. Mid., to set apart for oneself, peculate, purloin : absol.. Tit 2i*^ (for ex. in tt., v. xvii) seq. dTro,
MM,
Ac
52. 3.t
f^Tos,
-OV,
1.
6,
[in
LXX
the
chiefly
for 233
also
for
UHl
2.
:
]P"'P
and
D^li?
1329,
;]
wind
Lk 12^^ Ac
as a region
271^ 28i3.
(cf.
South
12*2,
Lk Lk
Ee
South,
n3|)
Mt
:
Ipi.t ** vouBevla,
fouOcTco),
-a9
r)
(^^ vovOeriw),
i
cl.
vov6Tr)a-i<s
',
[in
LXX Wi
Diod.,
[in
al.).t
16*;] admonition:
-w
Co
10",
Eph
]^3),
(<! vov<;,
Tid-qfjn,
LXX
512. i4,
Ki
313
:
(nns
c.
pi.),
Jbg
(ID"' pi.,
Wi
i
llio 122-26*;] to
4i4,
admonish,
exhort
ace. pers.,
Ac
203i,
Ro
151*.
Co
Col
128 31", i
Th
n Th
3i5.t
i'ou|JiY]i'ia,
V.S. vOfir]VLa.
*vouvxC)<i,
adv. (<[vov?,
x<^)'
6,
sensibly, discreetly:
Mk
12^4.+
coOs
vov, v(3
;
(contr.
from
voos),
el,
Bl., 9, 3),
ace, vow,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
n^
Ss!?;] 1. prop.
(v. Lft.,
Notes, 88
f.
Vaughan on Eo
II
72=*)
Lk
38,
2445,
Th
22, I
.
Col
218
Ti 65, opp. to
II
Ti
Tit
725
a-dpi,
Eo
Rq 128 723 122 145, Eph 4i'.23, Phl Al 115, Re I318 179; v. t. o-a^Kos (ICC, in 1.) to TTvevfjia, I Co 1414- 15 to yXSxraa, ib. l^
;
20
306
2.
IP^*
By =
of
tho^ight,
purpose
Eo
Co
:
21"
(LXX),
Co
li".t
SVN.
Col 4l^
R,
V.S. TTViVfjia.
Nufi(}>a
WH,
'Nv/x<^d<s, q.v.),
-rj<;, tj,
Nympha
(v.
M,
Pr., 48)
4^^,
Nu|x4>as,
(WH,
[in
R, mg., Nvfi^a,
q.v.),
Nymphas: Col
cl.,
txt. (cf.
fu'iJK})!!,
ICC,
-7;s,
Lft., in l.).t
17,
LXX
a bride, young
IS^^
; :
wife,
2.
25^,
WH,
vv<i>-q),
mg., Jo
for
S^",
Re
bride
2P,^
22^7.
38ii, al.,
n^3
(a)
(&)
daughter10^^,
in-law)
and
in
MGr.
6
{vvfjxjir],
a da^cghter-in-law
Mt
Lk
cu|i4>ios,
-ou,
(<^
vvfKfir)),
[in
LXX
Jq
for ]rin
;]
a bridegroom :
^/te
:
Mt
915 251.
S' 6. 10,
Mk
6
2^, 329,
Re
IS'^^.t
**t
M0|x4.ol',
-W./OS,
[in
LXX: To
Ps 18
cl.
ei^.ie*;]
Jl
2i)
LXX,
01
Trao-Tos,
(19)5,
brideMt 22io
(WH
Mt
i.e. II
ya/AO?,
RV)
viol
tov
v.
(cf.
vu/A</)aya)yos, vvfi(fiVT7]<i),
the
bridegroom's friends
915,
who have
Mk
219,
Lk
[in
534.t
yuv,
adv.,
LXX
al.;
prop.,
41^,
of time,
7^2,
now,
ISn,
art.,
Jo
Ac
Ro
c.
Co
(rj,
79,
v.
V.
Col
to)
fut.,
Jo
S^^,
12^7,
Ro
i
;
ll^i,
al.;
Ro
Ga
4^5,
Ti 6i^ Tit
toD
v.,
212,
al;
822,
dTT^ ToC
Phi
(LXX for nny), Lk l^s, Ac 18, al. <Jxp' V; eV ToS V. (LXX for nj?y ly), Mt 2421, Mk
Ro
v.,
13i9;
rb.
as
regards the present, Ac 5^^^; c. pret., just now, b^it notv, Jo 11^ 2110; c. fut., noiv, presently, Jo 12^i, Ac 2022; so presently, forthwith, Jo 12^i 17i=* ml v., Jo II22 17^, al.
;
Mt
c.
;
26**,
praes.,
v.,
hXXa
Lk
I
22=^;
hi
V.
v.,
Jo 4^;
to disting.
ovv, al. 2. Of logical sequence (often difficult from the temporal sense; cf. Lft., Notes, 113 f.), now,
Co 32; Ac 10^^,
T6re (ttotc)
...
v.
(8c'),
Eo
therefore, fiow, hoivever, as it is: Lk ll^^j ^^t v., Ac 31", 11 I Jo 2-8; id. seq. Sevpo, Ac 7^4; y. 8i, Jo 8^0 941 152^.24, igse, i 71^ 1220, al. (cf. 579,,).
Th
2",
Co 5"
WM,
vuvi,
(in cl.
always of time,
and most often strictly of the pres.), [in LXX Jb 5, Pss 2, 11, iv Mac 4, Ep. Je*;] now; 1. of time: c. praes., Ac 241^, Ro 1523.26, i Co 131^, II Co 811.22, Phm9.ii; c. pf., Ro 321 c. pret., Ro 622 Ipo (WH, mg.) 121 38 7, Eph 21^ Col ^ V. diroXoyia, Ac 221 2. Of logical sequence
; ;
(not so in He 8 (vCv,
v6i,
cl.)
Ro
71", i
Co
511 (vw.
WH)
121^ (vw,
WH,
night
:
txt.) I520,
WH,
WM,
24, 579n).+
;]
gen. wKTo^,
1330, al.
;
[in
LXX
Mt
12*o,
Mk
6*^,
Jo
which something
307
32,
Pr., 73;
v. k.
v.,
Bl,
36, 13),
wktos, hy night,
2^, al.
;
Mt
2", Jo
^/xeW,
Mk
;
5^
Th
^/xepas
k. v.,
Lk
;
IS^,
Ke
25^ dat., wktI, in ans. to the question, Soph.), rav-rrj t. v., Lk 12^'*^, al. Ikuviq, "when?" (rare in cl. Hdt., Ac 126 fViouo-r/, Ac 23ii ace. durat. (BL, 34, 8 Kiihner 3, m, 314 b), 8ia vuktos ( = cl. vvKTos t. vvKTa^, Lk 21^" V. K. rifiipav, Lk 2^", Ac 20^^
4^,
al.
;
/xcVt/s
Mt
; ;
233i ; hC oXr,^ v., Lk 5^ Kara fieaov Bl., 42, 1 46, 7), Ac b^^ 16^ I710 55. Metaph. Jo d\ Eo 13i^ i T^s V. (Bl., 47, 6), Ac 27^'. ** vuaabi (Att. -TTO)), [in 5^* * ;] to pierce : Si 22^9,
; ;
:
LXX
m Mac
Th
T.
irX^vp^v X6yxv,
vuarrilb)
Jo
19^^,
[Mt
[in
27*9],
WH.+
for n\2
,
etc ;] to nod in sleep, fall Metaph., of negligence or delay, 17 ctTrcoXcta avTwi' ov asleep : Mt 25^. 11 Pe 23.+ vvardCei (cf. Ps 120 (121)*, Is 5^7) *+ cuxOV^Po?' -^' -o" '^'^. VP V. Bl., 28, 4), lasting a night
(cf.
vevw),
LXX
:
and a day ; as
8, 203).+
subst., (to)
v.,
11
Co IP^
Nw (as
(Heb.
ni),
LXX, Noah: Mt
FIJ,
2437.38^
who Lk
T^(l!>xo<s),
o,
11
indecl.
He
v.
11",
Pe
3-^o,
Pe 2^+
LXX:
Pr
slothful
He
:
usage in
MM,
xvii).
SVN.
[in
j-wTos, -ov, 6,
in Att.
LXX,
v., pi., 01
freq. to vwtov,
to.
and
in pi.
always
,
to.
vwra,
Eo
llio(i'^).+
=, I,
f =
60,
$,
tc,
the fourteenth
letter.
As a numeral,
Si 292" B^*;] Jwspitality, enter**Uy^a, -as, ^ ^Vos), [in 22 (cf. ICC, in 1., but v. infr.). By meton., a place of tainment : Phm entertainment, a lodging-place : Ac 282^, and so perh. Phm 22 (Lft., in 1., Phi., p. 9; but V. supr., and cf. MM, xvii).+
:
LXX
**Uvll^ ^Vos),
73*;]
[in
LXX: Es
3i3, Si 2925,
Mac
9^, iii
Mac
1. to receive as a guest, entertain: c. ace. pers., Ac 102^ 28'', 2. In late writers (Polyb., al. 132; pass., Ac lO^.is.sa 2II6. 11 Mac, I.e.), to surprise, astonish by strangeness: Ac I72"; pass.,
He
iPe44,i2t
*$6'o8ox^w,
late
5^**.+
Gk. for
-ceto
(<^^vos,
8exo/i.at),
to
entertain
strangers
Ti
-t],
|eVos,
Saifjiovta,
-ov,
;
[in
LXX
He
;
(a)
foreign,
to,
alien:
Ac
17^^
SiSaxai,
139
(b)
c.
gen.
rei,
:
strange
i
estranged
from, ignorant of: Eph 2^2 (c) strange, unusual 6 t, {a) a foreigner, stranger: Mt 2535.38.43,44
^ivoL K. TrdpoiKOi (opp. to (rvfnroXtTat^ oiKCtot),
Eph
^,
^qiX
Traptiri-
308
Srjfioiy
He
11^^; (b)
Horn., B., xv, 532) Eo IG^^.t the guest ; (/S) the host **t|ecrTr]9, -ov, 6 (a SlciHan corruption of Lat. sextarius), [in Al. 2. In kotvXt))*;] 1. a sextarius (about a pint). Le 14^*^ (jb, NT, a jritcher of wood or stone Mk 7*.t
^ci/oSokos,
LXX
LXX
1^^
;
wither
c.
ace,
t. xPto',
Ja
of plants,
Mt
IS^ 21i9.2o,
;
pass., to become or be dry or withered: 4^ 1120,21^ ljj 8^, Jo 15^, i Pe P*; of 5'^^, Ee 16^^ of liquids, of members of the
Mk
Mk
31 (cf.
in Ki 13*)
Q^^.t
-or,
,
[in
etc.
LXX
;]
and
$.,
deriva-
dry
metaph.
(of
a sinner), ^vkov
Lk
;
23^^
of
members
of the
body shrunken by
3^,
hand,
19' i,
Mt
121^
al.)
Mk
:
Lk
of the disease, withered : Jo 5^ G^.S; of the dry land, r} ^pa (sc. y^, cf. Ge
Jh P,
Mt
2315; 7^,
He
IP^.t
chiefly for
j^JT;]
luXu/os,
220,
-y],
-ov {^vXov),
[in
LXX
wooden:
11
Ti
Ee920(cf. Ep.
luXoi',
Je4ff-)-+
[in
-ov, TO,
LXX
wood:
Co
3^2,
Re
of wood, hence, anything made of wood, as, [a) a 14*3. Lk 22^2; {b) stocks, for concudgel, staff: pi., Mt 26*"-",
18'^.
2.
])iece
Mk
Ac
16^*
(c)
beam
to
which malefactors
were bound
Cross
xvii),
:
Ac
tree
(Ge
129,
is
LXX, of a gibbet (De 2122.23)^ in NT, of the Ga 31^, i Pe 22*. 3. In late writers (v. MM, 148^ al.) Lk 23^1 ^. rij^ ^wijs, Ee 2^ 222- 1*. i^.t
:
form
of ^upew (q.v.)
Co
11**
{$vpaa-6ai,
Eec. and
Edd., but
pi.,
v.s.
^vpw)A
(also -dw) chiefly for nbn -w (< $vp6v, a razor), [in (no ex. of pres. -iw), to shave: pass, and mid., to shave ;] oneself, have oneself shaved, aor., Ac 212*; pf^ (Att.), i Co ll^.t
iupibi,
LXX
pu.
^u'po),
s.v.),
S.V.;
Zorell,
for
-ao-6'ai
(Eec, Edd.)
Co ll^t
O
numeral, o
omlcron, short 0, the fifteenth letter. As a 70,000. 6, r), TO, the prepositive article [apOpov irpoTaKTiKov), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the
0,
o,
/jiiKpok',
70,
o,
1.
As
freq. in
Hom.,
7^,
absol., he {she,
2.
it),
Ac
.
172^ (quoted
.
.
the other
oEAXot 8e,
Co
Ga
Phi
lie, al.;
Mt
I61*,
Jo
7^^; ol
fih
309
He
21*,
7^^'^^.
3.
Mt
Mk
1,
Lk
;
fiev
preceding), 6
84,
but he:
:
II.
As prepositive
etc.
nouns unmodified
to abstract nouns, r/ o-o<^ta, etc., to pi. nouns which <f>Q)<;, indicate a class, ol dXwTrcKcs, foxes, Mt S^*^, al. to an individual as representing a class, 6 ifyyaTrjs, Lk lO'^ c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt ll^', Jo 19^, Ja 51, al. ; to things which pertain to one, r] x^^P> ^i^ 3^ ; to names of persons well known or already mentioned hand, usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), 17 'louSata, etc. 2. To modified nouns c. poss. c. pers. pron. gen., /jlov, arov, etc. pron., /xo'?, o-ds, etc. ; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, 6 dya^os avOpwTTO'i, Mt 12^^; the noun foil, by adj., both c. art., 6 iroLfjbrjv 6 /caXds, Jo 10" (on 6 oxA-os ttoAvs, Jo 12^ v. M, Pr., 84) before adjectival phrases, 17 Kar iKXoyi^v Trpd^ecrts, Ro d^^. 3. To Other parts of speech used as substantives (a) neuter adjectives t. dyaOov, etc. (b) cardinal numerals 6 cts, 01 8vo, etc. participles 6 BaTrrt^wv ( = o (c) 61'* BaTTTio-TT^s, Mt 142), ttSs 6, c. ptcp., every one loho, etc. ; {d) adverbs to vipav, to. vw, 6 lo-w avOpuyiros (e) infinitives nom., to OiXiiv, Ro 718, al.; gen., tov, after adjectives, a^iov tov Tropeveadai, 1 Co 16* verbs, lAa^cv tov Ovpnacrai, Lk 1^ and freq. in a final sense, i^XOev 6 aireipwy tov (nreLpeiv, Mt 13^ (on the artic. inf., V. Bl., 71). 4. In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a 9^3 ; to cti a-n-a^, He 12^7 ; t6 dvcySr?, Eph 4^, al. quotation to 'Ei Sv^, 5. To prepositional phrases 01 dTro 'iTaXtas, He 13^* 01 eV vofiov, Ro
6 ^eos, TO
; ;
Mk
Mk
Mk
neut. ace. absol., in adverbial phrases, to kuO' rj/xepav, daily, Lk 11^; TO /cttTa adpKa, as regards the flesh, Ro 9^. 6. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc. 6 tov, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10^, al. Ta tou 6eov, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16^3 Ta t^s dprjvq^, Ro 14i^ (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, 46, 47). oySoiiKovTa, eighty : Lk 2^^ IB^.t SySoos, -yj, -ov, the eighth: Lk 1^9, Ac l^C^^^), Re I711 21^0; one
41*
;
:
of eight, tvith seven others (usually, in this sense, with avrds added, but cf. Plat., Legg., iii, 695 c; Plut., Pelop., 13; 11 Mac 5^7):
II
Pe
25.t
-ov, 6,
metaph., an encumbrance: He 12i.t Syn.: ySdpos, a weight ; (f>opTiov, a burden, that which is borne. 88c, ^8e, ToSc (the old demonstr. pron., 6 + the enclitic 8c), = Lat. hicce, this {here), referring prop, to what is present, can be seen or pointed out: of a person just named, rfih^ (= javTrj), Lk 10^^; neut. pi., TttSc (Acyct), referring to words which follow (so in Att., and v.
*oYKos,
bulk, mass
;
MM,
T^ Kox
xvii):
Ac
21ii,
Re
[in
2i'8'i2.i8 Si'^.u.
,j^
^jg^
^.
^o'Xiv
(=
To
Att.
721
b),
:
city,
Ja
41^.+
G^,
68ds),
LXX
Ki
612
(metaph., Ijbn),
Wi
^bn
Lk
lO^^
LXX chiefly
to
for
nn3
c.
hi.,
to
guide :
ace. pers.,
Mt
I51*,
310
Lk
831
.
Re V.
68os,
Metaph.,
geq
^ rlX7;^etav (eV
t. d.,
WH,
**t68TiYos, -oC, 6
y^yio^iat),
[in
LXX:
ii
Es
8i,
Wi
71* IS^,
5i^*;] a leader on the way, I Mac 4-, II Mac a guide: Ac li^. Fig., 6. Tv^XQ^v, Ro 21^ pi., Mt Ib^^ 23i'-4.t * oSonropew, -to (<^ o8oi:rd/3o?, a traveller, Ge 37^^, al.), to travel, joiirney : Ac lO^.t **68onropi'a, -as, 77 (v. supr.), [in Wi 1318 133 195^ i Mac 6*1*;] a journey : Jo 4", 11 Co ll^'^.t
LXX:
to
68o-iroi'co,
-w,
[in
LXX:
Jb
30i2,
;]
(obD
pi.)
(WH,
79
686s, -ov,
yj,
[in
LXX
lO^e, Lk 3^ al. path, road: Mt 212, Kara t^v 6., Lk lOS al. 7rap T^v o., Mt 13*, al. c. gen. pers, (subj.), t-^v o. eroi/xa^ctv (fig.), Mt S'^, 13, al. c. gen. term, (obj.), WvC^v, Mt 10^ t. dytW (fig.). He 9"^
;
Mk
Mk Mk
^0
ace,
o^ov,
(like
Heb.
^"I'l
Bl., 34, 8
35, 5),
d.
Oa\d(T(rr}<i,
Mt
Lk
4i5(Lxx)_
e'f o.,
8^", al.;
Lk
traveller's way, journey : iv r. 6., Mt 5-^, 11"; d^ ., Mt IQlO; T. dSov irap,vadai, Ac 833;
g.
6. -^/Aepas,
(=
cl., 6. TToteto-^ai;
V. Field, Notes,
25),
2^3. mal'e one's wa?/, i.e. proceed on one's journey, 3. Metaph. (cl. but esp. freq. in Heb. v. Cremer, 442 ff.), of a course of conduct, a way of thinking or acting Ac 141", i Co 4i^ 123i, Ja 1^ 5^" ^^j} KatV, Juii; r. BaXadfjL, II Pe 21^ dp^vr]^, Ro 3I'; C^s, Ac 228; ^ 6. -^
;
Mk
aTrdyovaa ek t. ^wryv (Dalman, Words, 160), Mt 71* t. StKaioo-vvv/s, Mt 2132; o-oiTT/pias, Ac 1617; at 6. t. O^oi (Kvptov), Ac 1310, Ro 1133, i^e 153
;
Mk
approved (95)1", Si 39^4, al.) ; >) 6. t. e^oi (the 202i 12i*, id., of the Christian religion, Ac
way
Lk
4.
1826; so,
c/ciV77s,
absol,
19*
t}
6.,
Ac
14".
means
approach to God, Jo
ib.
Ellipsis of
;
6.
Lk
of 51^
13
44, 1).
for ]ar
t.
;]
68ou's,
-dvTos,
[in
LXX
[in
;]
a tooth
Mt
538,
Mk
918,
Ac
754
pi..
Re
98
6 ySpvy/x^s (q.v.)
686vTiov,
Mt
2530,
Lk
1328.t
6hvydui,
-w
dSuVv),
142*,
al.
LXX: Za
9^
(b^n),
12io
(Tia
pass,
hi.),
La
113 (nn),
Wi
to
and
-''
mid., to suffer pain, be tormented or greatly distressed: (dSwaaai, v. M, Pr., 53 f.) seq. eVt', Ac 2038.t
;
Lk
2*8 162^.
68u.'Tj,
-q<;,
77,
[in
LXX
mind
for ]ir
:
"10, etc.
(26
words
in all);]
Ro
92, i
Ti
61**.+
(<^ oSvpofiai,
to
lament),
[in
LXX
Mt
Je
38
(31)1^
II
(anno:?),
n Mac
218(Lxx),
Co
VA
311
Uzziah
Mt
l^'^.t
Jo
LXX: Ex
whence ;
8i^('o)
(tZTXa)*;] to smell
(i.e.
emit a smell):
12**,
i,
O0CK, adv.,
(a) of direction
Sttov,
or source
(cf.
Mt
:
Lk
Ac
;
ll^*,
5.
Ac
1426
2813;
=i^^ie^
2^^
Mt
2524.26
Thuc,
89,
3);
yivfoa-Ko/xev, I
He
Jo
Mt
,
14'',
26^^,
* 6B6vr\,
linen (Hom.,
-r]<i,
rj
(of
2,,
Semitic origin,
cf.
Heb. ]iMX
:
yarn)
1,
fine
al,).
Ac
lO^i ll^.t
LXX
Jg
141^
{]'^'in),
Ho
2*<7). 9(11)
^j^jg^p,^*.!
a linen cloth: Lk
24^2
of:
E, mg., om.), Jo 19*o 205''7.t oi8a, (from same root as cThov, q.v.), [in chiefly for yr ;] pf. with pres. meaning (plpf. as impf. on irregular tense-forms, V. App.), to have seen or perceived, hence, to know, have knowledge 25l^ Mk lO^^, Jo 10*, Eo V, al. c. ace. pers., c. ace. rei, Mt
(WH,
LXX
Lk Mt Jo Eo IP, al.; seq. quaest. Eph l^^, al.; c. inf., to know how (cl), Mt 7^\ Lk 1113, Phi 412, I Th 4*, al. in unique sense of respect, appreciate: I Th 512 (but V. also ICC on i Th 4*).
4",
al.; seq.
Mt Lk
26^2,
Jo
131,
Ac
Jo
316, al.
t. ^eov, i
Th
4^, Tit
32,
V\
22
al.
c. ace. et inf.,
on,
9^,
2021,
indir.,
Mt
26^0,
921,
SVN.
V.S. yivwtrKw.
oi/cta/cos.
OiKCiaK^s, V.S.
LXX for
Til
liitp
etc.
in Is 58^,
;]
(a) of
things
to. 01.,
(&)
i
kinsmen:
diov,
Eph
2^^;
t. ttio-tcws (Lft.,
Ga
6io.t
Syn.
*+oiKCTia, -as,
oiK^TTjs,
-ov,
;
(<^oiceT77s),
(<^oiK'w),
[in
LXX
for 1337;]
a house-servant:
14* pi., Ac 10^ i Pe 21*. (In Plat., Hdt., Si 43o en, the pi. includes all the inmates of the house, the familia, ot/<Tcta.)t
Lk
1613,
Ro
Syn. :
oiK^w,
c.
V.S. Sia*coi'OS.
("^oiKos), [in chiefly for nCT"';] (a) trans., to i Ti 61^; (b) intrans., to dwell: seq. yu,era (of married dyaOov, Eo 71^; d/xapTta, ib.20; life), I Co 712' 13; metaph., seq. v 8^ H, I Co 31^ (cf. iv-, kut-, fv-Kar-, Trap-, Trepi-, crw-otK(j)).i Try^vfia deov, Eo
-w
LXX
inhabit:
ace,
otKT),ia,
-Tos,
TO
oiK'a)),
[in
LXX: Ez
162*
(nj),
To 2^
Wi
(e.g.
131^*;]
brothel 127.t
a dwelling. As a euphemism for other definite terms Hdt., ii, 121 cf. Ez, I.e.), a prison (Thuc, iv, 47 f.)
;
Ac
312
oiKrjTUip,
an
^
;
inhabita^it), [in
trop.,
ii
LXX
a
Mac 11^
III
Mac
-q
2^^*;] a habitation:
Ju
al;
Co
5'-^.t
oiKia, -as,
(-^oi/cos), [in
LXX
Mk
house, divelling:
at home,
Mt
ci's
2^1
Lk
8-^;
cf.
(a)
oUia (= cl. kut olKcav), usually has the art. olKOi and v. Bl, 46, 9) ^ ol. t. Trarpos fjiov, of the body as the dwelling of the soul ii Co 5^
7'^"^-^',
l^^,
of property
or/cos)
(as JTIS,
:
Ge
i5^^,
12'',
c.
LXX,
Lk
204^
t.
hrdpxovTa;
(c)
in Ki 13^,
LXX,
oTkos (q.v.)
Mk
of the
4^^^
inmates of the
j
Mt
12'";
gen. pers., Jo
iqi5^
Syn. : oIkos, which in Attic law denoted the whole estate, oiKia, the dwelling only. In cl. poets oIkos has also the latter sense, but not in prose, except in metaph. usage, where it signifies both property and household. The foregoing distinction is not, however, consistently
maintained
to the
in late
Greek
cf.
MM,
ii,
77,
;
xvii,
and
v.
Thayer,
s.v. olKia.
al., -eia/cos),
6v (<^oiKia),
oi/ceios,
belonging
I
household, one's
own : Mt
10^^
ib. ^^.t
:
Ti
5^'*.t
*t oiKo-SeoTTOTTjs,
a house, a
householder:
av^pwTTos ol,
81, 4).t
Mt 10^^ 13" 20" 24*3, Mk 14i*, Lk 1239 13^5 14^1; Mt 13^2 201 21'*3 pleonast., oL t. oiVtas, Lk 22" (v. Bl.,
;
oiKo8op,ea>, -w (<;otKo8o/x,os), [in chiefly for HJS;] to build a house, to build: absol., Lk 11^^ 143<^ 17^^; ol ot/coSo/Aowres, the builders 12io, Lk 201^, i Pe 27(l^x) (as Ps 117 (118)2^ D^Jinn), Mt 21^2^
LXX
Mk
aWorpLov O^ixiXtov ol., proverb., Eo 152"; c. ace. rei, Ga 2^^; mpyov Mt 2133, mij 121, Lk 1428; ^^o6r,Ka<;, Lk 1218; ^^^^^ Mk 1458; pass. Jo 220; oiKta, Lk 6^8; c. ace. rei seq. dat. pers. (cf. Ge 820, Ez 162*)
er'
Lk 7^ Ac 7*''4''; ace. seq. Ini, Mt 724.26, Lk 6; iroXiv cV opovs Lk 429; of rebuilding, or restoring, Mt 2329 26i 27*", Mk 1529, Lk 11*^ Metaph., t. ckkAt^o-iW, Mt 16^8 of the growth of Christian character
;
to build up (AV, edify) absol Ac 2032, I Co &i 1023 c. ace. pers., i Co 14*, i Th 5" pass., Ac 9^^ I Co 1417, I Pe 2^ of blameworthy action (AV, embolden), i Co 8 10
(cf.
nan, in Ps 27
(28)^,
;
Je 24^al.),
t oiKoSofjLii,
-rj<s,
7]
(^otKos,
Sc/Aoj, to
buHd),
[in
LXX
;]
Ch
29^
(n^a),
(q.v.),
Ez
1717 402
(nsa
n5:;p),
1.
:
Si
2216 4019,
al.
cl.
oiKo8o,jUa
-Sd/xijo-is
(Thuc,
i
Plat.),
NT Mk
always
Eph
ot.,
429
I
c.
gen. obj.,
2.
Co
5^,
14^2,
Eo 14^9 152, i Co 142^, n Co 108 I31**, n Co 12^9, Eph 412. le XaXtlv, Xa/Selv,
a building:
,
Co
i
143.5.
=
17
olKoSofjirjtJ^a,
Mt
24^,
13^.2;
metaph.,
I
Co
39, 11
-as,
Co
Eph
22i.t
*otKo8o(iia,
(<^ otVoSo/xco))
Ti 1*
(BE
a builder
Sc'/Aco,
buHd),
[in
etc.
;]
313
(<^
oLKovofjio^) , [in
LXX
Mac
16^
;
3^**;]
to
manage
as
house-steward,
olKovojxia), to
Lk
(cl, II
Mac,
oiKoi'Ofiia, -as, 1.
(<<
oiKovoixeu>)
[in
LXX
Is 22^^' ^i
(nSQ
nbUfpl^)*;]
prop. (Plat., Arist.), the office of olKov6fi.o<i, stewardship : Lk 16^'*. 2. In later writers (Plut., al. v. AR on Eph V^^; MM, xviii), generally, administration, dispensation : i Co 9^'^, Eph l^" 3^' ^, Col l^^, i Ti l*.t
;
ve/xo), to
manage),
[in
LXX
chiefly for
JT^.Sn'i'y;]
1.
prop., the
manager of a household or
:
estate,
a house- or
land-stetvard (usually a slave or freedman) Lk 12*^ igi, s, s^ j Qq 42^ Ga 42 ; 6 oi. t. TrdXeojs (RV, treasurer; cf. i Es 4*9), Ro 1623. 2. Metaph. (in wider sense; cf. oIkovoixlo), an administrator a steward: of Christian ministers, i Co 4^, Tit of Christians generally, i Pe 4i*'.t
,
V LXX chiefly
;
:
for n"]3
bns
etc.
;]
2^^, prop., a house, dwelling: Ac 2^ 19^^; c. gen. poss., Mt 9^''', Lk 123, 3,1.; c. gen. attrib., ifxiropiov, Jo 2^"; Trpoo-evx^s, Mt 21^^^ a,l; of a sanctuary (Hdt., Eur.) 61. t. Oeov, of the tabernacle, Mt 12*, al. the temple, Mt 21i3, al. metaph. of a city Mt 2338, Lk 1335 ; of the
;
:
Mk
from house to house, Ac 83, Lk 14i, Ro 16^, al. gen. (Bl., 46, 9), 2. By meton., a hotise, household, family : Lk 10*, Ac 7^**, i Co 1^", i Ti 3*'*, al. of the Church, 6 61. t. 6eov, i Ti 3^^^ jje 32, i Pe 4^'' of descendants,
;
(M, Pr., 81 d ds (= ol
f.),
o^;
83 202'^
(Kar) oTkov,
Mk
oT.
'Icrpa^X (AavetS,
61*, I
'Ia<c(;;/?;
Bl, 47,
9),
Mt
10,
Lk
P''
33,
al.
(cf.
Ex
oiKouiieVtj,
(fern.
,
pres.
pass. ptcp.
of
oi/cecj;
sc.
yrj),
[in
LXX
chiefly
for
b^
^1^',]
the
inhabited earth;
(a) in cl.,
the
countries occupied by Greeks, as disting. from barbarian lands (Hdt., Dem., al.) (b) in later writers, the Roman world Lk 2^, Ac 112^ 24^ by meton., of its inhabitants: Ac 17 192"; (c) in (Ps 22 (23)i 70 (71)8, al.) and NT, also of the whole inhabited world Mt 24^*,
;
:
LXX
=
6
Lk Re
45 2126,
Ro
1018,
He
1,
Re
310 16^*;
17
by meton.
rj
(ut supr.),
Ac
173i,
:
12^
25.t
(d) of
ol.
/xcAXovo-a
atw
6 fiiXXtav
He
*t oiKoupyos, -ov (<^ oTkos + root of Ipyov), working at home : Tit 2* (Rec. otKoupos, q.v.).t *oiK-oup6s, -ov (<^oTkos 4- ovpo^, a keeper); 1. watching or keeping the house; as subst., 17 ol., a housekeeper (Soph., Eur.; v. LS, s.v.). 2. keeping at home : Tit 2^, Rec. (v. Field, Notes, 220 ff. CGT, in 1.,
;
and
cf.
oiKorpyds).+
oiicTeipu
have compassion on :
LXX for Dm
Ro
9^^ (L^^).t
pi.,
]:n
etc.
;]
to pity,
Syn.:
eXec'w, q.v.
314
6 {<^oiKTupM), [lu
:
LXX,
usually in
pi.,
chiefly for
Dm
Col
;]
compassion, pity
(nrXay^va olKTipfxov,
for
a heart of compassion,
deov,
LXX
Heb. D^aqi).
k.
ol. r.
Eo 12\ He W^;
6 waTTjp'rwv
Co
1^; a-7rXdy)(ya
oL,
Phi
21.
SYN.
chiefly for
acos, q.v.
[ill
LXX
mm;]
merciful:
6
Lk
Q^^,
Ja
5ii.+
oico-iroTT]?,
-ov,
:
(< oivos
(]^^
TTOTry?,
*',]
prose, [in
LXX
734.+
Pr
232*^
N^D)
Mt
1119,
Lk
l"]^
etc.
;]
ivine
Mt
Lk 115, Jo 23, al. otvw irpoaix^tv, Ti 3^ SouAoDo-^at, Tit 2^. Metaph., Be 14' 10 l&^ IV 18=^ IQi^ By meton. for .I/ATreXos, Be 6e.
91",
oiko<j)XuYia,
;
-as,
17
(<^
<^Xi;o),
:
to
1
cf.
-yeo>,
De 2P^
drunkenness, debauchery
.
Pe
d^.t
5riV.
V.S. KpaiirdXr].
LXX
for n|n
Ge
37'', al.
li'';
;]
to
suppose, expect,
imagine:
c.
.
ace. et inf.,
Jo 21^5;
c. inf.,
Phi
seq, on,
Ja
l''.t
SriV.
^Mt),
V.S. r]yeop.ai.
to os as qualis to
w/^ai sori or
:
correl. Toioiros
Mt
Co
;
seq. TotovTos,
otov. Phi , (BV), Eo 9^t
.
l^*^
usually without its 11 Ti 311, Be I6I8; 15^^, II Co IQH; id. redundant, Mk 131^; t. airov ovx olov 8k oTt, elliptically, biot it is not as though
of,
manner
such
as,
in
NT
24^1,
Mk
9^, 11
Co
12-,
Th l^
oicro),
V.S. <^epw, p.
oKf^w,
hesitation),
[in
LXX: Nu
221"
(y:a ni.), Jg 18^ (bsy ni.), To 12*5' 13, Jth 121^, Si V^, iv Mac 14* * ;] to shrink from doing, hesitate to do (Horn., Thuc, al.) hence, to delay:
;
c. inf.,
Ac
9^8 (cf.
-a,
Nu,
-ov
I.e.,
and
v.
MM,
[in
xviii).t
dKKTjpos,
6KVaj),
:
LXX
for iJSJT,
2),
Pr
6^'^
;
al.;]
c.
dat.
dothful
Mt
252".
Of
things, that
12ii
Phi
c.
3i.t
*t oKTarifxepos, -ov (<[ oktw, rj/jitpa), of the eighth day, eight days old: 6., Phi 3^ (words of this class denote duration,
6ktcS, ol,
0.1,
cf. TCTapTaios:).'^
TO.,
indecl., eight
Lk
2-i,
Jo
5^, al.
-ov,
as in Wi,
I.e.),
:
[in
LXX
11
iii
Ki 21
L, txt.
(20)*2 (Dnn),
Wi
1815 *
;]
destructive, deadly
SUrjv,
Th
l^,
315
,
LXX
for IXHf
TW
etc.
;]
ruin, destruction, death: i Th 5^, i Ti 6^; aiwvfos, ii Th ct? 6. t^s crapKos, for physical discipline, to destroy oAc^ptos, q.v.) carnal lusts, i Co 5^.t *t dXiyomaria, -as, 17, little faith OV trust: Mt IT^^.t *t6\iY6-maTos, -ov, of little faith or trust: Mt G^o S^e li^i 16^,
1^ (L, txt.,
;
Lk
1228.+
oXiyos,
-7],
-ov
(on ovx
size,
LXX
j]
of
8'',
Mk 6^ few, little, small, slight : Mt opp. to TroXXas), I Ti 5^^ He 1210, Ee 3* 12^2; ovK 6. (in the best uncials written oix 6. M, Pr., v. WH, Apj)., 143 Gr., 126 f.), Ac 12i8 14^8 15-' (c. gen. part.) 17*' 12 44; Thackeray, 1923,24 2720 pi., absol., Mt 71* 20i (WH, txt., EV, om.) 22^\ Lk 13-3, I Pe 320. Neut. sing, (to) 6. Lk 7*^ 11 Co 81^ irpos oXCyov, i Ti 48, Ja 41* iv 6., Ac 26'-8.29 (with little effort v. Page, in 1.) id., in brief, Eph 33; adverbially, oXiyov, of time, Mk 6^\ i Pe 1^ 5i, Ee 17^^; of space, Mk 1^^ Lk 5=* pi, 6Xiya, Lk 10*^ Ee 2i* Itt' 6X{ya, Mt 2521.23 Bl oXiywv, in few words, briefly, i Pe 5^2 (cf. Plat., Legg., vi, 778 c).+ + oXtyoiJ/uxos, -ov [in LXX: Is 35'* (ina ni.), etc.;] faint-hearted.
number, quantity,
Lk
10'^
12^8
(sc. TrXrjyds,
Th
5i4.t
dXiYwpe'cj,
-w
(<oXtyos
wpa, care),
[in
LXX:
Pr
311
(DXa)*;]
He
12^
(^^^^^.t
little,
Is
IC*;] a
almost, all
i
but
II
Pe
2is.t
-ov, 6
; 6Ao^pvo>),
(Alex.)
a destroyer:
Co
10^^
late
,
form of oXc^pevw
etc.;]
to
[in
LXX
for
m3
TPXO
hi.,
(cf. e^-oXo^peiJCo).t
Kat'to),
[in
^
LXX
_
chiefly for
n?y
;]
Mk
12^^,
He
10
(lxx) (cf
Kennedy, Sources,
Srx.
V.S. Ova-La.
Tj
toXoKXifjpia, -a?,
(-^oXoKXrjpo'i), [in
LXX:
Is 1 (Dlho)*;] cow-
pleteness, soundness
6X6-kXt]pos,
lot),
Ac
3i^.t
(cX^pos, i.e.
[in
LXX
Le 23l^
Za
in
NT
Ez 15* (D^pn), De 27, Jos 92 (S^i) Wi 15^ i Mac 4*^, iv Mac 15^^*;] complete, sense (as Wi, iv Mac, 11. c), i Th 52^; 6. koI
entire;
reXeioi,
Ja
l*.t
Syn.:
oXoXuJ^cj
women
Ja
5i.t
chiefly for i^iji hi.;] (onomatop.), [in crying to the gods in prayer or thanksgiving),
LXX
(in
to
Hom.,
of
cry aloud:
316
-ov,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
bs
;]
of
whole, entire, complete; 1. of indefinite ideas, c. subst. anarth. Lk 5^, Ac 1126 2830, Tit 111; ^Xov avOpoiiTov {an entire man; v. Field, Notes,
Mt 2^ V. Bl., 47, 9), Ac 2131. 12i^ 2. Definite, c. art.; (a) preceding subst.: Mt 423,24^ l^ 8^^, i Co l^s^ Ac 213o, al. (c) Mk l^^, Lk 925, Jo al. (b) following subst.
93),
Jo
723
between art. and subst., where subst. is an abstract noun (Plat., al.). 3. Attached to adj. or verb: Mt 1333, Lk I321, Jo 93*, al.; adverbially, 8t' 5\ov (MM, xviii), Jo 1923.
*t6XoTeXTJs, -is oAos, reXo?), complete, perfect: i Th 523.t Syn. : oXokXtjpos (q-v.), TcXeios. " As regards meaning, oXoKXr/pos can hardly be distinguished from oXotcXt/s though, in accordance with its derivation, it draws more special attention to the several parts to
of extends,
lacking in completeness" (M, Th., 78). 'oXufiiras (perh. contr. fr. 'OXu/ATrio'Swpos, Bl., 29), -a, 16i5.t Eo
oXuk-Oos, -ov, b,
Ohjmpas:
fig,
[in
LXX
Ca
2i3 (nag)*
;]
an unripe
:
which
grows
all)
:
the spring Re 6i3.t oXws, adv. (<[oXos), altogether, assuredly, actually (c. neg., at Mt 53^ I Co 51 6^ 1529.t
in winter
and usually
falls off in
LXX
De
322
(-i^y^;),
Wi
16^^, al.
;]
a storm of
rain, a shotver : Lk 125*.t Ajip., 151), = cl. l/xeipofxai (but prob. 1 6)iipo)j.ai (Eec. 6fx-, v. Jb 321 with different derivation, v. Bl., 6,4; Zorell, s.v.), [in (nDn pi.)* ;] io desire earnestly, yearn after : i Th 2^.+ Pr 51^ (mi pi.), al. ;] to be in ofxiXe'w, -C) o;atXos), [in company with, consort ivith ; hence, to converse with: Ac 20^i; c. dat.,
WH,
LXX
LXX:
Ac
2426
seq. Trpds,
7}
Lk
24i4. is.t
ofiiXia, -as,
(<<o^iXos), [in
LXX
Ex
21i*'
(njjr), al.
;]
company,
association
Co
-ov,
1533.
6,
**ofiiXos,
[inAq.
[in
Eec.t
ofii'xXT), -rjs,
rj,
LXX
cl.
for bp')V
etc.;]
o.
a mist:
11
Pe
2i''.t
Syn.:
IV
vi<f}os, v(j>4Xrj,
in
chiefly poet.;
LXX
Wig,
Mac 3)*
;]
an eye :
(so
pi.,
Mt
203*,
Mk
823.t
Hdt. and some Att. writers) and o/xw/xi (so generally in Mk 14^i, -vvai), [in LXX chiefly for Att. prose and always in Trag. rnur ni. ;] to swear, affirm by oath : Mt '2&''*, Mk 14'''i, He 721 seq. el
6|j,vu'oj
;
(q.v),
He
^
311 43;
c.
dat. pers.,
c.
Mk
623; [^ q inf,^
(cl.),
He
c.
3i8; seq.
Ac
230;
opKov
irpos,
acc. pers.
Lk
;
1'''3
;
V*?. by
cl., v.
.
MM,
xviii),
Ja
512
He
613. le
geq. eV (cts),
as in Heb. (Bl.,
39, 4),
(LXX; Mt 53*.3
317
o/xo?,
^v/xo's),
[in
LXX
for
in\ HH:
(freq. in Jb),
with one mind, ivith one accord : Ac 1^* 2*" 4^* Ro 15 (Hatch, Essays, 63 f., argues that the un-cl. sense together, which is found in Jb 3^^ 38^^, Nu 24^4^ Wi 18^' 12 (but not lO^O), al., should be attached to the NT instances, but MM, xviii).t V. Abbott, Essays, 96 *t 6^014^0. o^otos), to be like: Mt 23^7 (L, Tr., txt., WH, mg.) 2673 (WH, mg.) (not found elsewhere. Cf. 7rap-oyu.oia^a>.) t Wi 7\ iv Mac U^^ *;] **6^ioioTra0Vis, - Sfjioio?, 7r<o-x<o), [in LXX of like feelings or affections: c. dat., Ac 14^^, Ja 5^'^.f
10^"^
Wi
18^'
^2, al. ;]
op,oios, -Ota,
-oiov,
[in
LXX
for
IDS
etc.
;]
like,
resembling, such
as, the
E, but
same as : c. dat., of form or appearance, Jo 9^, l^^ V. infr.) ib. ^^ 2^ 4. ^ 97, 10 (bi., 37, 63) ib. i^ ll^ I32.
Ee
(WH, mg.,
^
;
6pda-i,
22^9, Ac IT^^, 521, Ee43; of nature, condition, ability, etc., 1818 2111' 18; of comparison in parables, 13^1 20i, I Jo 32, Ee 13^ lli^ 13^2, Lk 6*7-49731,32 Lk 1318.19.21; of thinking, acting, etc.,
Mt
Ga
Mt
Mt
(T, c. gen.
BL,
Jo
8'^,
Ju
c.
ace,
Ee
li^
(WH, txt.;
Swete, Hort, in
14i*.t
6H010TTJS, -?Tos,
V 5;bLoios),
[in
LXX: Ge
lii>i2
(y^D),
Wi
;
14^^
id. c.
Mac 15* * likeness : Kaff ofjLoioTrjra, in like manner, He gen. (MM, xviii), after the likeness (of). He 7^^.+
IV
;]
41^
chiefly for HDl;] 1. to make like, ofjioiocj, -w (<^o/Aotos), [in gen. et dat.; pass., to be made or become like: Mt 6^ 13^* 18^3 22^ 251, Ac 1411, He 217; seq. u)? (cf. Ez 32^, Heb.), Eo 9^9. 2. to liken,
c.
LXX
Lk
compare:
pass.,
c. dat.,
ace,
Mt
lli^,
7^^ I318.20;
^^5
for
6/Aotwo-w/iev,
Mk
480;
Mt
ofioiwfia, -T09,
TO {<Cofj.oi6w), [in
LXX
;
:
niDl,
ri''351?,
n31Dri,
like-
etc.
;]
that ivhich is
made
like
I
something
(a) concrete,
an image,
123.t
Mac
3*8, al.)
Ee
8^,
Phi 2^;
Iv 6. cIkovos,
Eo
SVN.
eiKijav
(q.V.),
6fjiOL0i(Ti^.
Mk
4i,
;
1531, al.
Lk 10", al 6. Ka^ws, Lk
rj
adv., likeioise, in like manner, equally : Mt 222", c. dat., Mt 2239, l^ e^i 6. Mt 2226,
;
W,
Mk
.
I728
Ka^a)s
...
6.,
Lk
e^i
b. fxivToi Kai,
Ju
ofioiwcris, -ws,
al.
;]
{6/j.ol6w), [in
Ps 57(58)*,
1.
a making like, becoming like (Plat.). 2. likeness: Ja39(i'XX).t Syn. : v.s. ofjiOLio/jba, and cf. Tr., Syn., xv.
ofioXoy^ci),
:
LXX
Jb
-w
LXX
^^
Su
"^
*),
[in
1^
2. to agree with (Hdt., Plat., al.). language (Hdt.). 3. to agree, absol., Jo 12" 12*2; pass., Eo lOi** seq. confess, acknowledge (Plat., al.) oTi, ib.. He 1113; c, ace. rei, Ac 23^, i Jo 19, Ee 3^; id. c. dat. pers., Ac 241*; c. ace. cogn., i Ti 6i2; c. ace. pers., i Jo 223 43. j^ ggq pj-ed. ace. (Bl., 34, 5 73, 5), Jo 922, Eo 109, j Jq 42, 15^ n Jo 7 c. inf. (M,
:
Mt
318
2),
Mt
obj.
10^2,
Lk
1.).
128.
3),
t^ ^gree,
promise:
iirayyeXiav,
to
Ac
:
T^^
c. inf.
(Bl, 61,
in
[in
i
Mt
De
14^.
5.
Uo/xoi$-
Aoyt'w,
praise
+
He
7]
13^^
(Westc,
(Cf. avB-o^oXoyio^ai,
12''>i',
o/xoAoye'co.)
6fio\oYta, -as,
6/ioXoy'w),
LXX
Es
Am
an
Ti
4^,
Ez
4612 (nnij),
Le 221^ Je 51
(44)"^ (n-j^),
9^*;]
1.
in
cl.,
agree2. 6i-^^,
(in tt., of a contract; Deis^.., BS, confession (prob. always in an objective sense): 11 Co 9^^,
249).
i
He
31 414 1023.+
** oixoXoyoufi^j'ws, adv. 6)MoAoya)), [in LXX: iv Mac 6^^ 7^ 16^*;] 1. as agreed, conformably with. 2. confessedly, by common consent : i Ti S^^.t ^ofioTcxcos, -ov (<^6,uds, Txvri), practising the same craft, of the same trade : Ac 18^. ofioo, adv. (<^6/xds), together ; (a) prop., of place: Jo 21^, Ac 2^; Jo 4^*^ 20-'.t (b) vrithout idea of place
:
ofjido),
V.S. Sfxvvw.
*
I
6fi6<^pu)v,
-ov
(<^6/x.ds,
<^p>/f),
6/xdvoos,
agreeing, of one
mind:
Pe
3^.t
ofAws,
Ga
indecl, used only in nom. and ace. sing, (the other cases are supplied by dvetpos), a dream: Kar 6. (in later writers only), in a
*omp,
TO,
dream,
Mt
12 212.13,19,22 27i9.t
*6i'(ipioi', -ov,
TO (dimin. of ovos),
a young ass: Jo
12i*.+
LXX
upbraid: absol, Ja 1^; c. ace. pers. (in cl. more freq. c. dat. pers. Bl, 34, 2; WM, 278), Mt 5", Mk 1532.34^ WH, mg., Lk 6^2, Eo 153 (LXX). ^, ^^Xets, Mt 1P>; pass., i Ti 410, WH, mg., i Pe 41* c.
;
ace. rei,
Mk
He
16
H*!;
c.
dupl ace,
Mt
27**.t
;]
a reproach:
1126 1313 f
,
Ro
1.
153,
10^3
eJs o. ifiireaelv, I
Ti 3^
6.
toS Xptcrrod,
,
He
LXX chiefly
2.
(i.e.
for
nQIO
etc.
;]
Lk
125.t
-ov,
6 6
profitable,
profit),
Onesimus
xviii).t
:
Col
4^,
Phm
!*
(a
slaves; v.
MM,
6.,
iii,
'0>'Tiai(j)opos,
11
Ti
9*2
\\6 419.t
*t6viKo's, -n, -ov
Mt
18,
Mk
(elsewhere only in
**6^iVti^i, [in
to profit, benefit,
c.
help; mid.,
gen., Phm2*>.t
LXX
is
name
I810,
called
Mt
IO2,
Mk 3i, Lk
V^, Jo
319
avOpum-o^ (etc.),
126,27.
<?
^v or cWiV (BL,
30, 3),
Mk 1432,
1*, al.
Lk
ovo/AttTt,
seq.
Mt
Lk
316
Kal t. o. avroC (o. aurw), 27^2^ -^-^ 522^ Ljj ;][5^ ^^ 51^
Lk
g^j
1*,
.
Jo
q^^q
;
absol.
(=
(cf.
T, ovofLo),
Mt 27^^;
l^^iv
5.,
cf.
Horn.,
5.
Mk
Mt
Ee
5^
S^o)
;
Ee
;
911
Kokuv {iTnneivai)
121,
Mk
(Lft.,
Phi
121,
43,
138, cf.
Lk
^t^\<o ^a)i}s (cf. Deiss., iv^^, IO20 (^t. oipavoh) o. /3Xaa<f>r]fua^, Ee 131
T. 6. iv (t.)
the
ref.
name
to
Ee
Eph
Phi
29' 10
in
1.).
2.
f.),
By
Heb.
UW
(Lft.,
Notes, 106
but also
common
in Hellenistic
(M, Pr., 100; Bl., 39, 4; Deiss, S, 146 f., 196 f.; LAE, 123J,ofall that the name implies, of rank, authority, character, etc. of acting on one's authority or in his behalf, v (eis) 6., c. gen. pers. (v. reff. supr.), 119, Lk 13^5, Jo 5*^, Ac 81^, i Co l^^ ; of the Mt 10^1 219 2819,
:
Mk
Christian, i Pe 4^* esp. of the name of God as expressing the divine attributes dyia^ctv (ayiov) to o. (t. TIaTp6<s, Kvpiov), Mt 69, Lk 1*9 112; ij/dWfiy (oyuoXoyciv) tw 6., Eo 159, He 13^^; So^d^eiv {(l>avepovv, <jiofieladai) to 5., Jo 1228 176' 2, Ee ll^^ 15*; p\a<Tci>7)p.fiv, Eo 22*, I Ti 6^,
name
Ee
13''
similarly, of the
;
name
o.,
i
of Christ
32^
;
t.
koXov
o.,
Ja 2"
(Deiss.,
LAE,
223 318.
276)
7rto-Tcvv tJ)
^yofxAi^iiv
ivT.
6.
(v. reff.
to o., supr.),
52,
Sici
II
Mk
Pe
5.,
39, 4), Jo 1^2 Ti 2^9; xpaTcIv, Ee 213; o^^ ApvilaOaL, Ee 3s 9^^ 16[>7], Lk lO^', Jo 14^3 1623,24 203i,
tt.
Jo
cis t. 6. (Bl.,
Ac
rod
3 412,
6.,
Eph
1929;
4^*, al.
ci's
t. 5.
avydyeadai,
Mt
;
1820
i
^^^^^
Mt
TO
Mt
1022,
;
Mk
13i3,
6.,
Co V>;
Ac
Ac 91^, Eo 1^, al. id. absol., Ac 5*^, iii Jo ^ Trpos t6 o., 3 cause, ground, reason (in cl., usually in bad sense, pretext) Mk (Swete, in 1.; Dalman, Words, 305 f.). 4. In late Greek (Deiss., BS., 196 f.), an individual, a person: Ac 1", Ee 3* 11^3. for 137, np3 ovoitdiui ;ovo/xa), [in Nip;] 1. to name,
virkp Tov o.,
269. 9*1
LXX
Ac
19^3; pass.,
Eo
I520,
11
Eph
I21
53;
name
in praise
and worship,
Ti 2^9
(LXX,
Nu
(T,
162**
cf.
E,
txt.
31* 610). Is 5211, 2. to name, call, give a name to : om.), Lk 6i3'i*; pass., i Co 5"; seq. ^ (cl.), Eph 31*
Am
[in
Mk
(cf. 7r-ovo/Aa^a)).t
ot'os,
-ov,
6,
7],
LXX
chiefly for
lian
5^
etc.
;]
an ass: Mt
Je
323
212.Mlxx)^
Lk
14^, Jo 1215(lxx).
Lk
Mt
217.t
(qj^jj^),
LXX: Nu
321
;
223"
(px), 1019
Cjjx), III
Ki
Jo
122*,
83,
I
wi
Co
17U*.]
1425,
Mk
17
1132,
Lk
23*7 243*,
53'
5>
Ga
5. ^wij,
Ti 6i9;
(69)2i,
o.
i6.t
0^'s), [in
LXX Nu
:
63,
Eu
2i*,
Ps 68
Jo
Pr
2520 (j^iph) *
;]
labourers and
6|u's,
common
-v',
Mt
27*^,
Mk 1536, Lk 2336,
al.
I929. 3o,t
-da,
[in
LXX
Ps 56
(57)*,
(Tn),
Am
2i5
(bj?),
320
1.
sharp
Ee
for
(cf.
i^, is
1915.
2.
Of motion,
hole:
swift:
Eo
6ini,
315
(LXX
17,
Taxivos).t
~^s,
[in
LXX
ll^s
in, 13n
etc.;]
an opening, a
Ja
311 (cf.
Ex
9^o,
3322),
He
5^7,
Ob 3).t
oirnrfleK,
LXX
Ee
HnNQ
gen.:
;]
behind,
after:
Mt
Mk
Lk
8^*,
4 51.
As prep.
c.
Mt
,
1S^\
Lk
23^6,
Ee
110
(WH,
mg.).t
oTTiau,
adv. of place
and time,
[in
LXX
inx
1. prop., as in cl., adv., (a) of time (not in NT); of place, back, behind, after: Mt 24i8, LkT^S; ra 6., PhlS^^; c^s (6) TO. 6., I316, Lk 92 1731, Jo 6^6 IS^ 20i*. 2. By a usage not found in cl.,
Mk
and
c.
in
iiniS}
(Bl, 40, 8
Thackeray,
time, after : Mt 3^1, Jo l^^- 27 ^o (5) of pjace, li'.^o m^^\ Lk 92^ I427 191* 21^, behind, after: Mt4i9 lO^s 16^3.24^ II Pe 21", Ju'7, Ee li** 121^; in constr. praegn. (v. Swete on Ee, I.e.),
(a) of
.
Gr., 46 gen.
Mk V Mk
Jo
1219,
Ac
517 2030,
Ti
to
515,
Ee
:
133.t
**
Sm.
Je 522^*;]
fig.,
to
soldiers, to
arm oneself ;
]3Q
,
hvoiav
Ka^-07rAi'^w).t
LXX for
183,
11
n32
etc.
;]
1.
tool,
implement,
2.
instrtiment
pi.,
o-n-Xa dSiKtas
(opp. to
o. StKaiocrvVr;?)
Eo
613.
t.
arvis,
weapons: Jo
Co
:
lO"*;
metaph.,
c/xutos,
Freq., in Eo 1312;
sort:
T. 8LKaio(Tvvr]<;, II
Co
67.t
Co
313,
Ga
dTTOTc,
oiroo,
LXX Ca 510, 11 Mac 1137*;] of what Th 1^, Ja I2*; toioSto? 6., such as, Ac 2629.t when: Lk 63, Eec. (WH, E, 5Te).f
2, I
;
adv. of place, correlat. of irov (q.v.), where. I. Prop., of place, 1. where; (a) in relative sentences, c. indie: Mt 252*'2'', Mk 2* 45, 15 540 1314^ Jo 38 662 734, 36 1132 143 1724 2019, Eo 152", Ee 213 after nouns of place, for relat. prepositional phrase (iv cS, etc.), Mt 6i9'20 135 26" 28, Mk 6" 9*^, Lk 1233, Jo V 42.*e 623 742 io4o ipo 121 181.20
1918,20,41 2012,
Ac
171,
Ee
(
213
us
;
2010
.
seq. e^r,
.
Mt
621,
Lk
.
123* 1737,
.
Jo 122
id.
5.
. .
pleonast.
.
= Heb.
i* 2.
DIT
.
.
lerx
Aram. IQp
;
cf
in aiVSv, ib. 17^ 5. av, wherever c. pres. subjc, Mt 2428; 5. liv, ib. 2613, Mk 610 91^ 149. i4a Mk (^) ^^ quaest. indir., c. aor. subjc. 141*1', L]j 2211. 2. In late writers (sometimes also in cl. Bl, 25, 2), with verbs of motion, = ottoi, whither : c. indie, Jo 82I' 22 1333, 36 144 2118^ He 620, Ja 3'i o. av, whithersoever, c. pres. ind., Ee 14'* subjc, Lk 9^" o. lav, Mt 819. n. Without strict local sense, 1. of time or condition Col 311, He 9i 1018, Ja 3i, 11 Pe 2ii. 2. Of cause or reason (AV, whereas) i Co 33.t
133),
iKl,
.
Ge
Ee
12^.
c.
impf. indie,
.
Mk
6^6-
321
+ dTrT(ika), [in LXX: iii Ki 8^ (nXI ni.), To 12"*;] late present as from w<j>6y]v (= op lay); mid., oTrravo/Aai, to alloxo oneself to he seen, to appear : c. dat., Ac P. (For exx. from tr., v. Deiss., LAE, 79, 2525;
MM,
of
ii,
xviii.) t
rj
toTTraaia, -as,
6xpis,
(<^ OTrra^oyxai,
3^
Nu 14^* * =
Da th
1.
:
OTrravoyiuxt),
later
form
[in
LXX Ma
:
(nxi
2.
ni.).
nXIO;
LXX,
viexu
opafjia, -o-is),
Es
11.
4J, Si
43^'^^*;]
an appearing, coming
1^2, 2423,
(Ma, Es,
11.
Si,
c).
a vision
Lk
128-9
Ac
261^, ii
Co
into 12i
(Da,
c, also in MGr.).t
-V,
Sttto's,
-ov,
[in
LXX: Ex
(""bv)*;]
roasted,
boiled:
Lk
24^2,t
OTTTCJ, V.S. opatii.
6Tro5pa, -as,
[in
LXX
Je 31
(48)32
47
(40)io
12
(|r;,5)
;]
l.
Ute
(the time
meton.
(as
Ee
18^*
(cf.
<^divoir<apiva,
Ju
i2).t
oirus.
how :
so in
c.
indie,
26^^,
Lk
LT,
:
242''.
Mt
Tr.),
in order that, to the end that, that; 1. final, denoting purpose or design (in which the original idea of modality has been merged) after pres., Mt 62, al.; pf., Ac 91^, al; impf., Ac 9^*; aor., Ac 92, al. plpf., Jo 11"; fut., Mt 2335; imperat., Mt 28, al.; 5. ix-q (M, Pr., 185), Mt
;
618,
Lk
59'',
1626,
Ac
20^6,
Co
1^9
o.
TrAr^pcu^^,
Mt
5,
s_^
(BL,
65,
I
WM,
42, 5),
Lk
235,
Ac
3i'
15^\
Eo
3*
(cf.
Ge
12^3,
Ps
Mt
938,
Mac 1032, al.). 2. After verbs of Lk 73, Ja 51*, al. (in late writers its
ttws, q.v.). -Tos,
;
the correl.
opajia,
TO 6paa)), [in
LXX
:
that
which
is
seen
ance, vision:
Ac
Mt
Ac
7*^
^s
{h)
an appear-
opao-is,-<^Si
(opddi), [in
LXX chiefly
eyes.
]i7n
and cognate
forms
sight,
;]
writers, the act of seeing, the sense of 2. appearance (Nu 24*, Ez 1*,
Ee
-7,
43.
3.
opa/xa,
a vision: Ac
6.,
2^7 (lxx)^
Ee
,
9i7.t
Col
,
l^^.t
also for n7n etc. ;] "durative" sense (hence aor. act., elSov, pass., w<j>dyjv, fut., oi^ofiai, from different roots; v. M, Pr., 110 f.), to see (in colloq. even the pres. is rare, its place being generally taken by ySAeVo), Oewpeca, v. BL, 24). ep^^ov 1. Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mk 638, g,!. c. ace, Mt 22, Mk l^o 16^, seq. on, Mk 2^\ al. Kal tSe, Jo 1*6, al. Ga 1^9, al. Oeov, Jo 1^8^ i jo 420, al. 2. to see with the mini, perceive, discern: absol, Eo I521; c. ace. rei., Mt 92 275*. Ac 823, Col 2^8, al.
-w,
; ;
; ;
LXX
chiefly for
nxi
21
322
3.
I
to see,
opa
fvq, c.
ttoit^ot??,
Re
1**, aor. subjc, Mt 8* 18^*', 19i 22^ (Bl., 81, 1); seq. imperat.
t.
Mk
Lk
4. \o
experience:
edvarov,
:
Lk
2^\
He
:
ll^;
8^^,
Jo
3'*^
T.
SLa(f>6opdv,
Ac
2^''.
5.
to visit 6.
c.
ace. pers.,
Jo 12-\ Ro 1^\
27*,
al.;
c.
ace. loc,
Ac
19^^
to see to,
care for
Mt
Ac 18^* SYN. :
(cf. acf)-,
V.S. /SXeVo).
also for
]nn
nJpn
;
^'Sl>.
etc.
;]
:
imjiulse, propensity,
2.
;
anger, wrath
;
(a)
of
men
Col 3s, I Ti 2*, Ja l^^-ao (j) of God (a) that reaction of the divine nature against sin which in anthropomorphic language is called anger: Ro l^^ 9^^ 12i9 [ICC, in 1.), i Th li 2i6, He 3" 43(lxx)^ Re 1410 1613 191^ OS) of the effect of God's anger Mt 3^ Lk 3^ 2123, Jo 336, ijo 25,8 35 415 59 134,5 Eph 56, Col 3, I Th 5^ Ja P^, Re e^^.^^
4^1,
;
:
Mk
3^ Eph
11^^;
a-K^vr} opyrj^,
Ro
Eph
23.t
SyN.:
V.S. ^r/AOS.
LXX
chiefly for
mn
etc.;]
to make angry, provoke to anger ; in cl. most freq. in pass., and so always absol., Mt 18^* 22'', Lk 14^1 in NT, to be provoked to anger, be angry 42MLXX)^ Re ll^S; c. dat., Mt 5^2; seq. liri, c. dat. (iii Ki liy, 15-8, Eph al.), Re 12^^ (cf. 7rap-opyt{w).t 6pYtXos, -V, -ov {<opyri), [in LXX: Pr 22^4 2922 (p,pn)_ ^tc.;]
:
inclined to anger, passionate : Tit l''.t *6pYuid, -as, 17 6peyoj), the length of the outstretched arms, a
fathom: Ac
** opeyw,
2728.t
[in
to reach, stretch out ; pass, ;] mid., to stretch oneself out, reach forth ; metaph., to reach after, <^tAapyvptas (v. Ellic. grasj) at, aspire to : c. gen. rei, i Ti 3\ He 11^* and GGT, in 1.), i Ti 6".t Syn. : eVt^v/Acto, to desire (q.v.).
:
Sm.
Jb
82o,
Ez
16*^ *
and
opeivo's
(WH,
opcv-; V.
MM,
{<^opo?), mountainous,
hilly;
rj
6. (sc.
**opCis, -im, v opyo/xat), [in 23^, IV Mac 133 35 * jj the most general longing, appetite : of lust, Ro 12'',
igso
Syn.
v.s. n-ddo's.
*t opOoTToSco), -w (<^ op^o-TTous, goiug straight), walk straight: metaph., Ga 2^* (not elsewhere).t
6p0os, -^, -oV, [in
cl.
eidviropiu),
to
LXX
chiefly for
(b)
'\'l2r ;]
straight
(a)
in height,
fig.,
Ac
141";
in line,
straight,
direct:
He
to
T.
{<6p06^, T>a>), [in LXX: Pr S^ 11^ (it:^ pi.)*;] Metaph., t. Xoyov C7U straight, as a road (t. 68ovs, fig., Pr, 11. c). aX-qOia%, II Ti 2^5 (v. Ellic. and GGT, in 1. not found elsewhere) .+ t6p0piia) 5p^pos), [in LXX chiefly for DSCr hi., Ge I92, al.; also
;
323
in27
pi.,
Ps 62^
;]
cl.
TTpo's, c.
I.e., al.),
Lk
2P'*
Thumb,
Hg o>^pos), [in LXX Ho 215(H), Wi ll'^2*.j late form of SpOpLos (q.v.), early.- Lk 24PA op8pios, -a, -ov 3/j^pos), [in LXX: i Ki 2S^\ Jb 29", -i Mac 510, 23* early, in the early morning : Lk 24-^, Eec. (v.s. 6p6pn6<i)A -J
topepi.'o's, -V, -Of
opOpos, -ov,
o,
[in
LXX
for inO)'
Ipi
etc.
;]
daybreak,
dawn
opOpov yga^eojs (M, Pr., 73), at early daum, Lk 24^; opOpov, Jo St^]; iTrb rhv 6., Ac 5^1 (cf. MM, xviii).t 7^^ Lk 7^^ 1028 go^i.t dpOois, adv. 6p^o9), ri^/iiZy.-
Mk
for IDS, ^33, etc.;] 1. to optjw opos, a boundary), [in 2. to determine, separate, mark off by boundaries (so Nu 34^, Jo 13""). 4''; c. ace. pers., Ac apjwint, designate: of time, c. ace, Ac 17'^'', 1731 ; c. inf., Ac 1129; pass., Lk 22^^^ Ac 2^3 10*'^ Ro 1* (cf. d<f>-, airo-
LXX
He
8l-, 7r/oo-op6^aj).t
TO
opos, a boundary),
pi.,
[in
LXX
in
and so always
135o.t
243", al.
NT Mt
:
Mk
51" 7=^^-31
10\ Ac
al.).
opAcos),
[in
LXX: Ge
2. to
(mOT
c.
hi.);]
1.
to
make
5'',
adjure:
dupl. ace,
Mk
Ac
;]
opKos, -OV,
6, [in
LXX
chiefly for
1^3,
cogn. forms
5^2;
pi.,
Mt
Es
Mk
62.t
-as,
17
6pK(i)p.oaia,
to.
^^
opKWfiocna,
i
asseverations on oath; v.
993 *
;]
MM, xviii),
an oath
:
[in
LXX Ez
:
IT^'
(nbii),
affirmation on oath,
6p)x<i(i>,
He
72*^' 21.
^s^f
;]
-aj
(<;
opp.ri),
[in
LXX
:
for
'yi'OJ
etc.
1.
causal, to set in
cis,
2.
Mt
832,
Mk
Lk
833,
Ac
-^s,
1929;
r),
c.
ace, Ac 7".t
6p|x^,
[in
LXX
{b)
Pr
[in
;]
1.
violent move-
hostile
movement,
onset, assault:
Ac
145.t
etc.;]
TO
(opfjiduy),
LXX: Ho
S^",
Am
1" (nn^?),
a rush
Re
182i.t
opvL's,
[in
LXX chiefly
for
''topKi^ (cf.
Doric gen.,
opvi^os,
and MGr.,
6.
M,
3^
Pr., 45),
423
(53)
6pri^:
Lk
1334 (T;
-t^os,
6,
WH,
^,
2pm).t
Sp.is,
[in
LXX:
a
iKXcKTai,
iii
Ki
(n;i-!3)*;] a bird;
*t opoGeffia, boundaries; in
-as, pi.,
specif.,
r/
a cock, a hen:
172^.t
Mt
2337,
Lk
133*
(WH).t
0/
(-< opos,
boundary,
tlOtjpll),
setting
bounds: Ac
324
TO,
[in
LXX
9^ Jo
211 24,
chiefly,
4'-*',
and very
freq.,
for
in;] a
viountain
36 (LXX)
J
opp. to /?ovvos, Lk ^uLv (2., prob. in gen. appos.), He 12'^\ Ee U^; 6. 5.iva, Ac T^o-^s, Ga 4^4' 25; to o., of the hill district as distinct from the lowlands, esp. the hills above the Sea of Galilee, Mt 5^ 8^, Mk 3^^ 6*6, al. ra 6., Mt IS^^, Mk 55, He ll^s, Re 6^*, al. proverbially (cf. Rabbinic, "in Ipy), of overcoming difficulties,
Mt
4^
17\
Mk
ii
Pe
l^^^ ^1.
6.
3, ^. iXaiCiv,
Mt
al. (v.s.
L);
accomplishing marvels,
opr]
/xe^io-ravtiv,
Co
13^,
cf.
Mt
etc.
IT^*^
21^^,
Mk
c.
1123.
opoCTo-o),
[in
LXX
-oV,
ace,
A.7?vdv,
Mt
-v,
Mk
ms
;]
to
(cf.
dig
8i-,
Mt
25^8
i^-opvcr(T<a).f
6p<|)ai'ds,
[in
LXX
V''^.
for Din^
;]
1.
less V.
Mk
12**^,
;
WH, mg,
cf.
Ja
LS,
s.v.
and
732.t
o,
MM,
xviii),
2. In a general sense (as also in cl. her eft, friendless, desolate: Jo 14i^t
LXX
for
ipi
etc.
;]
to
dance ;
Mt
11^^
14*',
Mk
622,
OS,
Lk
rj,
the postpositive article {ap6pov vTroraKTiKov). I. As demonstr. pron. = oStos, dSe, this, that, also for aurds, os 8c, but he (cf. ^ Se d?, freq. in Plat.), Mk 152^, Jo chiefly in nom. 511 the other, Mt 21^5 22^ 25^5, Lk 2333, S? 8e, the one 8? /tev
: ; .
Ac 27*\ Ro
one
I
. . .
145,
Co
.
1121, II
. . .
Co
2i8,
Ju
22;
neut., 8 /;i^
8 8i, the
.
. .
the other,
.
some
. .
(5Uos
Co
(aAAo)) 1228 S5
;
^^
Mt 13^' 23^ Ro 92^; Tpos (-0), Mk 4.\ Lk 8^, i Co 128-io 6 8i, Ro 142.
some,
os (o) /xev
;
oSs/xcV, absol.,
who, which, what, that ; 1. agreeing in gender antecedent, but differently governed as to case Mt 2^*, Lk 9, Ac 20^8, Ro 22^, al. mult. 2. In variation from the common construction (a) in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the 15^", Ga 3^", Eph 6^^, al. constr. ad sensum Jo 6^, antecedent Col 2^^, I Ti 3^6, Re 13^*, al. (b) in number, constr. ad sensum Ac 153", II Pe 31 (c) in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent
II. relat. pron.,
As
with
its
Mk
; :
Jo 418, Ac 321, Ro 15i8, i Co 6^9, Eph l^, al. 3. The neut. d with nouns of other gender and wdth phrases, which thing, which term : Mk 3^7 12*2, Jq 139^ Col 3^*, al. with a sentence, Ac 232, Ga 21*^, I Jo 28, al. 4. With ellipse of a demonstrative (oSros or cxctvos),
(Bl.,
50,
2)
Mt
202 3,
5.
Lk
7*3,
Ro
lO^*, al.;
after,
Mt
1038,
:
Mk
9***,
Jo
1922,
Ro 2\
/jg
:
al.
Mt
C. prep, as periwv ( = dvri TovTOiv wv), because, Lk I2*, al. phrasis for conjc. avff wherefore, Lk 123 e<^' w, since, for that, Ro 5^2 d^' ov, since (temetc. 7. With particles poral), Lk 1325 l^ oZ, whence, Phi 320 8s av
ij^df^
1110 (^/j,o
may),
Mk
He 12^
al.
6.
{lav), v.s.
27^'^.
S.V,
lav
OS Kai,
Mk
3^9,
Jo
8s Kal airo^,
Mt
Co
Gen., ov, absol., as adv. (v.s. 01!). oCTdKis ]dcros), relat. adv., as often as:
8.
1125,26,
Relie.t
325
sometimes
in
,
cl.,
-a,
-ov),
[in
LXX
chiefly for
TDn
"IBP
D'^ari
;]
Ac
: of men, Tit 1^. He 7^^ ; by meton., 6. x^P^?. i Ti 2' 32*); of God, Ee 15* IG^; as subst., 6 5., of the Messiah, 227 1335 (LXX); rk 5. AavelS t. Tnard (Field, Notes, 121), Ac
De
1334 {LXX)_t
SVN. :
6<noTT]s,
III
DB,
ii,
399^
iv, 352'',
and
oo-to?),
[in
LXX: De
9^ (l^T')
Ki 14",
Ki
9* (on, D^aPl),
Pr
1432,
Wi
222 S^^ 93
Lk
V^,
Eph
42*.t
SYN.
oCTi'us
V.S. aytos.
00-109),
adv., [in
LXX:
2io.t
iii
Ki 8^^
Wi
6^"*;] piously,
holily
6.
synonyms,
M,
Th.,
24
f.), i
Th
6aft.r\, -rj<s, rj
(^o^to), [in
LXX
11
chiefly for
H"^"!;]
a smell, odour
Co
ryrisy 0"'T
OCToi',
Ge
Eph
52,
Phi
4i8.t
V.S. ocros.
great,
-t], -ov, correlat. of too-oiitos, how much, how many, how how far, how long, as much as, etc. (= Lat. quantus); (a) of number and quantity: m. pi, Mt 1436, Mk 3^^ Eo 2^2, al.; n. pi.
oaos,
Mt
1712,
Mk Mk
Kaff
as,
328,
38,
Lk 118, al. 7ran-es (Travra) o., Mt 13*6, Lk 4*, al. Eo 8^*, Phi 48; c. indie, Mk Q^^, Ee 3^^; c. subjc. al. 5. 6.v, Mt 1&^, Jo II22, al. {h) of measure and degree Lk 839, Ac 9^3; in compar. sent., oo-ov seq. fxaKKov, Mk V^
1021,
; ;
;
Mk
ocrov,
c.
compar..
He
roaovTia, c.
compar.
Mt
25*>*^
Eo
He T^^; He 1*;
k<i>
ovtws,
ocrov,
He
92^
inasmuch
long as,
Mt
9^5, 11
He
103^
(^^^^).
and so Jo,
Sarovv
(v.
I.e.),
-ov,
to,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
Oyy;] a bone:
^TLs,
contr.,
oo-rea,
supr.),
Jo
1936(Lxx)j
Lk
2439; Sareiov,
Mt
v.
232^,
He 1122.t
;
LS, s.v. WH, 411 Tdf., Pr., Ill), in NT scarcely ever except in nom. (M, Pr., 91), the only instance of the oblique cases being found in Iws otov (v.s. Iws), relative of indef. reference (related to simple os as Lat. quisquis to qui), whoever, anyone who ; (a) of an indef. person or thing in
o Ti
(also written o, ti
and
oTt
Mt Mt
and
freq.,
3^,
Lk
142^,
Ga
o.,
5*. al.
c.
in
Lk
157,
Phi
al.; ttSs
indie,
Mt
al.;
72* 1032
(6)
subjc, Mt 1250 1312^ Jo 1413^ I Co 162, Ga 51'', of a definite person or thing, indicating quality, "either
.
S.V
(eav), c.
326
generic, ivhich, as other like things, or essential, ivhich by its very nature " (Hort on i Pe 2^^), who is such as : Mt 2^ 7^^^ Lk 2i 7" Jo 8^3, Ac 7'\ Ro 62, I Co 3^^ Ga 42^, Eph P^, al. (c) where the relative sentence expresses a reason, consequence, etc. (M, Pr., 92), seeing that he {it, therj), and he {it, they) Lk 8^ 10*2, Ac lO^^ 1128, Phi 4^ al.; {d) as in Ionic and late Greek (Bl., 50, 1 M, Pr., I.e.), differing but little from o"s Lk 2^ 9=*^ Ac 17i, Re 121^. -01/ (<^ odTpaKov, an earthen vessel or potsherd), -r), oo-TpdKii'os
;
:
[in
LXX
*
:
;]
made
of clay, earthen
ii
Co
4J, ii
Ti
22o.t
ocr(f)pT)(ns,
(ocr<^paiVo/i,at, to
ing
Co
121' .t
-vos,
7],
6(t4>us,
[in
LXX
1^;
etc.
;]
metaph., Trepi^wvwa-dai (dva^-) t. oo-^vas, 6^^, I Pe 1^^; regarded, as by the Hebrews, as the seat 12^^, Lk of generative power. He 7^'!"; metaph., Kapiro'i t. 6o-<^vos, Ac 2^''. oxai' (for 6t av = ore av), temporal particle, with a conditional sense, usually of things expected to occur in an indefinite future
the
loin:
Mt Eph
3*,
Mk
1.
prop., xvhenever
727,
(a)
c.
;
subjc. praes.
Mt
62'^,
?,.,
Mk
:
14''',
Lk
11^^,
Jo
Mt 2629, Mk 1425; 53 Mt 5", Mk 4l^ seq. TOTc, I Th {h) c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 185) 622, Jo 210 828 (Field, Notes, 94), 10*, al. Lk 2. As in Hom. (LS, s.v.),
Ac
2335,
I
Co
;
34, al.
eV
r. 77/xepas c'/cciVt,?,
but not in
c.
el.
prose,
(cf.
c.
indie,
38, al.)
ll^^,
when (M,
;
impf., (Swete, in
0T6,
Mk
3"
Ge
c.
praes.,
Bl.,
e.
Mk
fut..
65, 9) Re 4^
1.);
c. aor.,
Mk
Re
8^ (Swete, in 11.;
M,
temporal particle (correlat. of TroVe, roVe), when; c. indie, LS, s.v.), most freq. cl., but also c. optat., subjc. c. aor., Mt 925, Mk 132, l^ 4^5, Jo V^, Ac l^^, Ro 13", Ga li^, Ee l^', al. c. impf., Mk 14^2, Jo 211^, Ro 620, i Th 3*, al. c. pf., si7ice, now that, I Co 13" (B, kyiv^ijirjv); c. praes., Mk ll^, Jo 9*, He 9^^ c. fut.
(so generally in
;
(Hom.
Jo
421, 23
of a def. fut. as opp. to the indef. fut. of orav c. subjc), Lk I722, 525 1625^ Eo 2i (T, txt., mg.), 11 Ti 4^ (in all which
WH,
instances, equiv. to a
oTi,
I.
and
rel.
c.
pres.,
eV
Jo,
I.e.,
17).
o.
is
phrase,
w or
conjc. (prop. neut. of ocms). objective clause, that; 1. after verbs 328, of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling Mt S'^ 6^2 1125,
As conjc, introducing an
222,
Mk
Lk
6*,
2*9,
Jo
Ac
2.
413,
Eo
9^,
Phi
:
415,
Ja
22*, al.
elliptically,
Jo
Phi
312, al.
After
{yivio-Oai)
al.
;
Ro
Jo S^\
id.
pron.'interrog.,
Mt
9,
82^,
Mk
3.
Lk
436,
Jo
422^
al.;
elliptically,
Lk
2*9,
Ac
:
5*.
al.;
Untranslatable, before direct discourse (on recitantis) Mt 723, mJj 216, Lk l^i, Jo 12", Ac 151, He lli*, al. (on the pleonastic ws oVt, v.s. 0)9). II. As causal particle, /or that, becatise : Mt 5*- 12, Lk 620.21, Jq iso 527, Ac 15, I Jo 4i, Re 3i, al. mult.; 8ta tovto Sn, Jo 8*' IQi^ al.;
327
Jo
Bo
9^2,
al.
ovy
on
dAA' on,
oS (prop, gen, of os), adv. of place, where, whither ; (a) in answer to the question "where?" (= ubi) Mt 2^ 182, Lk 4i,i7 2353^ Ac V^ 22 729 1212 1613 206.8 2510 281*, Ro 926 (Lxx)^ Col S\ He Sm^^^\ Ee 171^ of condition, Eo 4^^ 52**, 11 Co 3^^ ; (b) in answer to the question
:
Mt
28i6,
Lk
lO^ 2428;
geq.
idv,
c.
subic,
oil, before a vowel with smooth breathing ovk, before one with rough breathing ovx (but improperly ovx l8ov, Ac 2"^, WH, mg. cf.
;
WH,
1.
Intr.,
[in
LXX
for ify
J^ii
ps;] neg.
.
used generally c. indie, and for a denial of fact (cf /xr/) oiJ, no : Mt IS^^ Jo l^i 2V; oi oZ, Mt 5=^^ Ja 5^2. 2. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt l^^ 1026. ^^, Mk 32* 937, Jo 829, Ac 75, Eo 1^6, Phi 33, al. in litotes, o^k 6\iyoL (i.e. very many), Ac 17*, al. ovk aar)iJio<;, Ac 21^^; ttus ov, c. verb, (like
particle, not, no,
absol. (accented),
Mt
.
.
2422,
.
Mk
132,
Lk
1^7,
Eph
5^, al.; in
;
2 pers.
fut.
(like
Heb.
3.
iib
c.
Lk
c.
4J,
With another negative, (a) strengthening the 8^^ 12^9, Ac 839, al. negation Mk 5^\ Jo (b) making an affirmative Ac 420, I Co 12^^. 4. With other particles oi /xr} (v.s. ov fi-qKin, Mt 21^9 with ix-q interrog., Eo W^, i Co 9*' ^ 11^2. 5. Interrogative,
4}^,
Lk
Eo
:
77, al.
/jirj)
Mt
:
626,
Mk
421,
Lk
11*",
Jo
43s,
Eo
woe
921, al.
*tou(, interj. of
wonder or
irony,
ah
ha
Mk
(cf.
1529.t
LXX
alas
most
al.
;
Mt
18i'
II21 23^*,
16, i9
Mk
62*-26,
Ju
11,
c.
vocat. (nom.),
Ee
Is 12*,
al.)
c.
ace,
1212, seq. U, 8^3; c. dat. seq. diro (v. M, Pr., 246), 18^. As 9i (cf. Je 9^2 11^; pi., 9^2; oi., oi., oi., subst., I Co 6*); ^ oi., Ee
Ee Ee
Mt
Ee
813.
ii-iv MaCg*;] **ou8afAa)s ouSa/ics, not even one), adv., [in in no wise, by no means : Mt 26 (OT).t ouSe, negative particle, related to ijnqhi as oi to ix-rj. 6i^, Lk 163i, I. As conjc, and not, also not, neither, nor : Mt Eo 51^ IO2*, Mk 422, Lk 6*3,44^ Jq 62*, Ac 227, Eo 415, a\.; oi ov8l Mt
: .
LXX
II.
As
Mt
629,
Mk
Co
63i,
Lk
79,
Co
5^; oiSk
cTs,
Ac
432,
Eo
310 (i-^x).
-94v,
Lk
WH,
j
txt.,
-^cis,
132, 11
Co IP;
cf.
BL,
6,
7;
Pr., 56a', Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to fx-qBei's as oi to /xy, no, 8i, al. ; absol., Mt 62*, one, none : with nouns, Lk 424, Jq io41^ Eo
327,
M,
no
Mk
Lk
161,
Jo
118^
Ac
18i,
Eo
c.
gen. partit.,
Jo
Mt
Lk
936,
Lk 426, Ac 18i7,
328
al.
;
Mt
Lk
5^^,
Mk
Mk
15*.
5,
Lk
212,
42,
Jo
327, al.
9-^ al. c. neg., strengthening the negation, adverbially, Ac 251", Ga 4^2, al.
;
:
ouSc'-TTojc,
adv., [in
"2,
LXX
2'-''.f
:
Ex
Ac
2G^
Mk
152^ Jo
7^,
Mt
T^^
Q^s
He
23^3^
lO^' ^\
Interrog.,
Mt
211^'
Mk
oiSe'TTw,
adv., [in
LXX Ex
9^^
(D^W) *
;]
not yet
Lk
Jo
7^9
19*1
20'-,
Ac
816.
etc.
;]
longer, no
more
Mt
;
19,
Mk
Lk
lb'^\
Jo
Eph
21^
He
10^8, al.
c.
Mk
53,
Ac
839, al.
element
Jo
18^'^.
ouy, particle
standing
first
expressing consequence or simple sequence (never in a sentence), wherefore, therefore, then : Mt S^*^, Lk 3^,
Lk ll^s, Ac 31^, Eo &\ al. conin questions, Eo tinuing a narrative or resuming it after a digression, Mt l^^, Lk 3^8, Jo 122 218 (and very freq. in this Gospel), Ac 2622, al. apa ovv (v.s. apa) 7ri ovv, He 21*; ovv c. ptcp. (= eWi ovv), Ac 230, Eo 51, al.; iav ovv (where ovv rather in sense belongs to the apodosis), Mt 523, Lk 4'', oZv, Jo 41, al. Jo 62, Eo 226, al. Mt 24, Mk 13^ Jo 2* 32* 6I', al. ouTTu, neg. adv. of time, not yet 4*o 8i''2i. c. neg., Mk II2, Lk 23^3; interrog., Mt 16, Mk a tail Ee 91O' i^ 12*.t o6pd, -as, V, [in LXX for 137 De 28i2 A (Q-lOCr), etc. ;] oipdyio<5, -ov (cl. usually -a, -ov), [in LXX 5*8 61*' 20, 32 1513 1835 239, Lk 2i3, Ac 26i9.t of or in heaven, heavenly Mt ** oupaco'eeK oupavos), adv., [in LXX IV Mac 4"* * ;] from heaven 26i3.t Ac 1417
Jo
838,
Ac
121,
Eo
59,
al.
in exhortations,
13-8,
Mt
S^,
612, al.
Mt
Mk
I512,
Jo 8
1^],
<l,s
;]
oupai/o's, -ov, 6,
[in
1.
LXX
ov.,
v.
infr.);]
heaven;
i.e.
of the vault or
firmament
opp. to
rj
of heaven,
the sky
and
Lk IO21, the world, the universe, Mt 518, Mk (on the absence of art. aft. Ac 42*, Ee lO", al. oltt a/cpwv ov. Iws a. avrwv 243i; virh t6v ov., Ac 2^, Col 123; ^^e^ivai prep., V. BL, 46, 5), Mt
133i,
yrj.
He
li**, 11
Pe
3^ i^
6 ov.
^ y^,
C'WS
ToD
ov., fig.,
6.cTripes
132,
II
ToS
Mt 1123, Lk 1015 O-T^/Xelov C TOV OV., Mt 161, Mk 811, Mt 2430, al. ra TreTfiva tov ol., Mt 626, Mk 432, 3i6, Mk oh., Ee 613, al.; pi. {ol) ov. (Bl., 32, 5), Mt
; ;
al.
al.
lio,
Jo
Pe
37,13^
al.
2.
beings: of angels,
glorified,
al.; 6
Mk
16n9],
o Iv
Ee
of
IQi, al.; of
Christ
God,
ff.),
HarV
e-qa-avpos iv ov.,
Mt
:
Mk
By
meton.,
(a) of
ants of
heaven
Ee
I820
Jb
ISi^, Is 4423)
329
reference to God, characteristic of later Judaism (Dalman, Words, 204 ff.) Mt 2125, 1V\ Lk IS^^, Jo 3^7 al. ^ ySoo-iActa riv oi. (= tov
:
Mk
Urhanus), Urban
;
Eo
;]
16^.+
Mt
l^.t
TO, [in
LXX
;
the ear
Mt
13^*',
Mk
2250, I Co 29 12^\ i Pe 3^2 ; t. <io-i', Lk 421 eh t. S>Ta 7^^ ycvecrOai, Lk 1*^ aKovecrOai, Ac eicrip^^ta-Bat, Ja 5* ts t. ov<i Olkovuv, Mt 102"; Trpos T. oJs XaAe^v, Lk 12^; ra w. o-we'xciv (MM, xviii), Ac 7"'.
733,
; ; ;
Lk
Re
2^
^^ ^"'
Ixct) olira
(dKOuW)
(i.
d/coveVco,
Mt
11^5 139' ^^
Mk
1435
Tols
ySapcws <lKoutv,
8^^; w.
Mt
1315,
Ac
282^
(LXX)
ts
5. Ixoi'tcs ovk
w,,
ttKOuctv,
Mk
TOV
fxr]
oiKomLV,
Eo
Lk
;
11^; BiaOf.
/i,t),
to,
Lk
9"**;
iTrepLTfjLr]TO<i
rots w.,
-as,
17
Ac
75^.+
**ouaia,
II
{<^ova-a,
fem. part, of
:
[in
LXX: To
and
q^t^
^
_
14^^^
Mac
Jo
15^2, 13 f
ouTe,
not,
, , ,
neither,
Ktti,
nor
.
ov8tls
ovre,
Ee
5*
oiSk
421,
ovre,
Ga
1^2
4^1; after
. .
a question with
//.r;
interrog.,
neii/ier
nor,
Mt
620,
Mk
1225,
Jo
Ac
Ja
o*^^^
Eo
Ga
5, al.
as
/lie
this;
as subst., this one, he ; (a) absol. Mt ^^\ 9^ Lk 7^*> "5, Jo 1^5, 1355.56^ 62.3, Jq 6*2, al.; Ac 215, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt V^^, Eo 149; /i,Ta tovto (Tavra eis TOVTO, V. Westc. on Jo S^), al. Jo 2^2 Mt 5^9, (6) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes) 335, Lk 9*8, Jo 6*, Eo 710, al.; (c) proleptic (referring to what follows) seq. ha (Bl., 69, 6), Lk 1*3, Jo 3^9 (and freq.) 15, Eo 149, al. seq. Sti, Lk 10", Jo 93o, Ac 241*, Rq 23, al. otto)?, Eo 9^7 liv, Jo 1335 (d) special idioms tovto /xev t. Se (cl), partly partly. He 103^; kol tovto (tovtov, TavTa), and that (him) too, Eo 13ii, I Co 22, He 1112 ^o5^' ^^^^^ ^J^(^l ^g ^^ ^^^^ Mt 27*^. 2. As adj., c. 92 9, Lk 7*^ Jo 4i5, 1232, art. (a) before the art. subst.; {a) c. Mt 12i, Lk 113i, Eo 112*, Re 199, al. (y8) after the noun Mt 39, po^ Re 22*, al. {b) c. subst. anarth. (with Jo 413, Ac 613, Ro 1528^ I Co predicative force Bl., 49, 4) Lk 136 22 2421, Jo 2" 45* 21i*, 11 Co 13i. ouTws, rarely (Bl., 5, 4; App., 146 f.) ovTuy, adv. olto9),
Mk
;
Mk
Mk
W,
:
Mk
;
Mk
Mk
WH,
[in
LXX
in this
way,
so,
thus;
1.
referring
to
what precedes: Mt 516 63o, Mk 10*3 1459, l^ 125 2^8 157, Jq 38, Eo 115, I Co 812, al. o{;tu)s /cat, Mt 1712, Mk 1329, al. pleonastically, resuming a ptcp. (cl. v. Bl., 74, 6), Ac 20" 271^. 2. Eeferring to what follows Mt lis 69, Lk 193i, Jo 21i, i Pe 2i5 bef. quotations from OT, Mt 25, Ac 7, i Co 15*5, He 4*. 3. C. adj. (marking intensity): He 122i, Ee 16i^; similarly c. adv., Ga 1 (cl.). 4. As nredicate (Bl., 76, 1): Mt lis 933, Mk 2i2 4?\ Eo 418 920, i Pe
;
330
he was, without delay or preparation), Jo 5. In comparison, with correlative adv. ov., Eo 12*' ^, al. Ka6w<; KaOd-rrep ov., Lk 113, al. ov., Eo S^^, al. ov. KaOm, Lk 24^*, al. is ov. ov., Mt 1240, al.; ov. ov., Mk 42, al; wcnrep u)s,
:
Co
77.
strengthened form of ov, not ; (a) in neg. sentences, not, Lk l*"" 12''\ Jo 13^", al. {h) more freq. in questions where an affirm, ans. is expected (Lat. nonne) Mt S***'*^, Lk 6^^, Jo 11^, al. * 6(|)ei\e'Tiis, -ov, 6 6<^6tAw), a debtor : c. gen. (of the amount), Mt 18''*. Metaph., of obligation or duty in general, with reference to favours received or injury done, etc. Mt 6^^, Eo l^'* 8^^ 15^"^, Ga 5^ of
ooxi,
not at all
sinners, in relation to
*t6<}>iXTi, -rjs,
7]
God (= Heb.
2.-TI;
cf.
Si
(Heb)
B^^^ Lk
IS^.t
(<;o<^tA.a>),
a debt:
;
Mt
due:
i
Eo
S^**,
13',
Co
73 (found also in
6<t)eiXTj/ia, -Tos,
I
t6
tt.
v. Deiss.,
[in
BS, 221
:
MM,
;
xviii).t
6<^etA.a)),
LXX
B^^.t
,
Mac
,
15^ *
;]
that which
is
owed,
De 24i a debt Eo 4*
:
(nxizro),
Es
(as
metaph.
Aram, nin
Mt
c.
LXX De
:
X2?3),
Ez
18' (mn),
Wi
be
a debtor:
Phm^^j
due:
V. to be
T.
i^_
^at. pers.,
Mt
Lk
oe^eiXo/i-evov,
1.),
Mt
1830-34.
c.
McNeile, in
Mt
23i*''i8;
(cf.
Westc, Epp.
10,
Eo Lk
Eph
Th
12, I Jo He Jo Imve been commended, 11 Co 12". having wronged one (v.s. 6(j}eLXr)ixa but
2^7 53.
cf.
Deiss.,
BS,
225),
c.
dat. pers.,
Lk
;
2 aor. of o^ciAw, without the augment (v. M, Pr., 201), (with aor. indie.) Ex 163 used to express a fruitless wish [in
o<j>cXok',
LXX
(]ri^-^p),
Nu
pg 118
in
cl.
with an
;
(chiefly poet.), would that: with indie, aor., i Co 4^ Co 11\ Ee 31^ fut., Ga 5^2 (a practicable wish, v. Bl., 206 The construction with indie, is only found in late writers. )+
infin.
II
impf.,
f.,
220.
Jb 15^ (<^ o^e'AAw, to increase), [in 1532, Ja 2^^' i.+ (bm hi.)* ;] advantage, help : i Co *t 64>0aX(io-8ooXio (Eec. -eia), -a?, r/ {<^6(p6a\iJ.6<;, SovAos), eye-service Eph 6, Col 322 (not found elsewhere).
o(^eXos,
-ovs,
to
LXX
640aX(j,o's,
:
-ov,
6,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
al.
yv
;
;]
the eye
6.
(as in
cl.,
9*^ Lk 6^\ Jo 9, Mt 538, chiefly pi.) 4^^; eVdpai, Lk 62", Jo 6^; droi^a-, Ac Ga
Mk
tous
id.,
.
i^opvaa-eiv (fig.),
9'*0;
of restoring sight,
Mt
2033,
Jo
91*', al.
iw pLirfi 6(f>6akfiov,
Co
15*2
^y anthropom., of
331
He
413, I
Pe
3^2
pleonastically
cl.
(cf.
OL 6. iwv,
Lk
(as
Metaph.
o.
otherwise in
v.
cf.
LS,
s.v.)
(a) of ethical
]"]5r,
qualities
cf.
7rov7?/jos
Heb.
i
n
2^6
;
Pr
622,
28^2;
Si Id^"
^Tri^v/ti'a
34"),
Mt
Mk
(cf.
;
722,
Lk
:
114; dTrAors,
Mt
Lk
Lk
Jo
113*;
12*,
(q.v.) 6(f>daXfiS>v
Ec
4^,
Si 149),
Jq
6. /xeo-rot
fxoLxaXiSo?, II
Pe
214; (6) of
mental vision
1^^, al,
Mt
13i5,
Mk
8^^,
19*2,
Eo
ll^,
art.,
Ga 3\ Eph
v.Bl,
o<}>is,
if o^^aA/Aois seq.
46, 9;
M,
Pr., 81),
Mt
Mk
-0js, 6,
[in
;]
a serpent, symke
of Satan
Mt
Ge
7^",
Mk
Wi
1618,
Lk
IV
and cunning, Mt
223.24,
6<|>pus,
Qi^; as typical of
;
wisdom
31,
(cf.
Mac
-W9,
:
[in
LXX
Le
;]
an eyebrow, the
brow of a hill Lk 429.t **6x"os, -o5, 6 (<6xo>, to carry), [in Sm. Jb 222*, Ps 64 (65)10, al. ;] 1. a water-pipe, channel. 2. the intestinal canal : Mk 71, d<^68/3wv).t WH, mg. (for Mac 5*;] to move, **6xXe', -w 5x'^os), [in LXX: To 6^,
:
disturb
= MM,
pass.,
Ac
51"
(act.
absoL,
and
v.
xviii).t
make a
riot
Ac
where)
.t
oxXos, -ov,
etc.
;]
6,
[in
LXX
;
Da
Lk
th),
b''j:i,
1.
Mt
Mk
2\ Lk
Jo
513, al.
pi.,
ifcavos,
Mk
Lk
;
10*,
;
al.; roo-oiVros,
Mt 51, Mk Mt 1533; ov
IQi,
/xer
;
3^,
ox^ov,
SxXov,
22
;
ttSs 6 o.,
Mt
tt.),
I32,
Mk
2i3, al.
6. ttoAv's
(tt. o.),
Mt
2029,
Mk
521, al.
6 ttoAvs 6. {6.
common people,
Mk
123^
(Swete, in 1. Field, Notes, 37), Jo 129 (Westc, in 1.). 2. (As also cl, opp. to S^/xos, q.v., and cf. Tr., Syn., xcviii), the populace, the common people (cf. 6 iroXU 6., supr.), Mt 14^ 2126, Mk I212, Jo 712*'; so with contempt (cl.), Jo 7*9^ Jn ^ more general sense, a multitude
c.
o.),
Ac
li^
;
p,ady]Twv,
[in
LXX
al.)
;
for
in
"IS^a
etc.
;]
Na
312. i*
LXX
and NT,
which confidence
is
placed
cooked meat; (2) a relish or dainty, esp. fish, cf. MGr. to ij/dpL, fish ; in comic poets and late prose writers only), [in LXX: To 22 x (B, 2i/.o./)*;] fish: Jo 69." 219.io.i.+
**6^6.piov, -ov, TO (dimin. of
oif/ov,
(1)
Q^fi,
LXX
Ge
24ii,
Ex
30^ (niy
n^S")yn
]^5),
Je223; T^
ig
511
2. late
in the day,
332
in late writers used almost as an indecl. ll^.i^ 13=*^ 3. C. gen., late in or on; and, noun (v. MM, xviii) in late writers also after (M, Pr., 72 f.), a sense which seems to be
Mk
required in ** 6\|/ia,
Mt
-as,
28i.t
7],
v.s.
6ij/io<s.
54/ipos, -ov
6ipi),
[in
LXX: De 1V\
Pr
W,
and
Ho
6M3), Jl 2^3,
o./.ios,
Za
IQi,
Je
524 (ryipi?)^),
o.,
Zaie; vt6s
{-6T0S (v.
i/ie
Zaiier
poet,
late for
WM,
740), Ja S^.t
-oy
Ipi (Eec, o.//), Za^e ; ^ alpa, In late writers, 17 dij/M (sc. wpa), as subst., evening [in 1^2 4^5 6*' 141^ 15*2, Jo Mt 816 1415. 23 162 208 2620 27",
**o|/ios,
-a,
Mk
WH,
:
mg.).
*]
LXX
1^^.
Jth 13^
Mk
G^^, 20i9.t
o\|/is,
-ws,
7],
[in
LXX
MM,
1.
2. face, countenance : Jo 11**, the sense of sight. xviii), Jo 72*.t ance : Kar 6. KpLvav (v.
Ee
**t
I
oi)/(oi'ioi',
-ov,
TO
32*^
(<^oi//ov
v.s.
ovi/dptov
and
(iieo/i-ai),
[in
LXX:
Es 4^6, pay: Lk
provisions, provision-money, soldiers' 3^*, i Co 9". 2. Generally, wages, hire: 11 Co 11*; o. t^s d/iapr/as, Eo 623 (y. Deigg, S, 148, 266) .t
I
Mac
14^2 *j] i
n
n,
TT
TT,
m,
As a numeral,
tt'
80,
80,000. tTraviSeuw
pu.) *
;]
7rayt's),
to
[in
LXX:
c.
Ki 28^
ace,
Iv
(tZTiT
ensnare: metaph.,
elsewhere)
.t
rj
Trayis, -tSos,
70771/^/11)
[in
LXX
Ti
for TVO
'a:0'Ci
IWl,
etc.;]
and
Eo
Tray?/,
i
a trap, snare;
Ti 226.t
metaph.
(as
3' 6^, 11
* Tra'9T)|jia,
-tos,
to {^iracrx*^), like
8i, 11
ird.6o<i,
1.
a
I
1032,
Co ", suffering, affliction : pi., Eo I Pe 5; of Christ's sufferings: ra cts X., i Pe l^^; t. Xpto-roC, Pe 51; id. as shared by Christians, 11 Co 1^, Phi 310, i Pe 412. 2. a
: :
1'
Ga
c.
52*
t. dp.apriaJi',
Eo 7^.
3.
to
gen. obj.,
He
2^.t
SJW.
.-
v.s. TTtt^OS.
->?,
*Tra0riTo's,
-ov (-^Trdo-xw), 1.
to suffering (E,
mg.,
v.
M,
one w/io has suffered. 2. subject Pr., 222) or destined to suffer (AV, E, txt.)
Ac
2623.t
TTaOos, -ov?, Td 7r({o-xa)), [in
LXX:
Jb
30^1 (b^X),
1.
Pr
252o,
and
very
freq. in iv
Mac
(1^^-, al.)*;]
one, that
which one
suffers.
333
NT
i^.t
always in bad
sense
Col 3^
:
tt.
dn/xtas,
irdOrj/jia,
Eo
12
tt. lTrLdvfxia<;,
Th
the more concrete and particular. In NT usage, tt. represents the passive, ungoverned aspect of evil desire, as opp. to iTnOvfj-ta, which is the active and also the more comprehensive term (v. Tr., Syn., Ixxxvii) cf. also 6pe$is. * iraiSaywyo's, -ov, 6 (-eC^Trats, ayw), a guide, guardian, trainer of boys, a tutor (disting. from BiSdaKaXos, Xen., Lac, 3, 1), usually a trusty slave opp. to iraTrjp, I Co 4}^ ; fig., of the Law, tt. eis Xpurrov, Ga324.25_t
TT.
Syn,
exc, that
irddrj/jia is
dimin. of
colloq.
G^.t
Trais, [in
;]
little
and
:
cf.
To
6'^' *,
and
V.
MM,
:
xviii)
Jo
Syn.
v.S. Trats.
(-tct,
iraiScia
1.
T), -as,
rj
{<^TraiSvo}),
2.
[in
LXX
the rearing of
:
a child (^sch.).
ii
(Plat., al.)
Eph 6^
:
Ti S^\
ing, discipline
He
-ov,
12^ (i^x),
3. As 7, s, n f
in
LXX
iraiScoTiis,
6 7rai8ei;'w),
1.
[in
LXX: Ho
:
52
(iKa), Si 37^^
IV
Mac
5^* 9*;]
prop.,
a teacher,
(cf.
instructor:
Eo
2^'^.
2.
corrector,
Ho,
I.e.)
He
12^.t
chiefly for ID"^;] 1. as in cl., to train generally, to teach, instruct : Ac 7^^, 22^, i Ti 1^*,
LXX
62,
LXX
xviii),
(Ps
Pr 1^,
i
Wi
Co
3^, al.,
and
from
225,
TT.,
V.
MM,
:
to chasten, correct,
chastise:
11=^2^
He
3i9.t
127>i0;
of divine chastening,
Ee
Syn,
StSda-KO), q.v.
LXX
Ge
47^*;]
cl. ck irai86s,
from childhood
etc., freq. in
Mk
92^,t
Trais, [in
dimin. of
LXX
also for
child,
i;?3
To
in ref. to full-grown
youth
Jq
;]
a young
little
one:
Mt
28-
^'^^^
Lk
159,66,76,80 217,27,40^
I621,
He
IpS;
of
older children, Mt 182- "- s, Mk S^a-^i 730 924, 36^ Lk 9*^' * IS^^, Jo 4*9 72^ IQi^^-, Lk 722 11^ is^e, in pi., Mt lli 1421 1538 183 1913,14^ 213' 1*. i Co I420. He Metaph., Colloq. in familiar address (as Eng. colloq., "lads" V. M, Pr., 170^ and Irish use of "boys") Jo 21^,
Mk
Jo
2^3. 18 37,t
Syn.
a young
v.S. rrais.
-r/s, r},
iraiSiaKT],
dimin. of
(pn'StZ
Trais, [in
,
LXX
for nUSit^
nipK
etc.
;]
1.
girl,
a maiden
(v.
Eu
4^2).
2. Colloq., a
f.
;
young female
slave,
a maid-servant
Kennedy, Sources, 40
Deiss.,
LAE,
186,
334
3322)
:
Mk
146' ^\
la.,
Lk
12*^ 22^6,
ib.
Jo
IS^^,
Ac
12^3 igie
of
Hagar,
Ga
i^^--^''
:
30(LXX).
metaph.,
:
^Kf
SVN.
TTai^o)
V.S. Trais.
7rar?),
16",
[in
LXX
Ge 2P
pi.
;]
268,
Ex
and
more
freq. (Jg
al.)
for
pnuf
and dancing)
gen., iraiSos,
6,
rj,
[in
n'iy3
etc.;]
1.
a
TT.,
ir.,
Mt
17^^,
Lk
2'**
9*'^,
Ac
2012
Lk
8^1' 5*
;
nom.
;
235 Bl., 33, 4) pi., Mt 2^*^ 2V^ Like Heb. 13^, Lat. puer, Fr. gargon, Eng. boy (.^sch., Aristoph.,
;
Xen.,
al.),
Mt
S^'^'^*,
Lk
j^
late writers
LXX
so
(
Ge
dl^*",
al.),
of a king's attendant or
tt.
minister
Is 418,
Mt
213,
14^
t.
e^oi
(Ps 68 (69)^^
wi
al.),
of Israel,
Lk
Jesus (but V.
f.),
emphasis on parentage and the consequent community of nature mos, son, with emphasis on the privileged position of heirship ir. refers both to age and parentage, but with emphasis on the former. Cf. also iraiSapLoi', TraiStW, irai^Lo-K-q, and V. Westc. on i Jo 31. 2. v.s. Oepd-n-wv, and cf. Thackeray, Gr., 7 f.
Syn.
TKvoy,
child, with
;
iraiw, [in
LXX
:
hand or
fist,
Mt
chiefly for HDJ hi. ;] to strike, smite : with the 26^\ Lk 22"*; with a sword, 14*^ Jo 18i; of a
Mk
reptile, to sting
Re
9^.t
naxaTiai'ii, -rj<;, 17, Pacatiana, the western part of the Province of Phrygia, as constituted in iv/A.D. i Ti subscr. (Eec.).t
:
[in
LXX:
of old,
of
in time past
relatively):
Mt 1P\ Lk
Mk
(denoting past time absolutely, as -n-poTepov lOi^, He 1^, Ju^; as adj., cart., ii Pe l^; 6*7 (WH, mg.), IS-^* (WH, mg., E, txt.); c.
durat. praes. (RV, all this time), 11 TTa\o.i6s, -a, -oV 7rc{Xat), [in
Co
old,
12i^.+
LXX:
I
Le
Jo
2522 261",
Ca
7i3(i4)
(72^),
Jos
9*'*,
Je 45(38)11 (nba),
539
;
etc.;]
3^*
;
ancient; opp. to
vcos,
xaivo?:
;
oTvos,
Lk
;
BLaOTJKr),
II
Co
evToXrj,
2^
Cvfir], I
Co
6",
5^- 8
TT.
phrases,
v.
Westc,
E'ph., 68),
Eo
Eph
4.^'\
Col 39 neut. pi., Katva koI it., Mt 13^^; of things not merely old, but worn by use (as Jo, I.e., LXX), Mt 916.17, Mk 2^1.22, Lk 5^6.37 t
Syn.
v.s. a.p^aio<;.
-rjro'i,
rj
*iraXat6TT]S,
(<^7raXatos), oldneSS
,
.'
ypa/x/Aaros,
Ro
7*'.t
-iraXaiou, -w
'2 qal.
,]
to
make
LXX
:
chiefly for
81^
;
rhi
pi.,
in pass, for
:
He
(cf.
pass., to
91^,
become old
al.,
of
v.s.
Jo
Is 50^,
and
Lk
12*^,
He
111 (LXX)
J
^^ -n-akaiovfievov,
He
81^
(where this
335
act., v. supr.,
may have
SYN.
*irdXt],
yijpdcrKO).
-77s,
^ (<^iraX\a),
to
contest
fig.,
of the spiritual
combat
1. of place, hack,
backwards
(LS,
S.V.).
2.
Ga 1^, CK Ga l^'^ CIS TO TT., II Co 13^; rpirov (Bl., 81, 4), Mt 26*4; U htvripov, Mt 26^^ Ac 1015; TT. 8iVTpov, Jo 45* 2116; TT. dvw^t,/ (Wi 19), Ga 4^. 3. Ehetorically, again; (a) Mt 5**, Lk 13^*^, Jo 12^^, al. (b) in turn, on the further, moreover
Jo
135
(and
freq.),
Ac IV^, Eo
ll^^,
TT.
dvaKa/XTTTCtl',
Ac
18^^; VTrO(TTpe(f>lV,
other
hand (Soph.;
Jo
28.
LXX Wi
:
ljj 6,
Co
122i, 11
Co
10^
*+ iraXiryei'eo'ia (Rec. TroAtyy-), -as, rj (<^7rdXtv, ycv(ns), new birth, renewal, restoration, regeneration ; (a) of persons (Plut., Phil., al.), of spiritual regeneration, 8ta Xovrpov TraXiKvevccrtas (gen. attr., v. Ellic, in Tit 35 {b) of the world, as in Stoics, Jewish Apocal., al. (v. 1.),
;
ff.),
Mt
IQ^s.t
-iroXXr), -ttoXv
(<[
Sm.
81,
Jb
36^1,
Ps 39
Mk
Ac
21"
Trai/SoKeiov,
* irak'-8o)(eio' (Soklov, T), -ov, to (<^7ra'So;(Vs), late form of Att. an inn {khdn, caravanserai) Lk lO^^.t * ira'-8oxUS, -c'ws, 6 (<^7ras, Sc^^oyttai), late form of the Att. TravSoKcvs
:
(T, in
1.),
an
innkeeper, host
17
Lk
lO^^.t
iraKiiYupis, -a)s,
(<^
ttSs
dyupas
ayopd), [in
LXX:
:
Ho211(*3)
95,
Ez 46"
honour
(nyia).
of a
tt.,
:
Am
;
in
god
v.
He
12^^
(for exx. in
MM,
SyN.
iKKX-qaria. (q.V.),
o-waywy>;.
-*ci),
adv. (<[7ras,
oT/cos),
a word rejected by
strict Atticists,
Plat. [Eryx.,
392
c)
[in
LXX
Ex
11 (rr^S), III
cf.
Mac
rj
3^^
(where
-/cia,
the Attic
form,
Ge
50^, al.)*;]
with
all the
household: Ac IS^^.t
irai'OTrXia, -as,
(<7r5s,
ottXov), [in
LXX:
II
Ki
2^1 (n^f^q),
Jb
Jth 143, Wi 517, Si 46, I, II, IV Macg*;] full armour: Lk II22; metaph. (cf. Wi, I.e.), t. O^ov, Eph G"' i^.t irat'oupyia, -as, rj (<^ Travoupyos), [in LXX J08 9*, Pr 1* 8^ (nip-ir), Nu 2422, Si 1925 2122 31 (34)10 (in all cases in good or
3920,
:
336
indifferent sense) *
craftiness, cunning,
nij-iy), II
cleverness, in
:
cl.
knavery
Lk
20"^,
Co
3^^
(LXX,
to
<j>p6vr]cn^,
for
Co
42 113,
Eph
4}\f
chiefly for
LXX
DTir ;] ready
:
do anything ;
12^^
;
(a) in cl.,
chiefly in
11
Co
(b)
in
good sense,
*t
TTa'ir\Y)0ei
(Eec.
TrafiirX-, V.
WH,
irXrjdos:),
=
II
cl. irafjiTrXrjOi';,
Lk
23^*.t
ira.'Taxfi
LXX
Mac
Is 24" (niSinS),
Wi
29,
Mac
8" *
;]
everywhere
Ac
212^.t
LXX:
IV
13^ 15^2*;]
from
all sides:
Mk
145,
Rec.t
LXX:
i
Mk
Lk
p8
all-
Lk
96,
Ac
Co
4i7.t
**Tra^TXVis, -?
7rSs,
rcAos),
[in
LXX:
III
Mac
T^^
A*;]
; ek : (where perhaps in temp, sense, finally ; v. MM, xviii).t Mac 4^*;] **TT(^TT) (Eec. -T-q), adv. 7r5s), [in LXX: Si 5022, every way, entirely : Ac 243.t (48)3i TTdyroQiv, adv. 7ras), [in LXX: Je 31 (n^^), al.;] from
t. TravreAe's,
completely, utterly
13^^,
He
72^
all sides
Mk
l*^
Lk
19^3,
He
,
9^.1
Kparcto),
t Trata"OKpdTa)p,
58.17,
al.,
-o/aos,
(<[[7ras,
[in
LXX:
freq.
in
Jb
5^^,
al.
(''H3;),
and
for
DlXny
in the phrase
Ki
and
freq. in
II, III
Am,
Za,
Ma
also in
:
Wi
G^s,
72^,
in Jth, 2122.t
Mac;] almighty
11
Co
Ee
:
II21 19^^*;] in late **TTd^TOT, adv. of time 7r5s), [in writers (once in Arist.) for StaTravrds, iKdarore, at all times, always :
LXX Wi
Mt
47),
26^1,
Mk
14^,
:
147,
ndvT(as,
To
423,
Jo 63*, Eo li, and freq. in Paul. Epp. adv. 7r5s), [in LXX: iv Ki 5" (v. Thackeray, Gr., al. ;] altogether, by all means; (a) without neg. (from
Lk
IS^i,
Hdt. on)
Co
16^2
Lk
Ac
2122 28*,
esp. in strong affirmations, surely, at all events : I Co 9^^; (b) c. neg. (so always in Hom.), in a
Eo
3^;
in
a partial negation
(Bl.,
75,
7),
prep.
c.
C. gen. pers.,
[in
from
al
62
source or origin,
by^fft
;]
Mk
etc.,
ol
Mk
811
lOis,
Phi i^\
11
Ti
l^s,
Ja
1^,
Mt
21*2,
Mk 12", Lk
avTov,
his family,
f.
;
his kinsfolk,
1.)
;
Mk
Swete, in
ra
418.
Trap'
Mk
52^,
Lk
107,
phi
337
Jo
19^^,
tt,
t. a-ravpiS),
by the side
of, beside,
by, with,
LXX
for
Ac
Col
28^*, al.
416, al.
;
Trap' iavrtZ,
b^^, T^, ^ry3;] Lk ll^^ 197, Jo 1* 4*o, at home, i Co 16^ c. dat. pi., among, Mt 22^^,
;
metaph.,
Mt
192,
Mk
of,
lO^^,
Lk
l^o,
Eo
:
2i3,
Ja
127, al.
III. C. ace, of
motion by or towards,
[in
LXX for
Ac
;
b'S^
10^^^
^7
ll^^j
beside, by,
along
He
;
Mt 4^^ Mk 4^, Lk 8^, Ac 4'*, al. after verbs of (a) be2. beside, beyond, metaph. rest, Mt 13^ Mk 5^\ Lk 8^5, al. Ac 18^^, Ro 1^^ 4^^ 11^^, al. except, yond, against, contrary to Lk 3^^, Eo 12^ 14^, II Co 11^* (b) beyond, above, in comparison with
:
; ; :
12i5'". He (c) on account of: 1 Co IV. In composition beside, to {trapaXaixjBdviii, irapayw), at hand {Trdpeifxi), from (Trapappim) amiss (Trapa/covw), past {irapipxopxj.i), compared with {irapopxnaS^oi) above measure {n-apopyLL.w). napa-^alvw, [in for IID "inr, "nO hi., JTOizr, etc.;] 1. in Hom. (twice), to go by the side of, stand beside. 2. In iEsch., Herod., Thuc, al., to go past or pass over, chiefly metaph., to overstep, violate,
1*'9 33, al.;
:
LXX
Ez
t. TrapdSoaiv,
Mt 15^
t. cvtoXtJv,
De
i,
17'^**,
al.), to
T^s
a\ri6eLa<s, Arist.,
5, 2)
Trapa-P(iX\(u,
LXX:
Pr
(.1133
Eu
2^6
14^^ (elsewhere as v.l.J*;] 1. to throw to or beside, as (^buf), 11 fodder to horses (Horn., al.). 2. to lay beside, compare (Hdt., Plat., al.) i^^, Eec. 3. Eeflexive, to betake oneself, come near ; of seamen, to cross over : cis Sa/tov, Ac 20^^. 4. In mid. = Trapa:
Mac
Mk
/SoXcwo/xat, q.v.t
irapd-paffis,
-ews,
17
7rapa^aivu)),
[in
1.
LXX:
Ps 100
(lOl)^
(D^Bp), IV
Ki
224 A,
Wi
143i, 11
Mac
IS^"*;]
tion (Arist.). 2. In later writers, aii overstepping ; metaph., transgression (Plut., al.): Eo 41^ 51*, He 22 Q^^; t. vo/xov, Eo 2^3; Iv tt.,
I
Ti 2^*
T. 7rapa/3d(Twv x^ptv,
:
Ga
319.
SYN.
je628*;]
charioteer
v.S. dfiapria.
Sm.
one
tt.
who stands
vd/xov,
beside,
the warrior
(cf.
7rapa/3aiVw,
Ga
218,
Ja 29;
Eo
2. 1). 225.27^
f napa-pidioy.ai,
(117 hi.), I
[in
LXX: Ge
iv
Ki
217
(^31^9),
De
1*3
Ki
or law. 2. to compel by force (Polyb.). 3. to constrain by entreaty Lk 2429, Ac IG^^.t (Ge, I Ki, 11. c.) *t irapo-PoXeuojiai = cl. 7rapay8aAAop,at (ii Mac 14^8), to expose oneself danger, hazard one's life : c. dat. ref., t. ^vxxi (v. M, Pr., 64), to Phi 230 (Rec. irapa/SovA.-). Cited by Deiss., LAE, 84, 120.t
:
22
338
TrapaySaXXw), [in
1,
LXX
(cf.
Nu
al.
23",
De
2837,
Ps 43 {Uy^, Pr
Ez
I222, al.
mult, in
2.
Si, Wi 5^;] 1. a placing beside, juxtaposition (Polyb., al.). a comparing, comparison (Plat., Arist., al.). 3. a comparison,
:
Mt
M^'\
Mk
3^3,
He
9" ll^^;
which are
a parable:
4.
Mt
133.i",
(i
characteristic of the synoptic teaching of our Lord, 42.10, ljj g^.s-u^ al.; c. gen. ref., Mt 13i8'36.
Mk
Ki
10^2,
Pr
Trapoifiia,
a proverb
or gnomic saying
Lk
SVN.
n-apoLfjLia (v.
(v.
LS,
s.v.),
a vulg.
form
mand
Ac
528 1624,
Th
42, i
Ti
l^- is.
order.) t
LXX
transmit a message (^sch., Eur.). 2. to order, command (Hdt., Xen., al.) c. inf., Ac 15^ c. ace. rei, i Co ll^^, 11 Th 3^ i Ti 411, 5^ seq. Iva (M, Pr., 207; Bl., 69, 4), Mk 6s, 11 Th 3^2; c. dat. pers., Ac 1730 E, txt., I Th 411 seq. kiyo^v, Mt 10^ c. inf. aor., Mt lb^\ Mk 8,
: ; ;
;
Lk Lk
/X77,
829,
Ac
51* 856,
Ac 2322, Lk 921, Ac 1*
3), II
Co
710
c. inf.
I
v.
c.
;
neg.,
/-i^,
id. c.
neg.,
418 528.40,
Ti 13 617;
c.
70,
Th
:
310
c.
ace. et
inf.,
Ac
233o,
n Th
SYN.
1. to be
V.S. iirekXio.
irapa-yii'op.ai (Ion.
and
:
beside or at
hand
(Horn., Hdt.,
port (^sch., Thuc, al.) c. dat. pers., 11 arrive (Hdt., Xen., al., and freq. in later writers; v. MM, xviii; Thackeray, Gr., 267.2): absoL, Lk I421 1916, Jo 323, Ac 521.22,25 939 1032.33 1123 142- 1710 1827 2118 231*'' 35 2417.24 25^ 2821, I Co 163; geq. J5, Jo 82, Ac 926 154 ^TTi', c. ace, Lk 22^2 7rpo9, c. ace, Lk 7*' 20 319, Ac 20i8
; ;
chiefly for Ni3;] hence, to stand by, supTi 41^. 2. to come, come up,
LXX
Lk IP
. .
Trapa, c. gen.,
Trpo's,
Mk 14*3
dTro
iirl
Mt
313
of a teacher
cts,
Mt
2i,
Mt
31,
Lk
1251,
He
911.+
Trap-ayo), [in chiefly for Hliy;] 1. trans., to lead by, lead aside, lead into, lead foricard, etc. 2. Intrans., {a) to pass by : Mt 99, 27 2030, 214 1521^ Jo 859 E, txt., 91 seq. irapd, c. ace, li^ (b) to
LXX
Mk
Mk
go away, depart
metaph.,
to
pass away
4i7,
Co
73i
LXX: Nu
(Dan
al.).t
ni.),
Ez
2817 (mh?"5),
to
Es
Da
LXX
25*;]
to set
forth as
an
put
to
open shame:
first
He
6^ (Polyb., Plut.,
LXX
Ge
l^"-,
339
D^IS, Ne
2^,
Ec
2^;] 1.
a park, pleasure;
ground, garden (LXX), an orchard (in tt., v. MM, ii, xviii Deiss., BS, 2. Paradise, the abode of the blessed dead 148). Lk 23*3 ii Co 12*.
:
Ee
HI
27.t
LXX Ex
;
:
23^ {HVJZ),
(a)
Pr
3^2 (nsi), ii
:
Mac
422
E,
Mac
of things
(i'XX),t
:
Mk
42",
Ac
15* I621
He
12^
*tiTapa-8ia-TpiPii,
-tJs, 17,
useless
wrangling
;]
v.l.
parpi^Tf (q.v.),
Ti B^.t
irapa-SiSwfii, [in
<o ^ive
;
LXX
correl. to irapa^ixpixai, 1.
or hand over to another c. ace. et dat., Mt II2" 25^*, Lk 4, up to a course of teaching, pass. seq. eis, Eo 6^''. 2. to commit, commend : Ac 142^ IS^o^ j Pe 223. 3. to give or deliver up to prison or judgment c. ace. pers., Mt 4^2^ ]y[]j ^h^ jjq 425^ jj pg 2*
al.
of being delivered
Eo
;
;
8^2; c. dat.,
c. inf.,
Mt
525,
Mk
15\ Lk
1258, Jq ign^
^1.; id.
12*; seq. ci's, Mt lO^^ 1722 24^, Lk 21^2, Ac 83, II Co 411, al. t. Saram, I Ti 120; j^ ggq ^.^ oXiOpov aapKOS, I Co 5* with the coUat. idea of treachery (= irpo8t8w/xt), c. ace. pers., Mt 26^^,
seq. Iva,
Jo I916
Ac
Mk
1411,
Jo
66*, al.
id. c. dat.,
Mt
4.
26i5, al.
to
deliver verbally (traditions, commands, etc.) 7^3, Lk I2, Ac 6^*, i Co 11^ 15* pass., 11 Pe 221, Ju ^. 5. to permit (for exx. in cl., v. LS, s.v.) '
:
avTov,
Mt
2625,
Mk
14*2,
Jq
2311.
Mk
Mk
429.
**Trap<i8o|os, -ov 7rapd, 86$a), [in 52 16^7 195, Jth 13^3^ Si 4325, ii-iv Mac 3 * ;] contrary to received opinion, incredible, marvellous : pi., Lk 526.t
LXX:
Wi
Syn.
v.s. Swa/iis.
17
-irapd-Soo-is, -ccos,
(<
irapaStSto/At), [in
LXX
II
Es
7^* (T-1D^?),
Je
ni.),
41(34)2*;]
1,
a handing down or
over,
transfer,
152'
a, c^
Mk
Eo
Polyb., al., LXX). 2. tradition (Plat., Epict., al.) by meton., of the doctrine itself V-, I Co 112, Ga lu, Col 28, 11 Th 2^5 3.t
(Arist.,
; :
of doctrine
Mt
LXX
De
322i, iii
Ki
I422,
Ps 77
(78)58 (K:p
Ps
LXX:
Je 29(47)^
(D^n J^in)
etc.
;]
by the sea
-5, 1.
Mt
4i3.t
* irapa-Ocup^o),
look, neglect
:
to
examine side by
side,
compare.
2. to over-
pass.,
Ac
r/
6^.f
irapo-GiiicTj, -T/s,
(<7rapaTt^77/xt), [in
3^'^' ^5,
LXX
Le
62'* (52^'
23) (j^^j5B)^
and
in
To
I
10^',
n Mac
11
v.l.
a deposit or
Exp.,
712*;]
iii,
trust:
xviii) .+
Ti
520,
Ti
[in
112,14
form,
v.
MM,
S^^
**Trop-oii'^, -5,
LXX:
11
Mac
725.26,
Mac
to
340
exhort, advise:
(v.
Bl., 72, 5;
M,
;]
Pr., 205),
to
Ac
27-;
absol., seq.
Aeyw, Ac 279.t
LXX
1.
beg of or
from another
deprecate
;
2. to ov-rrep tjtovvto, v. Field, Notes, 43). 12^*; neg., to entreat that not (Thuc, al.) 3'o, (b) to refuse, declme, avoid : c. ace, i Ti 4^ S^i, ii Ti 2^3, Tit 12" (EV but V. Field, Notes, 234). 3. to beg off, ask to be excused, excuse (Polyb., al.) Lk 14i8.i9 (He 122^, Field, l.c.).t *t Trapa-KaOe'i^onai, to sit down beside : seq. irpos, Lk 10^^ (Plut.),t
:
Mk
15^ (Rec.
c.
(a)
prop.,
He
He
irapa-Kaeilu, [in
LXX
:
Jb
2'=^
(ntzr) *
;]
to
set
beside
1.
;
act. for
mid., to sit
down
beside
Lk
10^^,
Rec. (for
;
-i^ofjiai,
q.v.).t
;]
irapa-KaXeo), -w,
[in
LXX
ni., pi.
to call
to
one, call for, summon : Ac 28^*^ (R, mg. R, txt., entreat) hence (of Dem., Xen., al.), to invoke, call on, beseech, e^itreat : t. the gods n-aripa pxtv, Mt 26^^; t. Kvpiov, II Co 12^; in late writers (Polyb., in tt., v. Deiss., LAE, I7614), also of men Diod., al. rarely in 5^7, Lk l^o, Ac 16^ al.; e. inf., absol., Phm^; c. ace, Mt 8^, 8", Ac 831, al.; seq. Iva (v. M, Pr., 205, 208), Mt 1^^\ Mk 5^8, Lk m, c. al. 2. to admonish, exhort : absol., Lk 3^^, Ro 12^, 11 Ti 4^, al. 1532, 1 Th 2^1, He 3", al. Phi 42, inf., Ac IF^, Ro id. seq. ace, Ac 4i, al.; I Th seq. Iva (v. M, Pr., I.e.), i Co T", 11 Co 8^ i Th 4^, a-l. Jb 4^, Is 35^, Si 432*, 3. to cheer, encourage, comfort (Plut.,
:
LXX
Mk
;
Mk
U\
LXX
al.;
al.)
II
c.
ace,
;
11
Co
1, 5*,
Co
1*
pass.,
:
Mt
Th
4^8;
8i<,
SYN.
irapaixveiw
[in
M,
Trapa-KaXoTTTw,
LXX:
Ez
;]
to
al.),
Lk
9*^.t liapa-Kara-eiiKTi,
-7??, rj
v.l.
TrapaKararL6-np.i), [in
(npN^5)),
and elsewhere as
[in
;]
its
trtist
LXX:
tj
Rec.t
Da LXX
212,
BeP*,
93
II, III
Mac 5*;]
131*,
to lie beside,
Trap<i-K\T]o-ts,
-0)5,
(94)19,
Ho
Na
to
3^,
Ro
,
7i^'2i.t
LXX:
Jb
its
11
pg
72*
parts and
derivatives), ib.
Mac
IO2* 12^,
Mac
1511*;]
1.
a calling
entreaty (Strab., Plut., al, i Mac 102* cf. Lft., Notes, 20) 11 Co 8*. &~ 2. exhortation, encouragement : Ac 15^1, Ro 12^, i Co 14^, 11 Co Phi 21, I Th 23, I Ti 413, He 12^ A.o'yos (tt tt., Ac 131*, He 1322; vlh^ TT., Ac 436. 3. consolation, comfort (Phalar., LXX) Lk &\ Ac 9^1, 7'''7i3, II Th 2i, Phm"; t. ypac^wv, Ro 15*; ^cos -n)s tt., II Co l*-7
;
:
Ro
155,
11
Co
13;
TT.
ToC 'lapa-qX
** TTapd-KXrjTos, -ov TrapaKaXew) [in Aq., Th. Jb 162*;] called to ones aid in a judicial cause (Dion. Cass.) hence, most freq. as subst., 6 TT., an advocate, pleader, intercessor (Dem., al. ; so in Rabbinic
,
(v.
f.),
Lk
225.t
341
character, or otherwise enlist sympathy in his favour" (Field, Notes, In NT, specif., 6 ir., (a) of Christ, i Jo 2^ (v. ICC, Jo. Epp., 102). 23 fif.); (b) of the Holy Spirit (AV, comforter; but v. opp. c), Jo 1416,26 1526 167 (cf. also Abbott, Essays, 86, 97; Deiss., LAE, 339 f.;
MM,
xviii;
Westc,
-^s,
Jo.,
rj,
ii,
188ff.).t
2. Later, a hearing amiss (Plat.). following inattention, disobedience : Eo 5^, ii Co 10, He 2^ TrapaKovd), and V. Tr., Syn., lxvi).t
*irap-aKoii,
1.
as
(cf.
**Trap-aKoXouec'w,
-S),
[in
LXX
ii
Mae 8"
9^7
E*;]
c.
dat.,
to
follow closely, accompany. Metaph., in various senses, (a) to result Mk 16t''J (b) to follow up, trace, investigate : Lk 1^ (so freq. in cl.) (For exx. (c) to follow as a standard of conduct: i Ti 4", ii Ti 3^*^.
;
from
TT.,
V.
MM,
xviii.)
irap-aKou'u,
[in
LXX: Es
33.8
i
(^^j;
4^1,
ntrr,
3**;]
c.
neg.)
4^*
7*
(WTl
2. to
Es
To
1.
3.
Later (as in
LXX,
no heed
Mk
Mt
18i7.t
chiefly for C]pt2? ni., hi.;] 1. to stoop sideways. 2. to stoop to look: Lk 24^2 (E, txt.), Jo 20^'". Metaph. (v. Hort, Ja., in 1.), to look into : seq. eis, Ja 1^**, i Pe 1^.+
irapa-KOTTTw, [in
LXX
napa-Xaii^dvoi, [in
1. c. ace.
rei,
LXX
chiefly for
Upb
also for
tPT
etc.
;]
like irapahixopxii,
41^,
another: Col
49;
T.
c.
inf.,
Mk
1228; of the mind, i Co ll^^ IS^.s, Ga 7*; seq. Trapd, c. gen., Ga P^, i Th 2^^ 4t\ ii
2.
He
Mk
Jo
19l,
Ac
1433; seq.
43 5^0 9^ lO^^, Lk 9i0'28 1126 igsi^ l^o.^*; fj,iff iavrov, 12*5 181,
Mt
Mk
Mt
ifJiavrov,
Jo 143;
pass.,
Mt
^^
24^"' ^^
Lk
other verbs
(b) later,
Ac
Jo l".t
lie
* irapa-X^Y"'
of sailors, to
beside (Horn.)
prep.
;]
by the sea ;
rj tt.
:
Jos 9^ Jth
17, al.),
Trap-aX\aYi, -^s,
7]
Lk
:
TrapaXXdaraw) [in
,
LXX
2*,
IV
Ki
92 (]iy|B7)*;]
s.v.),
change
Ja
:
1^7
pi.;]
1. to 122.t
irapa-Xoyi^onai, [in
miscalculate.
^
mislead
Col
Ja
:
Mt
42* 8 921
Mk
WH,
irapa-Xu'u,
[in
LXX:
Je
62* 27*3^
Ez
2. to weaken, enfeeble ; pass., to be enthe side, set free. 12i2(LXX).t esp. by a paralytic stroke Lk 518.24, Ac 87 933, feebled,
loose
from
He
342
LXX
7'-^,
Pr
12^,
;
Da TH
;]
to
remain
beside or near
Kara-),
He
2.
Ja
l^^
of remaining alive,
ii
:
Co
16'
1.
i
(WH,
Phi
LXX
Mac
c.
15**
(Sm.g)*;]
to
comfort, console
ace, pers.,
Jo 1V\
Th
to en2^^
id. seq.
Trcpt',
Jo IV^.f
SyN.
1.
TTapaKaAeo).
v {<-rrapa,i.veiois.ai), [in LXX: Es S^^, Wi 19^2*;] encouragement, exhortation. 2. comfort, consolation : i Co 14^.t
**Trapafjiu0i'a, -as,
SyN.
irapaK\r](TL<;.
3^^*;] 1. an to (<^7rapa/i,r^0/x.at), [in exhortation, -persuasion, eiicouragement : Phi 2^ (cf. Plat., Legg., vi, 773 E, al. v. Lft. and ICC, Phi., I.e.). 2. assuagement, abatement, hence, consolation (Wi, I.e., and freq. in cl.).t
** Trapafiu'Oiof,
;
-ov,
LXX: Wi
LXX
2^^.f
for
bbu
etc., chiefly in
:
Pss and
;]
ii
Mac;]
Ac
23^.t
(n?57p)i etc.
[in
LXX
Ps 36
(37)'^
law-break-
ing, transgression
11
Pe
t TTapa-TTiKpaiVw, [in
LXX
chiefly for
niD
:
qal., hi.,
i^p
most
freq.
in
Pss and
Ps 105
(106)7,
Ez ;] Ez
to
25-8, al.,
absol.
(yet so. t.
5*,
6e6y,
cf
0.
added, Ps
Ez
20-^\ al.),
He
t irapa-iriKpacrp.os,
6 (-C^TrapainKpaivw), [in
LXX:
Ex
t<3
17^; dvTiXoyta,
tt.
Nu
20^*)*;] provocation: iv
(Heb. at Meribah),
He
Es
LXX
07ie's
Ez
11
(^d:
Wi
6.
69 12^,
I.e.).
Mae
10* A*;]
Thuc., Polyb.
e.
al.), to
;
fall in
way,
befall.
2. to fall into
e. dat., 11
:
Mac,
3. to
gen.)
absol..
He
4. to
most
I.e.
cf. i
Ki
3^^).f
* Trapa-irX^w, to sail by or past : c ace, Ac 20i^.t * irapa-irXiiatos, -a, -ov (Hdt., Plat., al. also -OS, -ov, Thuc., Polyb.), coming near, nearly resembling. Neut. -ov, adverbially, = I'ws, in a way nearly resembling : c. dat., Phi 227.t **Trapa-irXT)o-iws, adv. (<[7rapa7rA.?;orios), [in Quint.: Ho 8"*;] in
;
like
manner
He
2i*.t
irapa-TTopeuofxai, [in
LXX chiefly
by
:
for "ISIT;]
pa7iy.
Mk
etc.
Mt
27^^,
Mk
,
(WH,
t Trapd-TTToifjia,
;]
-tos,
to (<^ TrapaTrtTTTw)
1125.26^
[in
2.
LXX
for ^JHS
^5^0,
5^^,
1.
a false
:
step,
a blunder
(Polyb.).
Ethically, a misdeed,
12,
Rq
n Co
Sy^.
V.8. ajxapria.
343
LXX
2i.t
Is
U^
(^n''),
Pr
away,
cl.,
slip
away
He
iii Mac 2^9*;] 1. in ** TrapaaTjiios, -ov (<[ cr^/xa, a mark), [in marked amiss, spurious, counterfeit. Later, 2. marked at the side, annotated (Plut.). 3. marked with a sign (LXX) as subst., a figure;
LXX
head
Ac
2811 (v.
MM,
[in
xix).t
irapa-oTKeodl^w,
:
LXX
Je 27 (50)^^
("^^3^))
etc.
;]
to
11
prepare,
make ready absol. (sc. t. SetTrvov, etc.; cf. Hdt., ix, Ac IQ)^^; mid., to jJ^^pare, make preparations i Co pass., II Co 9-'^.t
:
82,
Mac
2'-"),
14^
LXX: Ex
,
v.l.,
4^, I Mac 9^^ J< II Mac I521 * ;] 1. preparation. Jth equipment (Jth, 11. c). 3. In Jewish usage, the day of preparation for a Sabbath or a feast (= rpoo-a/Jy^arov, q.v.) Mt 27*52, Mk 15*2, 23^4^ Jo 1931 Lk c. gen., rod 7rd<rxa, Jo 19^*; t. 'lovSaiW, ib.*2 (it is the name for Friday in MGr.).t
2.
:
irapa-Teii'(i),
[in
LXX: Nu
LXX:
1^ iq
232^
to extend,
pro-
long
T.
Xoyov,
('2)^
Ac
20'^.+
(QD7), 129 (130) (inm), q^atch closely, observe narrowly: so 32, Lk 202o (absol., v. Field, mid., T. TTuAas, Ac 92* with evil intent, Notes, 74) so mid., Lk 6'^ 14^. 2. to observe scrupulously (of days and seasons cf. Ex 12*2, Sm.) mid., Ga 4i''.t Ex 12*2 (v.s, TrapaTT^pew) * ;] obser**tirapa-T>ipi](Tis, -cws, 17, [in Aq.
irapa-TTjp^w, -w, [in
6^1
Ps 36
(37)i-
Da TH
g^ji2,i5, i6*.j
;
Mk
vation
Lk
iTapa-Ti0T)|j.i, [in
LXX
:
I.
of food,
10^,
i
Mk
Co
6*1 8>7,
102'';
Lk
metaph., of teaching, ^i. II. Mid., 1. to have set before one (Horn., Thuc, irapaftoXrjv, Mt 132*' Xen., al.). 2. to deposit with another, give in charge or commit to (Hdt., Xen., Polyb., al.) c. acj. et dat., Lk 12*8 23*^, Ac 142^ 20^2, I Ti 1^8, II Ti 22, I Pe ^^^. 3. to bring forward, quote as evidence : seq. OTL, Ac 17^ (v. Page, in l.).t * irapa-TUYX'i>'<. ^0 happen to be near or present : Ac 17i'^.t
16^*;
Ac
pass,
ptcp.,
Lk
adv. (<^ irapairra = Trap' avra, SC. to. Trpay/xara), [in Ps 69 (70)^ To 4^* * ;] 1. immediately. 2. C. subst., to express brief duration (cf. 17 tt. Xa/ATrpdn^s, Thuc, ii, 64), momentary, for a
irap-auTiKa,
:
LXX
vioment
11
Co
4i''.t
21i3(n) (bb.l hithpo.), and as v.l..^*;] 1. to bring to, set before, esp. of food (Hdt., al.). 2. to take or carry 14^", Lk 22*2; pass., seq. viro, Jui2; away : c. ace. rei, seq. arro, 13^.t metaph., pass., c. dat..
Trapa-(t>e'pa>,
[in
LXX
Ki
Mk
11
He
iTapa-<}>pot'^u
(<[ rrapd,
:
(fyprjv),
[in
LXX
:
Za
7^^
(TID)
II
*
',]
to be
Co
1123.t
=
Tit
cl. 7rapa(f>pocrvvr],
madneSS
cts,
Pe
;
2l^.t
* TTapa-xifx(iiw,
Trpos v/iSs,
I
to tointer at a place
;
seq.
Ac
27^2
iv, ib.
28ii
Co
166
3i2.t
344
*'t"Trapa-xip,aCTia,
(^
Trapa-^^ct/Ao^o))
a Wintering: Ac 27^
:
(Polyb., al.).+
irapaxpilfAa,
adv.
(=
LXX Nu
:
6^ 12*, Is 29^
30"
(DxriB), etc.;]
on the
v.
Mt 21^^'^\ Lk 1*,
13U
1626,33 (qu the
3^ 510 12^3
f.).t
,
-eo)s,
:
[in
LXX
:
for
103
*
Ca
48,
Ho
13^
Is 11, al.
;]
a panther, leopard
constantly
(a)
(cf.
Ee
xix)
IS'^.i
irap-eSpeuw, [in
LXX
:
Pr
1-^ 8^
;]
to sit
MM,
0.
t. Ova-iaa-Trjpiw, i
,
Co
irdp-cifAi, [in
LXX
of
persons: Ee
seq.
iTTL,
13^'
1^
for XIjI etc. ;] 1. to be by, at hand or present; 17^; irapwv (opp. to dTrw), i Co 5^, 11 Co 10^'^^ gen., Ac 24i0; iv^Tnov, Ac 10^3; ivda^e, Ac 17";
11
Trpds, c.
Co
11^,
;
Ga
r)
He
12^^
^^^ q( dXr^^cia, II Pe
4}^>^o-^
things
1^'^
;
T. Trapovra,
He
13'''.
:
2.
to
Lk 13^ Jo
have come or arrived (Hdt., Thuc, al. ll^s, Ac lO^i; seq. cis, Col 1; seq.
v.
tVi',
(cf. oT;v-7rdpiyxi).t
*
2.
irap-eicr-dyu), 1.
In late writers,
*+ irap-iCT-aKTos,
:
to
to lead in by ones side, bring forward, introduce. introduce or bring in secretly : 11 Pe 2^t -ov {<^7rapeL(Tdyoi), brought in secretly (as spies or
traitors)
Ga
2*.t
* Trap-eia-8uw (also -Suj'O)), to slip in secretly, steal in : nrapua-f&vrifTav (vulgar aor. ; pass, for act., Bl., 19, 2), Ju * (cf. also MM, xix).t * Trap-cio--pxo)jiai, 1. to come in beside or by the way : Eo 5^. 2.
to
come in
cl.
cr.
secretly, steal in
to
cf.
Ga
2*.t
:
* irap-eio--4)^p(i),
for
TTOLeta-OaL
;
ctttouS^v
tt.
(late
Gk.
BS, 361),
[in
11
Pe
l^.t
;
**t irap-cKT^s,
c.
cl. TrapiK,
-e'^,
Aq.
De
l^e
Al.,
Le
23^8*;]
2.
to. it.
(sc. yivo/xcva), 11
Co
ll^^^
As
1. as prep.
gen., except
Mt
5^2 19^
(WH,
mg., E, mg.),
Ac
26'^^.f
chiefly for HZH ;] 1. to put in n-ap-)j.-p(lXX(i), [in freq. beside or between, interpose. 2. In late writers (Polyb., al., LXX) as technical military term (a) of soldiers, to draw up in line (freq. in
;
LXX
and
Mac o-oi, Lk
I
:
2*2, al.)
(b)
up
c.
19*3.t
r}
irap-cfi-PoXr), -^s,
1.
{<^Trapix/3aiXXw), [in
LXX
(^schin.). 2. In the Macedonian dialect (Eutherford, NPhr., 473), as a military term; (a) an army in (b) battle array : He 11^4 (cf. Ex 141^.20, Jg 416, al.; freq. in Polyb.) He IS^i'i^, Ee 20^; (c) barracks, soldiers' a camp (Ex 29^*, al.) quarters: Ac 2134.37 22^4 231' iS'^^ 28i (WH, txt., E, om.).+
an
insertion, interpolation
irap-cf-oxXeu,
to
-oi (cf.
eVoxA-tw), [in
{irapn)
:
LXX
c.
dat. pers.,
345
it.,
a sojourner
i
of Christians,
Pe
1^
iivoc /cat
tt.,
He
11^^
trdpoiKOL koI
it.,
Pe
;
2^^ (v.
Deiss.,
BS, 149).t
Ttap-ipyp^oLi,, [in
1. to pass,
pass by
(a) of
Lk c. ace. pers., Mk 6*^; c. ace. loc, Ac 16^; S^s (b) of things t. 7roT>]piov, Mt 2639 (dir' ifxov), ib. *2 seq. Bta, c. gen., Mt of time, Mt 14^5, Mk 143^ Ac 27^ i Pe 4^. Metaph., (a) to pass away, perish: Mt 5^^ 2i^^'^^ Mk 133o.i, Lk IG^^ 2132.33, Qq 517, ja 110, c. ace. rei, Lk ll*^ 1529^ II Pe 3^*^ (b) to pass by, neglect, disregard 123'' 17^, Ac 24'^, E, mg. (cf. dvri-TrapepxofiaLJ.f Lk 2. to come to, arrive
persons: absol.,
;
SYN.
irapa^aLVd}.
-ecus,
17
*'irdpe<ris,
(<^irapir)fu),
1.
a
:
letting
go,
dismissal.
2.
Eo
S^^.t
Syn.
a</)(ns,
q.v.
irap-e'xu),
[in
LXX:
;
Ps 29(30)7 (lay
with
ref.
hi.),
etc.;]
I.
Act., 1. to
Mk show, give, cause : c. ace, Ac 22^, i 14, Lk 117 185, Ac 16i 1731 282, q^ giv^ i Ti &\ 2. to present, offer: c. pron. reflex, et ace. pred., to show or present 0. aec. et dat., Lk 62^ II. Mid., 1. to supply, furnish oneself (v. infr., and cf, Bl., 55, 1). or display of ones own part : c. ace. et dat., Lk 7*, Ac I92**, Col 4^. 2. In late writers, c. pron. reflex, et aec. pred. (= act. ut supr.), to show or present oneself (Xen., FIJ, al. cf. M, Pr., 248; Deiss., BS, 254) Tit 2^.1 ** irapTjYopio, -as, 17 {<^iTaprjyopeo), to address, exhort, console), [in IV Mac 5^2 6^*;] 1. an address, exhortation (LXX, 11. c). 2. comfort, consolation : Col 4^^.t
; ;
:
LXX
IV
irapOe.'ia, -as,
v 7rap^Vos),
:
[in
LXX
Mae
18^ *
;]
virginity
Lk
236.t
LXX
,
chiefly for
,
nbin^,
i' ^s
Ex
22>6(i5),
Jb
,
31i,
Is 23*,
al.
niTJ
24, Is
I
71*;]
ff-,
a maiden, virgin:
II
Ge Mt
Ac
24i*>
343,
and
for na!?:?
Ge
Co 725 Ee 144.t.
Co
112;
masc,
:
ndpOos,
let
-ov, 6,
a Parthian
:
irap-iTifit,
[in
LXX
:
alone,
disregard
Lk
Je 43^ (izriD pi.), etc.;] 1. to pass by or over, 11*2. pass., to be 2. to relax, loosen ;
:
relaxed,
dl/l/X,-).t
weakened,
exhausted
Trapetfiei/as
x^P'^',
He
12^2
(LXX
[in
to
LXX
place
for
mv
2.
etc.
;]
fut.,
1 aor.
1.
beside,
present,
232*, II
Co
41*,
Col
222, Ac 13 2333, i 128; c. aec. et dat., 26*3^ 6^3,16 ^jate pres., Trapto-Taverc), ib. ^^ 12^, 11
Mt
Lt
Eo
Co Co
by
Eph
527,
argument,
to
to
present to the
mind
II.
(cl.)
al.), c. ace.,
Ac
24^3.
Intrans. in
346
or beside one: c. dat. pers., Ac 1^' gay 23- 27-=^; ptcp., Mk '" 153'2^ Jo 18-^ 1926. 2. to appear: li^^. so fut. mid. pers., Ac 27"'^ c. nom. pred., seq. ivwmov, Ac 4^^ c. dat. (cf. LS, S.V., B, ii, 2), Eo 14^**. 2. to be at hand, be jyresent, have 4'-** (LXX) come : Ac qI servants in attendance, evwTrtov t. 6iov, Lk 1^^ 42^. of time, absol., ot Trapeo-Twres, Lk 19^4 seq. aL'Tw, Ac 232> ^ c. dat. 3. to stand by for help or defence (Hom., Dem., Xen., al.)
pf., plpf.,
1.
to
stand
/"/
''''
Mk
pers.,
Ko
162, ii Ti 4i7.t
riapp.ej'as, -a, 6,
Parmeyias
[in
Ac
:
6*.t
Trdp-oSos,
-ov,
r},
LXX
i
Ge
38^*
("^I")"!!).
etc.;]
a passing or
passage
iv
ir.,
in passing,
-w,
Co
16^.
irap-oiKeco,
1. in cl., to 2.
[in
LXX
(c.
chiefly for
dwell beside
ll^.t
-a<;,
t]
In late writers,
2418,
to divell in
ace), among (c. dat.) or near by (absol.). a place as a TrdpoiKos (q.v.) or stranger ;
q.v.), [in
Lk
He
tirap-oiKia,
7rapoiKw,
(lig)^*
LXX:
II
Es
S^^ (nb-l),
Ps
33 (34)4 54 (55)15
ng
119 (120)5, La
2^2
(liaa
and cogn.
41^ 446,
in
^ Mac
Attic,
Pe
l^^.t
,
LXX
chiefly for IS
nsrin
;]
1.
cl.
2. In late ; as subst., a neighbour. writers (LXX, Philo) and in Inscr. (Deiss., BS, 227 1; Kennedy, Sources, 102), foreign, alien; as subst., an alien, a sojourner: Ac 76 (LXX), 29. metaph., ^e'loi kcu tt. (opp. to cru/ATroXtTT^s), Eph 2^^; tt. koI
irapeTn8rjiJ.ov<i (q.v.), I
Pe
on Clem. Bom.,
[in
Co., l).t
.
irapotjiia, -as,
rj
(<[
by the tvay),
LXX
222.
Pr
2.
tit 1^
25\
LS,
S.V.),
11
Pe
In NT, of
:
Is 14*,
ff.).t
al.),
a parable, allegory
Jo 10"
Abbott, Essays, 82
SVN. : napafioXy, q.v. *t irdp-on'os, -ov, = cl., irapotvtKos (irapd, oii'os), given to wine, drunken : i Ti 3^ Tit l^t * irap-oixofiai, to have passed by ; of time, to be gone by : iv t.
Trapw)(r]fjivat<;
ycveai?,
Ac
141".
c. dat.,
*t
irap-ojioidij^u, to
be like:
-r;
Mt
232^.t
Mk
71=^.
irap-o^uKu, [in
LXX
for |^K3
iqsp
731
etc.
;]
1.
primarily, but
never so in cl., to sliarpen {ixaxaipav, De 32*^, ]3B7). 2. Metaph., a3 (b) to always in cl., (a) to spur on, stimulate (Arist., Xen., al.) 9'' 1^, Ps al.) pass., Ac l?!", 105 (106)2^, provoke, rouse to anger (De
; :
Co
135.t
347
Je 39
10^*.
7rapo^'v(ij), [in
LXX
:
De
29<28)27,
{B2y
2.
(5]y|5)
*
:
;]
1.
stimulation, provocation
tt.
ayd-n-qs,
He
irritation
Ac
15^^.t
[in
:
irap-opYiJiu,
LXX
Eo
to
provoke
to
anger
cl.,
passive only),
t irap-opyiap.os,
2326 (Dy3)
;
-ov, 6
(<^ Trapopyt^w)
918.26
[in
LXX:
a
III
Ki
15^'',
IV
Ki
IV
Ki
193,
Ne
(nyx?)
Je 215
less
(f)S|?.)
*;] irritation
(" distinguished
from
opyrj as
implying a
:
permanent
426.t
state "
ICC,
Eph., 140; and v. Tr., Syn., xxxvii) * irap-oTpoVu, to urge on, stir up: Hipp., and late writers) .t
III
II
Eph
c.
ace. pers.,
Ac
II
13^ (Pind.,
cl., a being present, presence : i Co 16^'', opp. to aTTova-M, Phi 2^2 (cf. 11 Mac I521). 2. a coming, arrival, advent (Soph., Eur., Thuc, al., v. LS, s.v. so Jth, I.e.,
LXX
Ne
2 A, Jth 1018,
Mac
812 1521,
Co
II
Mac
8^2)
11
Co
',
Phi
126,
n Th
M,
Th.,
145 ff.; MM, xix; LAE, 372 ff.) as technical term for the visit of a king; hence, in NT, specif, of the Advent or Parowsia of Christ Mt 243.27,37,39^ I Co 1523, 1 Th 219 313 415 523, II Th 21.8, Ja 5^.8, n Pe 116 3*. 12, 1 Jo 228.t V.S. oi/^aptoj'), 1. a side-dish of *irap-o\|/is, -tSos, rj (<[7rapa, oif/ov 2. In Comic poets and late prose, the dish itself dainties (Xen., al.).
]
on which the dainties are served Mt 232^. 26. (In this sense condemned by the Atticists v. Rutherford, NPhr., 265 f.)t
:
;
it
is
TrappT]o-ia, -as,
IT.,
r)
(<^7ras
p^cris,
;]
speech), [in
1.
LXX
:
Le
2612
(/i.Ta
npn^hp), Pr
1^*^ lOi'*,
Wi
51, al.
openness, freedom in speaking (Eur., Plat., TrapprjaLa, adverbially, freely, openly, plainly,
1629 1820; opp. to
429, 31 2831.
ei'
Ac
4i3,
n Co
tt.,
312
Mk
832,
Jq
Trapot/xiais,
(i
Jo 162^;
4i8,
iy
tt.,
Eph
Eph
61^; /tera
Ac
22^
2.
In
LXX
Mac
Wi 51,
al), FIJ,
and NT,
312,
also (from
8,
Co
cVv
tt.,
Phm
He
j^.
3
(as
He
Jo.,
4I6;
i,
ivTr.,
Col 215;
N^OrnDS
(without
in
Eabbinic
lit.;
v.
Westc,
262), in public, Jo 7*
and
iv) 1154.t
irappr)aidiio|xai
{<^irapprj(rLa),
Ps 11(12)5 93(94)1, Pr
boldly, be bold in speech:
20^,
Ca
Ac
Jb 2226 (jjy hithp.), Si 6"*;] to speak freely or 927.28 1346 143 1326 igs 2526, Eph 620,
[in
810,
7rda"r]<i,
LXX:
iTh22.t
irds, TTaao, iroi',
gen., Travros,
c.
TravTOS,
[in
LXX
Re
chiefly for
bs;]
0,11,
every.
I.
As
adj.,
1.
subst.
437
anarth.,
2io,
;
all,
every,
of every
18i7, al.
ir.
kind
mult.
i^oviria
Mt
310 423,
Mk
9*9,
Lk
2818,
Jo
Ac
2720,
Ro
;
78,
pi., all,
Ac
2e
Ac
je, al.
{irpodvpLia,
xapa),
Mt
1711,
Phi
in this sense
more
freq. c. art.),
Mt
23,
Ac
Ro
112.
2.
C. art.
348
(before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the
and noun),
whole
Ga
51*,
Eph
As
Mt Mt
8=*^
1S\
Mk
4i3,
5^\
Lk
li,
Ac 7^\ Eo
9^^,
art. 3i9,
2*,
Mk
art.),
Ro
l^, al.
II.
He
Mt Ro
Jo
I
2^;
13>9,
pron., 1. masc. and fem., every one : seq. rel. pron., Mt 7^\ Ac 2-\ Ga S^o, al.;
Mk
c.
Lk
Lk Ro
16^*^,
ptcp. (anarth.),
Lk
;
114;
c,
ptcp.
ol
it.
(c.
Mt
Mt
5^2,
Mk Mk
c.
7^,
Lk
6*^,
Jo S^
2038,
11^^,
2.
116, al.
men,
Mt
10^2,
Mk
IS^^,
1" 326,
al.;
tt.
42*,
1^2,
Lk
4*o, al.
irav,
Eph
1.),
Jo
al.
TravTos,
II
always,
Mt
;
181*^,
Travrt,
Co
;
4^,
Phi
;
46, al.
(6)
He
al.
28, al.
Mk
43*,
Lk
13,
Ro
828, i
t^^ 521^
ace, navra, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, 2035, I Co 925, al. Ac c. art., ra tt., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. Travra, all things severally; cf. Westc, Eph., 186 f.),
;
absol.
172^,
IT.),
Ro 1136, j Co 86, Eph 3, He 13, al. relatively, Mk 4^, Ac Ro 832, al TfdvTa ra, C. ptcp., Mt 1831, q\ ,ravTa Tavra [ravra Mt 632' 33^ al. Trai'Ttt, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, 7rp6 Trai/Twv,
:
above all
311, I
things, Ja
411,
;
Pe
n-as ov
{firi)
in all things, in all ivays, i Ti Kara Travra, in all respects, Ac I722, al. 3. C. neg., al. ouSct?, v.s. ov and jxri, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.
512, i
Pe
4*
Iv
tt.,
t-n-do-xa,
to,
indecl.
:
(Aram. NFips),
[in
LXX
22i,
for nOg);]
1.
the
festival of the
Passover
Mt
l^
tt.,
1839 191*,
meton.,
228'
13
.
Lk ^ the pascJial supper : Toiyu,a^iv to tt., Mt 261^, (a) ^0^^-^ .ro TT., Mt 2618 (b) the paschal lamb : Ovetv to
II28;
Ac 12S He
tov
Mk
tt.
I416,
By Lk
(Ex
12^1),
Mk
Mt
1412,
Lk
22"; of Christ,
1412.1*,
Co
S'';
c^ayeiv to
(cf. 11
it.
(lamb or supper),
261^
Mk
Lk
2211'
15,
ni.), Wi 122", gj 3316^ al. ;] to Trdaxw, [in suffer, be acted on, as opp. to acting, often limited by a word expressive
LXX: Am
Jo 1828 66 (nbn
Ch
30i').t
of
good or evil (a) of misfortunes (most word) absol., Lk 221^ 24*6, Ac 13 318 173,
; :
freq.
i
Co
He
Ac
Pe
Mt
17i2; imep,
Phi V^\
II
Th 1\
912,
31*; oXiyov {a little rvhile), i Pe 51; c. ace, Mt 271^, Lk 132 2426, Ac 285, Yi I12, He 58, Re 2io iraO-^fx.ara, 11 Co 16 TavTa, Ga 3* (EV cf. Lft., in 1., but v. infr.) ace. seq. a^rd, Mt I621, Lk 922 1725 ino, Mk 526, I Th 21* {b) of pleasant experiences (but always with qualifying word, eu or ace. rei) Ga 3* (cf. Grimm-Thayer,
hid, c.
Pe ace, I Pe
I
221
c.
dat. ref.,
Pe
41
Trcpi, c.
gen. (seq.
;
virip), 1
Pe
318
Mk
but v. supr.) (cf. irpo-, avv-7raax<^)-'^ ndrapa, -coi/, to, Patara, a maritime city of Lycia Ac 21i.t iraTcio-au, [in chiefly and very freq. for nD3 hi., also for f)33 2. Trans. = irX-qcrao}, etc. ;] 1. in Horn., intrans., to beat (of the heart). c. ace. pers., Mt 26^1, to strike, smite : absol., ci' fxay^aipa, Lk 22*^
s.v.
;
Interp. Com., in
1.,
LXX
349
ace. rei,
Ac
12^;
:
of
Metaph., of disease
Ac
1223,
Mk W^,
LXX
k.tX
for !JT7, etc.;] 1. intrans., to tread, walk: 2. Tians., to (fig.), Lk 10^9 (cf. Ps 90 (91)13).
;
tread on, trample : t. Xr/vdv, Ee Id^o 1915 (cf. Jg 927^ La l^^, al.) of the desecration of Jerusalem by its enemies, Lk 212*, Ee 11^ (cf. Kara-,
TrepL-, ev-7rept-7raT(o).t
LXX
;
chiefly
and very
freq. for
ON ;]
a father ;
anarth.,
01
TT.
1.
He
I
prop., (a) of the male parent: Mt 2^2, Lk 1^^, Jo 4^3. 12^ (M, Pr., 82 f.) pi., of both parents (cl.), He 1123;
T. a-apKos,
He
12^
(b)
cl.
usually in
Mt
3^,
Lk V^ Jo
8^^
(a)
al.; pi.,
Mt
233.32^
Lk
623.26,
Jo
an author, originator, or Pind., Plat., al.) Jo 8*^"*^, Eo 4n, 12, 16 (j^ a,s a title of respect or honour, used of seniors, teachers and others in a position of responsible authority (Jg IT^**, n Ki 2^2, Pr 18, al.) Mt 23^ Ac 72 22i, i Jo 2^3. 3. Of God (as in cl. of Zeus) as Father (a) of created things t. c^wtwv, Ja 1^" (b) of all sentient beings Eph S^^'^*, He 12^ (c) of men, esp. those in covenant relation with Him (freq in OT and later Jewish lit. v. Dalman, Words, 184 ff.) Mt 6\ Lk 636, Jo 42i_ Ja 39^ al. 6 tt. 6 cv (t.) oipavoU, Mt 5^\ Mk 1125
420,
of
TT.
6 ovpdvLo<;,
618,
Ga
4",
Jo
Eo
11
;
8^5, 11
Co
Co
13; t.
(Dalman, Words, 190 ff.) (a) by our Lord himself 6 tt., Mt Lk IO21.22, Jo 520-23, al. 6 w. p.ov, Mt 1127, al. blvr. ovpavoh, Mt 7", al. 6 oipdvio^, Mt 15i3 vocat., Jo ll*i 1227. 28 171,5,11,20,25 (cf Abbott, JG., 96 f.) (ft) by Apostles: Jo T* (anarth.;
So^s,
;
;
Eph
{d)
of Christ
1125-27,
v.
M,
Pr.,
I.e.),
Eo
15,
11
Co
13 113i,
Eph
13,
Col
l^.
He
:
15, i
Pe
l^,
Ee
1 (cf.
Westc, Epp.
-fj,
Jo., 27-34).
ndxfios, -ov,
^gean Sea Ee
a^, Ex
al.
;]
1^.+
[in
LXX
14^,
chiefly for
(22)27,
61*,
al.,
also for
nmvn
ancestry (Hdt.).
(so
irdrpa (more common in cl.), a family or tribe sometimes in Hdt., in LXX of related people, in a sense narrower than (^vX-q and wider than otKos v. Ex 123, ^u 3228) Lk 2* in a wider sense (i Ch 1628, pg 21 (22)27), Ac 325 (lxx), Eph 3i5.t
;
:
Ex 2. =
Ki
Ps 21
1. lineage,
tiraTpitipxilS,
II
-ov,
6 {<^TTaTpid,
ap;^co),
[in
LXX:
Ch
7*.t
Ch
2431 (3X),
Ch 198 2612 (ninxn crxi), i Ch 2712 IV Mae 719 1625*;] a patriarch Ac 229
:
(-iy), 11
2320 (niNi^Tie?),
78.9,
He
irarpiKos,
-77,
-ov
: rj
{<^7raTrjp),
li^.t
,
[in
LXX
for
3^, Ge
508,
al. ;]
paternal, ancestral
irarpis,
-i8os,
Ga
{<^iraTrip)
[in
LXX
;
poet.
fern,
of
ndrpLos,
of one's fathers
as
subst.,
v.
Trdrpa,
350
mg., He 11^*; fatherland, country, home, native place: Ac 18^^ of one's own town, Mt IS'**' ", Mk SL ^ Lk 4:^^'^\ Jo 4".t HarpoPas, -u, 6, Patrohas : Ko 16^*. * irarpoXwas (-oAwa?, Rec. in cl. -aXotas, V. Bl., 3, 3 6, 2, and -ov, 6 (<^ Trar^p + aXouiw, to smite), (a) a parricide: cf. yaryrpoAwas) I Ti 1 (AV, R, txt.) (6) a smiter of his father : ib. (R, mg.).+ *t TraTpo-irapd-SoTOS, -ov {<^iTarr)p, 7rapa8i8a)^i), handed down from ones fathers, inherited: i Pe 1^* (Diod., al.).t
;
WH,
irarpwos,
ii-iv
-a,
-ov
7raTi?p),
[in
LXX
Pr
27^0 (nx),
II
:
Es
Ac
7^,
Mac 12*;]
from
one' s fathers
22^
2414 28i7.t
riauXos, -ov, 6 (Lat.
Paulus),
:
1.
Sergius Paulus
freq.
Ac
13'^.
2. the
Apostle Paul
I
(cf.
SaOAos)
315.
Ac
13^,
and
throughout Ac,
Ro
1^
Co
11, al., II
iravo),
Pe
[in
LXX
I
for
Mid., to cease, leave off: 138; c. ptcp., Lk 5*, Ac 5*^ 61^ 13i 20^1 2132, Eph 116, Col 1^ He 102; c. gen., d/xapnas, i Pe 4i (WH, mg., R, txt.) c. dat., ib. (WH, txt., R, mg.).t
hinder
c.
to
make
to cease, restrain,
Lk
82* 111,
Ac
201,
Co
n(i<|>os, -ov,
rj,
Ac
to
IS^'i^.t
Traxoi'aj
7raxv?,
;
LXX: De
:
321^,
to thicken,
(t. ij/vxds,
fatten
;
Metaph.,
rj
viakedull or stupid
Plut.)
-r}<;,
pass., to
rj
ire'ST),
wax gross
KapSia,
[in
Mt
131^,
Ac
28^''
(LXX).t
,
Trc'^a,
the instep),
LXX LXX
for TXffn^
etc,;]
a fetter:
Mk
level,
5*,
-rj,
Lk
-ov
S^^.t
ireSifos,
{t} it.) ;]
(< TreSiov,
Lk
6i''.t
a plain),
[in
chiefly for
rh^Wi
plain
on foot or by land: Ac
20i^.t
V.S. Trends.
Tvei^s,
-i
-ov
7rovs),
[in
LXX
for ^^31;] 1.
on foot:
:
14i^ (WH, mg., R, txt.). 2. 0pp. to going by sea, hy land (WH, mg., R, mg.). 3. As adv., ttc^^ (sc. 6S<5), on foot or hy land: Mt 1413 (WH, txt.), Mk 633.+ TTCiGapxew, -w (< 7rt^op,ai, apxfj), [in LXX: Da LXX 72'' (jrJDl?)'),
Mt Mt
14i3
Es
.
89* *
;]
to
Tit 3i
3-!.+ Q^^^ Ac *+iTcie6s (Triads, WH), -Yf, -ov (-<7ret^co), Co 2* (not found else where).
529.
cl. TTi^avds,
persuasive
riciOoS,
:
suasion
TriB6<i,
2. perPeitlw, Persuasion (as a goddess). h> TTudoi (so Orig., Eus. and some cursives in i Co 2* for
-ovs,
17,
1.
q.v.).+
iri0w,
(i)
[in
LXX
and
derivatives;]
;
Active;
147),
1, trans., 10
Pr.,
to
apply persuasion ("conative" in pres. v. M, prevail upon or win over, persuade: absol., Mt 28i*,
351
gen.
rei,
Ac
19*;
I
c.
ace. pers.,
;
Ac
;
t.
Ka/aSta?
TjfiCJv,
Jo
3^^
c.
ace. seq.
ff.)
Trtpi,
ace. et
inf.,
Ac 13
2.
^ 26^*
(v.
c.
Pr.,
Intrans., 2 pf. TrcVot^a with pres. sense (v. M, to trust, be confident, have confidence: Phi I''. " c. dat., c. ace. et inf., Eo 2^9 c. ace. ref. (v. Ellic, in I) Phi ll^ Phm2i; lauTw, c. inf., ii Co 10"; seq. iv. Phi 33.*; iu Kvpioy 10^* (T, E, mg.', 6ti, Phi 2^4. ,vi', c. dat., Mt 27 (WH, mg.),
(Plut.),
Mt 2T\
147,
Mk
WH,
;
om.),
;
Lk
1122 189^ II
3* (v. Lft., Notes, 127) ek, c. ace. mg.) id. seq. on, ii (ii) Pass, and mid. 1. to be persuaded, believe pers. seq. on, Ga 5^^. 13^8 c. dat., Ac 282* absol., Lk IS^i, Ac 17* 211*, (v. M, Pr., 158) c. acc. C. ace. et inf., Ac 262^; so also pf., iriiraa-ixai, 7rc7retcr/Aevo? ei/Lit
;
:
Co He Co 2\ ii Th
19,
2^3; cVi, e.
ace,
Mt
27*3
(e. dat.,
WH,
He
206; -^^^ Rq &^, ii Ti 1^.12; c. acc. et inf., ref. seq. n^pi. He n-epi, c. gen. seq. on, Eo 15^*. 2. to listen to, id. 0. Iv KvpLu), Eo 53^.37,40 2321 27^1, Eo 2^, Ga 5^, He 13^^ Ja 33 obey: e. dat pers., Ac
6^; 14^*
Lk
(cf. dva-7ri^(o).t
neiXaxos (Eec. ntAaVos, Tr., -Stos, V. 15^, Lk B\ Jo 1829, Pontius Pilate : Mt 272,
WH,
Ac
to
Mk
6,
irClK
=
3
TTcimw,
[in
LXX
Ee
;]
hunger, be hungry
Mt
I
42 121'
2118 2535.
Mk
Co
411 1121.34,
TTCipa,
Phi
17
,
412,
7i;
-as,
(<C] Trctpao)),
nD3
pi.)
33* (HDa)
;
tt.
Wi
1820.25,
Lk 1*3 42 63, Eo 1220 (LXX)^ metaph., Mt 5, Lk 621.25, Jo 635.+ [in LXX De 285" ^^ Xafx-fiav^tv, n Mac 89, iv Mac 81*;] a trial, ex225 1112^
:
yeriment
Xafx.fia.vfiv, to
make
trial,
He
1129|36
232
f.).+
poet,
and
late prose
form
2.
LXX
for
(Luc, Polyb., ;] Ac 92 16" 246. 3, j^ LXX al.) inf. (v. c. 4), and NT, like Heb. nD3 c. acc. pers., to test, try, prove; (a) in a good sense: Jo 6", 11 Co 13*, He lli^, Ee 22; esp. of trials and afflictions sent or permitted by God (Ge 22i, Ex 2020, Wi 35, al.), i Co 10i3, He 218 415 1117. 37, Re 310 (&) in a bad sense (Apoll. Ehod., 3, 10) of the attempts made to ensnare Jesus in his speech, Mt I61 193 2218, 35, Mk 811 102 1215, Lk llie, Jo 8^6] of temptation to sin, to temjJt, Ja 113.14 ^y Hort, in 1.), Ga 61, Ee 2io esp. of temptations of the
nD3
pi.
1.
to
li3,
Lk
(c)
42,
Co
75,
Th
35;
6 ir^ipa^wv, the
35;
in
172.^,
:
Nu
I422, al.),
Ac I510, i Co 109 of distrustful testing, trying or challenging of God 39; T. TTvevfxa Kvpiov, Ac 59 (cf. K-7rtpa^<o).+ (WH, mg., c^cTTctpao-av),
He
Syn.
+
=a TTcipa,
8oKLfjLd^(i),
q.v.
TTCipao-fios,
-ov,
{^^iretpd^di),
[in
LXX
for
n^O
]t^5^j]
effect,
an experiment (Diosc). 2. a trial, of ethical purpose and {a) in good or good or evil (v. Hort on Ja li3) neutral sense Ga 41*, Ja I12, i Pe 412 esp. of afflictions sent by God
vsrhether
:
352
(De
1*
;
2\
al.)
11
Pe
2^,
Re
3i
;
pi.,
Lk
2228,
Ac
20^^,
Ja
l^, i
Pe
of trial regarded as leading to sin, temptation : Lk 8^^, i Co 10^3, 1 Ti 6^; of the temptation of Jesus by the diivil, Lk 4^^; ctV^cpeiv 1438, Lk 11* 2240.46- (c) of {ipX(rdai, elcripx-) t? ir., Mt G^^ 26*1,
(b)
Mk
God by man
t.
He
,
38 as
(LXX
the
Ps 94
(95)^,
where Kara
rjfiepav irupaa-pLOV
= H^O UV^
veipdofxat, [in
LXX
for nD3;]
to try,
Ac
26'^^.f
*tir6ia|xoi'Ti, -V'>>
V
:
{<C-^etO(i>),
persuasion
11
tt.
Ga
iv
58.t
ir^ayos,
SVN.
behead
:
LXX:
;
Mac
t^s
521,
Ac 27^
;
t6
Oa\(i(rarj<;,
the deep
daXdcTcra (q.v.)
ttcA-ckv?,
and
cf. d/3vcrao<;.
*t ireXeKij^a) (<<
c.
a battle-axe),
al.).t
to
axe, esp. to
ace,
Ee
20* (Polyb.,
TTc'/iTTTos, -rj,
-ov, [In
LXX
7^^,
for ^CT'^pn
fifth
Re
c.
69 91 1610 212o.t
Tr^fiTTu,
[in
LXX
send;
9^, al.
;
(a)
of persons:
ace, absol,
1410,
(cf
Mt 22^ Lk
;
Jo
l^^^
n Co
Mt
112
Ac
(= Heb.
11^5,
Ki
I620, al.),
;
Mt
Re V) of teachers sent by God, Jo l^^ i^\ Eo 8^, al. c. ace. seq. tt/oo's, c. ace, Lk 42*, Jo 16'^, al. seq. et dat., I Co 4^'^, Phi 2^9 Xeytjv (cf. Heb. -lbs!? nbm, Ge 382*, al.), Lk 7'i9; seq. ets, c. ace. loc, Mt 28, Lk 1515, al. seq. eis (of purpose), Eph 622, Col 48, i Pe 2^* 22i Ee ll^o seq. tk, Ee c. inf., Jo 133, I Co 163, lie (b) of things 111; id., of purpose, Ac IF^, Phi 41^; c. dat. pers., 11 Th 2"; tt. t.
;
;
^a7roo-Ttt'A.aT
Spenava
7S0 ^Tl?^
>
Jl
(4)13),
j^q
(gf
(rvv7rt/JLTro)).
SvN.
Wi'Tjs,
dirocTTeXXw, q.v.
-rjTo<;,
6
"^2^
(< TTcVo/Aat,
,
to
work for
one's
LXX
for ]V^tf,
bl,
11
etc.;]
one
labourer, a poor
:
man
Co
9^.f
Sya\ TTTwxos, properly a beggar and implying deeper poverty than TT. (v. Tr., Syn., xxxvi Abbott, Essays, 78).
;
TtivOepd, -as,
rj
LXX
,
for
in-law
Mt
81* 1036,
Mk V\ Lk
438 i263.t
LXX
Ge
also for
Jgli^A;] a father-in-laiv
TT'0ea), -to,
Jo
18i3.t
[in
LXX
i
chiefly for
;
blN;]
to
modern
(for),
lament;
122i.t
Ee
Mt
5* (5) 91^,
iiri,
c.
Kal KXaUiv,
Mt
I610,
Lk
Co
(b) trans., c.
ace,
11
STJf.
v.s. 6pr]V(D.
353
Ja
4',
[in
LXX
chiefly for
b^\] mourning:
Eel87.8
21*.t
-ov (<! ""O'o/tai, V.S. irevrj^), [in
;]
ir>'ixp<5s, -a,
LXX: Ex
tt.,
22^**
0?^)
Pr
28^5
29'^
(b?) *
chiefly in
Lk 2P
ll^^.t
:
(for ex. in
MM,
xix).t
Co
Lk
thousand
:
Mt
7*^, i
al.
I421 16,
Mk
6** 8i,
five
hundred
:
Lk
14^^
Co
15'.+
irKTc-Kai-8cKaTos,
-rj,
-ov,
Mt
1320
TrerrriKon-a, indecl., ol, al, rd, fifty 6*0.+ 91*; Karh IT., dva TT.,
21", Ac
Lk
Mk
irevTr]KO(TTf\,
ir6i'TT]Ko<rr6s,
-rj<s,
^, V.S. ttcvtt/koo-tos.
-ov,
-^,
[in
LXX
for
CCroq, Le
25^"'", iv
Ki
14*; ^ ir., To 2^, 11 Mac 12^2*;] fiftieth. As (a) (sc. fnpk), at Athens, a tax of two per cent. subst., 17 TT. {h) (sc. rjfiepa, i.e. the fiftieth day after the Passover), Pentecost, the second of the three great Jewish feasts (To, 11 Mac, 11. c. ; kofyrr} i^SofidSwv,
1523.27; I
II
; ;
Mac 4,
Mac
De
1610, al.)
Ac
2^ 20^^, 1
Co
168.+
[in
ir6iroi0r]<ns, -cws,
:
v 7rt'^a>),
LXX:
IV
Ki
18^9 (fintsn) *
;]
confidence
word
is
11 Co Eph 3^2; seq. cis, n Co 822; ^^ py 34 condemned by the Atticists, v. Eutherford, NPhr., 355).+
l^^ 3* 10^,
(the
nip (akin to
to the
Trepi),
enclitic particle,
:
word which precedes it indeed, by far, etc. In the NT, it is always affixed to the word to which it relates, v.s. SioTrcp, idvirep, eiirep,
iirfLTTtp, eTreiSiQTrep, y}TTp,
*iTpaiTip<a
L, Tr.,
WH
(<[7rpa,
beyond),
-rrcpl
19'*,
(T,
Eec, E,
iT4pu>v).f
LXX for
:
l^jr
the other
Mt
with the idea of water lying between) (a) as in 221 25 c. gen. t. 6a\dc<rr]^, Jo 6^' ^ 'lopSdvov, 128 32 10*0; t. x^^t^^ppov r. Ke'Sptov, Mk 38 IQi, Jo
^'^>
Jo 181;
TO
TT.,
Mt
Mk
6a\d(T<n]s,
Mk
51
T. \Lp.v7Yi,
Lk
822.t
LXX
chiefly for
:
y^, nyp
T.
y^s,
Mt
'
12*2,
Lk
limit, boundary ; (a) of space chiefly in 1131; .r. oJkoi^/a^t^s, Eo IQiSd^); (b) (opp.
C- g6Il., dvTtXoytas,
rj
He
61'.+
ncpyafjios, -ov,
but
-ov,
and most
in
NT the termination
2 12.+
:
Fergamum, a
n^PYT],
city of
Mysia
Ee 1"
23
-175, 17,
Ac
354
prep. c. gen., acc (in cl. also c. dat. cf. M, Pr., 105 f.), with radical sense round about (as distinct from dyu^i, on both sides). about (poet.). 2. Causal, about, on I. C. gen., 1. of place, 1^*, Lk 4^^, Jo 16^^, accoxmt of, concerning, in reference to : Mt 2^, Ac 28^^ al. mult. ra ircpi, c. gen., the thiiigs concerning one, one's 5-^", Ac 28^^, Eph 6^^, al. at the beginning of a state or case: 7^, al. ; in the sense on account of sentence, Trepi, regarding, as to, i Co (Mt 26^8, I Co 1^3, al.), often with iirip as variant (cf. M, Pr., 105). 1^, Lk IS^, II. C. acc, 1. of place, about, around : Mt S\ Ac 22", al. ; oi TrepC, c. acc. pers., of one's associates, friends, etc., 410, Lk 22*9, Jo 1119^ Ac IS^^ ; 01 Trepl r. ToiaCra ipydrai, Ac 19^5 metaph., about, as to, concerning: i Ti l^^ 6\ 11 Ti 2^^ 3^, Tit 41^. 2. Of time, in j ^^pi ^, Xonra iTnOvfilai, TO. Trepl ifi(, Phi 223
Mk
;
Mk
Mk
Mk
Mk
a loose reckoning, about, near : Mt 20^' s. e, 9 2746, Mk 6*8, Ac lO^. 22. III. In composition roundabout {TrcpLfidWo}, irepiKtifxat), beyond, and above (Trepnroieu), Trc/atXctVw), to excess (Trepupydi^ofjiai, Treptcrcrivw). over Am 2i ("Sjbn hi.) Is 28^^ Ez 47^ (nnO irepi-dyo., [in
:
LXX
i
hi.,
ho.)
:
Ez
c.
;
hi),
9^.
11
Mac
4^8 G^o*;]
1.
to
:
lead about or
around
v,
acc. pers.,
c.
Co
2.
Intrans., to go about
Ac 13";
seq.
acc. loc. (governed by the Trcpi-, not so in cl., v. Bl., 23l^ 6.t 53, 1), Mt 95 34, 1 chiefly for liD hi. ;] to take away that -w, [in ircpi-aipe'w, which surrounds, take away, take off (rei'x^, Hdt., Thuc. x'^'i'i'a, t. Ka\v/x,/i,a, pass., BaKTvXLov, Ge 41*^, cf. a(j>pr]yi8a, Hdt., ii, 151) Plat.
423
;
Mt
Mk
LXX
II
Co
to cast loose
term (RV,
Metaph.,
lO^i.t
ill
to
cast off), dy/cvpas, Ac 27***; absol., take away entirely : eXTrt's, pass.,
Ac
27^0; afxapria<i,
**ivepi-dirTw,
He
3^*;] 1. to tie about, attach. 2. In late writers, to light a fire around, kindle : irvp, Lk 22^*.t iv Mac 4^** * ;] to flash around : c. acc, **t irepi-aCTTpdirrw, [in Ac 93; seq. TTtpt, Ac 22^ (Eccl. and Byzant.).t chiefly for nOS pi., also for Wlh TmSt irepi-pdWw, [in throw aroujid or over, put on or over ; (a) of siege or defenetc. ;] to
[in
LXX:
Mac
LXX
LXX
Lk
19*^
(WH, mg.
-n-apefifi-,
WH,
Mk
txt.)
acc rei, Lk 23" wrap about, clothe with : 2536.38,43- c. dupl. acc. (notch; Bl., 34, 4), Jo 19^; 14^^ 16^, acc. rei (cl.), pf. pass., to have wrapped round one 79.13 iQi 113 121 174 1816 1913. c. dat. rei. Re 4* (WH, txt.; seq. e^, Re
acc. pers.,
Mt
WH,
mg.)
De
22^2,
Ps 44
(45)9. i3)^
Re
3^.
6^9,
Mid.,
to
clothe oneself, wrap round or p^it on oneself : absol., Ee 318; c acc. rei, Mt 63i, Ac. 128, Re 198.t
ircpi-pXe-irw, [in
Mt
Lk
12^'',
LXX
:
one
610
.
{at)
around
53^
;
(at).
Mid.,
pers.,
Mk
Mk
c acc.
Mk
Lk
^^y^^,
Mk
ll".t
Trepi/SdWd)),
is
ircpi-poXaiot', -ov, to
[in
LXX
mD5
855
a
NT,
:
(a)
He
112(Lxx); (h)
veil
Co
irepi-S^w,
c. ace. et dat.,
to tie
1. to waste one's labour about a thing, 2. to he a busybody : 11 Th 3^^ (cf. Plat,, ApoL, 19 B).+ * TTcpicpyos, -ov, I. of persons 1. over careful. 2. curious, meddlifig, a busybody : 1 Ti 5^^. II. Of things 1. over-wrought. 2, super3. curious, uncanny ; to. it., curious arts, magic : Ac 19^* fluous.
**Tr6pi-cpYceSofiai, [in
LXX: Wi
;
8^
K^
Si 3^3 *;]
(v. Deiss.,
BS,
:
3235.).+
[in
ircpt-c'pxojjiai,
LXX
Ti
5^
:
itinerant)
Ac
to
WH,
from house
house
[in
:
5^^.f
irepi-cxw,
LXX
Lk
;
for
(cf.
^DK
f]p3 hi.,
rJDX
pi.,
etc.
;]
1.
to
sur-
round, encompass
c,
MM,
(c,
MM, xix). 2. to comprehend, include, ace, Ac 23^^, Eec. ace. to a late usage, xix; Hort, in 1.), it stands written, i Pe 2*.+
;
for
Veitch, s,v.), [in chiefly for "Tjn also dupl, ace, as 6 Trepi^wwvwv /xe hvva^Lv, Ps 17 (18)32) pass., at oo-^vcs 7rept^(ocr/i.vai, Lk 123^ tt. ^wvrjv xpvcnjv, Re 1^3 15 (but V. infr.). Mid., to gird oneself: Lk 123^ n& (and so perh. Ee, 11. c. supr., cf. i Ki 2*) ; c, ace. rei (fig.), t. 6(r(f>vv, Eph 6^*
-xna (v.
,
and
LXX
17X
etc.
:
;]
to
gird
Ch
152').+
-eto?,
r,
**+Trcpi-0c<ns,
Trcptri^r^yai),
i
[in
Sm.
Ps 31
(32)^*;]
Pe
33.+
(Eec. -ta"rr]fu), [in LXX: Jos 63 (220), u Ki 13^^ Ki 416, Ep. Je37, Jth 522, 11 Mac 14^*;] 1. to place around. 2. to stand around : Jo 11*2 q ^cc. pers., Ac 25^. Mid. (in late writers), to turn oneself about to avoid, to shun : c. ace. rei, 11 Ti 2^*,
(ar:
ni.), I
Tit 39.+
+ "irepi-KdOapfio,
completely,
I.
De
to (<[ Trcpt/ca^atpw, to purify on all sides or IS^o, Jos 5*, iv Mac 129*), [in Pr 21i8 ("1513)*;]
-tos,
LXX
;]
l.c).
2. refuse,
rubbish
pi., i
Co
4^3 ty
LXX
(Diod., IV
Ki
62*, i
Mac
[in
mu
1. to invest, besiege
2.
irepi-tcaXuirru),
LXX
:
:
for
c.
nOS
ace.,
Mk
14^^,
Lk
22^*
pass.,
seq.
He
9*,+
**'Trepi'-Keifiai, [in
ibout
fig.,
/ii;A,os,
XiBos
12^.
uaprvpuiy,
He
Ep. Je 2*. 58, IV Mac 123 * .] 1^ ^^ n^ ^ound (EV, were hanged about), Mk 9*2, Lk 172; ve^os 2. to have around one, be clothed with : Ac 282'^
-as,
rj,
LXX
daOevetav,
He
52.+
+ 'ir6pi-Kj>aXaia,
I
[in
LXX
for
JQIS JOIp
,
;]
a helmet
fig.,
Th
5^;
c.
gen. explic,
tt.
t. a-tarrjpLov,
Eph
356
**t ircpi-KpaxTis,
of:
[in
LXX Da th Su ^^ A *
:
;]
Ac
27i''.t
*t TTCpi-KpuPu, V.S. TrepLKpVTTTO}. *t Trepi-KpuTT-Tw, to conceal entirely, keep hidden: late 2 aor., Kpvjiov (but V. Bl., 17; Soph., Lex., s.v. TrepiKpvfSca), Lk P*.t
of a besieged city,
TTcpi-KOKXow, -w, [in Lk 19*^.t
Trpi-Xeiiro|xai,
Trcpte-
;]
to encircle,
encompass
c.
ace,
Lk
2'^,
Ac
26^3.t
ll
[in
LXX:
Es
Ch
34^^
{law
ni.),
II
Mac
Mt
[in
iv
Mac
:
12'*
13^^*;]
to be left
remaining,
very sad,
remain
over, survive
Th
4^^' ^".t
LXX
Mk
Le
Ps 41
(42)5.ii, j
89, al.;]
deeply grieved
2638,
6^6
U^\ Lk
(mp
IB^s.t
Trepi-fi^'a.,
LXX: Ge
:
49i8
pi.),
Wi
[in Al.
-w, to dioell
-ov,
[in
:
13^3 * ;] round about : al ir. TroXet?, Ac S^^.t round about : c. ace, Lk l^^.t LXX for 133 etc. ;] dwelling around ; as
,
subst., 6
TT.,
a neighbour
Lk
and
;]
above), [in
LXX: Ex
195 2322,
possession
De
:
'D
ny) *
one's
Xaos
(cf.
rj
LXX,
2.
11.
irepi-oxVi, -^s,
7r6pixa)), [in
LXX
for
HTl^p
pi.,
IISD
etc.;]
1.
compass, circumference.
irepi-iraTeu,
-w, [in
8^2.
LXX
52^,
;
"JJ^H
hith.
;]
to
;
loalk
absol.,
Mt
;
95,
Mk
5*^,
Lk
Iv
ll*-*
T.
hid, c.
fig.,
gen.,
Jo Lk Ee ^V"^ eV,
1235,
6^6,
I
o-Korm,
Jo
812
Jo
^n-avo c. pred., yv/zvo's, Ee IG^^ 11^7 123^, Jo 7^ ll^S Ee 2^, al. 16,7 211; ^^,; c. gen., Mt 142^; id. c.
Mk
Plut.,
41,
draKTcus, II
3^; napd, c. ace, Mt 4^8. Metaph., of conducting oneself (like dvaarpecfiufxaL in Xen., M, Pr., 11; Deiss., BS, 194): dKpLJ3w<;, Eph 51^;
Jo
Ee
life,
twxT/ftovojs,
Col
Th
212
KaOw^
((S?),
Th
4^2; d^t'ws,
317, I
58'
l^ Phi
(Ss, I
Co
717
seq.
4'
nom.
qual..
6*, 11
Phi
e
;
dat.,
Ac
2121,
1218,
Ga
516
seq. ev,
, al.
;
Eo
iv
Co
42 5^ 103,
He
I
139, II
33, II
Jo
XpiarQ, Col 2
Kara,
Co
.
Co
102, II
to
*+
.
.
Trepi-ireipw,
[in
LXX: Eu
10* *
:
23,
1.
11
Ki
1^
(mp), Pr 11^
2.
;
{bS2),
Da
I2
LXX
seq.
29, II
Mac
6i3 97'2i
;]
to fall
around.
to fall
in with,
light upon,
is,
come across
c. dat., ATyo-xats,
Lk
103**
ireipaafxoL'i,
Ja
Ac 27^\f
LXX
to
;]
to
make
:
to
remain
(cf.
over, preserve.
Mid., (a)
t.
^vxtjv
357
or
to get
i
Ti
3^^.t
t ircpi-iroiTjo-is,
-ecus,
rj
(<^
TreptTroiew), [in
1.
LXX
He
II
Ch
(11
4^3(11!) ^-j.,|-|p^^
Ma
Pe
31"
(n^^P),
Hg
210(9)*;]
:
preservation:
2^*
10^9
Ch,
I.e.).
2.
acquisition, obtaining
intr.).
I
3.
a possession:
(and so perh.
Eph
ICG,
1^*, v.
supr.,
and
cf.
in
1.),
29 (Lxx)f
nepi-paivui {-ppaivw,
nT3
hi.
txt.
;
E,
Eec, V. WH, Ajjp., 139 f.), [in to sprinkle around : Ee 19^^ T {pepavna-ixevov, ;] fte/3afji.fjivov, Eec, E, mg.).t
WH
LXX
;
for
pe-,
** Trepi-pVjyi'u/jii (Eec. -pp-, V. supr.), [in LXX: 11 Mac 438 *;j Iq break or tear off all around : freq. of garments, t. IfidTia, Ac IS^-.t irepi-aTrdw, -w, [in chiefly for HJiT;] to draw around, draw Metaph., to distract : pass., Lk 10*^.+ off or away.
LXX
tirepicracia, -as,
17
LXX
(a)
Ec jj
(]i'ir^1
^^*^ COgn.
forms,
1^,
al.)
;]
1.
abundance, superfluity
Eo
5^'^,
11
Co
8^ 10^^,
Ja
1^1 (so
also Inscr., v.
-ro'i,
LAE,
to
80).
2.
t irepiao-eufjia,
(<^-n-c/3to-o-evo)),
LXX: Ec
:
2^^*'^
123*,
that
which
(cf.
is
over
and
(q.v.), II
Co
I.e.
;
813.
above, superfluity,
pi_^
abundance
tt.
opp. to
va-Teprjixa
Mk
88
metaph.,
[in
t.
KapStas,
Mt
Lk 6
ib. 3,
Ec,
Plut., al.).t
irepio-CTCuu
Trcptcro-os),
LXX:
Ki
2^3
(rT'niO),
i
Ec
I.
To
3038 (3329),
Mac33o*;]
Prop., intrans., 1. of things, to be over and above the number (Hes.), hence, (a) to be or remain over : Mt 14^" 153% l^ 917^ Jq 512, 13 ^^^ ^^ abound, be in abundance : Mk 12", Lk 12^5 21*, Ac IG^, Eo 3" 5^^ 2. Of persons, (a) to abound in, have in abundII Co 1^ 8^ 912, Phil ^*. ance: I Co 1412 1558, Phi 412. 18; c. gen., Lk 15^7 T; (b) to be superior or better, to excel : absol., i Co 3^ 8^; c. dat. ref., 11 Co 3^; seq. eV, Eo 1513, 1 Co 15^8, II Co 39 87, Col /a5A.Xov, i Th 41. 10 fx. koX fx.. Phi 19 520. II. In late writers (Lft., Notes, 48 f.), trans., (a) to irXdov, Mt
.
make
252''
;
to
c.
abotmd
gen.
:
c.
ace. seq.
rei,
Lk
15P,
WH
eis,
;
11
(&)
1^
:
pass.,
Mt
I312
c,
rei, I
Th
SYN.
TrXcom^o).
-17,
irepio-aos,
-O'',
[in
LXX
for iriH
1.
viore
than sufficient, over and above, abundant: Jo (a popular substitute for ttAciwv, B1., 11, 3^), gen., ib. ^^ (EV, more than others ; but v. infr.)
Co
9^; c. gen.
c.
Mt
;
53'';
id.
ellips.
6^1,
:
ck Trepto-o-oC,
Mk
Eec, T. (on
VTrkp ck
it.,
V.S. VTrepeKTrepLO-a-ov).
123=*;
Compar.
irepLo-orm),
1
neut., -oTfpov
Lk
Mk
6^''
adverbially
c.
(cf.
more abund;
antly,
fiaXXov
Co
108,
He
73".
71^
gen.,
tt.
TravTwv,
Co
IS^''
pleonast.,
stiperior
IT.,
Mk
2. oiit
of the
common, pre-eminent,
358
Mt
5*'^
but
v. supr.)
to
tt.,
as subst.,
Eo
3^;
i
compar.,
1223.24^
Mt
ll^,
Lk
T^o
c. subst.,
Mk 12*o, Lk 20*^
Ps 30
Co
ircpiaauis,
adv.
(Trcpicrao's), [in
"ID."!),
LXX
Mk
(31)23 (-ip^-by),
Da
ex-
TH T'^^
8^ (n^ri!,
II
Mac
27"''3,
;
S^^ 12**
ceedingly,
abundantly:
1^*,
(a) TTcpto-croTepoi'
Ga
II*,
II
Phi
Ac 26ii. Compar., II Co 1^^ 2* 7^^ 11^^^ (v.S. Trcptcro-os) {b) irepiao-OT^pois I Th 217, He 2^ 13^9 tt. /a5XAov, ii Co T^ opp. to
Mt
lO^^
^TTov,
Co
12i5.t
rj,
ircpiorepti, -5s,
[in
LXX
Jo
chiefly for
132 21*. 16.t
nzv
;]
a dove
Mt
3i<'
lO^''
2112,
Mk
110 1115^
Lk
224 322^
chiefly for blD;] (Ion., Epic, and late irepi-Te'fit'a), [in writers), to ctit around (Hdt.), hence, to circumcise (tt. to. alSola, Hdt.) Lk 1* 221, Jo 722^ Ac 78 155 163 2121. Pass, and mid., to be circumcised,
LXX
receive circumcision
(cf.
Ac 15\
Col 2"
Co
,
7^^,
Ga
23 5">
f.
3
;
612. i3_
Metaph.
xix).+
De
1016,
Je
4*, al.).
(v. Deiss.,
,
BS, 151
MM,
for ]n3 DliZT etc. ;] to place ovput around : 2133 27*8^ 12^ 1536, Jo 19^9; of garments, etc., c. ace. et dat., Mt 15^7 (Si 63i). to put on: Mt 27^8 Metaph., like Trept/SdWw, to
Trepi-Ti0T]|jii,
[in
LXX
Mk
Mk
Es
l^o)
Co
1223.t
(b=ia ni.,
17l^ V 7rptTe>a)), [in LXX: Ge nbllD), Je ll^* * ;] circumcision ; (a) of the rite itself
Ex
:
425.26
722 23^
Jo
Ac
Eo
Eo
Ga
719,
Co
5", Phi 3^; {b) of the state of tt. ^v, Eo 410 Ga 5^ &\ Col 311
;
rj tr.
61
TreptTiJiy]9ivTi<i,
Eph 211; qI j'^ Ga 212, Tit 110 Eo 229, Col 2", Phi
;
circumcised : Eo d^^ 4^' 12 158^ Qa 2"-9, ^5 ^^ of Jews, Eo 4^^; of Jewish Christians, Ac II2, ol Ik tt. -n-to-roi, Ac 10*^ ot 0VT6S Ik tt., Col 411. Metaph.,
the
;
33.t
** TTcpi-Tpe'iTw,
dat.,
Ac
523*;] to turn about, [in 262* (^f piJ, Ant., ix, 4, 4).t 8^2, Je 5^ (ranizr pil.) * irepi-Tp^X*^, [in
:
LXX Wi
:
turn:
;]
c.
ace. et
LXX Am
LXX: Ec
to
run about
c.
ace. loc,
655, II
Mk
65\t
[in
7^(')
:
Trepi-<f)e'p(i),
(b^H
po.),
al.
;]
to
carry about:
Eph 4^*.+ ** Trpi-(|)poi'^w, -w, [in LXX iv Mac 6^ 14^ * 1. to examine on all sides, consider car ef^dly (Aristoph.). 2. = virepfftpoveo), to have thoughts
Co
4}\
Pass.,
Mk
metaph.
:
;]
'beyond, to despise
(Thuc,
[in
Plut., al.
:
iv
Mac,
(17
11.
c.)
Tit 2i5.t
aboiit,
rj
ircpi-)(<opos, -ov,
LXX
chiefly
tt.)
for
133 ;] round
128,
neighbouring (Dem., Plut., al.). In (sc. yrj), the region round about: Mt
LXX
1435,
and NT, as
subst.,
w.
Mk
Lk
33
by meton.
wipe
**t
irpl-^y]]ia, -tos,
to (<^
Trepti/^aw, to
LXX
359
;]
that
which
I
is
wiped
4^^
off,
offscouring
(and so prob., To, I.e., as EV; but v. Thayer, s.v., for the meaning expiation, ransom, in To and cf. LS, s.v. Kd6apfia; hit., Notes, 200 f., and on Ign., Eph., 8).t *t irepircpeoofiai (<^ Tre/DTrcpos, vainglorious), to boast or vaunt oneself: I Co 13* (elsewh. only in Antonin. v. Abbott, Essays, 87).t ricpCTi's, -iSos, 7), Persis : Eo 16^.t *t Wpoai, adv. (^ire/jas), last year, a year ago : airo tt. (as in ir., v Deiss., BS, 221 LAE, 70), ii Co S^o 9\f ireTdo/jiai, [in De 4^^ * ;] false form of Trordofiai, poet., frequentat. of irerofiai (Aristoph., al.), Eec. for ircVo/xai (q.v., cf. Veitch,
n-epiKaOapixa,
q.v.),
Co
LXX
S.V.).
jreTLv6s, -T], -01/ (<[ TTCTo/Aat), [in chiefly for Jljijr;] in trag.. Ion. and late writers, winged, flying ; as subst., to tt., a winged fowl, 4*' ^2, Lk 8^ Q^s 122* 13i9, Ac lO^^, a bird : pi., Mt &^ S^o 13*- ^2,
LXX
Mk
lie,
Eo
123, ja,
37
LXX
[in
qw;]
to
fly:
Ee
4^
8" 12" 14
i.e.
LXX
ns
;]
a rock,
a mass
:
from TrcVpos, a detached stone or boulder Mt 15, Lk 6*8 8' 13 of a hollow rock, a cave, Ee 6^^' i (cf. Is 2^0, al.). Metaph., Mt 16^8 (on the meaning, v. Hort, EccL, 16 ff., but cf. also ICG, in 1.), i Co 10*; = TreVpos, Eo 9^^ i Pe 28
Mk
(LXX).t
ricTpos,
:
-ov,
(i.e.
Kr]<f)a.s),
Simon
Peter, the
to, to.
tt.,
Apostle Mt 4^8 102, Mk 3i, Lk 58, Jo 1*^' *3, al. * irTpc58T)s, -? (<[7reTpa, etSos), roch-lihe, rocky, stony: of shallow soil with underlying rock, Mt 13^' 20, Mk 4^' ^^.t
* TnY<fa,vov, -ov, to,
TTTjYT],
rue
Lk
Pe
11*2.+
-^s,
rj,
[in
LXX
;
llpD,
;
etc.;]
311, 11
4*5
t. vhd.TiMv,
Ee
of a well
tt.
tot)
ai/xaro?,
of a flow of blood,
Mk
52^
metaph., Jo
4^*,
Ee
T^^ 216.t
,
,
chiefly for nt33 also for ypn etc. ;] to make 82 (cf. 7rpoo--7r7/yvu/Ai).t fast, to fix; of tents, to pitch : * TrqSdXioK, -ov, to {<^Trr]86^, the blade of an oar), a rudder : Ja 3*; pi., Ac 27*o.t
TTTiYi'oixi,
[in
LXX
He
miXiKos,
-rj,
-ov,
[in
LXX: Za
? rjXiKo^
22(6)
(n^g),
iv
Mac Ga
I522*;]
'7r6a-o<s
interrog., how large, how great quantity): in exclamations, = personal greatness. He 7*.t
irr\\6s, ov, 6, [in
(prop., of magnitude, as
(v.
of of
Bl.,
51,
;]
4),
6";
1. clay,
as used
by
a potter
Eo
2.
fi6p/3opos,
wet
clay,
mud
Jo
96, n, 14, 16
**Tnipa, -as,
^,
[in
LXX:
360
victuals, etc.,
Mt
Mk
68,
Lk
an alms-bag,
v.
LAE,
108
ff.)
Tn)x"s> -fws, gen. pi., -Siv (for Att. -cwv, v. WH, App., 157 Thackeray, Gr., 151; Deiss., BS, 153), [in chiefly and freq. for 2. As a measure of length, a cubit m^lliJ;] 1. the forearm (Horn.),
LXX
Mt
627,
Lk
1225,
Jo
218,
Re
21i7.t
TTid^w (cf.
MGr.
TTiavw; v.
[in
LXX
Ca
to
11
2^5
(^nx),
2321*;]
(v.
1.
to
Ac
3'^
(Theocr.).
2.
take,
1132,
Si capture,
apprehend: Jo
w Ac 12^
1.
Co
Ee
I920
to-
MM,
xx).t
[in
TTi^j^cj,
LXX
Mi
6^5
(rjTi)
;]
to press,
press
down or
gether : Lk 638 (^^Yj 2. Later, to seize (v.s. 7ria^w).t * mOai'oXoYia, -as, 17 {<Cm0av6<;, persuasive, plausible), in cl. (Plat), the use of probable arguments, as opp. to demonstration (dTToScifis) hence, persuasive speech : Col 2* (v. ICG, in l.).t
;
iriKpaiVo)
bitter:
Ee
for l^D ?)Sp etc. ;] to make (<[ TTtKpos), [in 10^; pass., ib. S^^ lO^O; metaph., to embitter (LXX):
, ,
LXX
[in
pass., seq.
tt/jo's.
Col
T]
3^^.t
TTiKpia,
-as,
{<^TnKp6<;),
LXX
Wlip
;
and
cognate forms ;] bitterness ; (a) of taste (Arist., Je 15^^, al.) (6) metaph., of temper, character, etc. Eo 3^'*<i^^\ Eph43i; pt^a 7rt/c/)tas, He 12^5 ^(pXt] it., a malignant disposition, Ac 823.t
:
niKp6s,
-a, -6v
(poet, in
cl.),
[in
LXX
for
chiefly for
IQ
;]
1.
sharp,
pointed.
Ja
3^^
2. sharp to the senses; of taste, bitter: metaph., harsh, bitter : ib. ^*.
opp. to yXvKv,
pi.;]
-iriKpcis,
LXX
ia
TT.,
na
Mt
bitterly:
metaph.,
(cf.
Horn.), IxXaucre
26'^5^
Uj
22^2 ^y_
MM,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
c.
of ttX-^Ow (intrans. in
fill
:
also for V2iO ;] trans, form these tenses), which supplies ace, Lk 5*"; c. ace. et gen., Mt 27*8 j
,
N^D
Mt
22^*^,
Ac
192^; of that
which
:
fills
mind:
139*5.
pass.,
c.
gen.,
Lk
lis. 41, 67
Ac
2* 310 48.
3i
51^ 91^
Metaph.
(as in
LXX
1532), to complete,
123,6726,21,22
(gf
SyN.
521,22,27
TrXrjpoipopiw, irXrjpota.
the simple form), [in LXX: Nu burn. 2. Later, to cause to swell; mid., Ac 28" (cf. ip.TrL-7rpr}fx.i).f of parts of the body, to become swollen (LXX) ** mmKiSioi', -ov, TO (dimin. of TrtmKis, q.v.), [in Sm. Ez 92*;] a writing tablet : Lk l''3.t
irifiTTpriiit
(nax)*;
to blow,
361
[in
Sm.
Ez
:
9^^*;]
TrtvaKiov,
tablet
Lk
l'^,
Tr.,
mg.
(v.S. 7rivaKtStov).+
**irlvai,
-oKos,
o,
[in
LXX
iv
Mac IT E*;]
(a)
plank; hence, of various flat wooden articles; disc, a dish : Mt li*-", Mk 625.28, Lk ll.t
Ttivu, [in al.
;
LXX
Mt
;]
to
;
drink
;
absol.,
c.
ace. rei,
;
Mk
14",
al.
of habitual
of the earth absorbing to Trorypiov, i Co 102\ al. 6^ rain (Hdt., al.). spiritually, of the blood of Christ, Jo 653, 54, 56 seq. (of the vessel), Mt 2627, al. ; id. (of the drink; Bl., 36, 1), Mt 2629, Jo 413.14, Ee 1410, al.; AttS, Lk 22i8 (cf. Atto-, (tw-ttiVw; on the
142^, al.
by melon.,
He
form
irUa-ai,
f.,
Pr., 44
8,
and on the
contr. aor.
-n-elv,
M,
ttkJttjs, -77TOS,
{<^TrL<Dv,fat), [in
LXX
chiefly for
IST"!!;]
fatness:
Eo
lli^t
irnrptl(TKw, [in
LXX
I
pf., v. Bl.,
Mk
Eo
fall
145,
71* (cf. IV
iriTTTOj,
Jo 12^; c. Ki 1717,
[in
chiefly for "TSD ni. ;] to sell : c. ace. rei, Mt c. gen. (of price), Mt 269, 59, 5), Ac 2*5 434 54 ace. pers. (of slavery), Mt 182^; hence metaph.,
Mae
l^^, al.).t
;]
LXX
:
to fall ;
1. of
;
descent, to fall,
15i*, al.
;
down
or
from
Lk
o86v,
seq. airo,
Mt
Ja
Mk
K.
132^,
Lk
lO^s,
Ee
1311
Metaph.
6 ^Xtos, seq.
;
cTTt,
Ee
71^
2.
d^A-v?
(TKOTos,
Ac
kA.^/3os,
Ac
I2
vtto Kpiariv,
Of prostration, (a) of persons, to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself: xa^ai, Jo 18"; seq. liri, e. acc, Mt 17", Ac 9*; id. e. gen., Mk 920 Trpos T. T^as, Ac 510, Ee l^^; 7ro-<ijv l^^v^i, Ac 5^; of
512.
;
522, supplication, homage or w^orship Trpos {Trapa, irrl) t. Tro'Sas, 5^^ 19'* 8*1, Ac 102 5, al. Lk tt. kol TrpoaKivelv, Ee ptep. e. TrpoaKwelv,
:
Mk
Mt
211, al.
iviLiTLov,
Ee
Mt
26''9, al.
(b) of
things,
to fall, fall
down
15i,
Mt
21**,
;
Lk
233*>; of falling to
Mt
725,
Ac
He
;
Metaph.: Eo 11";
to (TTTQKuv,
Eo
14*
(timeless aorist; M, Pr., 134), Ee 182. Ee 2^; opp. to to-raVai, I Co 1012; of virtues, i Co 13^ ; of precepts, Lk 161^. (Cf.
ll^o
Ittco-c
TroO^v ireVTajKas,
Kara-, Trapa-,
Minor
:
Ac
142*.t
Uio-iSi/cos,
LXX
of Pisidia
Ac
1.
132*.t
chiefly for
]ax
hi.
;]
(in), to believe; in el., e. ace., dat., in significance of the various constructions, v. Eo 45 ; Ellic. on i Ti li ; Abbott, JV, 19-80)
NT
:
M,
;
Mt
2423. 26^
Mk
.
1321, I
Co
1118
c.
ace. rei,
freq.
Ac
13*i,
Co
13^
e. dat.
what one
Jo
says),
Mk
16Ci3.i*], i
918; esp.
813,
and most
5tl,
absol.,
Mt
II
supr.,
Mk 53, Lk 850, Jo ll*o, al. seq. 6ti, Mt and cL DB, i, 829a), Jo 312 52* G^o 83i, Ac Ti 112, I Jo 5^^, al. c. prep, (expressing personal
;
928, al.
c.
16^*,
Ga
trust
and reliance
362
Mt
Phi
cVt,
18,
129,
c.
Jo 211 (v^ Westc, in 1.), and freq., I Jo 510, I Pe 18 CIS T. Srofjia (v.s. ovofia), Jo
;
M, Pr., I.e. DB, i, 829 b), Mk 1" (v. Swete, in 1.) cis, Ac lO*^ 194^ Rq iqu^ Ga 2^\
;
ace,
Mt
27*2,
I
Ac
116,
;
9*2
I
un
Jq
513
igsj
22i9,
Ro
;
4^;
cVi,
ol
c.
dat.,
Ro
as subst., IGfis], Ac 42 Ac 2*^ Ro 322, 1 Co 121, al. aor., Ac I918 212" (on pf.^ Johannine use of the tenses of tt., v. Westc, Epp. Jo., 120). 2. Trans., to entrust: c. ace. etdat., Lk IGU, Jo 22*; pass., to be entrusted with: c. ace, Ro 32, I Co 917, Ga 2^, i Th 2* (v. Lft., Notes, 21 f.), i Ti 1",
tt.,
Ti
Pe 2MLXX);
ptcp. pres.,
Mk
Tit
13.
haviiig the gift of persuasion (Plat,, 455 A). 2. (a) of persons, /ai^/i/?^Z, irws^^ (Plut.) {b) of things, 14^, Jo 123.t trustworthy, genuine : vapSos it.,
-q, -6v (ttio-tis), 1.
*t moTiKos,
Gorgf.,
Mk
TTiaTis, -60)5,
17
[7ri^w), [in
LXX
:
God
always of religious faith in ^erme, faith, belief, trust, confidence, in or Christ or spiritual things Mt 8i, Lk 520, Ac 14'', Ro 1^, i Co
25, II
NT
Co
312,
12*, I
Ti
l\
;
al.
c.
II
;
c.
gen. obj.,
Iv,
;
Mk
32^,
;
II22,
Ac
31^,
Ro
li^.
322,
Ga
1*,
21^,
i
Eph
Co
Ja
Ti
1^,
21, al.
prep.,
11* 313, II
Trpos, I
I
113 315^
Th
312
Phm
1613, I
;
Co
is
135,
2021 242* 26I8, Col 2^, i Pe I21 6I Ittl, C. ace. ev ttj tt. arrjK^iv (civat, /AcVeiv), Ti 215 i^aKor^ ^^5 ^., Eo 15 162 6 ck tt., Ro 32
Pe
11
^5,
Ro Ac
Ga
326,
Eph
Col
Ti
He
4i,
Ga
Ro
330,
Ga
21^,
Phi
3^.
By meton., objectively,
the object or content of belief, the faith : Ac 6'^ I422, Ga Phi 126,27, Ju3.20, and perh. also Ac 13^ IG^, Ro l^ and 1626 (v. supr.), I Co 1613, Col 123, t^ 32 (Lf^^ ;^qi^^^ i^b), i Ti li^ 3^ 41,6 58 610.12^ II Ti 38 4^ Tit l*'i3 315, I Pe 5^. 2. In passive sense, (a) Mt 23^3, Ga 522; ^ tt. toO e^oi, Ro 33; {b) fidelity, faithfulness: objectively, plighted faith, a pledge of fidelity i Ti 512. (On the various shades of meaning in which the word is used in NT, v. esp. ICG on Ro 117, pp. 31 ff. Lft., Ga., 154 ff. Stevens, Th. NT, 422,
that
which
515
ff.
DB,
i,
830
ff.
Cremer,
s.v.)
iri<rr<5s, -v?,
LXX
li 621,
I-
Pass., to
252I'
23,
be trusted or believed
1.
Mt 24*^
i
Lk
12*2,
Ac
1615,
He
II
217 32.
33,
5, 1
Pe
512,
Co Re
c.
42. 17 725,
Eph
;
Col
I2. ^
4^.
Ti
I12, 11
i
Ti
22,
2i3
II
19"
Ti
of
419 213, seq. Iv, 2523; ^^pi davarov. Re 210; 5 ^^^^^^ ^ ^^ Re 1*; id. koI aXrjOivo^, Re 31*. 2. Of things, trustworthy, reliable, 133*, i t^ -^n 31 49^ Ti 2", Tit 1" 3^, Re 215 226. stcre : Ac H. Act.,
;
Th
He
;
1023 11",
God, i Co 1^ i Jq 19, i pe
10i3, 11
Co
lis,
Th 52*, Lk 16i"-i2
1917,
Ti
311
l-iri,
ace,
Mt
believing, trusting, relying : Ac I61, 11 Co 6i5, Ga 3^, i Ti 41" 51* 62, Tit 1, Re 171*; pi., Ac 10*5, I Ti 43.12; opp. to ^Trto-ros, Jo 2027; ^. tts Oiov, I Pe 121 TT. TTouLv, III Jo 5. (On the difficulty of choosing in
;
active
v. Lft., Gal.,
-w (<^7rto-ros), [in
LXX
chiefly for
]DX
ni.
;]
to
make
363
Ch 17^*). Pass, Ti 3^^.t irXacdtu), -to (<^ TrXaVr;), [in chiefly for T\ST\'i\ to cause to wander, lead astray. Pass., to go astray, tvander : Mt 18^2, i3^ jjg jl^^, I Pe 2^5 (cf. Is 53"). Metaph., to lead astray, deceive: c. ace. pers., 135' , Jo 712, II Ti 3^\ i Jo l^ 2^6 3^ Ee 220 129 1314 Mt 24^' 5' "'24, 122^' 27, Lk 1920 208' 8' 10; pass., to be led astray, to err : Mt 2229,
hence,
to establish (i
ace. rei,
ii
LXX
Mk
Mk
218,
i-rrb
Jo
T.
747^
Ti
313,
Tit 33,
5^9;
fJL^
He
52, 11
Pe
I
2^5,
Ee
1823
^^ ^^^g,'^^
He B^^
dXr/^ei'a?,
Ja
rj,
TrXavaaOe,
Co
69 IS^^,
Ga
6^,
Ja
l^" (cf.
diro-TrXavaw) .t
nUvj],
-r)^,
[in
LXX:
:
Pr 148 (nnip),
127,
Wi
1^2,
al;]
a wa/n-
dering. Metaph., a going astray, an error respect to morals or religion) Mt 274, Eo II Th 211, Ja 520, II Pe 2i8 3^7, i Jo 4, Ju^i.t
*TrXdi'T)s, -rjTO<;, 6, V.S. TrXavr/XT;?.
irXakiiTTjs,
-n-XdiT^s,
(in
NT
Eph
always with
4^*,
i
Th
23,
-ov,
(-e^TrXavdw),
tt.
[in
LXX: Ho
a wanderer:
mg., -r).t
do-Tepcs
(cl.
-planets),
(WH,
2.
LXX
:
Jb 19*
:
(nailffO),
tt.,
Je 2332*;]
i
1.
wandering.
subst., 6
tt.,
-n-vev/xaTa
Ti
'^.t
4^.
As
Mt
[in
27''3,
n Co
6, 11
l]
Jo
rj,
LXX
for jyh
1.
II
a plain
(poet.).
2.
a fiat
stone,
tablet
Co
33,
He
9*.t
-ros,
irXdo-fia,
to (<^ TrXaVo-w)
:
LXX
to
which
I
is
moulded or formed
Eo
92<'(i'XX)f
"IS"" ;]
irXdaaw, [in
form, mould
Eo 920 (Lxx),
Ti
2i3.t
2.
irXaWw), 1. formed, moiilded (Hes., Plat., al.). Metaph., made up, fabricated, feigned (Hdt., Xen., al.) 11 Pe 23.t
-v> -ov
:
* irXaoTos,
irXarcia, -as,
r],
V.S. TrXaTVS.
irXdros,
LXX
1,
chiefly for
nni ;] breadth
Eph
3^8^
Ee
2116
T. TT.
T^s y^s
(Hb
nnip), Ee 209.t
irXarui'a)
(<[7rXarus),
[in
LXX
;
broad, enlarge, extend : c. ace. rei, (119)32, al.), pass., ij KapSU, 11 Co 6"
irXoTu's, -eia, -v,
71 -K.
Mt
;]
sm
V"?.
[in
LXX
for ailT
broad
Mt
7^3.
As
subst.,
(sc. 680s), in
[LXX
Lk
Mt
6^ U^^fJ^xx)^
Mk
65,
WH,
:
mg.,
-Tos,
Ac
5l^
Ee
;
Th. Is 28**;] what is woven or twisted (as basket-work, nets, etc.) a braiding (sc, Tpix,C>v, pi., I Ti 29.t cf. I Pe 33)
**irX^Y|xa,
to irXc/cw),
[in
Aq.,
364
[in
:
twist,
weave
Is 285
(n^By)*;]
to
plait,
n\eovdlu)
1.
;
ttAeov),
[in
LXX
for qijr
;
mi
:
etc.
;]
I.
Intrans.
:
Of persons (a) to abound in (Arist.) (b) to superabound ii Co 3i5(Lxx)_ Eo 5'^*^ 6\ ii Co 4^*, 2. Of things, to abound, sicperabomid 41", II Th 1^ II Pe 18. 265-', Ps 70 (71)2i Phi II. Trans. (Nu not cl., V. Lft., Notes, 48 f.), to make to abound : i Th 3^^ (cf. ii7r/3-7rAova'^u)).t
;
SY-N.
Trepiara-evu),
irXcorcKWu),
-w
1.
q.v.
7rXovKT7;s,
q.v.),
[in
LXX: Hb
(v.
(rSH), Jg
(cl., c.
411
B*;]
c.
;
2^ Ez 22^7 an advantage
gen. pers.).
2.
M,
v.
ace. pers.,
pass.,
11
Co
7"'
12i'^'i^;
cl.
iv t. Trpay/xan,
;
Co
2^1 (as
also in
LS,
**
ttXc'ov
I
irXeo>''KTT]S, -ov,
Xiv
(v.
MM,
17
LXX
Si 14^ *
=6
Oekoiv
Co
510' 11 610,
Eph
55.t
irXeoi/elia, -a9,
(-^ttXcovcktt^s), [in
;]
and
Lk
Eo
1^^, 11
Co
9*,
Eph 419
(v.
ICC,
:
in
1.)
53,
Col 3^
avarice
Th
2^, 11
Pe
23. 1*
Mk
722.t
SYN.
<f>iXapYvpLa,
17,
(v. Tr.,
Syn.,
xxiv).
irXeupd, -as,
[in
LXX
(freq. pi.
the side
Mt
c.
Ac
127.t
;
ttX^o), [in
IV
sail
K-,
Mac Lk
:
73;
geq. i^r!, ace. (poet.), Si 432*, i Mac 132^ (cf. Ac 272, Eec.)*;] to 82^, Ac 272* iirl, Ee IS^^ (cf. SL7r6-, 8ta-, seq. ek, Ac 21^ 272.
;
LXX,
seq. ek,
Jh
l^ (Nin),
Es
423, ig 4310
T^Y^'
nD30
II
,
"^'.
^ (^TrXr^o-o-w),
stripe,
[in
LXX
:
chiefly for
nSS,
also
for
33^
etc.
;]
a blow,
.r.
wound
pi.,
Lk
10^"
12'*8,
Ac
1623
Co 6^ Ee 131*.
18*.8
1123; ^ ^,
2.
OavaTOv (EV, death- stroke), Ee 133. 12; r./xaxatpas, Metaph., a calamity, plague: Ee 918.20 11^ ISL^.s 16'2i
-ovs, to,
2P22i8.t
ttXtJOos,
[in
LXX
2122
etc.
;]
1. a great number, a multitude; (a) of things cftpvyauoiv, Ac 283; ^fxapTLuiv, Ja b'^, I Pe 4^;
Lk
5'',
Jo 21"
t, irXyjOei,
;
in multitude.
He
Ac
2.
Ac
(WH,
E, om.)
c. gen.,
Mk
Lk
6I" 2327,
Of persons,
:
c.
art.,
the whole
Thuc,
t.
wav TO
TT.,
Ac
1512
c.
gen.,
Lk po
the XaoS, Ac 2136 ^. ^^ccus, Ac 14* 83^ 193^ 23i, Ac 432 516 qi, 5 252*.t
8^/i,os
Plat.,
'IrX1f)0u^'fc)
(causal of
TrXiqOvoi, to
365
;]
1. trans., to increase,
multiply
pass., to be increased, to
multiply:
:
Mt
Pe
24^^^
(Da
LXX th
3"(98), al), 1
I2, 11
Ac
:
6^.t
V.S.
TTtfJLTrkrjfjLi.
**
t
TT.
TrXi]KTT)s, -ov,
:
6 {<^TrXr](r(r(D), [in
Sm.
Ps 34
(35)^5 *;]
striker,
brawler
Ti 3^ Tit 1^
irXii/jL/xopa, ->?s
yevea-Oai,
n-Xrif,
Jb
(for Att. -as, V. Bl., 7, 1) 7rA.77^a)), [in 4018(23) (-,,-,3 j5l2?y) * ;] ayZood (of sea or river) Lk G^^.t
:
LXX:
adv., [in
LXX
for
pT, 13^,
IJif,
etc.;]
1.
introducing
a clause (= dAAa, Si; "it is obvious that ttXtjv was the regular word in the vulgar language": Bl., 77, 13), yet, howbeit, only: Mt 1122,24 187 2639.6* (M, Pr., 86), Lk 624-35 1011,14,20 1141 1231 1333 171 188 1927 2221.22,42 (WH, mg. om.) 2328, j Co 11", Eph 533, p^i 316 414^
Ee
2.
225
^,
(Hdt., Plat., al.), except that, save that, Ac 2023, Phi II8. 1232, Jq gi*^, Ac 8^ c. gen., except, save (cl.)
:
Mk
LXX
Ac
chiefly for
c.
gen.
rei,
Mk
4^,
8^^;
TTvcu/xaTOS aytov,
Ktti
Lk
N^p Lk 5^2
;]
1. full, filled
Mt
1420
Tj-torews,
Ac
6"
)(apLTO<;, ib. 8
^.
aXrjdeM'i
reff.
(where
with
in
M, Ac
ayadcjv,
Ac
93^.
complete
fxia-66'i,
Jo
o-itos
(tt.
prob. in-
decl. here; v.
on Jo
1^*, supr.),
Mk
428.t
811
LXX: Ec
(kI?!^)*;]
1.
to
bring in full
measure, hence, to fulfil, accomplish: Lk 1^, 11 Ti 4^.^^. 2. to persuade, assure or satisfy fully (so in tt. v. Deiss., LAE, 82 f. M, Th., 9) pass., Eo 421 14^, Col 4^2 (v. Lft., in 1.). 3. to fill : Eo 15^3, L, mg. (Cl. Eo., I Co 54) metaph., pass., to be filled with, hence,
; ;
:
l.c.).t
-as,
17
(<^7r\r/po<^o/)(o),
;
Th
I'*
T.
(TuvcVcws,
I.e.
;
Col 22
t. eA-Trt'eios,
He
;J
6"
1.
ttiVtcws,
He
IO22 (cf.
Lft.
on
Col.,
M,
Th., 9).t
LXX
;
to fill,
make
:
full, fill
things: pass, {a-ayrjvq, <f>apayi), Mt 13*8, l^ but chiefly of immaterial things xao-av xp^tav, Phi 4^^; TJxo'i irrXripoia-f. t. oTkov, Ac 22; c. gen. rei (cl.), Ac 528; pagg,^ seq. CK, Jo 123 ^^f gj^ g 35^ 4^ ^_ ^ KapSiaw, Jo 16", Ac 53 metaph., of the all-pervading activity of Christ, Eph 4^'> mid., Eph 123 ^^^ qJ persons to fill with, cause to abound in c. gen. rei (cl.), Ac 228 (ixx), Eo 1513; pass., to be filled with, abound in Eph 31^, Phi 4^8 q^ ggQ^ rei (cl.), Ac 13^2, Eo 15^*, 11 Ti 1*; c. dat. (^sch., al.), Lk 2*o (c. gen., T), Eo 129, II Co 7*; c. ace. (so in tt., v. MM, xx). Phi 1", Col l^; seq. iv, Eph 5i8, Col 21**. 2. to complete ; (a) to complete, fulfil of number, Ee 611, WH, txt. of time (MM, xx), Mk V^, Lk 212*, Jq 78^
ace;
(a) of
35 (LXX)
366
Ac
723.30
Th 1";
;
T.
15"
315,
^.
^pya,
Ee
Trdo-xa.,
Lk
22^"
(b) to execute,
Lk
:
71 931,
Ac
accomplish, carry out to the full : 1225 13^5 1426 1921^ Ro 8* 138 1519^ Ga 5^\ Col 12^
;
Mt
417,
Ee
6", T,
WH,
txt.
E, mg,
17, 23
(c)
fulfil
Mt
E,
122 215.
Mk
(WH,
Ac
om.),
Lk po
TO (<^
li 318 1327,
Ja
223 (cf
Lffc^
TrXi^pujjia, -Tos,
ttXt/poco)
[in
LXX
for
xbo
;
;]
the result of
the action involved in irXrjpow (Lft., Col., 255 ff. AE, Eph., 255 ff.), hence, 1. in passive sense, that which has been completed, complement, ple7iit7ide, fullness (in Xen., Luc, Polyb., al., of a ship's crew or cargo, and by meton. of the ship itself) Jo 1^^, Eo lli'-.^s 1529^ i Qq 1026 (LXX) Eph 123 (AE, 42 ff.) 319 (ib. 87 ff.) 4^3, Col li^ 2^; of time,
:
Ga
2.
4*,
Eph V^
and
ko<^iVwj/ (o-^uptSwv)
(
TrXr/pw/mra, basketfuls,
Mk
6*3 820.
In active sense
v.
9i,
cf. KTto-is,
Mt
As
425,
Mk
as freq. in words of these formations, tvhich fills up (but v. Lft., I.e.) 221; (j) a filling up, completing, fulfilment : Eo IS^^.t
TrXr/pwo-is,
MM,
-ov
xx)
(a) that
irXirjCTioi',
V.S.
-a,
7rkr)(rio<;.
ttXtjotios,
adv.,
[in
TrXr](TLov
ireXas,
(<^ TreXas, 7iear), near, close by, neighbouring. near : c. gen., Jo 4^ c. art., 6 tt., one's neigh;
:
bour
2239,
LXX
Lk
(Ls
1029. 36^
Ac
727,
Ja
TT.
Mk
aov
o-cavroV
Eo
iii,
139,
of 5
in
OT, NT,
v.
DB,
rj
511
Ga 51*, DCC,
[in
:
240f.).t
chiefly for
n\r\<T}i.ovr\,
-rj<;,
{<:^TrLfx7rXr]/xi),
LXX
rjIT and
cognate forms;] a filling up, satiety indulgence of the flesh; but ICG, in flesh, op. cit., 276 ff.), Col 223.t
irXiiacrw,
1.,
[in
LXX
ho.
;]
to
strike,
smite
pass.,
Ee
txt.,
* TrXoidpioi',
WH,
(= Ee
voo's
E), Jo
622.23 ^^xola,
Mk
39,
Lk
52 (TrXoIa,
WH)
ttXoioi', -ov,
TO (<^7rXw), [in
LXX
and
a ship: Mt
421.22,
3*,
like
from
LXX: Wi
14i*;] a voyage:
Ac
217
279,io.t
irXou'aios, -a, -ov
LXX
1823 191 27", Lk 121^ I412 I61. Substantively, 6 tt., 110, n. ^j ^^ Lk 62* 21i, i Ti 6i7. Ja 2 51, Ee 61^ I316; Ja anarth., a rich man, Mt 1923.2*, Mk 102^ 12", Lk 182^. Metaph., of God, v iXiei (= cl., c. gen., dat.), Eph 2"; of Christ, 11 Co 89; of Christians, Ee 29 3i7 iv irtVrci, Ja 25.t
wealthy
Mt
Lk
1621.22,
367
S",
adv., richly,
-w, [in
1^3,
i
abundantly: Col
chiefly for
3^^^
xi 6", Tit
Pe
lii.t
irXouTc'd),
LXX
;
^WV
hi.
;]
to
he rich, aor,, to
;
become rich
cv
(= cl., c. Lk 12^^; of God, cis Travras, Ro 10^2; aor., I became II Co 8^, Re 3^^ pf I have become rich, Ee 3^^,t
;
Ti 6^ seq. Sltto (Si ll^s), Re IS^s eV, Ee IS^. i9 gen., dat., ace, cf. 7rA.ouo-tos), i Ti 6^^ Metaph., tt. cis 6c6v,
rich, i
Lk
Co
4^,
.,
irXouTi^u)
{<^TrkovTos),
c. ii
[in
rich, enrich
riches,
c.
ace. pers.,
Co
6^'';
ttXootos, -ov, 6
and
(in ii
chiefly for 12?^ hi. ;] to make 9^^. Metaph., of spiritual seq. cv, pass., i Co l*.t Co 82, Eph l^^ 2^ 38' i. Phi 4^9, Col l^^
LXX
Co
22; V.
riches,
WH,
Re
82,
App., 158;
:
;
M,
Pr., 60)
to',
[in
LXX
chiefly for
-il^ry;]
6^'^,
wealth
18^^
of external possessions,
Mt
I322,
Mk 4^^, Lk 8^*, i Ti
Ja
II
52,
Co
Eph
17.18 27 38.16,
irXuj'ft),
[in
:
33^ moral and spiritual conceptions, Ro Phi 419, Col 127 2\ He 112, Re 512.+ LXX chiefly for pi. ;] to wash (inanimate objects,
of
2* 92^ ll^^,
DM
esp. clothing)
t.
BiKrva,
Lk
52.
Fig., t. o-ToXa9,
Re
7^* 22i*
(cf.
Ps
50
(51)*'
TTj'cG/ia,
-Tos,
TO (<^m/(o), [in
LXX
chiefly
3^;
and very
freq.
for
(j)
nn;]
breath
1.
:
of air in
motion;
;
(a)
wind: Jo
pi.,
He
17(i-xx)j
tt. toC aro^aTo^, fig., n Th 28 (cf. Ps 32 (33)6). w. C^s, Re 11" the vital principle, the spirit (Arist., Polyb., al.) Lk 8**, 2. Of 14^8, i Co 5^, al. Jo 1930, Ac 759, al. opp. to <rdp$, Mt 26*i, 617 73*, I Pe 4 to ifnjxv, Phi 1^^ He 412 t^ tt. to (TC>fia, Ro 810, I Co Kol Tj i(r. Kol T. (rS)fJM, I Th 523 (M, Th., in 1.) dat., tc3 tt., in spirit, Mk 28 812, Jo 1133 1321^ Ac 1825, Ro 1211, j Co 7^\ i Pe 3is, al. of the human spirit of Christ, Ro 1*, i Ti 31". 3. spirit, i.e. frame of mind, disposition, influence Lk li7, Ro 8i5, i Co 421, Gal 61, Eph 22, 11 Ti 17, I Jo 46, al. 4. An incorporeal being, a spirit: Lk 24^7,39^ ^.c 23*; TT. 6 6e6<;, God is spirit, Jo 4-'*; vaTrjp twv tt., He 12; of disembodied human beings. He 1223, i Pe d^^ {ICC, in 1. DB, iii, 795) of angels. 920, Lk 9^9, al. He li'' of demons or .evil spirits, Mt 8i, 161* tt. SaifiovLov aKaOdpTov, 161" TTvevfiaTa 8aLfiovLU)v, Re TT. TTvOoiva, Ac Lk 433; TT. do-^tvcms (Bl., g 35, 5), Lk I311 tt. dKddapTov, Mt lOi, Mk ps,
:
Mk
;
Mk
Lk
al.
43c, 5.
Ac 5i
tt.
Mk 917. 25
^oi/>?poV,
Lk 721, Ac I912,
Of the Holy Spirit, tt. ayiov, to a. tt., to tt. to a., TO TT., TT. (the article rule being used when the Spirit is regarded as a Person or a as a Divine Power, and omitted when the reference is to an operation,
influence or gift of the Spirit; v. 18 (Swete, in Mt 118 311.16 41,
WM,
1.), 32,
Mk
;
ib.i",
Lk
Co
li^,
Jo
7^9,
Ro 55, Ac 431
al.
;
Co
2*, al.
816,
c. art.,
;
Mt
tt.
;
41 123i.
Mk
lio 329,
Lk
;
226,
Jo
53,
TT.
Ro
a,l.
(to)
(toO) 6eov,
TT.
316, i
TO
4I8,
T. irarpo's,
Mt
102**
deov ^dvTOS,
3^
(to)
;
tt.
toS Kvpiov,
XptcrTov,
Lk
Phi
Ac
59 8^9
tt.
TO
TT. 'Ir;o-oii,
Ac
167
XpicTTov,
Ro
89
'Irjcrov
119; t6
t. dAr?^ias,
{Todycov),
Ac
2111 2825,
Jo 1526 1613, I Jo 46; Ae'yct {^aprvpit) t^ tt. Ti 41^ He 37 IQi^, Re 14i3; seq. t. c/cKX^o-t'aw,
3G8
Re
Kttt
2''"'17'2 3>".22;
TT.,
^
tt.,
^.
^.^
Lk
227; ^a^^^
^^e^a, Ro
*
;
8*' 5;
e'l
{JSaros
Jo S^
I
;
',
He
ev
;
dy tacr/Aw
Trvcu/xaros,
tt.
11
Th
2i,
Pe
cV
Co
1213,
Eph
2^8 4*
6 8e ku>ios t6
Spirit,
cVrir,
n Co
3^7
of
that which
is
effected or
governed by the
opp. to
ypdfjLfia,
Ro
:
229 7, II
vovs,
Co
36.
contrasted with tt. as " the action of the understanding in man with that of the spiritual or ecstatic impulse " {DB, iv, 612) i/^u^^ the usual term in cl. psychology in NT, "expresses man as apart from God, a separate individual, tt. expresses man as drawing his life from God " (DB, 1-vol., 872). * TTfcu/xaTiKos, -7/, -ov {<^ TTvev fxo) 1. o/ or caused by the wind, air (a) of or breath (Arist., al.). 2. spiritual (opp. to crw/xartKos, Plut.) created beings to. tt. (RV, the spiritual hosts), Eph 6^2 of that which *^ (b) of is related to the human spirit, opp. to i/^u^t'cos, i Co 15*** that which belongs to or is actuated by the Divine Spirit; (a) of persons: i Co 2^^ 3^ 14^7, Ga G^; oTkos tt., fig., i Pe 2^; (/?) of things: Ro 111 71*, I Co 213 103. 4 121 141, Eph 1^ 51^, Col ! 3^^ i Pe 2^ opp. to
Syn.
which
;
in
NT
is
T.
aapKLKd,
Ro
:
1527,
Co
gii.t
SVN.
ifrvxi.KO';,
*t-jr>'ufi,aTiKws,
Holy
Spirit
Co
q.v., and cf. DB, ii, 410, iv, 612. adv. (<^Trvv/xa), spiritually ; (a) by the aid of the 213(WH. mg.), u (i) jn a spiritual sense Re ll^.t
; :
w', [in
LXX:
Ps
1477(i8)
(ntzr: hi.),
Is
402-^
(fjCTJ),
Si 43i.2o,
Ep. Je^i,
V7ro-Trvi(i)).f
II
Mac
9^*;]
Lk 12", Jo
irviyoi,
38 6l^
[in
Re
:
to breathe, blow: of the wind, Mt 72^.27, 7I; T^ TWiovcrri (sc. avVa), Ac 27*0 (cf. Ik-, iv,
LXX
;
Ki
161*'
"
(nrs
pi.)
;]
to
Mt
137
(WH,
mg.)
impf. (conative),
Mt
182^; of
Mk
513 (cf.
ciTro-,
*TrKiKT<Js,
strangled:
Ac
212^
(cf.
Lel7i3.i*).t
TrvoY\, -rjs,
rj
LXX
a blowing,
blast,
wind
Ac
2.
a breathing, breath
[in
Ac
172^
(Ge
2^, al.).t
tto8t^PT]s,
-s
7rovs),
LXX: Ex
(^5)^
Ez
92.3,11
2a
3^4) (nii'^qo),
Wi
.
182^
reaching
c; Xen., SVN. :
al.).
Re
to the feet : of a garment (sc. x'twi', cf li3 (for -77, LT^ read -rjy; v. M, Pr., 49).t
Ex, Ez,
(TToXri, V. Tr.,
Syn.,
1.
1533, Lk 132^.27^ Jq 38 6* (a) of place: Tr(506i', adv., whence; 814 929,30 199^ Re 713; metaph., of condition, Re (6) of origin: 62, Lk 207, Jo 2^ Ja 41 Mt 1327. 54, 66 2125, of parentage, Jo 727. 28 8* 1237, Lk 1*3, Jq 1*9 ^n.t (c) of cause
Mt
2^
Mk
Mk
17,
TToia, -as,
Dor. for
irda, [in
LXX
s.v.).
(with
v.l.
v6a)
Pr
272^ {iitg%
;]
and
Ja
of a
Ma
32,
Je
222 (JT'^ia) *
grass
41* (where,
however,
it is
ttoios
but
v.
MM,
xx).t
369
[in
LXX
al.
;
niyy;]
l.
to
make, produce,
for a great variety of words, but chiefly for create, cause: c. ace. rei, Mt 17*, 9^,
Mk
Jo
911,
Ac
9=*^
19*,
Mk
10,
Eo Lk
9-^
of
20^2
God
42*,
(cf.
as Creator
1^,
(c.
Mb
3^8;
1^^,
11*0,
Ac
He
Eu Eo
al.;
;
like
Heb.
niZTV,
absol.
=
Ac
ipydCofxai, to
V.
work,
Mt
2^^
so
AV, but
v. infr.),
Ee 13^
Ja
E, mg. (but
cVtcTTao-tv,
;
infr.);
a-KuvSaXa,
Ac
24^2;
crv(TTpocf>-rjv,
Ac
Lk
15^ with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: 68dv tt. (cl. o. Troieio-^ai), to go on, 2^^; -n-oXefjLov, Ee 11^, al.; cVStKT^o-tv, Lk IS^.S; iviSpav, Ac advance, 253 ; Kpiaiv, Jo 52^, Ju ^* /3ya, Jo 5^", al. (rrjixtla {repara koI a:), Jo 2^^
Mk
and
freq.,
Ac
;
2^2,
al.
Lk
1322
KOLvoivCav,
Mk
621, al.
Eo 80XW, Lk
so also mid. Troicto-^ai /xoioyv, Jo 14^3; Tropeiav, IS^** of food, to make ready, prepare : Bilirvov, 52" 14^3 .y^^ovs, Mt 222 ; of time, to spend (cl.)
: ;
.
wpav,
(but V. supr. and cf. McN, in 1.) ; /t^vas, Ee 13^, E, txt. (cf. Swete, in 1. but v. supr.) iviavrov, Ja 4^^ c. ace. seq. , 1^ 3^2, Jo 5^^, al. Jo 215, al. c. ace. et ace. pred., Mt 3^ 12i, c.
20^2^
; ; ;
;
Mt
EY
Mk
adv., KttXws, T^^; ioprrjv tt. (Dem., Ex 23^6, al.), Ac I821, Eec; Mt 26^^; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al. ; Jb 42^, TraVxa, III Ki 11^3; so some understand tovto ttouItc, Lk 22^^, but v. Abbott,
Mk
;
Essays, 110
ff.)
seq. lya
(WM,
;
422
f.
M,
Pr., 228),
:
;
Jo
Ee
3^.
2. to do,
absol., c.
v.
Mt
Phi
I
1212, I
41*,
ptcp.
(el.
o^Tcos,
6/xottos,
Lk
:
311
wo-arTtos,
Ti 113
;
c.
ace. rei
rC interrog.,
Mt Mt 20^ Mt 123, Mk
24*,
Lk
;
9l^
C.
M,
225,
^k
62, al.
toOto,
Mt
1328,
Mk
532,
Lk
2219
(WH
;
om.;
v. supr., ref. to
with nouns expressing command 7i9, cl., to make a law), Jo Ga 53 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22^, i Ch 22i2, 5i9 similarly with other nouns expressing al.) T. evToXa's, Mt conduct T. SiKaLoaijvrjv Mt 61, al. t. dXr-^eiai/, Jo 321, g^l., etc. c. dupl. ace, Mt 2722, Mk 1512 e. ace. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm. rare in cl.), Mt 712, Mk 519.20, Lk 1*9, Jo 926, al. Syn. : irpdaa-oi, q.v. The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., xevi; Westc. on Jo 321 ICC on Eo 132).
72, al.
:
as in
;
iroiTjiia,
-Tos, TO
is
(<^7rota)),
[in
LXX
:
chiefly for
n^ryo
2i*'.t
(freq. in
Ec)
;]
that
which
made
r]
or done, a work
[in
Eo
2.
12",
Eph
iroiTjcTis,
-cojs,
(ttoico)),
LXX
al.).
chiefly for
forms;]
1.
a doing
Ja
125.t
**'iroiTjTiis,
6 (-<Trou{D),
[in
LXX:
172^.
Mac
2*"*;] in
:
cl.,
1.
t. vofxov,
-ov, [in
LXX
for
npj
napT
etc.
;]
many-coloured,
24
370
variegated. II Ti 3, Tit
4"-^*,
Mk
to act
1^*,
Lk
4*',
TToifiaiVoj
:
[in
;]
Lk 17^ c. ace, jro'fi.vtjv, i Co tend flocks shepherd, govern: c. ace, Mt 28(1'^), Jo 2V\ Re 2^7 717 126 i9i5,t
SVN.
2631 (Lxx)^
:
Metaph.,
20^8,
i
as shepherd, to tend,
Ac
Pe 5\ Ju^^
p6(TK0i, q.v.
-eVos,
6,
Trot|iTi',
[in
LXX
Pe
Xau)v)A
for nyi;]
a shepherd:
pastors,
Mt
93
25*2
Mk
i,
634 1427,
Lk
I
28- 15,18,20^
Jq
102,12,
Metaph., of Christ;
Jo
IQii' !*'!,
He
263,
1320,
2^5;
of Christian
32i'i7)
9^.
Eph
4^1
(cf.
Horn., H.,
Troifiiva
Tzoiiivr], -7?s,
^, [in
LXX: Ge
Lk
28, i
(liy),
Za
prop., of sheep
Mt
26^1,
Co
Jo
10i.t
TToijivioK, -ov, TO,
TTOLfxin),
q.v., [In
LXX
adj.
also for
Metaph., of Christians:
(corresponding
',]
Lk
to
12^^^
Ac
20^8,29^ I
TT-oios,
Pe
-a,
53
-oy,
interrog.
pronom.
the
of what
absol., n. pi.,
41*
Lk
24^;
W^
:
Mk
Lk 123^ 202.8, Jo 1233 1832 2119, Ac 2334, 1 Pe 111, Re 33; Troi'as (sc. oSoO), Lk S^^.t to make TToXefAcw, -co (<; TrdAc/Aos) [in LXX chiefly for DUb ni. Ee 12'b 19^ seq. fiera (11 Ki 2V^ and v. M, Pr., 106, 247), war, fight Re 218 12'^^ 134 IV* hyperb., of private quarrels, Ja 42.t 1. tvar Mt 24", TToXcfios, -ov, u, [in LXX chiefly for nan^p Mk 13'^, Lk 1431 21^, He 1134 tt. ttouIv, seq. fierd, c. gen. (cf. TroXffxiui), Re 117 1217 137 1919, 2. = fxdxT), a fight, battle i Co 148, Re 9". 12^
67roros
Co 153^ Ja
(but v.s.
Trota), i
Pe
2^0
;
(b)
in indirect
Mt
2124.27
24,
Mk
11^9.33^
;]
;]
(cf. TrtXe/xew),
Ja 4^t
[in
LXX
Jo
chiefly
and very
;
freq. for
TV
;]
a city
Mt Mt
223,
Mk
145,
Lk
6^,
429,
48, al.
mult.
935 10^1,
c. id.
Mk
.
Lk
8^ I322; c.
nom. propr.
16^4;
region,
193*, II Q gen. pers., of one's residence or native place, Mt 22", 24.11 42 10^1, Jo 145, Ac 1620, Re 16^; of Jerusalem i, ayia tt., Mt Lk 45 2753, Re 112 ^ ^yan-qyiiv-q, Re 20^9; TT. Tov fjieydXov (SaaiXem, Mt 535
:
Lk F^ Co 1132
opp. to Kw^tat {k. koI aypoi), in appos. (cl.), Ac ll'* Ac 8^, 11 Pe 2 gen., of the
;
Mt
10^^.23,
Lk
23^1,
Ac
(cf.
Ps 47
312 212,
10, 14
By
heavenly city in the Apocalyptic visions. Re meton., of the inhabitants of a city Mt 8**
:
1225 2110,
Mk
133,
Ac
1421 2130.
MM,
city,
371
m
11.
iroXiTeto,
-as,
Mac
321.23,
IV
Mac
ttoXitcvo))
[in
1.
LXX
2i2^t
II
Mac 4"
Ac
320 8^
2.
17^*;]
:
citizenship:
2228
Mac,
c, Hdt., Xen,,
al.).
al.).
government, administration
(Aristoph.,
1.
Dem.,
3.
a commonwealth
Eph
[in
LXX:
II
Mac
12''*;]
an
act of administration. 2. a form of government. 3. = TroAiTcta, (a) citizenship : Phi 32'^ (E, txt.) (b) community, commonwealth : Phi, I.e. xx).t (E, mg. for exx. v. ** TToXiTeuu), more freq. as depon., -ofxai, and so in and 8i3, 11 Mac 6^ 1125, i Mac 3*, iv Mac 7roAtT7?s), [in Es 4*;]
;
MM,
:
LXX
NT
LXX
of
conduct as based on
LXX
2.
chiefly
for^;]
:
1,
c.
a citizen:
gen. pers.,
gen. loc,
191*,
Lk
15^^^
Ac
213^.
a fellow-citizen
Lk
He
Lk
8" (LXX)!
adv. (<[ TToAus), often : Mt 17^^, al. *t TToXXaTrXaaiuc, -ov (<^7roAv9), = 7roAAa7rXao-ios,
TToXXciKis,
many
times more:
Mt
192",
183o.t
iroXuXoYia, -as,
^7,
[in
LXX
Pr
lO^^
(cn^l nn)
;]
much
speak-
ing, loquacity
Mt
6''.t
*t iroXo/xcpws, adv.
{<^-nokv<i, fxepos),
in
many
parts or portions:
greatly
differing
He r
(Plut., al.).t
*TroXu-irotKiXos,
colours (Eur.).
2.
1.
variegated,
Z^^.i
of
LXX
Mk
Jo
chiefly for
1.
as adj., much,
:
many,
II21
;
great, of
etc.
dptVs, Ac
6xXos,
52^
Xpovos,
o-iyr/,
Mt
251^;
722,
yoyyvo-fio-i,
7^2;
^^y,,^^
Mt
2430;
134;
:
Ac
21*0;
pi., wpuffi^Tat,
Mt
13^^
oxXoi,
Mt
425; BaLijSi^La,
Mk
masc, ttoAAoi, many (persons) Mt Mt 3^ Lk V\ al.; seq. eV, Jo r^\ Ac 1712; c. art., ol TT., the many, Mt 24^2, Eo 12^, i Co lO^^'Ss^ Co 2^^ opp. to 6 15 (Lft., Notes, 291), Eo 5^5. is neut. pi., TroXXa: Mt 133, Mk 526, al.; ace. with adverbial force, Mk 1, Eo 16 (Deiss., LAE, 317), I Co 1612, ja 32^ al.; neut. sing., v,oXu: Lk 12*8; adverbially, Mk 1227, al.; ^oXAoC (gen. pret.), Mt 26^; c. compar. (Bl., 44, 5),
8wa'/x6s,
722,
Mt
2.
As
subst., pi.
Mk
22, al.;
c.
gen. partit.,
TT.
(TTTOvBaiOTipOV, II
Co
822
TToXXtO TtXciOVS,
Jo
4*1.
(v.
App., 151), Mayser, 69), more, greater 1. as adj. Jo 152, Ac 182o, He 33; seq. Trapd, He 11* (cf. Westc, in 1. Was ITAIONA here a primitive error for HAIONA?); pi., Ac 133i, al. c. gen. compar., Mt 21^6; c. num. (^ of comp. omitted), Ac 422
irXeiwc,
TrXe'ov
Compar.,
:
neut., TrXelov
and
WH,
2411, al.
2. As subst., ol tt., the greater number : Ac 1032 2712, i Co lO^ also (Bl., 44, 3) others, more, the more : 11 Co 2'' 41^, Phi li* TrXetova, Lk 11^3; -n-Xi'ov, irXeov, Mt 201^, II Ti 3^; c. geu. comp.,
15^
Mk
372
12*3,
213
^_
'i^^2
r^^^
:
j^t
17,
12"
cVl
;
tt.,
24*.
c.
As
adv., TrAetov
26^3.
seq.
Lk
9^*
c.
num.,
Mt
Superl., irXeiaTos, -r], -ov, (a) prop., most : Mt ll^o 21^ adverbially, TO TT., I Co 142"; (b) elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: oxAos
TT.,
Mk
41.
,
Ja
5^^.t
;]
Tc'Aos),
[in
LXX
for 1|T
;
etc.
very
very precious, of great value : Mk 14^, i Ti 2^ metaph., i Pe 3*.+ * iroXuTifios, -ov (<^7roAiJs, ti/a?;), 1. much revered (Menand.). 2. very costly, very precious: Mt 13*^ 26'^ (/3apvTifw<s, WH), Jo 12^; comparat., i Pe I'^.t **iroXuTp6irws, adv. (<^7roAvTpo7ros, 1. much turning. 2. manifold), [in iv Mac 3^^ A * ;] i7i many ways or manners : He 1^ (Philo).t
costly,
LXX
TTOfia, -Tos,
TO
(-<; TTtVw)
late
i
form of
10*,
Att.
irS)fxa,
[in
LXX
Ps 101
Co
He
9io.t
(<^7rov77po's), [in
LXX
cbiefly for
H^^ ;]
tt.,
iniquity,
wickedness: Mt Lk 1P9, Eo 1^\ Eph WM, 220; Swete, Mk., 153), Mk V\ Ac 326; mKt'a Kal iSriv. ; v.s. kukm.
22i8,
TTov-qpos, -a, -ov
32, 6;
S^.t
Co
LXX
chiefly for
n;]
1. (a)
of things, toilsome, painful 2. 6arf, worthless ; (a) in physical sense KapTrds, Mt 71''' ^^ (b) in ethical sense, bad, evil, wicked; (a) of persons: Mt 7" 123*. ^5 i832 252", Lk 6*^ 11^3 1922^ Ac 175, II Th 32, II Ti 313 yevca, Mt 1239. 45 16*, Lk 1129 ; TTvc^a, Mt
(b)
Si 5112)
:
Eph
5i
613,
Re 16^
;
12*6,
Lk
721 82 1126,
Ac
1912.13.15,16;
;
aS SUbst.,
Ol
TT.,
TT.,
Opp. to
.
81/caiOl,
Lk 635 ging_^ 5 ^^ 539, I Co 513 id. esp. of Satan, the evil one, Mt 537 513 (y^ Lt_^ 125 ff. but cf. McN, in 1.) 13i9. 38, Lk 11* (WH, E, om.), Jo 17i5, Notes, Eph 6i, II Th 33 (Lft., Notes, I.e.), i Jo 2i3.i* 312 Si^.i"; (jS) of things Mt 511 1235 1519, Lk 622. 45^ Jo 319 77^ Ac 181* 251^, Ga 1*, Col I21, i Ti
13*9; to ayaOoL,
;
Mt Mt
Mt
5*5 2210
ol dxapio-Toi Kal
6*, II
(q.v.),
I
Ti
522;
418,
He
312 1022,
Ja 2*
722,
416, i
Jo
312, 11
Jo
n, iii
Jo
i"
;
Mt
Syn.
623 2015,
Mk
[in
Lk
6*5,
tt.,
64>eaXix6<: 282i,
Ac
Th
opp. to dya^oV,
:
Lk
Eo
129;
pi.,
Mt
1.
9*,
Mk
723,
Lk
Col
3i9.t
irovos,
LXX
for ^QiT
etc.
;]
labour, toil
4i3.
2.
The consequence
1610.
11
pain (Xen.,
al.,
LXX)
Ee
21*.+
:
Syjv.
v.s. kottos.
-Tj,
Mt
Pontic, of Pontus : Ac 182. riorrios, -ov, 6, Pontius, the praenomen of Pilate (v.s. IIciAaTos), 272 (Eec, mg.), Lk 31, Ac 42^, i Ti 6i3.+ Hoi'Tos, -ov, 6, Pontus, a region of Asia Minor, bordering on the
riorriKos,
-ov.
WH,
:
TTovTos Ev^eivos
Ac
29,
Pe
I1.+
373
(Latin),
Publius
Ac
28''' ^.t
iropeia, -as,
rj
(<^TropV(o), [in
LXX
and cogn,
forms;] 1. ajozirney: Lk 13^2. 2. a going : metaph. (" the rich perishes while he is still on the move," Hort., in 1.), Ja l^^t
TTopeu'w,
man
chiefly for lbr\',] (<^ 770/009, a fofd, fl passttge), [in (the act. becomes obsolete in late Gk. v. M, Pr., 162), to cause Mid. (always in and NT), -o/^ai, to go, to go over, carry, convey. proceed, go on one's way : c. ace, 6S6v, Ac 8^^ seq. iKCidev, Mt 19^^ ivTive^v, Lk 1331; dTTo', Mt 25", Lk 4*^; d^, Mt 22o, IG^^, Lk V^', 735, al; k (Ipyjvijv (cf. I Ki l^^). Lk 7^0; iv ^Iprjvr}, Ac 1636; iTTi, Jo
LXX
;
in
cl.
LXX
Mk
al; Iws, Ac 2323; ^^^ l^ 242^, i Co 16"; Trpds, Lk 11^, al. Kara t. 686v, Ac 8^6 Std, c. gen., Mt 121, Mk 930 c. inf., Lk 23, Jo 142; o-w, Lk 7, al.; Tva, Jo 11"; ptcp., Tropv6eL<i (on the pass, absol., Mt 2^ Lk 7^, Jo 4^^ Ac 520, al. form of the aor., v. M, Pr., 161 f.), redundant (as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 28, Lk 722, al. Metaph. V. M, Pr., 231
c. c.
ace,
Mt
229,
Ac
;
25^2,
ace. pers.,
Mt
25^,
(cf.
Xen., Cyr.,
as
euphemism
Ge
I52)
Lk
2222
^^^ perh.
also
1333 (v. Field, Notes, 66) ; (b) in ethical sense (De 199, Ps I42, al cf. M, Pr., II2; Kennedy, Sources, 107): seq. ev, Lk 1^, i Pe 43, 93i II Pe 219; Kara, c. ace, 11 Pe 33, Jui^'iS; c. dat. (Bl, 38, 3), Ac
14i,
Ju 11
oTTt'o-o),
(c)
seq.
C.
gen. pers.,
collat.
Lk
21^
(cf. Sia-,
ek-
(-/tat),
Ki lli, - (-fiai),
Si 461")
cv- {-p-ai),
tTTi- (-/Aat),
(-/i,ai)).
**
IV
1.
TtopQlii),
form
LXX
Mac
423
11**;]
2. -ov,
to destroy,
ravage
Ac
921,
Ga
li3>23_f
:
-ov, 6 {<^iropL^o), to
procure), [in Wi 13i9 142*;] a means of gain : i Ti 6*' ^ (Polyb., al.).t Fastus (v.s. 6, Porcius, praenomen of Porcius
(<^7ro/3Vi;w), [in
LXX
I>^o-Tos)
Ac
2427.f
17
TTopj'cia, -a?,
LXX
Co Ee 921
i
and cogn.
forms;] fornication: Ac I520.29 2125, Eph 53, Col 3^ I Th 43 (Lf c. Notes, 53),
I
Co
122i,
;
Ga
5i9,
pi. (v.
721
;
WM, 220
=
232,
Bl,
:
Co 72; disting. from p.oix'^La, Mt 15i9, 6), 232, al), Mt 532 199. Metaph. (of idolatry Si
(Westc, in
I),
Mk
:
yu-otxeta
(Am
32, 81^
De
;
Ho
I2)
Jo 8
11),
s.v.
but
v.
Swete, in
Re
for njT ;] 1. to prostitute the body for hire. 10i9 (WH, mg.), i Co 61^ 10^, Re 2". 20. 2. to commit fornication 52^, Je 3, 91, al), of idolatry (but v. i Ch Metaph. (as in Swete, Ap., 180 f.), Re I72 183.9 (cf. eK-7ropvvto).t
:
LXX
;
Mk
LXX
rj,
Ho
iropkTj,
-rjs,
[in
LXX
(i.e.
;]
Mt
2131.32,
f.),
Lk
of
1539, I
Co
615.16,
He
:
113i,
Ja
225.
Swete,
Ap., 180
Babylon
Rome)
:
LXX
Re
374
al).
Be
off:
Co
S^-ii
6^,
Eph
5^,
Ti po,
He
,
12i* 13*,
LXX
for p^W^
etc.
;]
far
T),
Mt
2428.t
168,
Mk
TOd-^),
Lk
14^2; comparat.,
TroppoiTepov
(-pco,
Lk
Tr<5ppa>0ci',
LXX
,
for pIFT^O
and cogn.
forms;]
from afar
-a?,
Lk
17^^^
He
ll^^.t
]']^lii
;]
Trop(()upa,
(cf. I
17,
[in
LXX
Ee
COntr.,
192' *;
for ]1^^1i<
3.
1-
the purple-fish
Mac
:
423).
ment
Mk
2. 1517. 20^
purple dye.
1619,
-ov,
Later,
-a,
Tropc^upcs,
a purple gar,
Lk
18i2.t
-oCs,
-n'op<f>upeo9,
-a,
[in
LXX
for jaai^?;]
purple:
Jo
as
subst.,
(sc.
i/xartov),
Ee
-1809,
17,
interrog.
^
num.
seller of purple fabrics : Ac IG^^.t 182^ 23^''', Lk 13^*.t adv., how often :
Mt
7r6ai9, -ews,
1.
7rtVo>),
[in
LXX:
Da,
;
LXX
ICC,
th po (npura)*;]
in
1.).
prop., drinking : Eo 14^^ Col 2i (v. Lft. drink : Jo 6^^ (cf. y8pSo-ts).+
TToo-os, -r;, -ov,
2.
7ro>a,
number, magnitude, degree, etc., how much, how great, how many : Mt 62^, 11 Co 7" of time, Mk 921 neut., absol., Lk 16^''^; dat., ttoo-w, adverbially, how much, Mt 12^2; id. seq.
adj. of
;
;
IxaXkov,
Mt
711
1025,
Lk
1113 1224.28^
Rq
1112.24,
lo
He
1029; pi.,
Mt
15^* 169.
271^,
TT.
LXX
1^,
lk"];]
a river, stream,
torrent
1215, 16 164,
, Ac IBi^, 11 Co 1126, Ee 810 91* Fig., pi., ^. {;Sa^o5 ^^^05, Jo 738.t 2. *t iroraiio-cfxipTiTos, -ov, carried away by a stream : Ee 121^ (for two
:
Mt
3 72^.27,
211,
Mk
Lk
648.
12
exx. in
tt.,
v.
MM,
xxi).t
**TroTaiT6s
(late
form
:
of
cl.
ttoS-),
-rj,
-ov,
[in
LXX: Da LXX
writers,
i
Su^**;]
1.
=
Jo
TToros,
of
(= TToSaTTos) from what country? 2. In late what sort ? Mt 82^, Mk I31, Lk 129 7^9, n Pe 311,
interrog. adv.
2537-39,44,
Jo
3i.t
Tr6T6,
625
|^^5 ^.,
ho^ long
indir. questions,
25, 4).t
6ir6r(,
of time, when?: Mt lJj 21^, Mt 17l^ Mk 9i9, Lk 9*i, Jo IO2*, Ee 610. In Mt 243, Mk 13* 33,35, l^ i236 1720 (y^ bI,
Jo
I
913,
Eo
79, 1130,
Ga
Th
Co
25,
Tit 33,
Phm
2232;
once, formerly, sometime : of the past, Eph 22. 3. ".13 58, Col I21
3^
of the fut.,
2. ever:
I
Lk
now
after
a neg.,
-a,
Eph
529,
^ pg
^ question, ns
tt.,
97,
He
:
15' i3.t
-ov,
ir<5Tpos,
which of two.
Neut.,
adverbially,
irorepov,
whether
Jo
7i^.t
375
dimin. of
2325.
26
ttottJp
Dta;]
a wine cup:
E, mg., om.),
rei,
Mt
i
2627,
LXX
chiefly for
Mk
i
(WH,
c.
Co
9*^
1125,
;
Re
17*;
TriVctv
cV
;
by meton., of the E, mg., om.), i Co 1125,26 f.. gen. pers., I Co 1021, 1127. Metaph., of experience of divine providence; of prosperity (Ps 15 (16)6, al.) of adversity (Ps 10 (11), Is 51^7, al.) of the sufferings of Christ, Mt 2022. 23 2639, Mk 1038. s^ 1436, Lk 22*2,
t.
gen.
Mt
10*2,
Mk
Lk
cuAoyias,
Co
lO^"
222''
(WH,
;
Jo
c.
18^1
of divine
iroTiiu
7rdTos),
LXX
2748^
i
;]
to give to
;
drink
ace. pers.,
10*2,
Mt
2535.
37, 42
Mt
Mk
9*1;
fig.,
ydXa,
;
t. otvov,
Ee
al.
i
Ge I310), Co 12i3.t
fig., i
Co
3-8.
Bay
of
Naples
Ac
i
:
2813.+
;]
a drinking bout,
carousal
Pe
43.t
SVJV.
iroC,
V.S. KpanraX-q.
LXX for
'{i}
n^lSI
1.
prop., where
8[ioJ'i9 9^2
Mt
Lk
I
22 2617,
Mk
327,
1412. H,
Lk
171^' 37 22.ii,
Jo
4i5,
:
7"
is
1134
TTov (ia-Tiv),
825,
418.
not to be found
3*
;
Eo
2.
Co
Ga
n Pe
Pe
oTTov
13. 15,
(WM, 640
Ee
213
.
Bl,
50, 5)
c.
indie,
Mt
Mk
15*7
Jo
c.
subjc,
Mt
320,
Lk
958 12i7.
In colloq
(as in
Eng.)
ttoZ,
in indir. quest.,
irou,
Jo
tvhither : in direct questions, Jo 73* 912 133" 165 38 81* 1235 145, 118, j j^ 2ii.t
He
: He 2' 4*. 2. in some degree, perJmps, about : Ac 2729 (T, fi-^ov), Eo 4i9 ; 87; ttou (T, Srprov), surely : He 2i".t riouSTjs (in TT,, gen. -vtos, v. Zorell, s.v.), 6 (Latin), Piidens
enclitic particle,
1.
anywhere, sometohere
II
Ti
42i.t
TToos, TToSos, 6, [in
LXX
;]
afoot, both of
;
men and
Mk 9*5, Lk 179, Jq ii44^ Ac 75, al. i-irh roh^ yr., Co 1525.27^ Eph 122, He 28; inoKdrio Twv IT., Mt 22** (lxx); 153o, Lk 1039, Ac 52, 7rp6s (TTo/ja) Tok TT., Mk 522, Lk 8*1, al. fig., Mt al. e/jiTTpoa-Oev twv it., Ee 39 1910, al. i-nrl Tous IT., Ac 1025. By meton., (119)ioi) of a person in motion (Ps 118 Lk 179, Ac 59, Eo 31* IQi^,
beasts
:
Mt
I
4" d-^x)^
Eo
1620,
He
1213.
-irpdyixa, -T09,
to {<^ Trpdacrw)
[in
:
LXX
Lk
li,
act
Ac
1.),
5*,
11
Co
711,
He
316
i
6I8.
Th
tt.,
4^ (v.
M,
Th., in
He
lOi lli,
:
Ja
in
v. Deiss.,
Co
6i.t
376
7rp5y/ia),
*
',]
[in
LXX
III
Ki
10^2 B, 9^^
2. to
(pmU),
Da
LXX
8^''
(njNbpTIN ^\py)
to
1- io biisy oneself.
be engaged
in business, esp.
for piyo
tion
:
trade:
Lk
19^^
(cf. 8ia-7rpay/i,aTi;o;u,at).t
t)
as in
cl.), -as,
(<^7rpay/i.aTcvo/xai), [in
2. b^isiness,
LXX
6tc.
;]
1.
occupa-
pi., II
Ti 2*.t
(L&t. prcstorium), 1. headquarters in a Eoman 2. The palace or official residence of the Governor of a camp. t. tt. t. IS^" (v. Swete, in 1.), Jo IS'^s- ^3 IQ^ province Mt 'IV\ Phi l^^ (v. Lft., in 1.; 'Hpoj'Sov, Ac 2336. 3. the Pratorian Guard:
*t
Mk
ICC, 51
one
f.).t
irpdKTup, -opo9, 6
Trpao-o-o)), [in
LXX
Is 312
(irr;!3)
;]
1. (poet.)
2. In Athens, owe i^^/i-o exacts payment, does or accomplishes. a collector ; hence, generally (freq. in tt., v. Deiss., BS, 154), a court
who
:
ofpx^er
Lk
U^^.f
,^
irpalis, -0)9,
7rptio-o-(o), [in
1313,
;
LXX
1.
II
Ch
Jb 245
pi.,
(byts),
Pr
Wi
:
9", al.;]
Mt
1627;
in late writers especially of wicked deeds or TT. aTToo-ToXwi', Ac, ^jf. Lk 23^1; pi., Eo 8^^ Col 3; with ref. to practices (freq. in Polyb.) magic (v. BS, 3285), Ac 19^^. 2. an acting, action, business, function
Eo
12*.t
irpfios, irpdos, V.S. npav'i.
irpa(5TT)S, irpaoTTjs, V.S. TrpavT-r]^.
**
irpa<Ti(i,
-as,
17,
[in
LXX
bjTS
;]
:
Si 24^^ *
:
',]
a garden-bed ; metaph., of
cf.
Mk
G^^.t
(Att. -ttcd,
M,
;
LXX
one's
chiefly for
TWV
{tcl
= Lat
Ac
to do, practise, be
engaged in
19^^' *^,
Co
i
9^"
t. tSia
tt.,
mind
business
Th
TToie'o)
achieve, effect, accomplish, perform : 49; vofiov {ICC, in 1.), Eo 22& of unworthy acts (for wh. in cl.), to commit, do : Lk 2223 23*1, Jo 320 529, Ac 3^7
;
31^
Eo
132 (^jcC, in
1.),
Co
52, 11
Co
122i,
Ga Lk
52^.
3.
to
transact,
621
manage, hence,
(v.
of
payment,
to
3^3 1923^
al.)
:
Hdt.,
Eph
:
eS
tt.
M,
Pr.,
228
f.),
Ac
1529.t
SYN.
V.S. TTOu'w.
TrdcTX"^),
""/oairn/s,
and
BL,
Thayer,
Gr.,
I
s.v.), [in
f.)
LXX
(always
exc.
11
Mac
180
meek: Mt
11.
5^
Pe 3^t
TrpauTTjs (Rec. -ottjv, exC. Ja, I Pe,
C, where
irpairrji), -t/tos,
17,
377
form
of ^pcuii^s, [in
LXX
1.),
Ps 44
(45)*
:
89
(90)io
4^1, ii
131 (132)^
(nw,
5'^^
ni3^),
Es 5^
Col
:
Co
Co 10\ Ga
pe
6S
Eph
4,
Ti
3i5.t
SYJV.
pj)^ etc.;] 1. to he clearly 2. to resemble. seen. 3. to be fitting or becotning, to suit : c. dat., He 72, I Ti 210, Tit 2^; impers., c. dat., Eph 5^; id. seq. inf., He 2i0; irpinov co-rtv, c. dat. pers. et inf., Mt 3^^ c_ ^^qq et ji^f^^ i Co 11^^ (v.
Trpe'irw,
[in
LXX:
Ps 92(93)5
(-jj^j
** irpeaPeia,
seniority.
-a?,
[in
LXX:
II
Mac 4"*;]
1. o^e,
2. ranfc, dignity. 3. aw embassy; by meton., of the ambassadors, embassy : Lk 14^^ igi^.f 2. *Trpc<Tpcooj (^TrpeV/^vs), 1. to be the elder, to take precedence. to he an ambassador (v.s. irpio-^v-nj^) 11 Co 5^^, Eph G^^.t
:
irpcaPcuniS,
irp^o-pus, wpfa-^VT-n<:,
I
V.S. 7rpeo-/9uTr;s.
6,
-ew9,
poet,
:
form
of Trpeo-^uVr/s
^l.
(q.v.),
[in
LXX =
(
an ambassador)
al.
;]
Nu
:
2120(2i),
Mac
9^**,
an old man.
Compar.,
LXX
6 vios 6
5^' 2
;
Lk
1525;
3,3
subst., opp.
to veavia-Koi, Ac 2^^ to vewrepo?, 73.5, He II2 past, Mt 152, rank or office (as found in tt.
;
Ti
(= ol Traript^, He 1^). 2. Of dignity, and Inscr. of civil and religious offices, including priesthood, in Asia Minor and in Egypt v. Deiss., BS, 154 ff., 233 ff. LAE, 373) (a) among Jews Mt I621 26*7. 57 273. 12, 20, 2812, Mk 8=^1 1127 14. 53 151^ Lk 73 922 201 2252, Jq sm, Ac 45. . 23 512 231* 24^
;
;
Mk
T. 'lovSaidiy,
Ac
I
Ac 2515 t. Xaov, Mt 2123 263 271 (b) among Christiana 1130 1423 152.4,6,22,23 164 2118, I Ti 5^7,19^ Tit 15, II Joi, Jo^,
; ;
Pe
51'
5;
T.
KK\ria-ia<s,
Ac
20^^^ jg,
51*
(c)
Ee 4*'io 55.e.8.n,i4 711,13 nio use of this word and its relation to cTrio-KOTros 93 ff., 189 ff. CGT, Past. Epp., Ivi ff) t
Apocalypse:
;
NT
Lft.,
Phi.,
**t irpcaPuWpiot', -ov, to TrpecrySvTcpos) [in LXX: Da TH Su 50 A * ;] a 6orft/ of elders, presbytery : of the Sanhedrin (cf. (rwiSpiov), Lk 22"^, Ac 225 of Christian presbyters, i Ti 4^*.t
,
.
irpcaPuTTjs, -ov,
|j?T
,
prose form of
LXX
chiefly for
Ge
258, al.
also
(=
irp^ajSivT^^), 11
1.
al.
(v.
Ch 323iBi (f b^), i Mac I422 S, an old man: Lk l^^, Tit 22, Phm
As
in
LXX,
also
Trpea-fievr^^,
an am16^* *
;]
(E, mg., v. Lft. and ICC, in l.).t -180s, 17, fem. of irpa/3vTr)s, [in
LXX
:
IV
Mac
in
an aged woman
**irpr]v^s,
Tit 23.
(in Att. also Trpavr^s), [in
LXX Wi
4^9,
Mac
5.
so
623
.J
iioadlong,
prone
Ac
1^^+
378
=
tt.
Trpio),
Si'x**,
[in
LXX Am
:
1^,
Da th Su ^ *
;]
to
saw, saw
5^^ 6*'^^).
asunder (=
2.
Thuc,
iv,
100)
pass,
He
formerly
(cl.;
iii
Mac
c.
As
conjc.
75^
(cl.),
ace. et inf.:
Mt
TT.
263*'
Mk
14^2,
c.
Lk 22\ Jo
;
4*^ S^s
gen. v. Bl, Ac 220(i'Xx5, irplv ri (not such good Attic in this construction; v. BL, I.e.), 14^**, Ac 22<*, mg., 7^ (b) after a negative sentence,
becomes prep.
69, 7) 14^9,
WH,
txt.
1^^,
Mt
irplv
Mk
WH,
M,
^7
c.
Pr., 169),
Lk
2^6
c.
optat.,
-775,
.
Ac
25i8.t
:
(Lat.),
and Upia-KtWa,
:
17,
Prisca
Eo
16^,
Co
v.s.
1619,
Ti 1419
Priscilla
Ac
182.
is,
26
the wife
of Aquila,
'A/cvAas.t
v.s. irpi^u).
irpo,
prep.
12"'
1*
c.
gen., [in
LXX
tt.
before;
,
(a)
of
place
al.
;
Ac
14^3,
Ja 5^;
irpocrwirov
(= Heb.
9^2 IQi,
""jeb
De
;
3^8,
Ma
S\
Mt
1*,
Mt
Mk
I2,
Lk V^ V^
Ac
14^3
I
(6) of
time
536 2138,
Co
;
T 45,
Eph
Ti 19 421, Tit 12, He 115, I Pe I20, Ju 25 ^. ^Vw Se/caTeaa-dpwv, fourteen years ago, 11 Co 122 tt. irpoawTrov (v. supr.), Ac I32* c. gen. pers., Mt 5^2, Jq 57 IQS, Eo 16^, Ga 1^'^; c. gen. art. inf. (= TrptV;
Col ll^
II
M,
Ga
Pr., 100; Bl., 69, 7), Mt 6^, Lk 221 22^5, Jq 1*9 1319 175, Ac 2315, 2^2 323 as in late writers (resembling a Latin idiom but indepen
1^, 11 Mac 153, and dent of it; Bl., 40, 5; M, Pr., 100 f.; cf. for other exx.. Soph., Lex., s.v.), irpo ef rj/juipa^ tuv 7ra(j;(a, on the sixth day bef. the Passover, Jo 12^ (c) of preference tt. Travrwv, Ja 5^2, i Pe
;
:
Am
irpoavXLov, Trp6in compos., (a) c. subst., of position before Spofxos', priority of rank or order, TrpoTraTwp; anticipation, Trpoyvtocns, TTpovoia; (fi) c. adj., intensity, 7rpo8r;Xos; (y) c. verb., of place, Trpoayw,
48
(d)
wpo/Saivu}', of
preference, Trpoatpeoyoai.t
[in
Trpo-dyw,
LXX:
trial,
Ki
171"
(12:22),
:
Wi
19ii,
al.
;]
1.
prop,
forward
c.
ace. pers.,
;
Ac
163" 175; of
Ac 12'' (WH, txt., -rrpoa-ay-) seq. eVt, c. gen. Intrans. (Plat., Polyb., and later writers; v. Bl., MM, xxi) (a) to lead the way, i Ti 1^^ ^jj, mg.), hence, to go 53, 1 11^; seq. ets, Mt I422, before, precede : Lk 183; opp. to aKoXovOiai, 1032 6, I Ti 52^ He 7^8 c. ace. pers., Mt 2^ 219, geq, .j^, I428 16^ n Jo 9.t Mt 2131 2632 287, (6) to go on, advance (Si 202^)
bringing forth to
pers.,
Ac
;
252^.
2.
Mk
Mk
Mk
Mk
irpo-aipe'ca,
-w,
[in
LXX
mid.,
for
to
forward.
II
Most
freq.
in
Co
97.t
-w/Aai, to
*t irpo-aiTidofiai,
Ro
39 (not
elsewhere) .t
* irpo-aKouw, to hear beforehand : Col 15 (v. Lft., in l.).t *t irpo-ap-apTif w, to sin before : 11 Co 122 ^ i32_t * TTpo-aoXioK, -ov, TO {<C7rp6, avXrj), a porch, vestibule: Mk 14'*.+
379
[in
LXX
l^^.
I''.
advance
Mt
421,
Mk
Lk
:
chiefly for Ki2;] to go forwards, go on, Metaph., of age (Ge IS^i, al, Lys.. Diod..
for Tin
al.), CV T. ;7/u>ats,
18
236.t
,
irpo-pdXXu, [in
2. to
LXX
c.
p^D
etc.
;]
put forward
ace,
Ac
19^^
of trees, to
[in
to
(sc. <pvX\a),
Lk
213o.t
-yj,
irpoPaTiKcJs,
-6v (<^7r/3o/?aTov),
LXX
(tt.
TrvXrj)
Ne
3^' ^^
12^9 (|X2?)*;] of sheep : rj w. (sc. TrvXr}, v. supr.), the sheep-gate, Jo S'^.t * TT-popciTioc, -ov, TO, dimin. of irpo/SaTov (used as a term of endearment, V. Bl., 27, mg.).t a little sheep : Jo 21i6.i7 (Trpo/Sara,
4),
WH,
,
[in
LXX
12.
also for
ca^^Ze,
ngr,
more
(^5^?),
^n^;]
T^^,
in
Hom., Hdt.,
;
and
goats.
:
generally
(cf.
MM,
xxi),
a sheep
Mt
Mk
6^*, al.
irpojiara o-(^ay^s,
Eo
8^^(^^^).
Metaph.
followers of a leader or master, esp. of those who care of the Good Shepherd: Mt 10^ 152* 2631(lxx),
107,8,15,16,26,2- 2116,17
Mk
;
1427(i'XX),
Jq
(^H,
txt., Trpo/Sdrux),
He
:
IS^O
opp. to
ipi<f>ia,
Mt
6''
2533.
Trpo-pipdj^o),
{I2t2f
:
LXX
Ex
35^*
(nT
hi.),
De
pi.)
;]
to
urge
Mt
148.t
[in
tirpo-pX^TTu,
LXX:
:
Ps 36
(37)^3
(nsi)*;]
II
to
foresee: mid.,
He
11*0
(v. Bl.,
**irpo-Yi'onai, [in
Mac
*
;
before
325.t
:
**
Trpo-yii'WCTKw,
LXX Wi
ace.
120
6^^ 8^ 18"'
;]
know beforehand,
the
pars.,
Ac
,
26^
of
Divine
fore-
112, I
r}
Pe
I'^.t
TTpo-yi'wais, -Ois,
2^3, i
LXX
:
Jth 9^ lli^*;]/ore;]
knowledge : Ac ** irpo-yoi'os,
before.
2.
Pe
LXX
Es
1.
born
subst., in pi., 01 tt., ancestors, forefathers : 11 Ti 1^; of living parents (so Plat.), i Ti 5*.t 3^ cod., i Mac lO^e * ;] to write Trpo-Yp(i<j)w, [in
As
LXX Da LXX
:
before
Eo
15*,
(Dem., Plut.,
Eph Ju *. 2. to tvrite in public, placard, proclaim 31 (Lft., in 1.). al.) 3. = ^uypa^ew, to pourtray, Ga
3^,
:
depict: Ga, I.e. (Syr. Pesh., Chrys.; Field, Notes, 189; CGT, in l.).t Jth 8^^, 11 Mac 31^ 14^9*;] 1. evideiit ** Trp<5-8Ti\os, -oy, [in 2. clearly evident : i Ti 524,25^ He 7^*.t beforelmnd. Ez IB^* A (jn:), iv Mac 41, al. ;] 1. to give Trpo-8i8u/ii, [in
LXX:
:
LXX
before, (iv
give first:
l.c.).t
Eo IP^ Lk
(Jb
412(ii),
LXX,
:
al).
2.
to
betray
Mac,
**
LXX
7^2^
11
Mac 5"
3*.t
10^3,22^
6l^
m Mac
Ac
n
:
Ti
7rpoTpxco), [in
LXX Nu 132i(20), Is
28* (133),
380
Wi
an
aor.
LXX
Ge
3718 (ns-i),
irpoiSwy),
Ps 138
3^.t
(139)3
(pD
hi.) *;] to
foresee
Ac
2^1 (xpoiSoiv;
WH,
Ga
**
(hi
before
Trpo-eiTTov',
Mac
:
2 aor. from unused pres. (v.s. c'ttov), and pf., -eiprjKa 6^^*), pass., -etpTj/xai (11 Mac 2^^, iii Mac l^s, al.), 1. to say
i
Ga 1^
II II
Th
4<'
-ap.v, v.
WH,
i
App., 164),
13'^^
He 4^
but
seq. 5ti,
Eo
929,
Co Pe
:
73 132,
32,
Ga
Ju^'^.
to
plainly
V. supr.,
(cl.)
and
cf.
Co
Ga
5^^
Th
(cf. TrpoXeyo);
irpo-eipTjKa,
V.S. Trpoelirov.
*t irpo-e\irii, to hope before : seq. iv, Eph l^^f *t n-po-ci'(ipxo)iai, to begin before : 11 Co 8^ c. ace, to OeXnv, ib. ^^ (not elsewhere). Mid., to promise before: *+ irpo-cTT-aYYeXXw, to annx)unce before. 1'^ 11 Co 9^ (Dio. Cass.).t c. ace. rei, Eo Ge 333. 1* irpo-%o|xai, [in (-,^)^ jth ^^\ Si 35 (32)io, 14^5 al ;] 1. to go forward, go on, advance : seq. p,iKp6v, Mt 26^^ and 12i". (WH, mg., Trpoo-eX^wv) pvii-qv fuav (cf. Plat., Bep., i, 328e), Ac Jth, I.e.) 2. Of relative position, to go before, precede : c. gen. (cl. seq. evwrnov, Lk 1^^ pers. (not cl.), Lk 22*'' (c. gen., Eec.) c. ace. i3 (WH, 3. Of time, to go before or in advance : Ac 205. (cf. Ge 333). G^^.t mg., E, mg.), II Co 9^; c. ace. pers. (= cl. ^ddvui),
;
LXX
:
Mk
Mk
Eo
LXX
:
*t irpo-eoaYYcXij^ofxai,
irpo-^X", [in
LXX
Is 282* B, Wi 9^ * ;] to prepare before : a by attraction), Eph 2^''.t to announce glad tidings beforehand : Ga 3^.t Jb 276 A (p7n hi.) * ;] 1. Trans., to hold before
:
mid., to hold something before oneself (Hdt.), hence, metaph., to excuse Lft., Notes, 266 f. oneself: Eo 3^, E, mg. (but v. Field, Notes, 152 f. JCC and Vau., in 1.). 2. Intrans. (a) to project; (b) in running, to have the start, hence, metaph., to excel : pass., Eo, I.e., E, txt. (v. reflf.
;
8upr.).t
Trpo-TjYe'o^ai, [in
al.
;]
LXX
De
11
Mac 4*,
go before as leader (in el., c. gen., dat.) Eo 12^" (Chrys., 2. In a sense not elsewhere found, dXX?7Xow9 Vg., al. V. ICG, in 1.). Eo, I.e. {ICG, cf. I Th 5 TTporjyovfJievoi = d. yf^ovp,evoi V7rpe;^ovTas
1.
to
Phi 23 and
EV
Ch
''preferring").^
-9,
Trp6-eais,
[in
i
LXX: Ex
Mac
122, II
40*.
23
(rj-^y),
Ch
932,
al.
(nsnyo),
(Plat.,
ivwTTioi,
^7 TT.
II
419 (D"':q),
:
Plut., al.)
Ex
Mac 3^, al. 1. a setting forth (cf. LXX, 11. c., elsewhere aproi Ne 1033), Mt 12*, Mk 226, Lk 6*;
;]
;
Ac
92. 2. a purpose (Arist., Polyb., al. Twv dpTwv, 1123 2713, Eo 828 9", Eph l^i ^^\ 11 Ti 1^ 3i.t
He
11
Mac,
I.e.)
381
** -irpo-O^ajiios, -a, -ov, [in Sm. Jb 28^, Da 9- * ;] appointed beforehand. In Attic law, as subst. (so always in cl.), 17 tt. (sc. rifiepa), a day appointed beforehand, a previously appointed time : Ga d^.t ** TrpodufAia, -as, 17 (<^ Trpo^u/xos) [in Si 45'^^*;] eagerness,
,
LXX
Ch
willingness, readiness
Trp<i0u^ios, -ov, [in
Ac
17^^
:
11
Co
LXX
Mt
Ch
28^1, 11
29^1 (y-jj),
Hb
=
17
l^
(izrin),
al.;]
26*^
Mk
29^*
14^^;
c/xe
neut.,
to
-tt.
irpoOvfjita
52),
ovtws to Kar
(=
cl.
to >ov) v.,
Eo
1^5
LXX
-ov,
11
Ch
(nn^ n.CP), To
?, al.
;]
mgrerZ^/,
readily, with a ready mind : 1 Pe 5^.t irpoifjios (Eec. Trpco-, of which vrpo- is a late
form
v. Bl., 6,
WH,
App., 152),
[in
LXX: De
:
:
ll^^ (nii^),
etc.;]
the more
most freq. in LXX), Ja 5''.t Pr 23^ 261^, Is 432^ Am B^o II Ki irpo-t(rrr],ii, [in LXX (no proper Heb. equiv.), Da LXX BeF, i Mac 5^9, iv Mac IP^*;] 1. trans, in fut., 1 aor., and mid. 1 aor., to put before, set over (Plat., al.). 2. Intrans., in pf., plpf., 2 aor. and mid. pres. and impf,
common
-n-pwios (q.v.),
early
of rain (as
1317,
(a)
I
to
3*'
Eo
12^,
Ti
5^''
c.
gen.,
Th
5^^,
Ti (b) to direct, maintain : c. gen. rei, KaXwv epywv. Tit ; (on E, mg., profess honest occupations, v. CGT, in 1. Field, Notes,
;
3^* 1*
223
f.).t
** irpo-KaXeu,
freq.
-w, [in to
LXX
II
;
Mac 8" A *
hence,
to
;]
to call forth.
:
Most
;
in mid.,
(11
(a)
challenge
to
provoke
:
Ga
5^^
(b)
to
invite
seq.
Mac,
l.c.).+
*t irpo-KaT-ayYeXXu,
TTcpi,
announce beforeJiand
c.
ace. et inf.,
Ac
3^*
Ac
7^''.+
* irpo-KaT-apTi^w,
irp6-Ki,iai,
to
11
Co
9^.+
[in
LXX: Ex
1. to
Nu
4^ (d^:D), etc.;]
used as
be set before one, to be set forth : He G^^ 12^>^, 2. to present oneself, be present : 11 Co 8^^ (v. Mey., in 1.).+ Ju'^. * -n-po-KTjpu'aau, 1. to proclaim by herald. 2. Of one who acts as a
pass, of
TrpoTtOrjixi;
herald, to proclaim
**tTrpo-KOTni, -^s,
Ac
13^*.
[in
T)
progress (prop., on
Si 5V^ II Mac 8^*;] a journey, then generally): Phi 112,25^ j iji 4^*
7rpoKo'7rTa)),
LXX:
(condemned by
**
Atticists, v. Eutherford,
irpo-Koirrw, [in
Sm.
Ps 44 (45)^*;]
ivard, advance, in
cl. trans, with neut. adj., as ovSev tt., to TroAAa tt. In late writers (Polyb., al.), wholly intrans., to advance, progress : of time, Eo 1312. Metaph., Lk 2^^ Ga T*, 11 Ti 2i 39'i3.t *t Trp6-Kpi|ia, -Tos, TO (<[ cl. TrpoKpiveiv, 1. to prefer. 2. to judge beforehand), pre-judging, prejudice : i Ti 5^1 (v. Cremer, 378).+ *t Trpo-Kupoo), -w, to establish or confirm beforehand : Ga 3^''.+ **iTpo-\aiL^dyw, [in LXX: Wi n^\ii\ ib.^^x^B*;] 1. to take 2. to be beforeJiand, beforehand : c. ace, i Co ll^^ (but v. infr.).
382
anticipate (in
;
c.
c.
inf.
(=
cl.
(f>6dvu),
v. Bl.,
surprise : pass., Ga Swete, in 1.), 69, 4 6^ (on the virtual disappearance of the temporal force of the preposition in this compound here and perhaps also in i Co, I.e., v. MM,
14^.
3.
Mk
to overtake,
xxi).t
irpo-X^Y^,
[in
LXX
:
hand
II
Co
132,
Ga
521, i
Th
Is 4126 (133 hi.)*;] 1. to tell or say before3* (E, txt. cf. TrpoaTrov, but v. infr.). 2.
;
to declare,
tell
plainly
11
Co, Ga,
Th,
11.
c.
(E,
mg.
v.
MM,
v.
xxi,
and
in
*tirpo-fj.apTupofiai, to protest
:
heforehand
in
(cf. fxaprvpoixai,
and
Hort,
Theod. Met., xiv/AD.).t 1.) * irpo-ficXcTdiw, -w, to premeditate : Lk 21^*.t *t TT-po-fAeptfju'du), -w, to be anxious beforehand : Mk 13^Kt Da LXX 11*^ irpo-Ko^u, -oi, and depon. -eo/xat, ov/xaL, [in LXX 2. to provide (EV, take thought for) (]^Sl), Wi 6'^, al.;] 1. to foresee.
I
:
c.
Eo
I.e.)
rj
12^^ (-ov/xvoi),
:
11
i
Co
821 (-ov/tev),
(-ei,
3.
to
provide
6^^<^9),
for (seq.
Wi,
-a?,
e.
gen. pers.,
Ti 5^
WH,
mg.,
;
-rTai).t
TTp6voi.a,
(< TrpoVoos,
careftil), [in
LXX: Da LXX
24^
:
Wi
c.
14^ 172, n-iv Mae g* ;] foresight, forethought : Ac gen. (Dem., 546, 6), viake provision for show care for
,
tt.
iroLtlcrdai,
LXX
:
Ps 15
c.
ace,
Ac
212^,
Mid.,
c.
c.
Ac
428;
lii.t
id.
seq.
ets,
Co 2\ Eph 1^
c.
Eph
irpo-irdorxoj, to
LXX:
IQi^,
2.
ui
Mac
19^,
221
A*;] a
12*,
forefather
II
Eo
A^.f
[in
to
**-irpo-ir^ftTra,,
LXX:
Es 4*^ Jth
Wi
Mae
Mac
623*;]
2.
to set
journey, escort: e ace pers., i Co 16^^ Tit 2>^^, iii 2038; oS, I Co 16 ; Im, Ac 21^; pass., Ac 15^, Eo 152*,
TrpoTreTVjs, -s
Co
l^^.t
7rpo7rt'7rT(o), [in
LXX:
Pr
less
irpo-n-opeuo), [in
LXX chiefly
make
Pass, and go before. irpcSs, prep, e gen., dat., ace I. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side metaph., in the interests of, Ac 1V^ (cf. Page, in 1.). II. C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at : 19", Jo 18i 20iii2^Eeli3.
to
mid., to go before
Lk
l^^,
of,
hence
5^^,
Mk
Lk
ace, of motion or direction towards a place or object, 1. Of place, (a) after verbs of motion or of speaking and to, towards. other words with the idea of direction ep^^ofiai, dvaySatW, Tropevofuu,
III. C.
:
383
6^\ Lk lie, Jo 23, Ac 9^, al. mult. Mt 31*, direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23^, Jo 6*^, metaph., of mental II Co 7*, Bph 6^2, Col 313, al. ; of the issue or end, Lk 1432, Jo 11^ al.
etc.,
Mk
i
of purpose,
Mt
M,
26i2,
Eo
32",
Co 6^
al.
tt/jos
to,
c. inf.,
denoting
purpose
I322, Eph Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt S^s, 6l^ I Th 29, al. {b) of close proximity, at, by, with : Mt S^o, 11*. ; 63, Jo l^ al. 2. Of time, Lk 411, Ac 32, al. after ^TvaL, Mt IS^e, Ge S^\ al.) Lk 2429 ; (b) for : -n-p^s (a) towards (Plat., Xen.,
(cf.
Mk
Mk
Mk
LXX
Kaipov,
Lk
8^3^ I
Co
7^
xpos wpav, Jo
53^, al.
Trpos oXtyov,
Ja
4^*.
3.
Of relation (a) toward, with : Eo 5^, 11 Co 1^2^ Col 4^, i Th 4^2, al. (c) pertaining to, to : (b) with regard to : Mt 19^, Mk 12^2^ jjq 331, al. Mt 27*, Jo 2122, Eo 1517, He 2^7 51 (d) according to : Lk 12*7, Co 5^9, Ga 2^*, Bph 3* 4^* (e) in comparison with : Eo 8^^.
;
; ;
IV. In composition
(Trpoo-KOTTTO)) ,
towards
(Trpoa-epxofjLai), to
(irpoadyw), against
besidcs (TTpocrSaTravdo))
LXX
Ps 91
(92)
tit.
(na^T) 92 (93)
tit.,
Jth 8*;] the day before the Sabbath: Mk 15*2 (L, Tr., txt., -n-phs o-.).t De 23 (7) (uhl), 11 Es lO^Bi (HT hith.), Trpo<r-aYop.5a,, [in
LXX
Wi
1422,
Mac
14*0,
n Mac
hence,
to call
c.
irpoa-dyo},
LXX
chiefly for
; trans., to bring or lead : c. ace. et 3^8; seq. <oSc, Lk 9*^; pass., c. dat., Mt 182* (Trpoa-rjvexOr], T)
etc.
;]
1.
Oew, i Pe in forensic
to
sense, to summon: Ac 12^ (rn-poayayeLv, T, draw near, approach (Jos 3^, Je 26 (46)3,
WH,
al.)
:
mg., E).
c. dat.,
2. Intrans.,
Ac
2.
272^
(WH,
wpocra^^eiv) .t
* trpocT-ayoiyri,
-rj<s,
rj,
;
(<^7rpo(Tayo)), 1.
a bringing
52,
to.
approach,
284
[in
MM,
:
xxi)
Eo
Eph
Eph., 59
f.,
where the
-w,
irpoCT-airea),
LXX
importune, beg, ask alms : Jo 9^.t continue asking ; *t -rrpoo-aiTYjs, -ov, 6, a beggar : Mk 10*", Jo 9^t Ex 1923, al. (rhv) ;] 1. to go up irpoa-ai'a-paii', [in 2. to go up higher : Lk 14^''.t besides. * n-poor-ai'aXiaK&), to spend besides : Lk 8*3 (WH, E, mg., om.).t ** Trpoo--amir\T]p6<i), -w, [in Wi 19* * ;] to fill up by adding 11 Co 9^2 ns.t to, to supply fully : * irpoo'-ava-TiOTjfjii, to lay on ox offer besides; mid., (a) to lay on oneself in addition, undertake besides ; (b) c. gen. pers., of giving or obtaining information, to consult, communicate : Ga 1^" 2" (Lft., in 1.
hence,
to
LXX
LXX
cf. ava-TL6T]fli).
* iTpoa-ay-ix'^> ^0 approach : v.l. for Trpoaraxiw, Ac 2727 L.t ** irpoCT-aireiX^u, -u>, [in LXX: Si 133 N*;] to threaten further
Ac
42i.t
*t
irpo(r-ax^o), -w,
Doric for
irpocr-qxita, to
resound
of land perceived
by the roar
of the surf,
Ao
272 ^
(WH,
mg.,
cf. 7rpoo-ayo)).t
384
c.
ace,
Lk
10^^.+
SYN.
Trpo(Tavaki(TKiii.
irpoo-S^ojjiai,
[in
LXX
17^^.t
to
want further,
need in addition
Ac
\}^
irpo(T-8^XO|J^'^i'
LXX
chiefly for
:
nSI ;]
1.
to receive to oneself,
c.
ace. pers.,
Lk
2.
15^,
Eo
16^,
^s
Phi
2S^\
c. ace. rei,
:
wait for
c.
Ac
He
c.
lO^* ll^s.
ace. rei,
to expect,
look for,
Mk
15,
Lk
2"'
Ac
ju2i
(of. 8^o/xai).t
irpoa-SoKdo), -w (the
-M,
24s,
[in
LXX:
12*6^
c.
Ps 103
to
await, expect:
Mt
Lk 3"
.
Ac
27^3 28^;
Mt IP, Lk pi
Ac
286
q^
Ti^/^o 8*,
Ac
118
1024
ace. rei,
ii
rj
Pe
S^^-i*
c.
ace. et inf.,
irpoaSoKia, -as,
7rpoo-8o/caw), [in
1713,
LXX: Ge
49"
c.
Ps
(119)ii
(n?t?r),
Wi
Si 402,
al.;]
expectation:
gen. obj.,
Lk
2126
c.
gen. subje.,
Ac
12".t
*t irpoo-edo), -w, to permit further : Ae 27 '^.t chiefly for Vf22 t TTpocT-iyyiio), [in 2. Intrans., to approach: c. near (Luc).
LXX
np
;]
1. trans., to
bring
dat.,
Mk
i
2*
(WH,
Trpoa-eviyKai) .T
1.
** irpoaeSpeuo) (-< Trpdo-eSpos, sitting near), [in LXX: 2. to attend regularly : e. dat., i Co to sit near. * iTpoo-pYitofiai,
Mae
Q^^,
7rape8pua)).t
1. to work or do service besides (Hdt., Plut.). gain besides, by working or trading Lk Id^^ (Xen.).t for aip ETM etc. ;] to approach, draw irpoa-^pxofjiai, [in
:
2.
to
LXX
near
He
c.
Mt
c.
infin.,
Mt 24\
;
al.
c.
dat. loc,
indie.,
freq.,
Jo
indie,
Mt
6^5,
82,
al.
and
freq.,
Mk
(a)
l^i,
Lk
T^*, al.
air^,
:
e.
Mt
43,
Mk
Metaph.,
;
of approaching
God
absol. (Le
211'',
De
215, al.),
He
I
Trpos Xpto-Tov,
41^; 72^ 11^ 101-2^; t. 6^^, t. Opovw t. x>tos. Pe 2* (b) in sense not found elsewhere (Field, Notes,
;
He
He
211), to consent to
vyiaivova-i Xdyois, I
r]
Ti
,
S^.
tTrpoa-euxil, -^?,
prayer to
I721 (WH, E, txt., om.) 2122, Mk 929, Lk 22, Ac God 1i, Bph li. 31 6* 1031, Eo 1212, I Co 75, Col 42 pi., Ae 2*2 104, Rq 83.*; oIkos irpoaevxv^, Mt Col 412, I Th 12, Phm*22^ I Pe 37 47^ jje 5^ 6I8, Phi 4 pi., 21", Mk 1117, Lk 19* (LXX) tt. koI Birjcns, Eph 6i2; -r-pos t. 21 5^; (ef. Wi 162^), Lk TT. Tov $ov, prayer to God I Ti ee6v, seq. i^ip, Ac 12^; pi., Eo IS^O; Hebraistically (Bl., 38, 3),
:
(<]
7rpocrv;(0/Aai)
[in
LXX
;]
1.
7]
Trpoa-evxij irpoa-evxea-OaL,
Ja of a synagogue
exx., v.
Si''
2.
a place of
(iii
Mae
72*^,
v.l.
v.
;
Charles,
APOT,
i,
of a place in the
open
Ae
16i3'i.t
SYN.
v.s. Serja-LS.
385
of
LXX
cl.,
chiefly for
b^D
hith.
;]
to
pray (always
G^-^.s
prayer to God, or in
to
gods):
absol.,
Mt
txt.,
1423
1913
Mk
V^
6*
IP*' 25 1333
Lk
181,10 224*
66 911,40 109,30 116 1212 133 1483 1625 2036 215 22^7 288, I Co 11*. 6 141* I Th 517, I Ti 28, Ja 51*. 18; seq. Xe'yov, Mt 2639. *2, Lk 22*^; c. dat 12*o instr., I Co 11^ 14i*.i5; Mt 23i* E, txt., om.),
f^^p^^
Mk
Lk
v.s.
20*^
ev Trvruix-aTL {ayifa),
Eph Mt
6^8,
Ju
2'*
irpoa-evxfj
tt.
(a
Hebraism
Trpoa-ivxrj),
Ja
5^^
c.
ace. rei,
6", i
Lk Co
IS^^,
Eo
seq. Iva,
c. inf.,
I318; wp, Mt 5**, Lk 628, Col l^ I318 14^5, Lk 22*6, i Co 14^3 tovto ha
;
He
ror, c. inf.
(Bl,
irpo<T-^X"'
expressed or understood, to bring to seq. dat., to turn one's mind to, attend to; in Xen. and later writers with vow omitted (Bl., 53, 1 81, 1) Ac 8^ 16^*, He 2\ II Pe l^^ in sense of caring or providing for, Ac 20^8 cf. Ge 24, Ex 1028, al.) TT. ain-(3, to give heed to oneself (M, Pr., 157 173 213*, Ac 535 id. seq. dTrd (M, Pr., 102 Bl., 34, 1^ 40, 3 v.s. Lk 6i3, /?A.Va)), Lk 121; (without dat.) Mt 1^^ lO^^ 166.11,12^ Lk 20*" (cf. Si al.) seq. firj, c. inf. (M, Pr., 193 Bl., 69, 4), Mt GK 3. to attach or devote oneself to : c. dat. pers., Ac 8^"' n, i Ti 41 c. dat. rei, i Ti 1* 3^
bring Hdt.,
to
al.).
LXX
71, 3),
ni., etc.
Ja
;]
S^^.t
idtD
1.
2. T. vovv,
413 63
** irpoo-TiXoo),
fig.,
(-px-.
WH,
-u),
E), Tit
[in
11*,
:
He
7i3.t
LXX
iii
Mac
4^ *
;]
to
nail to
c.
ace. et dat.,
Col
2i*.t
(<^7r/oocr\avva)),
t irpocrriXuTos, -ov
[in
LXX
to
152'
for "T5J]
One
who
has arrived,
(v.
DB,
s.v.)
a stranger. Mt 23", Ac
2.
Of converts
Judaism, a proselyte
8.
2io 6^ 13*3.t
LXX:
Mac
:
23*.]
11
Co
418,
He
1 112^
^^ season. of plants,
Mid., to
Mt
I321,
Mk
4i7.t
LXX
:
chiefly for
c.
K^p
;]
to call
to.
M,
al.
Pr., 157)
ace. pers.,
Mt
lOi,
Mk
3i3 6^,
Lk
e.
71^, inf.,
Ac Ac
5**,
Ja
51*,
seq. ek,
Ae
132.t
Nu I321 (<^ Kaprepos, strong, stedfast), [in th Su"*;] to attend constantly, continue (pin hith.). To X, Da 3^, Ac 8i3 10^ ; c. dat. stedfastly, adhere to, wait on : c. dat. pers.,
:
LXX
58
Mk
rei,
Ac
:
Eo
I212,
Col 42
rj
seq.
ev,
Ae
2*
's,
Eo
136.t
*t irpoa-KapTe'pTjCTis, -ews,
{<^Trpo(TKapfTpi<ji),
stedfastness, persever-
ance
Eph
6i8.t
to',
irpo(T-Ke4.(lXaio^, -ov,
[in
LXX: Ez
1318.20 (ng^),
Es
38*;]
a pillow, cushion
mid.,
Mk
438.t
*t irpoa-KXifjpow, -w, to allot to, assign to by lot; pass, (but perh. as EV, consorted with, so Syr.) Ac 17* (for exx., v. Cramer, 749).
:
25
386
7rpocrK\tcrt9, q.V.
;]
** irpocT-Kkiyd),
2.
[in
LXX
ii
to
make the
scale incline
1. to
make
;
another
persons, to inclirie (sc. iavrov) towards: pass., Ac S^^.t *t irp(5a-KAi<j-is, -ccjs, rj ] Trpoa-KXivoi), inclination, partiality : i Ti S^^.t chiefly for p2l;] to glue to; pass., -irpoa-KoXXdo), -w, [in
LXX
metaph.
,
(c. dat.,
Mk
10^ (R,
-Tos,
txt.),
Eph
53i(LXX),t
[in (a)
to
(<^ Trpoo-KOTrrw)
;]
LXX: Ex
932.33^ i
a stumble, stumbling:
Xi^OS
(b)
7rporrK6fifJiaTO^
irpoa-KOTrrj,
I
:
(=
?)33 pftt
Ro
p^
:
c^SfLXX).
RoUi^'-'^o,
Svjv.
metaph.,
**TrpoaKOTn^,
{<i-n-pocrK67rTw), [in
Gr. Yen.
6^.+
ni., etc.
fig.,
Pr
16^8 (I'bl^^)*;]
an occasion of stumbling,
irpoCT-KOTTTw, [in
(e.g.
offence
ii
,
Co
LXX
for P]J3
:
bw'3
;]
1. trans., to strike
hand
or foot) against
c.
ace. seq.
7rp6<;,
Mt
4^,
Lk
4^^ (LXX)^
2. Intrans., to stumble: absol. (To 11^, Pr 3^3), Jo IP-^O; of wind, to rush against, beat upon : c. dat, Mt T^''. Metaph., in late writers, (a) {b) to take offence at, stumble at : seq. ev, Eo 14''^^ to offend (Polyb.)
;
C. dat., T. \6yi^, I
Pe
2^
t. Xt^o) t. Trpoa-Kop.fxaTO'S,
:
Ro
9'^2.t
c.
ace. et dat.,
Mt
27*"'
ace. seq.
Mk
:
15*.t
jrpoo-Kui'cw, -w
to
make
:
LXX
;
(a)
gods Hdt., ^sch.. Plat., al.), of God, Christ and supra-mundane beings absol, Jo 420 U^, Ac 8" 24", He Ipi (Westc, in 1.), Re ll^;
TTLTTTuv KOL
IT.,
Rc
5^*
c.
com-
pared with the usual cl., c. ace, v. Abbott, JG, 78 f.; JV, 133 ff.), Jo 421.23, Ac 7*3, 1 Co 1425, He 1, Re 410 7" lli 13*' ^^ 14^ 162, 19*' 10. 20 228' 9 c. ace. (v. supr.), Mt 4i, Lk 4^ 24^2 (wh, R, mg., om.), Jo 422.24,
;
Re 920 13*' 8. 12 149.11 20*; seq. cttcI^iov, Lk 4^, Re 15*; (b) as in cl, of homage to human superiors (cf. MM, xxi) absol, Mt 202", Ac 102^;
:
c.
Mt
TT.,
Mt 2"
*+
49; iv^mov
-u>,
.
Ro
3^
c.
,
irpoCT-Koctj-nis, -ov, 6
(<^
Trpocr/cvvew)
ace, a worshipper
7re(ri)v
Jo
423.+
[in
LXX: Ex
:
4i
AB2 (-Q1
pi),
Wi
131^*;] to
LXX
2. to take to oneself, take, receive; in take in addition. always mid., -o/j-ai (a) of things of food, c. ace, Ac 27^3 ; c. gen. 832 (y_ Swete, in l), part., ib.36; (b) of persons: c. ace, Mt I622, i^.t I4I' 3 15", Ac 175 182 282, Ro * irpoa-X-qfiil/is (Rec. -Xi/i/'is, as in Att.), -cws, rj {<!^irpoakap./3avw)i
NT
Mk
Phm
1.
an assumption
(Plat.).
2.
a receiving
(cf. irpoa-Xa/jb/Sdvo})
Ro
lli^.t
or*
387
3^,
[in
LXX
Jg
325
To
2^
n,
Wi
wait longer, continue, remain still : Ac 18^^; seq. I Ti 13. iv, 2. C. dat., to remain with : Mt 15^2, Mk 832. Metaph., to remain attached to, cleave unto, abide in : t. Kvpito, Ac 1123 (E, txt. cv T. K., E, mg., V. supr.) t. xaV'T' t. 6tov, Ac 13*3 t. Se^a-ea-iv, I Ti 5\f * 7rpoa-op|jLil^(i) (<[ opfio^, an anchorage), to bring a ship to anchor at usually in mid., to come to anchor near, and so pass, in late writers (Ael., Dio Cass.) Mk 6'\f * irpoa-o^ieiXw, to owe besides : Phm^^ (v. Field, Notes, 225).t
7^^*;]
1. to
;
;
:
Mac
tTrpoa-oxei^o), [in
LXX
Le W^,
al.
al.
(bra)
ib. 182^,
al. (Nip),
Ps
;]
94
(95)10,
Ez
to be
angry
ivith
c. dat..
He
irpoCT-iraicj
irpocnrLTrro},
Mt
:
(v.S. irpoa-iriirTUi) .^
:
*t
irpcJo-ireii'os,
-ov (<;7rrva,
hunger), hungry
V22
hi.,
Ac
lO^^.t
npo(T-nr]yvvii.i, to
fasten
to
irpoa-miTTu, [in
LXX
for bS3
ns;]
c.
1.
to
strike against
c.
dat., of
wind,
Mt
72^.
2.
to fall
down
Trpos,
Mk
72^;
dat. pers.,
Mk
3^1
Lk
I
S^.t
-w,
[in
LXX:
2428.t
LXX
Ki 2113(H) (^^.1 hithpo.), Jb 19i*, make over to, add or attach to. Mid.,
;
c. inf. (cf.
Xen., Anab.,
to
iv,
make
:
as if:
Lk
[in
irpo<j-iTopeuop,ai,
LXX
:
approach
c.
dat. pers.,
Mk
for 1035.t
mp
OTJJ,
etc.;]
come near,
**t -n-poa-pTJyi/ufii, [in Aq. Ps 2^ * ;] to break against, dash against (a) trans. (TraiSta TreVpais, FIJ, Ant., ix, 4, 6) Lk (&) intrans., c. dat.
648.
(cf. 7rpoa-7rt7rTa)).t
irpoa-Tdaaw,
'place at, to
c.
[in
to.
;
LXX
2.
c.
attach
dat. pers.,
Mt
12*
chiefly for mST pi. ;] 1. c. ace. pers., to command, enjoin, appoint : Lk 51* I** ace. rei, Mt 84, c. ace. et inf., Ac 10*8;
to
give a
Mk
pass.,
Ac
1033 I726.t
-iSos,
17
* TTpoardTis,
(fem. of
Trpoa-Tar-qi),
a patroness, protectress:
also for
:
Eo
1.
162.+
irpoa-Ti0T)p,i, [in
LXX
hi.,
ODN
ni., etc.
ctti,
;]
to
put
to.
2.
;
to
add, join
give in addition
2*^
;
c.
ace. seq.
Mt
627,
Lk
320 1225
eVt T^ avTo,
Ac
24i,
MM,
Ac
Ga
He
12i9 (v.
Mt
Mk
Lk
Ac
123i,
Ge
268,
jg
210, al.),
133;
of repeating or continuing the action signified by the following verb, as in Heb. idiom (Ge 42 812, al. cf. Lft. on Clem., 54, 5 / Co., xii but v. also M, Pr., 67, 233 Deiss., BS, 67^ xxi), Lk
c. inf.,
;
WM,
to
:
MM,
20",
Ac
123
similarly ptcp.,
Trpoo-^cis, c.
;]
indie.
(Ge
38^, al.),
91^
Lk
ign.t
83o.t
irpoa-Tp^X. [i
LXX
for |^n
to
run
Mk
lOi^ Ac
to {<^(f>ayuv), Hellenistic for o\j/ov (v.S. relish or dainty (esp. cooked fish), to be eaten with bread
*+
irpoa<^dYioi', -ov,
6{f/o.piov),
:
Jo 21*
388
M,
{have ye taken any fish, Field, Notes, 109 Abbott, Essays, 105 cf. Pr., 170 MM, Exp., xxi).t irp6CT<t)aTos, -ov (on the derivation, v. Boisacq, s.v. and cf. -ws), [in
;
;
LXX: Nu
1.
63 (nb),
De
32i7,
Ec
1" (izr^n),
Ps 80(81)9
;
(^,7)^
gi 9i*;]
originally, freshly
:
fresh, recent
6809,
He
MM,
471
43.5,
f.).+
Trpoo-(|>(lTW9,
adv.
(v.s. Trpoo-^aTos),
:
LXX
18^
(v.
;]
De
24^
(iZl'in),
Jth
Ez
113, ji
Mac
1436*;] recently
npo<j-<^ipio, [in
c.
LXX
Mt
c.
chiefly for
3^
Ac 2np
MM,
hi.
1.
1435 1716^
Mk
af^Tov)
Lk
18l^
19^3;
231*;
pass.,
{irpod-qxe-q,
WH)
T.
acc. rei,
Lk
12"
2336;
(cl.).
iii,
(TTOfjiaTi,
Jo 19^9; metaph.,
:
dat pers.,
to
deal with,
;
He
2.
Ant.,
9,
(iwip),
Mk
Ac &^ esp. (as freq. in LXX cf. FIJ, sacrifices, gifts and prayers to God: absol., seq. irepi 3) 1**, Lk 51s He 5^'^ 9^ lO^^; pass., Ac 21^6; c. acc. rei
to offer
Mt
2",
Mt
*
5^3,24
lKTT]pia<s,
of Christ,
He 5'^; He
c.
acc.
He pers., He
97.9 iQi.
M,
Pr., 129);
(dvevcyKas,
**irpoa<|>i\ris,
-k
Si 4^2013*;] (a) of
;
persons, in both act. and pass, sense Phi 4^.t ing, agreeable (EV, lovely)
:
c.)
(6) of things,
pleas-
iTpoa-4)opd, -as,
17
(< Trpoo-^cpw),
14",
al.;]
cl.),
LXX:
;
III
Ki
7*^ (D''39),
Ps
39(40) (nnjn),
al.).
Es
552, Si
a bringing
^ripl
to,
offering (Plat.,
of sacrificial
2.
(Less freq. in
a present, an offering
52,
in
NT,
2126 241^,
-w,
[in
W^ He lO^^.t
LXX:
:
Eph
He
i
lO^-^.U;
22i
ifiaprla^.
He
lO^^;
1.
Trpo<T-4)(oi''(u,
Es
66.22,
^ac W^*;]
summon
c.
to
address, call to; in cl., c. acc. pers., c. dupl. acc. (cf. 11 Mac, I.e.); Ac 21***. In late writers, c. dat. pers. absol. (Horn., Od., v, 159, al.)
Mt
1116,
(as in
2320,
Ac
222.
2.
to call
by name,
acc.
*t Trp6a-xu<ri9, -tws, rj, a pouring or sprinkling upon: He IF^.t * irpotr-v)/au<i, in poet, and late writers, to toiwh : c. dat., Lk ll*6.t *t TrpoCTWiroXTjfnrT^w (Eec. respect of persons : Ja 29.t *t irpo(j-<i>Tro-Xr]|nm|S (Eec.
Xa/A^aviv, v.s. TrpocTiinrov),
-Xtjttt-),
-w
{<^-k^fnm]^,
q.V.),
to
have
-Xi^Trrr;?, V.
of cognate forms, v.
a respecter of persons : Ac 103^ (on this group Mayor, Ja., 78 f. and cf. Thackeray, Gr., 44).t
;
*t
Trpo<T(i)TroXT]p,|/ia
(Eec.
69,
-Xrjil/la),
-as,
rj
(<^7rpoo-(a7roA.7;/x7m;s), respect
of persons:
D^S^i;]
1.
Eo
2",
Eph
TO
Col
325,
j^
2^ (v.
Mayor,
cl.)
in
l.).t
TTp6v(j)iTov, -OV,
prop.,
of
counte-
389
t^s
5^^,
Mt
;
6i.i^
Mk
1465,
,
Lk
929,
ii
l^^; irtTrrciv
Ga
l^^;
TT.,
Th
2^^;
Kara
Trpoa-urTTov
(in front, facing: Thuc, Xen., al.), when present, face to 25^"^ jj Qq iq^, t^ Qg, 2^^ ; id. c. gen., as compound prep., in
cl.
;
;
v. Bl., 40,
9;
M,
Pr., 99
;
f.
Thackeray, Gr.,
43
f.),
Lk
231,
Ac
3^3
similarly
i-n-o tt.
(Heb. ^jq^n
v.
Dalman, Words,
12i*
of Ac
ll^o,
3^9
5"
12,
7^^, ii
Th
l^,
Ee
20";
Trpo
tt.
Mt
Mk
i.e.
Lk
him
TT.
727(i'XX), al.; in
other phrases
(opSv,
see
TU)
in person,
Mt
IS^",
Ac
Th
Co
31^,
2^**
Ee
4"
;
22*
ifji<f)avL(T6rjvat
tt.
II
fiera tov
o-ou,
wi^^
^%
tt.
He
Ac
ckkAt/o-iwv, II
Co
82*
a-njpL^eiv to
(Heb.
D"!:!) D''ir
Je
9^^
211", al.
;
v.
Dalman, Words,
TO
I
TT.
Lk
similarly,
iiTL,
avTOU ^v
J
to
tt.
tou Kvplov
Pe
312 (LXX)
(5^
;
Ki
16''')
/orm, person : Kavxaa-Oai cv tt. Kai ixrj ev KapSia, II Co metaph., as in Heb. idiom, of judgment according to
5^2 (cf.
v.
Dalman,
Words, 30
ySAcTTCiv
19
Thackeray, Gr., 43
TT.,
f.)
Xa/^/Javeiv
tt.,
Lk
2021,
Ga
2.
:
Mt
22^6,
;
Mk
Lk
:
121*;
davpACitv
n-p6<x<.ma,
Ju
16.
Of
(a) face,
appearance (Ps 103 (104)^*') 12^^^ jg, lu. (j) surface (Ge 2^)
8^6
Mt Lk
Ac
1726.
[in
** irpo-rdaCTw,
front.
2. to
LXX
II
Mac
:
(A, Trpoo-T-)*;]
arrange beforehand
[in
Ac
1726,
iii
**Trpo-Teiv(a,
LXX:
TrpwTos,
II
Mac 7,
136
f.),
-irpcJTepos,
and
Trpo,
opp. to
etc.
varepos, vcrTaTO<;.
A. Compar., TrpoVcpo?,
before, of
LXX
NT
for D^3D^
jiOTN"!
;]
former Jo 750,
413, I
time, place, rank, etc. ; in always of Time, before, 422. Adverbially, irporepov, before, aforetime, formerly : II Co 115, He 46; opp. to iTTciTtt, He 72^; t^ tt., Jo 662 98, Ga Ti 113 ^^ ^,j,ipai. He 1032 ; al TT. i7n$viJLLai, I Pe ll*.t
:
Eph
.
B. Superl.,
TrpoM-os,
-r;,
-ov, [in
LXX
also for
tt.,
Time
;
Lk
Jo
1932, I
Co
143"
(EV,
Mk
Jo
6 TT. Kol 5 co-^aTos, Ee neut.. t^ tt., 10^ Ta tt., Opp. to t. lo-xaTa, Mt 12*5, jj^ n^^ Mt IO2 pi., Mt 193o, Mk 103i, Lk 133o ^rpoiTois i Co 153; (b) as adj.: TrpwTr; (sc. 17/x.cpa) o-a^/SaTov, opp. to SerTcpa, Ac 121" equiv. to adv. in English,
;
He
30*'
^ Ac
27*3,
Eo
10^9, 1
Ti
li6, i
Jo
4i9
;
cf.
390
M,
(my
Bl, 11, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 183 f.) c. gen., tt. fiov Tjv but cf. M, Pr., 245), Jo l^*' ^o c. art., chief: Abbott, Jg., 509 flf.
:
Mk
c.
Eank
Ac
11, al.
2.
Of
;
62, al.
Mk
12-8.29, al.
of
I
Notes, 124), Ac 16^2 c. art., Lk 3. Neut., irpCrrov, as adv., ^rs^, at the first ; (a) 428, al. (b) of Order Eo 32, to tt., Jo 10^^, al.
;
vroAts (Field,
[in
LXX: Ex
set
40*.
23,
Le
248 (^-,y), pg 53
(54)3
forth publicly; so also in mid.: c. ace. pers., Eo 32^ (for a suggested alt. rend., v. MM, xxii), 2. Mid., inf., Eo 1^^; ace. rei, to set before oneself, propose, purpose: c. c.
(Dltr),
etc.;]
1.
to set before,
Eph
19.t
**Trpo-Tp^Tra),
[in
LXX: Wi
LXX:
;
14^8,
n Mac 11^
iv
Mac
12^ 15^2
(as
16" * ;]
also in
to iirge
cl.)
:
Mid., in
same sense
Ac
Trpo-Tpe'xu, [in
Ki 8^
(^jpb }^-|),
Jb
4113(1*)
2.
A
to
(]IT),
To
on,
to
11^ (seq. e/xTrpoaOev), I Mac 1621*;] 1. to run forward. run in advance : Jo 20* seq. th to efjLTrpocrOev, Lk 19*.t
**irpo-uTr-dpxw, [in be before or previously
n-p6-<j)a(7is,
6)
run
LXX
:
Jb42i8*;]
1.
to be
beforehand
in.
2.
c. jDtcp.,
Lk
23i2,
-e(o?,
rj
{<^4>-qp.i),
[in
(141)* {rb-hv),
:
Da TH 6*. 5(5. (n^y), Pr 181, Ho 10* * a pretence, pretext Mt (WM, E, txt., om.), Mk 12*o, Lk 20*', Jo I522, Ac ^V\ Phi I Th 2*.+
irpo-<t>epw,
231"
lis,
[in
LXX:
Ik,
17
Pr
10i
(xsa
ni.).
To 9^
for
al.;]
to
bring
the
forth
c.
Lk
6*^.t
t Trpo4)TiTta, -as,
(<^
irpo^?;Tuct)), [in
LXX
nW23
]^Tn
;]
gift (and its exercise) of interpreting the Divine will and purpose, prophecy, prophesying : of OT prophecy, Mt I31*, 11 Pe I20. 21 of NT prophecy, Eo 12^, i Co 12io I32 14-22, i Ti 41*, Ee 11" 22i9; pi., i Co i' I8 138, I Th 52", I Ti 118 ot X6yot T^s TT., Ee 1^ 22^' t. Trvevfixt T^s TT.,
; ;
;
Ee
a
I
1910
(Luc, FIJ,
LXX,
Mt
tt.
v. Deiss.,
BS, 235
f.
MM,
xxii).t
;]
n-po<})TjTuu
to be
irpocf)T^r)? (q-V-)i ^0
prophesy
the
Divine counsels,
11*'
5
^ith the idea of foretelling future events (an idea merely incidental, not essential; v. Lft., Notes, 83 f.), Mt 1113, Ac 21". 18 (LXX) 219; geq. rrepi, Mt 15^ 7", iPe li;
Co
139 141.3-5.24,31,39^
Re
Mk
iTTi, c.
dat.,
Ee 10"
:
Xe'ywv,
Ju
1*
oti,
Jo
ll^i.t
SyN.
N^13
will
;]
fiavTVO/jLaL, q.V.
Trpo<J)i7Trjs, -ov,
LXX
;
chiefly for
forth-teller of the
Divine
in
cl.
(v.
83
al.),
f.;
Tr.,
Sy7i.,
vi),
a prophet
1.
(.SIsch.,
2.
In NT,
391
the
OT
prophets
Mt
:
:
5^2,
Mk
6^^
Lk
P'',
Jo 8^\ Eo
6*.
ll^, al.;
IS^^, al.
:
6^\ Lk V^ (d) of Christ Mt (c) 21", Jo 61*, Ac 322.23 737 (LXX); (e) of Christian prophets in the apostolic age Ac 15^2, i Co 122s, Eph 22o, al.; (/) by meton., of the Tit 1^2 (on writings of prophets Lk 242^, Ac 8-^, al. {g) of a poet MM, xxii). the use of the term in tt. and Inscr., v. Deiss., BS, 235 f. *t 'irpo(|>r]TiK(5s, -a, -ov (-< Tr/ao^v^Ti^s) of prophecy, prophetic : Eo 1626,
;
:
13"
21*,
Mk
Lk
Mk
n Pe
IV
li9.t
irpo<|>TJTis,
-tSo?,
7],
fern, of
Trpotjirj-rr}?,
[in
LXX
c.
:
Ki
221*, II
ch
3422, Is 8^
(nx^n?) *;]
a prophetess:
pi.
;]
irpo-<j>0(ifw, [in
LXX
chiefly for
q.v.), to
Dip
ptcp. (as in
but
more
Jos
freq. the
simple
<f)6dv(i),
anticipate
[in
Mt
1725.t
4^^ (rhxtj),
irpo-x6ipi^o>
312 {npb),
Trpoxtpos,
at
hand),
LXX: Ex
A *;]
1. to
Da
LXX
:
322, II
Mac
3^ 8^ 14^2
put
into the
hand,
c. inf.,
deliver
to take into
2. More freq. as depon., -o/wii, pass., Ac 32*'. up one's hand; hence, metaph., to propose, determine, choose:
Ac
* irpo-xcipo-Tof ^w,
(v. xipoTova)), to
Ac
Prochorus
Ac
:
6*.
irpu/ivo?,
rj,
*irp6nva,
-rj'i,
rj,
-ov,
;
(sc. vavs),
the
Mk
[in
4^^,
Ac
27^*
opp. to
irptopa,
7rpo),
LXX
21i8,
Mt
Mk
txt.)
tt.,
Mk 1^5
Ipo
tt.
Mt
201; dTro
Ex
1813),
Ac
2823.t
+ irpuii'cJs (Eec.
chiefly for
228 22i6.t
-iVos, V.
cl.
WH, App.,
at
LXX
Re
IpS ;] =
irpmos,
early
morn, early
aar-qp,
[in
LXX
cf.
at early
tt.
(sc.
wpa,
<5. 17 tt.,
hi
Mac
52*),
*Trpwpa (Rec. incorrectly irptapa, v. Bl., 3, 3; LS, s.v.), -77s (for BL, 7, 1 Mayser, 12), 17, the forward part of a ship, the prow : Ac 27^^ opp. to irpvfiva, ib. *i.t
Att. -as, V.
;
irpwTeu'u (<7rpiiTos),
first,
[in
LXX: Es
:
511,
u Mac
618
13"*;]
to be
Mk
Mt
pre-eminent, have the first place *t irpuTOKaeeSpia, -as, 17 (<irpwTos, KaOiSpa), the chief seat: 1239 (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 11*3 20*6.t
-as,
Col
li8.t
Mt
23',
I.e.):
*+ TrpwTo-KXiaia,
23,
Mk
1239,
Lk
17, the chief place at table (v. Swete, Mk., 14^.8 20*6.+
392
lOTrjfJbi),
Xen.)
first,
LXX
Ac
24^.t
t Trp&)T0T<5Kia, -wv,
(<^irpwTOTOKOv), [in
LXX
LXX
(with
Ge
2531"- 2736,
De
c\.
21i7,
Ch
:
birthright
{=
Trpeafi^la)
He
12i.t
,
irpuT^TOKos,
-ov
;
[in
)]
pi.. He ll^^. first-born : Lk 1 (originally perh. a Messianic title, cf. Ps 88 (89)28, v. ICC Col 1^^) He 1" ; tt. iracn;? KTiVews, Col 1^^ cv ttoAAois dScXiots,
2^
He
on
',
Eo
8^
IT.
(ck)
TOKcov,
He
pj^ of
irpwro-
Ac
ll^^.t
;]
LXX
Ja
rj,
1. trans., to
Ki
BS, 681).
2io 3^, 11 [in
sense,
Eo
ll^i,
Pe
irripya,
^TTi',
-t/s,
LXX
for D^Jf
;]
the heel
fig.,
IT.
Joiais^i-^^^t
irTcpoyioj', -ou,
to (dimin. of
-irrepv^), [in
1.
little
wing.
49.t
2.
Anything
17
like a wing, as
turret, battlement
r.
Upov,
Mt 4^ Lk
of birds, 48 99.t
irWpol, -170s,
(<;7rTo/Aai), [in
LXX
a wing
Mt
23*'^,
Lk
IS^*,
Ee
12^*
Ee
**irTTji'<5s,
-rj,
Aq.
Jb 5^*;] winged; as
ni.
;]
subst.,
Ti
TT.,
6tVds
Co
1539.t
LXX
chiefly for
T\T\T\
to terrify.
Pass., <o 6e
t&rrified
Lk
219 2437
-cw5,
(WH,
mg., ^por/^Ws).t
irr^Tiais,
I
^ (<7rT0'a>), [in
LXX:
Pr
S^s
Mac 325 E *
fear,
by
a fluttering, excitement, caused by any emotion, but esp. ;] hence, terror : <f>o^L(r$ai Tn-orjo-iv, to be afraid with (cogn. ace.)
(v.
or of any terror
riToXcjjiois,
ICC,
rj,
in
1.)
Pe
S^.t
:
-iSos,
Ac
217.t
**irruo',
-ov,
to,
[in
Sm.
Is 30^**;] a
Mt
312,
Lk
3i^t
* irropofiai, depon., to be startled, frightened : Phi l^s. (The active TTTvpoi is also found in some late writers.) t *irTu<Tfia, -Tos, TO, (<;7rTva)), spittle: Jo 9" (Hipp., Polyb., al.).+
* TTTuaCTu,
dva-iTTUo-o-o}) .t
TTTiJu,
to
fold ;
of a scroll, to
roll
wp
ySiySXi'ov,
Lk
420
(cf
[in
LXX: Nu
5^^.
^k
T^' 823,
Jo
9'
393
(u)
-To<:,
t6 7rt7rTw), [in
LXX:
;]
Jg 148
1.
(n^gjj),
Jb 16"
(1^15)),
Wi
4^8, al.
fall,
metaph., a mis-
fortune, calamity (Trag., Plat., Polyb., al. ; LXX). 2. That which has fallen (a) of buildings, a ruin (Polyb.) {b) of living creatures, in cl. (poet, only) usually c. gen., vcKpwv, etc., but also absol., as in late writers and NT, a fallen body, a carcase, corjjse : Mt 14^2 2428^ ^\^ 1545
; ;
X. avToi,
Mk
629; airCiv,
17
Ee
118'
9 (cf.
f.).t
TTTwcrts, -0)s,
(<^7rt7rTw), [in
LXX
}:]33,
n!?50, and
cogn. forms;]
a falling, fall
-as,
rj
(Plat.,
Plut.,
Mt
T^';
metaph.,
beggary,
Lk
234.t
tnux^la,
destitution
:
(<^7rTcoxeua)), [in
9,
LXX
421*;]
chiefly for
^3Jr;]
11
TTTuxeuo)
Co
S^.
Re
29.t
TTTcoxos), [in
LXX
Jg 66, Ps 78
(79)8
^^n) Jg
1415 A,
Ps 33
cl.).
(34)i
to
2.
TrXoi'crios wv, II
Co
S^.t
to
TTTwxos,
,
-v>
.
'ov
;]
(<! TTfajo-o-a),
crouck, cowev),
[in
1.
:
LXX
for
bl
t&T
:
etc.
of
as subst.,
Lk 14^^' 21 162"' 22. 2. As adj., (a) prop., beggarly metaph., (b) in broader sense (opp. to TrXovcrios), a-TOLXfioi, Ga 49 (v. Lft., in 1.) Mt 11^ I921 269> ", Mk IO21 12*2, 145, 7^ l^ 418 722 1322 198 21^, jaoor Jo 125. 6, 8 1329^ Ro 152, II Co 6i, Ga 2io, Ja 22- 6, Re 13i tt. t. KoV/>to>, Ja 25 metaph., Lk 620, Re 3^7 tt. t. Trvev/xaTi, Mt S^.t
a beggar
;
;
3.
TTOYfiVi, -^s,
7]>
[in
LXX Ex
:
21^8, Is 58*
(Plil^l^)
;]
the fist
irvyfjiy
viipaadai
t.
wash the
;
Mk l^A 1.) Python, a serpent slain by Apollo, who is hence surnamed the Pythian. 2. In Plut. (ii, 414 E), a name given to ventriloquist soothsayers (eyyao-rpt/Au^oi cf. Le 19^^ 206'2'', i Ki 28"), and perhaps in this sense Trvevfia irvdwva, a python-sjnrit : Ac 16^".
;
:
hands with the fist {diligently, R, txt. exact meaning is doubtful v. Swete, in
*Tro6a)c, -wvos, 6, 1. in cl.,
up
to the
elbow, R, mg.
the
TruKv6s,
-{],
-ov, [in
LXX
Ez
31^
(orin),
iii
i
Mac
Ti
128 410, iv
Mac
compact, solid. 2. frequent : jTVKvd, as adv., rmich, often : Mk 7^ T (v.s. Trvy/xi]), TTVKvoTcpov, Very often or so much the oftener (v. Bl., *iruKTeo {<C7rvKTr]<;, a pugilist), to box : I Co
1.
12^2*;]
close,
52^.
Lk
926.
5^^.
:
Neut.pl., Comparat.,
44, 3n)
Ac
2426.t
ttuXt], -r^s,
rj,
[in
LXX
:
chiefly
and very
freq. for
"M^, sometimes
;
for r\bl
nw
310.
Upov,
Ac
Lk 7^2, Ac 92* 12io 16i3, He 13^2 ^ 'QpaU U. t. Metaph., Mt 7^^' " nvkaL dSov (Wi 16", iii Mac 5^\ and Re 118) Mt 16i8.t
;]
gate
-(3vo9,
o {<^TnjXrj), [in
LXX
1!^
;]
1.
the
394
forch or vestibule of a house or palace Mt 26'''^, Lk IG^", Ac 10*' 2213. 1*^ Ac 14^', 2. The gate-way or gate-tower of a walled town
:
Re Ac
by
21^2,
22i4.t
Tt\)v%dvo^a.[., [in
;]
1.
to
inquire
dir.,
seq. qusest. indir., Mt 2*, Lk 4^ lO^^ 23i9 seq. irapd, c. gen. pers., inquiry seq. on, Ac 2334.t
232
152 IS^e,
Ac
Ac
Mt
2*,
Jo
4^2.
2.
to
learn
irup,
LXX
Ac
13*0,
chiefly
and very
.
;]
fire
Mt Lk
Re
310,
Mk 922, Lk 39, Jo
;
21^, i
1729
KaraKaUiv
.
(eV) tt.,
Mt
Re
I
88 218
^x6$
;
7rvp6^,
Ac
T^o, 11
Ja 3^, Re S^, al tt. kcX Oelov, Co I7I6 188 KatW^ai Trvpi', He 1218, Re Th 18, He 1^, Re 1^* 2^8 19^2 Xa/t7ra8es
; ;
3i3,
TTvpos,
Re
4^
o-tvXol irvpos,
10^
av^pa/<es
TTD/Do's,
Ro
122**
I
(LXX)
.
yXwo-o-at
wo-ei
(I)s
TTvpds,
Ac
:
2^
Pe
1^,
Re
3^8
St^i TT.
(Lft.,
^otes, 193),
Co
3i'\
.^o
Of the
fire of
Words, 161)
ao-ySecTTOv,
Mk 9*8 d-xx)
9**
;
^^ ^,
aiwnov,
Mt
Mk
189; Ka>vos
TrjpeLo-daL, II
522 tou tt. Trupos atwi/tou 8iki;v virif^eiv, Ju ^ yee 13*2. 50. ^ Ai>v7? ToC TT., Re 192 20i> i*'i5; irvpl ToS TT.,
,
wa
:
Mt
Mt
Pe
31"
;
3^
/3a(ravi(r6rjvai iv
tt.,
Re
;
li}*^.
Metaph.
^aTTTL^eiv irvpi,
Mt
311,
Lk
of the tongue,
;
Ja
3^
iprrdleLV, Ju 23
Mk
Lk
;
12*9;
He
of
God,
LXX:
Jth
75,
Wi
17, al.;]
afire:
;
Ac
282. 3,t
irupyos, -ov, o, [in
;]
a tower
Lk
13*
of a
12\ and prob., Lk 1428.t Mt 8^*, Mk po.t TTupcTos, -ov, 6 7r{;p), [in LXX: De 2822 ^j^^^p)*.] a fever Mt 8^5, Mk 131, Lk 439, Jo 452, Ac 288 ^_ ^^y^^ ^ /^^-^^ y^^g^ Lk 438
:
Mk
MM,
xxii).t
-V.
-ov,
[in
LXX: Ez
28i*.i
(tzr^),
Si 489*;] fi^^y
Re
up.
9i7.t
to set
on
fire,
burn
on fire, to burn : Eph 61", ii Pe Metaph., of grief or indignation, ii Co 312; ptcp., glowing, 2. Of metals (cf. Jo 222^, Ps 11 (12)^, Za 139), 1129; of lust, I Co 79. Re 3i8 (and so in RV, ib. 1", but v. to be refined or purified by fire In
NT
always
pass., 1. to be set
Re
li^.
8upr.).+
tirupptlta)
7n;ppo's),
be fiery red:
[in
LXX,
Tr^ppt'^tu
Le
1319.
*2ff.
1437
(D^plSt)*;]
i'O
Mt
[in
:
16i[2.3]i.t
7n)p),
LXX
[in
18.
for
Dl^
;]
fiery red
Re
6* 123.t
rioppos, -ov, 6,
Pyrrhus
-f,
Ac
20*.t
inJpwais,
-0)9,
7n)pdw),
:
LXX:
2.
Pr
2721 (113),
trial
Am
49
* (liB^C?)
;]
1.
a burning
4i2.t
Re
189-
a refining or
by fire
metaph.,
Pe
395
irw, enclit. part., yet, V.S. /xtJ-vu), jx-qhi-Troi, ov-ttod, ovBi-irw, TTW-TTOTc.
to sell
c. 21*. i,
.
19^5
chiefly for "1DD;] 1. to exchange or barter. 13^^ ol 7ru)XoJ)vrcs, Mt 21i2 259, 11", Lk Ee 13** 19^1 21^2, lO^i ll^s, Lk 1233 1322 223, ace. rei, Mt
:
LXX
Lk
IT^s,
Mk
Mk
Jo
Ac
37.
Pass.,
Co
1025;
c.
gen.
colt,
pretii,
Mt
1029,
Lk
12.t
17),
[in
;]
a foal,
prop., of a horse, then the young of other animals; in of the colt 212. 5 (lxx), 7^ II2. *. 5, 7^ Lk 193o. 33, 35^ Jq 12^5 (Lxx).t of an ass Mt
:
NT
Mk
:
Jo l^^ 537 635 833, j Jq 412.1 Jb IT'^B TT(i}p6(a, -a> (-^TTw/aos, 1. a stone. 2. a callus), [in LXX Metaph., it. t. (nna), Pr 102** A*;] to petrify, harden, form a callus. Kap8iav, Jo 12*". Pass., Eo 11^ t. vo^fxara, II Co 3^* 17 KapSia, Mk
Tr(i-TroTe,
Lk
193o,
652 817.t
* iroSpuo-is,
metaph.,
-ws,
7]
(<^7rwpoa)),
a covering with a
callus,
a hardening
Mk
3*,
Eo
1125,
Eph
;
i^^.t
v.g. ctTrws, /xt^ttws.
how?:
c.
indie,
TT.
Lk Eo
20**;
10^*.
15
Mt oi^v, Mt
1229,
Mk
323,
Lk
ll^s,
16^1,
Jo
3*, al.;
Kal
tt.,
Mk
;
4",
Be,
questions
(cf. Bl.,
more geq freq. and increasingly so in late writers (v. 57, 2 Bl., 70, 2 Thumb, MGr., 192; Jannaris, Crr., App., yi, 13 f.), = ottws, ws; (a) in indirect discourse c. indie, Mt 628, Mk 12*^, Lk 83, Jo 9^5, Ac 92^, al. 212o, Mk 1023.2*, c. subjc, Mk 1118, Lk 12"; (&) in exclamations: Mt
1226; tt. oi, Mt Lk ^. ^^^ Rq 10^* 64, 6), c. subjc, Mt 2333 2654 ^^ g optat., Ac 8^^. 2. As sometimes in cl. but
1256; i^ deliberative
tt.
WM,
Lk
as initial always p (on the use of the Tdf., ProL, App., 163 breathing and the reduplication of p, v. 105 f. Veitch, s.v. pawTOi, etc.), the seventeenth letter. As a numeral, p' = 100, p, = 100,000. 'Padp (and Paxo/3, Mt 15; Fax^ftv -^s. ^^ ^U). V> indecl. (Heb.
P, p, pw, TO, indecl.,
rho,
r,
WH,
al.)
He
113i,
Ja
225.t
WH,
my
master ; v. Dalman, Words, 327, 331 ff.), a title of respectful address to Jewish teachers, Babbi : Mt 23^.8; of John, Jo 326; of Christ, Mt 2625. , Mk 95 IPI 14*5, Jo 139.50 32 ^31 025 92 US; kV>C p., Mk 1051
(WH,
mg.,
V.S. pa/SfSovveCj.f
-/3ovi, V.S. paft/Sei)
*t pa^fiouvei (Eec.
(Aram. ^3131
later, ^313"!
my
master; on the Greek vocalization and the relation of the word to pap^d, V. Dalman, Words, 324, 340; Gr., 140^; DB, iv, 190); Babboni: Mk 105i (WH, mg., ki;> paySySet'), Jo20i6.t
396
Ru
2^7 (tann)*;]
to beat
[in
,
LXX
,
chiefly for
nWO
(e.g.
Ge
dT^S
MT,
n^pD
^j5.10
:22W etc.;] a staff, rod: He 9*, Re 11^; in parsuch as is used on a journey Mt lO^**, Mk 6^, Lk
:
He
;
a ruler's
staff,
a sceptre:
:
He V(^^), Re 22U25
i Co 42i.t a rod for chastisement (cf. pa^Bi^w) p. (v.s. cv) -OD, 6 {<Cpu(38o<i, lx<^)' o^e who carries a rod or staff *pap8ouxos, of office (a) an umpire or judge (Plat.) {b) in late writers, a Roman
1915
(c)
lictor
Ac
IG^^- ^s.t
indecl.
(LXX
for
Heb.
Wj Ge
,
ll^*, al),
Ben
1.
Lk
S^s.t
* pa8iou'pYT])xa,
reckless act.
*pa8ioupYia, -a?, 17 (v.s. pa8Lovpyr]p.a), 1. ease doing, facility (Xen.). 2. easiness, laziness (Xen.). 3. recklessness, wickedness (of lewdness, Xen. ; fraud, Plut. in it., of theft, MM, xxii) Ac IS^^.t
;
:
*paK(i (T,
pa;)(a),
shortened form of
Jp''T
an expression
of contempt, raca
Mt
5-^ (cf.
DB,
iv,
191
(38)ii
f.
and
for
other explanations,
v. Zorell, s.v.).t
LXX
Is 64
(s)
(133),
Je 45
(nnnq),
Ea
1.
2.
Mt
9i,
Mk
'Pa^d (Rec.
t^ai'Til^w,
Bamah: Mt
2i8(i'^^).t
Le 627 (20), ly Ki 933 (nT3), Ps 50 (51)^ 9^3, patvw, to sprinkle, besprinkle: c. ace. Wj 21 19^^^ pass., Re id. et dat., ib. of cleansing by sprinkling, 1022 (v. M, Gr., ii, 100) 7* (WH, txt., R, mg.).t mid.,
[in
LXX:
(Ntsripi.)*;]
cl.,
;
WH
Mk
He
He
pa'Tio-|ji<5s,
-ov, 6
LXX
:
for rnjJ
;]
sprinkling
of
1^
He
11*,
12^^,
Pe
Hort, Pe., 23
ff.).t
^amiw
1.
LXX
Jg
1625,
Ho
Es
4^1 *;]
In late writers,
to strike
(the face)
^vith the palm of the ha^id : Mt 26''7; c. ace. pers., seq. t. cnayova, Mt 539 (cf. Field, Notes, 40, 105).
*^a<j)is, -l8o<s,
ftckovf}).'^
t)
{pd-n-Tw,
to sew),
a needle:
Mt
I92*,
Mk W^
(cf.
Mt
2i8(Lxx),t
Ro
9i.t
397
Ee
m\f
U(a, [in
Pi]Yioi',
WH,
App., 151),
-175,
fj
(a Gallic
word), a chariot:
chiefly for ITT;] to flow : Jo 7^^ (cf. jrapap/3ew).t -ov, TO, Bhegium, a town in Sicily Ac 28^^.
:
LXX
pTJYfia, -TO'i,
TO {<^priyvvixi), [in
LXX
cl.
III
Ki
1130,31 222*, IV
Ki
LXX), a fracture; then by meton., that tvhich is torn. 2. In NT, ruin Lk 6*^.t also for ptiycufii and (Mk 9^^) pT/o-o-w, [in LXX chiefly for ypa jnp etc, ;] 1. to rend, break asunder Mt 7", Mk 2^2, Lk 5^^ pass., Mt 9^^. 2. Of the voice, c. ace, (fnavrjv, etc. (Hdt., al.), to break forth into speech absol., Ga i^^f^^^), 3. = pda-a-w (Dem., al.), to throw or dash down Mk 9^^, Lk 9*^ (cf. 8ia-, wept-, 7rpoo--p7?yvvyu,t).t
212 (D''in|7),
612(11)
(y^,-55)
Am
*;] 1.
(and so in
SyN.
Opavii), KaTayvvfii.
LXX
also for
ng
and Aram.
D3I1B, etc.;]
1.
prop., of that
which
is
word:
Mt
2^*,
271*, II
Co
12"
of speech, discourse,
Pe 32, al. (b) opp. to ovofia (a word of prophecy, instruction or command (in cl., phrase) Mt 26-5, Mk 932, Lk l^s 2^\ Ac lli, E0.IO8, He 11^; ^. Oeoi Uvpiov), Lk 32, Ac lli, Eph 6", He 6^ 113, j pe 125 (lxx). ^^ ^. ^. q^^-^ Jo 334 8*7 2. Like Heb. -i;il (but ^. Apyov, Mt 1236 p. dppTjTa, II Co 12*.
10^8, II
Eo
Lk
statement,
perh. also a Gk. colloquialism, v. Kennedy, Sources, 124 Thackeray, Gr., 41), of that which is the subject of speech, a thing, matter (Ge
;
151,
De
178, al.)
Lk
1^7 21*,
Ac
10^7
pi.,
:
Lk V^
3^7.+
2^^'
^\
Ac
5^^ 13*^.
'Pr]<rd
(L,
-a-a), 6,
indecl.,
Bhesa
Lk
^r\(T<TU>,
V.S. pTjyVVfJLL.
o,
*pi]Tup, -opos,
I
Ac
24^.t
Ti
4i.t
plia,
-q<;,
rj,
[in
.
LXX
chiefly for
iK 'pit^v,
1321,
Mk
4^7^
1120
^, 1^^^^^
Mt
13,
^^m Mk 4
;]
a root
Mt
3^0,
Lk
3^
Mt
610
Mk
Lk
:
8^^.
Metaph.
origin, source, etc.; (a) of things, p. trdvTwv r. KaKwv (Eur.), 12^^. of ancestors, Eo lli^-is j ^_ 7ri*<ptas, {b) of persons
Ti
He
of
Of that
Is 402*, je 122 (0^-12^), Si 328 24^2* j] to cause to take root. Metaph., to plant, fix firmly, establish pass. (BV, rooted), Iv dydnrj, Eph 3'8(i7); iv XpiarQ, Col 27 (cf. iK[in
root,
a shoot;
metaph.,
offspring,
Eo
LXX:
pi^dw).t
*pnni, -^s, rj (<^piirTw), poet, in cl., any rapid movement such as the throw or flight of a javelin, the rush of wind or flame, the flapping of wings, the twinkling of lights; p. 6cf>da\fj.ov, the twinkling of an eye i Co 15^2 (l^ mg., poin], q.v.).t
:
398
a fan),
[in
LXX
to
to
Da
LXX
2^5
(Ktfyj)*;]
al.).
primarily,
to
fan a
fire,
In pass.
:
(cf.
Philo, de incer.
make a
breeze (Plut.,
kol ptTrt^o/xeVo),
piTTTw
and (Ac
22'^^) ptTrrew
(strengthened form;
1.
v.
Veitch,
s.v.
c.
LXX
to
ace. rei, Mt 27=, Ac 27^^' -'' c. ace. pers., Mt IS^o, Lk 435 17" ptcp., ipLfjifjivoi, cast doivn, prostrate (Polyb., al.)
;
:
garments,
EV
T.
Eur., Xen.,
al.
oTrXa,
Mt Mac
pass., 9^^
Lk
;
of 5*^; so
Ac 22^^, but v. infr.). 2. = piTrrd^w, to shake, toss, throw about Field, Notes, 136 but IfidTLa, Ac 2223 (^EGT, Page, Eackham, in 1.
in
;
V. supr.).t
'Popodfi, 6, indecl.
'P68t,,
-r??,
17,
Mt l^t
Bhoda
Ac
12^\f
Rhodes
Ac
21^.t
sound
[in
* poil,-(\h6v, adv. {<ipolt,o<i, the whistling of an arrow), with rtishing (as of roaring flames) ii Pe 3^".t 'Pe/x<^dv, Eec. 'PoiK^d {-dv, T 'Pe<i>dv, LTr. v. WH, App., 92),
:
LXX: Am
Ac
7-*3
(LXX) f
[in
LXX
chiefly for
iv,
;
^lO
;]
used by the Thracians (v. DB, interchangeably with /xdxatpa, metaph., Lk 235.t
poTTTJ, --^s,
17
q.v.),
used 634) then generally (in a sword : Ee l^*" 2^-' ^*' 6* 19^^' ^i
LXX
LXX:
:
L, mg., for
piirri,
q.v.,
Co
1552
(v. Tdf.,
in
l.).t
'PouPric, 6, indecl.,
Ee 7^t
iqu
f
1318^ gi gTj^i*.]
'Pou0,
^7,
indecl. (Heb.
nn), Bjcth
:
Mt
Pr
l^.t
Bufiis
:
Mk
15-1, jjq
[in
LXX
Is 153 (nn-!),
3123
k, To
the force, rush, sioing, of a moving body; esp. of a charge of soldiers. 2. In late Greek (as in Macedonian, v. Kennedy, Sources, 15), a narrow road, lane, street : in Polyb., of a road in camp in
1.
in
cl.,
LXX
and
NT
(tt.
also) of streets in a
[in
town,
Mt
62,
Lk
I421
Ac
LXX
chiefly for
bS3
hi.,
Lk
l'\
II
Ti
417.+
399
filthy, defile:
Ee
2211
LT,
and later writers, to make pass., in ethical sense (on the tense, v. Swete, in 1.), Tr., txt.t
(<^pu7ros), in Arist., Xen.,
WH,
=
rj
*t poTrapeuo|jiai
pinraivo/xaL, q.v.
Ee
221^,
:
*puTrapia, -as,
(pvTrapos), filthiness
ment, Ja
12i.t
pwos),
[in
LXX
Za
(j^^jj)
fiuhy^
I.e.),
of
moral
;]
LXX
Is 4* (nxJT),
(KI^B), etc.
dirt,
filth
Pe
32i.t
-Si
*puirooj,
(^puTTos), to
make
filthy:
Ee
22^1 Eec.
(AV,
tr.
as
pxnrdu),
to be filthy)
17
A
[in
poCTis, -W9,
T. ar/xaros,
(^pew),
LXX
Eph
:
;]
a flowing, issue
Mk
525,
* pun's,
-tSos,
'Pw/xaiKos,
'P(i))iaios,
-rj,
Boman, Latin
Lk
23^^ Eec.+
-a,
-ov,
Boman
Jo
11*^,
Ac
2^^
1621,
87,
38 2225-27, 29
23^7 251^
2&1 ^
28i*. ^^,
'PojfjiaioTi,
adv., in
strengthen most freq. in pf., eppto/xai, to put forth strength, be strong, hence, often in imperat., eppmcro, eppwcrOe, farewell (Lat. vale) Ac 152^ 23^'^ Eec,
^(Sv-Ku^ti,
[in
LXX
II
Mac
92 II21.
28, 33^
^ Mac
:
Eo
g
l^.
;]
i^
11
Ti
l^^.t
to
E, mg.+
letter.
Aa
a numeral,
''3Dp3l5r),
a'
=200,
<r,
=200,000.
-vC;
taaPaxOai'ci (Eec.
^acpOavei,
Mt,
l.c,
"WH,
:
mg.),
27*^,
(Aram.
sabachthani,
i.e.
me
Mt
Mk
15^*
(Ps 21
(22)2,
Heb.
^31?5TJf).+
mrp
S^.t
Twv
DB,
Ja
iii,
137
Sabaoth,
i.e.
DB,
Eo
*t (raPPaTi(Tp.6s, -ov, 6 {<^ crayS^ari^w, to keep the sabbath, Ex 16^*^, al.), keeping sabbath, a sabbath rest : metaph., as in Mishna (Zorell, s.v.),
49.t
He
t o-dppaToi', -ov, TO
(Aram.
pi.,
and
it),
this
the sing,
and
ad^^ara,
]in28r
-ov,
;]
the seventh
day
22''',
of the
(a)
to a.
Mt
12^,
Mk
Lk
G',
400
al.
;
usually twv o-., v. infr.), Lk 13^' dat., of time (t<5) a-., Lk 6^ U^ 14* 686s a-af^fSdrov, ace, of duration, to a., Lk 236 V (t(5) a-., Mt 12", Lk 67, Jo 5^^, al. '<aTk^7rav a:, Ac 13^7 15^^ 18*; pi., o". Tpta, Ac l?-^ E, txt. (but V. infr.) Thackeray, Gr., 35) the (v. Swete, Mk., 17 (b) as most freq. in form. There is also an analogy pi. form, TO. a. (v. supr. on the Aram. in the names of other festivals, t. cyKaiVta, at,vfxa, etc.) Mt 28^, Col 2^^
rj/xipa
tov
(t.
(in
LXX
Lk 4i, Ac 131* 16i3; dat. pi. (in LXX -Tots, but I Mac 2^^ as in NT) by metaplasmus (Bl, 9, 3), o-aySySao-i, 2. seven days, a week ; (a) the I^t 121' 5, 10-12^ ]yk 121 223 32, 4_ Lk 431 6^.
r^fxipa T,I>v
0-.
(Ex
20S, al.),
Mk
I
rj
16^ Co 16^
;
V. supr.);
(6)
the
pi.
form:
28i,
[in
fiia
TOV (T. (BL, 35, 4 36, 13), or. rpta, Ac 17^ E, mg. (but pi, twv a. (where the gen. = fiera rd;
8is
; ;
Mt
17,
Mk
16^,
Lk
24i,
Jo
201-
1^,
Ac
20^.
LXX
seine:
Mt
13^'.t
SyJV.
ZaSSouKaios, -ov, 6
Heb. p'ns,
II
Ki
15^*, al.),
a Sadducee
(cf.
Mt
3^ 16i..ii'i2 2223.3*,
Mk
12i8,
Lk
202^
Ac
4^
indecl. (Heb.
pTT^
v.
Zadok
Mt
li*.t
1.
prop. (Hom., al.), of dogs, to loag the tail, fawn. 2. Metaph., of persons, c. ace, to faiun upon, flatter, beguile : pass., I Th 33 (for conjectural emendations of the text, v. ICC, and M, Th.,
*aaicw,
in
l.).t
ctcIkkos,
(cf.
Heb.
p^
which
422*,
it
renders
in
2.
LXX),
10l^
1.
a coarse
made
of hair:
Ee
612.
(a) a sack (Ge ^j^ Anything made of sackcloth ^j^ g, garment of sackcloth, expressive of mourning or penitence Mt II21,
:
Lk
Ee
ll^.t
6,
laXd,
indecl.
Lk
:
3^2
(E, txt.,
ZaXaOiiiX, 6, indecl.
laXa/xis, -tvos,
laXci/A,
TO,
17,
(Heb.
bft{^ri^l<r),
Salathiel
Mt
:
I12,
Lk
327.t
Ac
1.
;
13*.t
indecl.,
Salim
Jo
323
(v.
Westc,
etc.
;]
in
DB,
iii,
354).+
CTaXeu'o)
o-aXos), [in
yi3
of wind, storm, etc., to agitate, shake : of a reed, Mt 11'^, Lk 72* a house, 1226 the heavenly bodies, Mt 2429, Lk 6*8, Ac 431 162 ; the earth. - of a vessel shaken in filling, Lk 638. Metaph., (a) 132*, Lk 2126
;
Mk
to
shake,
i.e.
to render insecure
to.
oraXevo/icva,
ra
fir)
a-.,
He
122*^
of security
and happiness
401
voos,
2^^ (L^^^)
(c)
to
unsettle or drive
away
IT^^.t
:
pass., seq.
oltto
t.
Th
22
(d) to stir
up
t.
oxXovs,
Ac
laXtifi,
^ (Heb.
ub^, Ge
14i8),
SaZm
He
7i'2(i'XX).t
l^-s,
IaX|jio5k', 6,
indecl. (Heb.
fxhW), Salmon: Mt
Lk
Ac
3^2 {taXd,
WH,
a
E, mg.).t
XaX/iwi'r],
-7^9, 17,
27^^.+
opdXos, -ov,
6,
[in
LXX
rj,
for
;
Iflia
etc.
;]
in poets
and
late prose,
tossing, as of
:
an earthquake
-lyyos,
[in
the sea
Lk
2125.t
adkiTiyi,
LXX
chiefly
for
:
IBiD, niysq;]
i
:
trumpet, used in
war and
91*.
I
in religious ceremonies
Co
14^,
He
12^^,
Ee
1^^ 4^
S'^' "> 13
Mt
86
I
ff.
2431
iv
a-,
deov,
[in
.
a. /AcyaAv;?,
o-aXirij^w,
gi, 13
LXX
;]
to
sound a trumpet
Ee
20^ 1115
metaph.,
Mt
62.
Co
1552.t
a trumpeter
Ee
1822.t
-7
ZaX(i|jiT,, -7^5,
Heb.
Dib^), Salome
Mk
15*o IG^.t
lafiapeiTTjs
lafxapia
(Eec.
-dpeta),
:
-as,
17
(Heb.
'|nniS';
;
Aram.
I^ipsr),
Samaria ;
(a)
44.
the city
5.
Ac
Lk
1711,
Jo
7,
Ac
18 81
Iafio9paKT]
{-OpaKY],
8^ (and perhaps also ^' 1*) {h) the region (and perhaps also ^-i*), 93i IS^.t BE), -77s, 17, Samothrace, an island in the
^gean: Ac
IG^.t
17,
IdfAos, -ov,
lap-ouiiX,
(i
^gean
Ac
20^^.+
6,
Heb.
(Jg 13
b?<naip),
Samuel
1132.t
Ki
120, al.)
Ac
He
ll^a.t
lafi^ifwc, 6,
Samson
ff.)
He
LXX
Jos
95, Is
:
v7ro8>;/xa, q.v.),
a sandal
Mk
S^,
Ac
128.t
LXX
Ca
S^,
Ez
27^
(iTib) *;]
a board, plank
Ac
27**.
26
402
(a)
the
King of Israel Ac 13^^ (b) the Jewish used in the indecl. form only in address
;
name
(cf.
SavAos)
Ac
9*' ^^ 22'"' ^*
26i*.t
**
less
:
[in
Sm.
Le
27-^' ^' *
;]
of trees
and
it
-t^s
of fish,
Mt
13*^.
Eph
4'^^
"In
xxii.t
Hellenistic
...
became a synonym
(v,
MM,
Iair<j>ipa,
B1.,
3,
4),
rj
Aram.
NTElSr), Sapphira
Ac 5^t
t
CTtlTr4>eipos,
-ov,
rj,
[in
LXX
for
lapis
lazuli)
Ee 2V^.f
-i;s, rj,
:
*aapYcit'T],
1.
a hamper, a basket
:
made
of ropes
IdpSeis,
ii
Co
at, 6,
ll^^.t
-(jiv,
adpSicos, -ov,
Ee 1"
;
3^* *.t
LXX
for
DIK
Ex
28^\
al.
also for
:
01112?
;]
the sardian stone, sard (of which carnelian is one variety) Ee 4^ 21"'^''.+ *aap86fu^ (L, aapSiovv^), -u^^os, 6 {<C^crdpSLov, ovv$), sardonyx, a stone marked by the red of the sard and the white of the onyx Ee 21^''.t
:
SdpcTTTa, -wv
(Ob
-ov
20), TO.
Lk
426.t
(v.l. for (rapKivo?, Arist., H.A., X, 2, 7), associated with or pertaining to the flesh, (6) in a more ethical sense, of the fleshly, cartml : Eo 15^^, i Co 9^^ nature of the flesh, under the control of its appetites, fleshly, carnal, cf. Hort, / Pe., sensual (but including more than mere sensuality I Co 33, II Co 112 lOS i Pe 2".t 133)
*CTapKiK6s,
-ij,
(<^crdp^)
Lat. caritalis,
i.e.
(a)
Syn.:
Notes, 184
f.
;
cra.pKLvo<i
(q.v.),
i/'vxiko's;
cf. Tr.,
Vau. on
-q,
Eo
7^*.
adpKi^'os,
(lijra),
-ov
{<(rdp^), [in
(29*^^)
LXX:
Ch
328,
Ez
ll^^ 362
Es
41^,
Pr
2423
;]
denoting the substance or material of a thing; v. Tr., Syn., Ixxii; Lft., Notes, 184; and for illustrations from tt., v. MM, xxii), of the Eo 7^*, i Co S\ 11 Co 33, flesh, of flesh, fleshy (Plat., Arist., Plut., al.) 7^*. (Eec. has -iko's in all these passages except 11 Co, I.e., but the He evidence is decisive against it.)+
:
Syn.
o-ap/<iKos, q.v.
LXX
1.
as in
:
el.
generally, (a) prop., of the soft substance of the animal body i Co 1539 II Co 127, Ga 6^3, al.; o-. Kal aV, i Co IS^O; a. Kal ^o-rea, Lk 243y;
pi., of
the flesh of many or parts of the flesh of one (cl.), Ee 17^^ 19^8j <i>aylv, Ee, 11. c. (cf. KaT(r$iLv, IV Ki 9^^, al., and ^i^pwo-Kciv, freq. in metaph., Ja 53; mystically, <f>. (rpwyciv) t^v <t. tov vlov t. avOpoynov, 1.)
;
403
:
(j^
Qf
ijjie
a-wfia
<t.
Ac
Eph 5^9; fiia a., Mk lO^; tk tilav (Ge n Co 12^ Ga 6^6^ Eph 5^1 hence, of the material as opp. 2"), Mt 195, Mk 108, I Co opp. to rrvevfxa, to the immaterial part of man (of. Lft., Notes, 88)
226(LXX),3i^
:
Co
55, II
Co 7\ Col
25,
Pe
22o,
3^^ 4^
present
body,
life, iv o-.,
Eo 7^ Ga
Phi
earth, at
rjixipai T.
o-.,
iv (jfj)
He
5'';
2.
As
in
Heb. idiom,
(a) of
living creature
1320,
1
cf.
Mt
2422,
j^^
Jo
esp. of man and his mortality (Ps 55 (56)5, gj 28^, al.), (v. supr.), Lk 3^, Jo I72, Ac 2^^ cvo-., i Jo 42, i Ti 31" (b) of natural origin and relationship (Ge 22*, Is 58^, al.) Tc/cva-r^so-., 3. lO^s, Ga 423.29; ^ g.. ^^v, Ro IP* (cf. Ro 98; Kar^ (TdpKa, ib. 5, i Co
Pe
12*
11*
7r5o-a
o".
Jg 92, II Ki 5^ al.). 3. Of the physical nature as subject to sensation and desire (Plut.), (a) without any ethical disparagement Eo 7^* 13^*; opp. to TrvVfj.a, Mt 26*\ Mk 14^^ t. dlkrjfxa r>5s cr., Jo 1^^ rj (iriOvfiia Trj<i a., I Jo 2^^; pi., II Pe 2^^; iraOeiv o-apKL, I Pe 4^ (b) in ethical sense, esp. in Pauline Epp., of the flesh as the seat and vehicle of sinful
:
desires
opp. to voCs,
f.;
Eo
f.;
72^
to irvevfia,
Eo
8*-9>
^2. is,
Ga
5^^' i^-
"
6^
(cf.
DB,
ii,
14
iv,
165
Cremer, 844
ff.).
Zapoux> v.s. Scpov;^. *aap6a), -w, late form of craipw, to sweep: c. ace,
Lk
15^; pass.,
Mt
I
12**,
Lk
Ips.t
17
Idppa, -as,
(Heb.
n-jijr,
Ge
o
17^5),
Sarah: Eo
4i9 9^,
He IPS
Pe
38.t
IdpwK,
-uivo<i
(acc.
-wa,
WH),
Ac
935.+
larams,
Heb.
]tpi{^;
Aram. KJMD
whence the
:
inflected
l^^ 323. 26 4^5, Lk Mt 410 1226, the adversary, as in LXX, 11. c.) 10^8 1118 1316 223.31, Jo 1327^ Ac 53 2618, Eo I620, i Co55 7\ 11 Co 2" 111*, I tij 218, II Th 29, I Ti po 51^, Ee 2^.13.2* 3^ 12^ 202. 7; addressed 833 in person of Peter, Mt 1623. ^yy^Xo^ SaravS, 11 Co 12' .+
Mk
Mk
fadrov,
-ov,
to (Aram.
NnNp = Heb.
nxp),
[in
:
LXX Hg 2i7(i6)*;]
:
a peck and a half) Mt 1333, Lk 132i.t lauXos, -ov, 6 (Hellenized form of ^aovX, q.v.), Saul, the Jewish name of the Apostle Paul Ac 7^8 81- 3 9I' 8- n. 22, 24 1125, 30 1225 131. 2, 7, 9^t chiefly for n33 ;] of fire or things on fire, to (T^ivvufii, [in quench : c. acc, Mt 122, Eph 6I6, He 113* pagg., Mt 258, Mk 9 1**- *]- *.
LXX
iv
Metaph.
to Trveifia, i Th 5i9.t not contracted, aavrov, as in Att.), reflex. acauToC, -^s, -ov (in pron. of 2nd pers. sing., used only in gen., dat. and acc. {of, to) thyself Mt 4", Jo 813, I Tj 416^ a,l. (In Hellenistic, the pi. is eavTwv (q.v.), not
(cf.
Ca 8^
Mac
16*)
NT
i/i(ov
avTuv as in Attic,
v.
BL,
13, 1.) t
404
1. to "^aepdiofiai (<:^o-t/?as, reverential awe), [in Aq. Ho 10"'*;] fear (Horn). 2. In later writers, = o-e/Jo/xai, to zvorship : Eo 1^*^. o-e/ga^o/^at) [in Wi 142-^ 15^^ Da TH **a^paa|uia, -tos, to
;
Bel'-!"
* ;] *aPaaT6s,
an
LXX
Th
object of
->7,
worship
Ac
17"-^ ii
1.
24.+
-6v {are^at^o^ai),
reverend,
august.
2.
In late
writers,
a~rreipa
with reference to the Eoman Imperial name; (a) 6 2., Augustus, i.e. the Eoman Emperor: Ac 25''^^'2^; (6) Augxistan
cr.,
Ac
271.
a(3<u, [in
LXX
Mac
XT
Ac
Jos
4^4, al.)
a-efiofiai,
exc. IV
19"^'^
;
to
worship
Ac
a-.
18^^
a-e/Sofievo^ t. 6e6v,
7'',
irpoo-^XvToi,
"EXXrjvi's),
devout,
Ac
[in
IS*^' ^o 17*'
^^ (cf. 7rpoo-7?Xvros) .+
aeipd, -5s, ^,
1.
LXX:
Jg
IGi^.
i*. 19
(nisbTO), Pr
11
5^2
(b^O) *
2*,
;]
(a)
0.
cor<i;
(Z>)
E, mg.
(v.s. o-/)6s).
(cri/Do's,
*aeip6s
a chain (cf. Pr., I.e.) crcipai ^d^ou, 2. a ZocA; of hair (Jg, 11. c.).+ T), -ov, 6 (Eec, E, mg., creipd, q.v.), =
: :
Pe
Eec,
a pit
cl.
aipos,
o-cipot Coi^ov,
11
Pe
2*,
WH,
Mayor,
in
1.;
(Tcio-fios,
LXX
8^*
;
a shaking,
:
Mt
an earthquake
Mt
24^^
Mk
138,
Lk
.
2111,
Ac
^
162,
Ee
aeib),
[in
LXX
yqv,
He
1226 (LXX)
chiefly for tz^yi ;] to shake, move to <i^^x) yij, Mt 27^1 o-vk^, Ee 6^K pass.,
;
and fro
Metaph.,
28*
(cf.
to agitate, stir
Mt
21i**
ItKoufSos (Eec. 2Kow8os), -ou, 6 (Lat.), Secimdus : Ac 20^.+ ZeXeuKia (Eec. -ev/ceia), Seleucia, a city of Syria Ac 134.+
:
o-eXrii'il, -7S,
^, [in
LXX
3026);]
(Ge 37^
2429,
al.),
(Ca
69('),
Is 2423
I
X,
1541,
moon: Mt
Mk
132*,
Lk
2125,
Ac
220 (Lxx)^
Co
*+o-e\r]i'id^w
Ee
creAT^vr/),
act. in
NT depon.
i.e.
:
epilej}tic
Mt
42* 171^.+
(Eec.
^ifjut), o, indecl.,
r],
Semein: Lk
a|jii8aXi9, -cws,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
nbc
Pr
Ee
II
1813.+
acfii/^s,
-i
-dv,
o-^;8o/.at), [in
LXX:
G^ 8^ 1526 (T33,n2r3),
in cl. of
i reverend, august, venerable, 2. grave, serious ; of the gods and also of human beings. persons: i Ti 3^. n, Tit 22; of things: Phi 4^ (v. Tr., Syn., xcii Cremer, 37; MM, xxii).+ ** <Te;iv6Ti]<5, -rjTo^, rj o-/>ivds), [in LXX: II Mac 312*;] gravity:
Mac
611' 28 81*,
IV
Mac 5^6
715 3^75
.]
Ti 22 34 (Vg.
2^.+
405
(Heb.
Jliur),
42^)
:
Serug
Lk
S^^.t
Lk
S^s.t
Shem
Lk
for
S^^.t
,
oTjjuiaiVa)
(<^
(ji7fta,
sigfw), [in
LXX
sign, signify, indicate : c. ace. rei, ace. et inf., Ac ll^S; seq. quaest. indir.,
(a)
Jo 1233 1332 gP^.t aKijxeioi', -ov, to, [in LXX chiefly for JlIX ;] a sign, mark, token of that which distinguishes a person or thing from others Mt 26*^
; ;
Th 317 (cf. Deiss., LAE, ISSg) seq. gen. epexeg., Eo 411 c. gen. obj., Mt 243. 30^ Qq 1212; c. gen. subj., Mt 163; ^^ ^ gign of warning or admonition Mt 1239 16* Lk 23'* 1129, 30^ i Co 14^2 (c) a sign portending future events (Soph., Plat, al.) Mk 13*, Lk 21^' ^i' ", Ac 2^9^ j{e 12^' 3 15^ {d) of miracles and wonders (MM, xxii), regarded as signs of a divine authority Mt 1238- 39 IGL ^, Mk S^i' 12, Lk ll^e. 29
212, II
:
Lk
Ac 4i. 22; pi., Mk 16n7.20]^ Jo 211.23 Ac 8^, I Co 122 (Lf^.^ j^Iqi^s, 162) the same ascribed to false teachers and demons Mt 242*, Mk I322, 11 Th 29, Ee 1313. 1* 161* 1920 o-. ml ripara (r. kcCl o". cf. Tr., Syn., xci), Mt 242*, Mk 1322, Jo 4*8, Ac 219. * 430 512 68 73" 143 I512, Eo 15i9, 11 Th 29; id. seq. koX Swaynct?, ii Co 12i2, He 2*; o-. koX SvvdiJ.eis, Ac 8i3 8. Kttl T. Kal a-., Ac 222; ^ gtSoVai, Mt 242*, Mk 1322.t oTTjfieiou, -w {<^(rf}/j.iLov), [in LXX Ps 4^ (Nizr3) *;] to mark, note Mid., to note for oneself: 11 Th 31* (freq. in tt. v. ICC, M, TJi.
Jo 2"'
14, 26
23s,
io
12^8,
32 62,
in
adv., [in
ai5ptov,
LXX
63o,
for Dl'n
;]
to-day
412
Mt
611
Lk
Eo
TO in
421,
Ac
49, al.
opp. to
Mt
Lk
202*'
1228,
;
/cat ts
Tous aici'as,
He
138
^ ^
17/Ae^a,
<r.
Ac
0)5 (a-xpi)
118, II
a-..
Co
313
;
31*;
id.
fjiixpi-
(ews) i^s
(sc. rjfjiepas),
Mt
4''
Ja
He
in appos.,
He
E, mg.,
(v.
Westc.
1.).
(ppa ni.), Jb 332i (nbs) 40^ Si 14i9 al. ;] to make corrupt: 2 pf. act. with mid. sense (v. M, Pr., 154) aia-qirev, has perished, become corrupted, Ja 52.t
cniTro, [in
:
LXX
Ps 37
(38) ^
<r^s,
(njTos
o, [in
LXX
LXX
Jb Jb
4i9,
Is 509
(lZ?y),
moth: Mt
[in
619.20,
I
Lk
1233.t
t o-TjTcJ-PpwTos,
(^o-'??, ySi/S/owo-Kw),
52,t
1328 (ib^N
WV) * ;] moth-eaten
*ta0ei'6&),
Ja
c.
ace,
Pe
:
51'
(Hesych.).t
aiaywi', -ovos,
539,
t},
[in
LXX
[ii^
for ''0^
;]
^/le
Mt
Lk
629 (cf.
MM,
xxii).t
o-iydu, -w (<Co-i7"7),
LXX
for
Win,
nzSTl
etc.;]
1. intrans.,
406
to be silent, 1428,30,34 2.
SVN.
LXX Wi
:
18", in
(<^
Mac
3^3*;] silence
[in
Ac
21*o,
Re 8\f
aiSi^pcos, -a, -ov (-ovs, -a
-ovv)
cn'Sv^pos),
LXX
:
chiefly for
^nS
;]
of iron
Ac
W\ Re
38 7^*'
LXX
31,
chiefly for
bns
Ac
;]
iron
Re
18^^ t
-aVos,
Mt
1121.22 1521,
Mk
;
Lk
617 IQi^'i*,
273.t
(<;2i8a)v), o/ Sidon, Sidonian; (a) the region: IiSwt'tos, 42 Ac 122o.t sc. x<^pa, Lk (6) the people *t CTiKdpios, -OV, 6 (Lat. <i sica, a dagger carried under their cloth-a, -ov
:
ing by the Sicarii), a bandit, assassin, one of the Sicarii (FIJ, B.J., Ac 2P8.t ii, 17, 6, al.)
:
taiKepa,
to,
indecl.
(Aram. KISOT),
[in
;]
LXX
74,
for
ISt?
(also
Mi
2^^),
Le
10, al.
to Bl., 29,
Gr.,
!5, 29
W-Schm.,
(Aram.
q.v.)
Nb^NlZ?;
V.
Dalman,
(in
I575), Si^^^s
Ac
1522,27,32,34,40 IglS,
174,10,14,15 185^+
IiXouaj'os
MSS
also StXySavds,
of
Silvanus,
I
latinized
name
Silas
ii
-ov,
6,
Th
1^
Pe
5i2.t
nbtr), Siloam
(v.
DB,
iii,
515
f.)
Lk
13*,
Jo
97.
".t
semicinctium), a work-
a Greek
name
as a substitute for 2v/xwv (q.v.), Simon; 1. Simon Peter: Mt I72*, 129, al. Mt 10*, 2. /Simon the Zealot (v.s. Cv^wt^^, Kavavatos) 318, Lk 615, Ac li^. 3. One of the Brethren of our Lord (v.s. 63. 4. The father of Judas Iscariot, himself Mt 13", aSfXi^ds) surnamed 'lo-KapiwTT^s (q.v.): Jo 67i 12* (Rec.) I32.26. 5. Simon the 6. Simon the Pharisee Lk I521, Lk 2326. Cyrenian Mt 2732,
Mk Mk
Mk
of
Mk
740,43,44^
8.
Simon
:
Mt
26^,
9.
Mk
143.
2*.
Simon the
tanner, of
livd
Joppa
(-a,
Ac
^Lvalov 5pos,
Rec), indecl. (but to Stvaiov, FIJ, Ant., iii, 5, 1; to Ac 73o. 38, ib. ii, 12, 1), to (Heb. TP), Sinai (Ex I911, al.)
:
Ga42*.25.t
Mt
-a)5,
to
Mk
431,
Lk
Attic to vSttu,
mustard:
407
i
LXX:
Jg
14^2.13^,
Pr SP*
(i^i^),
Mac
fine linen cloth ; (a) as used for swathing dead bodies (cf. 15*^, Lk 23"; (b) a garment or wrap of Hdt., ii, 86) Mt 275, 145i. 52.t this material (cf. ICC, Jg, I.e.) *t o-ividj^oi (<[o-tViov, a sieve), = a-ijOco, to sift, winnow: fig., Lk
;
10'*
A*
Mk
Mk
2231. t
* aipiKos (by assimilation of vowels, for arjpiKo^ v. Mayser, 150 o\ Sijpcs, a people of India from whom the 151), --q, -ov ancients got the first silk), silk, silken; as subst., to a-., silken fabric, silk : Ee IS^^ (cf. FIJ, B.J., vii, 5, 4).t
WH, Notes,
<Ti.p6s,
V.S. o-cipds.
-j;,
aiT0T<5s,
-6v
(<Ci o-iTevu),
:
LXX:
iii
Ki
4^^
(Onx), etc.
;]
fattened
Lk
aiTi'o^, -ov,
t6 (dimin. of
7^2
o-itos), [in
LXX
Pr
1. corn,
grain: Ac
(LXX,
**tamaT6s, -rj, -ov (nTi^w, to fatten), [in Sm. 46 (26)21*;] = o-iTcvTos, fattened; as subst., pi., to.
22*.t
Ps 21
a-.,
(22)i3,
Je
fallings:
Mt
*t aiTOfi^TpiOK,
fiTpe(o),
-ov,
TO (<^
CriTOfJLTpe(0,
:
-OV,
6,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
wheat, corn
Mt
Co
3i'
1325,29,30^
Mk
428,
Lk
Jo
122*.
Ac
2738,
15^7,
Ee
NT
anarth., but in
]i'2?),
LXX when
1.
of Jerusalem, ^
2. (Heb.
Zion;
He
1222; of heaven,
;
Ee
I41.
:
2.
The
city, i.e.
Jerusalem in poetical sense {a) of the inhabitants dvydnjp 2., Mt 21^ Jo 121MLXX); (J) in wider sense, of Israel: Eo IP"; (c) fig.:
Tt6rifXL eV
2. klOov,
-S)
Eo
933, I
Pe
:
2 d-xx).!
o-iwTrdw,
LXX
IOI8)
for ncrn,
U!''!!!
hi., etc.;]
to be silent
or
still,
keep silence
Mt
20^1 26^3,
Ac
one dumb,
a-iw-n-a,
:
Lk
43^.t
I20 (cf . iv
Mac
addressed rhetorically
Mk
SYN.
stumbling-block in the way; in NT always metaph. of that which hinders right conduct or thought, to cause to stumble : c. ace. pers., Mt 529. 30 1727 186, 8, 9^ Mk 9*2. 43. 45, 47^ Lk 172, Jo 6^\ I Co 813. Pass., to be made to stumble, to stumble : Mt 11^ I321. " 1512 2410 263i, ss^ m^ 41758 1427,29^ Lk 723, Jo 161, Ro 1421 (WH, E, txt., om.), 11 Co 1129.t
taKa'8oXit (<o-Kav8aXov), [in Da ll" (bOTS ni.), 9* 35 (32)15 (j2r,T ho.) ib. 238 (also in Aq., Sm., Th., and in Ps Sol 16^; Si not elsewhere, except and eccl.) * ;] prop., to put a snare or
LXX:
LXX
NT
408
t
-ov,
TO (late
form
of the rare
,
word
fig.,
a-KavSdXrjOpov, v.
LS,
S.V.), [in
LXX
chiefly for
W0n
(a)
trap,
Jth
:
5^)
Eo
9=^^
Pe
2^
Metaph., of that Mt 13^^ 16'^^ ; Xpto-ros of persons which Mt IS^, Ko 119(LXX) 1413^ j Jq 210, (b) of thin ?s iaravpwfi^voi, I Co l^^ Eo 16i'.t Ee 214; to o-. toS crravpov, Ga 5"; pi, Mt 187, Lk
(Is 8^*
aliter in
LXX
;
n\
SYN.
Trpoa-KOfxfxa.
aKciTTTO), [in
LXX
V
**aKdi,r],
-r]s,
to
dig
Lk 6
Bel
32, 3"' 32.t
138 IG^.t
^xa^ruy), [in
LXX
by^
Da
etc.
LXX
Ac
;]
TH
ib.
33*;]
anything
27^^'
<tkKo%,
to,
[in
LXX
for
the leg
downwards
*
I
Jo
193i'33.t
aKeiracTfia, -tos, to
(< o-/c7ra^a),
Ac
19^4.t
to cover),
Ti
6.t
LXX:
in
Mac 5*^E*;]
v5J]
equipment, tackle:
'^
Ac
27i.t
CTKciios,
-ofs,
TO,
[in
LXX
v.
chiefly for
vessel,
implement
192",
(for exx. in
various senses,
921,
MM,
xxii)
Mk
Ti
lll^
Lk
8^^ Jo
ri
Ac
1731
10"'
ll^ Eo
Ee
TcL
18^2;
o-.,
pi.,
22,
Eo
22^;
o-.
t^s
XfiTovpyta?,
;
He
Ac
921
pi.,
utensils, goods,
Mt
1229,
Mk
;
32^,
;
Lk
the tackle or gear of a ship (Xen., Polyb., al.) so in 27^'^. Metaph., of persons: o-. tVXoy^s, Ac 9^^; 6py^?, Eo 922; eAcovs, ib.23; o". is Tt/x^v (cf. Eo 9-^), n Ti 221 of woman, do-^evc'o-Tepov cr., I Pe 3'^; SO perh. t. kavrov a., I Th 4* (but V. infr.) of the body, 11 Co 4"; so perh. i Th 4* (but v. supr., and v.s.
id.
of
sing., TO a.,
KTao/Aai).t
<TKr\vr],
-77s,
17,
[in
LXX
n;pp
tabenmcle : Mt 17^ 9^ Lk 933, He ll^; al 169; of the Mosaic tabernacle, He 8^ 92,3,6,8,21. ^ ^^ of its heavenly prototype, He 82 9", Ee 13" 15^ 213 fiaprvpiov, Ac 7** of the temple. He 13^^; 17 a-, tov MoAo'x, Ac 7*3 (lxx)- metaph., rj a. AareiS, Ac 151" (i^^).t
etc.;]
tent,
booth,
Mk
alwvtoi
a-.,
Lk
crKT)'oiTr)Yia, -as,
rj
LXX
Mac
for
DISD
rj
De
rj
161"
311",
Za
14i.i8'i9;
Es
5^1,
Mac
lO^i,
;
11
setting
Trj<; cr.
up of
LXX
;
and NT,
eopri]
f.),
V. Deiss.,
LAE,
116
Jo
7^.f
{<^o-Ky]vrj, TroUui),
making
tents
as subst., 6
cr.,
LXX Wi
:
9^^*;]
o-kt/vi?,
tent, tabernacle
Co
51- *.t
409
-w {<Ca-Ki]VT^), [in
LXX
temporary dwelling, v. Exp., xxii) ace. pers., Ee 7^^; seq. iv, c. dat. pers., Jo 1^*; id. c. seq, c. dat. loc, Ee 121^ 13 seq. /xcra, c. gen. pers., Ee 21^ (cf. cVi-, Karatabernacle, to dwell (in w. of
eVi,
;
MM,
(TKT^l'OCo) .t
aKr\vii}ii.a,
-tos, to
(<^
crKr/vow)
:
[in
LXX
:
tent,
tabernacle
(132)5, al.),
Ac
7*.
of the temple as God's dwelling (Ps 131 Metaph., of the body ii Pe l^^. i^.t
LXX
chiefly for
by
iv
Ki 20^ -, Ps 56
,
(57)i, al.
but
Is
0-.
and
(v.
o-.
Jb 3^ Ps 22
(23)*,
shadow, shade, caused by interception of Mk Ac metaph., <t. Oavdrov, of ignorance and error, light Mt 4}^, Lk 1"^ (LXX). 2. a shadow, the image or outline cast by an object: fig., v7ro8eiyyu,a koI a-., He 8^; opp. to (jwfjixj., Col 2^^; opp. to ciKoiv, He lO^t aKiprdw, -!L, [in LXX: Ge 2522 (vjn hithpo.), Ps 113 (114)*.
9'^''^^
:
IGC,
4^^,
1.
5^^
(ip-l), etc.
;]
to
leap
Lk
1.
^*
6^\f
KapSia), [in
t aKXtipo-KapSia, -os,
^ (<^
<TK\r]p6<;,
LXX
.j
De 10^",
Je 4*
(nn^
n^iy), Si lei"
(cf.
Kap8ia
hardness of heart
Mt
198,
Mk
10* let'^^.t
(-^ o-KcAAo), to
f^r?/),
[in
LXX
; ;
hard to the touch, rough, harsh, (opp. to p-aXaKo^) metaph., in various (b) of things, hard, uses (a) of men, hard, stern, severe : Mt 252* rough, violent : a-KXrjpov aoi (ecm), Ac 26^*; Aoyos, Jo 6""; avc/xos, Ja 3*;
;
CTKXrjpa.
XaXeiv,
:
Ju ^^.t
7]
SYN.
auo-Ti;/3os, q.V.
aKXTipoTTjs, ->;tos,
o-kA77pos), [lu
LXX: De
25.t
[in
Eo
Tpd)^r}\oi),
LXX: Ex
hi.,
33^
(Pjlimn?!?), etc.
<TKkr\p6vbi
;]
stiff-necked
metaph., Ac
7^'^.f
{<C
(TKXr}p6s), [in
;]
to
T.
Metaph., to harden, viake stubborn: c. ace. pers., harden. (Ps 94 (95)8), He W' i* 4^. Pass., to 6ecowfi hardened : KapSt'as
3i3.t
Eo
Ac
9^8;
19^,
He
LXX
De 32*
''^^
!]
Lk
2i8.t
3*(^^^).
Phi
215, I
Pe
LXX Nu
:
33"
(rj^r),
Ho
:
(S)
(-|^p)^
Ez
Co
282*
Si 431^*;]
1.
11.
in
c.)
cl.,
a-,
stake.
2.
In
12*^
LXX,
ry
orapKi, 11
410
(cf.
MM,
i,
xxiii
DB,
iii,
700
f.
Deiss., St.
Paul, 62
f.
Field, Notes,
to
187).t
**aKOTr'u,, -w o-K07r(is), [in
LXX
Es
813, II
Mac
;
c. ace. rei, behold, watch, contemplate. Metaph., to look to, Phi S^^ seq. fi-q, Lk ll^^ II Co 4^8, Phi 2* c. ace. pers., Ro o-cavTov, seq. fxr] (v. M, Pr., 192), Ga 6^ (cf. eVt-, KaTa-o-K07reto).t
;
W\
45*;] consider :
look at,
SYN.
LXX
chiefly for
npS ;]
fix
1.
a watcher, watchman
5^2, 21^
al.).
(Ez 3^^ al). 2. a mark on which to Metaph., of an aim or object Phi S^^.t oTKopTTiJiw, [in LXX for |^D hi., etc.
:
;]
in vernac.
and
in Ion.
and
12^,
MM,
fir]
xxiii;
a-wdywv
Mt
Lk IP*;
blessings,
pass., seq.
11
cis,
ace. loc,
Jo 16^^;
;]
of
Co
9^(^^^^
(cf. 8ia-o-Kop7ri'^o/xai).t
o-icopirios, -ov, 6,
[in
LXX
-17,
:
for 2'l|"?y
a scorpion
[in
Lk
10^ 11^^,
Re
93'
5'
10.+
ffKOTciKos
(WH.
^,
-Tivos),
-OV
(TKOTos),
LXX
chlefly for
^jjrn
opp. to
:
</)<otivos,
-,
[in
LXX
Mt
I
Jb 283
:
(ij^j^)^
in late writers
o-koto?,
:
darkness
10^7,
Jo
9.
6^^ 20^.
(b)
(opp.
to iv
T.
<f)(i}Ti)
Lk
28.
Mt
41,
Jo
V 812
to &e
1235. 46^
Jo 15
:
12^ ; H.t
spiritual
darkness
LXX
of the
for IJttTn
j]
fo
darken; in
pass.,
-o/i,at,
darkened
Lk 23"
Rec.t
(Rec,
WH,
mg.).
Re
8^2.
NT always Mk 13^*,
Ro pi
:
1110(LXX)(cf. o-KOTO(o).t
aK<5Tos, -ov, o,
cl.
form
(cf.o-., to),
darkness
He 12^*,
LXX,
Ac
;
aK(5Tos, -ovs,
a form rare in
cl. (cf.
6 a.)
but freq. in
22^3 23**,
623,
Mt
27*5,
;
Co
4"
Lk blindness, Mt
1533,
ii
Mk
22o,
Ac 13"
by
Pe
21^,
Jui3.
Metaph.,
moral and spiritual darkness Lk 1135, Jq 319^ Ac 26i8, 11 Co 6I*, Eph 6^2, Col 1^3, 1 Pe 2^ by meton., of those who are in spiritual darkness,
of
:
Eph
58;
*
T.
;
Ipya ToO
ol
o-.,
Ro
13^2,
Eph
;
Jvai, ib.
^
',
o-.,
Lk V^ Ro 2^9
TrpL7raTiv, I
Aa^s o Kae^fievos iv
1*.+
o-.
(WH.
Re
ii,
(TKOTia)
iv
(T.
Jo
:
aKOT<S, -w
92 161".
LXX
:
for -sjlTn,
Tip,
mm;]
to
darken
**f aKu^aXov,
iii,
[in
LXX
pass., Eph 4^8 (cf. aKOTiCo>).f Si 27**;] refuse, esp. dung (v.
MM,
xxiii)
Phi
38.t
Scythian, an inhabitant of Scythia, i.e. Russia and Siberia, a synonym with the Greeks for the wildest of barbarians:
Ik59tis, -ov, o,
Col
3ii.t
411
wxp), [in
LXX
2.
Ge
of a gloomy countenance
cl.,
Mt
c.
6^*,
Lk
24^^.t
*o-KuXX(D,
1.
in
to skin, flay,
In
annoy
9^"
ii,
;
ace. pers.,
Mk
5^^,
Lk
pass.,
la-KvXfiivoi, distressed,
;
Mt
and
LXX
in
pi., a-KvXa,
spoils
Lk
ll^^.t
fii/SpiiHTKU)),
eaten of
worms: Ac
;]
Mac
and
v.
MM,
xxiii).t
LXX
worm
kind which preys upon dead bodies, metaph., of fut. 9*8 (LXX, Is 662* cf. Si 7^\ Jth 1610-+ punishment, *t afiapciySii'os (< o-/ipay8os, q.v.), 1. of emerald (Luc, V.H., Ee 4^ (for the ii, 11). 2. As in tt. (Deiss., BS, 267), emerald-green
:
of the
Mk
construction, v. Swete, in
afidpaySos, -ov,
rj
1.
Zorell, s.v.).+
6), [in
LXX
Ex
28*
Ez
s.v.
DB,
iv,
620
Re
21i9.t
o-iiupm (in
,
some MSS,
^fi-;
v. Bl., 3, 9),
[in
LXX
city
for
"lb liD ;] myrrh, a resinous balming Mt 211, Jo 1939.t Zfiupj-a (T, Z/A-; BL, 3, the ^gean Re 1" 28.t
:
:
gum
9), -av,
Smyrna, an Ionian
Rec.t
on
Smyrna
Re
2^,
*t
(T/jiupi'itw
loSopa, -wv, ri
1123.24,
myrrh (Diosc, i, myrrh pass., Mk IS^^.t (Heb. DTP), Sodom (Ge 13^<>''^^, al.) Mt
:
79).
lO^s
Lk
10^2 172,
Ro
929ii'XX)^
n Pe
2,
Ju \ Re
ll^.t
WH
BL,
IoXop,wv, -wvos (so prop., but Rec. has freq. -Qv, -wtos, as also has S.aXuj/xwv, as freq., indecl. in Ac 311 512 in Ac 7*^ v.
.
LXX
10,
;
WH,
SoZowon
Mt
;
aop(5s, -ov,
urn (Hom.)
(6)
l^ ll^i 122^, Jo 1023, Ac 3^1 5^2 7*^+ Ge 502 (]nN), Jb 21^2 A*;] (a) a cinerary [in LXX a coj^n (Hdt., i, 68, 3, al.) Lk 7^\i Mt 7^, al. possess, pron. of second pers., thy, thine
: :
thy kinsfolk, friends, Mk 5^^ to a-ov, what is thine, as 201* 2525 ra ad, thy goods, Lk Q^^. Mt *t aouSdpioi', -ov, TO (Lat.), handkerchief, kerchief: Lk 192", Ac 19^2 used as a head covering for the dead, Jo 11** 20^^ (cf. Deiss.,
subst., ol arot,
;
BS, 223).+
412
Da
LXX
TH Su,
inscr.,
2. 7, ai.^_
^^
Susanna
Lk
-as,
rj,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
npsri;]
skill,
intelligence,
wisdom, ranging from knowledge of the arts and matters of daily life (a) of human to mental excellence in its highest and fullest sense 2l'4^ Ja 3l^ Ee 13^^ 17^ a. SoA-o/i-wros, Mt 12^^ Lk wisdom: i Co 11^^; AtyuTTTiW, Ac 7"2; "EXAryvc? o-. (rjTova-LV, I Co 1; cr. Xoyov, I Co
;
11"; T.
(Tocf>;k',
ib. 19
(LXX);
^.
K6afjiov, ib.2'^'21
S^^; ^.^OpcoirLvrj,
:
Co Co
213;
o-ap/Ki
I
II
Co
1^2
of
wisdom
in spiritual things
Lk
;
21l^ Ac
G^. 10 710^
128 223 316 45^ Ja 15 313, 17^ II pe 315 1^" cr. kol (fip6vr)(TL<;, TTiiv/xa (ro(f>La<;, ;
Co
2,
Col
x6yos
1^
cr.
o-o0<,'as, i
128
Eph
Eph
i
kol avv(Ti<;,
Col
712
l^*,
V; (b) of divine wisdom: of 62, TToXvW/ciXo?, Eph 310 of Christ, Mt 13^^ Col 2\ Ee 512 of wisdom personified, Mt ll^^, Lk 7^^ IV^.i
ll^^^^
God, Eo
Co
Mk
2^ Ee 2*0. 52, i Co Lk
l^i'^*
Syn.
o-wccris,
intelligence
i,
cftpovrja-i?,
o-.
cr. is 13) the three intellectual dperai. in distinction from which <^. is practical, wisdom primary and absolute (Tvvea-is critical, both being applications of a-, in detail (cf. Lft., and ICC on Col 19 Lft., Notes, 317 f. Tr., Stj^i., Ixxv Cremer, 870 ff.). chiefly for DDFI;] to make wise, [in <To^it,<a {<^aocf}6<i),
make up
(Arist.,
N. Eth.,
LXX
instruct:
c.
ace.
pers.,
11
Ti
depon.,
-ofxai,;
(a) intrans., to
3^' (cf. Ps 18 (19)8 118 (119)98). As become wise (in Ki 42" (5"), Ec 2^^, and
:
freq. in Si, 7^, al.) ; (b) trans., to invent, devise cleverly 1^* (cf. KaTa-o'0(/>i^o/i.ai).t
ao<|)6s,
-yj,
pass.,
11
Pe
-6v,
[in
LXX
Lk
whether
1619,
I
Co
Eo in handicraft, the affairs of life, the sciences or learning 3i; of the learned, Eo 11^-22, i Co 119,20,26,27 318-20. of
Jewish teachers,
Mt
1125,
IO21
i
Christian,
6*,
Mt
51^,
23^4
of those en-
dowed with
162'^;
practical
t.
wisdom,
t.
Co
Eph
I
Ja
3^^; of
God, Eo
COmpar.,
fi^pw
rj
Oeov o-o^wrepov,
'EcrTrepi'a
(i
Co
125.t
Syn.
the
iTra^ia,
(=
cl.
or
'IfirjpLa;
8-^)
late writers
adopted
Siyain
Eoman name,
152*. 28.t
'lo-Travi'a
Mac
or 2.
as
here),
Eo
cnrapciaaw,
[in
LXX
II
Ki 228
4''*;]
1.)
9'-'*',
g
1.
(CT^a hith.),
to
Je
4^9
(n^n).
2.
Da LXX
convulse
:
Mac
tear, rend,
mangle.
[in
to
Mk
12^ (v.
-<3
Swete, in
to
Lk
aTrapyafocj,
{<^cnrapya\ox',
;]
a sivathing-band),
LXX:
:
Jb
(bnn pu.) *
swathe,
wrap
Lk
LXX: Ez
(Tirdu,
16*9
-w {<C^cnraTa\iq, wantonness, hixury. Si 27^**), [in to live riotously: 1 Ti 5^ (iflpty hi.). Si 211^*;]
Tpv(fid(ji (v.
LXX
M,
in
cl.
used
in mid.
(cf.
Pr., 157), to
draw
p.'lx'^ipav,
Mk
413
**aTrTpa, -779 (on this form of gen., v. M, Pr., 38, 48; Bl., 7, 1 Mayser, 12; Deiss., BS, 186), [in Jth 14^1, 11 Mac 8^3 1220,22*.] 1. (= Lat. spira) anything wound or rolled up, a coil. 2. As a military term used (by Polyb. and later writers) of a body of soldiers, a maniiole (third part of a cohort) or cohort (v. Swete, Mk., 375; Westc, Jo., 251 f.) Mt 272^, Mk 16^\ Jo 18^. 12, Ac 10^ 213i 27i.t CTTTcipo), [in chiefly for nt ;] to sow (seed) absol., Mt 6^* 133,4,18 25^4,26^ Mk 43.*, Lk 8^ 122^, Jo 436, Qq 910. ^ ^cc. rei, Mt
LXX
LXX
1324,27,37,39^
Mk
,Vt',
4^2,
c.
Lk
8^, I
Co
Mt
1324.31;
gen.,
Mk
acc, Mt 1319. Metaph. i Co Q^i proverbial sayings, Mt 2524.26^ Lk I921.22, interpretation of parables, Mt 1319-23, Mk 414-29 +
Trapa, c.
Mt 1322, Mk 4I8; V, Mt 1320.23^ Mk 4^6' 20 15*2-44, Ga 6^.8, Ja 3^8; in Jo 437, n Co 9^, Ga 67; in
1.
*t o-ireKouXdTup, -o/oos (Rec. -wpos), 6 (Lat. speculator), 627 (v. Swete, in l.).t spy or sco^it. 2. An executioner :
prop., a
Mk
pour out as a drinkoffering, make a libation; pass., fig., a-n-evSoixai, I am poured out or Phi 2^7 (v. offered as a libation (in the shedding of my life-blood) Lft., in 1.), II Ti 4* (for exx. from tt., v. Milligan, Selections, 114 f.
oTreVSo),
[in
LXX
;]
to
MM,
xxiii).t
<nre'pfi,a,
-T09,
to {<^
a-ireipw) ,
[in
LXX
;]
seed; (a)
i
of plants:
Mt
1324,27,37,38^
n Co
5,
Q^"; pi.,
Mt
(b)
1332,
Mk
cf.
43i,
Co
1538
Wi
14^; Plat.
3),
Ro
92^;
of
men
:
(as yov^;
;
semen genitale ; so
cl.
cf.
i
in
LXX, Le
15^6, al.)
He ll^^
Ga
Lat metaph.
Jo 3^; by meton.
offspring, posterity:
8-^3, 37^
Mt
2224.25,
Mk
8
1219-22,
Ac
325 75,
111^
n Co
Ti
28,
He
105
216 1118; pi
I.e.,
853 c; iv
181; iQ Qa,,
f.),
Ga
Eo
Mac NTD,
Ga
Ee
*o-Trep/jioX6Yos,
(b)
scraps picked
up
an
idle babbler
Ac
1.
17i8.t
ina pi., also for bn2 pi., hi., etc. ;] freq. intrans., to hasten : c. inf. (as freq. in cl.), Ac 20i6; ptcp. 2i6; c. imperat., Lk 19^^-6; aTrtCo-ov k. i^eXde, Ac 22i8. c. indie, Lk 2.
oTTcuSu, [in
LXX
chiefly for
most
(a) to hasten, urge on, accelerate (as Hom., Od., xix, Trans., c. acc. 137 Eur., Med., 152 Si 33 (36)8) Pe 312^ r^ ^g. (cf. Mayor and ICC, in 1., but V. infr.) (6) to desire eagerly (Pind., Pyth., iii, 110; 11 Pe, I.e., E, txt. (but v. supr.).t Eur., SuppL, 161 ; Is 16^)
; ;
;
.
LXX
;]
a cave, cavern
Jo
1138,
He
1138,
Re
615; ^^
(eV, den)
711),
Mt
21i3,
Mk
lli7,
Lk
1946.t
414
(on the gender in Ju, I.e., v. Mayor, Ju., 41), 1. cl., a rock or reef aw ev which the sea dashes (Polyb., FIJ, al.). Metaph., of men whose conduct causes danger to others, Ju^'^, E, txt. (but V. infr.). 2. In late writers = o-ttiAo? (q.v.), a spot, stain ; metaph., Ju, I.e., R, mg. (cf. Mayor, 41, but v. supr.).+ *{nriXos (Bee. o-rnXos), -ov, 6, 1. a rock, cliff (Arist., al.). 2. In late writers = Att. KrjXl^ (v. Rutherford, NPhr., 87 f.), a sj)ot, stain; metaph., (a) of moral blemish Eph 5-"; [h) of riotous and lascivious persons (cf. Dion. Hal., quoted by Mayor, in 1.) ii Pe 2i^.t **t(nriX6w, [in Wi 15**;] to stain, spot, defile : c. ace., Ja 3", Ju23.t Pr 17^ A, (act., -t'^w) [^^ <nrXaYX>'iSoH'**'' (<C ^^^<=^7X^o*') 6^ (= -evw) *;] to be moved as to the a-irkdyxyoi (q.v.), hence, to II Mae feel pity or compassion: absol., Lk 10^* 15^*^; ptcp., <nrXay)(vi(TOe!.?, c.
poet, in
: :
LXX
>
LXX
Mk l*i; seq. cVi, c. dat. pers., Mt 14^*, Lk V^; (The word is elseim, c. ace., Mt 15^2, Mk 6* 8^ 9^2 ^^^^^ Mt 9^6. where found only in Sm Ki 232i, Ez 242i, Test. Zeb., 4". y. Thayer, S.V.; MM, xxiii quote Thumb, Hellen., 123 as practically confirming Lft.
indie.,
Mt
IS^^ 20^\
was a coinage
pi.,
of the
Jewish
-(DV,
mostly
(in
.
NT
always) in
a-irXdyxya,
oIktlpixoI,
[in
LXX
9^' ^,
:
Pr
12^"
(D^DDl
elsewhere rendered by
Ps
IXcos, Is 47),
Pr
2622 (^^5)^
^i
iqs^ gj 397^
;
Mae
al.
1^^.
;]
the
inward parts
(heart, liver,
lungs, etc.
Lat.
viscera)
Metaph., of the seat of the feelings and of the feelings themselves (in Gk. poets, of anger, anxiety, etc.), the heart,
Ac
LXX
2};
(J.
of the in
;
word
v.
to
tt.
o-.
MM,
cf.
J
Lft.
o-_
on Phi
l^)
11
Co
612 7^5,
Phm
7. 12, 20^ i
Jq
317
olKTtpfxod,
Col
312
^al
l^.t
o'lKTipfJiOL,
Phi
iXeov<; Oeov
rjfjiuyv,
Lk
1'^;
cr.
XptcrTOV
'I770-OU,
Phi
*aTz6yyos, -ov,
6,
a sponge
Mt
27*8,
Mk
153,
;]
Jo
:
1929.t
;
KoX
a-.
(Is 585,
Jo
3<5^
airopd, -a9, V
1.
LXX chiefly for Hg^ ashes He 9^^ iv (rdKK<a Da LXX 93, al), Mt II21, Lk lO^^.t iv Ki 1929 (y-|7), Mae lO^" * o-Tc/po,), [in LXX
:
;]
a sowing.
420)
2. seedtime.
:
3.
seed
[in
sown
and
:
(of
human
129,
offspring, Soph.,
Tr., 316,
Pe F*
(cf. aTripfia,
v.
Milligan,
NTD,
:
105
f.).t
LXX
[in
Ge
Le
X^*;]
a., corn-fields
Mt
12\
Mk 22^,
a-n-opd,
Lk
1.
6i.t
LXX
sowing or seedtime.
85.
11,
2.
seed
;
sown
Mk 42"- 27^
Lk
II
Co
910" (LTr.)
metaph., of almsgiving,
to give diligence
:
Co
;]
d^'^^.f
<nrou8<tw
(<
o-ttovStJ), [in
hence,
to he
zealous or eager,
c. inf. (v.
415
2i,
Eph
[in Ez 41^5*;] in haste; CTTTouSaios, -a, -ov (<^ (tttouStt) hence, zealous, eager, diligent, earnest : seq. cv, 11 Co 8^2 compar., ^" (here in superl. sense, v. Bl., 44, 3) ^^.t -ore/jos, ib. ** airouBaius, adv. [o-7rou8aros), [in Wi 2^*;] 1. with Jiaste or zeal, i.e. earnestly, zealously, diligently : Lk 7*, ii Ti 1^'^, Tit 3^^ compar., -oripin';, Phi 2^ (RV, Lft., Weymouth, al., but v. infr.). 2. ICG, hastily, speedily : compar., -orcptos, Phi 2^^ (Thayer, Zorell, s.v.
:
LXX
LXX
in
1.,
al.,
but
v. supr.).t
17
CTirouSi], -7s,
(<^o-7rv8a)), [in
LXX
chiefly for
bnS
its
parts and
l^^.
derivatives;]
(v.
1.
M, Pr, 104)
II
7rapei(T(f>epiv,
Pe
seq. 1^
v-n-ep,
;
Mk
6^5,
Lk
o-.,
2.
Eo
Eo
;
12^
0-.
He 6"
;
iraa-av a. TTOutarOai,
Ju ^
(v.
MM,
xxiii
M,
Pr.,
and metapl,,
11^ 129
5-
a stadium, a measure of length = 600 Greek feet or -^ of a Eoman mile Mt 1424 (Eec, WH, txt., E, mg.), Lk 1^^\ Jo &^ ll^^, Ee 142 21i6, and, this being the length of the Olympic course, 2. a race-course
:
LXX Da LXX
49,
Su^\
11
Mac
*;]
1.
Co
924.t
(TTci^.'os,
-ov (6 and),
if,
[in
LXX
prop.,
9*.t
Ex
16^3
(njyjV). "i
^i
122*
14^ (pSpS),
Da
LXX
BeP2*j]
:
an earthen jar
Jth
= Att.
He
7^*, II
Mac 4^*'
up
its
14* *)
o-Tao-iwrr;?,
revolutionist, one
[in
who
stirs
sedition:
Mk
V (<^
l(TT-qp.i),
parts and
f.) ;]
nn
(Pr
17^*),
BS, 158
1.
standing, place, status : a-, cxciv (Polyb., v, 5, 3 and cf. Lat. locum 2. insurrection, sedition : 15^ Lk 2S^^> 25_ Ac 19*o habere). He 9^. 24^. 3. In poets and late prose, strife, dissension (cf. MM, xxiii) Ac 152 237. i.t
Mk
bp.lff;]
a stater;
(a)
a weight;
:
(b)
Mt
172'^
26i,
WH,
mg.t
6,
stake (Horn., Hdt., Thuc, 2. In late writers (Diod., Plut., al.) of the Eoman instrument al.). of crucifixion, the Cross : of the Cross on which Christ suffered, 1521. 30, 32^ Lk 2326, Jo 1917. 19. 25, 31^ Qol 2", He 122 Mt 2732. 40, 42^ 6dvaTo<; (rravpov, Phi 2^ t. alfia tov a., Col 1^**. Metaph., in proverbial 83* 1021 (Aa/x/3aviv, ^ao-rc^etv) tov o"., Mt 10^8 162*. sayings alptw
*<rraup69, -ov,
1.
an upright pale or
Mk
Mk
416
15^^,
an interesting ex. of metaph. use in tt., v. MM, meton., for Christ's death on the Cross i Co 1^'^, Ga 5^^ 2i, Phi 3^8 6i2> l^ 5 xdyos 6 toO a., i Co l^s.t Es 7^ (rhn), 8^3*;] 1. to <rraup^, -(5 (7Tai;pds), [in 2. In late writers (Polyb., FIJ; fence with pales, impalisade (Thuc). but dvaa-ravpooi is more common) to crucify : c. ace. pers., Mt 20^^ 23^* 262 2722 ff. 28^ Mk 1513 ff. 166, l^ 2321. 23, 33 247, 2o_ Jq 196 ff.^ Ac 2^6 410, I Co l^'''^^ 22. 8, II Co 13^ Ga 31, Ee ll^; metaph., Ga 52* G^^.t
xxiii).
By Bph
LXX
orTa4u\T,
-i}?, Tj,
[in
LXX
;
for
nay
;]
a bunch of grapes
Mt
7^^,
Lk
6**,
o/A(^a^,
Ee 14^8_ "o-. jg properly the ripe grape-cluster as opp. to as contrasted with ftoTpv:, it describes the cf. Ge 40^^ Jb 15^^
"
grapes rather than the cluster on which they grow 187 f.).t
ardixus, -vos, 6,
[in
(Swete, Apoc,
of corn:
LXX
:
chiefly for
ribiatzr;]
an ear
;
Mt
121,
Mk
223 428^
6,
Lk
61.+
Irdxus, -vos,
ariyr],
-r]<;,
r/
Stachys
Eo
16^
(v. Lft.,
Phi, 174
t^v
MM,
Lk
xxiii).+
o-Teya,), [in
LXX: Ge
i-n-b
81^
Mk
2*
Mt
8^,
T"
(cf.
MM,
xxiii).+
**<rr4y(a (cf.
closely,
to
Plat., al.).
Si 8^'''*;] 1. prop., to cover Lat. tego), [in protect by covering, esp. to keep water in or out (Soph., i Co 13'^, 2. to cover, keep secret, co7iceal (Si, I.e., Polyb., al.)
:
LXX:
E, mg.
3.
By
40
;
covering
to
ward
:
off',
v.,
Lft., Notes,
M,
Th., 36)
Co
9^2 13^,
Th
31. ^.t
,
(rreipos, -ov,
also
LXX
2^
for
Tr\\).V[
H^j^y
;]
barren
of
a woman, Lk
trre'XXa),
1^. 36 23^9,
Ga
427 (Lxx),t
:
[in
LXX (mid.) Ma
1^^ 4^1*;]
1.
(nnn
ni.),
set,
Pr
312^26),
Wi
7^* 14^,
place, arrange, fit out; 2. to pirepare (Wi, 11 Mac, 11. c). hence, mid., to set oneself for, bring together, gather up (in Hom. of furling sails), hence to restrain,
II
Mac
51, III
Mac
prop., to
check
11
Co
Th
Kara-, crv(v)-,
viro-aTeWoi) T
.
* (j-T|ji)i,a,
garland
as used in sacrifices,
Ac
,
14i3.+
[in
LXX
Eo
,
nf^NJ,
a groaning
arecdl^w, [in
Ac
7^*
(LXX
n3K
Kpavyq),
ni.,
LXX
is
for
p3N
etc.
to
word
internal
1317,
Mk
73*, II
Co
:
52. *,
He
Syn.
V.S.
-Yj,
/cAat'o).
aTci'69,
-ov, [in
LXX for
ny
etc.
;]
narrow
fig. (v.
MM,
xxiii),
Mt
7"'
1*,
Lk
I324.+
417
(-^o-Tcvos
pi.),
LXX
Jos 17^^
ll^i*;]
Mac
to be straitened
(cf.
Is 49^9)
2.
In late writers,
xxiii)
:
trans., to straiten,
metaph., to be anxious (Hipp., al.). compress (LXX, Diod., al. tt. ap.
;
MM,
pass., trop,, 11
17
Co
4^, G^^.t
oTccoxupia, -as,
(v.
supr,), [in
al.).
LXX
220),
8^
;]
narrowness
28^',
Wi
53,
al.),
;
difficulty,
distress:
;
OXlfc^ Kal
11
Eo
29 8^5
(EV,
anguish)
pi. (cf.
:
BL,
32, 6
WM,
:
Co
;
6^ 12io.t
Syjv.
Oklif/Ls,
q.v.
LXX Nu
Pe
59.+
(nmpn)
;
a-.
etc.
hard, firm, solid : rpot^r), He 5^2. i* Metaph., (a) in bad sense, hard, cruel (Horn.,
;]
^cyne'Xtos,
11
Ti
2^9.
al.)
{b)
in
good sense,
steadfast,
firm
t. Trio-ret, i
(TTcpeow,
etc.
;]
-Q)
o-Tpos), [In
or solid
;
LXX
(b) to
^.
(pm
;
pi.),
(a) to
make firm
;
strengthen,
make
Je,
strong
I.e.)
:
c.
ace.
pers.,
pass.,
Ac Ac
S^
t.
/Sda-eis,
pass., ib.
Metaph.
(cf.
t. ttio-tci,
16^.+
OTcpe'cuiia, -tos,
t6 o-Tpeoa)), [in
LXX
(82),
Ge
lff-,
Ps 18
91*
(19)1,
1501,
Ez
122-26
iQi 135,
Da LXX, th
Es
929, I
3(56)
123 (jrpn),
Si 431;
Ps 17
solid
(18)2
70 (71)3
(yijp)^
Es
8^8
De i Mac
332 (pntzr),
;]
body ; (a) a support, foundation (Arist., al.) metaph., strength (Ps 17 70, I Mac, 11. c.) steadfastness, firmness : r. iria-Ten)';, Col 2^ (b) the dome of heaven (believed to be a solid canopy), the firmament
;
(LXX).+
lTe<|>ams, -a,
lW<t>aKos, -ov,
<rr^<j)ai'os, -ov,
6,
Stephanas : i Co li^ 161^' i^.t 6, Stephen : Ac 6^. > 9 7^9 82 lli9 2229.+
that which surrounds or encompasses (as a wall, a crowd Horn., 2. a crown, i.e. the wi-eath, garland or chaplet given as a prize for victory, as a festal ornament, or as a public honour for distinguished service or personal worth (so to sovereigns, especially on the occasion of a Trapovata, q.v. cf. Deiss., LAE, 372 ff. on its use in for the golden crown of royalty (prop., ^laZrjpxL, q.v., cf. Hort and
1.
al.).
; ;
LXX
312),
Mayor on Ja
121 i4u_
II T. ^cj^9
I12)
Mt
:
2729,
41,
Mk
Ee
5*
;
15i^ Jo 192-5,
311
;
Co
2i9
92^,
(cf.
Ee
44.io 62 9^
Metaph.
;
Phi
r.
SiKaiocTv'vT??
Deiss.,
LAE,
1.)
Ti 48
T. So'^T^s, i
Pe
I12,
/cavxiyo-cws, i
21*".+
,
Th
(v.
M,
c.
Th., in
(gen. appos.),
-tu
Ja
11
Ee
orTe<}>a'6a),
(< o-rec^avos)
[in
LXX
80^
for 11337;]
k. Tifxfj,
acc. pers., to
2'''
crown
of a victor,
Ti
2*.
:
Metaph.,
He
(LXX).+
LXX Ex
;]
the breast
a-.,
Jo 1325
23*8.+
2119,
Ee
156
Lk
18i3
27
418
+
formed from perf., ecrrrjKa (v. BL, 17 WH, Afp., 169 Kennedy, Sources, 158 M, Pr., 238 MM, xxiii), [in LXX Ex 1413 A, Jg 1628 B, III Ki S^i B * ;] = ?o-Tr?/At, to stand Mk S^i 112*, Jo 12*, Ee 12* (ta-TrjKev, T). Metaph., to stand firm, standfast : absol., Ga 51 (but V. Field, Notes, 189 f.), n Th 21* seq. ii', Jo 8** (Io-tt/kcv, T, E, mg.), I Co 1613, Pill 127 41 c. dat., Eo 14^+ ** oTTipiYfios, -ov, 6 {<CaTT]pLt,w), [in Sm. Is 3^*;] 1. a setting
late pres.,
; ; ; :
firmly, supporting.
CTTTipi^o),
2.
[in
;
LXX
to
13,
fixedness, firmness, steadfastness : 11 Pe S^'^.f for TJOD aitZT (crvf), etc. ;] to fix, set fast, make
,
fast
Lk
I
162
t. Trpdo-wTro*'
(Ez
3^,
62
m\
:
al.
v.
Dalman, Words, 30
f.),
Lk
in
9".
1625^
Metaph.,
confirm, establish
II
c, ace,
5i,
Lk
22^2,
Ac
18^3,
11
Th
li2.t
32'
Th
Ja
58,
Pe
Ee
*
;]
Eo Th
217, II
Pe
** (rnpds, -aSos,
rushes
:
ri>
[i^
^q.
Ez
4623
(j-ii-iija)
litter
of leaves or
pi.,
Mk
(TTiYfia, -ros,
o-tiCw,
:
to prick), [in
LXX: Ca
61^^
1"
(n"!T|?3)*;]
1.
;
tattoed
mark
;
or brand
to.
Ga
(v. Lft.,
in
Deiss.,
BS, 349
911*;]
LAE,
303
^
(TTiYfATi, -^s,
MM,
o-Ti'^o),
LXX
Is 29^ (yri),
4^.t
n Mac
93.+
a. xpovov,
a moment: Lk
[in
LXX: Na
Mk
:
LXX
Ez
;]
a portico
Jo 52;
1023,
used
of the covered
Ac
311 512.+
aroipds, V.S.
<TTt/3ds.
12i3*;] prop., one of a row (o-toixos) or series, hence, 1. the shadow-line of a dial 2. an elementary sound or letter of the alphabet (Anth., (Aristoph.).
**aroLxeioy, -ov, to, [in
LXX: Wi
71^ 1918, IV
Mac
Plut.,
TT.).
;
He
512
the elements or rudivients of knowledge (Arist., al.) TTTwxa o"-. Ga 4^; o-. tov Koa-fxav, ib. 3, Col 28'20 (but v. infr.).
3.
or tutelary spirits of nature (Enoch., Test., Sol., al. for this sense in Ga, Col, 11. c, V. ICG on Col 2*; Enc. Bibl., s.v. " Elements ").+
6.
;
4. 310,12
LXX,
11.
c.)
11
Pe
The demons
aToixe'w, -w (-c^o-Toixos,
a row),
[in
LXX
.
Ec
11" (1573)*;]
to
be
etc.,
marching
walk by rule
Ac
Eo
412 (cf.
MM,
[in
xxiii),
Ga
52^ 6i,
Phi
3i (cf.
aw-
v o-tA.Xco),
LXX
O^
etc.
;]
an equipment, an armament
Equipment
419
in clothes, apparel, esp. floiuing raiment, a festal robe : (cf. Jh 3", 12^8 16^ Lk 15^2 20*6, Ee 6" T^. i3, u 22^\f I Mac 615)
:
Es
Mk
Ac
CTT<5|xa,
-T09, TO,
[in
LXX
;
;]
the
11
mouth
Ti
of
man,
Mt
TO
1511,
Jo
1929,
;
lis, al.
of animals,
Mt n^\
(Trora/Aoi),
,
4^7 (fig.),
He
17
11^2,
o-.,
Ja
3^, al.
fig.,
0-.
of inanimate things
Horn.), ^vot^cv
al.),
yij
Ee
12^6
fiaxalpas (Heb.
;
aiq~'B
Ge
34^^
sword, Lk 21^*, He 11^* esp. of the mouth as the organ of speech opp. to KapSta, Mt 12^*, Eo 10^' I*' in various phrases (some cl., some resembling Hebrew; cf. Bl., 40, 9): dvoi'yctv t. cr. (v.s. avotyw) <t.
;
;
Trpos
II
0-.
(nS)"^^ ng),
III
Nu
Toi)
12^;
o-.
cl.,
Kara
o".,
to
face,
al.
Jo
12,
Jo
14
St^t
(of
the
Holy
Spirit),
Lk
l^o,
Ac V^,
ttTTo
(k)
tov
r)
0-.
(cf. ctTTo
o".
;
eiTrciv,
Plat.,
al.),
of speaking
by word
mouth, Lk
metaph.,
22^1,
Ac
22'^
86X0^
(if^eiSo^) ev t. o-., i
Pe
222,
Ee
of 146(i'XX)
pofi.(f)aLa
Mt
1816 (Lxx)^
Lk
By
*<rT6fjiaxos,
-ov, 6
early
Gk.
;
writers,
(Arist.)
(c) in later writers (Plut., al.), the stomach : i Ti 523.t orparcia (on the orthogr., v. Deiss., BS, 1811), -as, ^ {-Carpa-
Tvw), [in
LXX
chiefly for
xnx ;] an
expedition,
a campaign, warfare
I
metaph., 11 Co 10* (-Tia, T), i Ti l^^.t ** oTpdreofia, -tos, to (<^(7TpaTvw), [in LXX: 524 821 1238 1313. pi.^ jth 118, IV Mac 51*;] 1. =
2.
Mac
93*,
II
Mac
al.).
o-TpaTci'a
(Hdt.,
an army, a host: pi., Mt 22'', Ee 91'' 19i*'i9; = soldiers, company 23i.27; pi., Lk 23".t of soldiers, Ac arpareuw, and depon., -ofiat, so always in NT (<^orTpaTos, an encamped army), [in LXX for nnD hith., NX'', NSS; metaph., iv Mac 92^ ;] used of the general, to make %var, do battle, and (chiefly) of the soldiers serving under him, to serve as a soldier Lk 31*, i Co 9^^, 11 Ti 2*. Metaph. (cf. MM, ii, xxiii), of spiritual conflict, to war, make war 11 Co 10^, i Ti lis, Ja 41, i Pe 2ii.t
: :
<rrpaTif]Y<5s, -ov,
(always
2.
:
commander, a general
al.).
commander, a
3
6
<t.
Temple,
t.
magistrate (Hdt., Xen., al.) Ac of the Levitical guard of the Upov (EV, cajitain of the Temple) Ac 41 52* 26 pi_^
governor,
The commander
Lk22*'52.t
Svj^.
:
apx^ov
(cf.
orparidi, -as,
17,
EGT on Ac I620 Eamsay, St. Paul, 217). [in LXX chiefly for K^S 1. = o-TpaTos, an army,
;
;]
a host:
82,
II
II
of angels (ni
333),
Ki
221^, al.),
2.
Lk
heaven (Je
Ch
10*,
Ac
7*2.
As sometimes
:
in Bi,
cl.
(poet.),
orpaTcia
Co
T (WH, EV,
<rTpaTla.).f
LXX
II
Ki 23^
11
Mac
512 1439,
m Mao
420
3^2,
Mac 3*;] a
a. XpLrrrov
soldier:
'lijo-.,
Mt
8^,
Mk
15i,
Jo a
IQ^,
Ac
10^,
al.
metaph.,
II
II
Ti 2^.t
Ae'yw), to levy
(< crrpaTos,
al.).t
*t axpaTOTre'S-apxos (Eec. -779), -ov, 6 (<[ (rTpaT6Trf.hov, apx<j>), CI military commander, esp. the Pretorian prefect : Ac 28^^ (WH, om.).t Je orpaTO-ireSoi', -ov, to (crrpaTOs + TrtSov, a plain), [in
LXX
41
(34)^ (^10),
II
Mac
S^^, al.
;]
(a)
a military camp;
(b)
an army:
hithp.),
(cf,
Lk
III II
212o.t
Mac
Ki,
(ijj^g
Metaph.
etc.
;]
twist or pervert
language
11
,
Pe
3^^.+
<rrp^<t)w, [in
LXX
Mt
also for
21D
to
turn
c.
a-n-oa--,
to
bring back,
Mt
27^
(cf.
Is 38^)
reflexively
38, 1), to turn oneself, Ac 7*^; c. ace. seq. cis, Pass., reflexive, to turn oneself: seq. /xeraa-, to change. Re 11". 739 13* ptcp., o-rpa</)/9, c. indie, Mt 7 92-' IG^s, Lk 7^ et?, Jo 201S Ac 955 1425 2261, Jo 138 2016 id. seq. Trpos, Lk 7" 10^2 (WH, R, om.),
(WM,
ib. 23
2328
metaph.,
to
change
absol.,
Mt
18^,
Jo 12*0
** (npr]vidui, -w (-<o-Tp^vos, q.v.), [in Sm. Is 61* (^DX)*;] a word which first appears in the middle comedy (Rutherford, NPhr., 475 f.), to run riot, wax ivanton : Re 18"' ^ (cf. KaTa-a-Tprjvidwj.f
:
Sv.V.
(nraraXdo) (q.V.),
Tpvcjidtt),
LXX
iv
Ki
192^ (pjJtj?*;]
insolent luxiiry, wantonness : Re 18' (a late word, first found in a Comic poet, b.c. 300, v. Kennedy, Sources, 41, cf. o-Tp77V(aa)).t
orpouOiof
,
LXX
12"'
'
chiefly for
a sparrow
JTX"'
;
Mt
1029.
3i,
Lk
.t
;
o-rpui'kua)
or
arpcSi/i'upii (v.
Bl., 23, 1
IfxdTia iv r.
LXX
21^, 9^*
;
for
hoph., etc.;]
to
spread:
68w
(ets t. 6S6v),
Mt
Mk
of 11^ of making a bed, a-rpwa-ov (sc. t. kXlvtjv) o-eavnZ, Ac with carpets or carpeted couches furnishing a room, ia-Tpw/xivov, spread
(cf.
Ez
23*1),
Mk
14l^
Lk
22i2.t
:
Tit 3^.t
5^",
i a-Tiiyvdlfa (<]o-Tvyvos,
sombre, gloomy,
27'', 28i
stillen.
32i'>
Is
Wi
to
17^,
Da LXX
212*),
[in
LXX: Ez
:
(Dtr)*;]
Jmve a
of the human countenance (RV, his sombre, gloomy appearance co^mtenance fell), Mk IO22 of the sky (so o-Tvyj'o'rT/s, Polyb., iv, 21, 1), Mt 16=* (1[WH]|, R, mg., om.).t
;
-ov, 6, [in
LXX
Ga
2^
also
etc.
;]
support
<t.
7rvp6<;,
Re
Qi
;
0-.
ev T. vao), fig.,
Re
312.
Metaph.,
r. dXrjOelai, 1
Ti
S^^.t
421
-iKos, T, StoiVos), -7, -6v, Stoic : Ac IT^^.t pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., crov, dat., croi, ace, o-e, pi,, {i/Acts, -wv, -iv, -as (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. Nom. for emphasis (BL, 48, 3), though Trpos o- occurs in Mt 25^^). or contrast Jo l^o. 410 533, 39, 44^ Ac 4^ Eph 5^2 so also perhaps crv before voc, Mt 2^, Lk V^, Jo 17^, al. ; elTras, Mt 26^*, al. (M, Pr., 86) sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85 f.), as also in cl., but esp. as
:
e.g. rlos
fwv
cT
av
(nriN"''35l
Ps
:
2^"),
Ac
13^^.
12^*^,
The
al.
;
gen. (a-ov, v/awv) is sometimes placed bef. the noun Lk 7*^ on ti ifxol k. a-oi, v.s. tyw. so also the enclitic a-ov, Mt 9^
(TUYYcVcia, -as,
17
6
;]
o-iTy^"^')
'
[^^
LXX
:
1.
kinship.
2.
By
I.e.
,
Lk
1^\
Ac
7^' ^*.t
**t
Swete, Mk.,
for "Vl
,
Bl., 8,
cf. i
as though from
-t's,
V.
LXX
to
;
iTTn
nnsjiiyp
1.
2.
akin
10^*
Mk
6*,
Lk
t
2V\
Jo
1826,
Ac
of
ii>2i
*t o-uyyecis,
late fem.
form of
o-uyycv^s, q.v.,
a kinswoman
Lk
isc.t
CTuyyi'wp.Tj
,
V.S. axjvyvu)fir],
o-uyK-, V.
passim
-as,
rj
ovvk-.
** auyKupia,
Sm.
Ki
6^ (iTIpP) *
:
;]
(more
a-,
(v.
MM,
freq. in late writers, o-uy/cv/pr;cns, -i^/^a), chance, coincidence xxiii), Lk lO^i (Hippocr., Eccl.).t
Kara
(Tuyx-, v.
o-uyxu<Tis,
passim
-ws,
17
crvv)^-.
(<(rvyx'<^)'
.J
[i'^
LXX: Ge
11^ (^IJS).
Ki
confusion
of a
popular uproar, Ac
1929.t
v.
passim
-ou,
trrv^-.
17,
ffUKtifiii'os,
[in
LXX
;
;]
the
mulberry
tree
morus ; cf. /nopoi', i Mac 6^* *), the sycamine : Lk 17^. (In LXX, appears to represent the a-vKOfj.opo'i (v.s. a-vKOfjiopia), but St. Luke (T. distinguishes between the two v. ICG, in 1. DB, iv, 634.) t
(Lat.
;
auKTJ
(contr.
fr. o-u/ce'a),
-^s,
17
(<]
o-Ckoi/), [in
LXX
for
njNP
j]
0,
jig-tree:
312,
Mt
21i9-2i 24^2,
Mk
1113,20,21 1328^
l^
136,7 2129^
Jo l.5i, Ja
Re
*+
6i3.t
CTUKo-fiope'a
(Rec. -p.wpaLa, L, -fjLOipea), -as, 17, more commonly (so Is 91^9)) avKOfiopos .a-iKov + p.6pov, the black
:
Lk
LXX
for
n;m
']
a fig
Mt
7i,
Mk 11^3, Lk 6",
Ja
3i2.t
422
LXX
Ge
Le 19" {ipm
(ptry) *
;]
pi.),
Jb
359,
pg
us
(119)122,
Pr
term, v. LS, s.v.), to accuse falsely (Aristoph., Xen., al.) 19^ (RV, exact lorongfully ; but cf. Hatch, Essays, 89
;
Lk
v.
3^* (R,
mg.)
ff.,
also Field,
xxiv).t Notes, 56 f. *t CTuXaywyeo), -w (<^ (tvXt;, hooty + ayw), to carry off as spoil, lead metaph., Col 2^.t captive {dvyaTipa, Heliod., Aeth., 10, 35)
:
MM,
LXX
Bp. Je^^*;]
c.
spoil
II
Co
ll^.t
<ToXX-, V.
passim a-wX-.
ace, to bring prisoner, Mt 26^*, together, collect. 2. to seize, take : c. ace. pers., as a 1448, Lk 225^ Jo 18^2, Ac l^^ 12^ mid., in sense of pass., Ac 23^" 2621 act., Ac ^ aypav IxOvwv, Lk 5^. 3. C. dat. pers., to take part with,
auX-XajxPaww, [in
for izTDn
,
LXX
H'fn
etc.
;]
1. c.
Mk
to
assist,
succour
:
mid., in
same sense
12'*
;
Lk
5*^,
Phi
4^*.
;
4.
c.
Of a woman,
conceive
absol.,
Lk
22i
;
seq.
ii'
yaa-Tpi,
Lk
;]
l^i
ace,
Lk
1^^
ib.
seq. cv T. KoiXia,
Lk
[in
metaph.,
1328-30
;
of lust
producing
to
;
sin,
Ja
l^^.t
collect,
auX-Xe'yw,
LXX
Mt Lk 6^*
bring together,
c.
gather
up
c.
ace. rei,
13*i,
pass., ib. ^^
eis,
ace, seq.
;]
otto,
Mt
T^"
Mt
Lk
Mt
13.t
1.
auX-Xoyij^ofiai,, [in
LXX
a-wfS-.
to
compute.
2.
to
reason
20^.
aup-P", V.
passim
2. to
:
trufi-^aiyu), [in
LXX
e.
for
ntZTST
K^p Hip
,
etc.
;]
1.
3.
to
stand with
to
i
come
to.
together,
come
to terms.
Of events,
come
I
to jyass,
happen
222
;
dat. pers.,
Mk
10^2,
Ac
31*'
20i^,
Co
;
IQn,
ace.
Pe
412, II
Pe
absol.,
avfi^ef^rjKora,
Lk
241*
(gf^ j
Mac 426)
c.
et inf.,
Ac 2V\f
[in
;
o-ufi-pouXeoo),
c.
LXX
;]
1.
to advise,
counsel
dat. pers.,
:
Jo
I81*
Re
31^.
2.
consult
seq. Iva,
Mt
M,
:
Pr., 157)
c. inf.,
Ac
923.t
aufiPouXiov', -ov, TO
IV Mae 1?!^ N *;] a Lat. consilium, and v. Deiss., word BS, 238) = el. o-r/x^ovXia (Arist., Xen.), 1. counsel : a. Xafi^avtiv, Mt 12i* 2215 27I' 7 2812 3 {ttouIv, Rec.) 151 (iroifjidCeiv, SiSovai, irouli',
**t
(n;>/3ovAos),
[in
LXX
;
of the
Graeco-Roman period
.
(cf.
Mk
Mk
;
WH,
Ac
mg.).
2.
By
I.e.
(rvveSpiov,
AR)
2512 (v.
MM, xxiv).t
ot;V,
:
CTufiPouXos, -ov,
ftovXrj),
[in
LXX
(so
for yxrv
and cogn.
in
forms
;]
a cowisellor, adviser
(Heb,
Ro
11^*
(i'XX)_t
Zojxeui', 6, indeel.,
^lypi??),
Simeon
always
AV; RV
Lk
of
22^' ^^
was
1.
our Lord
Symeon, a Heb. name for which the Gk. '^ifnav, q.v., the son of Jacob (Ge 29^^) Re V. 2. An ancestor Lk 2)^^. 3. An aged worshipper in the Temple
:
423
Ac 151^
*t
3i
Pe
V.
WH,
txt.,
5.
The
apostle Peter
CTUfifi-,
passim
crvv/x-.
(ru(j.-fAop<|>it(>
(T, (Tvv-),
; (rvfj.fjLop(f)o<s),
to
conform
to
pass, ptcp.,
Phi
(v. Lft.,
Phi, 128).t
-ov (<^cn;v, fiop^rj), 1. absol., Phi 321 ; c. gen., Eo 829 (v.
*t<nlp,-|jiop<j>os,
/omed
to
c.
dat.,
au|ji-fiop4)6(i, -Si,
orujxir-,
(q.v.).
Phi
:
3i''.t
[in
LXX
Jb 292^ A (bss), IV
:
Mac
525
1323 15* *
;]
1.
Pe 3^
2. exciting
sympathy
-ov,
Dion. H.).t
<rup,-7rapa-fxeVu,
CTUfjnroo-iot',
Eec, for
to
Trapa-fJievw (q.V.),
Phi
:
l^^.f
(< o-v/>nrtvw),
[in
LXX
;
Es
(yiTl niptjra)
4^'',
Mac
16i, II
1.
;
Mac
22^,
m Mac
2.
;
491 * ;]
(Plut.)
v.
34 (31)3i 35 (32)5' By meton., of the party itself, the guests M, Pr., 97), in parties or companies :
o-.
otvov, Si
Mk
639.t
o-ufi<|-,
passim o-w0-.
[in
aufi-.|>^pa>,
LXX
Je 33 (26)i*
:
(aita),
Pr
19io
(niNj), Si 30^9,
2. Intrans., and expedient, profitable or an advantage : I Co 612 1023^ II Co 810; c. inf. (M, Pr., 210), Mt I910, Jo IS^* c. dat., seq. Iva (Bl, 69, 5), Mt 529. 3 18, Jo ll^o 16^. Ptcp., <rvfjL<f>ipuiv, profitable: i Co 12"; pi, Ac 202"; {ov a. sc. co-rtv; = mi av/x<^/3t; cf. Thuc, iii, 44, 2), 11 Co 12^ as subst., to a., profit, He 12i.t
al.
;]
1.
c.
ace. rei,
Ac
19^^
mostly impers.,
is
[in 11 Mac 4^*;] profitable, useful, expedient. As subst., to a-, (in cl usually pi, Ta a-.), advantage, profit : c. gen. pers., i Co 7^^ lO^^.t *+ o-ufA-<^uX^TT|s, -OV, 6 (<^ avv, <f}vX.i^ ; cf. a-vfj.<f>vXo<i, Aq. Za 13" and
** au/i-(j>opos, -ov
{<^(TVfji(fip(i)),
LXX:
V.
I
Th
M,
Th.,
CTUfA-4)UTos, -OV
a fellow-tribesman, felloiv -countryman: in l, and Intr. liii). Not found elsewhere.t {<C<Tvu.<i>v(o, to make to grow together), [in LXX:
f.),
Za
T.
112 (-153)^
;
Es
(v.
7^' 8 K^,
I.e.).
Am
91^, iii
(Plat., al.
iii
Mac,
-w,
2.
grown
:
Mac
Oavdrov avTov
IV
Eo 6^t
Ki 1280) (niK nl), agree in sound, be in harmony
:
<ru(i-<|>o>'^a),
LXX
1.
Ge
14^ (-qH), iv
Is 72
{jyi2),
Mac
;
14*;]
prop., to
(Plat., Arist.).
Metaph.,
seq.
to
;
Lk
5^'; c.
pers.,
dat. rei,
vfxlv,
Ac
59
;
151^
(b)
irepl,
Mt
.
181^
Ac
c. dat.
gen. pret., Mt 20i^ seq. /ACTa ck, ib. 2.t *t (Tujx-4)wi'T](ns, -cojs, 17 {<Co~vp.<f><j)ve<i}), concord, agreement
tj.
seq. Trpo?,
ace. pers.,
11
Co
6i^.t
rj
o-u)i<{>ui'ia,
-as,
(<^
crv/xifxavos),
[in
LXX Da LXX
:
TH
3^ 1*,
424
TH
2.
ib.
(n^JGQID), IV
Mac
14^ A*;]
al.;
1.
symphony, music:
11.
:
Lk
15^5.
Da,
c.
v.
MM,
(^*)
xxiv).t
<i>i>yvrj),
[in
LXX
Ec
7^5
(ruay^), IV
Mac
Ik
77
147*
.J
agreeing in sound.
from tt., v. Deiss., BS, 255), by agreement, aufivj/-, V. passim avvij/-. [in LXX: au/jL-|Y)<|)ij;a), Je 29 (49)2" A*;] to reckon
:
Co
7^.t
together,
count up
Ac
19^^.
auV (old Att. ^v), prep. c. dat., expressing association, fellowship and inclusion. It gradually gave way to fxerd, c. gen. (cf. LS, s.v. Bl., 41, 3), and is therefore comparatively infrequent in NT, being 1^^) only in rare in Mt ^, g, Jo 3, and elsewhere (exx. Ja 1^\ 11 Pe Lk (Gosp. and Ac) and Paul. With, together with : of companionship and association, Lk 2^^, Jo 21^, Ac 10'-^, al. ehai a-vv nvt, Lk 7^^, Ac 4^^, Phi 1^^, al. ; 01 a-vv tlvl (ovtcs), of of partisanship, Ac 4^^ 2^^, Lk 5^, Ac 5^''^, al. attendants, companions or colleagues, of assistance, rj x^P'''^ '^- ^^^^ ^^^ ^/^''> ^ ^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^ more things avv together, almost = /cat, Lk 23ii, Ac 3* 10^ 14^ 23^5, Eph 3^8
Mk
Mk
XpicrToJ t,^v, II
Co
13*
besides (FIJ,
:
LXX),
Lk
24^1.
In composition
aoc-dyu),
612,13.
altogether
etc.
(cf.
[in
LXX
312,
for
f]DN
12^8
to
;
of things,
Jo
(rvmyaywv Travra (sc. is apyvpiov] V. Field, Notes, 68, MM, xxiv), having sold off all: Lk IS^^; of persons, Jo 11"; esp. of assemblies, Mt 2*, Jo 11*^ Ac 142'', al. Pass., to be gathered or come together : Mt 22*^, Mk 2^,
al.
;
Mt
Lk
ttoO,
Lk 12^^
Lk Ee
Jo
Mk
tt^o's,
Mt
;
I32,
Mk
4^,
al.
;
cis,
e/cc?,
Mt
I820
Bnov,
182, al.
In
Kennedy,
to receive hospitably,
entertain:
rj,
Mt
q^\^^
auv-ayoiyvi,
-rj<;,
[in
LXX
1.
chiefly for
niy
also for
etc.;]
a gathering in of harvest; a collecting, assembling Ee 2" (Polyb.); {b) an assembly (MM, xxiv; Deiss., LAE, 101 ff.) 3^ esp. of a Jewish religious assembly, a synagogtie : Lk 12", Ac 92, By meton., of the building in al. of a Christian assembly, Ja 22. which the assembly is held, a synagogue : Mt 10^^, Mk P^, al. (cf. Cremer, s.v. iKKXrjcria).
prop.,
(6)
collection of
of things, (a)
2.
Of persons,
(a)
Sy'AT.
iKKXrja-ia (q.v.).
to strive together
* <T\}v-a.yiav'i\,o\i.ai,
in a contest)
pars., seq.
kv.
:
c.
Eo
:
IS^^.t
* aoi'-a0\e'a, -w,
(Tvvaywvit,oix.ai
dat.
commod., Phi
to
1^^
c.
dat.
Phi
i^.t
[in
(Tuc-aOpoiJiu,
LXX
Ac
chiefly
;
for
|^2p;]
12i2,t
gather
together,
assemble
c.
ace. pers.,
192^
pass.,
Ac
425
23^ (STy) * ;] to take up together : a. Xoyov (of which there are several exx. in tt. v. Deiss., LAE, 118 f. MM, i, xxiv; M, Pr., 160), to settle accounts, Mt 1823.2*; seq. /tera, c, gen. pers., Mt 25i.t *+ <Tu'-aixfniXwTos, -ov, o, a fellow -prisoner (prop., of a captive in war, V. Lft., Col., 234) Eo 16^ Col 4io, Phm ^\f II Mac 2*'<'*;] to folloiv along with, **cru>'-aKoXou0^oj, -li}, [in 14^\ Lk 23*^ seq. /aetci, c. gen. pers., accompany : c. dat. pers.,
[in
: ;
:
LXX
Ex
LXX
Mk
Mk
537.t
** <Tin'-a\it<a,
[in
to
assemble with:
Ac
1*
(EV, mg., eating with, but on this pres. ptcp. here, v. Field, Notes, 110).
* (TUK-aXXdworu,
to
of the
reconcile:
impf. (conative,
M,
Pr.,
129),
Ac
726.t
LXX
:
for nbv,] to go
up with:
c. dat. pers.,
Mk
Ac
IS^^t
**t
(Tuc-avd-Keifiai, [in
:
LXX
622,
iii
Mac 5^^ *
;
;]
to recline tvith
at table
Mt
149,
Mk
Lk 7 U^^
c.
dat. pers.,
[in
Mt
910,
or together 2l^
Mk
Lk
14io.t
(TUf-ai'a-fiiYi'ufi.i
(acc. to Bl.,
8, -fieiyw/xi),
LXX: Ho
Th
7*
(bba hithpo.), Ez 20^^ A*;] to mix up together; pass., metaph., to associate with (Plut., Ath., al.) i Co 5^' ^\ u
:
M,
Th., 117) .t
auj'-aca-irauop.ai,
[in
LXX
Is
IV
(}^n) *
to be
;]
c.
down
Eo
Metaph.,
LXX
rj,
Nip,
mp
7i'i.
etc.;]
with:
c.
dat. pers.,
Lk
9i8'37
22^^
Ac
102^,
al.)
:
He
Ac
meet Metaph., of
to
2022.+
-ews,
Eec. for
[in
VTravrqcri^ (^-V-))
^*
S^^.t
taoi'-a.^i-Xa^pd.o^ai,
(Nizya),
LXX: Ge
to
Ps 88(89)21 (yo
ni.)*;]
assistance ; hence, to take a share in, help in bearing, and generally, help (with various constructions, v. LXX, 11. c, DeioS., LAE, 83 f.)
c. dat.,
Lk
10*",
Eo
826.t
o-uK-air-ciYw,
[in
LXX
:
Ex Ga
14^ (npb) *
2^^^ 11
;]
to
lead
away with or
LS,
s.v.), to
I.e.).
Pass.,
to)
metaph.
(as avix7rpL(i>pofx.ai, v.
away with
c. dat.,
(EV, condescend
Pe
of
in
1.
Eo
12i6.t
**CTui'-aTro-6^CTK0),
LXX:
Si 19^"*;]
to
Mk
1431, II
Co
73 (v.
Meyer, in
[in
1.), 11
Ti 2".+
:
o-uf-aiT-cSXXojxi,
LXX
together.
auf-aiTo-aWXXw, [in
11
-to
(rhlT), xxiv).t
12
Es
52*;]
to
send
Or
frame
426
together
body,
Eph
Eph
2'^^
of the
3^7
members
of the 5* *
au^-apTrdto,, [in
LXX
:
"perfective" of amd^oi
(so most 192o.t
(v.
Pr M,
;
6^5 (upb),
n Mac
4*\ iv
Mac
;]
commonly)
[in
Ac
27^^
to seize
** (Tuv-avi&i'o),
al.).t
LXX:
(rv/Lt-),
ii
Mac 4^
iv
Mac
13^7*;]
to
Mt
13^*'
cause to (Xen.,
LXX
ii
Ch
251"
(ma
hith.), Is
46^
(blT), Je 50 (43)* (mo hi.), Wi 5^, al. ;] to throw together, hence, (a) of speech (seq. Adyous, Eur., al.), to discuss, confer (sc. \6yov<i) c. dat. pers., Lk 11^^ WH, mg., Ac IT^^; seq. Trpo? 6.\\rfXov<;, Ac 4^5; (6) to
:
reflect, consider,
ponder
iv t. KapSla,
Lk
2^^
;
(c)
to vieet
with
Ac
;
20^*
in hostile sense,
ets -noX^fiov, c.
;
dat. {ds
14^1 {d) mid., to contriMite (Polyb., al. cf. MM, **t aot'-paaiXeo'u (Rec. o-v/i,-), [in I Es 8^^ A * ;] or with : metaph., of sharing the glories of the Kingdom of God, I Co 48, II Ti 2i2.t autz-pipci^a) (Rec. o-v/i-), [in LXX: Ex 4i-M5_ Le lO^S Jg 13^
Lk
LXX
join or knit together, unite : Eph 4^^, to compare, consider, conclude (Plat.) Col 16^". Ac 3. to dedtice, prove, demonstrate (Arist.) Ac 9^2. 4. As in ("translation Greek," = /A^i)8a^w, metaph.), to teach, instruct: I Co 2^^ Ac 19*^ R, mg. (also in Vg., Col 2^, instructi, but v. supr.).t ** (rui'-yvcSfiTj (Rec. o-uyy-), -t;?, 17 (<^ avyytyvoio-Kto, (a) to agree with; Si jaroZ.i* (B^a^ om.) 31^, n Mac 142*;] 1. (b) tojmrdon), [in 2. fellow-feeling; hence, concession, allowance: i Co 7^ cojifession.
hi.)
hi.)
Ex
;]
IBi^,
to
De
49, Is 40i3
{W
:
1.
^^.
2.
LXX
LXX
(v.
ICC,
in
1.).
3. pardon.-^
LXX
for "HBfp
IMp,
etc.;]
that
together,
dStKtas,
11.
a bond
Ac
8^^; t.
of the ligaments of the body. Col 2^^. TeXeioTT/Tos, Col 3^*; t. flpr)V7]<;, Eph 4^
(a)
to
c.).t
[in
LXX
:
bind together;
2.
(b)
to
bind together
rvith
pass..
to
He
13^.+
*CTui'-8o|d^u,
1.
In
NT
only,
to
glorify together
pass.,
Ro
8^''.+
auV-8ouXos, -ov,
6, [in
LXX:
;
11
Es
(nj^)*;] a
fellow-servant
Mt
;
1828-33 2449
Col 17
47,
Re 6"
so of angels.
Re
LXX:
Ac
Jth
Mac
38*;]
[in
LXX
Ex 23^6^
;
2^* *;]
to raise together : metaph., of the Christian's mystical resurrection with Christ, Eph 2 pass., Col 2^2 S\f
427
(Tvv
+
;]
ISpa,
seat), [in
(]^ri)
LXX
Je 1517 (-nc),
3123,
P8 25
(26)* (no),
17^^ *
Pr
1.
22io
262 (bnf^)
(Plat.,
Mac
145, IV
Mac
a council
:
Xen.,
LXX
BS, 156) of a local Jewish tribunal, 10^^, Mk 13**. 2. The supreme ecclesiastical court of the Jews, the Mt Sanhedrin (i.e. Talmudic ]''")TI30 = o-weSpiov) Mt 5^^ 26*^, Mk 14"
in
TT., cr. T.
Trpea-fivrepuyv,
Deiss.,
22^0 23i>
;
(WH,E,mg.,om.) 2420
auv-eihr](ns, -s,
^7
Ac
4}^.f
o-wetSov), [in
LXX
Ec
lO^" (jH),
Wi
W\
consciousness: c. gen. obj.. He IO2, i Pe 2^^. 2. In ethical sense, innate discernment, self -judging consciousness, conscience (Stoics and late writers) Eo 2^^ 9\ i Co 102^ 11 Co 1^2 42 511, i Ti 42, He 91* 0-. dya^T?, Ac 23^, i Ti l^. i9, i Pe 31^' 21 do-^o^s, i Co 8"- 10 aa-devovo-a, ib. ^2 aTrpoV/coTros, Ac 24^^ KaOapd, I Ti 3*^, II Ti 1^ KaXij, He I318; TTOvrjpd, He 1022; 6 voC? Kal ri <t., Tit 115; g^^ ^^^ ^^^ Rq 13^, 28 I Co 1025. 2 7, ^a^^, o-., He 99 iwh (r^s) o-., Jo 8 [9] (Eec), i Co 102^ (cf.
Si 42i^x*;]
1; ; ; ; ;
.
Cremer, 233
421
ff.
ICC on Eo
R
(Arist.,
21^
DB,
i,
468
(v.s.
fif.).t
cTSov),
[in
;
LXX:
to see
Mac
II
Mac
22* 4*- *i
Mac
2.
2^
A*
;]
1.
together
or at the
in one view, hence, of mental vision, to comprehend, understand (LXX, Polyb., Plut., al.) Ac 1212 14" (on the related arvvoiSa, v. 8.v.).t * <rui'-ifii {<C eV' ^ 9^)' ^^ come together : Lk 8*.+
to see
same time
Xen.).
auV-ciiii
LXX
Je
32**
(y^), al.
;]
to
he with
Lk
c.
918
(WH,
mg.,
(rvv^VTYicrav),
Ac
:
22ii.t
(DJT Ni2), etc.
;]
(Tuiz-cia-^pxo/iai, [in
LXX
(<^
Jb 22*
Jo
to
enter together
cis, c.
ace. loc,
6
-ov,
622 18^^ f
*t
o-ui'-eKSTjfjios,
-ov,
IkS7;/u.os,
ahroad), a fellow-traveller
:
17
Ac
1929, II
Co
8i9.t
-7?,
^taut'-cK-XeKTos,
o-uvckXcktt;
ev
Ba^vAwvi
ICC,
in
1.),
Pe
;]
5i3.t
**aov-eXaut'w, [in
together
:
LXX
Ac
ets elprjvrjv,
72,
Mac 42". *2 5^* to drive together, force Eec. (WH, EV, o-w^AAa<T(rcv).t
* auv-cTTi-fjiapTupcw, -w, to join in attesting, hear witness together with : He 2* (Arist., Polyb., al.).t
auv-Tn-riQr][i.i,
[in
LXX
:
for
:
IT'tZT,
etc.
;]
to
Mid.,
with,
to
Ac
** (Tiiv-itroiKai,
LXX
11
Mac
I
I52, iii
accompany
:
c.
dat^ers., Ac 20*.
** auvepyita,
together {with)
dat.
-w, [in
LXX
Mk
Es
72, I
Mac
12^*;]
1. prop., to
;
absol.,
16[20], i
Co
16i, 11
Co
6^
c. dat.,
work Ja 222
:
commod., Eo 82^, T, E, txt. (but v. infr.). 2. In Hellenistic writers (M, Pr., 65), trans., to cause to work together (cf. ICG, in 1.) c. ace. rei, Eo 82^ [WH] E, mg. (but v. supr.).t
428
**
-6v,
[in
Mac 8'' 14' *;] a fellow -worker c. Phl 2^5 4^, i Th 32, Rec, Phm L 24 e^oi (cf. Lft., (pi.), i Th 32 [WH] R, mg. (R, txt., ScdKovov rod 6.
:
LXX
v.
II
ii
ICC,
in
1.)
t.
x^pa?
ifiStv, 11
Co
1^^
t.
aXrjOita, III
Jo^; seq.
ci's,
Co
for
823,
,
Col ^^\f
,
auc-^PXOfiai, [in
LXX
^bn N13
P)DK
ni., etc.
;J
1, (cl.) to
come
19^2
i
320 14^^ T, txt., together, assemble : 2122 22=* 2817, I Co 1426 ; seq. eis, c. ace. loc, 1120 1423 14^^^ mg., c dat. pers.,
.
Mk
WH,
Co
95
Ac l^ Ac 5^^
2 10^^
;
W^
iyrl
t.
aiT6,
Co
Mk
WH,
I
R
I
{irph^
airov,
v. Field,
^
(cf.
I
;
i^^Xrjcr[a,
ll^^
ff.)
evdaSe,
Sttov,
Ac
Jo
251^;
I820;
3*; of
avToi,
c.
Mk
Lk
633,
WH,
mg.
WH,
Intr.,
inf.,
Co
1133;
^i^ ^_ rj(T<rov,
Co
11^'^'
intercourse (Xen., al. ywatfcior absol.), Mt V^. 2. exx. in Milligan, Selections, 64, 105), to accompany
c.
dat.
1538. t
pers.,
Lk 23", Ac Pi
100 (101)5*;]
g-^^v,
Ac
21i6
;
ek,
Ac
<ro^-ea0ia,, [in
LXX
17
Ge
:
4332,
2^2
to
Ex
Ki
12^7
(mn), Ps
j
Ac
10*^ 113,
Co
Ga
l.
o-wi7//At) , [in
;]
LXX
for
n3"'2L
b'^ptyo
2.
nyi niQ5n
,
etc.
(a)
(6)
understanding : Lk 2*^ i Co 1^9 (lxx), Eph 3S Col 19 2\ the understanding, the mind or intelligence : Mk 1233.t
Sk/v.
;
Ti 2^;
V.S. o-o0i'a.
^7,
(Tui'cTos,
LXX
11^^,
for
pnj
MFI,
etc.;] intelli-
gent, sagacious,
to
understanding
Mt
i
LXX:
join in approving, consent, agree to or ivith : absol., pers., Ro 132 q ^^t j.gi^ l^ 1148^ Ac 8^; c. inf., i Co
.
c.
dat.
7^2, is
(chiefly in
late writers).
Pass., to fare sumptuously (Tui'-euwxew, "W, to entertain together. or feast together or with : Ju ^2 c. dat. pers., 11 Pe 2^3 (Arist., Luc,
;
al.).t
* oru'-e<j>-io-TT]|jii,
2.
to rise together
Qytv-iyjit,
:
to
place over.
c.
,
seq. Kara,
Ac
I622. t
[in
LXX
:
(Tviixov
T. iravra,
Wi
to hem in, press on prisoner, to hold in charge (Luc; cf. exx. in Deiss., BS, 160; xxiv) Lk 22^3; [b) to constrain: 11 Co 5^*; pass., Lk 12^", Ac 18^
:
for isry isn etc. ;] 1. to hold together (t. 1") of closing the ears, Ac 7^"^ (t. (TT6f/.a, Is 52^^) every side : Lk 8*^ 19*3_ 2. to hold fast ; (a) of a
MM,
(t.
Field, Notes, 128), Phi 123; j^ pass., of ills, to be seized or afflicted by, suffering from : Mt 424, Lk 438 337^ Ac 288.t * o-uf-j^do) (Rec. a-vt,-), to live with : opp. to a-wa7ro6aviv, II Co 73 of life in union with Christ, here and hereafter, Ro 6*, 11 Ti 2".t ffor-^u'y^'u^l (Rec ov^), [in Ez 1"'23 (-Qn)*;] to yoke toAoya>;
cf.
;
LXX:
gether
Mt
19',
Mk
109.t
429
(Rec.
<rv^-),
-S>,
[in
LXX
Ne
2*
AB^ (orpn
(and
to discuss,
c.
pi.)*;] 1.
v.
search or examine together (Plat.). 2. In xxiii; also in MGr., v. Kennedy, Sources, 155),
to
NT
;
tt.,
MM,
Mk
Ac
127 12^8,
Lk
2415
Mk
9^0
Mk
6^;
seq. Trpds,
c.
ace. pers.,
Mk
rj,
Q^^'^^,
Ac
9^9;
id.
indir.,
Lk
2223.t
*^
<Tuv-ir]Tr\<n^
(Rec.
crvt,-),
-cws,
disputation:
Ac
(WH,
E,
I
txt.,
om.).t
(Tv^-), -ov, 6 {<C(rvvt,r]Tiw),
*t aoi'-^t]TY]T^s (Rec,
a disputer,
disjnitant
Co
l2o.t
** auv-t^uyoii (Rec.
^ci^Ku/At), [in Aq.,
2. yvrjate,
Lft., in
1.
;
mg., Sw^vyos, -ov (^[(rwProb., as proper name, ;] Synzygus, S. properly so-called, Phi 4^ (v. ICC, gemiinely
(rut,-),
or as
a.
WH,
Ez
232^ *
yoke-fellow.
MM,
xxiii).
*+
o-ui'-j^wo-iroiew
(Rec.
(tv^-),
-w, to
life:
make
t.
Xpia-rw,
T. ^tov,
Ro
2.
to rejoice together; c. dat., to rejoice tvith 7-2 (v. Lft., ^otos, 304).t
or in:
t.
LXX:
IS^'*,
i
IV
Mac
1,
intimacy.
/lafttY,
custom
v.
MM,
Jo
Co
11^^
respect to, i Co S^.t "+ au>'-t]\iKioSTT]s (<CT7A.iKia), = crw^Xt^ (^sch.), one of the same age, an equal in age : Ga l^^.t * o-of-OdiiTw, to bury together with : in symbolical sense, of baptism,
auT<2 {with Christ),
Ro
6*,
Col
2i2.t
,
Mt
214*
([WH],
;]
LXX
;]
to
auf-eXipo),
LXX: Ec
6?'eafc
12^
sA
(|^S1),
:
34 {Sl)^\
^^t
t.
Mac
15^4
A*
to
Mk
52*'
*t
auj'-Gpu'irTw,
pieces,
crush:
metaph.,
KapStav,
hi,,
Ac
21i3,t
aoK-iTjiit
and
LXX
chiefly for
j'^a
b^W
hi.
;]
1.
stand:
Lk Mt 1323.51, Lk 25" IS^* n Co Ro 24"; seq. on, Mt I612 171^; seq. quaest. indir., Eph 5^7; ^m t. a/rrois, Mk 6*2 as subst., o-wiW (o a-., WH, mg.), a man of understanding, i.e. in moral and religious sense, Ro 3^ (i-^^J.t
Mt
2. Metaph., to perceive, underto bring or se^ together. 49(WH.mg.).12 714 817,21^ 1313-15 (LXX), 19 1510^ 8^^, Ac
Mk
725 282.27^
1521 (Lxx)^
1012;
c. ace. rei,
(Tuvicndvu}
and
[in
CTuc-i<rrTi|jii,
LXX
for
ms
pi.,
bnp
ni., etc.
Mac
12*3,
m^c
recommend:
(and freq. in these books) ;] 1. trans., (a) to commoiA, 10i2'i8; id, c. dat., Ro 16^ (as ace. pers., 11 Co 3^ 6* freq. at the beginning of a letter; Deiss., LAE, 226), 11 Co 5^2; seq. {b) to show, prove, establish pass., seq. un-d,, 11 Co 12" iTp6<;, II Co 42 3^ 5^ 11 Co 6* dupl. ace, Ga 2i8 ; ace. et inf., 11 Co 1^^. c. ace., Ro
42*, III
Mac
V-^
c.
430
2.
(a) to stand with Intrans., pf., a-vvia-TtjKa (as also 2 aor. and plpf.) : Lk 9^'^; (b) to be composed of, consist, cohere : Col 1^'^ (v. Lft., or near in 1.), II Pe 35.t Ps 100 (101)6 (niz;"')*;] to <ruv-K<ier]fiai (Eec. (rvy/c-), [in 14^*.t seq. /xera, c. gen., sit together or with : c. dat., Ac 26^
LXX
;
Mk
truy-KaQiiu)
LXX
iv,
for
22?^ ^^m
2*^.
;]
1.
trans.,
to
make
to sit
to sit
together
:
together
Lk
Eph
2.
Intrans.
mid.,
to
ii
-ovfiai,
pass., to
endure adversity
with:
c.
dat. pers.,
He
11^^.
Not elsewhere.
(Eec. <rvyK-), -w, [in for Kip;] to call together: 156,9 (^.i. .^2^^,^ y. bi._ g 55^ 1)_ Ac 5'^K 1516, Lk Mid., to c. ace, call together to oneself: Lk 9^ (and v.l. in 15^' 9, v. supr.) 23i3, Ac 10^*
<Tuy-Ka\i(a
LXX
Mk
2817.+
auk'-KaXuTTTu (Eec.
o-iry/c-),
[in
LXX
12'^.
!
chiefly for
HDS
pi.
;]
to veil
or
cover completely
c.
ace, pass.,
Lk
(Ebc. (TvyK-), [in Ps 68^^'^^ (irD hi.), etc. ;] to bend completely, bend together : t. vCjtov, fig., Eo llio(Lxx)_t avv-KaTa-^aivoi (Eec. crvyK-), [in Ps 48 (49)^7 (tT'), Wi 10^^, Da TH 3 (*) * ;] to go down with : Ac 25^. In late writers also
(Tur-Kd/ATTTU)
LXX
LXX
LXX
:
metaph. (Wi,
agreement
ii
I.e.), to
*t auK-Karci-Oeo-is
condescend, on wh. v. Eutherford, NPhr., 485 f.t (Eec crvyK-), -ecus, rj [<C^a-vvKaTaTLdr)fjLi), COncord,
consent to:
Co
*f auv-Kara-veuQ),
aoc-KaTa-TieTjfii
Ac
IS^'',
WH,
mg.
(Polyb.).+
JT^Or),
LXX: Ex
23^ {T.
ib.
Mid., to deposit one s vote Su^***;] to deposit together. with, hence, to agree with, assent to : c. dat., Lk 23^i.t *t ao'-KaTa-4'T]4)iiw (Eec. criryK-), 1. to condemn with or together
(ms),
Da TH
2. to vote
pass.,
Ac
1^*^
Not
else where.
<T\)v-Kp6.vv\j^[.
LXX Da LXX
;
or hlend together, compound : c. ace, i Co 12''*; mg., E, mg. id., of persons, c. dat. ptcp. pf. pass., He 4^, T, txt., E, txt. (v. Westc, instr., to be united with, agree tvith, ib.,
II
;]
Mac
15^^*
to
mix
WH,
WH,
in
l.).t
(Tuv-Kivim (Eec. crvyK-), -w, to move together. stir up : t. \a6v, Ac 6^^ (Arist., Polyb., al.).t
(tuv-kKsIo)
Metaph.,
to excite,
LXX
enclose, shut in
on
all sides
of a catch of fish,
30
(31)9, al.),
Eo
36
;
1P2,
c.
Ga
322.23.t
*t
(ruc-KXripo-i'Ofios
Eo
88
81^
f.).t
Eph
(Eec. crvyK-), -ov, 6, a co-iuheritor, fellow-heir: gen. rei, He 11^, i Pe 3^ (for exx., v. Deiss., LAE,
431
(in
cl.,
c.
c.
dat. rei,
Eph
Ee
18*
id. c.
gen. pars.,
rei,
Phi
1117, I
*t CTui'-KoiKui'os (Rec. (TvyK-), -6v, partaking jointly of: Co 9^3; id. c. gen. pers.. Phi 1^; 8eq. cv, Re l.t
ffui'-KoniJw
c.
gen.
Eo
Jb 5"^ (nby)*;] 1. to bring (Rec. o-vyx-), [in 2. to take up a body for burial (Hdt., Xen., al.). (Soph., Aj., 1048) Ac 8^ (v. Field, Notes, 116).t chiefly for ins ;] 1. to compound, <i\iv-Kf>lvia (Rec. O-vyK-), [in combine : i Co 2^^, R, mg.^ (Lft., Notes, 180 f.). 2. In Arist. and later writers (Wi 7^^, al.) = 7ra/oay8aAAw, to compare : i Co, I.e., E, txt. (Field,
:
LXX
together,
collect
LXX
Notes, 168),
al.)
:
II
Co
lO^l
3.
In
LXX,
of dreams, to interpret
(Ge
40^,
Co,
I.e.,
R, mg.
(ro^-KiiTTTo.
supr.).t
LXX
2. to
1.
to
bend forwards
;]
to talk
with
17*,
or together
c.
dat. pers.,
Mk
9*,
Lk
22*
seq.
fx-erd, c.
gen.,
Mt
Ac
to
25^2
^p^5^ c ace,
Lk
4'^^t
aoK-Xuire'o)
(Eec.
LXX
make
to
Pass., to be
seq.
cTTi, c.
Mk
S^.t
a-vfifx-), -ov, o,
*o-ui'-|ia9TjTTis
(Eec.
a fellow-disciple
to
compounds
as
this, v.
* aoi'-fiapTop^o) (Eec.
crvfjifx-),
-w,
Eo
2^^; c.
Eo
f
8i
;
seq. 5ti,
Eo 9^t
(TVfjifi-),
avv-iipiX,ij
(Eec.
[in
LXX
Pr 292*n2 (p^n)*;]
to distri-
bute in shares.
6
o-.,
Mid., to have a share in : i Co * <7o'-fi^Toxos (Eec. aviJLfjL-), -ov, partaking together tvith; as subst., a joint partaker (c. dat. pers. et gen. rei, FIJ, BJ, i, 24, 6) c. gen.
9^^ (Diod., al.).+
:
rei,
Eph
3^;
c.
gen. pers.,
in
[in
ib.
5^ (Arist.).t
-ov,
6,
*t auK-|xifAT)Tiis (Eec.
a-v/xfji.-),
a fellow -imitator
e.
gen. obj.,
Phi
3^7 (v.
ICC,
1.).
Not elsewhere.t
crufjifjiopffii^u}.
o'Ui'-fi.op(|>i1^(i),
V.S.
favy-oheuio,
LXX: Za
Ac
[in
S^iNV^^n), To
9''
:
5i
K
;]
Wi
628*;]
^^
journey with
aofoSia,
c.
dat. pers.,
rj,
(Plut., al.).+
-as,
LXX
2.
Ne
7^' "*
(izrn"')
1.
company
caravan
:
By
4^1
meton.,
company
olSa),
of
a journey in travellers, a
Lk
CTuc-oiSa,
pf.
(v.s.
[in
LXX
:
Le
5^
iii Mac 28E*;] 1. to A, ii Mac (JTT), Jb 276; ptcp., i Mac ptcp., Ac 52. share the knowledge of, be privy to (Hdt., Thuc, al.) 2. C. pron. reflex., to be conscious of (Eur., Plat., al.), esp. of guilty consciousness: oiSey yap ifj-avrw a:, for I know nothing against myself,
4*iA,
Co
4*.t
oruf-oiK^u,
-co,
[in
LXX
for
al.), c.
dat. pers.,
to
dwell together
of
man
432
**
(c.
LXX
dat. pers.,
al.)
:
(Thuc,
IxtTo.,
* (Tuv-o^n\iiJ),
Cebes, 13)
:
-w, to
c.
dat. pers.,
to
Ac
10^''.t
c. dat.,
*t CTuf-ofiopeu, -w,
<ruv-opd(3j, V.S.
border on:
Ac
18^ (Byz.).t
(TWt8ov.
<Tuy-oxn,
ib.
-v^,
V {<(Twix^), [in
(4^*),
LXX:
1.
al.).
Jg
a
2^
(?),
Jb 30^
(nxiizr),
3828
A; Mi
2.
.
5^
Je 52^ (liSD)*;]
2*.t
Mding
or being held
together. Lk 2125
Metaph.,
iv
straits, distress
KaoSt'a?, II
Co
LXX:
Mac
Ps 82
5^5
AR
:
1323*;]
c,
to
ivith,
symjyathize with or in
dat. rei,
He
1.
to
(Rec. aviJiir-), [in to come up or be present together : seq. eVi, ii Ti 4^^ Rec.).t assist (Thuc, al.
;
LXX
(83)s
2.
(mb
to
ni.)*;]
Lk
23*^.
come up
*aui'-irapa-KaX'u (Rec.
(Plat.).
Pass.,
to
be
Ro
112.+
LXX
Ge
Jb
1*
1^*;] to take along with: as a companion, c. ace, Ac (rh^), 12-5 1537, 38 (on the tenses, v. M, Pr., 130), Ga 2i.t To I212AB, Pr 827(?), Wi aui'-TTcipei^i (Rec. o-v/ATT-), [in 9^'* * to be present together or loith : c. dat. pers., Ac 252^. ;] ** CTut'-irciCTxw (Rec. avfiTT-), [in Al. i Ki 22^ * ;] 1. to suffer together or
Mac
LXX:
:
tvith:
Ro
.
8^^
Co
12'-'^.
2.
to
*
II
Co
auv-Tri\nt(a (Rec. ctu/att-), 822 i(j_ ggq^ /xTa, c. gen., ib. ^^.t
aui'-iT-epi-XafiPtii'w
(Plat., Arist.).
ivith
c.
ace. et dat.,
(Rec.
<rvfXTr-),
enclose
(Ez
53 ipns) *).
2. to
embrace
c.
ace. pers.,
Ac
20i'^.t
auK-TTiVu (Rec.
c.
avfjiir-),
[in
LXX
Es
7^
(uy
nniZT)
;]
to
drink with
dat. pers.,
Ac lO^^t
(Rec.
(tv/xtt-),
o-uc-iriirTw
[in
LXX
xxiv),
[in
of a
house
(cf.
MM,
Lk
^^^A
auK-irXripou (Rec.
fill
o-u/xtt-),
-w,
LXX:
:
Je 25^2 (xba)*;]
1.
to
up completely (Thuc, of manning ships) of a ship filling with water, and by meton., of those on board, Lk 8^3. 2. to complete, fulfil of time (Je, I.e., and v. MM, xxiv), Lk 9^1, Ac 2^ (on the " durative inf.," v. M, Pr., 233).t * CToc-iTKiYu (Rec. a-vfiTT-), to choke: of thronging by a crowd, Lk
Fig., of seed, t. Xdyov,
8.
Mt
I322,
Mk
f.).t
4". i^,
Lk
S^^t
pi.,
<t.
* <TUK-TroXiTT)s (Rec.
(TV/XTT-), -ov, o, tt
fellow-citizen:
;
t.
dytW,
opp. to
leVot
K.
irdpoLKOL,
Eph
2^^
(Eur.
G.I.,
6446; condemned by
Atticists; v. Rutherford,
NPhr., 255
433
1.
(Rec.
o-v/jltt-),
:
[in
LXX
Lk
6,
chiefly for
7^^ 14^5 24^^.
IJ^H;]
2.
to
journey together
together
(Eccl.).t
o-ui'cr-,
:
(Plat., al.)
c.
dat. pers.,
-ov,
to
come
5^
Mk
V.
*tauk'-irpeo-puTcpos
(Rec.
ava-a--.
avjjiir-),
a fellow-elder
Pe
passim
*t
CTui/-o-a)p,o9
(<^cra>yu,a),
Eph
3^
(Eccl.).t
* auy-<rravp6(i} (Rec.
dat.,
-co,
to
c.
Jo 1932; id. seq. a^v, Mt 27**, Mk mystical death of the Christian with Christ
:
Metaph., of the
Ro
6^,
Ga
2^^ (Eccl.).+
(Rec. (Tva-), [in Jg 828 11^3 (^33 ni.), Si 4^ al. ;] 1. to draw together, contract, shorten : of time, i Co 72^. 2. to wrap up : of enshrouding a body for burial (Eur.), c. ace, Ac 5^.t *aoi'-crT6>'d^oj (Rec. cnxr-), to groan together or with : Ro 822 (c. dat. pers., Eur., Ion., 935).+ *+ o-ui'-crToix^u (Rec. (Tva--), -w, to stand in the same rank or line (Polyb). Metaph., to correspond to : Ga 4^^ (v. Lft., in 1.).+ * aoc-oTpaTicSTTis (Rec. crvo--), -ov, 6, a fellow -soldier (Plat., Xen., al.). 2.t Metaph., of fellowship in Christian service Phi 22^, * (Toi'-oxiip.aTij^w (Rec. crva-), (<^ crx-^/Aa) to conform to (Arist.). Pass., to be conformed to, conform oneself to : Ro 122, j pg ^uf <ruv-rd<T<T(>i, [in chiefly for pi. ;] to prescribe, ordain, : dat. pers, Mt 21^ 26^9 27^0 (lxx) t arrange c.
iTvv-(TTi\\oj
:
:
LXX
Phm
LXX
cl.,
ms
o-on-Acia, -a?,
rj
(<^avvTeXe(D), [in
LXX
chiefly for
nbs and
(in
Da)
for Yp_
;]
1.
in
for public
service; (Polyb.,
al.),
LXX
etc.
to
;]
TH
hence, generally, joint action (Plat.). 2. In consummation, completion : a-, r. aiwvos, 1213, al.), Mt 1339' *0' 49 243 2320, He 926.+
[in
late
-cov
writers
(cf.
Da
orut'-xeX^u, -w,
LXX
"perfective" of tcAcw
:
(cf.
chiefly for n!33 pi., also for niriT DDH M, Pr., 118), 1. to complete, fifiish, bring
,
an end
Lk
4^3
pass., ib.
2,
Jo
(cf.
23,
WH,
;]
mg.,
:
Ac
2127.
2.
to effect,
MM,
^^in
xxiv)
Mk
13*,
Ro 92^, He
2. to
8^.+
[in
:
1. to
cut in pieces.
cut
metaph., Xoyov,
Ro
;]
928(i-^-X)
al.).+
(ru^-Ttipe'o), -a,
LXX
Ez
18^9 (-IDIT),
Da th V^K
:
(nrj;),
Si 13^2
and
c.
freq.,
To
1.
1",
11
Mac
12*2, al.
"perfective" of
c.
-rqpiiji (v.
M,
Pr.,
118, 116),
ace. rei,
to preserve,
ace. pers.,
Mk
;
&^
cf.
Mt
9^^
^^
Lk
2^^ (Arist.
and
to
later writers
MM,
xxiv).+
<rui'-Tteif]fi.i,
[in
LXX
inf.,
Ki
22^3
to
("itZTp), etc.
;]
in various senses.
agree, covenant
:
Mid., (a)
observe, perceive;
;
to
determine,
.
c.
Lk
22^
Ac
232*
ggq^ i^^^
232,
Jo
922.+
aiiv-r6y.u^,
adv. {<^
crvvTifxvoy) , [in
LXX
Pr
1323
(WDiya xbj)
28
434
III
Mac
;]
concisely, briefly
Ac 24*
(Djr
;
(for
a similar
ii
ex.,
v.
MM,
to
xxiv).t
auj'-Tpe'xw, [in
LXX
:
Ps 49 {60f^
n^n),
Mac 3,
Ac
Jth
;
^*;\
loith
seq. cVet,
Mk
6^^
rrpos, c.
ace,
3^^
metaph,,
(Tuy-rpi^o), [in
LXX
chiefly for
^'2t2f
Mt
12^0 (L^x)^
Mk
54 143,
Jo 193(i^x)^ Ke
;
the body,
for 13tjr
to break,
CTuV-Tpiji,p,a, -To<;,
;
fig.,
Eo
162**.t
LXX
3^, al.)
(Le
also for
a fracture
(Arist.
:
Le,
I.e., al.).
LXX
III
Ki
12-*,
Mac
(Is, I.e.,
Wi
Eo
3^" (Lx;x)_t
(rvvrp(f)Ofi.cu, to
1 E,
11
Mac
:
or bro2ight up with, a foster-brother usage, as a court term, an intimate friend of a king (v. Deiss., BS, Ac 13^ (cf. also MM, xxiv).t 305, 310 f.) ** (Tuv-Tuyxdvu), [in 11 Mac 8^* * ;] to meet with, fall in with:
:
be brought up together), [in 9^^*;] 1. prop., one nourished Ac 13^ EV. 2. In Hellenistic
LXX
to
c.
dat. pers.,
Lk
8^'-*.t
->?s,
Ga
II
*tauc-uiro-KpiVofiai, 2i (Polyb.).t
c.
dat.,
orui'-uTroupY^w,
lii.t
o-oV-<j>T)fAi
-w,
to
c.
dat. instr.,
Co
*
(Eec. KTVfjL-), to consent, confess : c. dat., seq. on, Eo 7^^.t (Eec. crvfj.-), [in Wi 13'^*;] to cause to groto Lk B^'.t together. Pass., to groxu together or tvith (Plat, al.) 21 (pns), o-vy-), [in Ge Mac l^E*;] auk'-xaipu) (Eec.
**(TUf-<^6oi
LXX:
LXX
m
:
1.
I
to rejoice
with
2.
c.
Co
1.
;
12^6 i36_
cf.
to
dat pers., Lk 1^^ 15"' ^, Phi 2^~' ^^, congratulate (^schin., Polyb., al.)
EV
to
c.
dat. rei,
Phi,
i.e. (Lft.,
in
MM,
Ac
xxiv).t
LXX
for bb2.
121
etc.
;]
pour
together,
stir %ip,
commingle, confuse
trouble
:
21''^"
(cf.
Ki 30^^*;]
to
use together
with. Metaph., c. dat. pers., to associate ivith : Jo 4^ (Polyb., al.).t *t CToi'-xu'vi'w (Eec. (jvy- and in Ac 9^^ with LTr., as in late writers Ac 2 9^^ 1932 2l3i.t generally, -xi^W), Hellenistic form of -xew (q.v.)
;
:
*t o-uV-ij/uxos (Eec. a-vfx-), -ov (<C >/'^A'*?)' of one mind: Phi 22.t * aui'-wSifw, to be in travail together (Arist.) metaph. (Eur.), Eo B^-.t Ez 22-^*;] a **aui'&>fioCTia, -as, r) {awo/xvvfjii, to conspire), [in Sm.
:
conspiracy
Ac
-a?,
23^^.
at, Syracuse : Ac 28^2.t Syria: Mt 42*, Lk 2^, Ac
XopdKouo-ai, -wv,
Zupio,
if,
1523. *i
iQia 20^
21\
Ga
pl.t
72, mg.+ Ivpa, a Syrian : Lk 42^, Zupo(t>oikiKio'aa (Eec. -^otVicro-a) -t/s, r/, a Syropo&nician woman 7^, txt., (cf. v ^oivUrj ^vpia, Diod., 19, 93).t
Mk
WH,
Mk
WH,
EV
435
Syrtis, the
name
of
two large
Ac
27^^.t
17^^ (300), iv Mac 6\ al. ;] to draw, drag c. acc. rei, Jo 21^, Ee ; c. acc. pers., of taking to trial or punishment, Ac 8^ ; 1^0) T. TToXeb)^, Ac 14^* ; iirl t. TroXirapxas (cf. IV Mac, I.e.),
[in
:
LXX
ii
Ki
12*
Ac
c.
acc. pers.,
Mk
Q^",
Lk 9*^
(cf. cnrapaorcraj).t
o^/Lttt),
[In
LXX
:
Jg 2038.
>
(niy),
;J
Mk
14**.
(Strab., Plut.,
condemned by Atticists, v. Rutherford, NPhr., 492 f .) t 15''^, Eec.t *t au-oraaiao-nis, -ov, 6, a fellow-rioter : * au-oTUTiKos (Tr. crw-), -rj, -ov (<^ o-uvio-T7;/xt) 1. for pzitting together, constructive. 2. for bringing together, introductory commendatory
Mk
iTTKTToXrf (Arist.,
Diog. L.,
al.
and
v.
MM,
;]
xxiv),
11
Co 3Kt
together
:
o-u-oTpe'4>w, [in
rei,
1. to twist
c.
:
acc.
Ac
28*.
2. Pass.,
Mt
1722
(WH,
R, mg.).t
-^?,
au-oTpo<|>ii,
<r.
LXX: Ho
;
Am l^'' (^tZTp), etc. ;] 1. a twisting together (Plat.). 2. a a riotous gathering (Polyb.) Ac 19*'' a-. TroLelaOcu (Am, I.e.), concourse, to make a compact (RV, banded themselves together) Ac 23^2 luxdp (B, 2ixp)> indecl., rj, Sychar, a town of Samaria Jo 4^.t Zox^p., indecl. (Heb. QJljr), Shechem ; 1. the son of Hamor (Ge
TTOLelaOai,
: :
3319)
Ac
716b
Rec.
(<^
2.
city of
in
LXX
:
also
sometimes
(T^ayri,
^iKifia, -wv,
as in FIJ)
[in
Ac
7i6a,b.t
,
-rjs, 17
(rtfxi^u)),
H^IlI
etc.;]
slaughter
5^.t
Ac
8*2 (LXX)
J
'jrp6ftara (T<f>ayrjs,
Ro
-fjfiepa
atjiay^s,
Ja
a<|><YioK, -ov,
t6 {<i<T<f>ayrj), [in
LXX Am
:
525 (n37),
Ez
21i'''i5.28
(n3W),
Le
a victim
for slaughter
to
Ac
l^^i^^^lf
(esp. of
(T^dla,
54,
LXX
:
dpvt'ov,
cis
slay, slaughter
i
q( persons,
Jo
3^2^
^q
59
182*
ia-<f)ayfjiVT]
Re
13*
(cf.
KaTa-(r<^a^u)).+
a<}>6Spa,
LXX
chiefly for
ikO
very, very
much, exceedingly
with adjectives,
:
with verbs,
2^^
Ac
6^
Mt
Re im.f
a<(>o8pws, adv.,
(Ti>payii(a,
exceedingly
Ac
27i8.t
Qnn (De 32**, al.), also for DDD Mt 2766, Re 20* t. KapTrov (Da TH ^0 ggai^ (a) for security toCtov, fig. (cf. Deiss., BS, 238 MM, xxiv; DB, iv, 427a), Eo 1528; (b) for concealment, hence, metaph., to hide (Da th 92*, Jo 14^'^)
[in
LXX
chiefly for
826)
.]
f.
436
(c)
for distinction,
Ee
(Es
:
T^-s
for authentication
8^)
LXX
Ex
28^\
al.
a seal, signet : Ee 7^. 2. The impression of a seal or signet, a seal (on its various purposes, v.s. (rcf>payL^<o) on a book or roll, Ee 51,2, 5, 9 61, 3, 6, 7, 9, 12 Qi metaph., Eo 4", i Co 9^, 11 Ti 2^9, Ee 9*.t 3''' (v. Bl., 6, 8).+ *tCT4>u8p6i', -ov, TO, = a(f)vp6v, the ankle : Ac *<T<^vpis (T, Eec. <T7rvpLs, V. WH, App., 148; Bl., 6, 7), -1809, f,, a flexible mat-&as^e^ for carrying provisions Mt 15^'^ 16^, Mk 8^* ^',
al.
;]
1.
Ac
a^vp6v,
LXX
Jb
4120(2')
Ac 3^
6, 8).t
LXX:
11
Mac
:
5^,
of place, near.
o-XrifAa, -Tos,
2.
Ac
to
xw),
LXX
rps ;]
Is 3^^ (riB)
Mac
Co
7=^1,
Phi
:
28.t
v.s. ixop4>iq.
SVJV.
(Txilw, [in
LXX
chiefly for
2111;
to cleave,
rend
Mt
27",
Mk l^o
2^1.
Jo 1924
metaph., in pass.,
al.)
to be
divided into
91c,
factions,
Ac
14* 237.t
:
Mt
Mk
Co
Sy/v.
v.s. aipeo-ts.
^50
hi.)
*
*
'I'ope
(prop.,
one made
[in
of
LXX
27*^.t
(46)io
chiefly for
axoXdj^u) {<:a-xoXv)>
to be at leisure,
LXX: Ex
;
S^-i^,
Ps 45
(nBI
ni.,
hence, to have time or opportunity for, to devote ;] be occupied in : i Co 7^ of things, to be ^inoccupied, empty oneself to, oTkos, Mt 12**, Lk 1125 (t [WH], E, om.).t (Plut., Eur., al.)
:
ffXoXV],
-^s,
Tf,
[in
LXX
Ge
33^*
{Karh
o-.,
^ISn!?),
Pr
28i9,
Si
382* *
is
.j 2. Later (from Plato on), (a) that for which leisure 1 leisure. employed, a disputation, lecture; (b) the place where lectures are delivered, a school : Ac 19^ (for the later sense of employment, v. MM,
xxiv).t
CTcS^w
(on the
more accurate
hi.,
:
o-w'^w, v.
WH,
132*^,
*
;
hitr.,
410
;
Bl., 3,
;]
1-3), [in
ni.,
from
peril,
injury or suffering
seq. ex,
Mt
Mk
Ju
ni., etc.
to
save
t.
^I/vxw,
Mt
1625, al.
:
Jo
122^,
He
of healing, restoring to
health Mt 922, Mk 5^*, al. In NT, esp. of salvation from spiritual disease and death, in which sense it is "spoken of in Scripture as either (1) past, (2) present, or (3) future, according as redemption, grace, or glory is the point in view. Thus (1) Eo 82*, Eph 25 8^ 11 Ti 1^, Tit 35 (3) Mt IO22, Eo 13^ Phi 2^ (2) Ac 2*^ i Co l^^ I52, 11 Co 2^5 928" (Vau. on Eo 5). He Seq. d.7r6, Mt I21, Ac 2*o, Eo 5; iK, Ja 520,
; ;
Ju
23 (cf.
Cremer, 532
ff.).
437
Aram.
-TO?,
TO,
1.
[in
LXX
etc.,
and
for
n^JJ?
ij/.,
human body, (a) as always in Hom. (opp. to Se>a9), of the dead body Mt 27^^' ^^ Mk 15*3, ^1. (b) of the living body Lk ll^*, i Co 6^^ al. ev a. etvat, He 13^ as the instrument of the soul, Ta Sta rov a:, II Co 5^" opp. to TTvevfjLa, Eo 8^**, I Co 5' 7^ Ja 226 to ^vxv. Mt 6" 1028, Lk 12^2 (cf. Wi 1*, al.) to t^ tt. Kal ^ I Th 52^; Trvtv^jLaTLKOv, I Co 15**; 6 vao9 rov a. {J/v)(i.k6v, opp. to
;]
0,
body.
Prop., of the
(7.
0-.
(gen. epexeg.), Jo 22^; to cr. t. TaTretvwo-eojs Tj/j-wv (Hebraistic "gen. of definition " M, Pr., 73 f. ; Bl., 35, 5), opp. to to a. t. So^^s airod,
aifToi)
;
similarly, to cr. t. crap/cds, Col 1^2 a. rov Oavdrov (subject to death), Eo 72*; a. t. afx.apTia<;, Eo 6^; (c) periphr., avOpdnrov a-., then
;
Phi
321
Xen., al.), a 'person, and in later writers (Polyb., a slave: Ee 18'3 (cf. MM, i, ii, xxiv; Deiss., BS, 160). 2. Of the bodies of animals: living, Ja 3^; dead, He 13ii (Ex 29^*, al.). 3. Of inanimate objects (cf. Eng. "heavenly bodies") i Co 1537,35,40 (Diod., al.). 4. Of any corporeal substance (Plat., al.) opp. to o-Kia, Col 2^^. Metaph., of a number of persons united by a common bond in NT, of the Church as the spiritual body of Christ: Eo 12^ i Co lO^^'^^ 1213, 27_ Eph 123 216 4*. 12, 16 523.30, Col li'2* 2^9 S^^ h (T. K. tv TTVev^a,
absol., (Twjxa (Soph.,
al.),
:
Eph
4*.
**aw,iaTiK<5s, -rj, -ov o-S/ta), [in LXX: IV Mac 132 31*;] (a) of or for the body, bodily: yvfj-vama, i Ti 4^; (b) (opp. to do-w/iaTos) bodily, corporeal : cTSos, Lk 322.t *o-wfiaTiKws, adv., bodily, corporeally : Col 2^ (v. ICG, Lft., in l.).t Iwirarpos, -ov, 6, Sopater : Ac 20*.t awpeiJo), [in LXX: Pr 2522 (nnn), Jth 15"* ;J (a) to heap on: c. ace. seq. eVt c. ace, Eo 122" (lxx) (Arist., al.) {b) to heap with: c. ace. et dat., metaph., a^apriai^, 11 Ti 36 {overwhelmed with. Field, Notes, 217)
;
(Polyb.).t
loia6iv(]s,
-ov,
6,
Sosthenes;
6,
(a)
a Jewish ruler:
162i.t
Ac
18^;
(b)
Christian
Co V.f
Sosipater
:
IwaiTrarpos, -ov,
<T<iiTf)p,
Eo
-rjpoi,
6 (<^o-(ij^w), [in
LXX
;
for jnZT
;]
saviour, deliverer, preserver, a freq. epithet of kings in the Ptolemaic and Eom. periods (Deiss., BS, 83 LAE, 368 f. MM, xxiv), in NT, Ps 23 (24)^, Is 122, ^l.) Lk 1*^, i Ti 1^ 23 410, (a) of God (as Lk 2", Ac 53i I323, Phi 320 t. Tit 13 210 3*, Ju 25 (b) of Christ
;
LXX
;
Koa-fjLov,
Jo
4*2,
II
Jo
41*
(for the
;
v.
Westc,
in
1.)
rjixwv,
Ti
li.
Tit 1* 36
(v.
Deiss.,
LAE,
of the
3484;
M, Church
;
<rwTt]pia,
-as,
17
tov
o-ci/taTos (i.e.
[in
LXX
for VU''.,
H^mi,
n^tZ?!^,
Ac
725 278*,
He IV
i$ ixOpS>v,
of Messianic
4^2 13*7,
and
ll^i,
Ko
438
II
Th
Ti
315,
He
23 G^,
11
Pe 3^^ Ju
opp. to
cr.,
.iTrtiXeia,
Phi
l^^
;
128;
aluivKK
He
Ac
Ac
13^",
Eph
Co
;
o8os
<r(iirt]pLa<;,
IG^''^
Kc'pas (TWTT]pta<;,
Lk
;
l*"*
rjfiepa (Twrrqpia<i, II
S^^^-*^)
KaTepyd^faOai
Trjs a-.,
ttjv
eain^u
o-.,
o-.,
Phi
2^^
KXrjpovo/xelv a.,
He
pe
1^*
o apxTf^'*
He
2^*; cis
Lk
is.a.io^
Rq
T^*
1210 igi.t
auTi^pioi', V.s. crtoTT^ptos.
LXX
o-.,
for nyilS^
D^ty,
etc.;] saving,
:
NT
Neut., TO
2828
(TU)(f>pwv)
;
(cl.),
cr.,
salvation:
G^'^.t
Lk
2^0
T. ^oi},
Lk
51^,
3,
-S)
Ac
irepiKetjiaXaLav tov
,
Eph
* (Tu^poviiti,
{<^
(a) to
be of sound mind or in
5^^ (Hdt.)
one's right
;
mind
Pe
Lk : opp. to ^Kcrr^vai, 11 Co (6) to be temperate, discreet, self-controlled (opp. to fjiaivtadat, v^pt^civ, etc. iEsch., Thuc, al.) Tit 2^; opp. to vTre p(}>povlv, Eo 12^; a-. Kal vq<f>tiv,
8^5
:
Mk
47.t
:
Is 38i *
:
;]
to
make
cruxftptov,
(EV,
trai7i)
*t
al.)
;
(rw<}>po'iCT)i6s, -ov,
{<^<T(ji(^povit,(ji), (a)
:
an admonishing
(FIJ, Plut.,
{b)
self-control, self-discipline
l.).t
11
here, v. Ellic, in
LXX Wi 911*;]
:
LXX
Ti 2^
Es
3i3,
Wi 8^,
11
Mac ^^\
iv
:
Mac^*;]
Ac 2G25 Syn., xx), ib. i^.t iv Mac 9*;] (a) of sound mind, sane, **o-c5<|>p(i>j', -ov, [in sensible; (b) self-controlled, sober-minded : i Ti 32, Tit 18 22' ^ (Arist.).t
soundness of mind, good
:
Xen.)
self-control, sobriety
LXX:
t,
As a numeral,
TabitJia
300, T
300,000.
(Eec. Ha^iOd),
rj
Tapped
(Aram. Nn"!5W or
Nn-'nip),
Ac
TapiOd,
rdyiia,
v.s.
-tos,
Ta^aOd.
to {^^rda-croi),
[in
LXX
n^n
"hy^
;]
that
Co
I52*
ICC,
in
l.).t
TaKT<5s,
-i
:
-o'v
Tci(ro-w), [in
LXX:
Jb 12*
(]58B^)*;] ordered,
fixed, stated
r^xipa,
Ac
122i.t
439
;]
[in
to
do hard labour, suffer hardship or distress : Ja 4, trans., to weary, distress (so Ps 16(17)*, Is 33^).+
TaXaiirupia, -as,
tj
In
cl.
occasionally
[<^raXaLiro)po<i),
[in
LXX
hard work (Hippocr.). 2. hardship, suffering, distress: Eo 3^(^^^); (Hdt., Thuc, pi, Ja 51 (v. Bl., 32, 6; WM, 220; Swete, Mk., 153).
al.
;
and
cf.
MM,
xxiv.)t
LXX:
al.;]
Ps 136
(ttoiciv t.,
TTO'),
To
13^,
Wi
Ee
3^,
Eo
(b)
7^*,
Ee
3i7.t
{<^TdXavTov),
(a)
worth a talent;
of a
2.
weight
16^^.t
LXX
for 133;] 1.
(a)
a balance (Horn.).
(in
that xvhich
is
money, whether gold or silver, equivalent to a talent in weight (v. DB, iii, 418 ff.) Mt IS^* 25^5 ^-t TaXi0d (Eec. ToXiBa), (Aram. Xri'^bftJ, v. Dalman, Gr., 150), talitha,
;
:
always of gold)
a talent in weight
Horn,
i.e.
maiden
Mk
5*^t
;
6,
syncopated form of cl. Ta/jLteiov 5; Thackeray, Gr., 63 ff.; Deiss., BS, 182
Tttficioi'
(late
v.
f.),
M,
Pr.,
44
f.
Bl,
LXX
4,
(Thuc,
al).
2.
a store-chamber
(Arist.,
Xen.
De
al.)
28^):
:
Lk
12^*.
3.
an inner chamber
[in
(Xen., Hell., v,
5;
Is 2620,
Mt
6 2426,
l^
1.
123.t
T<Cis, -etas,
V Tao-o-a>),
91^,
LXX
Jb
3812 (nipn),
Ps 109
(110)*
(nn^"^). II
Mac
al.)
al
;]
an arranging, hence,
in military sense,
2.
disposition of
an army,
:
battle
3.
order (Plat.,
I
Lk
1^.
arrangement,
;
Co
711, 17
MM,
,
xxiv)
He
,
-ov,
[in
LXX
for b^f^
''3^
""jy
etc.
;]
low-lying
lowly, of low degree, broiight low : Ja 1^, 11 Co 7^ (cf. opp. to SvvdarTai, Lk 1^'^ ; t. TaTrttvois (neut., E, txt. masc, E, mg. v. ICC, in l), Eo 12^6; (b) lowly in spirit, humble, in cl usually in a slighting sense (v. Tr., Syn., xlii but v. also Abbott, in an honourable sense : 11 Co 10^ seq. t. KopSta, Essays, 81), in Mt 1129 (cf. Ps 33 (34)i) opp. to vTrp7]<f>avo<:, Ja 4^, i Pe 55(Lxx).t
metaph.,
(a)
Si 252^); oi
T.,
;
NT
*tTOTT6ii'o<t>poo'uni,
-/7s, rf
humility
2
;
Ac
20^9,
Eph
42,
Phi
23,
Col
Pe
5^
bad sense
i>pw), [in
BJ,
iv, 9,
also in
TaTr6ii'<5<t)pi',
:
-ov
TttTTeivo?,
LXX
Pr 2923 (^n
cf.
!35Br)*
;]
humble-minded
72,).t
Pe
3^ (in
bad sense,
Plut., 2,
336 E,
Deiss.,
LAE,
440
-S (<^
raTreivo's)
:
[in
nzV also
,
for bsttr,
r33
etc.
;]
to
abase:
Mt
IS^ 2312,
Metaph.,
to
humble,
Mt
23^2,
Lk
1411 181*,
Phi
Pe
5^.f
"^3^;]
Taireifucris, -cws, ^
(<[ TaTrcivoco)
:
[in
LXX
chiefly for
321,
abase(Plat.,
Lk
,
1*8,
Ac 8^^(^^\ Phi
,
Ja V^
and
later writers) .t
IJl etc., forty-six words in all ;] to disturb, trouble, stir up : primarily in physical sense (Horn., Eur.) T. v8wp, Jo 5'*!''''. Metaph., of the mind (.^sch.. Plat., al.), to trouble, disquiet, perplex: Ac I52*, Ga 1'' S^** iavrov {troubled himself ; Westc, in 1.), Jo IP*; of a crowd, to stir up, Ac 17^' 1*; pass., Mt 2* 142", Mk 659, Lk 112 2438, Jo 1227 (Ps 5 (6)*) 14i'27, I Pe 31MLXX) ^. 7rvcv>aTi,
TapdaCTw, [in for bnsi
; j
LXX
Jo
TapaxT,
-rj<s,
rj
(<[ Tapao-crco)
:
[in
LXX
In
for nbn?ri
pi.
HQinO
cl.),
>
tc.
;]
trouble, disturbance
r.
vSaros,
Jo 5 f*l
(as in
tumults
later
Mk
138, Eec.t
rdpaxos,
LXX
:
for rHQinp
:
etc.
;]
form
Thackeray, Gr., 159) Ac 12i8 1923.t Tapaeu's, -e'os, 6 Tapo-os), of Tarsus : Ac 911 2139.t Ac 9*0 II25 22lt Tap<T6s, -oi, Tarsus, a city of CiHcia *t Taprapou, -w (<[ Taprapos, a Greek name for the under-world, esp. the abode of the damned), to cast into hell : 11 Pe 2* (v. Mayor,
of Tapaxv (Xen.,
v.
in
l.).t
Tla(T(D,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
DW
;
also for
ms
pi.,
]T)3
etc.
;]
primarily, in military sense, then generally, to draw up in order, arrayige in place, assign, appoint, order: c. dat. (ace.) et inf. (Bl., 22io kavro^<i, I Co 16^5 pass., Mt 8^ 72, 5), Ac 152 182 (Star-, (T [WH], E, txt., om.), Lk 7, Eo 131; 00-m ^a-av TiTayfxivoL cU ^o>7> and Page, in 1,), Ac 13*^; mid., aiwvtov (perh. in mid. sense; v. to appoint for oneself or by one's own authority, Mt 28^", Ac 2823.t
i^
WH)
EGT
TaGpos, -ov,
6,
[in
LXX
;]
a bull
Mt 22^ Ac
14i3,
He
913 lO^.t
ra^-f],
-rj<;,
rj
(<[^a7rrw), [in
LXX
;
and cognate
v.
forms;] burial:
Deiss.,
Mt
27^ (Hdt.,
al.
for other
meanings,
LS,
s.v.,
BS, 355
f.,
MM xxiv).t
(<;^a7rTw), [in
T(<|>os,
-ov, 6
LXX
;]
1.
a burial
27"">6
(Hom., 28^ Eo
al.).
2.
Mt
232'.29
313 (i'^).t
**T(ixa Taxvs), adv., [in quickly, presently ; (b) perhaps Td)(tiov, V.S. Ta^u.
(a)
(chiefly poet.),
Eo
5'',
Phm ^^.t
chiefly for
TaxEws
{<C.Taxv<:),
adv., [in
LXX
441
forms;] quickly, hastily: Lk U^^ 166, Jo ll^i, i Co 4i9, Phi 2^^'^^, II Ti 4; with suggestion of rashness, Ga 1^, ii Th 2^, i Ti S^^.t Pr li, Hb 1^, Is 59^ (inn), Wi 13^, Taxifos, -V, -ov, [in
LXX
Si
II
11^"'^
18^'^*;]
poet,
and
of swift approach,
Pe
11* 2i.t
T6,)^l<rra, v.S.
raxy.
LXX
Eo
Adverbially, cv
Lk
111*
188,
Ac
and derivatives
LXX
Mk
;]
quickly,
2i S^i
Mt
9^9,
Lk
15^^ Jo 1129,
Re
22'712. 20
(Att.),
Compar., Ta^^ov (T, Eec. Ta^tov), = cl. Oaa-aov, 6aTT0v 3): Jo 13^^ 20^ i Ti 31* (T, Eec), He 1319.23.
T., as quickly as possible (Bl., 11, 3), Ac IT^^.t chiefly for lilD pi. ;] quick, swift, speedy : Taxus, -cia, -w, [in opp. to ^pa8v<s, Ja li9.t e^, ac, atque), Tc, enclitic copulative particle (= Lat. -que as kcu in NT, more than two-thirds of the occurrences being in not very freq.
Superl., Taxto-ra: ws
LXX
solitarium, and, denoting a closer affinity than Kai between it connects (BL, 77, 8) Mt 28^2, Jo 4*^, Ac 2^^>^7'*'' 10^2 1121, a^i 2. Denoting a closer connection than simple ttS . Kttl, T Kttt, T T (Ac 261 JJq I48), ctS Zf^fiZZ Kai, T
Ac.
1. TC
aZso,
60^/1
.
.
and
and,
al.;
tc
Se,
126,27.
LXX
a wall,
a town Ac 9^5, 11 Co ll^^, He ll^o, Ee ** TCK|xripioi', -ov, TO (<^T/c/xap, a mark, sign), [in Wi 5* 19i', III Mac 32**;] a sure sign, a positive proof : Ac 1^ (for exx., v. MM,
LXX
xxiv).t
Syn:
eySeiyfxa, q.V.
-ov,
*+TeKi'ioi',
TO
(dimin. of
13^3,
Ga
reicvov), 4i9,
to beget
*TKi'OYoi'ia, -as, ^,
T^Kvoi', -ov,
TO {<^TiKTw), [lu
is
LXX
(cf.
1^11,
etc.
;]
:
that which
begotten, born
;
Lk 1^, Ac 7^ pi., Mt 711, Mk 72^ Lk li^, Eph 61, al. Trayyi\ia<;, Eo 9^ t. t^9 a-apKos, ib. in a wider sense (as Heb. TCKva 2i8, Lk 38, al.; specif., of a male child, Mt 2128, Cr23.), of posterity, Mt
sex
I312,
;
Mk
a,l. ; in voc. as a form of kindly address from an elder to a junior or from a teacher to a disciple, Mt 92 2128, -^^ 2^, Lk 2*8 r.
Ac
2121,
liov
(=
cl.
T.
/Aoi;
Ga
4i9 {r^Kvia,
WH,
.
txt.), 11
:
Ti
2i.
Metaph., (a) of disciples (apart from direct address, v. supr.) Phm 1**, I Ti 12, Tit 1*, III Jo * (&) with reference to the Fatherhood of God (v.S. Tra-rfip, yiwdw), reKva t. Oeov (cf. Is 301, ^i 1521^ jJq gl, Eph 51,
;
Phi
21*;
and
esp. in
Johannine bks.
(cf.
Westc, Epp.
442
Jo V^,
al. (c) of those who imitate others and are therefore the spiritual offspring of their exemplars Mt 3^, Lk 3^ regarded as Jo 839, Eo 9^ I Pe 3^ t. Sta^dAov, i Jo 3io {d) as in Heb. (LXX, Jl 2-3, Ps 1492, 1 Mac 138), of the inhabitants of a city Mt 23", Lk 133* 19*^, Ga 42^ (e) with an adjectival gen., freq. rendering a Heb. exor formed on the analogy of its language, pression, adopted from but sometimes with parallels in Gk. writers (v. Deiss., BS, 161 ff.)
Jo 3\
LXX
TEKva
(fxnTOs,
Eph
58
T.
{iTTaKO^s,
Pe
1^*
Karapas,
II
Pe
2^*
opyrj^,
Eph
23.
Srjv.
v.s. Trats.
-w,
* TCK'o-Tpo4>'u),
to rear
young
(of bees,
Arist.),
to
bring
up
children:
Ti 5i.t
6, [in
TeKTwc, -ovos,
LXX
;]
an
:
artificer in
wood>
Q^.f
MM,
xxiv)
Mt
13^^,
Mk
[in
LXX
:
and
cogn. forms ;] having reached its end, finished, mature, complete, perfect; 1. of persons, primarily of physical development, [a) fullPhi 3^^ opp. to vrpno<i (-a^civ), grown, mature : He 5^* ; ethically
;
Col 4^^ t. iv Xptcrrw, (J) complete, perfect (expressing the simple idea of complete Col goodness, without reference either to maturity or to the philosophical Mt 5*8 19^1, Ja 1* 3^ of God, idea of a WAos v. Hort on Ja 1^)
I
;
Co
2" 14^*,
;
Eph
4^3
^^
^o^
Tre7rXr]pocf)Opr}fjLevOL,
1^8
Of things, complete, perfect : Eo 12^ epyov, Ja 1* vo/aos, ib. ^s dydin], I Jo 4^8 ^^ ^_^ j Qq I310 compar., TfAciOTc'pa Su^fyrjfia, ib. 9^^. reference in St. Paul's usage to (aricqvj), He (There is probably no the'use of this term in the ancient mysteries cf. ICC on Col 1^8 j^uIj V. also Lft., in 1., and Notes, 173 f.) t Syjv. : v.s. oAokAt^pos (and cf. Eendall, He., 158 ff.). Jg 9i'i9 (Q^pri), Pr 11 Te\ci(5Ttis, -^Tos, ^ TeAetos), [in LXX
Mt 5*8.
2.
^"^
(TOPl),
Wi
615 1217,
Col 3",
4*, al.
He
6\f
TcXeiow, -w
TeXetos),
LXX: Ex
:
29^,
Le
(t.
x"pas,
abn
bring
pi.),
II
Ki
Wi
to
an
Lk
2*3,
Jo
536 17*
pass.,
17
ypa(f>rj,
Jo
19^8^
2.
to
:
bring
:
to
completeness, to complete, perfect ; (a) of things He 71, 412, 17 He 21" 9^ IQi' 1* gy^ of persons, in ethical and spiritual sense pass., Lk 1332, Jo 1723, Phi 312, He 5^ 7^8 ll*o 1223, i Jo 418 (for a
maturity or Ja 2^^, i Jo 2^
;
different
326 722^
He
:
21**, al.,
:
v.
Eendall, in
11
l.).t
**TeXeia)s
Taos),
17
adv., [in
LXX
1
Jth 11,
Mac
12*2,
Mac
2922,
Pe
li3.t
TeXciWis, -cws,
al.
;]
TXidw),
[in
Ex
fulfilment, completion, perfection : Lk 1*^, He 7".+ *t TcXeiojTiis, -ov, 6 (<^TA.ida)), a consummator, finisher
else).t
He
12'
(nowhere
**TcXea<|)op^, -w
TcAos,
<l>ipio),
[in
LXX:
iv
Mac
I320*;] (a) of
443
(6)
of females,
TeXeoTciw,
-ai ;
tcXvt7;),
esp.
[in
LXX
complete, finish
t. t. alCJva, t. /Slov, to
Hdt.,
al.).
2.
Intrans., to
Mt
Mk 9*8,
7]
come to an end, hence, to die (Hdt., al.) Lk 7^, Jo ll^^, Ac 229 7^5, He II22 Hebraistically,
;
Oavdrw
TcAevTcCTo, (nipr
niD
Ex
2117),
[in
Mt 15S Mk
al.)
:
^^H-LXX^f
TcXcoTTi, -^s,
Tc\a)),
:
LXX
2i5.t
ma;]
the
1.
finishing.
2.
an end
t. (3tov
:
(Hdt.,
also without
(3lov,
end
of
life,
death (Hdt.,
Plat., al.)
Mt
for nbs pi., etc. ;] 1. to bring to an TcXe'u, -w (-<Te'Aos), [in end, complete, finish: t. Spofjiov, 11 Ti 4^; t. Xdyous, Mt 72^ 19^ 26^; T. wapafSoXa^, Mt IS^^ t. TrdXas, Mt 1023; pass., Ee 15^ 203.5.7; c. ptcp., Mt IV. 2. to execute, perform, complete, fulfil : Lk 2^9, Ac 1329, Eo 227, II Co 129, Ga 5i, Ja 28, Ee 11^ pass., Lk 125o IS^' 22^7, Jo 1928.30, Ee 107 151 1717. Mt 172*, Eo 13 3. to pay (freq. in cl.)
,
LXX
(of.
Ittl-,
crvv-TX(o).t
T^os,
LXX
for
Y\^_,
etc.;
ds t6
t.,
chiefly for
nSJ^
and cognate forms ;] 1. end : most freq. of the termination or limit of an act or state (in NT also of the end of a period of time, cl. reXevrrj), Lk 133, J Qq 20", 11 Co 313, I Pe 47 by meton., of one who makes an
;
Co 1^3, He 3^* 6^, Ee Lk 18^, Jo 13^ (or here, 223" adverbially, to 8c t. ^x^tv, Lk to the uttermost, v. Westc, in 1.) of the last in a series, Ee 21^ 22^3 of the issue, TcXos, finally, i Pe 38 fate or destiny, Mt 26^8 c. gen. rei, Eo 621, al. c. gen. pers., 11 Co
end,
226
.
Eo
^,'5
10*
Co
18, 11
^.^ to
or at the end,
;
Mt
IO22,
;
Mk
13i3,
aim or purpose, i Ti 1*. 2. toll, custom, revenue as most usually, Mt 172^. *TeXwnf)s, -ov, 6 (<^TeXos, (Lveofxai), 1. a farmer of taxes (Lat, publicanus). 2. A subordinate of the former, who collected taxes or Mt 5** tolls in a particular district, a tax-gatherer (EV, publican)
11^3,
al.
; ;
of the
Eo
137
pi.,
Lk 312 527.29 729 1810,11,13. pi.^ K. dfjiapTiokoL, Mt 9i.ii 1119, Mk 215.16, Lk 530 734 151 T. K. 7r6pvai, Mt 2131.32; ^ ,.^^^^^5 ^_ ^,^ Mt 1817 MM, xxiv).t (cf. DB, iv, 172 ext., 394 f.
103,
.r.
.
; ;
;
*t TcXoiv'ioi',
-ov,
:
TO (<^ TcXoivr;?)
a custom house
(so in
MGr.),
toll-
Mt
[in
99,
Mk
2i*,
Lk
527.t
LXX
chiefly for
nSIQ
;]
a wotider, marvel
in
NT
always
pi., t. k. a-qfjula,
Mt
o-rjixecov).
Tertius : Eo 1622.t T^pTuXXos, -ov, 6, Tertullus : Ac 24i. 2.t T^ao-apes (and lon. and late -epes, and late ace. -s; v.
TipTio<s, -ov, 6,
f.), ol,
al,
-apa,
tol,
gen., -wv,four:
Mt
M,
243i,
Lk
237,
Jo
1117 1923,
Ac
1011,
Ee
4*-
, al.
:
Ac
2727. 33_t
;
(Eec.
Tecro-ap-,
v.
WH,
App., 150
45
f.
444
ol,
al, rd,
indecl, forty
reara-ap-,
Mt
4^,
Mk
1",
(T,
-c'tt/s
Eec.
V.
SUpr.),
-e's,
of forty
Ac
7^^ IS^'^.t
LXX
II
Ki
3*
(^JPai) *
;]
of or on thefo^crth day
t. elvax
(Hdt.,
t.
yevcV^ai), to be four
days dead,
1425,
Jo
ll^o.t
Wrapros,
6*8,
LXX chiefly
16^ 21i9.+
',
for ^^2.1
;]
fourth
Mt
Mk
Ac
103,
Ee
:
47 6".
8^2
to 6e tetrarch
145), -w (^Terpaapx^?), 10, 7).t *+ TtTpadpxTis (Eec. TiTpd.pxq<i, v. supr.), -ou, 6 (<^TT/3a- in comp. ap^w). tetrarch, i.e. (a) prop., the TETopa, Doric for Tea-crapa,
V.
WH,
A])]).,
gen.,
Lk
3^ (FIJ,
BJ,
iii,
(b) any petty ruler governor of a fourth part of a region (Strab.) in NT, of Herod Antipas Mt 14^, Lk S^^ 9\ Ac 13i.t (Plut.)
; ;
:
ywvia),
[in
LXX
:
for
yiST
and cogn. forms;] square: Ee 21^^ (Hdt., Plat., al.).t *t TerpdSioj', ov, to, a qiiarternion, a group of four
12* (Philo).
TCTpaKia-xiXioi, -ax, -a, 2138.t
TTpaK(5<noi, -at, -a,
TTpcifiT]i'os,
o-TpartwTwv,
Ac
four thousand:
Mt
15^8 igio^
Mk
S^'^*,
Ac
four hundred: Ac
-ov,
[in
LXX
(neut.)
Jg 19^
;
20*^
t.
Ga S^^.t A (nvsiy
wpa, but
D'^CTin) *
;]
as subst.,
(sc.
neut. in Eec), Jo 4^5 (Thuc, al.).t * TCTpa-irXoos, -r], -ov (-ov?, -17, -ovv) fourfold
,
TCTpd-TT-ous,
-ovv,
[lu
LXX
Eo
Ac
lO^^ 11^,
chicfly for
of
ashes;
for
Wi
nn^U
,
2^,
al.),
to
6%rn
to
ashes:
Pe
2''.t
T'x'T),
-77s,
-iy,
[in
LXX
18^2
njyyo, n^jiny;]
etc.
arf, craft,
trade
Ac
17^9 18^,
Ee
(WH,
and
ni.,
LXX
;]
a craftsman,
Ee
God (Wi
cf. Tr.,
ni.,
:
13i),
He
ll^^.t
Svjv.
Srjixiovpy6<;, q.v.,
TTiKw, [in
LXX
for
DDD
melt dotvn
pass., to melt,
;]
trans., to melt,
11
Pe
3^2_f
*TT]XauYais, adv. (-^t^Ac, afar, + aiyrj, radiance), poet, and in late 82^ (WH, mg., 87;Xavya)?).t prose, at a distance clearly : **TT)XiKouTos, -avrrj, -ovto (altern. of TTjXiKocrSe, -rj8e, -dvSc, strength11 Mac 12^ in Mac 3^ iv Mac 16**;] ened form of Tr]XUo<;), [in
Mk
:
LXX
445
things,
an
so great
ii
Co V^,
-u),
:
He
2^,
2.
Of
TTjp^w,
[in
LXX
27^^,
for nntZ?
1S3
;
etc.
;]
1.
ii
to
watch
over, guard,
Co ll^, i Ti 5^2, Ja F^ Ju ^M seq. ek, Jo 127, Ac 25^\ i Pe 1*, ii Pe 2*.^ 3^ Ju ; iv, Jo 17">i2, Ju 21; iK, Jo 1715, Re 3i; t. mWiv, ii Ti 4^, Re 14^2;
keep, preserve
Mt
Ac
IS^^, al.
iavrov,
T.
cvoTT^ra T. 7rvij/x.aTos,
Eph
;
4^.
2.
to
to,
observe
9i; T. cvT-oX^v (-as), Mt IQ^^, Jo 1415 1510^ I Ti 6^\ T. adfS^aTov, Jo 52, 55 1423.24 1520 17c 322.24 53^ Ee 1217 1412 2^I Jo T. Aoyov (-ovs), Jo 8". 2i0; t. TrapdSoaLv, Ac 155, Ja 7; I Jo 25, Re 38.10, 22't.
-^
v6fiov,
Mk
T. Ipya,
Re
22"
:
t. yeypa/jifieva,
Re
"
1^
Syjv.
(f>v\d(r(rw,
t.
expresses
<^.
and
may mark
:
is
^ -n7p'co),
[in
1.
LXX Wi 6^\
Co
7i9.t
Mac
Mac
(v.
3*0,
III
Mac
ward
Wi,
Deiss.,
v.
BS,
5***;] 267) Ac 4^
:
11.
c, and
Westc. on
Tj
Jo
23.), i
TtPcpids, -aSos,
ddXacra-a rrj? T.,
Jo
6^^;
Jo
61 211 ^^f
6,
TiP^pios, -ov,
Ti0Tj(jii,
the
Emperor
for
:
Tiberius
]T)2,
Lk
,
3i.t
1.
[in
LXX
2355,
miZT,
JTW
al.
;
etc.;]
;
causative
of
Ket/Atti,
Lk
rest,
Mk
15*^
Lk
Jo
ll^*,
place for oneself: of putting in 4*, 51^' 2^, al. of giving counsel, fiovkrjv, Ac 271^ prison, Ac of laying up in one's heart, Lk I*'" 21i* (i Ki 21i2) (6) to put down, lay down of bending the knees, t. yovara, to kneel, Mk 15i^ Ac 7"", al. of
to
;
Mk
421, 11
Ac Co
6*^, 7i,
Ro
9^3, al.
of laying the
cVc', c.
seq.
gen.,
Lk
dead to 8i, Jo
31^, al.;
wo, Mt
5i5,
al.; -n-apd,
Ac
put or placed,
laying down life, t. t/oix^v, Jo 1011,15,17,18 1337, 38 1513 1 Jo 316 of laying by money. Trap iavrw, 1 Co 162; of setting on food, Jo 2i0; metaph., of setting forth an idea in
13*;
;
of
symbolism, Mk 4^0. 2. to set, fix, establish : vTroSciy/xa, 11 Pe 2". 3. to make, appoint : Mt 22**, Mk 12^6, Lk 20*3, Ac 2^5, Ro 41^, al. Mid., to make, set or appoint for oneself : Ac 202^, i Co 1228, i Th 5^, i Ti V^, al. seq. iva, Jo 15l (cf dva-, irpoa-ava-, aTTO-, Sta-, avn-Sia-, eK-, ctti-,
;
.
crvv-eTTL-,
TiOrjfjLt).
Kara-,
crw-Kara-,
ft-fra-,
irapa-,
irepi-,
rrpo-,
Trpoa-,
(tuv-,
vtto-
chiefly for lb'' ;] prop., of parents, to beget, bring TiKTu, [in absol., Lk 157 2", Jo forth, but esp. the latter, and so always in 1621, Ga 427 (LXX) (v. M, Pr., 127), Re 122. * vl6v, Mt 121. 23, 25^ ik 13i 27, Re 125. 13 pass., Mt 22, Lk 2". Metaph., of the earth, ySorai^v, 57 (.^sch., al.) ; of lust, dp-aprtav, Ja 115.t
LXX
NT
He
to
11 Es 93, Is 187, Da T^Xa), [in 223, Lk 6i.t pluck, pluck off: o-rax^as, Mt 121,
LXX:
LXX
tpsr
7*
(t31D)*;]
Mk
Tifiaios, -ov, 6
Tifidw,
-S}
(Aram.
'0''a(?), v.
Mk
10*^t
1. to
Ti/i,i7),
[in
LXX
for
ly^
pi.,
hi.,
etc.;]
446
ISMLxje),
122",
ace. pers., of Christ, Mt 27^ (I'^^^l 2. to honour: 6, 8(Lxx) 1919 (lxx)^ T^'^o lO^^, Lk
Mk
Bph m'^^^\
Ti
53, I
Pe
2^7
TroXXals n/xar?,
[in
LXX
for ^13?,
Ij^"!,
:
etc.;]
a valuing, hence,
objectively;
rei,
^Wce paid or received e. gen. pers., Mt 27^; e. gen. Ac 4^* 19^9 ^_ ai>aTOS, Mt 27^ riyopda-erjTe TL/x^^, 2. esteem, honour: Eo I Co 6^^ 72^; covcio-^at TifX7j<; apyvptov, Ac 7^". 12^0 13^ I Co 1223, I Ti 517 61, He 5*, i Pe 2^ (R, txt., preciousness, cf. Hort, in 1.), 3^ r. 8i86vai, 1 Co 122*; ^x^lv, Jo 4:*\ He 3^; t. KalSo'fa (8. ^^lxx), 9^ i Pe 17^ Pe ii:^ Re 49- 11 512. i3 K. T.), Eo 2"' 10, I Ti 11^ He
1.
Ac
5'^'^;
pi.,
712 2126;
I
T. Kai Kpotros, I
Ti 61
is t.,
Eo
921, II
Ti
220. 21;
iy r.,
Col
223,
Th
4*;
by meton.,
of
marks
of
honour, Ac
28i*'.t
"Ij?^;]
LXX
chiefly for
valued, hence,
(a) precious, costly, highly valued : primarily, of money value, Xi^os, Ee 17"^ 1812. 16 2119 ; pi., I Co 3^2 ; compar., -wrcpos, i Pe 1^ Eec. ; superl, jn extended sense, xapTrds, Ja 6'^ ; al/xa, i Pe li** -wTaros, Ee 1812 2111
.
hrayyeXfiaTa, II Pe 1* ; (b) held in honour, honoured, esteemed worthy 13* ijnjxv, Ac 202* (v^here t. is pleonastic, 6 ydfxos, c. dat., Ac 534 l.).t v. Page, in Ee I81 (cf. *tijai<5tt)s, -i?to9, 17 (<^Ttyu,tos), preciousness, worth:
;
He
Hort on
ti/at?, i
Pe
27).t
Ti|i(506os, -ov, 6,
Ti'fiwj',
Timothy: Ac
17i*' i^ IS^,
Eo
I621, al.
-wvos, 6,
Timon
Ac
1. to
6^.t
Tifiwpew, -w {<^TLfx^
(blDCT pi),
+
;]
ovpo<;,
Wi
Ac
22^ 26ii
MM,
Tipiwpta,
1.
-a?,
7}
(<;Ti/^twpew),
[in
LXX:
:
Pr
2422
102^.t
(TB),
etc.;]
help, assistance.
2.
vengeance, punishment
cf.
He
Syn.
TiVu,
T.
KoXacTL^, q.v.,
[in
LXX:
I.e.),
SUrjv
(cf.
Pr,
and xxiv. Pr 2712 (t. ^r;p,iW, for W2V to pay penalty, 11 Th 1^ (v. M,
?;
MM,
ni.), etc.;]
to
pay:
;]
Th., in
l.).t
^
Tis,
neut.,
Ti,
LXX
;
for ^p
.?,
np
:
in
He
15,
al; seq.
Ik
what used both masc, fem. rts; 9^, al. mult. c. gen. partit., Ac 7*2, (= gen. partit.), Mt 627, Lk 1428, Jo 8 = ttoIo^,
in neut., which,
I.
As
subst., 1.
Mk
Lk
Ac
I
4*1 62,
2227, al.
Lk
;
193,
5s
Ac 171^
or
:
al.
Trdrepos
cl.
;
=
TL,
5(ttls (rare in
cf.
1325.
312
;
2.
Neut.
tC;
whit
;
;
Jo
yevrjraL),
?, Mt 5*^ 117, Mk 103, al. x^P^v tlvo^, 143i, al. elliptically, im tl (sc. eis n', Mt tl ydp, TioSv, Eo 39 61' 15, I Co 1415, al.
;
Eo
Tl
c/xol
(v/juv)
Mt
5*,
Lk
Koi 143i,
crot,
v.s.
2i8,
eyw.
al.
II.
Jo
III.
447
Mk
Jo
Co
al.),
in rhet. questions,
q\. i^ exclamations
Gike Heb.
as
:
nij),
how (n Ki
620,
Ps 3^
Lk
As
12*9.
TTov,
TTCtfs,
TTOTc to TTov,
I.
subst., 1. onc,
:
a Certain
one
al.
pi.,
Eo Lk
someone, anyone, something, anything : Ac 1725, Eo 5^, al. = indef., one (French on), Mk 8*. 225, Eo 82*, al. pi., nves, some, 14*, al. Jo II. As adj., 1. a certain : Mt 18^2, Lk 15 82^, Ac 32, al. with proper names, Mk 152\ 16^8], Jo 5^*, Lk 2326, al. c. gen. partit., Lk 7^^ al. 2. some :
3^, al.
8*6,
Jo
225,
Mk
;
Mk
Ac
1721 242*,
He
11*0, al.
surnamed Justus
Ac
18^,
T,
WH
(EV.,
Titos) .t
**tTiTXos, -ov, 6, (Lat. titulus), [in Aq., Sm., Th. Je 21**;] a title, inscription : Jo 19^^' 20 (in Christian Inscr., epitaph, v. xxiv).t
:
MM.
II
Co
St.
Qa
:
(TtTos).
Ac 18^
i
EV
Th
(T,
:
WH,
Jb
TtTtos).t
Toi-yap-oOi',
LXX
:
22i*'
2422 ^p-ij^^^
Si 4116,
al.).t
al.
;]
48,
He
Is 310 5^^ 27*, Wi l^i accordingly, therefore : as in cl., after the first word in a ;] sentence, i Co 926 ; ace. to later usage, at the beginning, Lk 2025,
Toi'-.'u^
an
LXX
8*, al.
He I313.+
-oioaSe, -dSe, -ovSe,
such
II
Pe
l^^.t
-ovTov in Al., Ac 2125, ^qq^ only), correlat. of oTos, ottoios, m, etc., sitch 433 52 713 937 (t, Tot^rtuv), 98 185, as this, of such a kind, such :
Mt
Mk
Co 51 1116, II Co 3*. 12 123, He 726 81 123 1316, Ja 416 olos ... T., I Co 15*8, II Co IQU id. pleonast. (v. Bl., 50, 4), Mk 1319 seq. ottoios, Ac 262^ ,59, Phm ^. As subst., anarth. pi., Lk 99 c. art., 6 t., such a one (Bl., 47, 9 Ellic. on Ga 521) Ac 2222, pi., Mt I91*, Mk lOi*, al. neut. pi., Ac 1925, Eo 132, ^l. I Co 55, al.
Jo
916,
Ac
;
162*,
LXX
chiefly for
Tp
;]
Ac
233
(cf.
Trxos).t
t6kos, -ov, 6
TiKTa)),
(b)
[in
LXX
for
1J873,
etc.;]
(a)
a bring-
offspring.
(cf.
usury
Metaph., of the produce of money Merch. of Venice, I, iii, " a breed of barren
:
metal
")
Mt
II
2527,
-G>,
Lk
[in
ToXfido),
LXX
:
Jb
I512
{npb),
Es
to
II8
75 (n^
N^p),
to
Jth
1413,
Mac
42,
m Mac
321
E, iv
Mac
II21
;
8I8*;]
have courage,
11
absol., 11
Co
seq. eVi,
Co
IO2
c. inf.
448
(Bl,
I
55
Mt
10^2,
22*6,
Mk
1^*,
123*,
Lk
;
20*o,
Jo 21^\ Ac
to (in cl.
5^^
V\ Eo
15^8,
Co 6\
Co
5^^
Phi
Ju
^; to
submit
sense),
went in
roA/xi^o-as (v. Field, Notes, 155) 15*^ (cf. d7ro-ToA/xaa)).t Field, op. cit., 44), *ToXfiif)pa)s, adv., (<[ ToX/xT^pds, bold, daring), boldly:
(v.
Ro
Mk
compar.,
ii
-oTpu)s (T,
Rec. -oTepov),
-ov,
6,
Ro
15i^t
ToXfATj-rris,
(<^ToA/Aao>),
bold,
daring
m%n
Pe
2^**
(Thuc.).+
*T0|i6s,
-rj,
-ov
T/xvw),
sharp:
compar.,
-cirepos,
metaph.,
He
4i2.t
To^oi', -OV, TO, [in
LXX
',]
a bow
:
Ee
G^.t
troTrdl^iG.', -ov,
TO (and TOTra^o?,
LXX
Ex
Jb
2819,
Ez
2813 (ni^G),
Ps 118
(119)1^7 (7S)*;]
topaz:
Ee
212" (v.
Swete, in
l.).t
TOTTos, -ov, 6,
[in
LXX
Gi^
;
chiefly for
;
DIpQ
(cf.
;]
place
Lk
;
4^^ lO^'
^^,
Mt 241^; ^prjfxo^, Lk dwSpo? (pi), Mt 12*3, l^ 11^* Karh tottous (BV, in divers places), Mt 24^, Mk 13^ rpaxils t., Ac 27^9 t. St^dAao-o-os *i eToi/xd^av t., Jo 142. 3 i^^cv. Re 126 Si86vaL, Lk 149 c. (q.v.), ib. t. KaTa7rat'o-(os, Ac 7*^ defin., t. fiaa-avov, Lk 1G2^ KpavLov, Mt 2733, gen. Mk 1522, Jo 1917 seq. oS, Ro 92^ Sttov, Mt 28^, Mk 1G, Jo 420 623 1940
Jo
513 6i,
Ac
;
1217, I
Co
12, al.
t.
5ytos
Is GQi^),
Mt
1413, al.
TTfStvo's,
of a place which a person or thing occupies, Re 2^ Gi* 128 ^^ /^axaipas, Mt 26^2 ^ -g^^^ ^^ Ac 12^ Metaph., of of a place in a book, Lk 41^ (cf. Clem. Rom. / Co., 8, 4). station, occasion, opportunity or power Ac 251^, Ro 12'^ condition,
.
1130 1941
^y ^^
Jo 116
^^'
,5^
Ac
733
1523,
Eph
Sv^r. : x<^P" (extensive), region; x'^P^^^ (enclosed), a jnece of ground, t. is "a portion of space viewed in reference to its occupancy, or as appropriated to a thing " (Grimm-Thayer, s.v.). ToaouTos, -av-rq, -ovto (He 732) g^^d (elsewhere, as usually in Attic)
-oBtov, correlat.
pi.,
number,
;
so great, so
nmch,
so
many
Jo
1533
Xpovo?,
wo-Te,
149,
;
Mt
Mt 8i Lk 7^ He 12i, Re 18^. le of time, so long, He 47; pi., Lk 1529 (T77), Jo 1237 2I11, i Co I410; seq. of price, too-otjtov, Ac 5^ dat., absol. pi., Jo 6^, Ga 3*
: ;
Too-ovTw KpciTTOJV,
T.,
He
1*
',
T.
fiaWov
ocTii),
He
102*
KaO' oaov
Kara
He
722.t
demonstr. adv. of time, correlat. of ot, then, at that time; concurrent events: Mt 2i7 3* and freq., Ro 621 seq. ptcp., Mt 2i, Ga 48; opp. to vw, Ga 42^, He 1226 6 t. Kdo-/tos, 11 Pe 36 (b) of consequent events, then, thereupon : Mt 27 3* 41 and freq., Lk 1126
Tore,
(a) of
;
; ;
t. o^v,
t., Mt 1326 211, Jo 111* 191,16 208; iieiws t., Ac 171*; ot 417 1621 2616, Lk I6I6 1216 of things future Mt Jo dffo T., Mt (c) 2428,40 25i'3ifl.; opp. to Sipn, I Co 1312; Kal r., Mt 723, 1321, Lk
. .
. ;
Mk
2127,
Co
45,
al.
Zrav
T.,
Mt
9l^
Mk
22o,
Lk
535, i
Th
53, al.
(more
freq. in
Mt
449
on
ToiivavTLov, by crasis for to evavriov, neut. ace. used adverbially, the contrary, contrariwise : ii Co 2^, Ga 2'', i Pe 3^.t
Toufofio,
by crasis for to
by
name
Mt
27*^.t
TOUT^OTt
tout' loTt.
6,
rpdyos, -ov,
[in
LXX
iQi.t
also for
TSS
izr";]? ;]
a he-goat
a
He
912. i3, 19
-t^s,
17,
rpdirc^a,
1.
[in
:
LXX
Mt
also for
00^,
;
etc.
;]
table, dining-tahle
IS^^,
Mk
728,
Lk
IG^i 19^3
2221. 3o
of the
table of shewbread, He 9^. By meton., of food provided (v. DB, iv, 670 a): Ac IG^*, Eo 119(lxx)^ i Co lO^i; ^iaKovfiv rah r., Ac 62 (cf. Page, in 1., but v. infr.). 2. A money-chai ger's table, a bank (Dem.,
Arist., al.)
:
Mt
Ac
21^2,
{Notes, 113),
Mk
Jo
2^5
* Tpairej^iTr]s (Rec.
changer, banker
Tpaufia,
:
as in
cl.), -ov,
a money-
Mt
252''
(Dem.,
Plut., al.).t
-Tos,
TO,
[in
LXX
for
rsgl
bbu
etc.
;]
a wound
Lk
103*.t
20^2,
Ac
LXX
chiefly for
bbn
;]
to
wound: Lk
*t TpaxtjXij^w {'C^Tpa.xrjXo'i), prop., of wrestlers, to take by the throat, hence (Philo), to prostrate, overthrow. Metaph., but in what sense and from what age it is doubtful (v. Weste., Kendall, on He, I.e. DB, iii, 625 n), Tpax-qXiafiiva, laid open (EV, Weste. doivticast, Eendall):
;
He
4i3.t
LXX
chiefly for
;
INjy
etc.
;]
the neck
tt.,
Mt 18, Mk 9*2, Lk I72 iTmreaeiv hrl t6v t., to embrace Lk 1520, Ac 203^. Metaph., vTro^elvai tov iavroi T. (for similar v. Zorell, s.v.), Eo le'* iTnOfivai tyyov im tov t., Ac IS^'^.t
;
Tpaxus,
I.e.),
-ila,
-V,
[in
LXX
;]
ro^lgh
68ol (Is,
Lk
35 (LXX); ^0^0^'
(i.e.
rocky),
Ac
2729.t
Tpaxui'iTis, -180S,
Damascus
Lk
{<C,Tpaxv<;), Trachonitis, a rough region S. of 17 (in FIJ, sometimes rj T., sometimes 6 Tpdxoiv) rj T. x^P"-i
:
3^.t
Tpeis, ol,
rpirrj ^.,
at,
Tpi'a,
rd,
three
Mt
12*'',
al.
fi^ra T. fjp.lpa'i
TTJ
11 ff.). Tpeis TaPc'pcai (v.s. rapipvrj), Three Tavems (Lat. Tres Tabernae), a halting place on the Appian Way Ac 29^* (v. DB, iv, 690) .t Mk 5^^, Lk 8^"^ c. ptep. (in cl. xp^fAw, to tremble, esp. with fear
lO^*, al. (cf. Field, Notes,
:
Mk
more
freq.
c. inf.), 11
Pe
(cl.
;
2^'*.t
Tpi^ta, [in
LXX
bl3
pi.,
:
b^H
hi., etc.
;]
1. to
make
to
Mac
S^'^ ll^'^)
Mt Lk
62 25^7,
29
450
LXX
924,26. c. inf.,
Mt
Mk
Jo
20^^
*,
i
;
Co
mg,
15^\ Lk 15^\ indie, Mt 27*8, from runners in a race, of swiftness or of effort to attain an end Eo 9i, Ga 22 57, Phi 218 t. dyC^va (Hdt., Eur., al). He 12^ 6 Uyos r.
Ee
99
ptcp., Spayativ,
Mk
KvpLov
(cf.
Ps 147*
-Tos,
Th
3^ (cf.
aw-,
iiTL-a-vv-,
:
VTVO-Tpex^)-^
pa(f>t8os,
Tpfjfia,
TO,
a perforation, hole
Mt
19^*,
"WH,
txt.
/3k6vr]^,
Lk 18"
:
SyjV.
TpvfxaXid, TpvTnjfxa.
TpidtKorra,
TpiaKoo-ioi,
indecl.
-a,
6,
three
[in
al.
Tpi'poXos,
-ov,
LXX
:
(pnn), Pr 225
(j5f)*;]
rj
thistle
12'i
Tpipos, -ov,
Tpt^a)),
3^,
[in
LXX
:
for
n^po,
y^rt^, etc.;]
a beaten
track,
a path
Mt
17
Mk
l^,
Lk
3* (i'XX).t
*TpicTia, -as,
(^rpeis,
:
eTo<;),
Ac 20^^+
2^3; Sm. Is 38^**;] 1. prop., of sounds by **Tpilu>, [in Aq. animals, to cry, chirp, etc. 2. Of other sounds, e.g., trans., t. oSovras, 9i8.t to gnash or grind the teeth :
Am
Mk
Tpifiricos, -ov
Tpers,
p.-qv),
[in
LXX (neut.)
;
Ge
382*, iv
Ki 233iB
112*.+
248, II
Ch
T7
3629
(D'^orii;!
(=
Jo
el.
T.),
Tpi's
a space of three months (Polyb., al. Tpcrs), adv., thrice: Mt 263*. 75^
1125 128; i^x
^.^
LXX) He
:
Mk
143o.72^
Lk
223*.
i,
13^8, II
Co
Ac
1016 1110.+
:
Ge 617(16), Ez 42^*;] of **+TpiaTCYOS, -ov {rpek, a-Teyr}), [in Sm. three stories : to t. (sc. oIkij/jlo), the third story, Ac 20^ (Dion., FIJ,
al.).+
thousand
:
Ac
2*i.t
Mt
222e,
Mk
I221 152^,
;
Lk
242i,
Ac 2l^
Xen., al. v. Field, Notes, : substantively, ace. masc, rpirov, a third to t., c. gen., the third part of: Ee 87"i2 915. is 14*i, Jo 21i7 12*. anarth., rptTov, As adv., TO T., the third time : 21i*, n Co 12i* 13^ ; in enumerations, thirdly, a third time, Lk 2322, Jo I Co 1228; iK T., a third time, Mt 26**.
TJ7 T. rjij-epa
(i.e.
the next
al.
11
Mk
Tpixfos,
-V, -ov
{<Opti),
[in
LXX: Za
al.).+
13*
(ISTBt),
Ex
26^*;] of
hair:
aa.KKO's,
Ee
612
(Xen., Plat.,
Tp6fios, -ov,
6 (^^Tpe/AO)),
[in
LXX
: :
for
;
niTT
TJTT,
T05, etc;]
trembling, quaking, esp. from fear Mk 168 <f)6fio<; k. t. (as in Ge 92, Ex I516, De 225, ig 1916^ al.), i Co 23, 11 Co 71^, Eph 6^, Phi 212.+ xpoin^, -^s, V Tpe7ra)), [in De 331*, Jb 3833, ^i 718^ al.;] a turning: esp. of the revolution of heavenly bodies, fig., Ja li^ (v.s.
LXX
aTToaKtacr/ta) .+
45l
6 {<iTpe7ru)),
:
[in
LXX
;
a way, manner, fashion Mt 2337, Lk 13^*, Ac 1" 7^8, ii Ti 3, Ju ^ Ka6' ov T., Ac 151^ 2725 (cf. MM, XXV) Kara Trai^a t., Eo 3^ Kara fxrjSiva T. (iv Mac 42*, al), n Th 2^ Travrl T., Phi l^e, n Th 3i. 2. Of (ev) 135.t persons, manner of life, character (Hdt,, ^sch., al.) He
;
tTpoTro-<|)opa),
-w,
[in
LXX: De
iTpo<f>o-,
another's
manners
(R, txt.,
;
1.
c.
to
bear
ace. pers.,
Ac
(v.
I318 (Eec,
WH,
i,
Kuhner3,
Tpo(t>ri,
T, R, mg.).
2.
=
,
Tpo^o<t>op4u> (q.v.),
l.c.t
-^s,
^
:
T/)c<^a)),
[in
LXX
512. i4.t
for
DO^
Jo
]i70,
48,
bpx,
etc.;]
nourishment, food
2733,
34, 36, 38^
Mt
Lk
1223,
Ac
Metaph. He Trophimus : Ac 20* 2129, 11 Ti 420.t Tpo<|>6s, -od, ^ Tpe>a)), [in LXX Ge 358, jy Ki IP, Is 4923 (ni^ro) *;] a nurse : i Th 27.t
ja
215.
Tp6<|)i,jios, -ov, 6,
:
11
Ch
2211,
tTpo<|)o-4>op'a),
-w,
[in
LXX: De
l^i
(siz?:),
11
Mac
72^*;]
to
nourish (Hesych.), bear like a nurse (R, mg., bare he them as a nursingfather) c. ace. pers., Ac 131^, T, Tr., R, mg. (WH, R, txt.,
:
Tpo7ro(f}opw, q.V.).+
Tpoxi<i, -5s,
V Tpoxos), [in
LXX
Pr
Ez
the track of
a wheel, hence, a
track,
path:
fig.,
He
Tpox<5s, -ov,
TO (<^Tp;(a)), [in
in
l.).t
LXX
[In
a wheel:
Ja 3
(v.
Mayor, Hort,
-ov, TO,
LXX
etc.
;]
Mk
LXX
Re
for
141^
iSp 1X3
,
to
gather in
it is
c.
ace,
the
fruit,
Lk
6**,
(b)
of that
from which
gathered,
Re
a
14i9.t
murmur,
Wear
coo), [in
LXX
:
for
nin
iri
;]
(<Tpu(o, to
:
aioay), [in
LXX
Mk
Je 13*
{p'^pi),
etc.
;]
rpvpyj,
:
a hole
t. pa<^t8os,
eye of a needle,
IQ^^.i
Syn.
needle,
rprjfjia, TpvTrrjfjia
a hole:
T. pa<f)i8o<s,
eye of a
Mt
192*
(WH,
-775,
7,
txt., Tp^fia).f
Svit/". :
rp^fia, Tpv/jLoXtd,
TpJ4.an'a,
Tryphana
Ro
Phi, 175
f.
MM,
xxv).t
rpv^du,
(ajy
hithp.).
:
-G>
Tpv<^r^), [in LXX: Ne 925 (^^ hithp.). Is 6611 Si 14* * ;] to daintily, live luxuriously, to fare
sumptuously
SvJV.
:
Ja 55
(cf.
iv-Tpv(f)d(D).f
OTraTaXdw
(q.V.), arp-qvidui.
452
-^9,
:
17
[in
7-^, 11
},,
LXX
Pe
-aSos,
chiefly
for
luxurio^isness
Lk
-7?s,
2^^.t
Tpu4)(iaa,
Tryphosa:
rj,
Ko
Troas, a city
Ac
Ti 4^\f TpwyoWioj' (also written -yvXtov, -yt'Xiov, -ia, V. Bl., 6, 3), -ov, to, Trogyllium, a city of Ionia Ac 20^^ (WH, txt., R, txt., om.).t *TpwYu, 1. prop., of animals, tognaio, munch, crvnch (Horn., al.). Of men, to eat raw food, as vegetables, nuts, etc. (Hdt., al.). 3. In 2. Mt 24^8, Jo G^*. 56, 57, 58 1318 late vernacular, simply to eat (= iaO^w)
, II
21-', II
: :
Co
(LXX
I.
iaOiwy) (v.
Kennedy,
MM,
xxv).t
De 19^ (NSn), Jb 3^1 17\ TUYxa^'w, [in 15^^ i Mac 11*2, (without definite Heb. equiv.),
:
LXX
Wi
Pr
24^8 (30^3)
]y[ac
3^
al.
;]
Trans.
:
al.).
ivith
(opp. to ap.apTa.vw, to miss the mark: Hom., Xen., 2. to hit upon, light upon ; (a) of persons, to meet with, fall in absol., ptcp., 6 tv^wv, a chance person, anyone (Lat. quivis),
1. to hit
Tvx^v, not common or ordinary, Ac 19^^ 28^; (b) of things, to reach, get, obtain: c. gen. rei. Lk 20^5, Ac 24^ 26^2 27^, 11 Ti 2^\ He 8 11^^. II. Intrans., to happen; of things, to happen, chance, 15^''' so ptcp., befall : impers., ti tv^oi, it may be, perhaps, i Co 14^*' 16 (cf. iv, vTrep-ev-, em-, v. M, Pr., 74), i Co T^xov (old ace. absol.
ov
; ;
Trapa-, a'vv-Tvy)(avo)).T
TUfA-n-afij^w
LXX:
Ki
21^3(i4)
to
(nw
death
pi?)*;]
(cf.
1-
beat
a drum.
:
2.
to
Westc. on He, I.e.) *tTumKws, adv. {<^TVT!-o<i), example i Co lO^^.t TUTTos, -ov, 6 TwrT(o),
:
pass..
He
(a) typically
(Greg. Naz.)
(b)
byway
of
[In
LXX Ex
I
2539(40) (n^j^p),
Am
52
(D^y),
III
the
mark
:
of a
the stamp
(Plat.)
Ac
7*^ (LXX)^
S.form
stance of a letter (iii Mac, I.e.), Ac 23^5. 4. an example, pattern Ac 7*^ He 85 (LXX); in ethical sense. Phi 3^^ i Th 17, 11 Th 3^, i Ti 4^2, Tit T, I Pe 5^ in doctrinal sense, type (v. ICC, in 1.), Ro 5^*.f
;
SyJV.
V.S. VTrorvTrwcri?.
chiefly for HDJ hi.;] to strike, smite, beat: c Tuirru, [in ace, Mt 2449, Mk 1519, Lk 12*5, Ac IS^^ 21^2 232.3; ^f mourners ra (TT-^erj, Lk 1813 23*8; eVt t. (riayova, Lk 629; cj? t. Ke<^aAi^v, Mt 2730 Metaph., of God inflicting evil Ac 233 (cf. Ex 82, Ez 79, al.) of
:
LXX
disquieting conscience,
Topai'j'os, -ov, 6,
Co
8i2_t
:
Tyrannus
Ac
199.t
pass.,
122o.t
:
*Tup^di<a,
6opv/3a^o)).t
to
disturb,
troiMe:
:
Lk
10*\ Rec.
(WH,
7^^
R,
Tu'pios, -ov, 6,
ri,
a Tyrian
Ac
Tupos, -ov, rj. Tyre, a maritime city of Phoenicia 38 724, Lk 6^7 IQis.^ t 2P'^ T. K. 2t8(iiv, Mt 1121.22 1521^
Mk
Ac
Mk
453
Q^^,
-6v, [in
LXX for
53^ al.
luy
;]
blind
:
as subst., o
t.,
Mt
Mk
822,
Lt
418 (Lxx)^
Jo
Metaph.
[in
Mt
15i* 23"-26,
Jo
Q^S"",
Eo
219, II
Pe
18,
Ee
S^^.
Tu<})X<5w,
-5 ru<^Xos),
LXX:
Is 42i9
(l-ir),
To 7^K,
Wi
N*;] to 6^i?Mi, make blind: metaph., Jo 12*" (LXX, Ka/xiMvo)), 11 Co 4*, I Jo 2ii.t *Tu<|>oa), -w (<;-n)<^o?, smoke; metaph., conceit), prop., to wrap in smoke; used only metaph., to puff up, becloud with pride: pass.,
221
I
Ti 3
6*, II
*Tu4>(i>
to
smoke:
Mt
1220
(LXX,
*t
Tucfxji'iKo?,
-ov (<;tv<^o)v,
fl
Ac
27i4.t
TuxiKos (T,
47, II
Eec,
TvxtKo^), -ov,
Tychicus: Ac 20*,
Eph
621,
Col
Ti
412,
Tit 3i2.f
Y,
u,
|/iX6i',
TO,
v,
As a
is
400,000.
(<^
At the beginning
[in
of a
word, v
-ov
va.KtvOo'i),
LXX
:
for
lynp
9^'^
n^^P ;]
of
hyacinth, hyacinthine (v.s. vaKivOoi), "doubtless blue smoke of a sulphurous flame " (Swete)
al.).t
meant
to describe the
Ee
;]
(Hom., Eur.,
(a) in
udKifeos,
cl.,
-ov,
6,
[in
LXX
hyacinth ;
a flower, prob. the dark blue iris; (b) in late writers, a precious Ee 212'' (phil,, stone of the same colour, perhaps the sapphire FIJ, al.).t * ud\iyo<i, -7), -ov (<^vaAo?), of glass, glassy: Ee 4'' 152.t
:
SaXos, -ov,
6,
[in
LXX:
Jb 28^7
(n^D-iD7)*;]
1.
(Hdt.) a clear
transparent stone. 2. (from Plat, on) glass: for riNS, uPpi^u vy3/3ts), [in
Ee
21^^'^^.f
1.
LXX
etc.;J
intrans., to
wax
c.
wanton, run
ace. pers.,
riot.
2.
Mt
22^,
Lk
17,
uPpis,
-cws,
[in
LXX
2.
1.
vf^pLa-fia,
an
act of
an
12^'';
Ac
MM,
:
xxv).t
uPpioTTis, -ov, 6
(^v^pi^w),
Ti
l^^
LXX chiefly
injurious)."^
for n^J+l;]
violent,
insolent
man
:
Eo
12", i
(eV,
Byn.
454
LXX
and
freq. in
To;]
sound, healthy, in good health : Lk 5^^ 7^" IS^^, Jo "K In Past. 1^^ t. TrCa-Tei, t. ayaTrrj, Epp. (as also in cl.) metaph,, i. iv t. tticttci, Tit T. VTTOfjLOvfj, Tit 22 ^ ijLaLVOva-a 8t8acr/ca\ia, I Ti l^O, II Ti 4, Tit 1 2^ Xoyoi vyiaLvovTe<:, I Ti 6"*, II Ti l^'^.t
to be
; ;
oyiris,
-e's,
acc,
vyirj
(Attic usually
12i3 lb^\
-6a),
[in
LXX
i*- ^^
for
"^n.
etc.;]
soioid, ivhole,
dTTo,
Mk
5^*;
"'
7^3,
Ac
4i0; seq.
cl.),
metaph., Xoyos,
S^^
Tit 28.t
iypos,
-a,
-ov,
[in
LXX:
[in
Jg
167.8
(jh),
Jb
(nbn),
Si
39^^
NA*;]
Lk
23^^.t
uSpia, -as,
v8a)p),
LXX
a water-pot or
jar
in Attic
ayyos, a pot,
urn or jar
of
NPhr., 23
1^^
MM,
xxv).t
uSpoTTOTc'cj,
-w
{<^vS<ap,
vLvu)),
otvo)
[in
LXX: Da LXX
'
(HJIB'
i,
D^) *
;]
to
xpw^"^'-
Ti
5^^ (Hdt.,
71
Plat., Rep.,
561
c, al.).t
-1],
-6v
(vSpwi/f,
dropsy),
dropsical,
suffering
from
3^^
LXX
Re
;]
water
Mt
323,
Mk
110,
;
Lk
7**,
Jo
47,
Ja
312,
8i, al.
pi.,
Mt
1428.29^
Jq
Re
115, al.
Eph Mt 1715 Mk
Mk
Jo
He
^^.-^^ ^^ ^^^ Mt 311, Lk 3i ^vedixa, Jo 126. ^L 33 metaph., of divine truth and grace i$ V. K. TTvevfx.aTO'; yiwrjOyjvai, Jo 3^ 4i-ii i^-i^) (cf. ib. (t.) v. (t.) ^wv, Jo t. v. t. ^oj'^s, of spiritual refresh922
;
;
6 {<ivo),
to
rain), [in
518,
LXX
;
chiefly for
IMp,
QIS^3;]
rain
Re 11^ S^l/ifio^ (q.v.), sc. v., Ja 5'.t phrases, vl6v TiOicrdai, 6eTo<; vios), freq. metaph., in Inscr. (v. Deiss., BS, 239), adoption of a son (or daughter) Ro 9* (6) with Christof God's relation established (a) with Israel ians Ro 315, Ga 4^, Eph 1^ of its consummation, Ro 823.t
:
Ac
141^ 282,
He
6^,
Ja
*t
ulo9eo-ia, -as,
rj
(cf.
the
cl.
al.
for
13,
LXX very freq. and nearly always for ]3 Ge Da LXX th 71^, al. etc.;], a son; 1. in the ordinary
41^^,
,
sense:
origin c. gen.
91^
;
Lk
li^,
Bl., 35, 2), tov toC 'Uaaat, (cl.), SwTrarpos IIvppov Bc/roiaios,
;
n-pcoTOTOKos,
Lk
2^
fwvoyvt]<i,
:
Lk
sense, of posterity
vl.
f.),
Aauffi,
mult.; omitted with the art. of Ac 1322(i'XX); also Ac 20* c. adj., 712 opp. to voOos, He 128 in a wider of the Messiah (cf. Dalman, Words,
al.
; ;
;
316
ff.;
DCG,
ii,
653
Mt
22*2,45^
Mk
1235,37^
Lk
455
Hom., II., i, 162, al), Mt 279, Ac 9", al. as belonging to, being connected with or having the quality of that which follows (a usage mainly due to translation from a Semitic original Dalman, Words, 115 f. cf. Deiss., BS, 161 ff.
vies 'AxatSv,
Metaph.
(a)
DCG,
123,
II
I
ii,
652
55;
T. T.
f.): t. Trovr/pov
(8ia/?oXor),
;
Mt
1338,
Ac
1310
t.
vviJ.<f>:;iVO<i
(v.s. vvfjL<t>iov),
Mt
915,
Mk
2^9, ai.
;
Th
;
T. ip^'j/r;s,
Th
23
;
aiwvos TovTov,
Mk
3^^
dvaoracrcws,
;
203*
t. dTrci^eias,
Eph
;
22 5
/Spoils,
TrapaKXrytrcw?,
8ta^7;K77s,
BS, 166
al.
;
Ac 325 f. DB,
;
(&)
iv,
570
DCG,
life
ii,
654
ff.),
:
of
6^8
men, as partakers
of
to
come
Mt
5^,
Lk
{j^
;
203,
Eo
S^* 926,
Mt
43 829 2819,
(t.
Mk 3*,
,
^n unique sense
6 Xpiar^s o vl
1127^ ^1.
Ocov ^wvTO^
ivXoyrjTOv)
Mt
,
16^^,
Mk
14"^;
tov avOpwTrov
Heb. DIN Aram, mzs "Q Dalman, Words, cf 234 ff. DB, iv, 579 ff. DCG, ii, 659 ff. Westc, St. John, i, 74 ff. other reff. in Swete, Mk, 2}^), based on the Aram, of Da 7^3^ where the phrase, like the corresponding Heb. (as in Ps 8*), means a man, one of the species, and indicates the human appearance of the person in question. It is used of the Messiah in Enoch, c. 46, 1-4, also in 133 12, ai._ II Es Our Lord first makes the phrase a title, using the def. art. It seems to combine the ideas of his true humanity and representative character. Exc. in Ac 7^* and (anarth.) Ee 1^3 1414^ it ig ^ged of Jesus only by himself Mt 820, Mk 2^0, Lk 52*, Jo 1^2, al. S^^l, -v:. V, [in LXX: Jb 1929 (t) 38*9 (n?^), Ps 68 (69)2 B'
(in
LXX
;
for
Wi
:
11
Mac
22*,
iv
Mac
129*;]
wood, forest, woodland (Thuc, Xen., al.). 2. wood, timber, fuel (Horn., Hdt., Thuc, al.) Ja 3^ (v. Hort, Ja., 70, 104 f.). 3. = Lat. materia, esp. in Philosophy, matter (Arist. and later writers; Wi,
II.
c.).t
'YjieVaios, -ov, 6,
HymencBus
Ti
I20, 11
Ti
2i'^.t
gen.,
poss. pron. of second pers. pi. (= emphasized your, yours : Jo 7" 8^7 1520, Ac 273*, Eo 113i, i Co 161^, V^v), to v., as subst., opp. to t. dAAdrptov, II Co 88, Ga 613; ag pred., Lk 629 1612 (WH, txt., E, mg., ^/xercpov) objectively, v. Kaux^o-is, my gloryLk
ufAtTcpos, -a, -ov,
; ;
ing in you,
1.
Co
153i.t
for bbn pi., TtZT, hi., etc.;] unviut, -S> v/ivos), [in trans., c. ace. pers. (in cl. also c. ace. rei), to sing to, laud, sing to 2i2. and NT, 2. Intrans., to sing : in the praise of : Ac 162^,
LXX
HT
He
LXX
Mt
and praises
l.).t
to
God (Ps 64
(65)i3, al.),
2630,
Mk
-ov, 6,
[in
LXX
for n^ni?,
HJ'^aj,
TCT,
;
etc.;]
a hymn;
a festal song in praise of gods or heroes song of praise addressed to God Eph 5i9, Col a
(a) in cl.
:
(b) in
di^^.f
LXX and NT
456
wSrj,
Col
al.
3'6).
iir-dYw, [in
;]
LXX
Ex
of the vulgar language, in pres. and impf. only (Bl., 53, Trans. 1. to lead or bri7ig under, subdue (Hom., Hdt., al. Ex, I.e.). II. Intrans., to go slowly 2. to lead on slotvly (Hdt., Xen., al.). away, xoithdraw oneself, depart (so less freq. in cl. Thuc, Eur., al.) absol, Mt 832 1344^ Mk 63, Lk 8^2 Jo 67 82 11^* U^> 28 188;
word
1).
I.
W\
01
ip\6ixevoL K.
k.
OL VTrdyovT<;,
<fiiprjT,
Mk
Jo
6^^
VTrrjyov k.
;
eTrt'orevov,
V7ray7}T
Kapirov
15^^
Opp.
imperat., vnaye,
Mt
id.
d^o
&^ 20^\
Mk
2^1,
to 729 10^2.
Jo 12^^ epx^adai, Jo 3*
^i^
iva 8^* ;
dprivriv
{iv el),
prefixed to another imperat. (BL, 79, 4), Mt 53* 1** IO21 16^, Jo 4i 9^, Ee lO^; with KaC 84 1815 1921 2128 2765 281", inserted, Ee 16^ euphemistically, of death, Mt 262*, -^^ 1421 q ^(Jv. 1235 145 165^ I Jo 211; -^^^ TTod (q.v.), Jo (q^^^ Jq 821.22 1333,36 144^ Ee 14* iKel, Jo ll^ c. prep. Trpo's, Jo V^ 133 16^. i". i7 ; ds, Mt 9^ 211 112 1413^ Lk 1930^ Jo 621 73 9n usi^ Re I310 178. 20*' 7, "
Mk
5^^ Ja
216
Mk
Mk
19
Trpo'?,
Mt
.
2618,
Mk
519;
7ri',
Lk
1258;
^^^^^
Mt
5*i;
^TrtVo,,
Mt
ib.
1623,
Mk
;]
833
c inf^
rj
tfiTraKOTi, -^s,
Jo 2l3.t
[in
irrraKOvo)),
LXX
;
II
Ki
2236
(-jjjy)
jq ^q.
obedience (opp. to TrapaKorj) 1. in general, absol., cis v., Eo c. gen. subjc, 11 Co 71^ 106, Phm 21 c. gen. obj., Eo 1* (Lft, Notes, 246) 1626, j Pe I22 r. Xpiarod, 11 Co 10^. 2. Of obedience to
616
; ; ;
2323 *
God's
absol..
commands
iPe
11*
;
;
absol.,
Pe
I2
opp. to afxapria,
Eo
6I6
;
re/cva
{iTra/co^s,
c.
gen. subj., Eo I518 161^. 3. Of Christ's obedience gen. subj.,Eo 51^. (The word is not found except in
LXX
chiefly for
yaBT
;]
to
listen,
al.)
:
(a)
to
(Plat.,
Xen.,
:
Ac
stibmit to, obey (Hdt., Thuc, al.) absol., Phi 212 c. inf., 12^ Q aat. pers. (Plat., al. but more freq. c. gen.), Mt 82^, 4*1, Lk 825 176^ Eo 616, Eph 61' 5, Col 320. 22, 5^, i Pe 36 c. dat. rei, Ac 6^ Eo 612 1016, II Th 18 31* seq. ts (by attraction, for dat. v. ICG,
attend He 118
Mk
He
in
1.),
Eo
6i7.t
LXX Nu 520. 29
:
(i^tn
:
non), Pr
ywrj,
62*. 29^
Si 99,
4121 *
.J
under or subject
-S,,
to
a vian, married
:
Eo
7^ (Polyb.,
Diod.,
to
al.).+
inr-avrduy,
[in
LXX Da LXX
meet, meet
(dTT-,
c.
1712
WH,
txt.),
dat. pers. (v. M, Pr., 64), Mt 828 289, 52, Lk 82^ Jo 4" 1120, 30 1218^ Ac I6I6; of meeting in battle,
Mk
Lk
etc.
143i.t
t oTT-dcTTjo-is, -ews,
;]
7/
LXX LXX
Jgll3*,
ets v.
{T)Slpb),
a going
uiraplis,
to
meet
rj
-ecus,
ek
v. (v.
M,
Pr., 14),
[in
Mt
83* 25i,
Jo
12i3.t
vTra/ap^w),
457
=
t.
to.
{nrdpxovra,
He
uirdpxw,
[in
LXX
1.
for
rm
IZ??.
'|'^^
etc.
vTrdpxovra for
al.).
n^i^p,
^D"],
.
etc.;]
to begin,
make a beginning
(Horn., Hdt.,
:
Ac ready, be at hand (Hdt., Thuc, al.) 3. to be, prop, expressing continuance of an antecedent state or condition (cf. Gifford, Incarnation, 11 ff. XXV) c. nom. pred., Lk 8*^ 9*8, Ac 43* 7" 8^6 163 1936 2120^ i Co V^ 12^2
2. to be in existence, be 2712, 21 28^^. ggq_ ^^
19***
^Q
MM
320
Ja
I
215, II
Pe
II
;
311
ptcp.
c.
pred.,
Lk
II
Co IV, Pe 219
Co
8^7 1216,
seq.
cv, c.
dat. rei,
Ga T* Lk V^
I61* 235o, Ac 23o 3^ I72* 22^, Eo 4i9 2^*; pi., Lk 1V\ Ac 1620.37,1729
16^3,
Ac
5* IO12,
Co
;
lli^,
Phi
mg., being originally). Phi 2^ cv, c. dat. pers. (among), i Co lli^; fiaKpav diro, Ac 17^^; -n-pos t. awrrjpia^, Ac 273* 4. to belong to (Thuc, Xen., al.) c. dat. pers., Ac. 3 43^ 28^ 11 Pe 1^ 12i* TO. virdpxovra, one's belongings, possessions : c. dat. pers., Lk 83 44 1433 iqi 198 Ac 432 c. gen. pers., Mt I921 24*^ 251*, Lk II21 1233.
v p-op^rj Otov vTrdpxoiv (E,
:
Co
133,
He
103*
(cf. Trpo-vTrdpx<^).+
**
yield,
u-ir-eiKu, [in
LXX
iv
Mac
63^ *
;]
1.
to retire,
withdraw.
set
2.
to
submit
metaph..
He
13i'^.t
nS
etc.
to,
;]
over against,
c.
Metaph.
21*
;
(Plat., Arist.,
opposed
102^
contrary to:
Is 26ii).t
dat.
Col
uire'p
He
(cf.
(when following
subst.
poet.
virep; so
as adv.,
11
Co
11^3)^
prep.
c.
gen., ace.
C. gen., primarily of place (rest or motion), over, above, across, beyond, hence, metaph., l./or, on behalf of : of prayer, Mt 5**, Ac 82*, Eo IQi, Ja 516, al. of laying down life, Jo IQn, Eo 93, al. esp. of 142*, Jq IQU^ Ac 21i3, Christ giving his life for man's redemption, 9*o, Lk 9*o, Eo 83i. 2. Causal, for, Eo 5-8, al. opp. to Kara, 5*i, Eo 1^, Phi 129, because of, for the sake of : c. gen. pers., Ac 12i, al. II Co c. gen. rei, Jo 11* Eo 15^, 11 Co 1^, al. 3. = dvrt (v. M,Pr., 105), for, instead of, in the name of: i Co 15^9, 11 Co 51^' 21, Ga 313, Col V, Phmi3 (cf. Pield, Notes, 225). 4. In more colourless sense, = TrepC (M, Pr., I.e.), for, coticerning, with regard to : Eo 92'',
I.
; ;
Mk
Mk
II
Co
1 823 128^
II. C.
Phi
17^
n Th
2i,
al.
ace, primarily of place, over, beyond, across, hence, metaph., of measure or degree in excess, above, beyond, over, more than
Mt
102*.
after
m compounds,
(vTrepvtKao))
,
Ac 2613, I Co 10i3, 11 Co 1^, Eph I22 320, Phm le, al. comparatives =than (Jg 112^, al.), Lk 16^, He 412. III. As adv. (v. supr. ad init.), more virep iyot, I more, 11 Co 11^3
37,
Lk
6*0,
IV. In composition over (vTrepaipw), beyond (un-cpySaAAw), more on behalf of (vTrepevTvyxdvw). ii Ch 3223 (jjjj^j ^j^^ etc. ;] oirep-aipw, [in to lift or Mid., to uplift oneself: 11 Co 12'''; seq. hri, c. ace. pers., raise over.
LXX
II
Th
2*
(cf. II
Mac
523).
458
compound
adv., [in
LXX
for
>
as prep.
c.
gen.,
Eph
to
l^i 4^0,
He
Q^.t
*6iTp-au^d>'w,
increase
beyond measure:
,
ii
Th
1'
(v.
Lft.,
Notes, 98).+
uircp-^aii'a), [in for nny etc. ;] 1. trans., to step over, trans2. Intrans., to transgress : metaph., gress (E, overreach : i Th 4"). I Th 4 (E, txt. V. M, Th., in 1.).+ Jb 15^^ ^e (+) * ;] above measure uTTcpPaXXofTws, [in
;
LXX
LXX
:
II
Co
1123.+
fiirep-pciXXw, [in
LXX
Jb IS^^A
(+),
Si 5^ 25", al.;]
1.
trans., to
In both senses, throw over or beyond. 2. Intrans., to run beyond. metaph., to exceed, surpass, transcend : ii Co S^*' 9^*, Eph 1^^ 1'' c.
;
gen. obj.,
Eph
S^^.t
yj
**(5T76p-poXi^, -^s,
{<:vTrep(3dXXw), [in
LXX
Kaff
v.,
IV
Mac
S^^*;]
a throwing beyond.
12'''
;
II
Metaph., excess, superiority, excellence : ii Co 4'^ Kad' vTTepfioXriv, beyond measure, exceediyigly Eo 7^^, i Co 12^^, Co 1^, Ga 1^^ k. v. d<; v., beyond all measure, ii Co 4^'^.+
,
LXX
etc,
;]
to
overlook
c.
ace. rei,
Ac
17^".
;
*+ uTTcp-^Kcii/a, comp. adv. (v. Bl., 28, 2 M, Pr., 99), beyond: as prep. c. gen., ra i. v/xS)v, ii Co 10^^ (Byz. and eccl.).+ *+ uirep-cK-Trcpio-CToO, comp. adv. (v. supr.), superabundantly, exceeding abundantly : i Th 3^" 5^^ ; seq. xm-ep, Eph 3^" (not elsewhere).+ *t oTrep-cK-TrepiaCTws, comp. adv. (v. supr.), beyond measure, exceedmg. (cf. iK7rpi(rcrS)?).f ingly : I Th 5^^, *+ uTTcp-cK-TciKu, to stretch out overmuch : metaph., eaurovs, ii Co 10^*.+ *t|uirp-eK-xuV'a) (Eec. -ww), late form of -xe. io pour out over. Pass., to overflow, run over : Lk 6^^ (not elsewhere). *+ {nrep-ev-Tuyxdvw, to intercede or make petition for (v. Deiss., BS,
WH,
121
f.)
seq. imip,
Eo
826.+
:
6Trep-^X [in
LXX
Ge
2523 ^y^^)^
Ex
26^3 (pjiy), Si
36^
al.
;]
1. trans., to hold over or above. 2. Intrans. (when a noun follows, the case is governed by the prep. v. Bl., 34, 1 36, 8), to rise above, overtop; metaph., (a) to be superior in rank, etc. Eo 13^, i Pe 2^^ (cf_ Wi 6^); ib) to be superior, excel, surpass: c. gen. (cl. v. supr.). Phi 23 c. ace. (cl. v. supr.), Phi 4'' as subst., t. vTrepixov, the excellency, the surpassing worth, Phi 3^.+
;
; :
u-irpT)<()ai'ta, -as, tj
{<C
virprf<f>avo<i,
q.V.),
[in
LXX
:
Mk
722
(Plat.,
(ftaivofiai,
,
c,
7/
pleonast., V. Kiihner
3, I,
189), [in
in
LXX for
n^fj
y^b
etc.
(a)
sense,
good sense (Plat., al.), pre-eminent, splendid; (b) more freq. in bad and so always in Scr., arrogant, haughty, disdainful (v. Westc,
459
65b):
in
:
Eo
3^^),
l^",
Ti 32; Siavota
/capSias,
Lk 1";
Bl,
opp. to
TaTTcivo's (as
Pr
Ja
4, i
Pe
5^ (i'X^).t
dXa^wv, v/3pL(TTri<;, V. Tr., Syn., xxix. tfiTTcpXia^ (Eec. vTrep Atav, V. 50, 7^ exceedingly, pre-eminently : ii Co 11^ 12^^.t **f {,iTep-vLKd(^, -w, [in Da th 6^ in Sm.
Svjv.
WM,
4, 1),
adv.,
LXX
Ps 42
(43)i*;] to be
8^" (eccl.).t
LXX
De
30^^
(nN^5:), etc.
;]
of excessive
weight or size; metaph., excessive, immoderate, in late writers, of arrogant speech (v. Mayor on Ju, I.e.) n. pi., ii Pe 2^^, Ju ^".t
:
wepex'"), [in
LXX
Je 52^2 (naip),
II
Mac
3",
Metaph. as the peak of a mountain. (Arist.), excellence, pre-eminence : koyov ^ (rot^ia^, i Co 2^ 61 Iv i. (for a parallel to this phrase, v. Deiss., BS, 255, and cf. ii Mac, I.e.), i Ti 22.t *t uirep-irepiao-euw, to abound more exceedingly : Eo 52^. Mid., iu same sense (EV, overflow) c. dat. rei, 11 Co 7*.t *t uTrep-Trcpio-CTws, adv., beyond measure, exceedingly : 7^'^.f *t uTTcp-irXeoi'diw, to abotind exceedingly : i Ti 1^* (Ps Sol 5^^ Herm.,
projection, eminence,
Mk
Mand.,
1
v, 2, 5).t
-w,
6Trp-u|/6a),
[in
Da TH
ni.).
Phi 2^
:
2.
** uircp-<|>po'^(D,
in
1.),
-u),
LXX
iv
high-minded (.^sch.)
/xr]
v. Trap' 6 Sel
(Da, 11. c.).t 162 * ;] 1. to be overproud, ^povlv (on the paranom., v. Vau.,
to extol
Eo
u-irepuof,
ivb^ and
think slightly of (Thuc, Plat.).t to (neut. of VTrpt2o<;, above, <^vTrep), [in cogn. forms ;] 1. in cl., the upper story or upper rooms
2.
12^.
to overlook,
-ov,
LXX
DB,
for
where
2.
In
LXX
La
flat
Ac
20^
(cf.
:
iv
Ki
2322).t
uTT-^X^,
LXX
Mac
4***;]
7
5^
to
(bno),
Wi
Pr
122i,
Metaph.,
undergo, suffer:
(Dob),
c.
Slktjv,
Ju
(Soph., Eur.,
-ov
fiTn^Koos,
^a/cov'w),
[in
LXX:
Jo
1713
2^;
2128
(V^W),
etc.;]
Phi
dat. pers.,
Ac
739; hirdvTa,
IlCo29.t
,
Wi I621. 24, 25 ige^ gi 394*.] *6Tn]peT^w, -oi {<^lirqpiT7]%) [in In cl. always metaph., prop., to serve as rower on a ship (Diod., al.). to minister to, serve: c. dat. pers., Ac 13*^ 20^* 2423.t
:
LXX
u-mjp^Ttjs,
-ov,
(T^),
Wi
6*, al.;]
a rower), [in LXX: Pr 14^* prop., an under rower ; hence, generally, a servant,
o
{i7ro
-f ipeTr)^,
attendant, minister : of a magistrate's attendant, Mt 52^; of officers U^i,^^ Lk 420, Jo of the Synagogue or Sanhedrin, Mt 26^^^
Mk
460
Jo 18^^
of Christian
I
Lk
V^; XpL<TTov,
Co
6,
41
of the attendants of kings, oi v. ol ministers, Ac 13* 26^^ vTnqpiTaL \6yov, 8o9Aoi k. v., Jo ISi^.t
S^"!' ^6
;
;
[in
LXX
for
n^'0
Dlbq,
etc.;]
sleep:
Mt
l^*.
Lk
932,
IS^i.t
smooth breathing vtt, Mt 8^^^ Lk 7^^; before rough breathing v<^', Eo 3^; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, 11. c.a, Ga 3^^, V. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., iv), prep. c. gen., dat. (not in NT), ace.
uTTiS
C. gen., primarily of place, under, hence, metaph., of the 1*, efficient cause, by : after passive verbs, c. gen. pers., Mt 1^2, Lk 218, Jo 1421, Ac 411, I Co 1", He 3*, al.; c. gen. rei, Mt 82*, Lk 7^*, Eo 3^^ al. with neut. verbs and verbs with pass, meaning, Mt 17^^^
I.
Mk
Mk
526,
Co
109.10,
iTh2i*,
al.
ace, under; 1. of motion: Mt hence, metaph., of subjection, Eo 7l^ i Co 2. Of position: Jo 1^^^ Ac 4^2, Eo 31^, i Co
II. C.
5^5
Q\
Mk
3.
421,
Lk
Pe
13^*;
5, al.
1527,
Ga
322, i
10^, al.;
hence, metaph.,
under, subject
to,
Mt
B^,
Eo
3^,
Co
92,
Ga
4*, al.
Of time,
abotit:
Ac
521.
III.
(vTroTacro-w),
(vTroTTveco).
In
composition: under (vttoSc'w), hence, of subjection compliance (vn-aKouw), secrecy {viro/SaXXo)), diminution
**6-iro-3<i\Xa>, [in
LXX: Da
to
th
3^ A,
i
;
Es
,
2^8*;]
to
to
throw or put
whisper,
:
subject,
submit
(b)
suggest,
c.
(v.
instigate
ace. pers.,
Ac &Kf
**t uTroYpa)j,p.6s,
letters
2.
-ov, 6
for copying),
:
[in
LXX:
11
Mac
22^*;] 1,
[in
an example
Pe
2^1 (Philo).t
used by later writers (Xen. onwards) for irapaSetyiJia (v. Eutherford, NPhr., 62), (a) a figure, copy : He 8^, 92^; 13i*, Ja 51" for warning, He 4", {b) an example : for imitation, Jo
II
;]
;
Mac
Mac
u7roSetVia)/it),
LXX: Bz
421*, Si 44i,
II
Pe
26.t
DB, iii. 696^). 133 hi., etc. ;] 1. to show secretly. 2. to show by tracing out ; hence, generally, to teach, make knotvn : c. dat. pers., Lk 6*7 125, Ac 9^^; id. c. inf., Mt 3^, Lk 3^; seq., on, Ac 2035.t ** To 1^'^ Jth 13^3 A, i Mac 161*, iv Mac [in
Sy"N.
:
uiro-SciKt'up.i,
[in
LXX
for
1317*;]
6170-8^X0^^1, to receive
LXX:
Lk
11
under
c. ace. pers.,
guest,
eis t. oTkov,
entertain Lk 10^*
MM,
6tto-8^w, [in
LXX
:
Ch 28l^ Ez
:
I610 {bV2) *
;]
to
Most
freq. in mid.
and
pass.
61*
c.
;
ace.
{b) of
Eph
that which
Mk
6^,
Ac
12^.t
461
-T09,
TO {<^viro8(a), [in
LXX
Mk
1^,
for
under the
Lk
Sftt.
.'
o-avSaXtov, q.V.
answerable
lilOO
to
c.
Eo 3"
TO
1),
^.
(v.
MM,
al.),
xxv).t
LXX for
and
11
;
:
;]
subst.,
(Hdt.,
a beast of burden;
in
colloq.,
and so always
LXX
NT Mt
Mac
** uiro-|^wi'i'0)j,i, [in
vTTo T. fiaa-Tov;, II
(v.
LXX:
l.c.)
3^^*;]
undergird (Hdt.,
al.
Mac,
of a ship, to undergird or
frap
Ac
27^^
DB,
ext. 367a).t
uTTo-KdTO),
comp. adv.
(v.
M,
LXX
i'TTOTToSiov,
&^ 7^ 12^6 (Rec, R, txt., below, under : as prep. c. gen., Mt 22**, as in LXX), Lk 8i, Jo 1^\ He 2^(^^), Re 53. i3 e^ 12i.+ uTTo-Kp^Ko^ai, [in Jb 3932 (40^) N^ (ABn2 ^tto-, n3ir), Si
Mk
LXX:
129
35
(32)15 36(33)2, 11
Mac
5^5
Q-^^'^i,
iv
Mac
S^^.it*;]
l.
Att.
airoKpLvofiat (q.V.), to
answer, reply (Horn., Hdt., al.). 2. to answer on the stage, play apart (Arist., al). Metaph., to feign, pretend (Demos., Polyb.) c. ace. et inf., Lk 2020 (cf. Ps Sol 422). ** uiro-KpiCTis, -ws, r} (<] VTro/cptvo/xai, q.V.), [in LXX: n Mac 625*;] 1. a reply, answer (Hdt.). (Arist., 2. play-acting Polyb., al.). Metaph., pretence, hypocrisy : Mt 2328, Mk 12^5, Lk 12\ Ga 2^3, i Ti 42, 1 Pe 21 (Polyb., Pss Sol 47).t
:
uiro-KpiTTJs,
-ov,
(<;] hroKpLvo/jMi,
q.V.),
[in
LXX
who
anstvers,
an
interpreter (Plat.).
(in
2.
Jb 34*'* a stage-
player, actor (Plut., Xen,, al.). tender, dissembler, hypocrite : Mt Lk 6*2 125 13i5.t
i,TTo-\afi^dv<^,
Metaph.
62.
s. le
LXX
Mk
7,
[in
LXX:
172, III
:
Jb 2*
4^
and
;]
freq. (nzv),
1. to
Ps 47
(48)'
(nni
pi.).
To
61^
Wi
Mac
:
38'", al.
take or bear
up
(by supporting from beneath) c. ace. pers., Ac 1^. 2. to receive, welcome, entertain (Xen.) iii Jo 8. 3. to catch up in speech (Hdt., al. Lk 103". 4. Of mental action, to assume, suppose Jb, 11. c.) (Xen., al. To, Wi, in Mac, 11. c.) Ac 21^ seq. on (v. Bl., 70, 2),
;
:
Lk
7*3.t
*+
uiroXafiTTcis,
-d8o<s,
fj,
a wiudow
Ac 208
D
;
(for
Xa/iTras
v.
MM,
xxv).t
uTTo-Xeififia
(WH,
-Kififia, V.
:
LXX
leave
(i),
remnant
al.)
Ro
cf. KaTaXctft/xa).t
LXX chiefly
:
'MiV
ni.
;]
to
pass., of survivors,
Xr?vos), [in
Ro
113.t
TO
v7rd,
LXX
Jl 3 (4)13,
Hg
217
Za
141",
462
Mk
12^
(v.
Swete, in
1.,
and
cf. Xrjvos).'^
*t
uiTo-\i)jnrdi'u, collat.
uTTo-p.^j'u),
form
Pe
;]
2^Kt
in-
[in
LXX
chiefly for
mp
;
hi., etc.
1.
trans., to stay
eVet, Ac 2. Trans., (a) c. behind : seq. iv, Lk ace, to await, tvaitfor : Eo 8'^* (Horn., Hdt., Xen., al.); (b) of things, to bear patiently, endure : absol., Mt 10^2 2i^\ Mk IS^^, n Ti 2^2, Ja 5", seq. cis, He 12^ T. OXiif/t (dat. of circumstance), Eo 12^2 I Pe 22^> 2^^ He 10^2 122-3, j^ ii2,t c. ace. rei, i Co 13^ ii Ti
2*^
SvN'.
i,TTo-tJ.iiJ.y^iXKw,
[in
LXX:
one
Ti
to
2^*,
iii
irepi, ii
iii
Ki 4^3
(137
hi.),
Wi
;
12^ 1822,
IV
Mac
;
18^* *
c.
;]
to caiise
ii
one of:
1426
c. c.
ace. rei,
rei,
remember, put one in mind or remind Jo ^*'; c. dupl. ace. (Thuc, al.), Jo Pe 1^2 i^ geq. 2ti, Ju ^ c. inf., Ti 3^
j ,
pass.,
gen.
Lk
II
22^^t
17
6Tr6-jjicT]cris,
-ews,
(vTrofxifxv^a-Kd)),
[in
LXX:
:
Ps 70
ev v., 11
(71)
(nl^nil),
Wi
16",
Mac
7j
6^''*;]
a reminding, reminder
Pe
1^^
(vTTo/AeVoj),
[in
LXX
&,
for
freq. in iv
Mac;]
:
1.
a remaining behind
21i'-',
(Arist.).
patient enduring,
11
Lk
8^'
Eo
5=^' ^
IS^-
11
Co
Th
1*,
310^
rp-j.
22^
He
10^6^
Ja
l^.*
5^
;
Pe
1,
Ee
22.3.19 1310
1.),
8c' i7rofiovij<;,
;
Ee
310
e.
gen.
:
SvN.
2321 *
;]
v.S. fjLaKpoOvfjLia,
cf.
**iiro-voi<o,
-S,
[in
LXX: Da
Ac
^Trovoe'o)),
8i,
Jth
I41*,
Si
to suspect,
conjecture
25i^
6Tr6.oia, -as,
c.
ace. et inf.,
Ac
132^ 272^.+
(|ipy-3)^
[in
LXX: Da LXX
to
416.32 56
Si 33* *
;]
a suspicion
later
Ti 6*.t
viroirielo),
^ uTT-o-irid^w,
form of
press slightly
metaph.,
to
repress : i Co 92'' T'' for vTrwTrta^w, q.v.t *t uTTo-TrXeu, to sail under, i.e. under the lee of: c. ace, Ac 27^' ''.t 2. to blow gently: Ac * uTTo-TTviia, 1. to blow ^cnderneath (Arist.).
27i3.t
tfiiroTT^SioK, -ov,
TO
^o,
from
TOv's), [In
(
LXX
cl.
Ps 98
:
(99)^
;
109 (110)\
metaph.,
Is 661,
La
21
(Din) * ;] a footstool
Opavos)
Ja 23
Mt
535,
Mk
1236 (^ok(tco,
WH,
E, mg.),
Lk
Mt,
I.e.,
LXX, Ps
109
He
BS, 223).t
17
uTTo-CTTaais, -ews,
[in
LXX
1621
:]
for
1.
ns
al.
;
(i
Ki
(<| v<^C(mqiJn, to set under, stand under, support), 1323 14* B), nii^n (Eu I12, Ez 19^), etc., also in
(in
Wi
various senses).
:
2.
sub-
stance (Arist.,
<^ai/Tao-ta, f.ft<^a(Tt<i)
He
13.
3.
steadiness,
463
firmness (Polyb., al.), hence, assurance, confidence : ii Co 9^ 11^*^, He 3^* 11^ (here perhaps title-deed, as that which gives reality or guarantee
V.
MM,
xxv).t
[in
fiiro-crre'XXu,
LXX
Ex
De
l^^
(113),
67,
Jb IS^ (N^j
q^jq),
Hb
2*
in,
(bsy
let
pu.),
down
Hg
110
wi
m
1.
:
Mac
520*;] 1. to
draw
:
draw
back,
withdraw
iavrov,
Ga
212 (Polyb.,
v.
Lft., in
c. inf.,
1.).
Ac
draw hack
He
letting
ia-fjikv
down, lowering
ovk
BL,
35, 2),
He
lO^^.t
uTro-oTpe'4)w, [in
about (Horn.).
2.
chiefly for SllZ?], 1. trans., to turn back or Intrans., to turn hack, rettorn : Lk 220' *3 837, 40 910
c. inf.,
52^
LXX
1017 1715 1912 23^8,06^ Ac 828; Lk 156 2^5 414 710 839 1124 2433,
Ga
117
dTTo',
Lk
41 249,
[in
He
71
Lk I718; seq. Std, Ac Ac 112 825 I313, 34 1^21 216 , Ac 1225, n Pe 22i.t
Is 585
^j^i,
c.
20=*;
ek,
2217 2332,
uTro-oTpa)>'i'u&),
LXX
j^j^^
g^^
.-]
jg^^^g
form of
11
under
ace. rei,
Lk
193''.t
** inro-Tayfi,
-^s,
17,
[in
LXX: Wi
1816
A*;]
subjection:
Co
9i,
Ga
25
Ti
211 3*.t
for ini hi., Dai, IT'tZr, etc.;] 1. as a military term, to place or rank under (Polyb.). 2. to subject, put in subjection: i Co 1527, Phi 321, He 25.8; p^sg., Eo 820, i Co 1527.28^ I Pe 322, Bph 122. Mid., to subject oneself, obey: absol., Eo 13^, 143*; c. dat. pers., Lk 25i 10i7.2o^ Rq 8^ 103 I31, i Co 1432 1528 I Co
uiro-Tclaaw, [in
,
LXX
Wm
(i7roTayr/o-Tai
om.),
ib. 24,
Pr., 163), ib. 16i, Col 318, Tit 25.9 31^ 12^,
;
cf.
M,
Eph
i
521.22 (T,
2i8, 31. 5
WH,
txt.,
E,
He
,
Pe
55; imperat.,
Ja
47, I
Pe
213 55_t
uiTo-Ti0T)|jii,
[in
LXX
:
Metaph.,
t. r/aap^T/Aov inroOelvai, to
Eo
c.
16*; mid.,
to
suggest
for Dli27 etc. ;] to place under, lay down. risk one's life (v. Deiss., LAE, 119 f.) Ti 46.t
*uiTo-Tpt'xw, to
run in
-cos,
t)
U7ider ; of navigators, to
run in
ace. (v.
M,
*t uTTo-TUTTuais,
Syjv.
:
[<^
:
vTroTVTroui , to delineate),
i
an
outline, sketch.
Ti
li^, 11
Ti
li3.t
iii,
DB,
696^).
[in
:
LXX
c.
for
Metaph.,
to
endure
:
ace. rei,
:
SWZ i Co
2037
etc.;] 10i3, 11
),
to
Ti
Pe
2i9,t
Oiro-xwpe'ca, [in
LXX
Lk
Jg
;
B (
Lk
Si 13^,
Mac
12i2*;] to go
hack, retire
seq.
ev,
51"
seq.
eis,
9io.t
* uTTUTTiatu (<^ vTToymov, (a) the part of the face below the eyes ; (b) a blow on the face), to strike under the eye, give a black eye : metaph.,
annoyance (EV, wear out), Lk 185; (h) of severe selfdiscipline (E, txt. buffet, mg. bruise), i Co 927 (v. Field, Notes, 71, 174).t
(a) of persistent
OS, u<5s, 6,
17,
[in
;]
swine
fem. (sow),
11
Pe
222.t
*t 6aa6$,
-ov, 6,
a javelin
464
[in
LXX
:
for
SiTftf
;
;]
hyssop, of
which a bunch
(?)
was used
here).t
late, be
in ritual sprinklings
V. Field, Notes,
He 9^"
ff.,
of a
branch or rod
of hyssop,
Jo 19-^ (but
106
for "OU bin, etc.;] to come 6oTcp^w, -w (<;wTcpos), [in behind (opp. to Trporepcw, cf)6dv(o; c. gen. rei, /or; c. gen. pers., Metaph., 1. of persons, (a) absol., to come short, fail : later than). He 4}; seq. Atto, 19}^.; (b) c. gen. pers., to come short of, be inferior
,
LXX
11^ ovZiv (in nothing, in no respect), ib. 12^^ (c) with reference to things, to come short {of), be in want (of): c. ace. rei, Mt 19^* (Si 5124); c. gen. rei, Lk 22^5; so mid. (Diod., FIJ), Eo 323; ^bsol., to be in xvant, suffer want, Lk 15l^ i Co S^, ii Co 11^, He ll^^ (Si 11") opp. to Trpicr(r(.viv, Phi 4^2 ggq ^^ j Qq \7^ 2. Of things, (a) to fail, be lacking: Jo 2^; c. ace. pers. (v. Swete, in 1.; Mozley, Ps., 42), 1021; {b) to be inferior: mid., i Co 122* (cf, d<^-i;orTe/3ew).t Jg 18l 1919.20^ Pg 33 1 6(rTe'pr)fJia, -tos, to vo-Tpeco), [in
to
:
II
Co
Mk
LXX:
(34)9 (itoHQ),
is
Ec
115
{yrm),
11
Es
6^
{v. eTvai,
which
lacking, deficiency, shortcoming : c. gen. poss, (pron. poss.), i Co 16^'^, Phi 230 c. gen. rei. Col I2*, i Th 310 {b) need, ivant, poverty (Ps 33 (34)10, JglSio.al.): Lk 21^ 11 Co 9^2 119; opp. to TrcpiWev/^a, iiCoSi^'i*
;
;
(eccl.).t
rj
Mk
wt/)w), [in Aq. Jb303*;] need, want: 12" Kaffv., Phi 411 (eccl.).t [in LXX for ]il05J and cogn. forms;] latter,
:
V.
WH,
Ti 4^ (on the reading 6 v., for 6 irpCrros, Neut., to v., used adverbially instead of vo-re'pws,
82. 37
WH,
He
Mt 42 2129. Mt 22'^lf
25"
26o,
Mk 16
[i^J,
Lk
2032,
Jo
1336,
Ix^aivu,
[in
LXX
-ov
to
weave: Lk
122^, T,
WH,
mg.t
u4)aia6s,
->7,
v<^aivw),
[in
LXX
21io
;
;]
tvoven
Jo
1923.t
u|/T)X6s, -v, -ov,
high, lofty
v., fig.,
opos,
Mt
]
48 171,
:
Ac
13
1317
;
(cf.
66, al)
also for ni33, DT), etc.;] 92, Ee fj^era ySpaxtWos tc^xos, ib. 12 pi., ^riXd, of heaven (Ps 92 (93)*, Is 33^,
;
al.).
He
*t
compar.,
vil/-q\6Tpo<i t. ovpavuiv,
i
v^T)Xa. (fipovelv,
Eo
61''
-rj,
1120 1216,
-w,
Ti
61^
(WH,
txt., v^-q\ocj>povfiv).\
uij/T]\o-4)pofea>,
I
fxeyaXoffipoveLv
(Xen., Plat.,
al.), to
be highchiefly
minded:
Ti
(WH,
-ov,
mg.,
[in
vij/rjXa </)pov6tv).t
u(|/ioTos,
cl.
LXX
chiefly for
(of
;
'f]'<b^
also for
nni^
219,
highest,
Mk
1119,
Lk
21*
the heavens),
Mt
;
of
God
(in cl., of
Zeus
Pind., ^sch.,
7*8; 6 ^eis 6
al.), ^.,
^.,
635
161^,
6 ^.,
Ac
He
71 (cf.
Ge
14i8).t
465
LXX
for njpip
Dnp
etc.
;]
height
24^9;
Ja
19,
Ee
21i; of
-o)
heaven (EV, on
high), i$
i.,
Lk V^
48 (LXX) f
u<|/6ci),
etc.
;]
to lift
pass.,
117,
Mt
chiefly for Dn, also for nna, Xi2^3, ui/^os), [in or raise up : c. ace, Jo 3^* S^^ 12^2,34. ^(^,5 ^_ ovpavov, fig., 1123, Lk 10^^ Metaph., to exalt, uplift : Ac 2^3 53\ 11 Co
LXX
Ja
410^ I
Pe
opp. to
TO,
Ta-n-eivw,
Lk l'^'
eavroV,
(cf. v7rp-ui/^oa)).t
u>Hia,
-To^,
;
[in
LXX:
Jb 2*24
(t),
height
Eo
S^^
up, a barrier
11
Co
lO^.t
numeral,
TO, indecl., phi, ph, the twenty-first letter. As a 500, <^, = 500,000. (fxlyofJiai, Hellenistic for cl. ISoyxat, V.S. iaOioi. *f^dyos, -ov, 6 <^ayerv, V.S. icrdCuy), a glutton : Mt 11^9, Lk 73*.+
<|),
<^r,
4>'
(|>aiX(Scif]s,
V.S. 4>eX6vr]<;.
hi., ilNT ni., etc. ;] I. Act., 1. to bring appear (so most freq. in cl.). 2. Absol., to give light, shine (Hom., Plat., al.) Jo 1^ 5^^, 11 Pe 1^9, i Jo 28, Ee li 8^2 1823 2123. jj_ Pass., to come to light, appear, be manifest : Mt 2'^ 132*5 2427,30^ Lk 98, Phi 2l^ He 113, ^ pe 418(lxx); opp. to icf>avcC^adai, Ja
^aiyu), [in
LXX for mx
:
to light,
cause
to
Mt
41*; c. dat. pers. (Bl. 54, 4), Mt I20 2^^''^\ 2327.^8^ Eo 7^3^ Co 13^; id. c. dat. pers.,
Mk
16^;
;
c.
nom.
pred.,
cl.
v. Bl., 73, 4)
and judgment (=
Syjv.
:
Bok^I, q.v.),
Mk
14^*
Mt 65.i.i8 (geq. nom. impers., Mt 933 of the mind 22i), (cf. i Es Lk 24".+
6,
V.S. Sokcw.
<t>(XEK
indecl. (Heb.
J^p
Ge
Pr
lli),
Peleg
Lk
;]
335.+
-a, -oV
</.a6vo/^at), [in
LXX: De
3^3 1426;
</).
2929(28)
(n^a
ni.),
open to sight,
dat. pers.,
Jo
310
c.
Ac
LXX
Co
im
Phi
422,
ni.,
Ge
81'^;
:
421^),
Mk
Mt
4>.
6^\
Lk
8i^
Co
11^9,
113; ^^ ^o^g-^^
12i,
Mk
:
312;
^5
iXOelv
Bl,
47, 2),
Mk
Lk
cv to)
(opp. to v
T. KrpvTTTw),
Eo
228.+
Syjv.
V.S. 8rj\o<s.
-Q>,
^avepooi,
[in
LXX
Je 40 (33) (nbz
pi.) *;]
to
make
visible,
clear, manifest or known : c. ace. rei, Jo 2" 17", Eo li9, i Co 4^, 11 Co 21* 11, Col 4*, Tit 13; pass., 422, Jo 321 93, Eo 321 162", 11 Co 410.11 513, Col 126, 110, 98, i Jo 32 49, Ee 318 15* ; c. ace. pers., Ti 21i; pass., of Christ, Jo 7* Co 33 5"' u, i Jo 2i9; of Christ,
Mk
u
Ti
Eph
V.
He
16[i2.i*],
Jo
:
131
21U, Col
3*, I
3ie,
He
926, i
Pe
I20 5*,
Jo I2
Westc,
SyJV.
in
1.)
22832.5.8.+
h ^^;
Mk
V.S.
dTroKoAwTCo.
30
4G6
**
(II
openly
t
Mk
328).
I'ts
adv. (<; <^ttve/3os), [in ii Mac 3^^* ;] (a) manifestly, ; opp. to ev k^vitt^,, Jo 7^"* {h) clearly : Ac 10^
:
LXX
Mac
<j>avpojo-is,
-ecus,
rj
(<^cf)avep6(j)),
[in
LXX
as
v.l.
for
i
Sr/Xwo-ts
Co 12^
Co
42.t
-ov,
:
*<f>ai'6s,
(<[^atVaj),
a torch or lantern
(v.
Eutherford,
Phanuel
Lk
2^^.f
to
In
:
cl.
</,a,W), [in LXX: Wi 6^\ Si 31 (34)^*;] used in pass, only, = ^atVo/xai, to become
make
visible,
appear
ptcp..
He
1. 2.
<|>a./Ta<Tia, -as,
LXX
[in
Za
10^ (vm),
Hb
Ac
218' ^^
3^",
Wi
IS^""*;]
(Plat., Arist.).
<j)drraap,a,
28'^
as philos. term, (a) imagination; {b) = In later writers (Polyb., al.), show, display :
to
(ftavTao-jxa
25''^^.t
-tos,
i,
c^avra^w)
LXX:
Jb 20^ A
{]V}n), Is
A,
Wi
17^^*;]
(v.
Mt
1426,
Mk 6
:
<j>dpaY, -ayyos,
[in
LXX
N?|l
;]
a chasm, ravine
apaw,
6,
3^ (Lxx) ^y. DB, iv, 845 f.).t indecl. (in FIJ, Ant., viii, 6, 2, <E>apawv, -wvos), (Heb.
Lk
title of
Ac
7^^'^^
Eo
917,
He
1124
o,
4,
paa-LXevs Alyvirrov,
Ac
v.
7l0.t
ape's,
indecl. (Heb.
-ov, 6
:
pa, Ge
Nt2?"i"13;
;
3829),
p^^es
Mt
l^,
Lk
333.+
<t>apiCTaTos,
(Aram.
Dalman,
Gr., 157n,
Words,
Mt 23-6, Phi 3^ usually in pi., Mt 9", Mk 2^8, al. ^. K. ypafxfxarel^, Mt S"\ Mk 2^^, Lk 521, ^1. $. k. SaSSotiKaroi, Mt 1Q\ Ac 236' al. apxi^pfi^ . $., Mt 21^\ Jo 7^2, al. (v. DB, iii, 826b).
2n),
a Pharisee
7^
;
* 4)apfxaKeos, -e'ws, 6 (<] cjidpp.aKov), a sorcerer : <t>ap|xaKia (Eec. -et'a), -as, rj (<^ <jbap/Aa/cet)Oj, poet, and late prose form of 0ap/xaKeta, [in
(tab,
Ee
to
LXX: Ex
1.
7"' 22 g^'i^cs,!*)
D^tpn^), Is 47^'
12
(?|^^3),
Wi
12* 1813*;]
2. (a) poisoning (Plut., Polyb.); medicine, drugs or spells (Xen.). {b) sorcery, witchcraft : Ga 52'' (v. Lft., in 1.), Ee 921 (WH, txt.,
<l>apfidK(ov)
1823
(cf.
LXX,
TO,
:
11.
c.).+
(jxipiiaKOk,
-ov,
[in
LXX
for
PJIZTSI;]
(a)
a drug; (EV,
(b)
an
in-
cantation, enchantment
Ee
921, Tr.,
mg.,
WH,
,
txt.
;]
sorceries).^
to
LXX
for ?]ZS^3P
etc.
devoted
:
magical
arts.
As
subst., 6 ^.
<j>apfm.Ke.vs,
a magician, sorcerer
Ee
21^ 22i^.+
467
-0)5,
^aiva)),
[in
LXX
ii
Es
4}"^,
Da th Su ^s,
IV
Mac
15^5 x^ * ;]
[in
;]
Ac 2V\f
<t)d(7K,
in
nom.,
Mac 3^ * Eo 1^2,1
<j>dTinf],
LXX: Ge
LXX
-77s, 17,
iii,
-77,
LXX
for
D11K,
etc.;]
a manger:
Lk
;]
2'^2,ic
1315 (v.
DB,
234
DCG,
ii,
:
llla).t
4.ao\os,
-ov, [in
LXX
Pr 228
sZigr/ii,
worthless, of no account, both of persons and things in various shades of meaning (v. LS, s.v.), in NT, as freq. in cl., always with distinct
moral reference
(v.
Ellic, Past.
EjJj^.,
203
Ixxxiv), worthless,
bad
Jo
21^^,
Jo
529,
Eo
911, II
:
Co
5i.t
Syn.
usually
2420,
v.s. a0ea-ij.o<s.
-ovs,
<j)e'YYos,
TO,
[in
LXX
chiefly for
n3J;]
:
light,
brightness,
c.
Mk
c.
gen. of something that shines or reflects 1324; of a lamp, Lk 1133 (WH, EV, 0is).t
:
of the
moon, Mt
Svjv.
avyrj, q.v.
<})ei8ofi.ai,
[in
LXX
for
ban, Din,
832 II21,
i
Co
132;
gen. pers.,
forbear,
c. inf., to
Ac 2029, Eo 11 Co 12''.t
adv.
Co
728, 11
Co
123,
^ p^
:
24.6;
*t
<j>i8ofiVws,
from ptcp.
sparingly
n Co
9"
(Plut.).t
*t <j)6Xoi'T)s (Eec. (fiaiX-), -ov, 6, by metath. for ^aivoAr;s (also (f)ev6\7]?, ^atvoAiov; hdut. pcBnula), a cloak (v. DCG, i, 338; on the idea that the meaning here is book-cover, v. CGT, in 1. Milligan, NTD, 20 Field, Notes, 217 f., where the view that the </>. here is an eccl. vestment is
;
discussed)
1.
to bear,
11
Ti
:
4^3_t
<J)epu, [in
LXX chiefly
c.
carry
pass.,
Ac
22 2715.17^
rei.
for Ni2 hi., also for XiZTJ, etc.;] to bear; ace, Lk 2326 24^, Jo 193^, He 1* (v. Westc, in 1.) He 6^ 11 Pe V'^^; of the mind, ib. 21. 2. to bear,
c. ace. pers., Eo 922. 3. to bring, 132 qs 917,19,205^^; id. seq. Trpos, c. ace. pers., Ac 7*2 822; c. ace. rei, 62^ II2 12^5, Lk 1523, liri, Lk 518; c. dat., 434.37 52^ 11^; d^, Ee 2124.26; ^^^; Mt Ti 413; id. seq. tt/do's, Ac 628; dTrd, Jo 21i0; c. dat., 12^5, Jo 28; id. seq. .SSe, Mt 14",
He
122'^
13^3
Mk
Mk
Mk
Mk
Mk Mk
Jo 433; T. haKTvXov {xfipa), Jo 2027; pass., 17 xap'5. I PQ hhaxqv, II Jo '^^; Odvarov (cf. Field, Notes, 230), He 91*; Kpicnv, II Pe 2^1; Karqyopiav, Jo 18^9; amW, Ac 25^8; amco/tara, Eec. 4. to bear, prodiice, bring forth : Kafnrov, Mt 7^8^ Mk 48, Jo ib. 1224 152. 4, 5, 8, 16. 5. to },ring, lead : Mk I522, Jo 2118, Ac 14^3 metaph.,
geq, (^ayetv (sc.
1^^;
Ti),
'^,
;
1418 1717.
of a gate (680s,
Sviv^.
:
cl.),
seq.
ets,
Ac
12^'' (cf.
tier-, Trap-i(T-,
468
(cf.
Mt
and
:
v. Tr.,
Syn.,
Iviii).
,
[in
mi
etc.
;]
to flee
from
Ac
cVt,
729
c.
Mk
S^*
U'\ Lk
13^\
;
8^\ Jo
c.
W\
(WH,
mg.)
Mk
Ac
Lk 2P\ Ee
6.7r6,
(WH,
ck,
273o
Metaph. gen. pers. (as in Heb.), Jo 10^, Ja 4^. opp. to c. ace. rei, i Co 6^^ He IP* (v. M, Pr., 116) absol., Ee 162" airo t. 8i(0Kiv, I Ti 6^^ II Ti 222; geq. ^^^6, c. gen. pers., Ee 9 Trpoao'mov, Ee 20"; c. gen. rei, Mt 3^ (M, Pr., I.e.) 23^3, Lk 3^, i Co 10^*
(cl.),
.
Mk
168
ia^ c.
;
*<-,
KaTa-(fivyo)) .f
-iKos, o,
Ac
232^>26
-T?s,
439, III
Mac
32,
(njriaBir), 11
Mac
92^,
Lk
A^Kf
<})T|fii,
[in
LXX
DN3
also for
say : freq. in quoting the words 22^^ Jo 12=^, al. interjected into the recorded words (cl.), Mt 14^ Lk Ac 2335, al. cl>r](TL, impersonal (BL, 30, 4), i Co 61^ (Lft., Notes, 217 but cf. Bl., I.e.), II Co 10i (WH, mg., <^ao-tv). He 8^; joined with synon. verb (cf. LS, s.v., 11, 2), aTroKptdeh avriL ifftrj, Lk 23^ seq. Trpds,
to declare,
7***
; ;
;
lax
Lk
22"o, al.
I
c.
70, 3),
Co
^r]iiii<a
ace. et inf.,
Eo
3^; seq.
on
(Bl.,
4>vm),
io S2}read
a report
Mt
28l^ T,
WH,
:
mg.
(v.
t>Tj(TTos, -ov,
Judsea
Ac 242'^
25^
*^-
2624, 25
32 _t
<|>0(ivoj,
[in
;]
anticipate
(v.
(cl.)
ace. pers.,
Th
;
4^^.
2.
Kennedy, Sources, 156; Lft., Notes, 35), to come, arrive: Eo 9^^; eVi (cf. Da th 421, and v. Dalman, seq. ek. Phi 316 3.xpL, II Co lO^*
;
Words, 107),
Mt
1228,
Lk
*
II20,
Th
^eapT6s,
LXX
i
Le
222^
(nnpD), Is 5417An,
Wi
9^^ 148, II
Mac
;
perishable, corruptible : av(9pw7ros, Eo 12^ (opp. (nropd, I Pe 12^ (rT(f>avo's, I Co 92^ (opp. to a^^apros)
7^^
;]
;
(/..
toDto,
Co
yi3
4^^
15'"' ^^
pi., i
;]
Pe
l^^.t
LXX for
:
riDiT,
hi., etc.
|
of
men
or animals,
2^^
;
to
tetter
a sound or voice
<|>9eipw, [in
absol.,
Ac
geq,
^wviy, ii
Pe
c. ace.,
LXX
;
hi., pi.,
the word,
Co
3^^ 1523, ii
Co
ii
Pe
212,
Ju
10,
Ee
192; Kard,
Bph
422 (cf.
* J>0ii'-oTro)pii/6s,
-77,
-ov
(<;
late
469
4>66yyos,
-ov,
<^^'yyo/*at),
i
LXX
4^. le
cl.,
Ps 18(19)*
to
op),
Wi
dat.
WH,
[in
521,
;
Eo
lOi^d-xi),
(^^di/os), [in
LXX
Co W.f To
:
AB *
5'^^.t
;
;]
envy
c.
mg., ace), as in
**4.e<5.'os, -or, 6,
LXX: Wi
Ti
6*,
2'^*
623,
i
Ga ^ Mac
2^
irvevfjia
8^^
iii
envy
Eo
129,
Ga
Tit 3^,
Pe
8ik <i>66vov,
Mk
E,
15^**,
txt.,
Phi 1^^ Trpo? cftOovov limroOd r. mg. 1,2; Hort, Ja., 93 f.), Ja 45.t
17
4)0opti, -a?,
(pOeLpw), [in
LXX for
Ga
;
nrSJff
tion, corruption, decay (v. Mayor on 11 Pe, Aj)p., 6^ ; Col 222, Pe 2^2 j opp. to ^wry aiwvios,
is
subject to corruption,
1412).
<|>idXif],
Co
15^'^
of
moral decay,
n Pe
1* 2^2,
19 (gf^
Wi
-r/s, fj,
[in
LXX
(=
Lat.
patera), used for pouring libations, etc. Ee 5^ IS'' 16^"^'' 17^ 21^+ ** 4>i^-aYa6oS) -ov, [in Wi 722*;] loving that ivhich is good, loving goodness : Tit 1^ (Arist., Polyb., al.).t <l>iXa8e\<(>ia (Eec. -eX<^eia), -as, 17, Philadelphia, a city of Lydia
LXX:
Ee
111 37.t
<|)iXaSe\<}):a, -as,
iv Mac 1323.26 141*;] <^tXaSA/>os), [in ^ the love of brothers, brotherly love : of Christians' mutual love as brethren (v.s. d8X</)o's), Eo 12io, i Th 49, He 13i, i Pe 12^ 11 Pe l^.t
:
LXX
LXX
11
Mac
15^*, iv
Mac
:
one's brother, loving like a brother (Soph., Xen., al.) for one another (EV, loving as brethren), i Pe 3^.t
*<|>iXai'8po9, -ov, 1.
of Christians' love
loving
rj
men
LS,
(.3Esch.).
s.v.,
2.
husband
(freq. in epitaphs, v.
-as,
Deiss.,
humane), [in LXX Es 8^3, II Mac 622 149, III Mac S^^' ^^ * ;] humanity, kindness (v. Field, Notes, 147 f.) Ac 282, rj-^. 34 (^.f ^^^^ j^qq^ ii^ 356 ^ ) + Mac 320 * ;] humanely, **<|>iXai'ep(iTra)s, adv., [in LXX 11 Mac 92^,
'**<j)iXa'0pwin'a,
(<^ <^iAdv^pw7ros,
kindly
love of
Ac
273,t
-7
**<|>iXapYupi'a, -as,
^iXdpyrpos), [in
(v. Tr.,
LXX
IV
Mac
126 2^5
x^*;]
**
LXX
iv
Mac 2^ *
',
Lk
II
1614, II
Ti 32.t
loving oneself {kxi^i.)
<t>iX-auTos, -ov,
bad sense
{\h.), selfish
Ti
32.t
Syn.
(ptrra),
^Ckiia,
Syn., xciii).
^t'Xos),
[in
LXX
1.
Ge
:
27*-
al.
(nnx),
ib. 27,
al.
La
12 (yi)),
Wi
82, al.;]
to love
c.
and
friendship, Lat.
amare ;
v.
Syn.)
Mt
10*'^,
Jo
52"
470
Co
16"'\
Eg
;
Mt
65.
23,
2.
Lk
to
204,
Jo
c.
12^5^
Ee
22^5
c. inf. (Is
Mt
kiss:
ace.
pers.,
Mt
26*,
Mk
/caTa-<?^t/\u>).t
Syjv.
4)i\r],
:
r),
dyaTTctco (q.v.),
V.S. <^t'Aos,
*t
<f>iXii8oKos,
ii
Ti 3*
(Polyb.,
Plut., al.).t
4.i\r)fjia,
-To^,
t6
(^tXe'w), [in
LXX
0.
Pr
27^,
Ca
1^ (np^^m^) *
;]
kiss
I
Lk
7*^ 22*; as a
dyc^TTT??, i
Pe
Philemon
6,
Phm
i.t
:
Philetus
ii
Ti
2i'^.t
<t)iXia, -as,
(<C
<;^tAos),
[in
LXX
chiefly for
H^HX
v.
;]
friendship
c.
(for other
pi., V.
forms in use,
Lft.,
in
1.),
4i5.t
ol
(on the
WM,
Ac
I612
Phi
2.
11, I
Th
22.t
<t>iXnnros, -ov, 6,
The
318,
tetrarch
Philip ; 1. the husband of Herodias Mt 14^, Mt 16l^ Mk 8^7, Lk 31. 3. The apostle
: :
Mk
Mt
103,
Mk
*
Lk
:
61*,
Jo
65
l**-*9 65.
85-*<'
1221, 22 148,
9^
Ac VK
4.
The deacon
and evangelist
Ac
218.t
:
4)iX6-e6os, -ov,
iXoXoyos,
**
-ov, 6,
rj
<|)iXoceiKia, -as,
8^*;] love of strife, rivalry, emulation (Plat., sense (Thuc., al.), contentiousness, contention: Notes, 75
f.).t
^lAovctKos), [in
LXX
II
Mac
4*, iv
Mac
1^^
al.),
Lk
<j)i\6-'iKos, -ov
17
veiKos,
:
strife),
[in
LXX: Bz
Co
lli^.t
<}>iXo-|ei'ia,
-as,
{<C
<^iAd^vos),
love
of strangers, hospitality
1
Eo
I
121s,
He
132.t
-ov,
<j>iX6-|evos,
loving
strangers,
hospitable:
al.),
Ti
32,
Tit
1^,
Pe
49.t
<|>iXo-Trpa)Tua>
^
*t
III
(<^ (^iXott/dwtos,
[in
Plut.,
to
strive
to
he first:
Jo
(eecl.).+
LXX
2.
chiefly for
yi
nnx
;]
1.
cl.
pass., beloved,
less freq. and As subst., a friend ; (a) masc, 6 ^. Lk 7" 2312, Ac 273, III Jo 15; opp. to SoCAos, Jo 15i5;
Act., loving, friendly (in
:
dvay^aroi,
Ac
;
102*
6<f>.
c.
gen. sub].,
vvficjiiov,
Mt
lli9,
Lk
1.),
7^* 11'
Jo 11"
1513. 1*
Toi
Jo
BS
gen.
167
rei,
LAE, 382
T, Koo-fxov,
f.),
Jo
1912;
Oeoi
17
(v.
Hort, in
159.t
Ja
22^;
c.
Ja 4*;
{b) fern.,
<^.,
Lk
471
5^^'^^
-as,
rj
.^t/\oo-o<^os),
[in
LXX
IV
Mac
1^
79,
21*. J
ijj^Q
iQ,yg^
and
"pursicit
:
gation of truth and nature of the teachers, Col 28 (v. Lft., ICG, in l.).t
4)i\6-ao4>os, -ov, 6, [in
7'''
:
LXX Da LXX
(qS7K), iv
Mac
iv
1^ 5^5
* ;] a philosopher : Ac 17^^^ ** 4)i\6o-TopYos, -ov {<^<7Topyj, family affectio7i), [in 15^^*;] tenderly loving, affectionate (Xen., Plut., al.)
LXX:
:
Mac
of Christians,
Eo
I210.+
**
<|)iX<STeKi'os,
-ov
<^iAos,
t4kvov),
[in
LXX:
:
iv
Mac
15''-*;]
loving one's children (Hdt., Arist., Plut., ^tAav8po, q.v., Tit 2*.t
al.)
of
women,
:
joined with
IV Mac 1^^ A;] to (<^ ^t'Ao?, rt/x?/), [in love or seek after honour, hence, to be a7?i,bitious, emulous (Plat., Plut.,
<J>iXoTifjLeojxai, -ovfjLai
**
LXX
Co 59, i Th 4ii.t ** <j>iXo<(>p6i/a>s ^(Ao^pwv), adv., [in 8^*;] kindly, luith friendliness Ac 28''.t
al.)
:
c. inf.,
Eo
IS'^^, 11
LXX:
kind
:
11
Mac
3^,
iv
Mac
1 Pe 3^, Eec.t : 25* (DDn), Da Su i, IV Mac 1=^^ K E * ;] to muzzle : i Co 9^, i Ti 5^8 (i-^^) metaph., to put to silence : c. ace. pers., Mt 22^*, i Pe 2^* pass., to be silenced,
<j>iX64)p(oi/,
<j)ip,6<o,
LXX
De
;
LXX
silent
Mt
22^2,
Mk
1-^ 4^9,
6,
Lk
:
4=^^.t
i+Xeywc, -ovTos,
^\oyilu>
Phleqon
[in
Eo
:
16^*.+
cf>X6i),
LXX
:
Ex
Ja
9""
{npb
hith.),
Nu
21^*
(t),
Ps 96(97)3
{lonb
pi.).
Da th
8^7(94)
fig.,
(rj-jq
ithp.), Si S^o, i
Mac
3^*;]
S**
(on the
meaning
of
the
LXX
Th
l^.
chiefly for
nnb
nnn^;] a flame:
rjfjias
Lk
1624
cj>
TTupds,
Ac
V\
Jo
11
He
17(Lxx)^
:
Rq
c.
ace. pers.,
(BV,
prating against
garruloiis
:
ics), iii
^'*.+
cfiXvo), to babble), [in iv Mac 5^''*;] babbling, Ti 5^^ (LV, tattlers; of things, ^iXocro^ta, iv Mac, l.c.).t
:
LXX
<|>oPp6s,
-a,
-ov (<^0oySew),
[in
LXX
pass.;
2.
bni,
D''N;] fearful,
whether
:
act. or
act.,
Savo's,
causing
(LXX)
He
lO^^.si 1221.
Pass.,
BeiXos,
feeling fear,
1. in Hom., to ;] Pass., to be jyut to flight, to flee affrighted. 2. to terrify, frighten (Wi 17^ Hdt. and Att.). Pass, (so always in cf. M, Pr., 5^3 6'-\ 162), to be seized with fear, be affrighted, fear Mt 10i 14^7,
[in
LXX
piit to flight.
NT
al; opp. to ^-qXacf^povelv, Eo II20; o-0dSpa, Mt 176 275* c. cogn. ace, 4>6^ov ixiyav, Mk 4*\ Lk 29 (i Mac 108); ^o/3ov airaJv (obj. gen., but cf. ICC, in 1.), I Pe 31*; -n-TO-qaiv, I Pe 36; c. ace. pers., Mt 10^^ Mk 11^8, Lk 19^1, Jo 922, Ac 920,
113 850_
Lk
Jo
619
m\
;
Mk
Ac
1638,
472
Eo
Heb. ] NIJ
Je
1^, al.
cf.
M,
Pr., 102,
12*; seq. /^.^ (cl.; Bl., 65, 3; M, Pr., 184 f.), ^^^^5^ Ac 27^^ 11 Co 11^ 122", Ga 4" /tT^Trorc, He 4^; 932, al. (Bl., 69, 4 M, Pr., 205), Mt I20, of reverential
;
Lk
Mk
fear:
T.
Mk
620,
Eph
322,
5^3; t. ee6v,
Lk
l^o,
Ac
IO2,
Pe
2^^,
15*; r. ovofia T. 6eov (v.S. ovofxa), ffio^ovfxevoi T. Oeov, of proselytes, Ac 13^^' 2^ (c^ e/c-^o/Jew). 4>c5(3TjTpor (LTr., -Opov), -ov, to (< <^o^a)), [in
Kvplov,
Col
Ee
Ee Ee
14^, al.;
11^^
,,[
WH,
LXX
Is 19^7
pi.
Lk
(><5pos, -ov, 6,
LXX
niQ"'^
etc.
;]
2. That which causes flight, fear, dread, terror Ti 520, I Jo 418, al. cogn. ace, c^o^tladai cj>., Mk 4, 29; c. gen. obj., Jo 7^3 1938 20^9, He 2^, i Pe 31* (but cf. ICG, in 1.) dTTO (rod) ci>., Mt 1426, Lk 2126; e?s cf,., Eo S^^ /xera c^d/3ov, Mt 288; ^, 1.
in Horn., flight.
112,
Lk Lk
Ac
55,
Co
23,
ii
Co r\ Eph 6^ Phi
;
2^2;
by
13^^,
Eo
133
of reverential fear,
(^
Eo
Pe
^,
^^pi^^^
Ac
931,
Qq qu
71.
XpioToC,
Eph
:
521
Oeod,
Eo
318, 11
Co
(and cf. DCG, i, 381). Phcebe, a deaconess of Cenchraea Eo 16i.t oiki'kt,, -775, ^, Phoenicia : Ac lli^ 153 212 (y, x>S, iii, 856^ 857\).t oiKiKio-CTa (on the ending, v. Bl., 27, 4, and cf. ^olvi^), a Phoenician 72'', "WH, mg., for %vpo4>oLviKi(ja-a, q.v.t woman : 2vpa $., oifi|, -iKos, o, rj, (a) a Phceniciari (also with fern., <E>otVtcro-a, Horn., al.) ; (b) Phoenix, a city of Crete Ac 27i2.t <|>ori'i^ (on the accent, v. Bl., 6, Ic), -iko?, 6, [in 4, 2
Syjv.
v.S. SctXia
^,
oi'Pri,
-?;s,
Mk
WM,
11
LXX
Jo
for
lan
nigri
n^bri
;]
the date-palm,
(as Arist.,
:
palm
to.
fiata tS>v
<f>.,
cliOLVLKe<;
Mac
lO'^, al.),
:
Ee
l^.f
Ac
LXX Wi
;
12^*;] a murderer
3i*.t
Mt 22^
dv^p
<^.,
Ac
SvJV.
absol.,
av9punroKT6vo<;.
i^ovevd}
{<C
4>ovv<;),
;
[in
fi^
LXX
(ot,)
chiefly for
(-19),
;
nsi ;]
to kill,
murder
cf^ovevarj^
Mt
ace,
521
(all
from
for
Ex
cf,.
20i3.i*)
c.
Mt
1918^ 233i.35^
Mk
Ja
10".
5.+
[in
LXX
:
Dl, ng,
etc.;]
murder, slaughter:
Mk
157,
pi.,
fj^axaipv^ (cf.
Ex
1713, al.),
He
1137;
^pa>,
[in
LXX
Pr
;]
frequent, of
used
(cf. Tr.,S2/^J.,lviii), most commonly weapons, etc., to bear constantly, tvear : Mt 118, Jq 295^ Eo 13*, I Co 15*9, Ja 23.t *t (jt^pof, -ov, TO (Lat. forum) 'Ainriov <!>., v.s. "Attttios.
of clothing,
j>6pos,
-ov,
{<^(j>p(x)),
[in
LXX
473
Mac
tribute paid by a subject nation (cf. i Mac 10^^) ^. hovvai 8^.7), Lk 20^^ 23^; dTroSowai, Eo 13^^ TcAelv, Eo 13" (Hdt., al.).t
:
Syiv.
Krjv(To<;,
TcAos (q.v.).
(<<^opT09), [in Ez 16^3 (-mis')*;] to load: c. dupl. ace, Lk 11*^; pass., to be laden: metaph. (EV, heavy laden),
<(>opTia)
LXX:
Mt
1128.t
<t>opTioi', -ov,
TO (dimin. of
(jiofyro?),
[in
LXX
al.),
chiefly for
27^**;
SifO
',]
Ac
metaph.,
Mt
Ipo
234,
Lk
:
1146^
Ga
6
S^.t
Syj\r.
ftdpos
-ov,
(<l-v.), oy/cos.
* <(>6pTos,
; ^epw),
V.
a load
Ac
27^**,
Eec.+
-ov, 6 (Lat.),
Fortunatus:
Co
*'^
Mk
for
<^payek\iov, -ov, to (Lat. flag ellum), a scourge : Jo 2i^.t *t <^payeK\6(i), -w (<; ^paye'AAtov, q.v.), to scourge : c. ace,
Mt
,
2V^,
also
15^5 (eccl.).t
<()paYfJ.6s, -ov,
LXX
11^13
yjQ
etc.
;]
1.
OT, 1387).
2.
<^pa.yp.a,
a fence:
Mt
21^3,
Mk
12\
Lk
1423.
Metaph.,
/.leo-oTotxov (q.v.)
to9
<^.,
gen. epexeg.,
4>pd(o,
Eph
[in
LXX:
Jb
62*
tell,
(]i3 hi.)
128 (-jT
declare, explain:
[in
to
LXX:
Jb 388
(-j-jq
:
hj
j^
Hq
1X3
2(8)
(rpcy),
Pr
.
21^3
(DMX), etc.
;]
a-To/xaTa Acovtwv,
He
:
1133
o-to/xo,
metaph.,
Eo
n Co
ll^^.t
;]
LXX
chiefly for
a well
Lk
14^,
Jo
4"' 12; ^_ ^^5 Sl/3vo-(tov, Ee 9i2.t *t ^(pec-aTraTtiw, -to (<^ ^pevaTraT?;?), to deceive one's mind (Lft., deceive by fancies, v. Ga., I.e.) c. ace. pers., Ga 63.t *t <|>pi'airdTT)s, -ov, 6 (<^ ffipw, dwdTT]), a deceiver (Bl., deceiver of his
:
own mind,
^(>r\v,
% 28,
5.2,
where
iii
v. ref. to
tt.)
Tit
l^''
(eccl.).t
gen.,
<j()p6vo's,
rj,
[in
LXX
;]
most
freq. in
chiefly for
nb
also
Mac
4^" 5*^
;
chiefly in
both sing, and pi. 1. in physical sense, the parts about the 2. heart, mind, thought : pi., i Co 14''^<* (v. Edwards, heart, midriff.
in Plat.,
al.,
(Att. -TTco,
;]
17^),
[in
LXX
Jb
4^5
1.
to be
from fear
Ja
2^^ (v.
^poyioi, -w
to shiver,
sMidder, tremble,
<i>pyv), [in
LXX
8^3,
De
3229,
Za
92 (DDn),
Ps 93
(94)8
9^2
{bDm
hi.),
Is 4418 d-in)
ib. 28,
Es
Wi
1^ 143o, i
Mac
IO20,
u Mac
474
]^4.8,
.J
2_
^Q
al.).
;
2.
to
think, to be
minded
adj.,
Ti.
in a certain
way
ws
vr^Trtos, i
Co
13^^
c.
or pron., as freq. in cl), o Se?, Eo 12=*; S., Ac T. al'To (j). (Deiss., BSy 256), to be of the ovSkv a\Xo, Ga 5^" Phi 22 42; id. seq. ek (ev) a\Xy^Xovs{ots), Eo 12i same mind, ii Co 1S^\ 3. to have in mind, 15* ; T. v (f>., Phi 22 (Lft., in 1.) seq. vTvep, Phi V. ra t. Bcov, be mindf'ul of, think of (Hdt., Xen., al. Es, i Mac, 11. c.) 8^^; ra T. a-apKO's, opp. to t. t. opp. to T. T. av6pu)7r(i)v, Mt 162^*, t. eVtyeia, Phi 3^" ; ra avw, opp. to t. iirl r. yrj^, Col Tn/eu/Aaros, Eo 8* (EV, /iave this mind in you). Phi 2* vij/rjXa., Eo 12^^ 32 TOVTO (ftpovtLTe seq. wep. Phi 4^*^ (cf. Kara-, -rrapa-, </). rjixepav (to observe a day), Eo 14^
erepois, ib.
; ;
; ; :
Mk
;
TrepL-, vTrep-<f)povOi).T
**4)p6^Ti|jia, -Tos,
TO <^/Dova)),
[in
LXX:
11
Mac
721
which
is
in the
mind
-ews,
17
(the content of
(ftpovciv,
ICC, Bo.,
for
:
8^), the
Eo
etc.
8'7.27.t
<j)p{S^'rl(Tls,
c^povew), [in
LXX
;]
nr^ Lk
nsnri,
1^'^,
na^n,
l^.t
Eph
Syn.
v.s. a-o(f>La,
and
cf. Lft.,
Notes, 317.
<|>p6i'i(ios,
[in
LXX
for ]i23,
D3n
etc.;] practi-
Mt V* Lk
Sr^.
252.4.8.9, I
Lk 12^2^ i Co 10^^; opp. to to a(^pa)v, II Co 11^9; ^. Trap iavTiS conceit), Eo 112* 12^^ (cf. Pr 3"); compar.,
lO^" 24*5,
Mt
Co
410
le^.t
:
v.s. croc^os.
4)po>'ifjicjs,
adv., sensibly,
prudently
Lk
16^,t
i Ki 9* (3XT), Ps 39 <^poi/Tts, thotight), [in (40)^'' (itZ^n), al. ;] to give heed, take thought (in cl. usually absol., c. ace, c. gen.), c. inf.. Tit S^ (v. Bl., 69, 4 M, Pr., 206 f.).t ** <{)poupa), -w (< 4>povp6^, a guard), [in i Es 4*", Jth 3^, Wi 17^^, I Mac 11^*;] to guard, keep under guard, protect or keep by
<|)po'Ti!;w
LXX:
;
LXX
4^, i
guarding
+
-TT-),
11
Co
:
11=*2
metaph.,
Ga
;
32^,
Phi
Pe
l^.t
4>pu(io-(r(i)
[in
LXX
horses,
to
7ieigh,
:
elsewhere depon., ^pmo-o-o/xat, Att, n Mac 7^* E, iii Mac 22 * ;] prop., of Metaph., to be whinny and prance (Plut., al.).
42*
'''o
NT
wanton, insolent
<}>puYa>'o>'.
127(5
)
Ac
,
(ixxjf
{<C4>P^y'^^
io
:
-OW)
parch),
pi.,
[in
LXX
:
chiefly
28^.t
for
also for
bnn
etc.
;]
a dry
stick
brushwood
Ac
;
puyia, -as, rj (prop., the adj., ^pvyios, -a, -ov sc. yrj, X^JP^), Phrygia, a region of Asia Minor Ac 2^*^ <^. koI TaXaTiKrj x'^P^ (r. x16 1823 (on these phrases v. DB,\, 89 f. CGT, Gal., K. <!>.), Ac
: ;
xxii f.).t
uyeXos (Eec.
^ityr\,
-rj<;,
17
-XXos), -ov,
6,
Phygelus
11
Ti
1^*.+
c^evyw),
[in
LXX
[in
chiefly
for DIJD
and cogn.
and
forms
;]
flight
Mt
rj
242<'.t
<t>uXaKVi,
-ij<;,
{<^
(fivXaaa-uj) ,
LXX
475
N^J
etc.
:
;]
(a)
actively,
a guarding, guard,
to
watch (Horn.,
watch,
Plat.,
Xen.,
al.)
cogn. ace,
:
<f>vXdacreLv (f)v\aKa.<s,
keep
Lk
guard ; pi., sentinels, a guard (Horn., al.) where persons are kept under guard, a prison (Hdt., Thuc,
;
Mt
the
1410,
Mk
61^
Lk
320,
Ac
5^9, 11
6^, i
3^9,
Ee
time during which guard was kept by night (Lat. vigilia; Anthol.), a watch : Mt 14^5 24, Mk 6*8, Lk 1238. **t <j,u\aKia., [in LXX Wi 18**;] to imprison: Ac 22i9.t * <}>uXaKTiipioK, -ov, TO, 1. an outi^ost, fortification (Thuc, al.). 2. a safeguard (Plat.). 3. an amulet (Plut., al.) in NT for the Talmudic y^^DO, a prayer-fillet, a phylactery, a small strip of parchment on
:
which portions
next the heart
of the
(cf.
Ex
Mt
235.t
LXX
for
not?,
"T-IS;]
a guard,
keeper
etc.;]
Ac
and very freq. for "iQlZr also for "1S3 guard or ivatch : c. cogn. ace, (f>vX.aKd<s, Lk 28; c. ace. pers., Ac 12* 28^^ pass., Lk 829, Ac 23^5; c. ace. rei, Ac 2220; (b) to guard or protect: c. ace, Lk II21, Jo 122^ n^, II Th 33, I Ti 620, n Ti 1^2. i*, 11 Pe 2^ iavr^v d7r6, i Jo 521 (Westc, in metaph. of law, precept, etc., to keep, preserve, observe : Mt I920, 1.) Lk 1128 1821, Jo 12*7, Ac 753 16* 212*, Eo 22, Ga 6^^, i Ti 521. Mid., to be on one's guard (against), keep oneself from, beware of: c. ace,
4>uX(iaaa), [in
to giiard,
LXX
chiefly
to
watch;
(a)
Ac
2125, II
1217,
Ti
415
seq. dTro, of
Lk
121^
iVa
firj,
11
Pe
3^^
:
(Ex
Le
:
18*, al.),
laws,
etc., to
keep,
observe
as in ravra iravra,
LXX
Mk
1020
(cf. 8ia-<f>vXda(roy).f
Svjv.
<|)u\Ti,
TTjpew, q.v.
-^s,
rj,
[in
LXX
etc.
a body of men united by kinship or habitation, a clan or tribe ;] of the tribes of Israel, Mt 1928, Lk 2^6 22^0, Ac I321, Eo 11^, Phi 35, He 713. 1*, Ja 11, Ee 5^ 7*-8 2I12 of the tribes of the earth, the peoples and nations, Mt 24^0, Ee 1' 5^ 7^ 11^ 13^ 14.t
;
[in
n^r;] a leaf:
Mt
21i9 24^2,
Mk
1113 1328,
Ee
222.t
<|)upafjia, -T09,
TO
21
(n^^^^rD),
Nu
mix), [in
LXX
is
Ex
Eo
S^ (728) 123*
1520.
mixed or kneaded, a
92i.t
lump
of
dough,
Eo
Co
5^'
\ Ga
5^; of clay,
-rj, -ov {<C(f>v(rL<s), natural; (a) produced by nature, innate (Xen., Arist., al.) (b) according to nature (Arist., Diod., al.) opp. to irapa (ftvaiv, Eo 12^' 27 ^^^ governed by mere natural instinct (cf. Plut., Mor., 706a): ^(2a yeyewrjfieva (f). (RY, bom mere animals; Mayor, born creatures of instinct; ICG, animals born of mere nature),
* <})uoriK6s,
II
Pe
2i2.t
476
*
to puff or blow up, Metaph., to puff up, make 2)roud : i Co 8^ Pass., to be puffed inflate. Kara, up with pride i Co 4^^' ^^ S'-^ 13"*; seq. vtto, Col 2^^ seq. i-n-ep I Co 4" (on the form of the subjc, v. M, Pr., 54; Bl, 22, 3).t ** <j)i5ais, -0)9, Wi 7^o IS^ IQ^" a A, iii Mac S^s, <^^'(o), [in v IV Mac 1^*' 57,8,25 23'27 1513,25 163*;] iiature, i.e., (a) the nature (natural powers or constitution) of a person or thing: Ja S'^, 11 Pe 1*^; Eo 2-'', TtKva 4,v(TtL 6pyrj<;, Eph 2^ (6) origin, birth (Soph., Xen., al.) 2^^ Ga (c) nature, i.e. the regular order or law of nature: i Co 11^*; Trapa (fiva-iv, against dat., (f)V(ri adverbially, by nature, Eo 2^'^, Ga 4^
*t
-w
naturally, by nature
<f>v(ra,
Ju ^<'.t
(f>vcra.oj,
bellows),
cl.
LXX
nature,
Eo
1^" 11^*;
Kara
17
<^.,
according
*t
pL,
II
<()U(7ia)(ns,
-W9,
(<!
</)vo-toa)),
Co
12^'\t
-as,
;J
4.oTia,
^
l.
</.rTi;w),
[in
LXX
:
IV
;
Ki
1923 (yia:).
2.
Mi l\
Ez
17'
(riaa) *
a planting (Xen.,
al.
LXX).
</>uTew/Aa,
^/la^
which
is 2^lanted,
(t>uTU(a
{<Cif^vT6v,
LXX
chiefly for
37133,
also
Lk 17^^ i Co S'^'S; c. ace, cf^vreiav, Mt IS^^*; Mt 2133, Mk 12\ Lk 20^, i Co 9' pass., seq. ev, Lk 13" 17.t d/^7rASva, [in LXX Pr 26'-', Ez 37 {rbv), etc. 1. trans., to bring produce (of men, to beget) pass., to spring up, groiv Lk S*^' ^. forth,
for br\W, etc.;] to plant
;
<j)u'<j,
;]
and rarely
in pres. (v.
LS,
s.v.,
A,
11.),
spring
up
He
12i^.t
*4)a)Xeos, -ov, 6,
Mt
for
8-,
Lk
958.t
;]
iw^'cw, -S
(<
^oivri),
[in
to
LXX
;
Nip
I.
Intrans.
(fiOivfj
cry out, speak aloud: Lk 8^; [(fxoi'rj fjieydXr]) Xiymv, Lk S***, Ee 14^^; ^covT^o-avres IttvOovto, Ac 10^^. 2. Of the cries of animals (rarely in cl. Is 381*, jg^ i_c.) of a cock, to croiv, Mt 263, 14^, Lk 22,3,
1.
Of persons,
call out,
pLtyaXy,
Mk
1'^^,
Ac
16'^
i(f)Oii'T](r
Mk
Jo
13^^
18'^".
II.
Trans, (in
20^2 2747^
cl.
summon,
Jo
13^^
invite:
Mt
[in
Mk
10'
chiefly poet.), c. ace. pers., to call, g^^ 10^^ 15s^ Lk I412 16^ 19^5^ Jo 1^^
;
Ac 9"
to
address, call
freq. for
by name (Soph.),
bip
;]
<|>wi/V),
LXX
t.
chiefly
;
and very
<^.
a voice;
17i^
(a)
21*,
^1.
prop., of persons,
al.
;
Mt
e/c
alpcLv (cTratpctv),
Lk
7^",
322,
Ac
4>-
f^^y^^V
ii,
f'TTctv
(f).
(ftm'eiv, etc.),
Lk
f.)
;
8^^,
Ac
Ee
Jq
5^2^
yiveraL {epx^Tat)
(of.
Mk
1^^
1^,
Lk
1228^ al.
;
DCG,
Ac
Jo
(y8)
810*;
al.;
aKoveiv cfiwvyy
(-77s
v.s,
dKoi^'co),
9*.',
Mt
3=*,
Mk
Mac
2,
Lk S\ Jo
:
123(Lxx);
(f>.,
T, $ov,
5^'',
He 37,
al.
By
meton.,
38,
(a) of
the speaker,
12', al.)
fSXeireiv tyjv
i
Ee
of
1^2;
speech, la^iguage
inanimate things:
Ixxxix).
4><os
Mt
(Ge 243i, Jo
<^dos;
11^, iv
Co
14io
;
(b)
Ac
Ee
(cf. Tr.,
Syn.,
(Att. contr.
from
LXX
^\
Mt chiefly for "I'lX ;] light (opp. to to o-kotos, r] o-KoWa) II Co 4; TjXiov, Ee 22^; of a lamp, Lk S^e ll^s, Jo 5^5,
172-
^,
Jo IP-
Ee
1823; of a
477
light,
Co
;
11^^
6 kAt^/dos t.
Ac 9^ dytW ev
12^ 22^'
t. <^.,
9.
"
:
26^3
Col
1^^; of
145*, Lk light of fire, 2256 (el. I Mac 1229 of. DCG, i, 695) pi., of a lamp or torch, Ac 1&^^ ; of heavenly bodies, Ja l^^ Metaph., (a) of God i Jo 1^. ^ ; ,^^5 ot/cwv oLTTpoa-iTov, I Ti 6^6 Qf spiritual truth and its effects on the (j^ lives of men Mt 4^6 5^\ Jo 1*- ^ 319-21, Ac 26^8. 23^ n Co 6^\ Eph 5^3, I Pe 29, I Jo 28 ; t. </>. r. C^^s, Jo 8^2 ^_ -^Xa rod cf>., Eo 13^2 Ka^Tros Tov <fi., Eph 59; fv T. </>. TrepcTraTeiv (etvat, /Aeveiv), I Jo 1^ 29' 1** uioi (reWa) to9 <^., Lk IS^, Jo 1236, Eph 58, I Th 5^ by meton., of one from whom truth shines forth Ac 13*'' d^^), Eo 2^9 ; esp. of Christ, Lk 2^2^ Jo V' 8 1235. 36, 46 ^, ^_ ^, KoVyltOV, Jo 8^2 9^ t. cf>. T. Ak-qOlVOV, Jo 19; of Christians, Mt 5^*, Eph 58; (c) of the spiritual understanding T. </). TO ev a-oi, Mt 623, Lk 1135 (^) adverbially, of that
.
Ee
212*
Mk
which
is
open
:
to
view (opp. to
6
ev t. o-kotio.)
ev t.
</>.,
Mt
102^,
Lk
123.t
SvJV.
V.S. ^eyyos.
-:^/Dos,
<J)a>(7TTip,
<^ws),
[in
LXX: Ge
l^^.^e
(nixn).
Da
LXX
2^5,
123
(-IHT),
Es
8^9^
Wi
132,
Si 43^*;]
Ee
21ii.t
Svjv.
<^eyyo9, ^tos.
*
II
morning
Pe
(<[<^ws, (fiipoi), light-bringing ; as subst., 6 ^., ^/le star (Plat., al. cf. ku>(r4>6po^. Is 14^2, Jb 39, Ps 1103) metaph., 1^9 (v. Mayor, in l.).t **4.a)Tir<5s (WH, i/xuTtvos), -ov <^Ss), [in Si 173i
<}>ua-<j>6pos, -ov
;
:
-n,
LXX:
23^9*;]
&rz(/A^,
light:
vec^cAr/,
Mt
175;
opp.
to
o-Koreivos,
Mt
622,
Lk
to to
113*.36,t
for liK hi., riT hi., etc. ;] 1. intrans., (<< <^ws), [in shine, give light (Arist., PiUt., al.) seq. eVi, Ee 225. 2_ Trans, (a) illumine, enlighten (Diod., Plut., al.) c. ace, Lk 1136, j^g 2123;
<f>a)Tii;&)
: :
LXX
pass.,
Ee 18^
al.)
:
(119)i3o,
to light,
Si 4517,
Jo
f.).t
Eph
:
1^8 39,
E,
txt..
39,
He
6* 1032
ii
{h) to
bring
make known
Sources, 107
(Polyb.)
-ov,
Co
45,
Eph
[in
E, mg.,
:
Ti
39,
li" (cf.
Kennedy,
(27)S
<|)WTi(T,ji6s,
(c/xoW^to),
LXX
Jb
Ps 26
43
(44)3,
77
i
(78)1*,
138 (i39)u
(^^j^)^
metaph,,
Co
4*>''.t
X
X, x> X^'
"^^^
indecl., chi,
ch,
;
numeral,
inf.,
x'
600, x.
600,000
As
xai'po,, [in
LXX
for
nnw
(Ge
al.), etc.
as greeting
(v. infr.).
Mac
10^8,
freq. in these books ;] 1. to rejoice, be glad : 225 238, Jo 436 856 2020, Ac 5*1 839 1123 1348^
Mk
Qo
14ii,
610 77 139,
478
Col
25,
Th
5l^
Pe
;
4}^, III
Jo
=*
dyaXAiSo-^ai, x- 'i'
i
Mt
5^2
k. a-Kiprav,
Lk
6-=*;
opp. to KXaUiv,
-^ ^x'^iv, ib.
Eo
121^,
Co
f.),
7^0; to /cAaiW k
/AeyaXr^i/j
rj
Bp-qvtlv,
Jo IG^O;
;
to XvTTTjv
(Bl., 38,
c.
c.
Mt
Mt
;
2^**
Dalman, Words, 34
38, 2),
Jo
3^9
xapa ^
x^^^pop-^y, i
x-P^ XTh 3^
prep. (Bl.,
im,
I
;
c.
1317,
I
Ac 15^ Eo
39
;
1619,
118
Co
18i3,
W,
8id,
Jo
;
Lk
Th
iv,
Phi
a.7r6,
II
;
Co
2^
c.
ace. (Dem.),
;
Phi
2i8
seq. Srt,
;
Jo 4 ^ Toi^To, oTt, Lk 10'^ c. dat., Eo 121^ ^ 41*^. Kvpiui, Phi 2. In salutations, imperat., x^'P^j X""'p^^^' (^) ^* meeting, /laiZ ; Mt 26^9 27^^ Mk I518, Lk 1^8, Jo 19^ pi., Mt 289 so n in letters, Xa.ipf.iv Xe'yw, to give greeting, 11 Jo x'^^P^'-^ (sc. Xcyci Bl, 81, 1), greeting: Ac 15^3 23'"" Ja 1^; (b) at parting, farewell: II Co 1311 (c) on other occasions, be of good cheer : ev Kvpcta, Phi 3^
Jo
1428^ II
Co
79' 16, II
4*
(cf.
crw-xatpco).t
XaXal^a,
-tjs, tj
[in
pi.), etc. ;] (a) to slacken, XaXdoj, -w, [in loosen; (b) to let loose, let go; (c) to lower, let down: c. ace. rei, 2\ Lk 54. ^ Ac 9-5 27i7> =^0; c. ace. pers. (cf. Je, I.e.), pass., 11 Co ll^^t
:
;]
hail
Ee
8^ lli9 IG^i.t
Mk
XaXSaios,
-ov, 6,
-oV,
yrj
XoXSatW, Ac
(N^iJ),
7*.t
3^9,
XaXcTrds, -q,
LXX:
Is 18^
Wi
Si
3^
al.;]
hard ; {a) hard to do or deal ivith, difficult ; (b) hard to bear, painful, grievous : Kaipoi, 11 Ti 3^ (c) of persons, hard to deal with, harsh, fierce, savage : Mt 8^8_f *t xaXicaywycw, -w (<[ x'^"'05' o-y*^)y ^0 lead tvith a bridle; metaph., aw/xa, 3^.t to bridle, restrain : c. ace, yXwcro-av, Ja 1^"
; ;
XaXii/os,
-ov,
6,
[in
LXX
-^,
:
chiefly for
2T)J^
;]
a bridle
Ja 3^
Ee
142o.t
XiXKeos, -ea, -ov
{-ov<s,
LXX
chiefly for
rnjrnj
;]
brazen
(i.e.
of copper)
Ee
9'^'^.f
[i.
LXX
a worker
in metal, esp. a copper-smith : 11 Ti 4i*.t *t xaXKTiSoii', -oVos, 6, chalcedony, "supposed to denote a green silicate of copper found in the mines near Chalcedon " (Swete)
Ee
2119.+
xaXKio.', -ov, TO
xaXKo'5),
:
[in
LXX:
Jb
4122(23)
(-,,p)^
etc.;]
Mk
:
7*.+
*t xaXKo-Xipai'oc, -ov, to, chalcolibamis, probably " a mixed metal of Ee li^ 21^ (EV, burnished brass).f great brilliance " (Swete)
XaXKos,
-ov,
6,
[in
LXX
to
cop)p)er
Co 13\
Ee 11812; by
Mt
:
109,
xajiai, adv.,
on or
the
ground
]jr33),
:
Jo
Mk
Xacadf,
7j,
indecl. (Heb.
-a, -ov,
Canaan: Ac 7"; y^
ywij,
Ac
13i'.t
Xami'aros,
Canoanite
Mt
1522.t
479
joy,
-as,
rj
xat>w),
;
[in
LXX
for
nnptr,
]ii2r^, etc.;]
Col
\. Trjs
Jo IS^i 1622.2* 1718, Ac Q\ 11 Co I2* T^^ 82, Ga 522, Jo 1*, II Jo 12 opp. to Ka-ny^eia, Ja 4^ to Xxnrq, Jo 1620; TTtWews, Pbl 125; ayaXXiaa-OaL {-xaipeLV, q.V.), x^P?^) Jo ^2^, I Pe l^J
Lk
X- eX"''' Ptina
X.
fjiyd\.r]v,
"
;
Ac
Ti 1*
2^29^
TTOULV
Ac
153
dTTo
T^s
)Ltera
xapS.s,
;
Mt
132 288,
Mk
:
x-,
Mt
4^6,
13^S
Lk
Ac
""
121*
^ x-. Eo 1532
He
x-
I31"
II
id.
Co
Lk 813 Th I*';
;
lO^^
^""'i
"'
-^^ 141^;
tva,
iii
Jo
^.
By
txt.,
21**, 11
Co
WH,
^. ^yp[ov,
Mt
2521. ^^t
*XfipaYp.a, -ros, to {<^x^P'^'^^^' ^^ engrave), (a) a stafnj), impress, mark : Ee ISi*^' i^ 14.ii 162 I920 20* (v. Deiss., BS, 240 ff.) (b) a thing graven : Ac 172^.+
;
xapaKTrjp,
-yjpos,
o {<^x"-P^^^^>
^^
engrave), [in
1.
;
LXX: Le
132^
2.
(nniS),
II
Mac
41",
:
IV
Mac
15*
nE*;]
tool
for graving.
stam}) or impress
as on a coin or seal
6 (<;xa/3acrcrco), [in
metaph.,
for
He
x- t. vTroo-Tao-ews,
l^.t
X<ipa|,
-a/v-os,
LXX
:
nbbb
19*3^t
^1^0,
etc.;]
1.
a pointed
ii-iv
stake.
2.
a palisade or rampart
[in
Lk
:
Xapi^oiaai
xa/3'?),
1. to
:
LXX:
Lk
In
late
Es
721,
8^ (p:),
c.
Ca 1*K,
Si 123,
Macg*
212,
;]
ace. et dat.,
22.
:
Ac
Co Co
Phi
12
2^
Phm
432,
3.
Gk.
of debt,
Lk
Ac
27, 10 1213,
Xcipii', V.S.
Eph
Col
7*2 ^s
xapi?-
Xapis,
[in
-tTos,
acc, xaptv
1.
ix'^ptra in
objectively,
regard, gracefulness, grace, loveliness of form, graciousness of speech (cl. Ec 1012, Si 2116, al.) Col 4^; X6yoi r. x<^p<-ro<; (gen. qual.), Lk 422. 2. Subjectively, (a) on the part of the giver, grace, graciousness, kindness, of the divine favour, goodwill, favour : Lk 2^2^ Ac 71**, al. esp. in Lk 13", Ac 142^, grace, with emphasis on its freeness and universality 4*.i^ 1'', I Co 13, al. Eo opp. to o</)etA77^a, Eo to cpya, Eo 11^ [b] on the part of the receiver, a sense of favour received, thanks, gratitude Eo 617 72^ al. x- ^X"''. ^0 ^^ thankful, Lk 17^, i Ti I12, al. 3. Objectively, of the effect of grace, (a) a state of grace : Eo 52, 11 Ti 2i, i Pe 512, II Pe 318 {b) a proof or gift of grace (cl., a favour) Jo li^, Ac 6^, 310, II Co 98, Ga 2^, Eph 32, i Pe b^^^\ al. (For fuller Eo 1\ I Co usage, v. AE, Eph., 221 ff. DB, ii, 254 ff. ; DCG, treatment of the
;
NT
;
NT
i,
686
ff.
Cremer,
s.v.).
Si 733 x ^^g^ X^^P'^) **t xdpio-fjia, -Tos, TO (-^x^/^'Co/AttO. [ii^ 3Q30 gi ^j^ AB2E, xp^a-jxa) * ;] a gift of grace, a free gift, esp. of extraordinary operations of the Spirit in the Apostolic Church, but including
LXX:
480
all spiritual
Eo
VV
II
Ti
1, i
Pe
;
410.+
**t x^P'-Tow.
justificato
7?iai;e
;
-<^
(^Cx*^/"'), [in
\\
LXX
Si
18^'''
(dvSpt K;(apiTw/xcva)
x^P*-"^
(<1-"^-)'
Vg.,
(^) ^^
Syr., saintly)*
to
endow with
^^-
-'-
2. In Hellenistic graceful; (b) to make gracious (Si, I.e.). writings (for exx., v. AE, Eph., 227; Lft., Notes, 315), (a) to cause to find favour; {b) to endue with grace (i.e. divine favour): Lk l^^,
Eph
l.t
i,
LXX: Ge
-ov,
29* E,
Ez
27-=*
:
a town in
N.W. Mesopotamia
6,
Ac
xaprtis,
[in
LXX:
papyrus strips (v. Kennedy, Sources, 42; Milligan, NTD, 10-12; DB, iv, 945 f.) 11 Jo^'- (Plat., Inscr.).t 11 Ki 18^'^ (nnsi) * ;] xicrfia, -Tos, TO (<[ ;(ao-Ka), to yawn), [in LXX
sheet of paper,
of
:
made
Lk
IG^^.t
BL,
8,
Thackeray, Gr.,
lip as
1,
;]
lip
(as in
Heb., of the
the
organ of speech): Mt 158, Mk 7^, Eo 3^^ i Co I421, He Metaph., of things, an edge, brhik, etc. (Horn., Hdt.,
shore,
W^
al.)
i
:
Pe
310 d-^^).
of the sea-
He
to
xetfid^u
expose
pass., to
[in LXX: Pr 26^" (t)*;] 1. to {<^x'^^f^-' winter cold), winter cold, go into xvhiter quarters. 2. to drive with storm be driven with storm, tempest-tossed : Ac 27^8,t
Xeifi/^apos
-00s,
Attic contr.,
;
LXX
as
torreyit
Jo 18^t
-civos,
6,
[in
LXX
for
UW^,
T'riP
;]
1.
winter: Jo
IO22,
II Ti 421 ; gen., x"A^wvos, in winter, Mt 242", lointer storm, hence, generally, a storm, tempest E, mg., om.), Ac 272o.t
Xei'p,
Mk
:
rj,
13^8,
Mt
WH,
gen.,
:
xi.Lpo<;
(ace, x^P"''.
Be
g^i_
5^ T),
[in
x->
LXX
chiefly for
;]
the
2221;
hand
pi_^
Mt
mult.
^^ acting subject,
;
Jo 1^; t. Ipya tSv x- Ac 1^\ Ee 920 6 prepositional phrases, do-TTao-p-os T. e/x>7 x-> ^ Co 162^, Col 4^8^ II Th S^"" esp. those without art., similar to Heb. constructions (Bl., 32, 4 40,
Lk
Ac
172^ 203*,
9; 46,
(twv)
9), tv
X;
gen. (Lft., in
1.),
x"pwv
(Sia xpos),
Mk
62,
;
Ac
3^9; avv x- ayye'A-ov, Ac 7^^ 8ia 512 726, al. iirl x^ip^v, Mt 4, Lk 4"
;
Ga
6^, al. Bl., 44, 1), ellipse of x- {v Sc^m, apLcrrepa 9^1, the power or activity of an individual, Mt I722,
Ac
Jo
12^1, al.
1029,
Ac
1121
i3n
al.
481
LXX
Jg
16^^
(T^IJ p'^TOO),
To 11" N*;]
to
Ac
98 22^\f
*Xip-aYYos> o'' {"^X^^P' ^-y^)' l&cbding by the hand. one to lead by the head, a guide : Ac IS^^t Xv
**txip6Ypa<}>os, -ov written with the hand.
al.)
:
As
5^
subst., 6
Q^-
x">.
As
ypac^w),
[in
LXX:
To
s*;]
subst., to x-j
a handivriting
(Inscr., Polyb.,
LXX
made by hand
172*,
(i.e.
;
He
II
91I' 2"
of
of temples,
Mk
14^^,
Ac
7*^
* Xeipo-Toi'<i),
-a
(<^x^'P'
Tc^vui),
1.
to vote
hand
vote,
in the
Co
8^^
Athenian iKKXrja-La (Luc, Plut.). (b) without vote, Ac 14^^ (v. Eackham, in
;
(cf Trpo.
XipOTOVw).+
xeipwi', -ov,
III
compar. of
:
Mac
520*;] worse
Mt
{irrl)
LXX
Ki
l?''^
B,
Wi
IS^^
i
17^
5^,
He
Ex
1029, II
Pe
220
d^
t6 x^'pov,
5^\
Ti
9^
He
(cf.
DB,
[in
i,
377
ff.).t
LXX
Lk
Ja
1.),
chiefly for
nsa^K;] a widow:
Mt
23i3
Mk
12*o-*3,
53-5.11.16^
2^7 425 712 IS^- ^ 20*^ 212.3, Ac 6^ 939.", 127; yvv^ 426; of one of an ordo X-. Lk
i
viduarum
(v.
CGT,
in
Ti 5^;
Ee
187.t
X^^S, v.s. ixOes.
al.,
-r/?),
-ov,
(<^x'^^'oi,
apx<^)>
[in
LXX
a chiliarch,
the
6^^
the
commander
of a thousand, esp. a
:
Eoman
307
a) .t
military tribune,
similar rank,
Mk
-aSos,
621,
Ee
commander of a cohort Jo I812, Ac ^ore generally, of ofi&cers of DB, i, 352 ^ DCG, i, 271% m^ (v.
[in
XiXids,
rj
{<Cx^^''^')>
LXX
Co
number one
thousand, a thousand:
21i6.t
Xt'Xioi, -ai, -a,
Lk
143i,
Ac
4*, i
Ee 5"
a thousand : 11 Pe S^(^^^\ Ee ll^ 126 1420 202-7.t Ac 20i5.t Xios, -ov, Y], Chios, an island in ^gean Sea XiTOJK, -wvos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for T)^in^ :] the garment worn
:
next the skin (though two tunics were sometimes worn, v. Swete, Mk., 117) a tunic: Mt lO^o, Mk 69 1463, Lk 311 93, Ju 23; disting. from
Ifidnov (q.v.),
Mt
5*0,
Lk
629,
Jo
1923,
Ac
939 (v.
DCG,
i,
338', 340 ,
499").
31
482
[in
l^^.t
Vi
LXX
chiefly for
^XP
also (in
Da)
for Zlbp
;]
snoiv
Mt
28,
Ee
**
cloak
x^f^"3'
-^'So?
[i>^
LXX
Ac
II
Mac
:
12^^ *
',]
a chlamys, or short
xitwv (q.v.)
:
Mt
**X^e"it-
{<X^^yv>
mock, jeer
:
o,jest), [in
LXX Wi
Mac
Mac
5"*;]
17^^.t
of persons,
XXoT),
luke-warm
-r?s, r] (i.e.
Ee
3^**.+
i
Co
,
1^^+
;]
xXwpos,
xopros,
-a, -ov
(<
;
[in
etc.
(a) ^jaZe
green
Mk
639,
Ee
r,
8^
ttuv x-,
Ee
(b)
pale
Tttttos,
Ee
G^.t
e^,
xis
(on
v.s.
six
hundred and sixty-six (L, mg., E, mg,, sia? hundred and sixteen), the mystical number of the Beast Ee 13^^ (on the interpretation, v. Swete, Ap., 172 f.).t 15*'''^^ {v. *txoiK69, -q, -6v, x'^5)' &(^'>"ihy, made of dust: i Co
:
f.).t
7},
-iKos,
[in
LXX
:
Ez
:
45^*^' ^^
(ns) *
;]
a chcenix, a dry
7 830-32,
measure
of rather less
-ov,
6,
than a quart
Ee
6^
**Xolpos,
[in
Sm.
[ill
Is 65*
66=*;]
Mk
mad
511-13. 10^
yifiKoL(a,
Lk
**
-w (Aristoph.).
XoXri,
-vs,
xo-^^)'
"I.
LXX
Mk
r],
III
Mac
31
E*
:
;]
1.
to be
xoAoC/xat, to be
angry
c.
,
dat. pers.,
;]
melancholy Jo 7-3.t
rj,
[in
LXX
cf.
for ITNT,
IS^s, v.
n:y^
n^ip
1.
gall:
Mt
i,
273*
(here prob.
metaph.,
= myrrh, Ac &^A
Swete, in
DCG,
634^)
Xopa^eic (Eec.
-t,iv),
Mt
j]
Ipi,
! ^0
Lk
10i3.t
XopT]Yc),
-w
(<Cxopo5'
[in
LXX
Zea^i
LS, s.v.). 2. to defray the cost of a xopo?- 3. In late writers, metaph., c. ace. (v. M, Pr., 65), to supply, furnish abundantly
a x^po^
910, I
(v.
II
Co
Pe
xopos, -ov,
[in
LXX
[in
nbhO;]
o,
dance:
pi.,
Lk
15'".t
XopToLto),
xVos).
LXX
for yatZT,
Ps 16
(17)i*, al.;]
;
(a)
(b) in prop., of animals (v. Lft. on Phi 41^), to feed, fatten : Ee 19-i late Gk. (Kennedy, Sources, 82, 156), of persons, to fill or satisfy with 6*2 7^^ 88, Lk 91^, 15*7, food c. ace. pers., Mt 1533; pass., Mt
:
W^
Jo
iK,
626,
Lk
opp. to Treimv, Phi 412; ^ gen. rei, WH, txt., metaph., Mt 5^, Lk 62i.t I516,
ja
216;
Mk Mk
8*; diro,
Lk
I621;
t x^pxaajxa, -ros, to
xopTaC'^),
[in
LXX: Ge
^-
Jg
1919 (Nispa),
:
De
fo^^^^ (Polyb..
Plut., al.)
pi.,
Ac 7" (EV,
sustenance).
483
[in
LXX
an
9*
Mt
Ee
x-
Co
0^^
Xou^as,
LXX
chiefly for
Kovtopros,
ISiT;]
1.
earth, soil.
2.
In later writers
(Plut.,
LXX), =
etc.;]
dust
Mk
c.
6",
Ee
IS^^.t
Xpdofiai, xpwfiai
(<CxP^)' P'^
Pr., 64,
;
LXX
;
for
1112737,
to use,
make
523.
use of:
dat.
(cf.
M,
(cf.
158),
(i-6- ^^16
opportunity M, Pr., 64
sheiv
:
;
t-
^,^8
as some-
exercise,
deal sharjjly,
\Xp(!ico,
Co
7],
131"
[in
c.
dat. pers.
deal with,
Ac
273.t
Ki'xpTifjii,
xpeia, -a?,
freq.
[in
LXX LXX
for
:
mb,
II
Ch
Lk
Es
ll^.t
720
(mnrn)
Ac 281", Tit 31*; Trpos 1. need, necessity: /or edifying as the need may be; but v. Field, Notes, 192), Eph 429; Jo-n x- Lk 10*^ He 7"; x- ^X"^. c. gen., Mt 68 213, Mk 113, Lk 911 15" 1931. 34 22'i, Jo 1329, I Co I221. ^\ i Th 412, He 103, Ee 2123 225 geq. rod, c. inf. (Bl, 71, 3), He 512 absol. (sc gen.), Ac 2*5 435; c. gen. pers., Mt 912 2665,'Mk 2" 14^3, Lk 53i; c. inf (Bl, 69, 5), Mt 31^ 14l^ Jo 1310, I Th 18 49; seq. Tva, Jo 225 1530
in
Si,
i-ii
Mac;]
oiKoSofjiy]v Trj<; x-
(EV,
txt.,
^i' 225, 428, i Jo 31^; ovSev ; x- ^X""' ^^ ^ x 12i3. 225 4.16,19. pi_^ ^.c 203*, c. gen. subjc. Phi 2. matter, business 12*5^ ai_) (so esp. in late writers, Polyb., al. Ac 63.t i
I
Jo
227; absol.,
Mk
Eph
Eo
Mac
WH,
LS,
:
xp^o4>lX-; v.
[in
xpeos, a
:
debt,
oc^ciAerv^s),
a debtor
Lk
7*i 165.t
v.
s.v.), it is iiecessary
i
XP7),
gen.
rei,
[in
LXX
Lk
Jg 11%
118
\<^M)^
Ki
need of
c.
Mt
632,
jj
Qq
:
ev,
Eo
Jb
162.t
Xprj^ia. --^05,
TO x/jao/xai), [in
(5i'
8,
LXX
al.), 11
Jo
228, II
Ch in.
12
(Q^DDJ),
tJiat
and
iv
Mac;] a thing
;
one uses or needs (and generally, a matter, event, business) hence in pi, (a) wealth, riches : ol ra x- ^xovres, Mk 10^3, 24^ j^^ i82't (b) money : Ac 318' 20 2426 sing, (rare in cl) of a special sum of money, Ac 437. XpriftaTii^a, xp^/xa), [in LXX: Je 33 (26)2 36 (29)23 37 (30)2 43 (36)2.4 A (-Q1 pi.), 3216 (2530) (jxt:?), iii Ki 1827, Jb 403(8)*;] 1. to transact business, hence, to consult, deliberate (Thuc, Dem., al.)
; ;
hence in later writers, 2. to make anstuer (esp. of official pronouncements by magistrates, etc. in tt. of the royal reply to an cvtcv^i?, q.v. cf. Deiss., BS, 122) of an answer by an oracle (Diod., Plut., al.) in FIJ, LXX and NT, of divine communications, to instruct, admonish,
; ;
484
warn:
pass. (Bl., 54, 3), Mt 2^2, He 8^ ll^ 1225; c. inf. (Bl., 69,4; 3. to assume a na/me (as in 70, 3 ; 72, 5), Mt 2^2, Lk 22^, Ac IO22. business), be called (Polyb., al.) Ac 112^, Eo 7^ (gnomic fut. cf.
:
Burton,
(Ni|^0),
69).
XpT|fAaTi<T)jL6s, -ov,
II
6 (-<
;)(/377/xaTi^co,
q.v.), [in
LXX
:
Pr 24^
(31^)
Mac
an
oracle
Eo
11* (Xen.,
Plat., al.).t
Xpri<Ti|xos,
-r],
-ov x/3ao/xat),
[in
LXX: Ge
:
372^
(yS^), etc.;]
tisefiil
II
Ti
2i*.t
I Ki 128 (bscr), Si IS^, XP^ais, -(09, ^ xpaoyitat), [in al.;] use: in a sexual sense, Eo 12"; c. gen. obj., ^T^Xeias, ib. 2^ (for exx., V. Thayer, s.v.).t
LXX
*t xpT)(TToofiai (<C!xP'?<^5), to be kind : 1 Co 13* (eccl.).t *+ Xpil<^ToXoYia, -as, 7] {xpr]crT6<i, Aeyw), fair speaking : in
bad sense,
(freq. of
221
Eo
16^^ (in
good sense
-rj,
also, eccl.).t
[in
XpTjoTos,
-ov (<;;^pao/x.ai),
LXX
:
chiefly for
2iM
(Pr
God
oTvos,
Ps 24
(Ez
K A) ;]
serviceable, good
pleasant
;
Lk
(b)
5=^9
^^^5^
1130
(EV, easy)
15^^
I
Pe
2^
{=
rj
t]
)(pr](rT6Tr]s)
Tov 6eov,
,
of
God, Lk
6^^^
Xpt]o-t6tt)s,
-r]To<;,
(<C XF?''"'''^^)
[in
LXX
:
forms;]
1.
of heart, kindness
ace. pers.,
Eo
id.,
2*, 11
Co
6^,
Ga
522,
c.
Eph
:
2'';
opp. to aworoixia,
as in
cl.
;
Eo
II22.
SvN.
V.S. ayaOdifrvvq.
v. Tdf., Pr.,
102
xP^fJia
{MbcK,
al.), [in
LXX
for
nniyp and
cogn. forms (Ex 29'', al.) ;] an anointing, unction (the result of the action xP^f.iv; ICG, in 1.; but cf. Westc, in 1., for the view that the i Jo 22^' 27.t oil, not the act, is meant) XpioTiai'os (D, Xpeto--; on the form Xprja-, v. Bl., 3, 6; 27, 4; on the ending, -aj/os, v. Bl., 11. c. Deiss., LAE, 382), -ov, 6, a Christian, the name first given to the disciples by pagan gentiles at
:
Antioch
384).t
Ac IP"
2628,
Pe
41"
(v. reff. in
Thayer,
for
s.v.
also
DB,
i,
Xpicrr<5s
(X/3-),
-r/,
-ov (<^xpitu),
[in
LXX
;
TV^XSl^
and cogn.
adj.,
al.
;
(a)
t.
eXaiov to x->
>
'^''-
Le 2V^)
II
(b)
:
'-'6
^^
X'
i*p'5>
Mac
l^*')
Ki
210,
Ps
22,
al.),
of the
Dalman,
Words, 289
ff.),
Lk
211.26,
Jo 1, Ac
2.
As
Mt
l^^,
2*,
Mk
Lk
X.
2^, Jo
I20,
Mk
Ac
2^8, al.
'Ii^o-oCs,
Mt
WH,
mg.
486
152,
al.;
X.
Kvpios,
Lk
2ii;
"Irja-ovs
X. 6
Kvptos,
Ac
[in chiefly for ntZTO, of xpt'w, to anoint (Horn., al.); consecration to a sacred office: priest, Ex 28*^; prophet, in Ki IQ^**; king, I Ki 10^; of things. Ex 409, Le S^o, al.]. In NT, metaph., of God's anointing, (a) Christ: Ac 4^'^; c. inf., Lk 4^s(i'^^); c. dupl. ace. (b) Christians: (v. Bl., 34, 4), He 19 (i^); Trvcvftan dyio), Ac lO^s
;
LXX
II
Co
121 (cf_
Westc, Epp.
v.s. aXuffiU).
Jo.,
73)
(cf. ev-,'^i-xpta)).+
Svjv.
XpoKij^o)
{<CxP^vo<;),
[in
LXX
:
Mt
chiefly for iriK pi.;] to spend or 10^'' ; seq. iv, c. dat. 24*^ 25^,
He
,
[in
LXX
;
chiefly for
nv
;
also for
ny,
etc.;]
:
time (a space of time, whether long or short cf. Lft., Notes, 70) Mt 27, Mk 921, Lk 1", Ac 321 71-' 23 1318 1730 279, He ll^^, i Pe l^^ 4^, Ee 10^ (JTLyfXT] )(p6vov, Lk 4^ trXrjpiOfxa tov ;(., Ga 4* TTOtetv ;(., Ac 15^^
;
1823; /8iwo-at,
Pe
;
42; StSoVat,
i<7xo-Tov
Ee
22^; pi.,
;^.
I.e.),
51
7r'
8ta rov
x-
He
Twv X-
(xP^'^o^)'
Ju^^;
c.
prep.,
18*,
5^2;
x-.
Ac
121;
^1
(TrAciova) x-,
Lk
00-ov x-,
Mt
2^6; ^cra
atwvtW,
II
Ti
1^,
Tit 12
time
Lk Lk
82-. 29,
209,
Jo Jo 56
:
Eo
Ac
Pr., 75, 148; Deiss., LAE, 206), (v. 1626; ace, of duration of time, 2}^, 143.28 1922 2018, I Co 167, Ee 6ii.t
M,
Mk
Svjv.
v.s. Katpo?.
-S)
* XpoyoTpi^ioi,
gen.
Grr.,
{<C.XP^^^^>
'^P'-l^^)> io
',
spend time
Pr.,
Ac
cf.
20i^.t
on
v.
Ee
l^'
and
or
uncontr., -ewv,
f.)
Ee
M,
48 and
;]
Thackeray,
i.e.
1,
172
(<;
xpwo-o's),
11
golden,
made
Ti
He
Co
9*,
Ee
112.13,20 21
4* 5^ 83 913.20 1414
TO
(dimin. of xp^^o?>
:
^^)}
[in
1^,
LXX
Ee
chiefly for
21
;
312,
He
9*, i
Pe
318 21i8.
of
golden ornaments, i Ti 29 (WH, txt., EV), i Pe 33, Ee 17* I8I6 txt., E) of gold coin, money, Ac 3 2033, i Pe lis.t *t xpu<To-8aKTu\ios, -ov, with a gold ring : Ja 22.t
;
(WH,
28i3
f.
Xpu(T(5-Xieos,
(t&'^Cyil?) *;]
-ov,
6,
[in
LXX: Ex
282o
3620
(39i3),
Ez
a
:
288
DB,
iv,
620)
Ee
212o.t
-ov, 6,
Ee 2120,t (v. Swete, Ap., 289) chiefly for nnt ;] gold : Mt 2ii, Ee 9^ of golden ornaments, Mt 231". i^, i Ti 29 (Eec, mg.), Ja 53, Ee 17^ I812.16 (Rec wh. mg.); of images, Ac 1729; of gold coin, (Eec, mg.) Mt 109.t
*t xpoo-o-irpao-os,
xpuaos, -oi,
a chrysoprase
6, [in
LXX
WH,
WH,
48(3
[in chiefly for nSS pi.;] to gild, Xpuo-oo), -<j {<^ xP^o-os:) cover with gold: pass., c. dat., xp^o'^<^ (pleonast., cf. Ex 26^^, Ee 17^
LXX
Xpws, gen.,
_i(/owros, 6,
[in
LXX
:
;]
in
cl.
rare in
Ac 19^^^
;]
-6v, [in
LXX
Lk
for nipS
lame, halt,
maimed
Mt
11^
188 2114,
-as,
Mk
rj,
945,
722 1413.21,
Jo
Xwpa,
cl.,
[in
LXX
31
;
for
]''"1N,
Ac Hri^
53^
,
3^ 8^ 148,
etc.;]
1.
He
12i3.t
freq. in
most
a space, place.
51" 655,
.
Mk
1823
pi.,
Lk
2. land, i.e. (a) a land, country, region : Mt 12-, 28 1513-15 1912, Jo 1154, Ac IS^^ 27^^ TaAar^T^, Ac 16^
x-
TpaxwvmSos,
Lk
T. 'lovSatas,
Ac
262"
^_
'louSaicov,
Ac
10=^^
T^s 'loi^Satas
828,
K. ^a/xapLa<s,
Ac
^
Mt
2121,
Mk
:
51,
Lk
;
826;
(c)
81; Tepyecrrjvwv (Tepaa-rjvwv, TaSapyjvCyv) ^^i ^-kiS davdrov, Mt 416; (b) land,
jyroperty
Lk
12i^
town
so in
pi.,
Lk
DCG,
13
i,
591
LS,
s.v. x<^P,
ad
init.).
LXX: Ge
;]
(Niz?:), iii
45 (pTn
retire,
3^.
hi.),
:
Wi
723>24, al.
I.
Intrans., 1.
hi.),
n Ch
give way,
metaph. (EV, come), ek /xeTavoiav, 11 Pe go forward, advance, progress (Plat., Polyb., al.) 6 Aoyos 6 vfjilv, Jo 837 (E, txt., lucth not free course ; E, mg., hath i/xb's ov x<^P" no place, for wh. cf. Field, Notes, 94 f.). II. Trans., to have space for 22 (cf. Ge, I.e.), Jo 2125 of measures (iii Ki, holding, to hold : Metaph., of having or making room in mind or II Ch, 11. c), Jo 2^. heart: Mt 19ii>i2 (EV, receive), 11 Co 72 (E, txt., open your hearts; mg., make room) (cf. dva-, aTro-, Ik-, VTro-xwpiiiy).^
pass
to
seq. eh,
Mt
151*";
2.
Mk
Xcopilo), [in
LXX
c.
11
Ch
128, al.
(^12
:
ni., etc.),
Wi
13, 11
Mac
521,
al.
;]
1.
to sejjarate,
divide,
Mt
19,
Mk
109;
2.
:
ace. rei, opp. to a~vt,evyvviJii, ace. pers., seq. airo (Wi 13), Eo 835,39; pf. pass,
c.
put asunder
ptcp.,
He
726.
In
late writers,
i5
;
oneself,
depart
I
Phm
seq.
(cf_
dTro,
Ac
1*,
Ik,
Ac
I8I'
separate of divorce
to
272''
(Polyb., al),
Co
7i'ii'^5
^^^.^ 8ia-xcopt^o)).t
x<i^pa,
Xwpt'oi', -ov,
TO (dimin. of
x^pos), [in
LXX
Ch
("13))
2. an estate, II Mac 115 12^,21, jy ]y[ac 1520*;] 1. a pflace, region. 1432, jo 45^ Ac lis. i9 43* 53. 8, 28".t property, piece of land : Mt 2636, 2. As prep., c. gen., Xwpis, adv., 1. separately, ap)art : Jo 20'^. (a) separate from, apart from, luithout (practically equiv. to weu v. 43*, Lk 6*9, jo is 155, Rq 321.28 4^ 78. Mt 133*, Field, Notes, 103) IQi*, I Co 48 1111, II Co 123, Eph 212, Phi 21*, I Ti 2^ 521, Phm 1*, He
Mk
Mk
415
77,20
97,18,22,28
1028 116,40
218,20,26.
(^) ijesides:
-ov, 6
Mt
I421 1538,
V.
Bl.,
82,
3),
Ja
*txwpos,
N.W. wind: Ac
2712 .t
487
^, ^,
xlf'
\\ii,
As a numeral,
700,
i/.,
700,000.
(Jg 5^, Ps 7^^ al.), also for twang (as a bowstring, etc. ;] jEsch., Eur., al.), hence, 2. absol., (a) to play a stringed instrument with the fingers (Hdt., Plat., al.) (b) later, to sing to a harp, sing psalms (LXX) in NT, to sing a hymn, sing praise : Ja 5^^ c. dat.
>|;d\Xa>,
[in
LXX
al.)
chiefly for
1.
IDT
pi.
122 pi. (i
Ki
16^^
*,
to pull, twitch,
pers.,
Eo
15^ (l^),
-ov,
Eph
6
Co
U^^.f
chiefly for liaTP;]
1.
o.
ij/aXfji6s,
i/'aAAw),
LXX
with the fingers (Eur., al.), hence, a striking of (^sch., al.), and hence in later writers, 2. a i Co sacred song sung to musical accompaniment, a psalm (LXX) 1426, Eph 519, Col 316 psalms, Lk 24^4, Ac IS^^ yg/ySAos .AaA/>twv, of OT
striking, twitching
musical
strings
Lk
2042,
Ac
:
12o.t
v.s.
vfj.vo<s.
Syn.
II
*t ij/eu8-d8eX<j)os,
-ov,
6,
a false brother
of professing Christians,
11
Co
*t
1126,
Ga
2*.t
j/eu8-airoorToXos, -ov, 6,
^\ivhr\s,
a false apostle:
[in
Co
ll^^.t
-s
{<^xJ/vSofjiaL),
LXX
for If^??,
:
Ee
22
/xdfyrvpes,
Ac
6^^
as subst., 6
if/.,
liar
Ee
21^.t
:
a false teacher 11 Pe 2^.t * <j/u8o-X6yos, -ov {<Cif/cv8y]s, Aeyw), speaking falsely, lying (Aristoph., Polyb., al.).t
*t ij/eu8o-8i8(i(7KaXos,
-ov, 6,
i|/6u8op,ai, V.S. {f/ev8(D,
Ti 4^
|/eu8o-fiapTupe'(a,
-w,
[in
LXX: Ex
:
20^6,
De
520
:
(i^)
(njy),
Da th
Su6iAB2E (v. i(/ev8ofidpTvs)*;] to bear false tvitness Mt IQ^s, Mk 10i, Lk 1820(LS^); seq. /card, c. gen. pers., Mk 1456.57 (Xen., Plat., al.).t * \j/eu8o-fj.apTupia, -a?, Mt 15^^ 2659.t false loitness **t^6u8o-^(ipTus, -vpos, 6, [in LXX: Da LXX Su 60, th ib. c^Bi*;] a false witness Mt 266o c. gen. obj. (v. WM, 30, 1*), i Co IS^^.t t|/u8o-7Tpo<|)riTT,s, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Za I32, Jeg (6^3, al.) (X^n:)*;] a false prophet = cl. i/^cvSoVavn?) Mt 7^5 24ii' 2*, Mk I322 (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 626, Ac 136, 11 Pe 2\ i Jo 4\ Ee IG^^ 1920 20io.t
r],
:
;
[in
lie
I
LXX
:
373
;]
a falsehood, untruth,
Ee
Qpp_ ^q
rj
aXijOeLa,
Jo
i/^.,
8*^,
Eo
M,
in
125,
Eph
;
425,
II
Th
211,
Jo
221;
^ to dAT^^e?,
ib.27; TTotcTv
Ee
212^ 22^5
ev Trdarrj Swd/Aet k.
(rr]fjLeLOi<;
k. ripacTLv {f/evSov;
Th., 104;
1.), II
Th
29.t
*t jcu86-xpi<rros, -ov
488
Mt
242*,
Mk
deceive by lies; more freq. in the depon. mid. form always in NT), [in LXX chiefly for izrn3 pi. ;] 1. absol., to lie: He 6^8, i Jo 1^, Ee 3^ oi if^evSofiai, Eo 9^, 11 Co ll^i, Ga l^o, I Ti 27; c. dat. pers. (Ps 17(18), Je 5^^ al.), Ac 5* seq. ek, Col 3; Kara, Ja 3^* (Hort, in 1.). 2. Like act., c. ace, to deceive by lies
to
ij/evSofxat
(so
(Msch., al.) Ac S^.t * 4/eu8w>'Ufios, -ov (<[ i/'eii8>??, ovo/xa), Under a false name, falsely called: i Ti 6-" (^sch., Plut., al.).+ **v|/GafjLa. -Tos, to {^i{,ev8oj), [in Aq., Th. Jb 346, Pr 23^; in Sm. Jb 13*, al.;] a lie, falsehood : Eo 3^ (Plat., Plut. al.).t
:
:
|/eo'<rrT)S,
-ov,
i/^ei^Sco)
[in
LXX:
Ps
IW
mm
(116") (n73), Pr Ti
l^o.
1922
I
A N^
Jo 8**."^ Rq
3*, i
Tit
1^2,
Jo
1.
to feel
for -w i/^da>, to touch), [in IZrirD pi., etc. ;] or grope about ; c. ace, to feel abotit for, search after : metaph.,
,
LXX
of seeking
24^^,
I
God, Ac
;
172^.
2.
to feel,
to2ich,
handle
Jo
1^
He
3^
mg., a 'palpable
[in
and kindled
Ki
fire; v.
Westc,
(<i//^</)os),
LXX:
;
m
[in
count (prop., with pebbles), reckon, calculate: apiOfxov (i.e. calculate the number's meaning), mid., to vote by casting a pebble cf. dvy-Kara-,
|/^4)os,
crvfx-<f)r](f)Lt,wi).f
-ov,
Tj
i//da),
to
rub),
(5)
LXX: Ex
(for
42^
(is),
La
3i
(Y^U),
Ec
726(25)
(paiyo), IV
Ki 124
if/.
A, Si 18i, iv
Mac
1526*;]
1.
small smooth stone, a pebble : meaning, v. Swete, in 1.), Ee voting, a vote : Ac 26^".+
t (J;t6upi<Tfi6s,
(izrnb) *;]
-ov,
XevKrj
2.
2^'^.
From
6 (<^
ij/iOvpL^oi,
to
tvhisper),
LXX
Ec 10"
;
a whispering ;
6
Co
12^'^
(Plut.)
(b) of
murmured enchantment,
*
(|/i0uptoTiis, -ov,
Ec,
l.c.+
(v. supr.),
6)
in
bad sense, Eo
dimin. of
[in
i/'i^,
KaraAdA-os, q.v.
-ov, TO,
--^s,
rj,
a crumb
Mt
152^
iyS3
,
Mk
72s.t
LXX
Phi
230,
sometimes for
(Hom.,
(a) as
al.
3^
SSb
etc.
;]
1.
life, life
Ac
20i' 24,
II
Co
123,
Mt xh
;
625,
Mk
al.
3" lO^s,
2.
Lk
1222,
Jo 10",
the
:
28,
:
the soul,
and
affections
ck
Mt
2638,
^^
142,
^jy^
Phi
127^ al.
foxn^from
489
from Semitic
freq.
originals, v.
M,
Pr.,
s.v.
87
ii,
Eobinson, Gospels,
2
;
in
cl.,
v.
LS,
Edwards, Lex.,
;
Mk
S^e,
Ac
2",
Eo
:
2^, i
323 (LXX)^
Eo
2.
131
TrSo-a
i/..,
Ac
2*^
as the object of
He
520, i
Pe
19'22 211
419,
ni Jo
7rvevfx.a,
ifrvxi-Kos,
and
:
cf.
ICC on
Th
52^,
Lft.,
iv Mac 1^2*;] of the ifn^xn il/vxj), [in of the immaterial in man), EV, natural : opp. to (as the lower part irvevixaTtKos, I Co 2^^ 15**'*^; Trvevfia firj ex'^vra (EV, senstbol ; E, mg,, natural or animal ; better perhaps, of the mind ; v. infr.), Ju ^^ ; with cTTtyctos, Sai/AOviwSTjs, opp. to avwOev KaTepxofJiivr} (cro</)ta), of the mind
-6v
LXX
(Hort, in
1.),
Ja
S^^.t
ijjv-,
|/uxos
(LT,
as in
cl.),
-cos (-ous),
(n-||5),
to (<
i/^vx^),
[in
LXX
Mac
Ge
822 (ip)^
:
jb
379^
pg
1476(17)
Za
14^,
Da
LXX
th 3". 69*;]
cold
Jo
1818,
Ac
282, 11
Co
1127.t
[in
/'vxw),
LXX
Pr
252^
(-|p).
Si 4320, iv
112*;] cold: sc. iSwp (cf. Theogn., 263; Hdt., ii, 37), Mt 10*2; metaph., of indifferent persons, Ee 3^^' ^^.t for Tip riMUT ;] to breathe, blow ; hence, to make \(fux(), [in Pass., to grow cool : metaph., Mt 24^2^ cool. chiefly for ^DX hi. ;] to <|u)xi^w (<^ if/ui/jios, a morsel), [in with morsels (as children or the sick Hippocr.), hence, generally, feed in late writers, to feed, nourish : c. ace. pers., Eo 122" (lxx) q ace. rei, to give out for food, i Co 13^ (cf WM, 32, 4an for dupl. ace,
LXX
LXX
;
cf.
Nu
*t \|i))xioi', -ov, TO, dimin. of ij/o}fi6<s, a fragment, morsel : Jo *t ^(Hyjia (<^ i^wci), collat. form of il/dw, to rub), to rub : Lk
sof
6^.f
a
12,
o>,
id \i-^yo-
(cf.
letter.
As a numeral,
TO T^os),
800,
w^ 5,
last
(= M,
To'O (Eec. O, L,
(cf. 'AA.(^a).t
Pr.,
Ac
simple address
(less freq.
than in
Eo
2i. 3
920^ j
Ti 620
:
expressing
Ac
13i,
Eo
11^3,
Ga
nom. (Bl,
33,
4),
Lk
9".t
'flp^S, v.s.
fiSe,
'IiDl37j8.
adv.,
[in
LXX
2.
:
for
n|n,
nb, dbri,
etc.;]
1.
prop., of
manner,
(a)
Mt
In poets (rarely) and late writers, of place, 829, Mk ll^, Lk 9^\ Jo 62, al. ?a)s 58e,
;
490
Lk 235 (b) here : Mt 126, Mk 9\ Lk 9^^, Jo 6^, al. t^i diSe, Col 4^ 24^3, Mk I321 ^ JiSc (eVeZ), Mt opp. to iK:, He 78 JiSe metaph., here (i.e. in this circumstance or connection), i Co 4^, Ee 13^"' ^^ 14^^
; . . .
;
179.
uZ-f],
-7j<s,
rj,
[in
LXX
and
of
chiefly for
TW
;]
a song,
ode,
whether sad
:
or joyful 14 153
;
in
LXX
NT
Eph
oJ.
TTvevixaTLKai,
Ee
5^
wSiV (late
form
I.e.),
(iSt's),
[in
LXX
,
for
for
b^n,
cf.
Ac,
Th
5^'
Mt
24^,
Mk
13^
ciStves
Oavdrov (Ps
17 (18)*
np
-b^U),
[in
to
Ac
2^*.t
,
ciSii'w,
LXX
6,
birth-pangs,
cruv-cj8t'va)).+
wfjios,
travail:
[in
chiefly for bin also for b2n pi., etc. ;] to have Ga 4"^(^^^), Ee 12^; metaph., Ga 4^^ (cf.
-ov,
LXX
buy
:
pjns
;]
^/le
shoulder
Mt
23*,
Lk
155.t
-ov/xai,
;
uvdoixaL,
ff.
to
uivqcraTo
cl.
lirpiaTo
1^^.\
;]
V.
Eutherford,
NPhr., 210
(001/
Veitch,
s.v.), c.
gen. pret.,
Ac
(Eec.
-as,
LXX
for nS'^S
aw egg
Lk
ll^.t
1.
wpa,
r],
[in
LXX
and
in
Da
for n^C!';]
any
^ime or period fixed by nature, esp. a season (Hom., Hdt., Plat., al.). A part of the day, and esp. a twelfth part of day or night, an accus. in ans. to " when " ? (M, Jwiir : Mt 2436, Mk 13^2, Ac lO^, al. Bl., ^ 34, 8), Jo 4^''^, Ac lO". ^o, i Co IS^o, Ee 3^; ace. of Pr., 63, 215; duration, Mt 20^^ 26***, Mk 143"; inexactly, 7rp6s wpav, /or a season, for a time, Jo 5^^, 11 Co 7^, Ga 2^ Trpos Katpov Mpa<i,for a short season [ICG, 3. A definite point of time, time, hour : Mt 26*^ in 1.), I Th 21^. c. gen. rei, Lk V^ U^', Ee 3i, al.; c. gen. pers., Lk 22^3, Jo 2* 7^\ al.;
2.
; ; ;
rj
dtprt {^pa, I
Co
c.
4ii;
iaxdrr] w.,
Jo
[in
Jo
1223, al.
ace. et inf.,
-ov,
Eo 13"
DB,
ext.,
1625. ^^^
wpaios,
-a,
(<< wpa),
LXX
;
for
nN3
^IID
HSP
etc.
;]
seasonable, timely, esp. of ripe fruits hence, blooming, beautiful (both Mt 232^, Ac 32. 10, Eo IQi^ (LXX, ^pa).f of things and persons) for 3NIS' ;] of animals (also of men, wpuo/iai, depon., [in Pe 5^ Hdt., al.), to roar, Jwiol : Xewv, i (Js, adverbial form of the relative pron. 09, ^, o. I. As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, jttst as, even as ; 1. with
:
LXX
a demonstrative, like
owtcos,
528,
expressed or understood
212, al.
;
oiJt<d9
ws,
Mk
al.
;
42,
Co
;
315,
Eph
Ja
a,s
oi^rco?,
;
Ac
c.
832,
Co
1^\
elliptically
1231, al.
c.
nom.,
14*8,
;
Mk
Mt
prep.,
Mt
26*^^^
Mk
it
ace.,
;
Mt
c.
19i^,
7i, al.
verb.,
5*5, al.
c.
however not
Mk
122,
He
has in el.; v. Bl., 73, 5; 74, 6), 'mplying opinion or belief, Eo 932;
491
gen. absol., i Co 4^^, ii Co 5^", i Pe 4^^, ii Pe 1*. 2. Before 5^^, Jo l'*^, Ac 5^, al. Bumerals, about, nearly : 3. Before adjectives and adverbs, hoiv : Eo 10^^ 11^^, i Th 2^*^ ; c. superl., ws Taxto-ra, as quickly as possible, Ac 17^^. 9^' II. As conjunction; 1. temporal, (a) as, when, since: 1472, L]j 1^3^ Jo 29, al. tvhile, when, as long as : Lk 12^8, Jo 12^\ (6) Ga 610 (Field, Notes, 191) a>s av (M, Pr., 167, and v.s. Siv), Eo 15^*, I Co 1V\ Phi 223. 2. Final, in order that; c. inf., in order to (M, Pr.,
Mk
Mk
204),
Lk
9^2,
Ac
:
2024,
He
7".
^tiaai/^d (T,
249), hosanna
cio--),
(Heb. NJnznn;
v.
ff.
Gr.,
Mt
21^,
Mk
8'
11^.
lo,
Jo
12^3
t.
viq
AaW8, Mt
219. i5_t
Horn, at the beginning of a clause, in the form ws aurws, later in one word), in like manner, just so, likewise : Mt 20^ 2V^' ^e 2517, Mk 14^1, Lk 13^ 20^1, Eo 826, I Ti 525, Tit 26; with verb to be supplied from context, Mk 122i,
(oo-auTws, adv.,
strengthened for ws
(in
Lk
615,
2220,
Co
1125,
Ti 29
as
if,
38.
11,
Tit 2^.+
oxrei,
adv.,
(a)
as
it
Eo
613,
He
Mk
926,
Mtl42i,
Lk
in calculation, and with numbers, abotit 323 9i4>28 22*1.59 23*^ Ac 2*1 103 197. i,a-d )^6ov fioX^v,
(b)
Lk
22*i.t
'Slarii
W^n), Hosea Eo 925.t Mt 62 2028, Ac 31^, i Co 8^, i Th 53<3a-Trep, adv., just as, even as al. in protasis, with ovtws (Kai) in apodosis Mt 12*0^ l]j 1724^ Jq 521, Eo 519, Ga 429, Ja 226, al.
(TTr.,
'fio-), o,
(Heb.
* wo-n-ep-ei, adv., as, as it were : i Co 158.t wCT-re, consecutive particle, 1. c. infin., expressing result, so as to : 127, Lk 57, Ac 119, Eo 76, I Co 17, 824, 1222, 136, al. Mt of a designed result, Mt lOi, Lk 429, al.; preceded by ovrois, Ac 14i; by
Mk
He
Too-oin-09,
Mt
{b)
1533.
2.
Ga
228,
c.
2i3,
preceded by
7*, i
ovtcos,
Jo
al.
316
3.
so then, therefore
Mt
I212,
Mk
Eo
Co
i
37,
Ga
39,
therefore: c. subjc, i Co 58; 212, I Th 418, 1 Pe 419, al. Phi *t d)TdpLov, -ov, TO, = ciriov (q.v.), the ear :
so then,
twTioi/, -ou, TO,
imperat.,
14*7,
Co
321 4*,
Mk
dimin. of
ovs, [in
LXX
for ]7l<;]
Jo ISio.t an ear : Mt
26^1,
Lk
2251,
Jo
I826.t
w<|)^\ia
(WH,
-Xia),
-a5,
yj,
[in
LXX
for
bm
hi.,
3rS5,etc.;]l.
assistance, help
Plat., al.):
<o<j>Xew,
al.).
2. profit,
benefit,
LXX
Eo
;
225
Notes, 21),
Mt
Co
272*,
Jo
52
663
;
1219
c.
chiefly for biT hi. ;] to help, ovSeV {do no good ; v. Field, 42 ; c. dupl. ace, ace. pers..
;
He
Mk
711,
836,
Co
146,
Ga
pass.,
He
139
c.
ace,
Mt
155 1626,
Mk
c.
526
Lk
925, I
133.t
* u(j>\i|xos, -OV
commod., Tit
38
seq. Trpos,
dat.
ADDENDUM
(See p. 135)
^K, before a vowel i^, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separafrom (opp. to ts; = Lat. e, ex), from out of, from among, from. I. Of Place, 1. of motion, out of, forth from, off from : Jo 6^^ Ac 9^, Ga 18, al. esp. after verbs of motion, Mt &^ IV, Mk 125 728^ Jq i38 201, Ac 12'' 17 2730, al. constr. prseg., o-w^etv (Stao-.) ck, Ju \ Ac 28*.
tion
Metaph., Mt 7". 5, i Pe 2^ Ik t. x"pos (-wv), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1^*, Jo 10-^8' 29, 39^ Ac 12* 24^ Ee 192; mVtiv (q.v.) eK; of tbe place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5^ (cf. 12^6, Jo 13S 11 Co 2*). 2. Of change from one place or condition to another Jo 8*2, Eo G^^ 13", Ee T\ al. c. ellips. of verb of motion, 11 Ti 226, ^ pe 221, Ee 221, al. 3. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pi. nouns Mt 13*^, 49^ Jq 121^ Ac 31^, i Pe P, al. after ds, Mt 1029 Lk 1715, al. ouSct's, Jo 1^\ al. ttoAAoi', Jo ll^^, al. rt?, Lk ll^^, al. Ti's, Mt 62'', al. in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo I6I'''
;
gen.,
=
=
;
Ik
(Heb.
:
'!jina),
Mt
13*^
;
al.
Of position or direction
eVavTi'as,
Mk
l^w)
c^
pi^wv
utterly),
Mt
II20.
yVTr>,
the point of time from which, from, since : ck 1020, Lk 238, Ac 24}\ al. 2. Of succession in time: ck Bivrepov, a second time, Mk 14"2, al., cf. Mt 26**; rffiepav ii r]iJ.pa<s, from day to day, 11 Pe 2^. III. Of Origin, 1. of nativity, lineage, race kolttjv (ev yaarpi) c'xetv *c, Eo 919, Mt l^^ yevvai/ K, Mt 13 ycvrSo-^at (yivecrOai) , Jo 3^ 8*1, Ga 4* iK in/i;>aTos {Oeoi),
II.
Of Time, Jo 91,
Mk
ff-
Jo
al.
113 35
;
ff.^
al
T. TToXews,
Jo
1**
0^X779,
2.
Lk
236,
T.
i^ovcTLa? 'Hpw'Sov,
Lk
:
23^^
wv
ck t. yrjs,
21^,
Jo Jo
I
331.
Of the
5^, al.
Mt
Jo
53^,
4''';
Jo
e/c
Eo
229, i
Co
8^,
Ga
;
;
Co
T^, II
;
Co
51, I
T. Trarpos,
6^5, al.
K T. 77s
iK il^vxv^, Ee 2012.
22, al.
XaX7,
66,
Jo
331
iK KapStas,
Eo
61^
cf.
Mk
1230,
eK,
Ti 15
711,
11
Eph
3.
Col 323; ^v marem, Eo 1423; Kptvetv Of the agent, after passive verbs Mt 15^,
:
Lk
1922,
Mk
; ;
Co
freq. in
Ee
:
after dSiKeio-OaL
(2ii),
etc.
;
4.
of supply T. TTovov {-(iiv), Ee I61O' n t. (^wvwv, Ee 8i3 eV tovtov, Jo 6*6 1912 (but V. Meyer, in 11.) eV Oeod XaXe'iv, 11 Co 21^ eV t. dXi7(9etas elvai, Jo 1837, I Jo 319 6 iK TTto-recos, Eo 326 4I6 01 (oirts) e'/c TrepiTOfjiij':, Ac 112,
; ; ;
Eo Ga
II
412,
Ga
212,
Col 4"
Tr/veiv iK,
Mt
2629,
l
Mk
I425,
;
Jo
4i3, al.
eep^^eiv,
6^;
/Acrexetv ck
5.
;
(=
partit. gen.),
Co
10i3
c.
inf.,
ck tov ^xav,
Co
811.
Ee
T.
1812, al.
Of material: Mt 2729, Jo 2i5 I92, Eo 921, i Co II12, allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.) Mt 27^,
:
cf. ib.
202,
Ac
118.
IV.
By attraction =
:
iv (cl.)
;
ra iK
t. oiKtas,
i^ avTov BvvafLiv,
Mk
V. Adverbial phrases
II
I
6 Trarrjp 6 i^ ovpavov,
9^,
Mt 241'' Lk 1113.
io-otj/tos,
Co
He
Jo
712
i^
Co Co
813
7^.
iK fjiipov;, I
Co
1227 139-12
i^ fj^irpov,
3'*
iK avfjicfiwvov,
ec/3aiVto,
VXw.
VI. in composition, iK signifies, 1. procession, removal eySdXA.(o. cKreiVw; metaph., e^ay2. Opening out, unfolding i^airopioi (v. M, Pr., 3. Origin 4. Completeness l/ryovos.
: : :
(492)
APPENDIX A
THE lEREGULAR VERBS OF THE GREEK NEW TESTAMENT
The student is referred to the grammars for the tenses of the regular verbs. The following list comprises those verbs which do not conform to the regular types, with their principal parts and other tenses which occur in the NT, including some which are of regular formation. The list is confined, as a
rule (but
cf. dvolyco, olyco), to simple verbs, from which the form of the compound may usually be determined without difficulty. When a tense occurs only in a compound, the simple form is preceded by a hyphen. Compare a similar list, with helpful notes, which has appeared since this was sent to press, in Moulton's Grammar, Vol. 11, pt. ii, pp. 225 ff.
(a.
active
m.
middle
p.
ayyeXXo), fut. -dyye\co, pf. rjyyiKKa, p. -rJyyfXfjiai, 1 aor. ^yyeiXa, m. -dfiijv, 2 aor. ip. {Bh, ^1^, 3) r^yyeXrjv. -ayvvfii, fut. -ea^o), 1 aor. -fa^a, 2 aor. p. -edyrju, with irreg. use of augment (Bl., 16, 2) in fut. Karfd^a and 2 aor. subjc. p. naTeaya. aya, fut. a^a, pf. p. ^yfiai, 2 aor. fjyayov, 1 aor. a. -rj^a, p. {jx^rfv, 1 fut. p.
d)(6T)(rofiai,
impf. m.
Tjyofirjv.
n Co IV, aor. subjc. ?), 1 aor. jjvea-a. (the simple verb m. only, -opai, in NT), cXw (late Gk., LXX), p. -alpfdrjaofiai, pf. rjprjKa, jjpijpai, 2 aor. (IXov (and -Xa, a hybrid form with ending of 1 aor., Bl., 5^ 21, 1 inf. iXelv), 1 aor. p. Tjpfdrjv, 2 aor. p. f'lXofirjv. atpa), fut. dpS>, pf. rjpKa, TJpp.ai, 1 aor. a. ^pa (inf. dpai), p. rfpffrfv, 1 fut. p.
alveo), fut. alvfo-a (-atveVco,
alpT]cro)
alpew, fut.
dpOTjaopai.
alirddvopai, 2 aor. rjadoprjv.
alavvvopai
aKovat, fut. aKOXiao), -opai (Bl., 18, 3), pf. dKTjKoa, 1 aor. a. rJKOvaa, p. tjkoxxtOtjv, 1 fut. p. dKOVO'drfcropMi.
a\ei<p(i), fut. dXei\//'CB,
1 aor.
a. ^Xeii/^a, p. inf.
dXKpdrjvai.
p. -rjXkaypai,
-aXXdccrci),
-^Wa^a,
pf.
2 aor. rfWdyriv,
-T)\dp.r]v (v.S.
aipem).
Lk
3^^),
1 fut. p.
dvoiyrjcropai.
1 aor.
p. dTreKarfOTddrjv
(double augment).
(493)
494
APPENDIX A
fufc.
p. apKfcrdrjaofjLai.
apird^a, fut. dpirda-o) (M, Pr., 165), pf. rjpTraKa, 2 aor. p. Tjpirdyrjv (Bl., 19, 3), 1 aor. a. TJpTraaa, p. fjpTrdadriv, 2 fut. p. dpirayTjcrofxai,, plpf- inf. -qpirdKeiv. al^dvat (av^u), v. Bl., 24), fut. av^rjcru), 1 aor. a. rju^rjcra, p. Tjv^rjdriv. d(pir]pi {-iea>, -iw, -eco ; V.8. iT]p.i), impf. ^(piov, pf. p. 3 pi. d(fiia)VTaL (cf. M, Pr.,
38, 119).
d<f)opda> (v.s.
d(f)i8(i>.
[ii^'krjKa, -pai,
Ac
16^''),
1 aor. p.
^e^pcoKu.
*
/SXaordi'Q) (-do)), 1 aor. a. e^Xda-rrja-a (Bl., 19, 1 ^ovXofiai, 1 aor. p. depon. e^ovXrjdrjv (v.l. ^^-).
24).
ya/Lteo)
(BL, 24),
yqpdaKO), 1 aor.
yivop.ai (cl.
a. iyrjpaaa.
yt'yi'-),
eyvaKO, p.
fyva>(Tp,ai,
BL,
23j
M,
yi/oJC^T/o-o/Liat.
1 aor. a. eyvapura, p. eyvcopia-drjv. fut. ypd^//a), pf. yeypacjia, yfypapp.ai, 1 aor. a. eypayj^a,
2 aor. p.
ypd(f)7]v.
neut.
Seoi/ (pi.
beopai, 1 aor. p. edeTjdrjp. Sepco, 1 aor. a. eSetpa, 2 fut. p. 8apT]aop.ai. dfxopah fut. 84^opai, pf. Se'Sfy/xai, 1 aor.
84(0, fut. 8r](Tco, pf.
m. e8^dp.r)v, p. -e8ex6r}v. 1 aor. a. 8T)aa, p. f8edr]v. B'MKovea, impf. StTyKOfovv, fut. StaKovjjo-o), 1 aor. birjKovrfcra, p. (inf.) StaKovn8i8fKa,
fie'Sejuai,
8i8copi (-00)
Pr., 55, 196), fut. Smo-co, pf. Se'ScoKa, 8f8opai, -edofirjv, 1 aor. a. eSwKa (subjc. 3 8. 8a>crr]), p. eSodrjv,
M,
8oKea>
{-a>),
1 aor.
a.
e8o^a.
SwQ)
(Sua)
BL,
1 aor. p. i8vvi]dr)v, rjbvvdfyBr^v (BL, 24). 2 aor. eSur, 1 aor. e8vaa, m. -(bvcrdp-qv.
fut.
e'do-o),
1 aor.
et'coi'.
6r)(Topai,
1 fut. p.
f'yfp-
q.v.
opdo).
APPENDIX A
t/xt
495
'ia-di,
impf.
imperat.
pi. eo-re,
3 pers. earc*
pi. <rra)(rav, subjc. pres. S, optat. ftr}v, inf. (i/at, eaetrdai, ptcp. &v,
('(rofjLfvos-
fim
(to
go
in
NT, compound
pres. obsolete), plpf. 3 pi. ela>6ecrav. eXavvu), pf. eXijXoKa, 1 aor. -^'Aacra. eXetv, v.s. aipeo).
ftayda (pf.
;
1 aor.
TjfKcra.
eoiKo (pf.
-enofuiL,
pres. obsolete).
-el7r6/x?;v.
impf.
m.
rjpyaa-afjLTjv (flpy-).
not augmented.
eXr)Xvda,
-afiev
inf.
eX^eZv),
ep
eo-^tw (ecr^Q)
M,
augmented
evrjy-.
{rjii-).
evprjKa,
2 aor.
He
cvpoi' (and -a, v.s. alpe'co), m. vp6p.r]v, 9^^ ; Pr., 51n), 1 fut. p. eipea-
M,
(v.s. 7aTr)p.i),
3 sing. m. erriaraTd. 2 aor. imperat. (f)i8. pf- ^^X'?"'') 2 *or. f(Txov (inf.
;
trxeti'),
pi.).
M,
1 aor. f^rjaa.
m.
i^axrdnrjv,
TjTTdm
{r](T(rd<o
BL,
2 aor. p.
erdffiTjv.
6eXm
6r](ra>,
(cl.
deXrjcroi,
1 aor.
a. TidfXrjcra,
impf. rjOeXov,
v.S. ri6rjp.u
2 aor. -edavov,
6/)aci>.
et/it.
>>
APPENDIX A
Xeyo) (to gather, in
497
NT
only in comp.),
''co,
m.
XetVo)
-iXe^afirjv.
(Xifjiirdvco),
fut.
Xe/
pf.
XeXet/i/iot,
XeXi^fiat,
2 aor.
-eXtTroi/,
1 aor.
eXef\|/a, p. eXeicfydijv.
m.
eXovadfjLTjv.
2 aor. efiaOov. 1 fut. p. fiapavOrjaofiac. fJMpTvpopai, 1 aor. m. epaprvpdprjv. fiedvo) {-vcTKOpai), 1 aor. p. ipedvcrGrjv. /ie'XXco, fut. peXXrjaco, impf. epeXXov (^p-). fieXco, fut. -peXrjaopaL, 1 aor. p. -epeXrjdrjv, 1 fut. p. -piXridrjcropai. piv(o, fut. pevQ), pf. ptpfvrjKa, 1 aor. e'pdva. piaiva, pf. pepiappai (cl. usually -aapai), 1 aor. p. ipidvOrjv. -piyvvpi, pf. pipiypai, 1 aor. a. epi^a. pipvTjO-Kco, fut. -pvT](Tco, pf. pipvYjuai, 1 aor. a. -epvijaa, p. fpvT](Tdr}v, 1 fut. p.
fjLavddvoi, pf. fifuddrjKa,
liapaivoi,
/x)/;cr^7^(ro/j,at.
fte/x-
BL,
ipapava,
p. ipoipdvdrjv.
vvard^co, 1 aor.
a.
evvcrTa^a.
^vpd(o (cl.
nSa
(pf.
an irregular compound. pres. obsolete), alternative form of 2nd pers. pi. lore (cl.) and of 3rd pi. i(racri(i'), fut. eiSijcro), plpf. .V^et", imperat. icr^i, utto), mttc, taraxrav, subjc. fiSw, inf. etSe'vai, ptcp. eiScos.
;
-oixopai, pf. -cpxv/iat-oKfXXw, 1 aor. -wKeiXa. -oXXk/hi (-vco), fut. -oXecroj, -oXo), -ovpai, pf. -oXcoXa, 2 aor. -mXoprjv, 1 aor. a. -wXetra. opvvpi (-vw), 1 aor. wpocra.
ovivqpi,
6pd<i) (Bl.,
V.S. aipia>), aivdprjv (opt. ovaiprjv). (a form inf. 24), fut. oyj^opai, pf. ioipaKa (J6p-), 2 aor. et'Soi' (iSov in R tSeif), impf. fa>pa)v (but cf. 7Tpo-opa>pT)v), 1 aor. m. a>y\rdpriv, p. a>(f)6r]v,
2 aor.
1 fut. p. o^6f](Topai.
apiapai, 1 aor. a. copicra, p. a>pi(r6r)v. &pv^a, p. -wpvx^fiv. o0etXco, 2 aor. 6(f)eXov (used as a particle cl. oi^-), 1 aor. axjyeiXa.
opi^U), fut. -opia, -optVo), pf.
-opvcrcra),
2 aor.
-i>pvyr)v, 1 aor. a.
1 aor. -enai^a, p. -fTraix^rjv, 1 fut. p. -'iraix6r](roixau Treirovda, 2 aor. enadov. iravto, fut. -Travcro), navaopat, pf. Trfnavpai, 1 aor. a. eTratitra, m. erravcrapTjVj
irai^o), fut. -Trai^o),
Trd(TX(i>, pf-
2
ireldco,
fut. p. -nar]<Topai.
7ricr^;]a"o/:iat.
1 aor. eVeiVatrn.
32
498
TTiKpaivu), int. TTiKjiavai, 1 aor.
-TTtp.n\r)p.i, pf. TreTrXTja-fim,
TrlfiTTprjixi {niirprjfii,
APPENDIX A
eirUpava, p. fnLKpdvdrjv.
i'TrXrjaa, p. eTrXrjcrQrjv,
1 aor. a.
1 aor.
1 fut. p.
rT\r](T6r)(TOfiai.
irprjdco),
-i'lrpTjcra.
2 aor. 7riov (inf. TTiflv, nelv ; Bl., 6, 5), 1 aor. p. iTToOrjV. 7rnrpda-Ka>, pf. irenpaKa, -afiai, 1 aor. p. iTrpdBrjv. irinTa, fut. TTfaovpai, pf. neTTTcoKa, 2 aor. i'Trecrov (on a forms, V.S. atpeo)). TrXao-o-o), 1 aor. a. ivXaa-a, p. fTrXaadtji'.
TrXarvvcc, pf. ncrrXdTvpfjLai, 1 aor. p. fTrXarvvdrfv. nXeKco, 2 aor. p. -enXdKTjv, 1 aor. eVXe^a.
TrXe'o)
eto),
1 aor. enXfva-a.
-TrXrjaa-co,
2 aor.
TTvea (does not contract o, tea, 6?;), 1 aor. eVi/eiyo-a. 2 aor. p. -invlyrjv, 1 aor. k'nvi^a. npib) (npiCa)), 1 aor. p. eTrpi(r6i]v, TTVvddvopai, 2 aor. iirvdoprjv.
n-viyco,
ippavrma
(epav-).
BL,
i^
pvnpai, fut. pv(ropai, 1 aor. m. fpva-dprjv (epp-), p. ipvfrdr^v (Jpp-). pavvvfii, pf. i'ppwpai (in imper. eppaxro, farewell).
a^evvvpi
(Tflo),
1 aor. a. fo-^eaa.
m.
f(rrra(Tdpr]v, p. -((TirdaQrjv.
ta-nappai, 2 aor. p. ia-irdprfv, 1 aor. ea-neipa. -<TT(XXa>, fut. -(TTeXo), pf. -ea-raXKa, -pai, 2 aor. p. -f'crrdXrjv, 1 aor. -ecrretXa.
a-TTjKQ),
impf.
and impf. =
la-TTjpi).
aTrjpL^co, fut. arTjpi^co, -iaai, pf. ecrTijpiypai, 1 aor. a. earijpL^a {-laa), p. icrr-qpixd-qv.
(TTp(pa>, fut. -(TTpeyp-O), pf. etTTpappat, {-tppai),
2 aor.
f(TTpd(f)r]v,
1 aor. f(TTpf<\ra,
2 fut. p. -(TTpa<pr](Topai.
a(pd[(i), fut. (r(f)d^oo, pf. eacfyayp-ai,
a-oy^co
(TTpoovvvpi {-vo)), pf. earpcopai, 1 aor. a. eoTpaxra, p. -ecTTpcodrjv. 2 aor. facpdyrjv, 1 aor. ((T(f)a^a.
(crw^o)
;
-<rpat.,
1 aor. a.
f(rco(ra,
p.
icraiBrjv,
1 fut. p. crwdrjaopai.
a.
Td(r(T(o, fut.
era^a, p. fTd)(6r]v,
2 fut. p. -rayrjaopai.. -Teivco, fut. -revco, 1 aor. -eVetva. TeXeco, fut. -reXeVco, pf. TfreXeKa, -ecrpai, 1 aor.
era^dpr]!',
m.
reXeo-^ijo-opat.
-rfXXco, fut. -TfXoCpat, pf. -reVaXKa, -pat, 1 aor. a. -eVfiXa, in. -ereiXdpijv.
Ti]Ka>,
Ti$i]pi (-fo)),
pf.
rddeiKa,
-p.ai,
2 aor. m.
edfp,r]v,
1 aor.
a.
edrjKa,
p. fT(6T)v, 1 fut. p. T0r](TOpai. TiKTco, fut. Tf^opai, 2 aor. ereKOv, 1 aor. p. eTf)(6T)v. TlVOOj fut. t'kTCjO.
APPENDIX A
-rpeTTO), pf. -TfTpafifiai,
499
m.
erpeylrdfirjv,
2 aor.
2 fut.
p. -TpairijcroixaL.
Tp<pa) (root 6pf(f)), pf. Tedpap-p-ai, 2 aor. -eTpd(j)riv, Tpex(o, 2 aor. e8pafj.ov.
-TpilBo), fut. -Tpi-^o), pf. -TiTpip.p,ai,
laor.
a. edpeyl^a,
m.
-i6pc^d}iT]v.
fut. p. -rpi^rjaonai,
(pavovfiai,
2 aor. p.
e(f>avriv,
(f)avr]aop.ai,
(^avcTKU)
{(f)(i3(TKa>),
fut. -(paiKToo.
M, Pr., 1, 10), fut. oi'o-o), pf. -evr]vo)^a, 2 aor. rjveyKov (inf. ; iveyKelv), 1 aor. a. -qveyaa, p. t]v()(6j]v. (peiryo), fut. cftev^ofjiai, pf. Tre(pevya, 2 aor. e({)vyov.
(^epu> (defective
(f>r)p.l,
impf.
(f)T]v.
1 aor. a. ((pdaaa. 0^ep(M, pf. -(pdapijuii, 2 aor. e(f)ddpr]v, 1 aor. a. ?(f)d(ipa, 2 fut. p.
0^ap;jo"o/xa.
(f)opi(i),
(ppdcraco,
(pvco,
(poyri^a, fut.
1 aor.
a. e(f)d}Ti(Ta,
p.
i(f>coTicr6r]v.
Xalpa, 2 aor.
fx^dprjv,
2 fut. p.
\apr](roiJ.ai.
'*''^^"-
* ''^X^'^j P*
'^Xy^l^t 1 ^^^' P*
XpdofiaL
1 aor.
m.
expi]crdij.rjv.
fXP^^^M^'
1 aor.
-f-ij/v^a,
fut. p. ^vyrjcropai.
m.
-wcrdfiTjv.
(Attic in pidfxrjv).
APPENDIX B
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF VERBAL FORMS
includes only such forms as might reasonably cause the beginner Where several such forms belonging to the same verb occur, The others will be recognized by their similarity a selection only is given. Those which can be to those in the list and can be found in Appendix A. traced by the cross references in the previous list and in the body of the Lexicon are, as a rule, omitted here. The present tense, enclosed in brackets, is that to which, in the Lexicon, a given form belongs.)
(The
list
some
difficulty.
ayayerf
{(iyco),
2 aor. impv.
a.
dyayrj (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. ayviadrjTi. (ayvi^o)), 1 aor. impv. p. a1.(r6(ovTai {alfrddvofiai), 2 aor. subjc. aiTfiTOi (atreo)), pres. impv.
diirjKoa (aKOVQ)),
m.
a.
(v.s.
pf. a.
aWayrjcTOfjiai, (dXXatrcra)),
2 fut. p.
dXXa^ai
1 aor. inf. a. afj,apTr]<T7] [d^apTavco), 1 aor. subjc. a. aor. ptcp. a., djiTjcravTeov (d/xdco), 1
(id.),
avflXaro {dvaipeoo), 2 aor. m. dvetXarf, -f'lXav (id.), 2 aor. alpeo), App. A). dvfix^6p.T]v (dv(x(i>), impf. m.
di/eXet (dfatpeo)), fut. a.
gen. pi. dvd^a, -Tjdi {dvajBaipco), 2 aor. impv. dva^e^i]Ka (id.), pf. a. dvayayf7v (di'dyco), 2 aor. inf. a. dvayvovs (dvayti'axrKo)), 2 aor. ptcp. dvayvwvai (id.), 2 aor. inf. a.
^
dvfXflv (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. dvfveyKGi {dvacbipa)), 1 aor. inf. a. dvfvfyKf'iv (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. dvfvres (dvirjyiL), 2 aor. ptcp. a.
a.
dvi^opai
(di'e';^co),
fut.
m.
dvayvcoadfj (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p. dvaKeKiiXioTai {dvaicvXiai), pf. p. dvaXoi {dvaXiaiici)), pres. ind. a. dvaXcodtiTe (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p.
dvafivr](ra) {dvapiyiVTjcrKa)), fut.
dveTdXa
dvevpav
(dvareXXci)), I aor. a.
m. impv. m.
2 aor.
a.
dvicoya (dvoiyco), 2 pf. a. dvtal^a (id.), 1 aor. a. dve<px6rjvai (id.), 1 aor. inf. p. dvTjyayov {dvdyo)), 2 aor. a. dvTjyyfiXa {dvayyeXXco), 1 aor. a.
dvTjyyfXrjv (id.), 2 aor. p.
{dva(f)p(i)), 1 (2) aor. act. dvfjpidrjv {dvaipid)), 1 aor. p.
dvTjvy<(u
a.
(500)
APPENDIX B
dvdfOTTjKe (avdiimjfii), pf. ind. a. avdiaravTcu (id.), pres. m. avUvTfs {dviTjLu), pres. ptcp. a. dvoiyrjcreTai (avoiya), 2 fut. p. dvoiyaxTiv (id.), 2 aor. subjc. p. dvol^ai (id.), 1 aor. int. a.
dvoiaco (dvacfiepio), fut. a.
dvoi^6r](TfTai. {dvoiyca),
501
dno^dvTfs {diTo^aivto), 2 aor. ptcp. a. dno^j)(Terat, (id.), fut. 3 8. dwobibdypevov {dTroBeiKvyfu), pf. ptcp.
,
P-
diro8ei<vvvTa (id.), pres. ptcp. a. aTTodel^ai (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. dnodidovat (aTroSi'Sw/xt), pres. inf.
aor.
a.
1 fut. p.
dvra-nobovvai
inf. a.
(dvraTroStScu/ii),
dnohoi
2 aor.
a.
-5ouy
(id.),
inf.
2 aor. inf. a. dz^co (dviTjfjLi), 2 aor. subjc. a. aTraXXd^Tj {dnaWdcra-a)), 1 aor. SubjC. a. dirapBT] {diraipu)), 1 aor. subjc. p. aTrapvTjadcrdoo (anapviofiai), 1 aor.
(id.),
dvTKTT^vai
(ptcp.) a.
dTToSo) (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. 3 s. aTTodaveiv {diroOvrja-Kai), 2 aor. inf.
a.
awoAcan^XXdyTTTe
aor. p.
(d7ro*caraXXd(7a'a>)
impv. m.
dnaprrjar) (id.), fut. 2 8. aTrardro) (aTrardo)), pres. impv. act. dTTarrjdela-a (id.), 1 aor. ptcp. p.
d-jre^rjaav {dno^aiva)). 2 aor. .
dTrf'Sei^ev {aTro8fiicvVfj,c) , 1
aTTOKdrio-rdi/et = diroKadicrravfi. dTTOKpidfis (dnoKpivai), 1 aor. ptcp. p. aTTOKTavdeis (diroKTuva), 1 aor. ptcp. p.
aor. a.
m. m.
dnoKTevai
(id.), fut. a.
dntOavev
(dnodvrjarKa)), 2 aor. a. dweiTrdpeda (dwelTrov), 1 aor. m. dTTftp^oi' (d7re;(a)), impf. a. d7r6Kar(rrd^i;v {dnoKa6icm]pi), 1 aor.
,
P-
1 aor. inf. a. dnoXoiipui (id.), fut. m. dnoXa) (id.), fut. a. dTToXcoXa (id.), 2 pf. a. dnopiyj/avTas {dnopinrci), 1 aor. ptcp. a. diTo<TTaXa> (aTTooTeXXm), 2 aor. subjc. p. d-noareiXas (id.), 1 aor. ptcp. a. dnooTji {d<piaTr]pi), 2 aor. subjc. a.
d.ToXf'o-at (d7rdXXv/:),
dno(TTpa(f)fjs {diro<rrp((f>a>),
dneXdav
(id.),
2 aor. ptcp.
a.
dirfveyKelv {diTo(f)pa)), 2 aor. inf. a. dTTfVfxdrjvai (id.), 1 aor. inf. p. aTreirvlyr) (dnonviyo)), 2 aor. p. dTriirvi^av (id.), 1 aor. a.
impv. a. dnora^dpevoi (dTrordcraw), 1 aor. ptcp. m. dTrrov (aTrrw), pres. impv. m. anuXfcra (dTToXXu/it), 1 aor. a. dnaiXopTjv {dTroXXvpi), 2 aor. m. dnccxrdpfvos {dw(odfoi), 1 aor. ptcp. m.
dTToaTpf^lrov (id.), 1 aor.
cipai (a'ip(o), 1 aor. inf. a.
upas
(iprj
(id.),
1 aor. ptcp. a.
d7reaTpd(l)r)(rav
1 aor. 1 aor.
1 aor. subjc. p.
502
d(f)f6r]v {d(f>ir]^i),
APPENDIX B
1 aor. p. 2 aor. a.
inf. a.
8.
d(f)lXev {d(f)aipfO}),
d(j)e7vai {d(j>ir]fii),
dcfifls (id.),
SfSeKTm (Sexopai),
SfSeKWf
(5f'<i>),
pf.
2 adr.
pf.
ptcp.
a.
pres. ind. a. 2
plpf. a.
2 aor. impv.
a.
a.
Set;
2 aor. subjc.
d(f)fjKa (id.),
dcfiUvrai
and
d(j)iK(TO (d^iKj/eo/xai),
2 aor.
impv. m.
8(^ai (Se^o/Liat), 1 aor. impv. -avrai (id.), 1 aor. subjC. Sija-ai (Setu), 1 aor. inf. 8r]<TTj (id.), 1 aor. subjc. 3 s.
impf. m.
d(f>a>fj.oiconevos
(dc^o/xotoco),
pf.
ptcp.
pass.
d;^<Jjvat {(iyco),
1 aor. inf. p.
a.
8ia^ds {8ia^aiva>), 2 aor. ptcp. a. dia^rivai (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. StdSos {8ia8i8(opi), 2 aor. impv. a. 8iaKa6dpai {8iaKaddipa>), 1 aor. inf. a. 8iaXXdy7]di {8iaXXda(Ta), 2aor. impv. p. 8iapfLVTj (8iapeva)), 1 aor. subjc. a. 8iapfpevr}K6Ts (id.), pf. ptcp. a.
8Lapfvfis (id.), pres. ind. a. Siapevds (id.), fut. ind. a.
8iavoi-)(6-qTi (piavoiyot),
(id.),
/3a\<M
/3dXa),
OdXXo)),
-7]
8iaaT]^as (Stapjjcra-o)),
a.
(id.),
2 aor. subjc.
2 aor. ptcp.
^e^app.vov (id.), pf. ptcp. p. ^e^rjKO {^aivoi), pf. a. ^e^XrjKfv (jSdXXo)), pf. a. ^e^pcoKa {l3LJ3pd>(TKO)), pf. a. ^Xr)6(ls (/SdXXo)), 1 aor. ptcp. p.
^XfjdrjTi (id.), 1 aor.
1 aor. subjc. p.
a.
2 aor. ptcp.
impv.
p.
impv.
a.
fitSdao-ti/ {8i8(opi),
pres. a.
mented).
StelXoj/ (Statpe'o)),
8i.evfyKr] (Sia0e/jco), 1
yeyovei
s.
2 aor. ptcp. m. yevea-do) (id.), 2 aor. impv. 3 s. yevrjadf (id.), 2 aor. subjc. m. yevciivrat. (id.), 2 aor. subjc. m.
yevdpfvos
a.
8iep7]^v
-p/)-).
{8capT]a-(Tcci),
(also
8upT](T(rfTo (id.),
yva. yvoi yvovs (yivaa-na), 2 aor. ptcp. a. yvoi, yv<o (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. 1 and 3
yvw^t (id.), 2 aor. impv.
a.
s,
2 aor.
a.
yvcopioiaiv (yvcopi^co), fut. yvwa-drj (yii/tocricci)), 1 aor. subjc. p. yvaxrdrjafTai (id.), 1 fut. p.
yvaxTopai
(id.), fut. a.
yvoiTco (id.),
2 aor. impv.
a.
APPENDIX B
8ir]voi^(v (id.), 1 aor. a.
8ir]voix0r]a'av (id.),
e^Tja-a
f'Cijrf,
503
(fao), 1 aor. a.
e^wi' (id.),
1 aor. p.
impf.
a.
m,
1 aor. a.
a.
impf. a. Siw^arw (Skbkco), 1 aor. impv. a. 8ia^r]Te (id.), 1 aor. subjc. a. 8i(i)xQwovTai (id.)j 1 fut. p. doddaav (8tSa)/it), 1 aor. ptcp. p. 8odfj (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p.
8i(i)8ev (SioSfvco),
1 aor. a.
el8a
2 aor. subjc. a. Self, BoTc, SoTO) (id.), 2 aor. impv. 8ovvai (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. 80VS (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. a.
807 (id.),
Si'i'^j;
(lXkov (e'XKQ)), impf. a. fiXKvae, -av (fXKvo)), 1 aor. a. e'lXKcopevos (eX/cdco), pf. ptcp. p.
f'i^apfi' (eiKo)), 1 aor. a.
8coT) (id.),
8ci)p,v,
a.
fia8papovaa
(etcrrpe^i^co),
2 aor. ptcp.
a.
1 aor. subjc. a.
a.
a.
.
impf.
plpf- *
fla-TTjKfiaav
(JarrjjjLi),
-ep-),
1 aor.
plpf. a.
impv.
iyeipai (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. iyfipov (id.), pres. impv. p. fyevrjflrjv (yivopat), 1 aor. p.
fyepvr/drjv (yevvda)), 1 aor. p. iytpel (eyeipco), fut. a.
eKaQapicrOrj, -ep- (id.), 1 aor. p. eKSaxrerai {fK8i8u.>pi), fut. m. (KeKpa^a, ficpa^a {Kpd^a)), 1 aor. (Kfpacra (Kepdvvvpi), 1 aor. a. Kep8rj(Ta {Kp8aiv(o), 1 aor. a.
a.
(KKaOdpan
{eKicadaipa)), 1 aor.
impv.
eyf pdeis
iy4p6r}Ti.
(id.),
1 aor. ptcp. p.
p.
eyvuxav
eyvwv
(KKaddpjj (id.), 1 aor. subjc. a. eK.Kxvp,vos {eKXffo), pf. ptcp. p. eKKOTTTjar] (fKKonra)), 2 fut. p. eKKo\j/ov (id.), 1 aor. impv. a. KXa(ra (AjXao)), 1 aor. a. KXav(Ta {KXaico), 1 aor. a. KXfXi]a6 {eKXav6dv<o), pf. m. (kXtjOtiv (KaXfco), 1 aor. p. fKoyfracrBe (kotttco), 1 aor. m. fKTrXf vcrai (ec7rXeco), 1 aor. inf. a. fKpa^a ((cpafo)), 1 aor. a.
(Kpv^q
fKrevels
fut. a.
1 aor.
Set),
eSft
(impers.
impf.
eKTia-rai (kti'^co), pf. p. fKTpanri (fKTpeVco), 2 aor. subjc. p. (<(j)VT] (encfiCa), pres. or 2 aor. subjc. a.
fKx^ai
(eK;^a)),
eK_)(e'Te (id.),
s.
504
eXa^^e (Xayxdvco), 2 aor. a. fKirjaov (eXte'co), 1 aor. inipv. a.
fKevcrofiai {(px^ofiai), fut.
APPENDIX B
e'^fSero (fKSiSco/it),
f^f iXaro
(f ^atpeco),
2 aor. m. 2 aor. m.
fXrjXaKoTfs {fXavvo)), pf. ptcp. a. fXrjXvOa {fp^ofjLai), pf. (\i6a(Tdr)aav (Xt^a^co), 1 aor. p.
eXdcvtrai (JkKva), 1 aor. inf. a. eXd/ievos (aipew), 2 aor. ptcp.
2 aor. p.
m.
pi.
fjxaBov (jiavdavat), 2 aor. a. efxacravTO {fiaadofiai), impf. e/xjSds (e/x/3aiVa)), 2 aor. ptcp. a.
efji^dyjras
e^fXf {e^aipeo)), 2 aor. impr. a. e^eXf^co {(KXeyco), 1 aor. m. 2 s. f^fXrjTM (e^aipim), 2 aor. subjc. m. f^fveyKUVTfs {eK(f)ip(o)y 1 aor. ptcp. i^eveyKtiv (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. e^fvevcrev {eKVfvto), 1 aor. a.
e^ejre'ratra (eKTreravi'ii/Ai), 1 aor. a.
a.
a.
ffx^r)vai (efifdaivco),
2 aor.
inf. a.
P-
ffiapava
{fiu)paiv(o),
1 aor.
a.
eveSvvapovTO
(eVSvi'a/ioa)),
impf. p.
fvevevov
(eVz/evco),
impf.
a.
fVfiTTvov,
-crav
(efMirrvo)),
impf.
and
1 aor. a. evfarrjKora (eVt'oTJ/^ii), pf. ptcp. a. fvearoira, -Sxrav, -(otos (id.), pf. ptcp.
a.
m.
fvervXi^a {(vrvKiacrco), 1 aor. a. evfCpdvicrav (euLCpavi^cci), 1 aor. a. fV{(f)va'T]aei' (e/i0vaaa)), 1 aor. a. fve\6eis {(pepco), 1 aor. ptcp. p.
PT)pyijKa {evepyeco), pf. a.
i^aaai {i^wOiio), 1 aor. inf. a. f^aaev (id.), 1 aor. a. iopaKa (opdca), pf. a. enayayelv (eVdyo)), 2 aor. inf. (nadev {iTdcrx<^), 2 aor. a.
a.
a.
eVreXelrai (eVrfXXo)), fut. m. fvTeTaXrai (id.), pf. m. ivrpanf} {evTperra)), 2 aor. subjc. p. ivrpanrjcrovTai (id.), 2 fut. p. evv^e {vvaao)), 1 aor. a. evvara^av (j/ucrafa)), 1 aor. a.
ivtdK-qcrev {evoLKfco), 1 aor. a.
fTraicrxvvdrjv (e7rato";^vvo/iat), 1 aor. enavanaTjcreTai {iiravairavdi), fut. m. (Trd^as (eVd-yo)), 1 aor. ptcp. a. fTvdpas (eVaipo)), 1 aor. ptcp. a.
fTTeldev (eVfiSoj'),
8.
erreipdcrci) {ireipd^co),
fTTfiparo,
-pmvTO
{jretpdco),
1 aor. m. impf. m.
(^aXfi(j)drjvai,
inf. p.
-Xi(p- {e^aXeiffxo),
1 aor.
f^avacrTTjCTT] {f^avicrTr]p,i),
a.
1 aor. SubjC.
(^aviCTTrjcrav (id.).,
eVeXd^fro, -ovto (tmXavddvopai), 2aor. eweXfix^^ (e7rtXet;^co), impf. a. eTTfrroidei {neidco), 2 plpf. a. ejrecra (TTiTrrw), 2 aor. a. fnecTTtjcrav {e(f)i(TTT}pi), 2 aor. a. 7r(TX(v {enexci)), 2 aor. a.
APPENDIX B
inerlfia {iiririfiaai), impf. iirerpaTTT) {inirpeTvo}), 2 aor. p. fnecfidvr] {eirKpaivco), 2 aor. p. iirf^pia-ev {eirix^pio)), 1 aor. a.
fTTTjKpooivTo {fTTaKpodopai), impf.
iivfjv(rev (eTratveo)),
505
ipippivoi (piTTTOi), pf. ptcp. p. eppnrrai (id.), pf. p. epiy^av (id.), 1 aor. a.
fppuxTo, -o)cr6e (paivvvpi), pf. impv. p. ipvcraro (pvopai), 1 aor. m. (epp-). epvadr^v (id.), 1 aor. p. eVaXTTtcre {a-aXni^d)), 1 aor. a.
f(rj3(rav {(rlSevvvpt),
1 aor. a.
7rfjpa {fTraipco),
iirr]p6r) (id.),
1 aor. p.
1 aor.
a.
1 aor.
a.
inia(Ta
{nt.a^<i)),
impv. m.
fo-KvXpevoL ((TKvXXo)), pf. ptcp. p. ecTTrappevos {(nreipco), pf. ptcp. p. itrrdd-qv (j.(TTr]pi), 1 aor. p.
impv. m.
a.
eardvai
eiriKeKXrjTO (id.), plpf. p. fTTiKXrjdfVTa (eTTtKaXeo)), 1 aor. ptcp. p. eTTiKpavBrjcrav (niKpaivat), 1 aor. p.
impf.
a.
farrjv (id.),
2 aor.
inCXeXrfcrptvos
{eniXavddvopai),
pf.
iarrjpiypivos
{(rrrjpi^oi), pf.
ptcp. p.
ptcp. p.
(TripfXrjdrjTi {inipeXeopai), 1 aor.
impv.
f<TTT](Tav (JcrrqpC),
1 or 2 aor.
pi.
. PeiTiov {ttIvw),
2 aor.
a.
1 aor. subjc. a. eirnrodrfaaTf {iTrnrodfa)), 1 aor. impv. a. eViCTTao-a (ecjyia-njpi), 2 aor. ptcp. a. eiria-rarai (id.), pres. ind. m.
fTnrrXrj^Tjs (eTrtTrXijcrcrw),
inia-TTjOi {f(hiaTrjpi),
impv.
<T(f>ayp(vos (cr^afdj), pf. ptcp. p. (r(f)payi(rpevos {(Ttppayi^a), pf. ptcp. p. ta-xriKa (evw), pf.
eVrra)^/;s (niaToa)), 1 aor. p. iTTiTfBf] {(TTiTldrjpi), 1 aor. subjc. p. iniTidiaa-i (id.), pres. a.
pres. impv. a. 1 aor. opt. a. enKpavai (eVi(^atVa)), 1 aor. inf. a. iirXavrjOrjaav (^irXavdo)), 1 aor. p. eTrXda-dr) (7rXaa-(rco), 1 aor. p.
iiTiTiOet, (id.),
firiTipdcrai (eVtrt/iaco),
(Ttx^l
(id.), 1 aor. p.
eriOei, {riB-qpi),
impf.
fiirjp-
a.
evapfOTTjKivai,
inf. a.
(fiapeorco)),
pf.
eirXi]yr] (^7rXr]<T(ro)),
2 aor. p.
fv^dprjv ((vxopai), 1 aor. evpapev, evpav {eiipicrKO)), 2 aor. a. fvpfdrjv (id.), 1 aor. p.
evpT]Kfvai (id.), pf. inf. a.
v(f)pdv6i]Ti (wc^patVo)), 1 aor.
i'cfiayov {iadiui),
impv. p.
envevcrav {irveco), 1 aor. a. (TTviyovTO {jTviyoi), impf. p. eirvi^av (id.), 1 aor. a. 7r pdOrj (TTtTrpdo-KO)), 1 aor. p. (npa^a {irpdcra-a)), 1 aor. a. TT p'L(T6r)(rav {vpi^a), 1 aor. p. Trpo(f)T]Tfv(ra {irpocfirjTfva)), 1 aor. enrvcTf {irrvco), 1 aor. a. epdvTicrfv {pavri^co), 1 aor. a. fpdiriaav (^pairi^co), 1 aor. a.
2 aor.
a.
(f)aaKev
{(f)d(ric(o),
2 aor. p. impf. a.
and
1 aor. a.
2 aor. p. impf. a.
pres.
i<f)i(JTaTai {f(f)iaTrifu),
506
((f)pa^av ((fypdaaa)), 1 aor. a.
APPENDIX B
r)V(a>x0r]v (id,),
T)voiyt]v (id.),
fcppva^av
(c})pvd<T(T(o),
1 aor. a.
a.
1 aor. p. 2 aor. p.
CJ)vyou {(pfiryo)),
2 aor.
{^fvBop.ai), 1 aor.
m,
TjTTeidrjcrai' {dirfideo)),
1 aor. p. 1 aor. a.
(^ivvvre
fwo-at
(fcoi'i'v/ii),
impf. a. impf. a. r^nla-Tovv {d7ri(TTfa>), impf. TjTTopei {aTTopto}), impf. a. fJTTTOvTo (aTTTo)), impf. m. rjpa {a'lpa), 1 aor. a.
i]Tridovv (id.),
TjTrfiXei (dTretXe'w),
a.
T]pya(6pT)v,
-(rdpr^v
(Jpyd^opai), impf.
and
1 aor.
rjyaTTrjKoa-i
and
1 aor.
a.
TjpTjpoidr] {epT]p6(o),
rjydpev {eyeipw), 1 aor. a. riyipBrjv (id.), 1 aor. p. fjyeTo, -ovTo (aytu), impf. p.
rjyqpai {rjyiopai), pf.
i^pdrjv (atpo)),
1 aor. p. 1 aor. p.
ffyviKores
(oyi't'^to), pf.
ptcp. a.
1 aor.
m.
^6iKov
{deXco),
impf.
ij/cacrt {tJkci)),
pf. a.
s,
Tjo-da (flpi),
s.
fja-diov (ecrdico),
impf. impf.
a.
TJXfiyjra
1 aor.
a.
and m.
^X^ov
{epx^opai),
2 aor.
a.
^TovvTo
{alreu)),
and
1 aor. a.
TjTTjjdrjTe (jyrrdo)),
impf. m. 1 aor. p.
(flpi.),
pros, impv.
r]v86iiT](ra
(euSoKeo)), 1 aor. a.
ptcp. p.
impf.
a.
and
1 aor. a.
(av^avio), 1 aor. a.
m.
APPENDIX B
rjvplcTKfTo {(vpla-Koi),
r]vpL(TKov (id.),
507
impf. p.
a.
impf.
KaTairiji {Karairiva)),
2 aor. Subjc.
a.
Tjuxoprjv {evxopai,),
rj(j)ie
impf. impf.
f't>r.
rjx&^v ("'y^), 1
KurdcTxoypev (KaTex<>>), 2 aor. subjc. a. KareayaxTLV {Kardyvvpi), 2 aor. SubjC. p. Knrea^a (id.), 1 aor. a.
Kcired^ei (id.), fut. a.
Bflvai,
dels (ridjjpi),
2 aor.
inf.
and
Karir'i'q
{naral^alva)),
2 aor.
a.
nom.
pi.
mas. deade (id.), 2 aor. impv. m. 6fTe (id.), 2 aor. impv. a. diyjis, Oiyrj {6iyyuva>), 2 aor. subjc. 6(o {ti6t]pl), 2 aor. subjc. a.
Iddr] (tdopai),
a.
1 aor. p.
KareKari (KaraKaicu), 2 aor. p. KaTK\a(Te {KaTaKXao)), 1 aor. a. KaTK.\ei(Ta ((caraKXfto)), 1 aor. a. Karfvex^fts {Karacpfpco), 1 aor. ptcp. p. Karevvyrjcrav (KaTavv(T(rco), 2 aor. p.
KaTfiTf(TTr](rai' {KaTe(f)ia~n]pi),
2 aor.
a.
fl8ov.
'laaai (otSa),
Karearpappevos (KaTaoTpe'^w),
(Ja-njpi, (J.V.).
pf. ptcp.
lOTf {oi^a), ind. or impv. l(m'jKfiv {icrrrjpi), plpf. a. laipevos (IdopMi), pres. ptcp.
PK.aT(TTpa>dTjcrai>
{KoraaTputvvvpi), 1 aor.
a.
P-
Kodapifl {KadapL^o}), fut. Kadapla-ai (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. KaOfiKf {Kadaipta}), 2 aor. a. Ko^eXaj (id.), fut. a. Kadrj (KaOrjpai), pres. ind. KadrjKav {Ka6ir]pi), 1 aor. a.
KaOrjcreade {Kadrjpai), fut. Kadfj-^e {KaddrrTO)), 1 aor. a.
KaTevdvvai (KaTevdvvco), 1 aor. inf. KaTfvdvvai (id.), 1 aor. opt. a. Karetpayou {Karecrdia)), 2 aor. a. KarriyyeiXa (xarayyeXXco), 1 aor. a. KafrjyyeXr) (id.), 2 aor. p. KaTTjveyna {KaTa(pepa)), 1 aor. a.
KUTrjvTrjKa,
-era {KaravTaa)), pf. 1 aor. a. Kor'qpdcra) {Karapdopai), 1 aor.
and
<aTTjpyT)Tai (Karapyew), pf. p. KaTTjpricrpevos {KarapTi^o)), pf. ptcp. p. KaTTipriaco (id.), 1 aor. m. 2 s.
1 aor. ubjc. a.
impv.
a.
KaraKavx^i
{naTanavxaopai),
pres.
impv.
KaroiKKTfv (/caroiKi'^a)), 1 aor. a. Kav6i)aopai (Kaico), 1 fut. p. Kavxacrai. {Kavxdopai), pres. ind. KiKadapicrpivos {Kadapi^ot), pf. ptcp. p. KKa6app4vos (Kadaipco), pf. ptcp. p. KfKaXvppevos {naXvTTTd)), pf. ptcp. p.
508
APPENDIX B
Xr]p\lropai (id.), fut.
XiTTi] (XetTro)),
KiKavufvos {K.aia>), pf. ptcp. p. KfKpa(Tfxevos (KepdvvvfXL), pf. ptcp. p. KCKXfiafiai (KXft'o)), pf. p.
KfKXrjKa (KaAe'to), pf. a. KeKXrp-ai (id.), pf. p.
kk.\lkP {kXivco), pf. a.
KKfj.riKas {Kafivw), pf. a.
2 aor. subjc.
a.
pddfTf (pavddvu)), 2 aor. impv. a. pddrjTe (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. pa^iov (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. a. papavOrjaopai (papaivco), 1 fut. p.
paKapiovcri {paaapi^o)), fut. paKpoBvprjcrov {panpodvpico),
aor.
KeKpd^ovrai
(id.), fut.
m.
a.
impv.
a.
pediardvai
{pedicTTTjpi), pres. inf. a. pfdva-Qma-iv (pedviTKCo), 1 aor, SubjC. p. peivai (/xeVw), 1 aor. inf.
a.
peivavres (id.)j 1 ^'Or. ptcp. peivare, peivov (id.), 1 aor. impr. peivT], -T]re, -aa-iv (id.), 1 aor. subjC. peXiTa (peXerdco), pres. impv. a. pepaBrjKMS {pavddva}), pf. ptcp. a.
pepei'rjKfKTav {pivai), plpf. a.
pepiappivos {piaivco), pf. ptcp. p. pepiavrai (id.), pf. pass. pepiypivos {piyvvpi), pf. ptcp. p.
pipvrjade (jiipvrjaKai), pf.
pepvrjpai, {pveco), pf. p. pfi'e'iTf (pevco), fut. ind.
m.
KXavaare
(KXaio)), 1 aor.
impv.
a.
aor.
impv.
a.
KXojpev (KAaco), pres. ind. a. KXcjpfvos (id.), pres. ptcp. p. *:Xcoi/re? (id.), pres. ptcp. a. Koipcopevos {Koipdco), pres. ptcp. p. icoXXj^drjTL (noXXdco), 1 aor. impv. p. Kopidrai {Kopi^oi), fut. m. Kopiaaa-a (id.), 1 aor. ptcp. a. Kopfo-devTes {nopevvvpi), 1 aor. ptcp. p. Koyjrai (kotttco), 1 aor. ptcp. a. Kpd^as (Kpa'fo)), 1 aor. ptcp. a. Kpd^ovcTiv (id.), fut. a. Kpdrfi {Kpareco), pres. impv. Kpidrjaecrde {Kpivat), 1 fut. p. Kpi6cMi(TLv (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p. Kpv^rjvai (/cpuTrrco), 2 aor. inf. p. KTTja-aa-de {Kraopai), 1 aor. impv. m. KTrja-rjo-df (id.), 1 aor. subjc. m.
-/3j7 (Xap^dvio), 2 aor. impv. and subjc. a. Xaddv (Xavddvo)), 2 aor. inf. a. Xa)(ov<Ti (Xayxdi'oi), 2 aor. ptcp. a. Xdxa>pfv (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. XfXovpfvos, -<Tp,ivos {Xovat), pf. ptcp. p. XeXuo-ai (Xvco), pf. pass. Xrjpcfidfj (Xap^dvai), 1 aor. subjc. p.
2
a.
aor.
p. pfTfOrjKfv (peTaTidTjpi),
impv.
1 aor.
perio'xrjKiv
(/xeTe'^^co), pf. a.
voei
(i/oe'co),
voovpeva
(id.), pres.
ptcp. p.
m.
a.
o/Aoo-at (id.),
APPENDIX B
ofioa-f} (id.),
609
m.
1 aor. subjc.
a.
ovaifiTjv {6vivT)fi.t),
2 aor. opt. nu
6(f)6is (id-))
o\//', -r}
oylrrja-de (id.),
1 aor. subjc.
m.
TrapeXevaovrai (irapepxopai), fut. irapeXrjXvOfvai (id.), pf. inf. a. TrapeX^aro) (id.), 2 aor. impr. a.
irapeveyKfiv {ivapa(^ipai), 2 aor. inf.
-jj {napex'^), fit. a. and m. irapfiTLKpavav (irapairKpaipo)), 1 aor. a. irapecricevacrrai (wapaaKevd^a)), pf. p.
irapi^ei,
ptcp.
a.
a.
irapaSidol,
impf.
a.
napddov
jrapaddvai {irapaTidr^pi), 2 aor. inf. (id.), 2 aor. impr. m. napadwa-io (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a.
{irapaicaXvirTCi)),
a.
napaxTjpevos (irapolxopai), pf. ptcp. TraiKTaTO) (jraiJa)), 1 aor. impv. a. ne'iv (ttiVco), 2 aor. inf. a.
ireicras (ireidm),
irapaaeKaXvppivos
ptcp. p. rapaKe;^ei/xaicoTt
pf.
(Trapax^eipd^co),
(^Trapai^aXeQi),
pf.
ptcp.
a.
wapaKXrjdaaiv
aor.
{TrapaXap^dpai),
2 pf.
Trapapvoipev {napapia)), 2 aor. subjc. p. irapaarrja-ai. {TrapicrTTjpi), 1 aor. inf. a. Trapaa-TTJTf (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. iTapa<Txo)v {napx<^), 2 aor. ptcp. a. {jraparidTjpi), iTapaTidf(rd(ocrav pres.
irdnpane
(iriirpda-Kco), pf. a.
impv. 3
pi.
neirvpapevos (nvpoto),
pf.
ptcp. p.
pi.
irapedevTO {iraparidTjpi,), 2 aor. m. ndpei {Trdpeipi), pres. ind. iraptipevos {irapirjpi,), pf. ptcp. p.
Trapeivai {irapiTjpi), 2 aor. inf. a.
irapelvai {irdpeipCj, pres. inf.
a.
2 aor. p.
TTfpieireaov (TrepiTrtTrrca),
ptcp.
a.
2 aor. inf. a. 2 aor. a. TrepiecTTraro (rreptcTTrdo)), impf. p. irepUcrxov (irepifx<>>)j 2 aor. a. TrepifTepov {irepirtfiva)), 2 aor. a.
510
irtpi^oKrai (ntpi^avvvfii), 1 aor.
APPENDIX B
impv.
7rpoKf^fipiap.fPos (irpoxeipi^a), pf ptcp. p. TT poKfxeLpoTOvi]p.VOs {rrpoxftpoTOveo}), pf. ptcp. p.
m.
Tvepirjpflro (jTepiaipioj),
impf. p.
n poopa)pr]v
m.
(Trpoopdo)), impf.
m.
inf.
and
opt.
a.
a.
2 aor.
inf. a.
TTfTapfvos {ireTaopaL),
pre.3.
SubjC. ptcp.
impf. a. ptcp. a.
TTulv
(irivQ)),
inf. a.
TTpocrqv^ara (Trpoaevx^opat), 1 aor. Trpdo-^es {TTpoa-Tidripi), 2 aor. impv. a. npoa-Xafiov {frpoa-Xafi^dvco), 2 aor.
a.
impv. m.
Trpoa-fifivai {irpoapivot),
IT poa-rrrj^as
1 aor. inf.
a.
iT^TjOvvd^vai (jr'KTjdvva)), 1 aor. inf. p. Ti-Xrjpcodr) (ttXtjpoco), 1 aor. subjc. p. TrXrjaas, -crdeis {TripTrXrjpi), 1 aor. ptcp.
a. and p. TTOiTjafiav (TToieo)), 1 aor. opt.
a.
{nmpda-Km), 1 aor. ptcp. p. Trpo^a? {npojiaiva)), 2 aor. ptcp. a. Trpo^f^TjKv'la (id.), pf. ptcp. a. Trpoyeyovas {jrpoyii'op.ai), pf. ptcp. a. TTpofjSijSaa-av {ir po^i^d^oi) 1 aor. a. rrpoeyvcoapivos {irpoyivaxTKO)), pf. ptop.
n-padfls
,
Trpoaaixdica (7rpa(TO)(6i^a)), 1 aor. a. (TrpoTpeTrat), 1 aor. ptcp. m. Trpov7rrjp)(Ov {7rpoinrdpx(^), impf. a. TTTaia-qTe (Trraio)), 1 aor. subjc. a. TTTOTjdrjTe (TTToew), 1 aor. subjc. p. TTTv^as (TTTuo-craj), 1 aor. ptcp. a. TTTva-as {tttvu)), 1 aor. ptcp. a. irvdopevos {irvvBdvopai), 2 aor. ptcp.
TTp rpeyj/dpfvos
m.
irpoeararfs (npotiTTrjpi), pf. ptcp. a. TrpoeTfivav (npoTelvo}), 1 aor. a. 7rpoe(f)T]Tevov {7rpo(jir]Teva)), impf. a. 7rpoi(p6a(Tv (Trpofjiddva)), 1 aor. a. TTpoeuipaKOTes {irpoopda), pf. ptcp. a. npojjyfv {npodyu)), impf. a. TrpoTjXTTKOTas (TTpoeXTri^o)), pf. ptcp. a. 7rpor]papTi]Ku>i (7rpoapaprdva>), pf. ptcp.
a.
impv.
a.
a.
ptcp.
pv7rapevdr]To}
impv.
p.
pf. a.
ptcp. p.
7rpOKKTIpvypVOi ptcp. p.
{tT pOKrjpVCTIJOCl),
APPENDIX B
(TireixTov {(TiTevba>\ 1 aor.
(TTaOfj,
511
impf.
a.
impv.
1
a.
<Tvvri<Tav (crvveifii),
(Trds,
etc.
(larrjui),
and 2
aor.
arrjpi^ai {<TTripi(a>), 1 aor. inf. a.
(TTTjcrrj {'ioTTjiii),
2 aor. subjc.
1 aor. subjc.
a.
(Tvpn-, v.s.
cri/i/TT-.
impv.
a.
1 aor. p. <rvvi8a)v {(Tvveldov), ptcp. (Tvvuis {(Tvvirjpi), pres. ptcp. (rvviovTos {(rvveipi), pres. ptcp. gen. s. (TvvKTTdvfiv {(Tvvia-TTjpi), pres. inf. (Tvviaai {(Tvvir)pi), pres. subjc. (rvvKaTareOeipevos {crvvKaTaridTjpi)^ pf. ptcp. m. (TvvKK(pacrp.4vos (crvvnepavvvpi), pf. ptcp. p. (rvvTrapaKXrjdrjvai (crvvnapaKoXfO)), 1
(TvvrjxdT] ((Twdyo)),
aor. inf. p.
ptcp. p.
(rvvTa(f>evTS {(TwOdrrTco),
2 aor. ptcp.
P-
(TvvTfXfadeis {(rvvreXeo)), 1 aor. ptcp. p. (TvvreTprjpivos {(rvvTepva)), pf. ptcp. p. (TVVTfTpLppiVOS ((TVVTpi^O}), pf. ptcp. p.
(TvvTeTpi(pSai (id.), pf. inf. p. (rvvvneKpidrjcrav {(TvvvTroKpivopai),
aor. p.
<rvv(f>vfi(Tai {(rvv(pva>),
<Tvv8(8epvos {(TvvBfO)), pf. ptcp. p. (Tvvf^fv^fv {(Tvv^evyvvpi), 1 aor. a. crvvedevTo {(rvvTidrjpi), 2 aor. m. avvfidvirjs {<Tvvel8ov), pf. ptcp. a.
a.
crvvcoa-i {(rvvirjpi),
(TvvfixeTO {<Tvvfx^)i
infipf- P-
2 aor.
a.
a.
(rvveTTiov {crvvnivu)),
2 aor.
(rvvecnrdpa^fv {(TvaTrapdaaa)), 1 aor. ^. crvvecTTaXpivos {crvaTeXXa}), pf. ptcp. p. arvveo'TaxTa {(TvviaTrjpt), pf. ptcp. crvvira^n {(rvvrd(T(r<o), 1 aor. a.
(TvveTd(f)rip{v {avvOdTTTO)),
TapaxSrjvai {rapdcra-m), 1 aor. inf. p. Tedearai (dedopai), pf. TedeiKU {ridr^jxi), pf. a. TfdfpfXicoTO {depeXioo)), plpf- p. Tedjj (rldrjpi), 1 aor. subjc. p. TfdXippivos (6Xl^(o), pf. ptcp. p.
2 aor. p.
Tfdvdvai
crvvfTf
{(Tvvir]p,i),
2 aor.
a.
m.
TfdvrjKfuai (id.), pf. inf. a. redpap-pevos {Tp(<^a>), pf. ptcp. p. TeOpavcrpivos (dpava), pf. ptcp. p.
reOvptva
{6v<o), pf.
ptcp. p.
TeXeadoxTiv
(reXe'co),
1 aor. subjc. p.
reraypevos {rd(T(T<o), pf. ptcp. p. TiTUKTai (id.), pf. p. TfTapaypevos (Tapd(r(T(o), pf. ptcp. p. TtrdpaKTai (id.), pf. p. Teraxevat (id.), pf. inf. a.
TfTeXecTTai (reXeoi), pf. p. TVi;;^a (rvyxdvco), pf. a. TfTTjprjKav {TTjpea)), pf. a.
512
TfTpaxr)\i(riJ.evos (rpaxrjXiCco), pf.
APPENDIX B
ptcp.
(fii(ropai ((f)fi8opai), fut.
(f>v^opai {(f)vya>), fut. 4>6ap^ ((^^f t'pco), 2 aor. subjc. p, (pddacoptv {(f)6dva>), 1 aor. subjc.
(f)dfpi {(fideipoi), fut. a.
(fyipolv,
-ovv
((^i/xoo)),
pres. inf. a.
2 aor. p.
and
a.
vnfKa^ev
and
impf.
VTrefivrjadrjv {iTTOfiifivi^cTKOi), 1 aor. p. uTTfreyKeti' {v'iTo(f>p<o), 2 aor. inf. a.
(;(aXdci)), pres. a. 3 pi. Xapr]vaL (;(a//)a)), 2 aor. inf. p. Xaprjcropai (id.), fut.
XaXaa-iv
iiTreroow {vnovoio)), impf. a. inrenXevcra (vTroTrXecu), 1 aor. a. VTrepi8d)v (inrepelBov), ptcp. VTrearpf-^a (uTrooTpf 0a)), 1 aor. a. vnf(TTpa>vvvov (vTro(TTpi>vvvpi), impf.
{nreTayr] (v7rora(ra"&)),
2 aor. p.
a.
vnera^a
(id.),
1 aor.
opt
v7ro8(8ep4vos
(iiTroSe'co), pf.
ptcp. p.
v7To8fj(rai (id.),
1 aor. impv.
m.
a.
(\//'a)/xi^&)),
and
pf. ptcp. a.
m.
VTTorayTj (inr order (tco), 2 aor. subjc. p. virord^ai. (id.), 1 aor. inf. a.
WKoSojUOuv {olK.o8ope(o), impf. apiXfi (opiXfd)), impf. mpoXoyovv (opoXoyea), impf. apocra {opvvpi), 1 aor. a. o)vei8iaa (oi'etS/fco), 1 aor. a. covopacra (ovopd^co), 1 aor. a. wpdpi^fv (opdpi^o)), impf. mpKra (opi'fco), 1 aor. a. appr/aa (oppdco), 1 aor. a.
a>pv^ev
(6pvcr(Tti)),
1 aor. subjc. p.
1 aor. a.
i)pX'')<J'a(Tde
(opxeopai), 1 aor.
a>(f)iXov (oepeiXco),
impf.
HOME
This book
is
USE
Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days prior to due date. ALL BOOKS ARE SUBJECT TO RECALL 7 DAYS
OIJT.
a
SEC. CIR.
^
R U-
MAR
3076
'
41981
All]!
3 (U)
-I^i^^^^l
MyBAr(o
I
n ?7_
N)L_4
REC. ciK.
ilXL.
G
APR 2
1932
OCT 2 2
LD21
A-40m-8,'75 (S7737L)
1982
451
Berkeley
''..'I
U. C.
BERKELEY LIBRARIES
III
CD^7tDfil3tDS
X
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY